See Full Document Text
DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS
Dated: September 29, 2025
(This Draft Red Herring Prospectus will be updated upon filing with the RoC)
Please read Section 32 of the Companies Act, 2013
100% Book Built Offer
(Please scan the QR to view this Draft Red Herring Prospectus)
RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
Corporate Identity Number: U40106MH2011PLC267684
REGISTERED OFFICE CORPORATE CONTACT EMAIL & TELEPHONE WEBSITE
OFFICE PERSON
1st - 21 Evershine Mall, Imperia Mindspace Deepak Jangid Email: www.rayspowerinfr
North Meter Cabin 1, Malad Office 2, 6th Floor, Company Secretary cs@rayspowerinfra.com a.com
(West) Mumbai- 400 064, Sector-62, Gurugram- and Compliance
Maharashtra, India 122 101, Haryana, India Officer Telephone: +0141 403
8767
OUR PROMOTERS: KETAN MEHTA, PAWAN KUMAR SHARMA, SANJAY GARUDAPALLY, SWETA MEHTA, RICHA
SHARMA, SHRUTHI GUPTA GARUDAPALLY, MEHTA FAMILY TRUSTEE PRIVATE LIMITED, MEHTA FAMILY
TRUST, SHARMA FAMILY TRUST AND GARUDAPALLY FAMILY TRUST
DETAILS OF OFFER
Typer of Fresh Issue Offer for Sale Total Offer Size Eligibility and Reservation
Offer Size## Size
Fresh Issue Up to [●] Equity Up to [●] Up to [●] Equity The Offer is being made pursuant to Regulation 6(1) of the SEBI
and Offer Shares of face Equity Shares Shares of face ICDR Regulations. For further details, please see the section
for Sale value of ₹ 2 each of face value value of ₹ 2 each titled “Other Regulatory and Statutory Disclosures – Eligibility
aggregating up of ₹ 2 each aggregating up to for the Offer” on page 693. For details in relation to share
to ₹ 9,000.00 aggregating up ₹ 11,500.00 reservation amoung QIBs, NIBs, RIBs and and Eligible
million to ₹ 2,500.00 million Employees (defined hereinafter), please see the section titled
million “Offer Structure” on page 714.
DETAILS OF OFFER BY SELLING SHAREHOLDERS, OFFER FOR SALE AND WEIGHTED AVERAGE COST OF
ACQUISITION
Name of Selling Type Number of Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 Weighted Average Cost of
Shareholders each Offered/Amount (in ₹ million) Acquisition per equity share on
a fully diluted basis (in ₹)*
Ketan Mehta Promoter Selling Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹ 2 each 0.84
Shareholder aggregating up to ₹ 982.00 million
Pawan Kumar Promoter Selling Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹ 2 each 0.84
Sharma Shareholder aggregating up to ₹ 736.00 million
Sanjay Promoter Selling Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹ 2 each 0.74
Garudapally Shareholder aggregating up to ₹ 736.00 million
Vivek Jain Other Selling Shareholder Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹ 2 each 92.20
aggregating up to ₹ 46.00 million
*As certified by MRM & Company, Chartered Accountants by way of their certificate dated September 29, 2025.
RISK IN RELATION TO THE FIRST OFFER
This being the first public offer of our Company, there has been no formal market for the Equity Shares. The face value of the Equity
Shares is ₹ 2 each. The Offer Price, Floor Price and Cap Price as determined by our Company in consultation with the Book Running Lead
Managers, on the basis of the assessment of market demand for the Equity Shares by way of the Book Building Process, as stated in the
section titled “Basis for Offer Price” on page 182, should not be taken to be indicative of the market price of the Equity Shares after the
Equity Shares are listed. No assurance can be given regarding an active and/or sustained trading in the Equity Shares nor regarding the
price at which the Equity Shares will be traded after listing.
GENERAL RISK
Investments in equity and equity related securities involve a degree of risk and investors should not invest any funds in the Offer unless
they can afford to take the risk of losing their entire investment. Investors are advised to read the risk factors carefully before taking an
investment decision in the Offer. For taking an investment decision, investors must rely on their own examination of our Company and
the Offer, including the risks involved. The Equity Shares in the Offer have not been recommended or approved by the Securities and
Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”), nor does SEBI guarantee the accuracy or adequacy of the contents of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus. Specific attention of the investors is invited to the section titled “Risk Factors” on page 43.
OUR COMPANY’S AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS’ ABSOLUTE RESPONSIBILITY
Our Company, having made all reasonable inquiries, accepts responsibility for and confirms that this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
contains all information with regard to our Company and the Offer, which is material in the context of the Offer, that the information
contained in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is true and correct in all material aspects and is not misleading in any material respect, that
the opinions and intentions expressed herein are honestly held and that there are no other facts, the omission of which makes this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus as a whole or any of such information or the expression of any such opinions or intentions misleading in any
material respect. Each of the Selling Shareholders, accepts responsibility for and confirms that the statements made or confirmed by them
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus to the extent of information specifically pertaining to themselves and their respective portion of
Equity Shares offered in the Offer for Sale and assume responsibility that such statements are true and correct in all material respects and
not misleading in any material respect.DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS
Dated: September 29, 2025
(Please read Section 32 of the Companies Act, 2013)
100% Book Built Issue
LISTING
The Equity Shares, once offered through the Red Herring Prospectus are proposed to be listed on the Stock Exchanges. Our Company has
received an ‘in-principle’ approval from BSE Limited and NSE for the listing of the Equity Shares pursuant to their letters, dated [●] and
[●], respectively. For the purposes of the Offer, the Designated Stock Exchange shall be [●]. A signed copy of the Red Herring Prospectus
and the Prospectus shall be filed with the RoC in accordance with Sections 26(4) and 32 of the Companies Act, 2013. For further details
of the material contracts and documents, which will be made available for inspection from the date of the Red Herring Prospectus until
the Bid/Offer Closing Date, please see the section titled “Material Contracts and Documents for Inspection” on page 777.
BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGERS
Name of the BRLMs and their logo Contact Person Email and Telephone
ANAND RATHI ADVISORS LIMITED
Arpan Tandon / Telephone: +91 22 4047 7001
Sailesh Jalan E-mail: rpil.ipo@rathi.com
PANTOMATH CAPITAL ADVISORS PRIVATE
LIMITED
Telephone: 1800 889 8711
Amit Maheshwari
E-mail: rayspower.ipo@pantomathgroup.com
REGISTRAR TO THE OFFER
Name of the Registrar and its logo Contact Person Email and Telephone
BIGSHARE SERVICES PRIVATE LIMITED
Telephone: +91 22 6263 8200
Jibu John E-mail: ipo@bigshareonline.com
BID/OFFER PROGRAMME
Anchor Ivestor [●] Bid/Offer Opens [●] Bid/Offer Closes [●]
Bidding Date* on On**#
*Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider participation by Anchor Investors in accordance with the SEBI ICDR
Regulations. The Anchor Investor Bidding Date shall be one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date.
** Our Company in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider closing the Bid/Offer Period for QIBs one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer
Closing Date in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
#UPI mandate end time shall be at 5:00 pm on the Bid/Offer Closing Date.
## Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider a Pre-IPO Placement of specified securities as may be permitted under the
applicable law, aggregating upto ₹ 1,800.00 million, at its discretion, prior to filing of the Red Herring Prospectus with the RoC. The Pre-
IPO Placement, if undertaken, will be at a price to be decided by our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs. If the Pre-IPO Placement
is completed, the amount raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement will be reduced from the Fresh Issue, subject to compliance with Rule
19(2)(b) of the SCRR. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, shall not exceed 20% of the size of the Fresh Issue. The utilisation of the
proceeds raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement will be done towards the Objects in compliance with applicable law. Prior to the
completion of the Offer, our Company shall appropriately intimate the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement, prior to allotment pursuant to
the Pre-IPO Placement, that there is no guarantee that our Company may proceed with the Offer or the Offer may be successful and will
result into listing of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges. Our Company shall report any Pre-IPO Placement to the Stock Exchanges,
within 24 hours of such Pre-IPO Placement (in part or in entirety). Further, relevant disclosures in relation to such intimation to the
subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement (if undertaken) shall be appropriately made in the relevant sections of the Red Herring Prospectus
and the Prospectus.DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS
Dated: September 29, 2025
(Please read Section 32 of the Companies Act, 2013)
100% Book Built Issue
RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
Our Company was incorporated as ‘Rays Power Infra Private Limited’ in Jaipur, Rajasthan as a private limited company under Companies Act, 1956, pursuant to a certificate of incorporation dated June 13, 2011, issued by Registrar
of Companies, Rajasthan. Our Company changed its registered office from Rajasthan to Maharashtra pursuant to an order dated July 2, 2015, passed by the Regional Director (NWR), Ahmedabad. Thereafter, our Company was converted
into a public limited company pursuant to a resolution passed at the meeting of the Board of Directors held on August 29, 2023 and a special resolution passed in the extraordinary general meeting of our Shareholders held on August
29, 2023 and consequently, the name of our Company was changed to its present name, ‘Rays Power Infra Limited’, and a fresh certificate of incorporation dated September 21, 2023 was issued by the RoC, to our Company. For details
relating to changes in the name and registered office of our Company, please see the section titled “History and Certain Corporate Matters- Brief history of our Company” and “History and Certain Corporate Matters - Changes in the
Registered Office of our Company” on pages 360 and 360, respectively.
Corporate Identity Number: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Registered Office: 1st-21, Ever shine Mall North Meter Cabin 1, Malad west, Mumbai- 400 064, Maharashtra, India
Corporate Office: Imperia Mindspace Office 2, 6th Floor, Sector 62, Gurugram-122 101, Haryana, India
Contact Person: Deepak Jangid, Company Secretary and Compliance Officer
Website: www.rayspowerinfra.com| E-mail: cs@rayspowerinfra.com | Telephone: +0141 4038767
OUR PROMOTERS: KETAN MEHTA, PAWAN KUMAR SHARMA, SANJAY GARUDAPALLY, SWETA MEHTA, RICHA SHARMA, SHRUTHI GUPTA GARUDAPALLY, MEHTA FAMILY TRUSTEE
PRIVATE LIMITED, MEHTA FAMILY TRUST, SHARMA FAMILY TRUST AND GARUDAPALLY FAMILY TRUST
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFER OF UP TO [●] EQUITY SHARES OF FACE VALUE OF ₹ 2 EACH (“EQUITY SHARES”) OF RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED (“COMPANY” OR “ISSUER”) FOR CASH AT A
PRICE OF ₹ [●] PER EQUITY SHARE (“OFFER PRICE”) AGGREGATING UP TO ₹ 11,500.00 MILLION (“OFFER”). THE OFFER COMPRISES A FRESH ISSUE OF UP TO [●] EQUITY SHARES OF FACE
VALUE OF ₹ 2 EACH AGGREGATING UP TO ₹ 9,000.00 MILLION (“FRESH ISSUE”) AND AN OFFER FOR SALE OF UPTO [●] EQUITY SHARES OF FACE VALUE OF ₹ 2 EACH AGGREGATING UP
TO ₹ 2,500.00 MILLION, UPTO [●] EQUITY SHARES AGGREGATING UP TO ₹ 982.00 MILLION BY KETAN MEHTA, UPTO [●] EQUITY SHARES AGGREGATING UP TO ₹ 736.00 MILLION BY PAWAN
KUMAR SHARMA, UPTO [●] EQUITY SHARES AGGREGATING UP TO ₹ 736.00 MILLION BY SANJAY GARUDAPALLY AND UPTO [●] EQUITY SHARES AGGREGATING UP TO ₹ 46.00 MILLION BY
VIVEK JAIN (COLLECTIVELY, “SELLING SHAREHOLDERS” AND SUCH OFFER FOR SALE BY THE SELLING SHAREHOLDERS, “OFFER FOR SALE”).
THE OFFER INCLUDES A RESERVATION OF UPTO [●] EQUITY SHARES OF FACE VALUE OF ₹ 2 EACH, AGGREGATING UP TO ₹ [●] MILLION, FOR SUBSCRIPTION BY ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES
NOT EXCEEDING 5.00% OF OUR POST-OFFER PAID-UP EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL (THE “EMPLOYEE RESERVATION PORTION”). OUR COMPANY, IN CONSULTATION WITH THE BOOK
RUNNING LEAD MANAGERS, MAY OFFER A DISCOUNT OF UPTO [●] % TO THE OFFER PRICE (EQUIVALENT TO ₹[●] PER EQUITY SHARE) TO ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES BIDDNG UNDER THE
EMPLOYEE RESERVATION PORTION (“EMPLOYEE DISCOUNT”). THE OFFER LESS THE EMPLOYEE RESERVATION PORTION IS HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE “NET OFFER”. THE
OFFER AND THE NET OFFER SHALL CONSTITUTE [●]% AND [●]%, RESPECTIVELY, OF THE POST-OFFER PAID-UP EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL OF OUR COMPANY.
OUR COMPANY, IN CONSULTATION WITH THE BRLMS, MAY CONSIDER A PRE-IPO PLACEMENT OF SPECIFIED SECURITIES AS MAY BE PERMITTED UNDER THE APPLICABLE LAW,
AGGREGATING UPTO ₹ 1,800.00 MILLION, AT ITS DISCRETION, PRIOR TO FILING OF THE RED HERRING PROSPECTUS WITH THE ROC. THE PRE-IPO PLACEMENT, IF UNDERTAKEN, WILL
BE AT A PRICE TO BE DECIDED BY OUR COMPANY, IN CONSULTATION WITH THE BRLMS. IF THE PRE-IPO PLACEMENT IS COMPLETED, THE AMOUNT RAISED PURSUANT TO THE PRE-
IPO PLACEMENT WILL BE REDUCED FROM THE FRESH ISSUE, SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 19(2)(B) OF THE SCRR. THE PRE-IPO PLACEMENT, IF UNDERTAKEN, SHALL NOT
EXCEED 20% OF THE SIZE OF THE FRESH ISSUE. THE UTILISATION OF THE PROCEEDS RAISED PURSUANT TO THE PRE-IPO PLACEMENT WILL BE DONE TOWARDS THE OBJECTS IN
COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW. PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION OF THE OFFER, OUR COMPANY SHALL APPROPRIATELY INTIMATE THE SUBSCRIBERS TO THE PRE-IPO
PLACEMENT, PRIOR TO ALLOTMENT PURSUANT TO THE PRE-IPO PLACEMENT, THAT THERE IS NO GUARANTEE THAT OUR COMPANY MAY PROCEED WITH THE OFFER OR THE OFFER
MAY BE SUCCESSFUL AND WILL RESULT INTO LISTING OF THE EQUITY SHARES ON THE STOCK EXCHANGES. OUR COMPANY SHALL REPORT ANY PRE-IPO PLACEMENT TO THE STOCK
EXCHANGES, WITHIN 24 HOURS OF SUCH PRE-IPO PLACEMENT (IN PART OR IN ENTIRETY). FURTHER, RELEVANT DISCLOSURES IN RELATION TO SUCH INTIMATION TO THE
SUBSCRIBERS TO THE PRE-IPO PLACEMENT (IF UNDERTAKEN) SHALL BE APPROPRIATELY MADE IN THE RELEVANT SECTIONS OF THE RED HERRING PROSPECTUS AND THE
PROSPECTUS.
THE FACE VALUE OF THE EQUITY SHARES IS ₹ 2 EACH. THE PRICE BAND, AND THE MINIMUM BID LOT WILL BE DECIDED BY OUR COMPANY IN CONSULTATION WITH THE BRLMS AND
WILL BE ADVERTISED IN ALL EDITIONS OF [●], AN ENGLISH NATIONAL DAILY NEWSPAPER, ALL EDITIONS OF [●], A HINDI NATIONAL DAILY NEWSPAPER AND [●] EDITION OF [●], A
MARATHI NEWSPAPER, MARATHI BEING THE REGIONAL LANGUAGE OF MAHARASHTRA WHERE OUR REGISTERED OFFICE IS LOCATED, EACH WTH WIDE CIRCULATION, AT LEAST
TWO WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID/OFFER OPENING DATE AND SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE BSE LIMITED (“BSE”) AND NATIONAL STOCK EXCHANGE OF INDIA LIMITED
(“NSE”, AND TOGETHER WITH BSE, THE “STOCK EXCHANGES”) FOR THE PURPOSE OF UPLOADING ON THEIR RESPECTIVE WEBSITES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SEBI ICDR
REGULATIONS.
In case of any revision to the Price Band, the Bid/Offer Period will be extended by at least three additional Working Days after such revision of the Price Band, subject to the Bid/Offer Period not exceeding a total of 10 Working
Days. In case of force majeure, banking strike or similar unforeseen circumstances, our Company may, in consultation with the BRLMs, for reasons to be recorded in writing, extend the Bid/Offer Period for a minimum of one
Working Day, subject to the Bid/Offer Period not exceeding 10 Working Days. Any revision in the Price Band and the revised Bid/Offer Period, if applicable, will be widely disseminated by notification to the Stock Exchanges,
by issuing a public notice, and also by indicating the change on the respective websites of the BRLMs and at the terminals of the Syndicate Member(s) and by intimation to the Self-Certified Syndicate Banks (“SCSBs”) and other
Designated Intermediaries and the Sponsor Banks, as applicable.
The Offer is being made in terms of Rule 19(2)(b) of the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957 (“SCRR”), read with Regulation 31 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The Offer is being made in accordance with Regulation
6(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, through the Book Building Process wherein not more than 50% of the Net Offer shall be allocated on a proportionate basis to Qualified Institutional Buyers (“QIBs”) (“QIB Portion”), provided
that our Company in consultation with the BRLMs may allocate up to 60% of the QIB Portion to Anchor Investors on a discretionary basis in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations (“Anchor Investor Portion”), out of
which one-third shall be reserved for domestic Mutual Funds only, subject to valid Bids being received from domestic Mutual Funds at or above the price at which allocation is made to Anchor Investors (“Anchor Investor
Allocation Price”), in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. In the event of under-subscription or non-allocation in the Anchor Investor Portion, the balance Equity Shares shall be added to the QIB Portion (excluding the
Anchor Investor Portion) (the “Net QIB Portion”). Further, 5% of the Net QIB Portion shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to Mutual Funds only, and the remainder of the Net QIB Portion shall be available
for allocation on a proportionate basis to all QIB Bidders, including Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price. However, if the aggregate demand from Mutual Funds is less than 5% of the Net
QIB Portion, the balance Equity Shares available for allocation in the Mutual Fund Portion will be added to the remaining Net QIB Portion for proportionate allocation to QIBs. Further, not less than 15% of the Net Offer shall be
available for allocation to Non-Institutional Bidders out of which (a) one third of such portion shall be reserved for applicants with application size of more than ₹ 0.20 million and up to ₹ 1.00 million; and (b) two third of such
portion shall be reserved for applicants with application size of more than ₹ 1.00 million, provided that the unsubscribed portion in either of such sub-categories may be allocated to applicants in the other sub-category of non-
institutional investors and not less than 35% of the Net Offer shall be available for allocation to Retail Individual Bidders (“RIBs”) in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, subject to valid Bids being received at or above
the Offer Price. All potential Bidders (except Anchor Investors) are required to mandatorily utilise the Application Supported by Blocked Amount (“ASBA”) process providing details of their respective ASBA accounts, and UPI
ID in case of RIBs, if applicable, in which the corresponding Bid Amounts will be blocked by the Self Certified Syndicate Banks (“SCSBs”) or by the Sponsor Banks under the UPI Mechanism, as applicable, to the extent of the
respective Bid Amounts. Anchor Investors are not permitted to participate in the Offer through the ASBA process. Further, Equity Shares will be allotted on a proportionate basis to Eligible Employees applying under the Employee
Reservation Portion, subject to valid Bids received from them at or above the Offer Price (net of Employee Discount, if any). For further details, please see the section titled “Offer Procedure” on page 720.
RISK IN RELATION TO FIRST OFFER
This being the first public Offer of our Company, there has been no formal market for the Equity Shares. The face value of the Equity Shares is ₹ 2. The Offer Price, Floor Price and Cap Price as determined by our Company in
consultation with the BRLMs, on the basis of the assessment of market demand for the Equity Shares by way of the Book Building Process, as stated under “Basis for Offer Price” on page 182 should not be taken to be indicative
of the market price of the Equity Shares after the Equity Shares are listed. No assurance can be given regarding an active and/or sustained trading in the Equity Shares or regarding the price at which the Equity Shares will be traded
after listing.
GENERAL RISK
Investments in equity and equity related securities involve a degree of risk and investors should not invest any funds in the Offer unless they can afford to take the risk of losing their entire investment. Investors are advised to read
the risk factors carefully before taking an investment decision in the Offer. For taking an investment decision, investors must rely on their own examination of our Company and the Offer, including the risks involved. The Equity
Shares in the Offer have not been recommended or approved by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”), nor does SEBI guarantee the accuracy or adequacy of the contents of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Specific attention of the investors is invited to the section titled “Risk Factors” on page 43.
OUR COMPANY’S AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS’ ABSOLUTE RESPONSIBILITY
Our Company, having made all reasonable inquiries, accepts responsibility for and confirms that this Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains all information with regard to our Company and the Offer, which is material in the context
of the Offer, that the information contained in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is true and correct in all material aspects and is not misleading in any material respect, that the opinions and intentions expressed herein are honestly
held and that there are no other facts, the omission of which makes this Draft Red Herring Prospectus as a whole or any of such information or the expression of any such opinions or intentions misleading in any material respect.
Each of the Selling Shareholders, accepts responsibility for and confirms that the statements made or confirmed by them in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus to the extent of information specifically pertaining to themselves and
their respective portion of the Equity Shares offered in the Offer for Sale and assume responsibility that such statements are true and correct in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect.
LISTING
The Equity Shares, once offered through the Red Herring Prospectus are proposed to be listed on the Stock Exchanges. Our Company has received an ‘in-principle’ approval from BSE Limited and NSE for the listing of the Equity
Shares pursuant to their letters, dated [●] and [●], respectively. For the purposes of the Offer, the Designated Stock Exchange shall be [●]. A signed copy of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus shall be filed with the
RoC in accordance with Sections 26(4) and 32 of the Companies Act, 2013. For further details of the material contracts and documents, which will be made available for inspection from the date of the Red Herring Prospectus until
the Bid/Offer Closing Date, please see the section titled “Material Contracts and Documents for Inspection” on page 777.
BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGERS REGISTRAR TO THE OFFER
Anand Rathi Advisors Limited Pantomath Capital Advisors Private Limited Bigshare Services Private Limited
11th Floor, Times Tower, Kamla City, Pantomath Nucleus House, Saki Vihar Road Address: Office No. S6-2, 6th Floor, Pinnacle Business Park,
Senapati Bapat Marg Lower Parel, Andheri East, Mumbai 400072, Next to Ahura Centre, Mahakali Caves Road, Andheri East,
Mumbai – 400 013, Maharashtra, India Maharashtra, India Mumbai – 400 093, Maharashtra, India
Telephone: +91 22 4047 7001 Telephone: +91 18008 898711 Telephone: 22 6263 8200
Email: rpil.ipo@rathi.com E-mail: rayspower.ipo@pantomathgroup.com E-mail: ipo@bigshareonline.com
Investor Grievance Email: grievance.ecm@rathi.com Investor Grievance E-mail: investors@pantomathgroup.com Investor grievance e-mail: investor@bigshareonline.com
Website: www.anandrathiib.com Website: www.pantomathgroup.com Website: www.bigshareonline.com
Contact Person: Arpan Tandon / Sailesh Jalan Contact Person: Amit Maheshwari Contact Person: Jibu John
SEBI Registration No.: INM000010478 SEBI Registration Number: INM000012110 SEBI Registration No.: INR000001385
BID/OFFER PROGRAMME
ANCHOR INVESTOR BIDDING DATE [●](1) BID/ OFFER OPENS ON [●] BID/ OFFER CLOSES ON [●](2)(3)
(1)Our Company in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider participation by Anchor Investors in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The Anchor Investor Bidding Date shall be one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer
Opening Date.
(2)Our Company in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider closing the Bid/Offer Period for QIBs one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Closing Date in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations
(3UPI mandate end time shall be at 5:00 pm on the Bid / Offer Closing DateTABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I: GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................... 2
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................................. 2
CERTAIN CONVENTIONS, USE OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND MARKET DATA AND
CURRENCY OF PRESENTATION .................................................................................................................... 22
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ............................................................................................................ 25
SUMMARY OF THIS DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS ...................................................................... 28
SECTION II: RISK FACTORS ........................................................................................................................ 43
SECTION III: INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................. 103
THE OFFER ....................................................................................................................................................... 103
SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................... 106
GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................. 112
CAPITAL STRUCTURE ................................................................................................................................... 123
SECTION IV: PARTICULARS OF THE OFFER ....................................................................................... 158
OBJECTS OF THE OFFER ............................................................................................................................... 158
BASIS FOR OFFER PRICE .............................................................................................................................. 182
STATEMENT OF SPECIAL TAX BENEFITS..………………………………………………………………197
SECTION V: ABOUT OUR COMPANY ...................................................................................................... 205
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW .................................................................................................................................. 205
OUR BUSINESS ................................................................................................................................................ 316
KEY REGULATIONS AND POLICIES IN INDIA .......................................................................................... 350
HISTORY AND CERTAIN CORPORATE MATTERS ................................................................................... 360
OUR SUBSIDIARIES ........................................................................................................................................ 377
OUR MANAGEMENT ...................................................................................................................................... 444
OUR PROMOTERS AND PROMOTER GROUP ............................................................................................ 468
DIVIDEND POLICY ......................................................................................................................................... 480
SECTION VI: FINANCIAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................. 482
RESTATED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION ..................................................................... 482
OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................................ 598
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS ............................................................................................................. 599
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS ................................................................................................................................................... 600
CAPITALISATION STATEMENT ................................................................................................................... 651
FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS ........................................................................................................................ 652
SECTION VII: LEGAL AND OTHER INFORMATION ........................................................................... 668
OUTSTANDING LITIGATION AND OTHER MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS .......................................... 668
GOVERNMENT AND OTHER APPROVALS ................................................................................................ 679
OUR GROUP COMPANIES ............................................................................................................................. 690
OTHER REGULATORY AND STATUTORY DISCLOSURES ..................................................................... 693
SECTION VIII: OFFER RELATED INFORMATION ............................................................................... 707
TERMS OF THE OFFER ................................................................................................................................... 707
OFFER STRUCTURE ....................................................................................................................................... 714
OFFER PROCEDURE ....................................................................................................................................... 720
RESTRICTIONS ON FOREIGN OWNERSHIP OF INDIAN SECURITIES .................................................. 743
SECTION IX: DESCRIPTION OF EQUITY SHARES AND TERMS OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
.............................................................................................................................................................. 745
SECTION X: OTHER INFORMATION ....................................................................................................... 777
MATERIAL CONTRACTS AND DOCUMENTS FOR INSPECTION ........................................................... 777
DECLARATION .............................................................................................................................................. 781SECTION I: GENERAL
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus uses certain definitions and abbreviations which, unless the context otherwise
indicates or implies, or unless otherwise specified, shall have the meaning as provided below. References to any
legislation, act, regulation, rules, guidelines or policies shall be to such legislation, act, regulation, rules,
guidelines or policies as amended, supplemented or re-enacted from time to time, and any reference to a statutory
provision shall include any subordinate legislation framed from time to time under that provision.
The words and expressions used but not defined in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus will have the same meaning
as assigned to such terms under the Companies Act, the SEBI Act, the SEBI ICDR Regulations, SEBI Listing
Regulations, the SCRA, the Depositories Act and the rules and regulations made thereunder, as applicable.
Further, the Offer related terms used but not defined in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus shall have the meaning
ascribed to such terms under the General Information Document. In case of any inconsistency between the
definitions given below and the definitions contained in the General Information Document, the definitions given
below shall prevail.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms used in “Objects of the Offer”, “Basis for Offer Price”, “Statement of
Special Tax Benefits”, “Industry Overview”, “Key Regulations and Policies”, “History and Certain Corporate
Matters”, “Restated Consolidated Financial Information”, “Outstanding Litigation and Material
Developments”, “Other Regulatory and Statutory Disclosures”, and “Description of Equity Shares and Terms of
Articles of Association” on pages 158, 182, 197, 205, 350, 360, 482, 668, 693 and 745 respectively, shall have
the respective meanings ascribed to them in the relevant sections.
General Terms
Term Description
“our Company”, “the Rays Power Infra Limited, a public limited company incorporated under the
Company” or “the Issuer” Companies Act, 1956, and having its Registered Office at 1st- 21 Evershine Mall
North Meter Cabin 1, Malad (West), Mumbai – 400 064, Maharashtra, India and
Corporate Office at Imperia Mindspace Office 2, 6th Floor, Sector-62, Gurugram-
122 101, Haryana, India
“we”, “us” or “our” Unless the context otherwise indicates, requires or implies, refers to our Company
together with our Subsidiaries and its associate, on a consolidated basis
Company Related Terms
Term Description
Articles of Association / Articles of Association of our Company, as amended from time to time
AoA
Audit Committee Audit committee of our Board constituted in accordance with the Companies Act,
2013 and the SEBI Listing Regulations as described in the section titled “Our
Management-Committees of our Board” on page 455
Auditors / Statutory The current statutory auditor of our Company, namely, G. M. Kapadia & Co.,
Auditors Chartered Accountants. For details, see “General Information- Experts to the
Offer” on page 119
Board / Board of The board of directors of our Company, as constituted from time to time, including
Directors a duly constituted committee thereof. For details, see “Our Management” on page
444
CRISIL Crisil Intelligence (formerly known as CRISIL Market Intelligence & Analytics), a
division of Crisil Limited
CRISIL Report The report titled “India’s renewable energy market” dated September 2025,
prepared by CRISIL, appointed by our Company pursuant to an engagement letter
dated July 1, 2025, which has been commissioned and paid for by our Company
exclusively in connection with the Offer for the purposes of confirming our
understanding of the industry in which we operate. The CRISIL Report will be
available on the website of our Company from the date of the Red Herring
Prospectus until the Bid/Offer Closing Date and has been included in “Material
Contracts and Documents for Inspection – Material Documents” on page 777
2Term Description
Chairperson and The chairperson and managing director of our Company, being Ketan Mehta. For
Managing Director details, see “Our Management- Our Board” on page 444
Chief Financial Officer / The chief financial officer of our Company, being Ashish Jain. For details, see
CFO “Our Management – Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management” on page
462
Committee(s) Duly constituted committee(s) of our Board. For details, see “Our Management –
Committees of Our Board” on page 455
Company Secretary and The company secretary and compliance officer of our Company, being Deepak
Compliance Officer Jangid. For details, see “Our Management – Key Managerial Personnel and
Senior Management” on page 462
Corporate Social The corporate social responsibility committee of our Board constituted in
Responsibility accordance with the Companies Act, 2013. For details, see “Our Management -
Committee / CSR Committees of our Board” on page 455
Committee
Director(s) The director(s) of our Company For details, see “Our Management – Brief Profiles
of our Directors” on page 446
Equity Shares The equity shares of our Company of face value of ₹ 2 each
Executive Directors The executive directors of our Company i.e. Ketan Mehta (Chairperson and
Managing Director), Pawan Kumar Sharma (Whole-time Director) and Sanjay
Garudapally (Whole-time Director). For details, see “Our Management- Our
Board” on page 444
Group Companies Our group companies in terms of SEBI ICDR Regulations, as disclosed in the
section titled “Our Group Companies” on page 690
Independent Chartered The Independent Chartered Accountant of our Company being MRM & Company,
Accountant Chartered Accountants. For details, see “General Information- Experts to the
Offer” on page 119
Independent Director(s) The independent director(s) on our Board. For details of the Independent
Directors, please see the section titled “Our Management - Our Board” on page
444
IPO Committee The IPO committee of our Company comprising of Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar
Sharma and Sanjay Garudapally
Joint Ventures The unincorporated jointly controlled entities of our Company as on the date of
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, as disclosed in “History and Certain Corporate
Matters – Our Joint Ventures” on page 375. These jointly controlled entities are
business joint ventures formed by joint venture agreements and not incorporated
companies. Accordingly, no capital contribution has been made for execution of
the projects and the obligations of the respective works are accounted individually
by the members of the joint venture
Key Managerial The key managerial personnel of our Company in terms of Regulation 2(1)(bb) of
Personnel / KMP the SEBI ICDR Regulations, read with Section 2(51) of the Companies Act, 2013
and as disclosed in the section titled “Our Management – Key Managerial
Personnel and Senior Management” on page 462
Materiality Policy Policy for identification of (i) companies to be disclosed as group companies; (ii)
material outstanding civil litigation proceeding involving our Company and our
Subsidiaries, our Promoters and our Directors; and (iii) material creditors of the
Company, pursuant to the disclosure requirements under SEBI ICDR Regulations,
as adopted by the Board pursuant to its resolution dated September 25, 2025
Material Subsidiaries For the purpose of statement of possible special tax benefits available to our
Company’s material subsidiaries, Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private
Limited have been identified as Material Subsidiaries in accordance with
Regulation 16(1)(c) of the SEBI Listing Regulations. For further details, see
“Statement of Special Tax Benefits” on page 197
For the purposes of disclosures in “Other Financial Information” on page 598,
Shining Sun Power Private Limited and Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private
Limited have been identified as material subsidiaries of our Company in terms of
the requirements specified under paragraph 11, I(A)(ii)(b) of Schedule VI of the
SEBI ICDR Regulations
3Term Description
Shining Sun Power Private Limited and Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private
Limited have been identified as material subsidiaries for the purposes of due
diligence and disclosure of material approvals of our material subsidiaries. For
further details, please see section titled “Government and Other Approvals” on
page 679
Memorandum of Memorandum of Association of our Company, as amended from time to time
Association / MoA
Nomination and The Nomination and Remuneration Committee of our Board constituted in
Remuneration accordance with the Companies Act, 2013 and the SEBI Listing Regulations, as
Committee described in the section titled “Our Management- Committees of our Board-
Nomination and Remuneration Committee” on page 458
Non-Compete Non-Compete Agreement dated September 29, 2025 entered into among our
Agreement Company, Sanjay Garudapally, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally, Garudapally
Infrastructure Private Limited, Garudapally Family Trust, Ketan Mehta and Pawan
Kumar Sharma
Other Selling Vivek Jain
Shareholder
Promoters Promoters of our Company namely, Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar Sharma, Sanjay
Garudapally, Sweta Mehta, Richa Sharma, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally, Mehta
Family Trustee Private Limited, Mehta Family Trust, Sharma Family Trust and
Garudapally Family Trust. For details, please see the section titled “Our Promoters
and Promoter Group” on page 468
Promoter Group Persons and entities constituting the promoter group of our Company in terms of
Regulation 2(1)(pp) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations. For details, please see the
section titled “Our Promoters and Promoter Group” on page 468.
Promoter Selling Collectively Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar Sharma and Sanjay Garudapally.
Shareholders
Project Investment in our Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Rays Green Energy Manufacturing
Private Limited (“Rays Green Energy”) for part-financing the establishment of a
1.5 GW PV Solar n-type TOPCon G12R cell manufacturing plant at
Manufacturing Zone for Power and Energy Equipment, Plot no. P-23, Mohasa-
Babai Industrial Area, Narmadapuram, Madhya Pradesh, India
Promoters’ inter-se Promoters’ Inter-se Agreement dated September 29, 2025 entered into among our
Agreement Promoters namely (i) Ketan Mehta, Sweta Mehta, Mehta Family Trustee Private
Limited, Mehta Family Trust and Sonali Mehta (ii) Pawan Kumar Sharma, Richa
Sharma and Sharma Family Trust, and (iii) Sanjay Garudapally, Shruthi Gupta
Garudapally and Garudapally Family Trust.
Registered Office Registered office of our company located at 1st-21, Evershine Mall, North Meter
Cabin 1, Malad (West), Mumbai- 400 064, Maharashtra, India
Registrar of Companies / Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra at Mumbai
RoC
Restated Consolidated The restated consolidated financial information of our Company, its Subsidiaries
Financial Information (together referred to as “the Group”) and its associates comprises of the restated
consolidated statement of assets and liabilities as at March 31, 2025, March 31,
2024 and March 31, 2023 and restated consolidated statement of profit and loss
(including other comprehensive income), restated consolidated statement of
changes in equity and restated consolidated statement of cash flows, summary
statement of material accounting policies, and other explanatory information for
the financial years ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023,
which were compiled from a) Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Group and its associates as at and for the years ended March 31, 2025 and March
31, 2024 prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards (“Ind AS”) as
prescribed under section 133 of the Act read with the Companies (Indian
Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended, and other accounting principles
generally accepted in India, which have been approved by the Board of Directors
at their meetings held on August 18, 2025, and September 30, 2024 respectively;
and b) Audited Special Purpose Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group
and its associates as at and for the year ended March 31, 2023 prepared in
4Term Description
accordance with Ind AS and other accounting principles generally accepted in
India, which have been approved by the Board of Directors at their meetings held
on December 29, 2023. The Restated Consolidated Financial Information has been
prepared in accordance with the requirements of Section 26 of Part I of Chapter III
of the Companies Act, 2013, relevant provisions of the SEBI ICDR Regulations,
and the Guidance Note on Reports on Company Prospectuses (Revised 2019)
issued by the ICAI
Risk Management Risk Management Committee of our Board constituted in accordance with the
Committee Companies Act, 2013 and the SEBI Listing Regulations, as described in the section
titled “Our Management- Committees of our Board - Risk Management
Committee” on page 461
Selling Shareholders Together, the Promoter Selling Shareholders and the Other Selling Shareholder
Scheme of Scheme of amalgamation of Solantra Private Limited, Heliocore Private Limited,
Amalgamation Insolexo Private Limited, RFE Solar Private Limited with our Company pursuant
to sections 230 to 232 of the Companies Act, 2013, which was approved by the
National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai by an order dated November 28, 2022.
Scheme of Merger Scheme of merger of Kavit Green Energy Private Limited with our Company
pursuant to section 233 and other applicable provisions of the Companies Act,
2013, read with Rule 25 of the Companies (Compromises, Arrangements and
Amalgamation) Rules, 2016 which was approved by Regional Director, Ministry
of Corporate Affairs, Western Region, Mumbai by an order dated September 24,
2024.
Senior Management Senior management of our Company in terms of Regulation 2(1)(bbbb) of the
SEBI ICDR Regulations and as disclosed in the section titled “Our Management
– Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management” on page 462
Shareholders Equity shareholders of our Company from time to time whose names are entered
into (i) the register of members of our Company; or (ii) the records of a depository
as a beneficial owner of Equity Shares
Stakeholders The Stakeholders Relationship Committee of our Board constituted in accordance
Relationship Committee with the Companies Act, 2013 and the SEBI Listing Regulations as described in
the section titled “Our Management - Committees of our Board - Stakeholders
Relationship Committee” on page 460
Subsidiary / Subsidiaries The Subsidiaries of our Company, including step-down subsidiaries, as on the date
of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. For details, see section titled “Our
Subsidiaries” on page 377.
For the purpose of financial information derived from Restated Consolidated
Financial Information in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, “Subsidiary” would
mean subsidiary of our Company as at and for the relevant Fiscals in the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information
Whole-time Director Whole-time directors of our Company, being, Pawan Kumar Sharma and Sanjay
Garudapally. For details, see section titled “Our Management” on page 444
Offer Related Terms
Term Description
Abridged Prospectus The memorandum containing such salient features of a prospectus as may be
specified by SEBI in this regard
Acknowledgement Slip The slip or document to be issued by a Designated Intermediary(ies) to a Bidder
as proof of registration of the Bid cum Application Form
Allot / Allotment / Unless the context otherwise requires, the allotment or transfer, as the case may be
Allotted of Equity Shares offered pursuant to the Fresh Issue and transfer of the Offered
Shares by the Selling Shareholders as part of the Offer for Sale to the successful
Bidders
Allotment Advice Note or advice or intimation of Allotment sent to the successful Bidders who have
been or are to be Allotted the Equity Shares after the Basis of Allotment has been
approved by the Designated Stock Exchange
Allottee A successful Bidder to whom the Equity Shares are Allotted
5Term Description
Anchor Investor A Qualified Institutional Buyer, applying under the Anchor Investor Portion in
accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the Red Herring Prospectus and
who has Bid for an amount of at least ₹ 100 million
Anchor Investor The price at which Equity Shares will be allocated to Anchor Investors, in terms
Allocation Price of the Red Herring Prospectus and Prospectus. The Anchor Investor Allocation
Price shall be determined by our Company in consultation with the BRLMs on the
Anchor Investor Bidding Date
Anchor Investor The application form used by an Anchor Investor to make a Bid in the Anchor
Application Form Investor Portion in accordance with the requirements specified under the SEBI
ICDR Regulations and which will be considered as an application as an application
for Allotment in terms of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus
Anchor Investor Bidding The day, one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date, on which Bids by
Date Anchor Investors shall be submitted prior to and after which the BRLMs will not
accept any Bids from Anchor Investor and allocation to Anchor Investors shall be
completed
Anchor Investor Offer Final price at which the Equity Shares will be Allotted to Anchor Investors in terms
Price of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus, which price will be equal to or
higher than the Offer Price but not higher than the Cap Price.
The Anchor Investor Offer Price will be decided by our Company in consultation
with the BRLMs
Anchor Investor Pay-In With respect to Anchor Investor(s), it shall be the Anchor Investor Bidding Date,
Date and in the event the Anchor Investor Allocation Price is lower than the Offer Price,
not later than two Working Days after the Bid/Offer Closing Date
Anchor Investor Portion Up to 60% of the QIB Portion, which may be allocated by our Company, in
consultation the BRLMs to Anchor Investors on a discretionary basis in
accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations
One-third of the Anchor Investor Portion shall be reserved for domestic Mutual
Funds, subject to valid Bids being received from domestic Mutual Funds at or
above the Anchor Investor Allocation Price which shall be determined by the
Company, in consultation with the BRLMs
Application Supported by An application, whether physical or electronic, used by ASBA Bidders to make a
Blocked Amount / ASBA Bid and authorizing an SCSB to block the Bid Amount in the ASBA Account and
will include applications made by UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism where
the Bid Amount will be blocked upon acceptance of UPI Mandate Request by UPI
Bidders using the UPI Mechanism
ASBA Account A bank account maintained by ASBA Bidders with an SCSB and specified in the
ASBA Form submitted by ASBA Bidders for blocking the Bid Amount mentioned
in the ASBA Form and will include amounts blocked by SCSB upon acceptance
of UPI Mandate Request by UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism
ASBA Bidders All Bidders except Anchor Investors
ASBA Form An application form, whether physical or electronic, used by ASBA Bidders,
which will be considered as the application for Allotment in terms of the Red
Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus
Bankers to the Offer Collectively, the Escrow Collection Bank(s), Refund Bank(s), Public Offer
Account Bank(s) and the Sponsor Bank(s), as the case may be
Basis of Allotment The basis on which the Equity Shares will be Allotted to successful Bidders under
the Offer, as described in the section titled “Offer Procedure” on page 720
Bid An indication to make an offer during the Bid/Offer Period by an ASBA Bidder
pursuant to submission of the ASBA Form, or during the Anchor Investor Bidding
Date by an Anchor Investor pursuant to submission of the Anchor Investor
Application Form, to subscribe to or purchase the Equity Shares at a price within
the Price Band, including all revisions and modifications thereto as permitted
under the SEBI ICDR Regulations as per the terms of the Red Herring Prospectus
and the Bid Cum Application Form. The term “Bidding” shall be construed
accordingly
Bid Amount The highest value of the optional Bids as indicated in the Bid cum Application
6Term Description
Form and payable by the Bidder and, in the case of UPI Bidders Bidding at the
Cut-off Price, the Cap Price multiplied by the number of Equity Shares Bid for by
such RIBs and mentioned in the Bid cum Application Form and payable by the
Bidder or as blocked in the ASBA Account of the Bidder, as the case may be, upon
submission of the Bid in the Offer.
However, Eligible Employees applying in the Employee Reservation Portion can
apply at the Cut-off Price and the Bid amount will be the Cap Price net of
Employee Discount, multiplied by the number of Equity Shares Bid for by such
Eligible Employee and mentioned in the Bid cum Application Form.
The maximum Bid Amount under the Employee Reservation Portion by an
Eligible Employee shall not exceed ₹0.50 million (net of Employee Discount, if
any). However, the initial Allotment to an Eligible Employee in the Employee
Reservation Portion shall not exceed ₹0.20 million (net of employee discount, if
any). Only in the event of under-subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion,
the unsubscribed portion will be available for allocation and Allotment,
proportionately to all Eligible Employees who have Bid in excess of ₹0.20 million
(net of employee discount, if any) subject to the maximum value of Allotment
made to such Eligible Employee not exceeding ₹0.50 million (net of Employee
Discount, if any)
Bid cum Application The Anchor Investor Application Form or the ASBA Form, as the context requires
Form
Bid Lot [●] Equity Shares and in multiples of [●] Equity Shares thereafter
Bid/Offer Closing Date Except in relation to any Bids received from the Anchor Investors, the date after
which the Designated Intermediaries will not accept any Bids, being [●], which
shall be published in all editions of [●], an English national daily newspaper, all
editions of [●], a Hindi national daily newspaper and [●] edition of [●], a Marathi
newspaper (Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra where our
Registered Office is located) each with wide circulation.
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider closing the
Bid/Offer Period for QIBs one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Closing Date
in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. In case of any revision, the
extended Bid/Offer Closing Date shall be widely disseminated by notification to
the Stock Exchanges, by issuing a public notice and shall also be notified on the
websites of the BRLMs and at the terminals of the Syndicate Members and
communicated to the Designated Intermediaries and the Sponsor Bank(s), which
shall also be notified in an advertisement in the same newspapers in which the
Bid/Offer Opening Date was published, as required under the SEBI ICDR
Regulations
Bid/Offer Opening Date Except in relation to any Bids received from the Anchor Investors, the date on
which the Designated Intermediaries shall start accepting Bids, being [●], which
shall be published in all editions of [●], an English national daily newspaper, all
editions of [●], a Hindi national daily newspaper and [●] edition of [●], a Marathi
newspaper (Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra where our
Registered Office is located) each with wide circulation
In case of any revisions, the extended Bid/ Offer Closing Date will be widely
disseminated by notification to the Stock Exchanges, by issuing a public notice,
and also by indicating the change on the websites of the Book Running Lead
Managers and at the terminals of the other members of the Syndicate and by
intimation to the Designated Intermediaries and the Sponsor Banks, which shall
also be notified in an advertisement in the same newspapers in which the Bid/
Offer Opening Date was published, as required under the SEBI ICDR Regulations
Bid / Offer Period Except in relation to any Bids received from Anchor Investors, the period between
the Bid/Offer Opening Date and the Bid/Offer Closing Date, inclusive of both
days, during which prospective Bidders can submit their Bids, including any
revisions thereof in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the terms of
7Term Description
the Red Herring Prospectus. Provided, however, that the Bidding shall be kept
open for a minimum of three Working Days for all categories of Bidders, other
than Anchor Investors
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider closing the
Bid/Offer Period for QIBs one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Closing Date
which shall also be notified in an advertisement in same newspapers in which the
Bid/Offer Opening Date was published, in accordance with SEBI ICDR
Regulations
In case of force majeure, banking strike or similar unforeseen circumstances, our
Company may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, extend the Bid/Offer Period
for a minimum of one working day, subject to the Bid/Offer Period not exceeding
ten working days.
Bidder Any prospective investor who makes a Bid pursuant to the terms of the Red
Herring Prospectus and the Bid cum Application Form, and unless otherwise stated
or implied, and includes an ASBA Bidder and an Anchor Investor
Bidding Centres Centres at which the Designated Intermediaries shall accept the ASBA Forms, i.e.,
Designated Branches for SCSBs, Specified Locations for Syndicate, Broker
Centres for Registered Brokers, Designated RTA Locations for RTAs and
Designated CDP Locations for CDPs
Book Building Process Book building process, as provided in Part A of Schedule XIII of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations, in terms of which the Offer is being made
BRLMs / Book Running The book running lead managers to the Offer namely, Anand Rathi Advisors
Lead Managers Limited and Pantomath Capital Advisors Private Limited
Broker Centres Broker centres of the Registered Brokers notified by the Stock Exchanges where
Bidders can submit the ASBA Forms to a Registered Broker
The details of such Broker Centres, along with the names and contact details of the
Registered Brokers are available on the respective websites of the Stock
Exchanges, www.bseindia.com and www.nseindia.com, as updated from time to
time
CAN/Confirmation of Notice or intimation of allocation of the Equity Shares to be sent to Anchor
Allocation Note Investors, who have been allocated the Equity Shares, on/after the Anchor Investor
Bidding Date
Cap Price The higher end of the Price Band, above which the Offer Price and the Anchor
Investor Offer Price will not be finalised and above which no Bids will be
accepted, including any revision thereof. The cap price shall be at least 105% of
the Floor Price and shall not be more than 120% of the Floor Price
Cash Escrow and Agreement to be entered into amongst our Company, Selling Shareholders, the
Sponsor Bank Agreement Registrar to the Offer, the BRLMs, the Syndicate Member(s), the Banker(s) to the
Offer for collection of the Bid Amounts from the Anchor Investors and where
applicable, transfer of funds to the Public Offer Accounts, and where applicable
remitting refunds, if any, to the Anchor Investors, on the terms and conditions
thereof
CDP / Collecting A depository participant as defined under the Depositories Act, 1996, registered
Depository Participant with SEBI and who is eligible to procure Bids at the Designated CDP Locations
in terms the UPI Circulars issued by SEBI as per the lists available on the websites
of the BSE and the NSE, as updated from time to time
Client ID Client identification number of the Bidder’s beneficiary account maintained with
one of the Depositories in relation to the demat account
Cut-off Price The Offer Price, finalized by our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs,
which shall be any price within the Price Band. Only Retail Individual Bidders and
Eligible Employees are entitled to Bid at the Cut-off Price. QIBs (including
Anchor Investors) and Non-Institutional Bidders are not titled to Bid at the Cut-
off Price
Demographic Details Details of the Bidders including the Bidder’s address, name of the Bidder’s
father/husband, investor status, occupation, PAN, bank account details and UPI ID
wherever applicable
8Term Description
Designated Branches Such branches of the SCSBs which will collect the ASBA Forms used by the
ASBA Bidders and a list of which is available on the website of the SEBI at
www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognised=yes and updated
from time to time, or any such other website as may be prescribed by the SEBI
Designated CDP Such centres of the CDPs where Bidders (other than Anchor Investors) can submit
Locations the Bid cum Application Forms.
The details of such Designated CDP Locations, along with the names and contact
details of the CDPs are available on the respective websites of the Stock Exchanges
and updated from time to time
Designated Date The date on which funds are transferred from the Escrow Account(s) and the
amounts blocked are transferred from the ASBA Accounts, as the case may be, to
the Public Offer Account(s) or the Refund Account(s), as appropriate, in terms of
the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus, after the finalisation of the Basis
of Allotment in consultation with the Designated Stock Exchange in terms of the
Red Herring Prospectus, following which the Board of Directors may Allot Equity
Shares to successful Bidders in the Offer
Designated Collectively, the Syndicate, Sub-Syndicate Members/agents, SCSBs (other than in
Intermediaries relation to RIBs using the UPI Mechanism), Registered Brokers, CDPs and RTAs,
who are authorised to collect Bid cum Application Forms from the Bidders in the
Offer.
In relation to ASBA Forms submitted by RIBs Bidding in the Retail Portion, and
HNIs bidding with an application size of up to ₹0.50 million (not using the UPI
Mechanism) by authorising an SCSB to block the Bid Amount in the ASBA
Account, Designated Intermediaries shall mean SCSBs.
In relation to ASBA Forms submitted by UPI Bidders where the Bid Amount will
be blocked upon acceptance of UPI Mandate Request by such UPI Bidders using
the UPI Mechanism, Designated Intermediaries shall mean Syndicate, Sub-
Syndicate Members, Registered Brokers, SCSBs, CDPs and RTAs.
In relation to ASBA Forms submitted by QIBs (excluding Anchor Investors) and
NIIs (not using the UPI Mechanism), Designated Intermediaries shall mean
SCSBs, Syndicate, Sub- Syndicate Members, Registered Brokers, SCSBs, CDPs
and RTAs
Designated RTA Such locations of the RTAs where Bidders can submit the ASBA Forms to the
Locations RTAs. The details of such Designated RTA Locations, along with names and
contact details of the RTAs eligible to accept ASBA Forms are available on the
respective websites of the Stock Exchanges (www.bseindia.com and
www.nseindia.com) and updated from time to time
Designated Stock [●]
Exchange
Draft Red Herring This draft red herring prospectus dated September 29, 2025 filed with SEBI and
Prospectus / DRHP the Stock Exchanges, in accordance with Chapter II SEBI ICDR Regulations,
which does not contain complete particulars of the price at which the Equity Shares
will be Allotted and the size of the Offer, including any addenda or corrigenda
thereto.
Eligible Employee(s) Eligible Employees shall mean all or any of the following:
(a) a permanent employee of our Company and/or its Subsidiaries (excluding such
employees who are not eligible to invest in the Offer under applicable laws) as of
the date of filing of the Red Herring Prospectus with the RoC and who continues
to be a permanent employee of our Company or our Subsidiaries, until the
submission of the Bid cum Application Form and is working and present in India
or abroad as on the date of submission of the ASBA Form and does not include
our Promoters or persons belonging to Promoter Group; or; and
a) (b) a director of our Company and/ or Subsidiaries, whether whole-time or
otherwise, not holding either himself/herself or through their relatives or through
9Term Description
any body corporate, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the outstanding
Equity Shares (excluding Directors not eligible to invest in the Offer under
applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines) as of the date of the filing of the
Red Herring Prospectus with the RoC and who continues to be a director of our
Company until the submission of the Bid cum Application Form.
The maximum Bid Amount under the Employee Reservation Portion by an
Eligible Employee shall not exceed ₹0.50 million (net of Employee Discount).
However, the initial Allotment to an Eligible Employee in the Employee
Reservation Portion shall not exceed ₹0.20 million (net of Employee Discount).
Only in the event of under-subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion, the
unsubscribed portion will be available for allocation and Allotment,
proportionately to all Eligible Employees who have Bid in excess of ₹0.20 million
(net of Employee Discount), subject to the maximum value of Allotment made to
such Eligible Employee not exceeding ₹0.50 million (net of Employee Discount)
Eligible FPI(s) FPIs that are eligible to participate in the Offer from such jurisdictions outside
India where it is not unlawful to make an offer/ invitation under the Offer and in
relation to whom the Bid cum Application Form and the Red Herring Prospectus
constitutes an invitation to purchase the Equity Shares offered thereby
Eligible NRI(s) A non-resident Indian, resident in a jurisdiction outside India where it is not
unlawful to make an offer or invitation under the Offer and in relation to whom
the Bid cum Application Form and the Red Herring Prospectus constitutes an
invitation to subscribe for the Equity Shares
Employee Reservation The portion of the Offer being up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each
Portion (comprising up to [●]% of our post-Offer Equity Share capital), aggregating up to
₹[●] million available for allocation to Eligible Employees, on a proportionate
basis. Such portion shall not exceed 5.00% of the post-Offer Equity Share capital
of our Company
Escrow Account Account(s) opened with the Escrow Collection Bank(s) and in whose favour the
Anchor Investors will transfer money through direct credit/NEFT/RTGS/NACH
in respect of the Bid Amount when submitting a Bid
Escrow Collection The bank(s) which are clearing members and registered with SEBI as bankers to
Bank(s) an Offer under the SEBI BTI Regulations and with whom the Escrow Account(s)
will be opened, in this case being [●]
First Bidder / Sole Bidder Bidder whose name appears first in the Bid cum Application Form or the Revision
Form and in case of joint Bids, whose name shall also appear as the first holder of
the beneficiary account held in joint names
Floor Price The lower end of the Price Band, subject to any revision thereto, at or above which
the Offer Price and the Anchor Investor Offer Price will be finalised and below
which no Bids will be accepted, and which shall not be less than the face value of
the Equity Shares
Fraudulent Borrower A company or person, as the case may be, categorised as a fraudulent borrower by
any bank or financial institution (as defined under the Companies Act, 2013) or
consortium thereof, in accordance with the guidelines on fraudulent borrowers
issued by the RBI and as defined under Regulation 2(1)(lll) of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations
Fresh Issue The fresh issue component of the Offer comprising an issuance of up to [●] Equity
Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each at ₹ [●] per Equity Share of face value of ₹ 2 each
(including a premium of ₹ [●] per Equity Share) aggregating up to ₹ 9,000.00
million by our Company
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider a Pre-IPO
Placement of specified securities as may be permitted under the applicable law,
aggregating upto ₹ 1,800.00 million, at its discretion, prior to filing of the Red
Herring Prospectus with the RoC. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, will be
at a price to be decided by our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs. If the
Pre-IPO Placement is completed, the amount raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO
Placement will be reduced from the Fresh Issue, subject to compliance with Rule
19(2)(b) of the SCRR. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, shall not exceed
10Term Description
20% of the size of the Fresh Issue. The utilisation of the proceeds raised pursuant
to the Pre-IPO Placement will be done towards the Objects in compliance with
applicable law. Prior to the completion of the Offer, our Company shall
appropriately intimate the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement, prior to allotment
pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement, that there is no guarantee that our Company
may proceed with the Offer or the Offer may be successful and will result into
listing of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges. Our Company shall report
any Pre-IPO Placement to the Stock Exchanges, within 24 hours of such Pre-IPO
Placement (in part or in entirety). Further, relevant disclosures in relation to such
intimation to the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement (if undertaken) shall be
appropriately made in the relevant sections of the Red Herring Prospectus and the
Prospectus.
Fugitive Economic An individual who is declared a fugitive economic offender under section 12 of
Offender the Fugitive Economic Offenders Act, 2018
General Information The General Information Document for investing in public issues, prepared and
Document / GID issued in accordance with the SEBI circular
(SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL1/CIR/P/2020/37) dated March 17, 2020, the UPI Circulars,
as amended from time to time. The General Information Document shall be
available on the websites of the Stock Exchanges and the BRLMs
Monitoring Agency A credit rating agency registered with SEBI, in this case being [●]
Monitoring Agency Agreement to be entered into between our Company and the Monitoring Agency,
Agreement prior to filing of the Red Herring Prospectus
Mutual Fund Portion The portion of the Offer being 5% of the Net QIB Category consisting of [●]
Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each which shall be available for allocation to
Mutual Funds only on a proportionate basis, subject to valid Bids being received
at or above the Offer Price.
Net Offer The Offer less the Employee Reservation Portion
Net Proceeds Gross Proceeds from the Fresh Issue less our Company’s share of the Offer related
expenses. For details in relation to use of the Net Proceeds and the Offer expenses,
please see section titled “Objects of the Offer” on page 158
Net QIB Portion The portion of the QIB Portion less the number of Equity Shares Allotted to the
Anchor Investors
Non-Institutional Bidders All Bidders that are not QIBs (including Anchor Investors) and Retail Individual
/ NIBs Bidders who have Bid for Equity Shares for an amount of more than ₹0.20 (but
not including NRIs other than Eligible NRIs)
Non-Institutional Portion The portion of the Offer being not less than 15% of the Net Offer comprising [●]
Equity Shares which shall be available for allocation to Non-Institutional Bidders,
subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price, in the following
manner: (i) one third of the portion available to Non-Institutional Bidders shall be
reserved for applicants with application size of more than ₹ 0.20 million and up to
₹ 1.00 million; (ii) two third of the portion available to Non-Institutional Bidders
shall be reserved for applicants with application size of more than ₹ 1.00 million;
Provided that the unsubscribed portion in either of the sub-categories specified in
clauses (i) or (ii), may be allocated to applicants in the other sub-category of Non-
Institutional Bidders
Non-Resident A person resident outside India, as defined under FEMA and includes a non-
resident Indian, FPIs and FVCIs
Offer The initial public offering of up to [●] Equity Shares for cash at a price of ₹[●] per
Equity Share aggregating up to ₹ 11,500.00 million consisting of a Fresh Issue and
Offer for Sale
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider a Pre-IPO
Placement of specified securities as may be permitted under the applicable law,
aggregating upto ₹ 1,800.00 million, at its discretion, prior to filing of the Red
Herring Prospectus with the RoC. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, will be
at a price to be decided by our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs. If the
Pre-IPO Placement is completed, the amount raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO
Placement will be reduced from the Fresh Issue, subject to compliance with Rule
11Term Description
19(2)(b) of the SCRR. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, shall not exceed
20% of the size of the Fresh Issue. The utilisation of the proceeds raised pursuant
to the Pre-IPO Placement will be done towards the Objects in compliance with
applicable law. Prior to the completion of the Offer, our Company shall
appropriately intimate the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement, prior to allotment
pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement, that there is no guarantee that our Company
may proceed with the Offer or the Offer may be successful and will result into
listing of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges. Our Company shall report
any Pre-IPO Placement to the Stock Exchanges, within 24 hours of such Pre-IPO
Placement (in part or in entirety). Further, relevant disclosures in relation to such
intimation to the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement (if undertaken) shall be
appropriately made in the relevant sections of the Red Herring Prospectus and the
Prospectus.
The Offer comprises of the Net Offer and Employee Reservation Portion
Offer Agreement The agreement dated September 29, 2025, entered into amongst our Company,
Selling Shareholders and the BRLMs, pursuant to the SEBI ICDR Regulations,
based on which certain arrangements are agreed to in relation to the Offer
Offer for Sale The offer for sale of up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each aggregating
to ₹ 2,500.00 million by the Selling Shareholders including up to [●] Equity Shares
aggregating up to ₹ 982.00 million by Ketan Mehta, up to [●] Equity Shares
aggregating up to ₹ 736.00 million by Pawan Kumar Sharma, up to [●] Equity
Shares aggregating up to ₹ 736.00 million by Sanjay Garudapally and up to [●]
Equity Shares aggregating up to ₹ 46.00 million by Vivek Jain. For further details,
please see the section titled “The Offer” on page 103
Offer Price ₹ [●] per equity share, being the final price at which Equity Shares will be Allotted
to successful ASBA Bidders, as determined in accordance with the Book Building
Process and determined by our Company consultation with the Book Running
Lead Managers, in terms of the Red Herring Prospectus and Prospectus.
Equity Shares will be Allotted to Anchor Investors at the Anchor Investor Offer
Price, which will be decided by our Company in consultation with the BRLMs in
terms of the Red Herring Prospectus
A discount of up to [●] % on the Offer Price (equivalent of ₹ [●] per Equity Share)
may be offered to Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee Reservation
Portion. This Employee Discount, if any, will be decided by our Company in
consultation with the Book Running Lead Managers. Allotment to Eligible
Employees Bidding under the Employee Reservation Portion shall be at the Offer
Price net of Employee Discount, if any
Offer Proceeds The proceeds the Fresh Issue which shall be available to our Company and the
proceeds of the Offer for Sale (net of the proportion of Offer related expenses and
the relevant taxes thereon) which shall be available to the Selling Shareholders.
For further details on use of the Offer Proceeds, please see section titled “Objects
of the Offer” on page 158
Offered Shares Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹ 2 each aggregating up to ₹ 2,500.00 million
being offered for sale by the Selling Shareholders in the Offer for Sale
Pre-IPO Placement Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider a Pre-IPO
Placement of specified securities as may be permitted under the applicable law,
aggregating upto ₹ 1,800.00 million, at its discretion, prior to filing of the Red
Herring Prospectus with the RoC. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, will be
at a price to be decided by our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs. If the
Pre-IPO Placement is completed, the amount raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO
Placement will be reduced from the Fresh Issue, subject to compliance with Rule
19(2)(b) of the SCRR. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, shall not exceed
20% of the size of the Fresh Issue. The utilisation of the proceeds raised pursuant
to the Pre-IPO Placement will be done towards the Objects in compliance with
applicable law. Prior to the completion of the Offer, our Company shall
appropriately intimate the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement, prior to allotment
12Term Description
pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement, that there is no guarantee that our Company
may proceed with the Offer or the Offer may be successful and will result into
listing of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges. Our Company shall report
any Pre-IPO Placement to the Stock Exchanges, within 24 hours of such Pre-IPO
Placement (in part or in entirety). Further, relevant disclosures in relation to such
intimation to the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement (if undertaken) shall be
appropriately made in the relevant sections of the Red Herring Prospectus and the
Prospectus.
Price Band Price Band ranging from the Floor Price to Cap Price including any revisions
thereof. The Cap Price shall be at least 105% of the Floor Price and shall not exceed
120% of the Floor Price
The Price Band and the minimum Bid Lot size for the Offer will be decided by our
Company, in consultation with the BRLMs and will be advertised, at least two
Working Days prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date, in all editions of [●], an
English national daily newspaper, all editions of [●], a Hindi national daily
newspaper and [●] edition of [●], a Marathi newspaper (Marathi being the regional
language of Maharashtra where our Registered Office is located), each with wide
circulation. It shall also be made available to the Stock Exchanges for the purpose
of uploading on their websites
Pricing Date The date on which our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, shall finalize
the Offer Price
Promoters’ Contribution Aggregate of 20% of the fully diluted post-Offer Equity Share capital of our
Company that is eligible to form part of the minimum promoter’s contribution, as
required under the provisions of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, held by our
Promoters, which shall be locked-in for a period of three years from the date of
Allotment
Prospectus The Prospectus of our Company to be filed with the RoC for this Offer after the
Pricing Date, in accordance with Section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013 and the
SEBI ICDR Regulations, containing, inter alia, the Offer Price that is determined
at the end of the Book Building Process, the size of the Offer and certain other
information including any addenda or corrigenda thereto
Public Offer Account The bank with which the Public Offer Account(s) shall be opened and maintained
Bank(s) for collection of Bid Amounts from Escrow Account(s) and ASBA Accounts on
the Designated Date, in this case being [●]
Public Offer Account(s) ‘No lien’ and ‘non interest bearing’ bank account(s) opened under Section 40(3)
of the Companies Act, 2013 with the Public Offer Account Bank(s) to receive
money from the Escrow Account(s) and the ASBA Accounts maintained with the
SCSBs on the Designated Date
QIB Category/QIB The portion of the Offer, being not more than 50% of the Net Offer or [●] Equity
Portion Shares to be Allotted to QIBs on a proportionate basis, including the Anchor
Investor Portion (in which allocation shall be on a discretionary basis, as
determined by our Company in consultation with the BRLMs, subject to valid Bids
being received at or above the Offer Price)
Qualified Institutional Qualified institutional buyers as defined under Regulation 2(1)(ss) of the SEBI
Buyers / QIBs / QIB ICDR Regulations
Bidders
Red Herring Prospectus / The red herring prospectus for the Offer to be issued by our Company in
RHP accordance with the Companies Act and the SEBI ICDR Regulations which will
not have complete particulars of the Offer Price and size of the Offer, including
any addenda or corrigenda thereto. The Red Herring Prospectus will be filed with
the RoC at least three Working Days before the Bid/Offer Opening Date and will
become the Prospectus after filing with the RoC after the Pricing Date, including
any addenda or corrigenda thereto
Refund Account(s) The account(s) opened with the Refund Bank(s), from which refunds, if any, of
the whole or part of the Bid Amount to the Anchor Investors shall be made
Refund Bank(s) The bank which are a clearing member registered with SEBI under the SEBI BTI
Regulations, with whom the Refund Account(s) will be opened, in this case being
13Term Description
[●]
Registered Brokers Stock brokers registered with the SEBI under the Securities and Exchange Board
of India (Stock Brokers) Regulations, 1992, as amended and the Stock Exchanges
having nationwide terminals, other than the members of the Syndicate, and eligible
to procure Bids in terms of SEBI ICDR Master Circular in relation to the SEBI
ICDR Regulations) and the UPI Circulars, issued by SEBI
Registrar Agreement The agreement dated September 28, 2025 entered amongst our Company, the
Selling Shareholders and the Registrar to the Offer in relation to the
responsibilities and obligations of the Registrar to the Offer pertaining to the Offer
Registrar and Share Registrar and share transfer agents registered with SEBI and eligible to procure
Transfer Agents / RTAs Bids from relevant Bidders at the Designated RTA Locations in terms of SEBI
RTA Master Circular issued by SEBI and as per the list available on the websites
of BSE and NSE, and the UPI Circulars
Registrar to the Offer / Bigshare Services Private Limited
Registrar
Retail Individual Individual Bidders, who have Bid for the Equity Shares for an amount not more
Bidder(s) / RIB(s) than ₹0.20 million in any of the Bidding options in the Offer (including HUFs
applying through their Karta and Eligible NRIs and does not include NRIs other
than Eligible NRIs)
Retail Portion The portion of the Offer being not less than 35% of the Net Offer consisting of [●]
Equity Shares which shall be available for allocation to Retail Individual Bidders
in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations which shall not be less than the
Minimum Bid Lot, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price
Revision Form Form used by the Bidders to modify the quantity of the Equity Shares or the Bid
Amount in any of their ASBA Form(s) or any previous Revision Form(s), as
applicable.
QIB Bidders and Non-Institutional Bidders are not allowed to withdraw or lower
their Bids (in terms of quantity of Equity Shares or the Bid Amount) at any stage.
Retail Individual Bidders Bidding in the Retail Portion and Eligible Employees
bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion can revise their Bids during the
Bid/Offer Period and withdraw their Bids until Bid/Offer Closing Date
SEBI RTA Master SEBI master circular number SEBI/HO/MIRSD/MIRSD-PoD/P/CIR/2025/91
Circular dated June 23, 2025
Self-Certified Syndicate The banks registered with SEBI, offering services: (a) in relation to ASBA (other
Bank(s) / SCSB(s) than using the UPI Mechanism), a list of which is available on the website of SEBI
at
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&i
ntmId=34 and
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&i
ntmId=35, as applicable or such other website as may be prescribed by SEBI from
time to time; and (b) in relation to ASBA (using the UPI Mechanism), a list of
which is available on the website of SEBI at
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&i
ntmId=40, or such other website as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time
In accordance with the SEBI ICDR Master Circular, UPI Bidders using UPI
Mechanism may apply through the SCSBs and mobile applications (apps) whose
name appears of the SEBI website. The said list is available on the website of SEBI
at
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&i
ntmId =43, as updated from time to time
Specified Locations Bidding Centres where the Syndicate shall accept Bid cum Application Forms
from the Bidders, a list of which is which is available on the website of SEBI
(www.sebi.gov.in) and updated from time to time
Sponsor Bank(s) Bank(s) registered with SEBI which will be appointed by our Company to act as a
conduit between the Stock Exchanges and the National Payments Corporation of
India in order to push the mandate collect requests and/or payment instructions of
the UPI Bidders into the UPI, in this case being [●]
14Term Description
Stock Exchanges Collectively, NSE and BSE
Sub-Syndicate Members The sub-syndicate members, if any, appointed by the BRLMs and the Syndicate
Members, to collect ASBA Forms and Revision Forms.
Syndicate Agreement Agreement to be entered into amongst the BRLMs, the Syndicate Member(s), our
Company, the Selling Shareholders and the Registrar to the Offer in relation to
collection of Bid cum Application Forms by the Syndicate
Syndicate Member(s) Syndicate members as defined under Regulation 2(1)(hhh) of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations
Syndicate / Members of Collectively, the BRLMs and the Syndicate Member(s)
the Syndicate
Underwriters [●]
Underwriting Agreement The agreement to be entered among the Underwriters, our Company and Selling
Shareholders to be entered into on or after the Pricing Date, but prior to the filing
of the Prospectus
UPI Unified payments interface, which is an instant payment mechanism, developed
by NPCI
UPI Bidders Collectively, individual investors applying as (i) Retail Individual Bidders, in the
Retail Portion, Eligible Employees in the Employees Reservation Portion; and (ii)
Non-Institutional Bidders with an application size of up to ₹ 0.50 million in the
Non-Institutional Portion, and Bidding under the UPI Mechanism through ASBA
Form(s) submitted with Syndicate Members, Registered Brokers, Collecting
Depository Participants and Registrar and Share Transfer Agents
Pursuant to SEBI ICDR Master Circular, all individual investors applying in public
issues where the application amount is up to ₹ 0.50 milion shall use UPI and shall
provide their UPI ID in the Bid-cum-Application Form submitted with: (i) a
syndicate member, (ii) a stock broker registered with a recognized stock exchange
(whose name is mentioned on the website of the stock exchange as eligible for
such activity), (iii) a depository participant (whose name is mentioned on the
website of the stock exchange as eligible for such activity), and (iv) a registrar to
an offer and share transfer agent (whose name is mentioned on the website of the
stock exchange as eligible for such activity)
UPI Circulars Collectively, SEBI RTA Master Circular (to the extent that such circulars pertain
to the UPI Mechanism), SEBI ICDR Master Circular, along with the circulars
issued by the Stock Exchanges in this regard, including the circular issued by the
NSE having reference number 25/2022 dated August 3, 2022, and the circular
issued by BSE having reference number 20220803-40 dated August 3, 2022 and
any subsequent circulars or notifications issued by SEBI or Stock Exchanges in
this regard.
UPI ID Identity document created on UPI for single-window mobile payment system
developed by the NPCI
UPI Mandate Request A request (intimating the UPI Bidder by way of a notification on the UPI linked
mobile application and by way of an SMS on directing the UPI Bidder to such UPI
linked mobile application) to the UPI Bidder initiated by the Sponsor Bank(s) to
authorise blocking of funds on the UPI application equivalent to Bid Amount and
subsequent debit of funds in case of Allotment. Such request shall be accepted by
UPI Bidders at or before 5.00 pm on Bid/Offer Closing Date
UPI Mechanism The Bidding mechanism that may be used by an UPI Bidder to make a Bid in the
Offer in accordance with the UPI Circulars
UPI PIN Password to authenticate UPI transaction
Wilful Defaulter A company or person, as the case may be, categorised as a wilful defaulter by any
bank or financial institution (as defined under the Companies Act, 2013) or
consortium thereof, in accordance with the guidelines on wilful defaulters issued
by the RBI and as defined under Regulation 2(1)(lll) of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations
Working Day All days on which commercial banks in Mumbai are open for business; provided
however, with reference to (a) announcement of Price Band; and (b) Bid/Offer
Period, the term Working Day shall mean all days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays
15Term Description
and public holidays, on which commercial banks in Mumbai are open for business;
and (c) the time period between the Bid/Offer Closing Date and the listing of the
Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges, “Working Day” shall mean all trading days
of the Stock Exchanges, excluding Sundays and bank holidays, as per circulars
issued by SEBI, including UPI Circulars
Conventional and General Terms or Abbreviations
Term Description
₹/Rs./Rupees/INR Indian Rupees
AGM Annual general meeting of Shareholders under the Companies Act
AIF(s) Alternative Investment Fund(s) as defined in and registered with SEBI under the
SEBI AIF Regulations
Air Act Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981
AS/Accounting
Accounting Standards issued by the ICAI
Standards
BSE BSE Limited
CAGR Compounded Annual Growth Rate
Category I AIF AIFs who are registered as “Category I Alternative Investment Funds” under the
SEBI AIF Regulations
Category I FPIs FPIs registered as “Category I foreign portfolio investors” under the SEBI FPI
Regulations
Category II AIF AIFs who are registered as “Category II Alternative Investment Funds” under the
SEBI AIF Regulations
Category II FPIs FPIs registered as “Category II foreign portfolio investors” under the SEBI FPI
Regulations
Category III AIF AIFs who are registered as “Category III Alternative Investment Funds” under the
SEBI AIF Regulations
CBDT Central Board of Direct Taxes
CC Cash credit
CDSL Central Depository Services (India) Limited
CIN Corporate Identity Number
Civil Code The Code of Civil Procedure, 1908
CY Calendar Year
Companies Act /
Companies Act, 2013, together with the rules thereunder
Companies Act, 2013
Companies Act, 1956 Erstwhile Companies Act, 1956, and the rules thereunder
Consolidated FDI Policy The consolidated FDI Policy, effective from October 15, 2020, issued by the
DPIIT, and any modifications thereto or substitutions thereof, issued from time to
time
COVID-19 The novel coronavirus disease, which is an infectious disease caused by a newly
discovered coronavirus strain that was discovered in 2019 resulting in a public
health emergency of international concern and a pandemic as declared by the
World Health Organization on January 30, 2020 and pandemic on March 11, 2020
CTC Cost to Company
Depositories Collectively, NSDL and CDSL
Depositories Act Depositories Act, 1996
DIN Director Identification Number
DP ID Depository Participant’s Identification
DP/ Depository
A depository participant as defined under the Depositories Act
Participant
DPIIT Department of Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade, Ministry of Commerce
and Industry, Government of India
EGM Extraordinary General Meeting
EPF Act Employees’ Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952
EPS Earnings Per Share
FCNR Foreign Currency Non-Resident
16Term Description
FDI Foreign Direct Investment
FEMA Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, and the rules and regulations
thereunder
FEMA Rules Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 issued by the
Ministry of Finance, Government of India
Financial Unless stated otherwise, the period of 12 months ending March 31 of that particular
Year/Fiscal/fiscal/ /FY year
FPI(s) Foreign portfolio investor(s) as defined under the SEBI FPI Regulations
FVCI(s) Foreign venture capital investor(s) as defined and registered under the SEBI FVCI
Regulations
GoI /Government Government of India
GST Goods and Services Tax
HUF Hindu Undivided Family
ICAI The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
ICAI Guidance Note Guidance Note on Reports in Company Prospectus (Revised 2019), as amended
from time to time, issued by the ICAI
IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the International
Accounting Standards Board
Income Tax Act, IT Act The Income-tax Act, 1961
Ind AS Indian Accounting Standards
India Republic of India
Indian GAAP Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in India notified under Section 133 of
the Companies Act, 2013 and read together with paragraph 7 of the Companies
(Accounts) Rules, 2014 and Companies (Accounting Standards) Amendment
Rules, 2016
IPO Initial public offering
IST Indian Standard Time
MIS Management Information System
Mutual Fund(s) Mutual funds registered under the SEBI (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996
N.A./ NA Not Applicable
NACH National Automated Clearing House
NEFT National Electronic Fund Transfer
Non-Resident A person resident outside India, as defined under FEMA and includes a Non-
Resident Indian and FPIs
NR Non-resident
NRI An individual resident outside India who is a citizen of India or is an ‘Overseas
Citizen of India’ cardholder within the meaning of section 7(A) of the Citizenship
Act, 1955
NSDL National Securities Depository Limited
NSE National Stock Exchange of India Limited
OCB/ Overseas A company, partnership, society or other corporate body owned directly or
Corporate Body indirectly to the extent of at least 60% by NRIs including overseas trusts, in which
not less than 60% of beneficial interest is irrevocably held by NRIs directly or
indirectly and which was in existence on October 3, 2003 and immediately before
such date had taken benefits under the general permission granted to OCBs under
FEMA. OCBs are not allowed to invest in the Offer
OCI Other Comprehensive Income
p.a. Per annum
P/E Ratio Price/Earnings Ratio
PAN Permanent Account Number
PAT Profit After Tax
PLI Scheme Production Linked Incentive Scheme
R&D Research and development
RBI The Reserve Bank of India
Regulation S Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act
RTGS Real Time Gross Settlement
SBLC Standby letter of credit
17Term Description
SCRA Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956
SCRR Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957
SEBI The Securities and Exchange Board of India constituted under the SEBI Act
SEBI Act Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992
SEBI AIF Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Alternative Investment Funds)
Regulations, 2012
SEBI ICDR Master SEBI master circular bearing reference number SEBI/HO/CFD/PoD-
Circular 1/P/CIR/2024/0154, dated November 11, 2024
SEBI BTI Regulations Securities Exchange Board of India (Banker to an Issue) Regulations 1994;
SEBI FPI Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations,
2019
SEBI FVCI Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Venture Capital Investors)
Regulations, 2000
SEBI ICDR Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2018
SEBI Listing Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2015
SEBI Merchant Banker Securities and Exchange Board of India (Merchant Bankers) Regulations, 1992
Regulations
SEBI RTA Master SEBI master circular bearing SEBI/HO/MIRSD/MIRSD-PoD/P/CIR/2025/91
Circular dated June 23, 2025
SEBI SBEB Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and
Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021
SEBI VCF Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Venture Capital Fund) Regulations, 1996
State Government Government of a State of India
STT Securities Transaction Tax
Systemically Important Systemically important non-banking financial company as defined under
Non-Banking Financial Regulation 2(1)(iii) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations
Company / NBFC-SI
Takeover Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and
Takeovers) Regulations, 2011
U.S. Securities Act /
United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended
Securities Act
U.S./USA/United States United States of America
US GAAP Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America
USD/US$ United States Dollars
VAT Value Added Tax
VCFs Venture Capital Funds as defined in and registered with SEBI under the SEBI VCF
Regulations or the SEBI AIF Regulations, as the case may be
Industry and Business related terms
Term Description
Advance Stage Advance Stage refers to capacity for which we have been granted or agreed to grant
ISTS or STU connectivity.
AC Alternating current
ALMM Approved List of Models and Manufacturers
AutoCad Software for designing simulation and analysis of PV systems.
BD Business development
BESS Battery energy storage system is a form of storage technology and can be used for a
wide range of grid support activities, such as energy time shift, distribution deferral,
and energy arbitrage
BoS Balance of system
CAGR Compounded annual growth rate
Capacity Refers to the rated power generation potential of a project.
CEIG Chief Electrical Inspectorate Division
CERC Central Electricity Regulatory Commission
18Term Description
CMP Cell Manufacturing Plant
C&I Corporate & institutional customers
CMETS Consultation Meeting for Evolving Transmission Schemes
Commissioned Commissioned Capacity refers to renewable power projects that are commissioned
Capacity and handed over to the customer since incorporation of our Company
CPSEs Central public sector enterprises
CPSU Central Public Sector Undertaking
CSR Corporate social responsibility
CTE Consent to establish
CTUIL Central Transmission Utility of India Limited
CUF Capacity utilization factor
DC Direct current
DCR Domestic content requirement
DISCOMs State owned distribution companies
DIPP Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade
D&O Directors & Officers
EPC Engineering, procurement and construction
EBIT Earnings before interest and tax is calculated by adding total tax expense and finance
costs to restated profit after tax for the period/year and deducting other income
EBITDA Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization
EBITDA EBITDA is calculated as addition of restated profit before tax, finance cost and
depreciation and amortisation
ESS Energy Storage Systems
FAME Faster adoption of manufacturing electric vehicles
FDRE Firm dispatch renewable energy
GIS Geographic information system
GW Gigawatt
HR Human resource
HSE Health, Safety and Environment
HT High tension panels
IPP Independent power producer
ISO International organization for standardization
ISTS Inter-state transmission system
kV Kilovolt
kVA Kilovolt amperes
kW Kilowatt
LOA Letter of Acceptance
LT Low tension panels
LTA Long-term access
MIS Management Information System
MNRE Ministry of new and renewable energy
MW Megawatt
MVA Megavolt amperes
MWAc Mega-watts alternating current
MWdc Mega-watts direct current
MWh Megawatt-Hour
MWp Mega-watts peak
NR Northern region
O&M Operations and maintenance
OEMs Original equipment manufacturer
PLI Performance linked incentive
PMO Project Management Office
PPA Power purchase agreement
PR Performance ratio
PSP Pumped storage plants
PSU Public Sector Undertaking
PV Photovoltaic
19Term Description
RE Renewable energy
RFQ Request for Quotations
RPO Renewable Purchase Obligation
RoW Right of Way
SCOD Scheduled Commercial Operation Date
SCOH Single Circuit Overhead
SCM Supply Chain Management
SKUs Stock keeping unit
SPV Special purpose vehicle
SR Southern Region
STAAD Structural Analysis and Design
STU State Transmission Utility
TEV Report Techno Economic Viability Report
TOPCon Tunnel Oxide Passivated Contact
TQM Total quality management
T&D Transmission and distribution
Under Development Under Development Capacity refers to capacity for which we have applied ISTS or
Capacity STU connectivity.
UPS Uninterruptible power supply
Wp Watt peak
WSH Wind-solar-hybrid
Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) (as defined in the Basis for Offer Price section)
Term Description
Adjusted PAT Adjusted PAT is restated profit for the year/period as per restated consolidated
financial information minus one time gain recognised on account of loss of control
of subsidiary.
Adjusted PAT Margin Adjusted PAT Margin is restated profit for the year/period as per restated
consolidated financial information minus one time gain recognised on account of
loss of control of subsidiary divided by revenue from operations * 100.
Adjusted PBT Adjusted PBT is calculated as restated profit / (loss) before share of profit / loss of
Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax as per restated consolidated
financial information minus one time gain recognised on account of loss of control
of subsidiary.
Adjusted PBT Margin Adjusted PBT Margin is calculated as restated profit / (loss) before share of profit /
loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax as per restated
consolidated financial information minus one time gain recognised on account of
loss of control of subsidiary divided by revenue from operations * 100.
Adjusted Return on Adjusted Return on Average Equity (Adj. ROE) is computed by dividing Adjusted
Average Equity (Adj. PAT by the Average Total Equity * 100. Average Total Equity is calculated as the
ROE) average of the opening and closing balances of the Total Equity.
Basic EPS Basic EPS is computed as Restated Profit for the year attributable to equity holders
of the company divided by the weighted average number of equity shares
outstanding
Diluted EPS Diluted EPS is computed as Restated Profit for the year attributable to equity holders
of the company divided by the weighted average number of diluted equity shares
outstanding.
Fixed Asset Turnover Fixed Asset Turnover Ratio is computed as Revenue from operations divided by
Ratio average gross tangible Property, plant and equipment (PPE) plus average gross
tangible Right of Use (ROU) Assets. Average Gross tangible PPE and ROU is
calculated as average of the opening and closing balance of total tangible gross PPE
and tangible gross ROU.
Net Asset Value per Net Asset Value per Share is computed as total equity divided by weighted average
Share number of shares considered for computing Diluted EPS.
Net Debt Net Debt is computed as long term borrowing plus short term borrowings minus cash
and cash equivalents and bank balances other than cash and cash equivalents.
20Term Description
Net Debt to Operating Net Debt to Operating EBITDA is computed as Net Debt divided by Operating
EBITDA EBITDA
Net Debt to Total Equity Net Debt to Total Equity is computed as Net Debt divided by Total Equity
Net Working Capital Net Working Capital Days is computed as 365 days divided by Net working capital
Days turnover ratio. Net Working capital turnover ratio is calculated as Revenue from
operations divided by closing net working capital. Closing Net working capital is
calculated as Total Current Assets (excluding Cash and Cash Equivalents and Bank
balances other than cash and cash equivalents) minus Total current liabilities
(excluding short term borrowings) as at the end of financial year.
Operating EBITDA Operating EBITDA is calculated as restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit /
loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax minus other Income
plus Finance Costs and Depreciation & Amortization expense.
Operating EBITDA Operating EBITDA Margin is computed by dividing Operating EBITDA with
Margin revenue from operations * 100.
Order Book to Revenue Computed by dividing Total Order Book with Revenue from operations
from operations
PAT PAT is restated profit for the year/period as per restated consolidated financial
information without considering Other comprehensive income.
PAT Margin PAT Margin is restated consolidated profit for the year without other comprehensive
income divided by revenue from operations * 100.
PBT PBT is restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures &
Associates, Exceptional items and Tax as per restated consolidated financial
information.
PBT Margin PBT Margin is restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures
& Associates, Exceptional items and Tax divided by revenue from operations *100.
Projects Under Represents the total number of projects for which we have entered into contracts,
Execution received term sheets or received letters of award (“LOA”) and are being executed at
a given time
Revenue from Revenue from Operations is computed as the sum of Revenue from Co-Development
Operations Business, Revenue from EPC Business and Revenue from Other Operating Income.
Revenue from Revenue from Operations Growth Computed by dividing increase in Revenue from
Operations Growth Operations in the current period with Revenue from Operations for the previous
period *100.
Return on Average Return on Average Capital Employed (ROCE) is computed as EBIT as a % of
Capital Employed average capital employed. EBIT is calculated by adding finance cost to restated
(ROCE) Profit / (Loss) before Exceptional items and Tax (but after share of profit / loss of
Joint Ventures & Associates). Average Capital Employed is calculated by averaging
the opening and closing balance of capital employed. Capital employed is calculated
by adding Total Equity, Long Term Borrowings, Short term borrowings and
Deferred Tax Liabilities.
Return on Average Return on Average Equity (ROE) is computed by dividing PAT by the Average Total
Equity (ROE) Equity * 100. Average Total Equity is calculated as the average of the opening and
closing balances of the Total Equity.
Total Commissioned Represents the cumulative capacity of the projects commissioned by the company
Capacity both in India & Overseas at the end of the period.
Total Equity (including Total Equity including Non-Controlling Interests as per restated consolidated
NCI) financial information.
Total Order Book Total Order Book is computed as the value of solar power projects or other projects
for which we have entered into contracts, received term sheets or received letters of
award (“LOA”) from our customers reduced by the revenue already recognized from
such projects.
Total Order Book / Computed as the total capacity of solar power projects for which we have entered
Contracted Capacity into contracts, received term sheets or received letter of awards (“LOA”) in our order
book being executed at a given time.
Total Projects Represents the cumulative number of projects commissioned by the company both
Commissioned in India & Overseas at the end of the period.
21CERTAIN CONVENTIONS, USE OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND MARKET DATA AND
CURRENCY OF PRESENTATION
Certain Conventions
All references in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus to “India” are to the Republic of India its territories and
possessions and all references herein to the “Government”, “Indian Government”, “GoI”, “Central Government”
or the “State Government” are to the Government of India, central or state, as applicable. All references to “US”,
“USA” or “United States” are to the United States of America, together with its territories and possessions.
Unless otherwise specified, any time mentioned in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is in Indian Standard Time.
Unless indicated otherwise, all references to a year in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are to a calendar year.
Unless stated otherwise, all references to page numbers in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are to the page
numbers of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Financial Data
Unless stated otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the financial data in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
is derived from the Restated Consolidated Financial Information of our Company, its Subsidiaries (together
referred to as “the Group”) and its associates which comprises of the restated consolidated statement of assets
and liabilities as at March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 and restated consolidated statement of
profit and loss (including other comprehensive income), restated consolidated statement of changes in equity and
restated consolidated statement of cash flows, summary statement of material accounting policies, and other
explanatory information for the financial years ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023, which
were compiled from a) Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and its associates as at and for
the years ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards
(“Ind AS”) as prescribed under section 133 of the Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards)
Rules, 2015, as amended, and other accounting principles generally accepted in India, which have been approved
by the Board of Directors at their meetings held on August 18, 2025, and September 30, 2024 respectively; and
b) Audited Special Purpose Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and its associates as at and for the
year ended March 31, 2023 prepared in accordance with Ind AS and other accounting principles generally
accepted in India, which have been approved by the Board of Directors at their meetings held on December 29,
2023. The Restated Consolidated Financial Information has been prepared in accordance with the requirements
of Section 26 of Part I of Chapter III of the Companies Act, 2013, relevant provisions of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations, and the Guidance Note on Reports on Company Prospectuses (Revised 2019) issued by the ICAI.
(the “Restated Consolidated Financial Information”).
Our Company’s financial year commences on April 1 and ends on March 31 of the next year. Accordingly, all
references to a particular financial year, unless stated otherwise, are to the 12-month period ended on March 31
of that year. Unless stated otherwise, or the context requires otherwise, all references to a “year” in this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus are to a calendar year.
Unless the context otherwise indicates, any percentage amounts, as set forth in the sections titled “Risk Factors”,
“Our Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditional and Results of Operations”
on pages 43, 316 and 600 respectively, and elsewhere in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus have been calculated
on the basis of the Restated Consolidated Financial Information.
In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, any discrepancies in any table between the total and the sums of the amounts
listed are due to rounding off. All figures in decimals have been rounded off to the second decimal place and all
percentage figures have been rounded off to two decimal places. However, where any figures that may have been
sourced from third-party industry sources are rounded off to other than two decimal points in their respective
sources, such figures appear in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus as rounded-off to such number of decimal points
as provided in such respective sources.
There are significant differences between Indian GAAP, Ind AS and US GAAP and IFRS. Our Company does
not provide reconciliation of its financial information to IFRS or US GAAP. Our Company has not attempted to
explain those differences or quantify their impact on the financial data included in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus and it is urged that you consult your own advisors regarding such differences and their impact on our
Company’s financial data. For details in connection with risks involving differences between Ind AS, US GAAP
and IFRS, please see the section titled “Risk Factor – Significant differences exist between Ind AS and other
accounting principles, such as US GAAP and IFRS, which may be material to investor’s assessments of our
22financial condition” on page 97. Accordingly, the degree to which the financial information included in this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus will provide meaningful information is entirely dependent on the reader’s level of
familiarity with Indian accounting policies and practices, the Companies Act, 2013, Ind AS and the SEBI ICDR
Regulations. Any reliance by persons not familiar with Indian accounting policies and practices on the financial
disclosures presented in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus should accordingly be limited. Further, any figures
sourced from third-party industry sources may be rounded off to other than two decimal points to conform to their
respective sources.
Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles Financial Measures
Certain non-GAAP measures like Adjusted PAT, Adjusted PAT Margin, PAT Margin, Adjusted Return on
Average Equity (Adj. ROE), Fixed Asset Turnover Ratio, Net Asset Value per Share, Net Debt, Net Debt to
Operating EBITDA, Net Debt to Total Equity, Net Working Capital Days, Operating EBITDA, Operating
EBITDA Margin, PBT Margin, Revenue from Operations Growth, Return on Average Capital Employed
(ROCE), and Return on Average Equity (ROE) presented in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are supplemental
measure of our performance and liquidity that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, Ind AS, Indian
GAAP, IFRS or US GAAP. Further, these non-GAAP measures are not a measurement of our financial
performance or liquidity under Ind AS, Indian GAAP, IFRS or US GAAP and should not be considered in
isolation or construed as an alternative to cash flows, profit/ (loss) for the years/ period or any other measure of
financial performance or as an indicator of our operating performance, liquidity, profitability or cash flows
generated by operating, investing or financing activities derived in accordance with Ind AS, Indian GAAP, IFRS
or US GAAP. In addition, these non-GAAP measures, are not standardised terms, hence a direct comparison of
these non-GAAP measures between companies may not be possible. Other companies may calculate these non-
GAAP measures differently from us, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Although such Non-GAAP
measures are not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with applicable accounting standards, our
Company’s management believes that they are useful to an investor in evaluating us as they are widely used
measures to evaluate a company’s operating performance. For details, see “Risk Factors – We have included
certain financial and operational performance indicators, non-GAAP measures and certain other industry
measures related to our operations and financial performance. These operational metrics, non-GAAP measures
and industry measures may not be comparable with financial or industry related statistical information of similar
nomenclature computed and presented by other peer companies” on page 92.
Currency and Units of Presentation
All references to “Rupees” or “₹” or “INR” or “Rs.” are to Indian Rupee, the official currency of the Republic of
India.
“USD” or “US$” or “$” are to United States Dollar, the official currency of the United States of America.
Our Company has presented all numerical information in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus in “million” units or
in whole numbers where the numbers have been too small to represent in million. One million represents
1,000,000.
Figures sourced from third-party industry sources may be expressed in denominations other than million or may
be rounded off to other than two decimal points in the respective sources, and such figures have been expressed
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus in such denominations or rounded-off to such number of decimal points as
provided in such respective sources.
Industry and Market Data
Unless stated otherwise, industry and market data used in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been obtained or
derived from “India’s renewable energy market” dated September 2025 (“CRISIL Report”) that has been
commissioned and paid by our Company and prepared by CRISIL exclusively for the purpose of understanding
the industry our Company operates in, in connection with the Offer. The CRISIL Report will be available on the
website of our Company from the date of the Red Herring Prospectus until the Bid/Offer Closing Date. The
CRISIL Report will be available on the website of the Company from the date of Red Herring Prospectus until
the Bid/Offer Closing Date, and publicly available information as well as other industry publications and sources.
CRISIL is an independent agency which has no relationship with our Company, our Promoters, any of our
Directors or Key Managerial Personnel or Senior Management or the BRLMs. CRISIL was appointed by our
Company pursuant to the engagement letter dated July 1, 2025.
23Except for the CRISIL Report, we have not commissioned any report for purposes of this DRHP and any market
and industry related data, other than that derived from the CRISIL Report, used in this DRHP has been obtained
or derived from publicly available documents and other industry sources.
Although the industry and market data used in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is reliable, the data used in these
sources may have been reclassified by us for the purposes of presentation. Data from these sources may also not
be comparable. Industry sources and publications are also prepared based on information as of specific dates and
may no longer be current or reflect current trends. Such data involves risks, uncertainties and numerous
assumptions and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the section titled “Risk
Factors – Industry information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been derived from an industry
report exclusively commissioned and paid for by us for the purposes of the Offer. Any reliance on such information
for making an investment decision in the Offer is subject to inherent risks. Accordingly, prospective investors
should not place undue reliance on or base their investment decision solely on this information.” at page 91.
Accordingly, investment decisions should not be based solely on such information.
The sections “Summary of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus”, “Industry Overview”, “Our Business” and
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus contain data and statistics from the CRISIL Report which has been commissioned and paid
for by our Company for an agreed fee and will be available at the website of our Company from the date of filling
of Red Herring Prospectus until the Bid/Offer Closing Date.
The extent to which the market and industry data used in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is meaningful depends
on the reader’s familiarity with and understanding of the methodologies used in compiling such data. There are
no standard data gathering methodologies in the industry in which the business of our Company is conducted, and
methodologies and assumptions may vary widely among different industry sources.
Exchange rates
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus may contain conversions of certain other currency amounts into Indian Rupees
that have been presented solely to comply with the requirements of the SEBI ICDR Regulations. These
conversions should not be construed as a representation that such currency amounts could have been, or can be
converted into Indian Rupees, at any particular rate, or at all.
Unless otherwise stated, the exchange rates referred to for the purpose of conversion of foreign currency amounts
into Rupee amounts, are as follows:
Currency Exchange Rate as on
September 17, 2025 March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31,
2023
1 USD 87.75 85.58 83.37 82.22
Source: www.fbil.org.in and rbi.org.in
Note:
1. Exchange rate is rounded off to two decimal places.
2. If the RBI reference rate is not available on a particular date due to a public holiday, exchange rates of the
previous working day have been disclosed.
3. The exchange rate has been included as on March 28, 2024, as March 29, 2024, March 30, 2024 and March
31, 2024 were public holidays, a Saturday and a Sunday, respectively.
4. The above exchange rates have been provided for indicative purposes only and the amounts reflected in our
Restated Consolidated Financial Information may not have been converted using any of the above
mentioned exchange rates.
24FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains certain “forward-looking statements”. All statements contained in
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus that are not statements of historical fact constitute “forward-looking
statements”. All statements regarding our expected financial condition and results of operations, business, plans
and prospects are “forward-looking statements”. These forward-looking statements generally can be identified by
words or phrases such as “aim”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “estimate”, “intend”, “likely to”, “may”, “can”,
“could”, “should”, “seek to”, “shall”, “objective”, “plan”, “project”, “will”, “will continue”, “will pursue” or other
words or phrases of similar import. Similarly, statements that describe our Company’s strategies, objectives, plans
or goals are also forward-looking statements. However, these are not the exclusive means of identifying forward
looking statements.
All forward-looking statements whether made by us or any third parties in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are
based on our current plans, estimates, presumptions and expectations and are subject to risks, uncertainties and
assumptions about us that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant
forward-looking statement, including but not limited to, regulatory changes pertaining to the industry in which
our Company has businesses and our ability to respond to them, our ability to successfully implement our strategy,
our growth and expansion, our exposure to market risks, general economic and political conditions which have an
impact on our business activities or investments, the monetary and fiscal policies of India, inflation, deflation,
unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices or other rates or prices, the
performance of the financial markets in India and globally, changes in domestic laws, regulations and taxes and
changes in competition in its industry. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from
our Company’s expectations include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. We derive a significant portion of our revenues from our EPC Business, accounting for 65.66%, 61.90%,
and 37.91% of our revenue from operations in Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024, and Fiscal 2023, respectively.
Our inability to effectively execute projects under our EPC Business may lead to project delays which
may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
2. A majority of our revenue from operations is from our top three customers (which accounted for 51.12%,
57.56% and 60.45% of our total revenue from operations in Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023,
respectively). Loss of any such customers or reduction in business or demand from such customers may
have a significant adverse impact on our business and results of operation.
3. Our Projects Under Execution as on July 31, 2025, are primarily concentrated in the states of Karnataka,
Rajasthan, and Madhya Pradesh, accounting for 58.00%, 14.69% and 13.27% of our order book
(excluding order book from other business comprising of sale of electricity and O&M of ₹ 936.40
million), respectively. Any disruptions in our operations for our contracted projects due to adverse
change in the economic conditions of these states could materially and adversely impact our business,
financial performance, and results of operations.
4. Our Co-Development Business, which contributes 25.45%, 8.19% and 46.49% of our revenue from
operations for Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 respectively, is subject to various risks including
timely access to suitable land parcels, availability of grid connectivity, and receipt of requisite approvals.
There can be no assurance that we will always be able to aggregate land parcels at commercially viable
terms, secure necessary approvals within anticipated timelines, or obtain grid connectivity in the required
geographies. Any delay or failure in these processes could render our projects unviable or unattractive to
customers, adversely affecting our revenues and profitability.
5. Our business is heavily dependent on the procurement of equipment and materials from our suppliers.
Our top ten suppliers accounted for 54.99%, 65.17% and 80.28% of our cost of materials consumed in
Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, respectively. We face a risk that one or more of our existing
suppliers may discontinue their supplies to us, and any inability on our part to procure equipment and
materials from alternate suppliers in a timely manner, or on commercially acceptable terms, may
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
6. We have experienced negative net cash flow from operating activities of ₹ (696.18) million, ₹ (228.94)
million and ₹ (702.36) million in Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 respectively and may continue
to have negative cash flows from operating activities. We cannot assure you that we will not experience
25negative cash flows in the future and such negative cash flows in future could adversely affect our results
of operations and financial condition.
7. We have a high working capital requirement, and our Company proposes to utilize ₹ 2,000.00 million of
the Net Proceeds towards our incremental net working capital requirements for Fiscal 2027. The actual
amount and timing of our future working capital requirements may differ from estimates as a result of,
among other factors, unforeseen delays, unanticipated expenses, regulatory changes, economic
conditions and market developments. If we are unable to raise sufficient working capital, our operations
may be adversely affected.
8. We intend to set up a new solar cell manufacturing facility through our subsidiary at a total project cost
of ₹ 9,211.70 million. We propose to utilise ₹ 5,000.00 million from the Net Proceeds, ₹ 3,221.70 million
from secured loan and balance from internal accruals towards capital expenditure. The successful
commissioning and operation of the manufacturing facility are contingent upon obtaining various
approvals in a timely manner. Any changes in regulatory requirements could cause significant delays,
increase costs, or even halt the project. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks, our business
operations, financial condition, and future growth prospects may be materially and adversely affected.
9. Our proposed solar cell manufacturing facility may not be included in the forthcoming Approved Lists
of Module Manufacturers (“ALMM”) of MNRE, which then would not qualify for meeting the domestic
content requirement (“DCR”) for our customers leading to solar cell manufactured by us not being
accepted by our customers in projects developed by us or for sale to other third parties, which may have
an adverse impact on our prospects, growth, results of operations and financial condition. Also, there can
be no assurance that we will be able to sell sufficient quantities of solar cells, at the prices required for it
to be profitable or to achieve the profitability that justifies our investment. Our inability to market and
sell our solar cells in domestic market and failure of the manufacturing business to be profitable or to
achieve the profitability that justifies our investment.
10. As of July 31, 2025, our aggregate order book was ₹ 80,342.61 million. The projects that are included in
our order book may be delayed, modified, cancelled not fully paid, or suspended by our customers and,
therefore our order book is not necessarily indicative of our future revenue or profit. Our actual revenue
or profit may be significantly less than the estimates reflected in our order book. Any delay, failure or
execution difficulty with respect to projects in our order book could materially affect our business, results
of operations and financial condition.
For further discussion of factors that could cause the actual results to differ from the expectations, please see the
sections titled “Risk Factors”, “Our Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” on pages 43, 316 and 600, respectively.
Forward-looking statements reflect our views as of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and are not a
guarantee of future performance. There can be no assurance to investors that the expectations reflected in these
forward-looking statements will prove to be correct. Given these uncertainties, investors are cautioned not to place
undue reliance on such forward-looking statements and not to regard such statements to be a guarantee of our
future performance.
These statements are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions, which in turn are based on currently
available information. Although we believe the assumptions upon which these forward-looking statements are
based are reasonable, any of these assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and the forward -looking statements
based on these assumptions could be incorrect. Neither our Company, our Promoters, our Directors, the Selling
Shareholder, KMPs, Senior Management, the Syndicates, the Book Running Lead Managers, nor any of their
respective affiliates have any obligation to update or otherwise revise any statements reflecting circumstances
arising after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of underlying events, even if the underlying assumptions
do not come to fruition. There can be no assurance to Bidders that the expectations reflected in these forward-
looking statements will prove to be correct. Given these uncertainties, Bidders are cautioned not to place undue
reliance on such forward-looking statements and not to regard such statements to be a guarantee of our future
performance.
In accordance with regulatory requirements of SEBI and as prescribed under applicable law, our Company will
ensure that investors in India are informed of material developments from the date of filing of the Red Herring
Prospectus until the date of listing and trading approvals by the Stock Exchanges. In accordance with the
26requirements of SEBI and as prescribed under the applicable law, the Selling Shareholders will ensure (through
our Company and the BRLMs) that investors are informed of material developments in relation to the statements
and undertakings specifically undertaken or confirmed by him in the Red Herring Prospectus until the receipt of
final listing and trading approvals for the Equity Shares pursuant to the Offer. Only statements and undertakings
which are specifically confirmed or undertaken by the Selling Shareholders to the extent of information pertaining
to themselves and/or the Offered Shares, as the case may be, in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus shall be deemed
to be statements and undertakings made by the Selling Shareholders.
27SUMMARY OF THIS DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS
The following is a general summary of certain disclosures and the terms of the Offer and is not exhaustive, nor
does it purport to contain a summary of all the disclosures in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or all details
relevant to prospective investors. This summary should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety
by, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, including the
sections titled “Risk Factors”, “The Offer”, “Capital Structure”, “Objects of the Offer”, “Our Promoters and
Promoter Group”, “Industry Overview”, “Our Business”, “Financial Information”, “Outstanding Litigation and
Other Material Developments”, “Offer Procedure” and “Description of Equity Shares and Terms of Articles of
Association” on pages 43, 105, 123, 158, 468, 205, 316, 482, 668, 720 and 745 respectively.
Summary of the primary business of our Company
We are engaged in the business of providing utility scale end-to-end solar energy solutions. We specialize in the
development of ‘ready-to-build’ infrastructure for renewable power projects under our Co-Development Business
model and providing EPC services for renewable power projects. We are among the leading players in the Indian
solar industry with a demonstrated track record, along with being one of the pioneers of the Co-Development
Business model in India. (Source: CRISIL Report) As of July 31, 2025, we have a robust order book of ₹ 80,342.61
million, which includes 30 Contracted Projects under various stages of execution.
For further details, please see section titled “Our Business” on page 316.
Summary of Industry in which our Company operates (Source: CRISIL Report)
Solar energy is likely to dominate the renewable energy sector due to attractive project economics. Solar is
expected to lead renewable energy capacity additions until Fiscal 2030 with 170-180 GW of solar capacity to be
added between 2026-2030. Rs 11-12 trillion is expected to be invested in solar energy between Fiscals 2026 and
2030. Out of the total renewable energy investment, the third-party EPC market is expected to account for Rs 6-
8 trillion between fiscals 2026 and 2030, and about 72% of this investment will come from solar energy. Players
with presence in both RE EPC and the manufacturing space will benefit from this emerging opportunity. (Source:
CRISIL Report)
For further details, please see the section titled “Industry Overview” on page 205.
Names of Promoters
Our Promoters are Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar Sharma, Sanjay Garudapally, Sweta Mehta, Richa Sharma,
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally, Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited, Mehta Family Trust, Sharma Family Trust
and Garudapally Family Trust. For further details, please see the section titled “Our Promoters and Promoter
Group” on page 468.
Offer Size
The following table summarizes the details of the Offer size:
Offer(1) Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each aggregating up to ₹ 11,500.00
million
of which:
(i) Fresh Issue(1)(3) Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each, aggregating up to ₹ 9,000.00
million
(ii) Offer for Sale(2) Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each, aggregating up to ₹ 2,500.00
million by the Selling Shareholders
Name of the Selling Equity Shares offered
Shareholders
Ketan Mehta Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each
aggregating up to ₹ 982.00 million
Pawan Kumar Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each
Sharma aggregating up to ₹ 736.00 million
Sanjay Garudapally Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each
aggregating up to ₹ 736.00 million
28Vivek Jain Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each
aggregating up to ₹ 46.00 million
Which includes:
Employee Reservation Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each, aggregating up to ₹ [●] million
Portion(4)
Net Offer Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each, aggregating up to ₹ [●] million
(1) The Offer has been approved by our Board pursuant to its resolution passed at its meeting held on September 20, 2025 and our
Shareholders have authorized the Fresh Issue pursuant to a special resolution passed at their meeting held on September 20, 2025.
(2) Our Board has taken on record the approval for the Offer for Sale by the Selling Shareholders pursuant to its resolution dated September
25, 2025. Each of the Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly, confirms and undertakes that their respective portion of the Offered
Shares has been held by such Selling Shareholders for a continuous period of at least one year prior to the filing of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus in accordance with Regulation 8 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly, have
confirmed and authorized their respective participation in the Offer for Sale, as stated below, and the further our Board has taken on
record the consents of the Selling Shareholders to participate in the Offer for Sale in its meeting held on September 25, 2025. For details
of authorizations received for the Offer for Sale, see “Other Regulatory and Statutory Disclosures- Authority for the Offer” on page 693.
(3) Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider a Pre-IPO Placement as may be permitted under the applicable law,
aggregating upto ₹ 1,800.00 million, at its discretion, prior to filing of the Red Herring Prospectus with the RoC. The Pre-IPO Placement,
if undertaken, will be at a price to be decided by our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs. If the Pre-IPO Placement is completed,
the amount raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement will be reduced from the Fresh Issue, subject to compliance with Rule 19(2)(b) of
the SCRR. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, shall not exceed 20% of the size of the Fresh Issue. The utilisation of the proceeds
raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement will be done towards the Objects in compliance with applicable law. Prior to the completion
of the Offer, our Company shall appropriately intimate the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement, prior to allotment pursuant to the Pre-
IPO Placement, that there is no guarantee that our Company may proceed with the Offer or the Offer may be successful and will result
into listing of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges. Our Company shall report any Pre-IPO Placement to the Stock Exchanges,
within 24 hours of such Pre-IPO Placement (in part or in entirety). Further, relevant disclosures in relation to such intimation to the
subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement (if undertaken) shall be appropriately made in the relevant sections of the Red Herring Prospectus
and the Prospectus.
(4) Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion must ensure that the maximum Bid Amount does not exceed ₹0.50
million (net of the Employee Discount). However, the initial Allotment to an Eligible Employee in the Employee Reservation Portion shall
not exceed ₹0.20 million (net of the Employee Discount). Only in the event of an under-subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion
post the initial Allotment, such unsubscribed portion may be Allotted on a proportionate basis to Eligible Employees Bidding in the
Employee Reservation Portion, for a value in excess of ₹0.20 million (net of the Employee Discount), subject to the total Allotment to an
Eligible Employee not exceeding ₹0.50 million (net of the Employee Discount). The unsubscribed portion, if any, in the Employee
Reservation Portion after allocation of up to ₹0.50 million (net of the Employee Discount) shall be added to the Net Offer. Our Company
in consultation with the Book Running Lead Managers, may offer a discount of up to [●]% to the Offer Price (equivalent of ₹[●] per
Equity Share of face value of ₹ 2 each) to Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion, subject to necessary approvals
as may be required, and which shall be announced at least two Working Days prior to the Bid / Offer Opening Date. For further details,
please see section titled “Offer Structure” and “Offer Procedure” on pages 714 and 720, respectively
The Offer and the Net Offer shall constitute [●]% and [●]% of the post-Offer paid up equity share capital of our
Company, respectively. For further details, please see the section titled “The Offer” and “Offer Structure” and on
page 103 and 714.
Objects of the Offer
The Net Proceeds are proposed to be used in accordance with the details provided in the following table:
Sl. No. Particulars Amount(₹ million)^
1. Investment in our Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Rays Green Energy 5,000.00
Manufacturing Private Limited (“Rays Green Energy”) for part-financing
the establishment of a 1.5 GW PV Solar n-type TOPCon G12R cell
manufacturing plant at Manufacturing Zone for Power and Energy
Equipment, Plot no. P-23, Mohasa- Babai Industrial Area, Narmadapuram,
Madhya Pradesh, India (“Project”);
2. Part funding of the incremental working capital requirements of our 2,000.00
Company
3. General corporate purposes** [●]
Net Proceeds* [●]
*To be finalized upon determination of the Offer Price and updated in the Prospectus prior to filing with the RoC. **The
amount utilized for general corporate purposes shall not exceed 25% of the Net Proceeds of the Fresh Issue.
^ Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider a Pre-IPO Placement as may be permitted under the applicable
law, aggregating upto ₹ 1,800.00 million, at its discretion, prior to filing of the Red Herring Prospectus with the RoC. The
Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, will be at a price to be decided by our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs. If the
Pre-IPO Placement is completed, the amount raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement will be reduced from the Fresh Issue,
subject to compliance with Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, shall not exceed 20% of the size
of the Fresh Issue. The utilisation of the proceeds raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement will be done towards the Objects
in compliance with applicable law. Prior to the completion of the Offer, our Company shall appropriately intimate the
29subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement, prior to allotment pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement, that there is no guarantee that
our Company may proceed with the Offer or the Offer may be successfufl and will result into listing of the Equity Shares on
the Stock Exchanges. Our Company shall report any Pre-IPO Placement to the Stock Exchanges, within 24 hours of such Pre-
IPO Placement (in part or in entirety). Further, relevant disclosures in relation to such intimation to the subscribers to the
Pre-IPO Placement (if undertaken) shall be appropriately made in the relevant sections of the Red Herring Prospectus and
the Prospectus.
For further details, please see the section titled “Objects of the Offer” on page 158.
Aggregate pre-Offer and post-Offer shareholding of Promoters, members of our Promoter Group and
Selling Shareholders as a percentage of the paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company.
The aggregate pre-Offer shareholding of Promoters, members of our Promoter Group and Selling Shareholders
as a percentage of the paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company as on the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus is as follows:
Pre-Offer Post-Offer*
% of total % of total
pre-Offer post-Offer
No. of Equity
No. of Equity paid up paid up
Name of Shareholder Shares of face
Shares of face Equity Share Equity Share
value of ₹2
value of ₹2 each capital on a capital on a
each
fully diluted fully diluted
basis^ basis
Promoters
Ketan Mehta 86,290,162 30.15 [●] [●]
Pawan Kumar Sharma 46,740,505 16.33 [●] [●]
Sanjay Garudapally 46,740,505 16.33 [●] [●]
Sweta Mehta 75 Negligible [●] [●]
Richa Sharma 75 Negligible [●] [●]
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally 75 Negligible [●] [●]
Mehta Family Trust 36,981,498 12.92 [●] [●]
Sharma Family Trust 20,031,645 7.00 [●] [●]
Garudapally Family Trust 20,031,645 7.00 [●] [●]
Total holding of the Promoters 256,816,185 89.74 [●] [●]
(A)
Promoter Group
Sonali Mehta 50 Negligible [●] [●]
Total holding of Promoter Group 50 Negligible [●] [●]
(other than Promoters) (B)
Other Selling Shareholder
Vivek Jain 162,690 0.06 [●] [●]
Total holding of Other Selling 162,690 0.06 [●] [●]
Shareholder (C)
Total (A + B+ C) 256,978,925 89.79 [●] [●]
*To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
^The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued, subscribed and
paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options under ESOP 2020, vested as
on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
For further details, please see the section titled “Capital Structure” on page 123.
Shareholding of Promoters, members of our Promoter Group and additional top 10 Shareholders of our
Company
The aggregate Equity shareholding and percentage of the pre-Offer paid-up Equity Share capital and post-Offer
Equity shareholding, of each of our Promoters, members of our Promoter Group and additional top 10
Shareholders of our Company as at allotment is set forth below:
30Sl. Name of the Pre-Offer shareholding Post-Offer shareholding as at Allotment#^
No. Shareholders as at the date of the At the lower end of the At the upper end of the price
Price Band price band (₹[●]) band (₹[●])
advertisement
Number Percentage of Number Percentage of Number Percentage of
of total pre-Offer of total post-Offer of Equity total post-Offer
Equity paid up Equity Equity paid up Equity Shares of paid up Equity
Shares Share capital Shares Share capital face value Share capital
of face on a fully of face on a fully of ₹2 each on a fully
value of diluted basis value of diluted basis diluted basis
₹2 each ₹2 each
Promoters#
1. Keta n Mehta [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
2. Paw an [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Kumar
Sharma
3. Sanj ay [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Garudapally
4. Swe ta Mehta [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
5. Rich a Sharma [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
6. Shru thi Gupta [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Garudapally
7. Meh ta [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Famlity
Trustee
Private
Limited
8. Meh ta Family [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Trust
9. Shar ma [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Family Trust
10. Garu dapally [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Family Trust
Total [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Members of our Promoter Group
1. Son ali Mehta [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Tota l [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Additional top 10 Shareholders
1. [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
2. [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
3. [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
4. [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
5. [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
6. [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
7. [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
8. [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
9. [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
10. [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Total [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
# To be updated at the Price Band
^ Subject to completion of the Offer and finalization of Basis of Allotment
31Summary of selected financial information derived from our Restated Consolidated Financial Information
A summary of the financial information of our Company derived from our Restated Consolidated Financial
Information is as follows:
(in ₹ million)
Particulars As at and for the financial year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, March 31,
2024 2023
Equity Share capital 569.38 542.15 102.69
Net Worth 6,157.87 3,487.89 1,888.72
Revenue from Operations 12,206.41 10,487.99 7,765.81
Profit/(Loss) after tax 1,393.50 913.86 1,289.90
Basic EPS (₹)1 4.96 3.61 5.11
Diluted EPS (₹)2 4.95 3.61 5.10
Net Asset Value per Equity Share (₹)3 21.89 13.40 7.35
Current borrowings (A) 2,441.05 1,114.72 167.07
Non-current borrowings (B) 263.44 278.50 935.95
Total Borrowings (C=A + B) 2,704.49 1,393.22 1,103.02
Notes:
1. Basic Earnings per share (₹): Net profit as restated, attributable to equity shareholders divided by weighted average
number of equity shares.
2. Diluted Earnings per share (₹): Net profit as restated, attributable to equity shareholders divided by Weighted average
number of dilutive equity shares.
3. Net Asset Value (NAV) per equity share (₹): Computed as Total equity divided by weighted average number of shares
considered for computing Diluted EPS.
For further details, please see the section titled “Restated Consolidated Financial Information” on page 482.
Qualifications of the Statutory Auditors which have not been given effect to in the Restated Consolidated
Financial Information
There are no qualifications included by our Statutory Auditors in the financial statements which have not been
given effect to in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information.
Summary of Outstanding Litigation
A summary of outstanding litigations involving our Company, our Promoters, our Directors, our Subsidiaries,
Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management and our Group Companies, which have a material impact on
our Company, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Criminal Tax Statutory Disciplinary Material Aggregate
Proceedings Proceedings or actions by Civil amount
Regulatory SEBI or Litigation* involved**
Proceeding Stock (in ₹
Exchanges million)
our
Promoters
in the last
five Fiscals
Company
By our Company 2 Nil Nil Not 5 379.71
applicable
Against our 3 42 1 Not 5 237.74
Company applicable
Directors (excluding Promoter Directors)
By our Directors Nil Nil Nil Not Nil Nil
applicable
Against our Nil Nil Nil Not Nil Nil
Directors applicable
Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management (Excluding our Promoter Directors)
32Particulars Criminal Tax Statutory Disciplinary Material Aggregate
Proceedings Proceedings or actions by Civil amount
Regulatory SEBI or Litigation* involved**
Proceeding Stock (in ₹
Exchanges million)
our
Promoters
in the last
five Fiscals
By our Key Nil Not Nil Not Not Nil
Managerial applicable applicable applicable
Personnel and
Senior
Management
Against our Key 3 Not 3 Not Not 1.09
Managerial applicable applicable applicable
Personnel and
Senior
Management
Subsidiaries
By our Nil Nil Nil Not 1 Nil
Subsidiaries applicable
Against our Nil 15 Nil Not 4 92.62
Subsidiaries applicable
Promoters
By our Promoters 3 Nil Nil Nil Nil 5
Against our 4 11 Nil Nil Nil 0.09
Promoters
*This comprises the pending proceedings which may have a material impact on our Company, in accordance with the
Materiality Policy.
**To the extent quantifiable
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there is no outstanding litigation involving our Company,
Subsidiaries, Directors, Promoters and our Group Companies which is so major that our Company’s survival is
dependent on the outcome of such pending litigation.
For further details, please see the section titled “Outstanding Litigation and Other Material Developments” on
page 668.
Risk Factors
The following are the top ten risk factors in relation to our Company:
1. We derive a significant portion of our revenues from our EPC Business, accounting for 65.66%, 61.90%,
and 37.91% of our revenue from operations in Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024, and Fiscal 2023, respectively.
Our inability to effectively execute projects under our EPC Business may lead to project delays which
may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
2. A majority of our revenue from operations is from our top three customers (which accounted for 51.12%,
57.56% and 60.45% of our total revenue from operations in Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023,
respectively). Loss of any such customers or reduction in business or demand from such customers may
have a significant adverse impact on our business and results of operation.
3. Our Projects Under Execution as on July 31, 2025, are primarily concentrated in the states of Karnataka,
Rajasthan, and Madhya Pradesh, accounting for 58.00%, 14.69% and 13.27% of our order book
(excluding order book from other business comprising of sale of electricity and O&M of ₹ 936.40
million), respectively. Any disruptions in our operations for our contracted projects due to adverse
change in the economic conditions of these states could materially and adversely impact our business,
financial performance, and results of operations.
334. Our Co-Development Business, which contributes 25.45%, 8.19% and 46.49% of our revenue from
operations for Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 respectively, is subject to various risks including
timely access to suitable land parcels, availability of grid connectivity, and receipt of requisite approvals.
There can be no assurance that we will always be able to aggregate land parcels at commercially viable
terms, secure necessary approvals within anticipated timelines, or obtain grid connectivity in the required
geographies. Any delay or failure in these processes could render our projects unviable or unattractive to
customers, adversely affecting our revenues and profitability.
5. Our business is heavily dependent on the procurement of equipment and materials from our suppliers.
Our top ten suppliers accounted for 54.99%, 65.17% and 80.28% of our cost of materials consumed in
Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, respectively. We face a risk that one or more of our existing
suppliers may discontinue their supplies to us, and any inability on our part to procure equipment and
materials from alternate suppliers in a timely manner, or on commercially acceptable terms, may
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
6. We have experienced negative net cash flow from operating activities of ₹ (696.18) million, ₹ (228.94)
million and ₹ (702.36) million in Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 respectively and may continue
to have negative cash flows from operating activities. We cannot assure you that we will not experience
negative cash flows in the future and such negative cash flows in future could adversely affect our results
of operations and financial condition.
7. We have a high working capital requirement, and our Company proposes to utilize ₹ 2,000.00 million of
the Net Proceeds towards our incremental net working capital requirements for Fiscal 2027. The actual
amount and timing of our future working capital requirements may differ from estimates as a result of,
among other factors, unforeseen delays, unanticipated expenses, regulatory changes, economic
conditions and market developments. If we are unable to raise sufficient working capital, our operations
may be adversely affected.
8. We intend to set up a new solar cell manufacturing facility through our subsidiary at a total project cost
of ₹ 9,211.70 million. We propose to utilise ₹ 5,000.00 million from the Net Proceeds, ₹ 3,221.70 million
from secured loan and balance from internal accruals towards capital expenditure. The successful
commissioning and operation of the manufacturing facility are contingent upon obtaining various
approvals in a timely manner. Any changes in regulatory requirements could cause significant delays,
increase costs, or even halt the project. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks, our business
operations, financial condition, and future growth prospects may be materially and adversely affected.
9. Our proposed solar cell manufacturing facility may not be included in the forthcoming Approved Lists
of Module Manufacturers (“ALMM”) of MNRE, which then would not qualify for meeting the domestic
content requirement (“DCR”) for our customers leading to solar cell manufactured by us not being
accepted by our customers in projects developed by us or for sale to other third parties, which may have
an adverse impact on our prospects, growth, results of operations and financial condition. Also, there can
be no assurance that we will be able to sell sufficient quantities of solar cells, at the prices required for it
to be profitable or to achieve the profitability that justifies our investment. Our inability to market and
sell our solar cells in domestic market and failure of the manufacturing business to be profitable or to
achieve the profitability that justifies our investment.
10. As of July 31, 2025, our aggregate order book was ₹ 80,342.61 million. The projects that are included in
our order book may be delayed, modified, cancelled not fully paid, or suspended by our customers and,
therefore our order book is not necessarily indicative of our future revenue or profit. Our actual revenue
or profit may be significantly less than the estimates reflected in our order book. Any delay, failure or
execution difficulty with respect to projects in our order book could materially affect our business, results
of operations and financial condition.
Investors should please see the section titled “Risk Factors” on page 43 to have an informed view before making
an investment decision.
Summary of Contingent Liabilities of our Company
Details of the contingent liabilities of our Company as at March 31, 2025, derived from the Restated Consolidated
Financial Information are set forth below:
34(₹ in million)
Particulars As at March 31, 2025
Short deduction of PF* 7.28
Demand relating to income tax** 78.80
GST Demand under section 73 of GST Act, 2017 15.74
Custom Duty*** 74.69
Note: Amounts above represent the maximum potential exposure; actual liability may differ depending on outcome of
proceedings. Our Company believes, based on legal advice, that it has strong grounds in the above cases and no provision is
required under Ind AS 37.
* The provident fund department had issued a notice for short deduction of provident fund by the security guard companies
and sub-contractors and our Company was working as a main contractor for this site so on behalf of them a demand has been
raised against our Company of ₹ 7.28 million against which our Company has submitted a response to the department to seek
detail and working of amount demanded by the provident fund department.
** During the year, our Company generally, while participating in the tenders, provides bank guarantees and surety bonds
from insurance companies to third parties viz. project owners/ employers as against earnest money deposits or sureties. Since,
these are towards the own performance obligation of our Company, hence do not qualify to be classified as contingent liability,
same has been excluded from above disclosure.
*** Our Company has filed two writ petitions before the High Court challenging the levy of safeguard duty of ₹74.69 million
on import of solar cells and modules. While the High Court granted interim relief for release of goods against bank guarantee
and bond. This has been challenged before the Supreme Court, which has granted an interim stay pending final hearing.
For further details, please see the section titled “Restated Consolidated Financial Information – Note no.45–
Contingent Liabilities” on page 539.
35Summary of Related Party Transactions
A summary of related party transactions entered into by our Company with related parties for the Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 are as follows:
For the year ended March 31, For the year ended March 31, For the year ended March 31,
2025 2024 2023
S.No. Particulars Nature of Relationship Nature of Transaction Percentage of Percentage of Percentage of
Amount (in Amount (in Amount (in
Revenue from Revenue from Revenue from
Rs Millions) Rs Millions) Rs Millions)
operations operations operations
Entities over which key 0.00 0.00% - - - -
Shining Technologies
managerial personnel or their
1 Ventures Private Loan and advance given
relatives exercise control and with
Limited
whom transactions have occurred
Redemption of - - - - 58.10 0.75%
2 Preference share
Ketan Mehta Key management personnel Sale of investments - - 0.11 0.00% - -
Remuneration paid 5.30 0.04% 5.25 0.05% 5.30 0.07%
Redemption of - - - - 29.68 0.38%
3 Preference share
Pawan Kumar Sharma Key management personnel Sale of investments - - 0.53 0.01% - -
Remuneration paid 6.35 0.05% 6.30 0.06% 4.70 0.06%
Redemption of - - - - 10.63 0.14%
4 Sanjay Garudapally Preference share
Remuneration paid 6.35 0.05% 6.30 0.06% 4.67 0.06%
Key management personnel
Sale of investments - - 0.53 0.01% - -
Rent paid 0.71 0.01% - - - -
Relatives of key management 2.14 0.02% 1.74 0.02% 1.85 0.02%
Salary and other
5 Sweta Mehta personnel with whom transactions
Allowance
have occurred
Relatives of key management Rent Paid 0.60 0.00% 0.55 0.01% 0.60 0.01%
6 Richa Sharma
personnel with whom transactions Salary and other 1.08 0.01% 0.54 0.01% - -
have occurred Allowance
Relatives of key management 1.50 0.01% 1.38 0.01% 1.28 0.02%
7 Sarita Mehta personnel with whom transactions Rent Paid
have occurred
8 Deepak Jangid Key management personnel Remuneration paid 1.91 0.02% 1.18 0.01% 1.10 0.01%
36For the year ended March 31, For the year ended March 31, For the year ended March 31,
2025 2024 2023
S.No. Particulars Nature of Relationship Nature of Transaction Percentage of Percentage of Percentage of
Amount (in Amount (in Amount (in
Revenue from Revenue from Revenue from
Rs Millions) Rs Millions) Rs Millions)
operations operations operations
Loan and Advance given 0.50 0.00% - - - -
Loan and Advance given 0.35 0.00% - - - -
(repayment received)
Employee share based 0.34 0.00% 0.03 0.00% 0.04 0.00%
expenses
Salary and other 1.53 0.01% 0.79 0.01% - -
Relatives of key management
9 Sonali Mehta Allowance
personnel with whom transactions
Professional services - - - - 0.10 0.00%
have occurred
received
Entities over which key 0.00 0.00% 0.00 0.00% 0.01 0.00%
Rays Power
managerial personnel or their
10 Consultants Private Loan and Advance given
relatives exercise control and with
Limited
whom transactions have occurred
Loan and Advance given 0.28 0.00% 0.01 0.00% 0.56 0.01%
Loan and Advance given 0.29 0.00% - - 1.07 0.01%
11
Entities over which key (repayment received)
RE Capital India managerial personnel or their Loan and advance taken - - - - 10.00 0.13%
Private Limited relatives exercise control and with
Loan and advance - - - - 10.00 0.13%
whom transactions have occurred
(repaid)
Interest on loan (paid) - - - - 0.95 0.01%
Garudapally Loan and Advance given - - - - 16.47 0.21%
12 Infrastructure Private Entities over which key Loan and Advance given - - - - 16.47 0.21%
Limited managerial personnel or their (repayment received)
relatives exercise control and with Sale of goods and - - - - 191.50 2.47%
whom transactions have occurred services
Cost of bought in goods 31.03 0.25% 119.13 1.14% 94.04 1.21%
Sale of goods and 0.80 0.01% - - - -
Entities over which key
13 services
HOP Electric Mobility managerial personnel or their
Purchase of Fixed 4.31 0.04% - - - -
Private Limited relatives exercise control and with
Assets
whom transactions have occurred
Other Expenses 0.04 0.00% - - - -
37For the year ended March 31, For the year ended March 31, For the year ended March 31,
2025 2024 2023
S.No. Particulars Nature of Relationship Nature of Transaction Percentage of Percentage of Percentage of
Amount (in Amount (in Amount (in
Revenue from Revenue from Revenue from
Rs Millions) Rs Millions) Rs Millions)
operations operations operations
Entities over which key 0.86 0.01% 0.86 0.01% - -
Kushal Realinfracon managerial personnel or their
14 Other Expenses
Private Limited relatives exercise control and with
whom transactions have occurred
Entities over which key - - 0.00 0.00% 0.01 0.00%
Shining Sun Power
managerial personnel or their
15 (Karnataka) Private Loan and Advance given
relatives exercise control and with
Limited
whom transactions have occurred
Remuneration paid 3.36 0.03% 3.34 0.03% 1.10 0.01%
16 Ashish Jain
Key management personnel Employee share based 0.92 0.01% 0.70 0.01% 0.24 0.00%
expenses
17 Akhilesh Kumar Jain Key management personnel Director Sitting Fees 0.55 0.00% 0.10 0.00% - -
18 Mahendra Kumar Singh Key management personnel Director Sitting Fees 0.72 0.01% 0.12 0.00% - -
19 Rashmi Bafna Key management personnel Remuneration paid 0.75 0.01% 0.12 0.00% - -
Entities over which key Loan and Advance given 0.00 0.00% 0.05 0.00% 1.27 0.02%
20
SC Land Facilitator managerial personnel or their Rent Paid 5.10 0.04% - - - -
And Aggregators LLP relatives exercise control and with
Loan and Advance given - - 1.04 0.01% - -
whom transactions have occurred
(repayment received)
Enviable Homes Purchase of investments 66.70 0.55% - - - -
21
Private Limited Entities over which key Sale of investments 66.70 0.55% - - - -
managerial personnel or their Interest Income 4.02 0.03% - - - -
relatives exercise control and with Loan and Advance given 0.65 0.01% - - - -
whom transactions have occurred Loan and Advance 0.65 0.01% - - - -
Repayment Received
Entities over which key 30.98 0.25% - - - -
Rajputana Education managerial personnel or their
22 Sale of fixed assets
Society relatives exercise control and with
whom transactions have occurred
38Average Cost of Acquisition of Equity Shares held by our Promoters and the Selling Shareholders
The average cost of acquisition per Equity Share of our Promoters and the Selling Shareholders as on the date of
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is set forth below:
Average cost of acquisition
Number of Equity Shares
Name per Equity Share on a fully
held
diluted basis (in ₹)*
Promoters
Ketan Mehta** 86,290,162 0.84
Pawan Kumar Sharma** 46,740,505 0.84
Sanjay Garudapally** 46,740,505 0.74
Sweta Mehta 75 27.32
Richa Sharma 75 27.32
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally 75 27.32
Mehta Family Trust 36,981,498 Nil
Sharma Family Trust 20,031,645 Nil
Garudapally Family Trust 20,031,645 Nil
Other Selling Shareholder
Vivek Jain 162,690 92.20
*As certified by MRM & Company, Chartered Accountants, by way of their certificate dated September 29, 2025.
**Also Promoter Selling Shareholders.
Weighted average price at which the specified securities were acquired by our Promoters and Selling
Shareholders in the last one year preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
Except as disclosed below, none of our Promoters and Selling Shareholders have acquired any Equity Shares in
the last one year preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus:
Particulars Equity shareholding Equity Shares Weighted Average Cost of
as on the date of this acquired in the last Acquisition per Equity Share
certificate one year in the last one year (in ₹)#
Promoters
Ketan Mehta* 86,290,162 98,617,328 Nil**
Pawan Kumar Sharma* 46,740,505 53,417,720 Nil**
Sanjay Garudapally* 46,740,505 53,417,720 Nil**
Sweta Mehta 75 60 Nil**
Richa Sharma 75 60 Nil**
Shruthi Gupta 75 60 Nil**
Garudapally
Mehta Family Trust 36,981,498 36,981,498 Nil#
Sharma Family Trust 20,031,645 20,031,645 Nil#
Garudapally Family 20,031,645 20,031,645 Nil#
Trust
Other Selling Shareholders
Vivek Jain 162,690 130,152 Nil**
As certified by MRM & Company, Chartered Accountants, by way of their certificate dated September 29, 2025.
* Also promoter selling shareholder
**As the shares acquired by the promoters and selling shareholders in last one year prior to the date of this certificate includes
only acquisition by way of split of shares, the weighted cost of acquisition of equity shares has been taken as Nil. Further the
impact of the issuance of Split shares has been considered in the calculation of weighted average cost of acquisition per equity
share.
# As the shares acquired by the promoters in last one year prior to the date of this certificate includes only acquisition by way
of gift of shares, the weighted cost of acquisition of equity shares has been taken as Nil
39Weighted average cost of acquisition of all shares transacted (i) in the preceding three years, (ii) in the
preceding 18 months preceding and (iii) in the preceding one year, the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus:
Period Weighted average cost Upper end of the price Range of acquisition
of acquisition (₹) band (i.e. ₹ [●]) is ‘X’ times price: Lowest price –
the weighted average cost Highest price (in ₹)
of acquisition^
Last one year Nil* [●] Nil*
Last 18 months 0.17 [●] Nil-56**
Last three years 0.20 [●] Nil-136.60**
Note: As certified by MRM & Company, Chartered Accountants, by way of their certificate dated September 29, 2025. The
above weighted average cost of acquisition has been calculated for promoters, promoter group and selling shareholders.
*As the shares acquired by the promoters in last one year prior to the date of this certificate includes only acquisition by way
of split of shares, the weighted cost of acquisition of equity shares has been taken as Nil.
**The range of acquisition takes into consideration split of face value of the equity shares from Rs. 10 to Rs. 2.The range of
acquisition price per Equity Share: lowest price – highest price (in ₹) before split is as under: -
1. Last 18 months preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus: - Nil - Rs. 280
2. Last three years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus: - Rs. Nil - Rs. 683
^To be updated in the Prospectus following finalization of Cap Price, as per the finalized Price Band.
Details of price at which specified securities were acquired in the three years preceding the date of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus
Except as set out below, no specified securities have been acquired in the three years preceding the date of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus, by our Promoters, Promoter Group and Selling Shareholders:
Name of the Date of Number of Equity Acquisition price Nature of
acquirer / acquisition of Shares acquired per Equity Share Transaction
shareholder Equity Shares (in ₹)
Promoters
Ketan Mehta**
Ketan Mehta October 4, 2023 19,656,000 Nil Bonus in the ratio of
4:1
Ketan Mehta May 30, 2024 84,332 280.00 Transfer from Mehul
Hiralal Gandhi
Ketan Mehta January 27, 98,617,328 Nil Split of shares in ratio
2025 of 1:5
Pawan Kumar Sharma**
Pawan Kumar Sharma December 14, 13 10.00 Allotment of Equity
2022 Shares pursuant to
Scheme of
Amalgamation
Pawan Kumar Sharma October 4, 2023 10,647,000 Nil Bonus in the ratio of
4:1
Pawan Kumar Sharma June 3, 2024 42,166 280.00 Transfer from Jitendra
Vadilal Khandol
Pawan Kumar Sharma August 5, 3,514 280.00 Transfer from Mehul
2024 Hiralal Gandhi
Pawan Kumar Sharma January 27, 53,417,720 Nil Split of shares in ratio
2025 of 1:5
Sanjay Garudapally**
Sanjay Garudapally October 4, 2023 10,647,000 Nil Bonus in the ratio of
4:1
Sanjay Garudapally June 3, 2024 45,680 280.00 Transfer from Jitendra
Vadilal Khandol
Sanjay Garudapally January 27, 53,417,720 Nil Split of shares in ratio
2025 of 1:5
40Name of the Date of Number of Equity Acquisition price Nature of
acquirer / acquisition of Shares acquired per Equity Share Transaction
shareholder Equity Shares (in ₹)
Sweta Mehta
Sweta Mehta August 28, 2023 3 683.00 Share transfer from
Pawan Kumar Sharma
Sweta Mehta October 4, 2023 12 Nil Bonus in the ratio of
4:1
Sweta Mehta January 27, 60 Nil Split of shares in ratio
2025 of 1:5
Richa Sharma
Richa Sharma August 28, 2023 3 683.00 Share transfer from
Pawan Kumar Sharma
Richa Sharma October 4, 2023 12 Nil Bonus in the ratio of
4:1
Richa Sharma January 27, 60 Nil Split of shares in ratio
2025 of 1:5
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally
Shruthi Gupta August 28, 2023 3 683.00 Share transfer from
Garudapally Pawan Kumar Sharma
Shruthi Gupta October 4, 2023 12 Nil Bonus in the ratio of
Garudapally 4:1
Shruthi Gupta January 27, 60 Nil Split of shares in ratio
Garudapally 2025 of 1:5
Mehta Family Trust
Mehta Family Trust September 19, 36,981,498 Nil Gift from Ketan Mehta
2025
Sharma Family Trust
Sharma Family Trust September 19, 20,031,645 Nil Gift from Pawan
2025 Kumar Sharma
Garudapally Family Trust
Garudapally Family September 25, 20,031,645 Nil Gift from Sanjay
Trust 2025 Garudapally
Promoter Group
Sonali Mehta
Sonali Mehta December 13, 10 140.00 Transfer from Mahesh
2023 Kumar Jangid
Sonali Mehta January 27, 40 Nil Split of shares in ratio
2025 of 1:5
Other Selling Shareholder
Vivek Jain
Vivek Jain July 09, 2024 32,538 461.00 Private Placement
Vivek Jain January 27, 130,152 Nil Split of shares in ratio
2025 of 1:5
As certified by MRM & Company, Chartered Accountants, by way of their certificate dated September 29, 2025.
**Also Promoter Selling Shareholders.
There are no Shareholders entitled with the right to nominate directors or other special rights.
Details of Pre-IPO Placement
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider a Pre-IPO Placement as may be permitted under
the applicable law, aggregating upto ₹ 1,800.00 million, at its discretion, prior to filing of the Red Herring
Prospectus with the RoC. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, will be at a price to be decided by our Company,
in consultation with the BRLMs. If the Pre-IPO Placement is completed, the amount raised pursuant to the Pre-
IPO Placement will be reduced from the Fresh Issue, subject to compliance with Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR. The
41Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, shall not exceed 20% of the size of the Fresh Issue. The utilisation of the
proceeds raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement will be done towards the Objects in compliance with applicable
law. Prior to the completion of the Offer, our Company shall appropriately intimate the subscribers to the Pre-IPO
Placement, prior to allotment pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement, that there is no guarantee that our Company may
proceed with the Offer or the Offer may be successful and will result into listing of the Equity Shares on the Stock
Exchanges. Our Company shall report any Pre-IPO Placement to the Stock Exchanges, within 24 hours of such
Pre-IPO Placement (in part or in entirety). Further, relevant disclosures in relation to such intimation to the
subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement (if undertaken) shall be appropriately made in the relevant sections of the
Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus.
Financing arrangements.
There have been no financing arrangements whereby our Promoters, members of our Promoter Group, our
Directors and their relatives (as defined in Companies Act) have financed the purchase by any other person of
securities of our Company, during a period of six months immediately preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus.
Issue of Equity Shares for consideration other than cash in last one year
Except as disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has not issued any Equity Share for
consideration other than cash in last one year from the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. For details
regarding the bonus issue of Equity Shares, please see the section titled “Capital Structure - Notes to the Capital
Structure” on page 125.
Split / Consolidation of Equity Shares in last one year
Pursuant to resolution passed by our Board on January 23, 2025, and resolution passed at the extraordinary general
meeting of Shareholders held on January 27, 2025, each equity share of face value of ₹ 10 each has been sub-
divided into 5 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each and each preference share of ₹ 10 each has been sub-divided
into 5 Preference Shares of face value of ₹2 each. For details, see “Capital Structure – Notes to the capital
structure – Equity share capital history of our Company” on page 125.
Exemption from complying with any provisions of securities laws, if any, granted by SEBI
Our Company has not applied for an exemption from complying with any provisions of securities laws by SEBI
from complying with any provisions of securities laws, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
42SECTION II: RISK FACTORS
An investment in Equity Shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider all the information
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, before making an
investment in our Equity Shares.
We have described the risks and uncertainties that we consider material, but these risks and uncertainties may
not be the only risks relevant to us, the Equity Shares, or the industry in which we currently operate or propose
to operate. Additional risks and uncertainties, not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial
may also impair our businesses, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. If any or a combination
of the following risks, or other risks that are not currently known or are currently deemed immaterial, actually
occur, our businesses, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected, the
trading price of our Equity Shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. To obtain a
complete understanding of our Company, prospective investors should read this section in conjunction with
“Industry Overview”, “Our Business”, “Key Regulations and Policies in India” and “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages 205, 316, 350 and 600, respectively, as
well as the financial, statistical and other information contained in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
In making an investment decision, prospective investors must rely on their own examination of us and our business
and the terms of the Offer including the merits and risks involved. Prospective investors should consult their tax,
financial and legal advisors about the particular consequences of investing in the Offer. Unless specified or
quantified in the relevant risk factors below, we are unable to quantify the financial or other impact of any of the
risks described in this section. Prospective investors should pay particular attention to the fact that our Company
is incorporated under the laws of India and is subject to a legal and regulatory environment, which may differ in
certain respects from that of other countries.
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus also contains information relating to our strategies, future plans and forward-
looking statements that involve risks, assumptions, estimates and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ
materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the
considerations described below and elsewhere in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. For further details, please
see section titled “Forward-Looking Statements” on page 25. Unless the context otherwise requires, under this
section, references made to “we”, “us”, “our”, or “our Company” refers to Rays Power Infra Limited and its
subsidiaries. For further details relating to various defined terms used in our business operations, please see
section titled “Definitions and Abbreviations” on page 2.
Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the financial information included herein is based
on or derived from our Restated Consolidated Financial Information included in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus. For further details, please see “Restated Consolidated Financial Information” on page 482. Our
financial year ends on March 31 of each year, so all references to a particular financial year or Fiscal are to the
12-month period ended March 31 of that year.
Unless stated otherwise, industry and market data used in this section have been obtained or derived from publicly
available information as well as industry publications and sources such as the “India’s renewable energy market”
dated September 2025, prepared and issued by CRISIL Limited, paid and commissioned by our Company for the
purposes of confirming our understanding of the industry exclusively in connection with the Offer (“CRISIL
Report”). There are no material parts, data or information that have been left out or changed in any material
manner. Unless otherwise indicated, all financial, operational, industry and other related information derived
from the CRISIL Report and included herein with respect to any particular year refers to such information for the
relevant calendar year. For more information, see “Risk Factors – Industry information included in this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus has been derived from an industry report exclusively commissioned and paid for by us
for the purposes of the Offer. Any reliance on such information for making an investment decision in the Offer is
subject to inherent risks. Accordingly, prospective investors should not place undue reliance on or base their
investment decision solely on this information.” on page 91. Also, see “Certain Conventions, Use of Financial
Information and Market Data and Currency of Presentation – Industry and Market Data” on page 22. Unless
specified or quantified in the relevant risk factors below, we are not in a position to quantify the financial or other
implications of any of the risks described in this section.
43Internal Risks:
1. We derive a significant portion of our revenues from our EPC Business, accounting for 65.66%, 61.90%,
and 37.91% of our revenue from operations in Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024, and Fiscal 2023, respectively.
Our inability to effectively execute projects under our EPC Business may lead to project delays which
may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
We are engaged in the business of providing utility scale end-to-end renewable energy solutions. We specialize
in the development of ‘ready-to-build’ renewable energy infrastructure under our Co-Development Business
model and providing engineering, construction and procurement (“EPC”) services for renewable power projects.
Further, Other Operating Revenue includes revenue from sale of electricity and O&M. For more details, see “Our
Business – Overview” on page 316.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from operations from our EPC Business model. As a part of our
EPC contracts, we offer complete range of EPC solutions from designing, engineering, procurement, construction,
testing and commissioning of renewable energy power project.
The table below sets forth the contribution of our business models for the Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal
2023, determined based on the revenue contribution from such business models for the periods stated below:
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount (₹ Percentage Amount (₹ Percentage Amount (₹ Percentage
million) of revenue million) of revenue million) of revenue
from from from
operations operations operations
Revenue from 3,106.48 25.45 859.11 8.19 3,609.57 46.49
Co-Development
Business
Revenue from 8,015.27 65.66 6,491.66 61.90 2,944.39 37.91
EPC Business
Other Operating 1,084.66 8.89 3,137.22 29.91 1,211.85 15.60
Revenue*
Total (Revenue 12,206.41 100.00 10,487.99 100.00 7,765.81 100.00
from
Operations)
* Other Operating Revenue includes revenue from sale of electricity, O&M and our discontinued EV business which
contributed revenue in Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023.
The entire EPC process typically takes approximately 12-18 months, with an additional 3-6 months for regulatory
approvals. (Source: CRISIL Report). Our ability to successfully execute our EPC contracts depends on effective
supply chain management and timely receipt of regulatory approvals. Meeting customer requirements further
requires us to scale up project execution processes within prescribed timelines. Our project execution and
management capabilities have in the past been affected by unanticipated interruptions, and there can be no
assurance that such events will not recur in the future, which may delay our production schedules and project
execution timelines.
Any loss or significant reduction in our revenue from the EPC contracts for any reason including due to loss of,
or termination of existing arrangements, our ability to bid for and win EPC projects, limitation to meet any change
in quality specification, customization requirements, or change in technology, disputes with a customer, adverse
changes in the financial condition of our customers, such as possible bankruptcy or liquidation or other financial
hardship could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash
flows.
2. A majority of our revenue from operations is from our top three customers (which accounted for 51.12%,
57.56% and 60.45% of our total revenue from operations in Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023,
respectively). Loss of any such customers or reduction in business or demand from such customers may
have a significant adverse impact on our business and results of operation.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from our top three, five and ten customers.
44Our customers include both private sector and Public Sector Undertakings (“PSUs”), catering to the increasing
demand for renewable energy in India. For more details, see “Our Business – Overview” on page 316.
Set forth below are details of the revenue from operations attributable to our top three customer, our top five
customer and our top ten customers (determined on the basis of their contribution to our revenue from operations),
for the periods indicated:
Customer* Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount Percentage of Amount Percentage of Amount Percentage of
(₹ our total (₹ our total (₹ our total
million) revenue from million) revenue from million) revenue from
operations operations operations
Top three customers 6,239.61 51.12 6,036.53 57.56 4,694.05 60.45
Top five customers 8,383.31 68.68 7,813.41 74.50 5,816,70 74.90
Top ten customers 10,652.34 87.27 9,356.25 89.21 6,739.58 86.79
*Our top three, top five and top ten customers have not remained the same and have changed between Fiscal
2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023.
The table below sets forth the contribution of our top ten customers for the Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal
2023, determined based of the revenue contribution from such customer for the periods stated:
Particulars* Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount Percentage of Amount (₹ Percentage of Amount (₹ Percentage
(₹ million) revenue from million) revenue from million) of revenue
operations operations from
operations
Customer 1 2,243.79 18.38 3,234.64 30.84 19,958.23 25.22
Customer 2 2,231.39 18.28 1,681.14 16.03 1,524.57 19.63
Customer 3 1,764.43 14.45 1,120.76 10.69 1,211.25 15.60
Customer 4 1,355.95 11.11 974.93 9.30 565.22 7.28
Customer 5 787.76 6.45 801.95 7.65 557.42 7.18
Customer 6 525.17 4.30 428.30 4.08 249.14 3.21
Customer 7 495.85 4.06 374.63 3.57 204.25 2.63
Customer 8 453.02 3.71 304.71 2.91 191.50 2.47
Customer 9 447.46 3.67 238.63 2.28 166.09 2.14
Customer 10 347.53 2.85 196.57 1.87 111.90 1.44
Top 10 10,652.34 87.27 9,356.25 89.21 6,739.58 86.79
customers
*These customers represent the top 10 customers for each of the respective Fiscals and may not necessarily be the same
customer across the Fiscals. Our top 10 customers include Ampin Energy Transition Private Limited, Garudapally
Infrastructures Private Limited, KLSR - Rays JV, KR Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP, Mirzapur Power Private Limited,
Parola Renewables Private Limited, Radiance KA Sunshine Three Private Limited, Radiance KA Sunshine Five Private
Limited, Radiance KA Sunshine Six Private Limited, Radiance KA Sunshine Seven Private Limited, Roorkee Facilitator and
Aggregators LLP, Serentica Renewables India Limited and SJVN Green Energy Limited. Names of other customers have not
been disclosed, in view of confidentiality obligations and absence of their consent.
Since we are dependent on certain customers for a significant portion of our revenue from our operations in a
particular reporting period, the loss of any of such customers or a reduction in demand from such customers, for
any reason, including due to loss of contracts, delay in fulfilling existing orders, failure to negotiate acceptable
terms in negotiations, disputes or a loss of market share or a downturn in such customers’ business, if not suitably
replaced with another customer, could adversely affect our business, future prospects financial condition and
results of operations in that period.
Furthermore, the volume of our business with these customers may vary from period to period. Our business,
operations, revenues and profitability may be adversely affected if these customers demand price reductions, set-
off any payment obligations or if there is an adverse change in any of our customers’ strategies, including availing
of services from our competitors.
While we have not lost any of our customers during last three Fiscals, there can be no assurance that we will
continue to retain them in the future. Our growth depends, among other factors, on the growth of our key customers
45and we are also exposed to fluctuations in the performance of the solar energy sector. A decline in our customers’
business performance may also lead to a corresponding decrease in demand for our services, and consequently,
materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
3. Our Projects Under Execution as on July 31, 2025, are primarily concentrated in the states of
Karnataka, Rajasthan, and Madhya Pradesh, accounting for 58.00%, 14.69% and 13.27% of our order
book (excluding order book from other business comprising of sale of electricity and O&M of ₹ 936.40
million), respectively. Any disruptions in our operations for our contracted projects due to adverse
change in the economic conditions of these states could materially and adversely impact our business,
financial performance, and results of operations.
As of July 31, 2025, we had a total of 28 Projects Under Execution, of which 9 projects are located in the state of
Karnataka, 9 in state of Rajasthan, and 2 in state of Madhya Pradesh, accounting 58.00%, 14.69%, and 13.27% of
our order book*, respectively. The table below provides details of our Projects Under Execution as on July 31,
2025:
Sl. Name of state No. of projects Contribution in our order book*
No. Amount (₹ million) Percentage
1. Karnataka 9 46,056.23 58.00
2. Rajasthan 9 11,666.89 14.69
3. Madhya Pradesh 2 10,539.40 13.27
4. Other states# 8 11,143.69 14.03
Total 28 79,406.21 100.00
*Excluding order book from other business comprising of sale of electricity and O&M of ₹ 936.40 million.
#Other states include Maharashtra, Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh, Odisha and Assam.
Further, a significant portion of our completed projects have also been concentrated in the states of Karnataka,
Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh, from which we derived 12.12%, 30.52% and 1.82% of our total revenue from
operations, respectively, during Fiscal 2025. The table below provides details of our revenue from operations
attributable to projects commissioned in Karnataka, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and other states during the
periods indicated:
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount Percentage of Amount Percentage of Amount Percentage of
(₹ million) revenue from (₹ million) revenue from (₹ revenue from
operations operations million) operations
Revenue from 1,479.42 12.12 4,032.00 38.44 5,855.24 75.40
projects in
Karnataka
Revenue from 3,726.00 30.52 34.43 0.33 - 0.00
projects in
Rajasthan
Revenue from 222.72 1.82 - 0.00 - 0.00
projects in
Madhya
Pradesh
Revenue from 5,693.61 46.64 3,284.34 31.32 698.72 9.00
projects in
other
locations*
Other 1,084.66 8.89 3,137.22 29.91 1211.85 15.60
operating
revenue
Total revenue 12,206.41 100.00 10,487.99 100.00 7,765.81 100.00
from
operations
*Revenue from projects in other locations during last three Fiscals include Indian states of Assam, Gujarat, Haryana,
Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, Telangana, Maharashtra and Uttar Pradesh, as well as from
Bangladesh.
46Due to the geographic concentration of our projects, our business operations are susceptible to local and regional
factors, such as economic and weather conditions, availability of labour, natural disasters, political, demographic
and population changes, and other unforeseen events and circumstances. Such disruptions could result in the
damage or destruction of a significant portion of our projects, and/or otherwise materially adversely affect our
business, financial condition and results of operations. While we have not faced any material instance of
disruptions in the last three Fiscals in our operations due to the concentration of our projects in the state of
Karnataka, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and other states, any disruptions, damage or destruction of projects
situated in such states may adversely affect our ability to meet our contractual obligations and customers’ demand.
We cannot assure you that there will not be any significant developments in the region in the future, which may
adversely affect our operations.
4. Our Co-Development Business, which contributes 25.45%, 8.19% and 46.49% of our revenue from
operations for Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 respectively, is subject to various risks including
timely access to suitable land parcels, availability of grid connectivity, and receipt of requisite approvals.
There can be no assurance that we will always be able to aggregate land parcels at commercially viable
terms, secure necessary approvals within anticipated timelines, or obtain grid connectivity in the
required geographies. Any delay or failure in these processes could render our projects unviable or
unattractive to customers, adversely affecting our revenues and profitability.
Our Co-Development Business involves creating ‘ready-to-build’ solar energy infrastructure for our customers.
Our scope of work typically includes land aggregation, securing grid connectivity, and assisting in obtaining
approvals such as connectivity permissions, bay allocation, captive arrangements and power purchase agreements.
For more details, see “Our Business – Overview” on page 316.
The success of our Co-Development Business depends on timely access to suitable land parcels, availability of
grid connectivity, and receipt of requisite approvals, all of which are subject to significant regulatory, operational
and counterparty risks. Land acquisition for renewable energy projects in India is often a lengthy and contentious
process. Delays arise due to fragmented land records, multiple bureaucratic approvals, and opposition from local
communities. Large renewable energy parks, in particular, have faced resistance from farmers and residents
concerned about displacement, loss of agricultural land, or inadequate compensation. In the absence of a
centralized land policy, each state follows different regulations, adding further complexity including higher cost
related to setting up dedicated regional land acquisition team. Further, executing renewable energy projects in
challenging terrain presents significant cost and timeline impacts. In addition, slow expansion of transmission
infrastructure is a critical challenge for renewable energy development in India. Solar-rich remote regions often
lack adequate grid connectivity, creating bottlenecks for capacity growth. Building new transmission lines
typically takes over three years and is frequently delayed by right-of-way disputes, challenging terrain, and
environmental clearance issues. While we have not experienced material delays of this nature in the last three
Fiscals, there can be no assurance that such challenges will not arise in the future and adversely impact our
business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
There can be no assurance that we will always be able to aggregate land parcels at commercially viable terms,
secure necessary approvals within anticipated timelines, or obtain grid connectivity in the required geographies.
Any delay or failure in these processes could render our projects unviable or unattractive to customers, adversely
affecting our revenues and profitability. Further, changes in government policies, regulations or allocation
frameworks for grid connectivity and power purchase arrangements may negatively impact our ability to execute
co-development projects.
Our revenues from operations from the Co-Development Business for Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023
were ₹3,106.48 million, ₹859.11 million, and ₹3,609.57 million (representing 25.45%, 8.19% and 46.49% of our
revenue from operations) respectively. There can be no assurance that our Co-Development Business will continue
to generate revenues in the same proportion or at all. Any inability to effectively execute our Co-Development
Business, manage its inherent risks, or sustain its contribution to our revenues could adversely affect our business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We have not experienced any delay in obtaining approvals for our business during the last three Fiscals except a
delay in government land allotments by the Government of Rajasthan for which we filed a petition in year 2023
before the High Court of Judicature for Rajasthan at Jodhpur, which was subsequently withdrawn upon completion
of the allotment. Any future delays in land allotments may lead to cost and time overruns in our solar projects,
placing additional pressure on our cash flows and adversely impacting our financial position and results of
operations.
475. Our business is heavily dependent on the procurement of equipment and materials from our suppliers.
Our top ten suppliers accounted for 54.99%, 65.17% and 80.28% of our cost of materials consumed in
Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, respectively. We face a risk that one or more of our existing
suppliers may discontinue their supplies to us, and any inability on our part to procure equipment and
materials from alternate suppliers in a timely manner, or on commercially acceptable terms, may
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We procure equipment and materials, including solar modules, string inverters, central inverters, transformers,
panels, string combiner boxes, cables and amongst other materials from third parties and our business is
significantly dependent on the timely procurement of these equipment and materials from our suppliers. Our
procurement also exhibits supplier concentration. During Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, our cost of
materials consumed amounted to ₹6,932.73 million, ₹6,914.17 million, and ₹5,113.51 million, constituting
55.99%, 64.47%, and 57.42% of our total revenue from operations, respectively.
Details of our top ten suppliers in Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 are provided below:
Particulars* Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount (₹ Percentage of Amount Percentage of Amount Percentage of
million) cost of materials (₹ million) cost of materials (₹ million) cost of materials
consumed consumed consumed
Supplier 1 704.01 11.04 741.98 12.68 2,056.66 43.51
Supplier 2 578.65 9.08 541.80 9.26 547.10 10.60
Supplier 3 521.56 8.18 465.03 7.95 340.42 6.59
Supplier 4 395.89 6.21 448.99 7.68 243.83 4.72
Supplier 5 339.93 5.33 378.33 6.47 225.12 4.36
Supplier 6 200.93 3.15 332.52 5.68 199.74 3.87
Supplier 7 195.51 3.07 325.66 5.57 108.15 2.09
Supplier 8 195.26 3.06 219.15 3.75 86.86 1.68
Supplier 9 186.98 2.93 182.16 3.11 74.62 1.45
Supplier 10 186.60 2.93 176.48 3.02 73.10 1.42
Total 3,505.31 54.99 % 3,812.11 65.17 % 3,955.60 80.28 %
* These suppliers represent the top 10 suppliers for each of the respective Fiscals and may not necessarily be the same
customer across the Fiscals. Our top 10 supplier include Ganesham Electric Motors, GEE AAR Power Steel India Private
Limited, Karamtara Engineering Private Limited, KEC International Limited, KEI Industries Limited, KR Land Facilitator
and Aggregators LLP, Radiance Renewables Private Limited, RenewSys India Private Limited, Roorkee Facilitator and
Aggregators LLP, Sova Solar Limited, Sineng Electric India Private Limited and TBEA Energy (India) Private Limited. Names
of other customers have not been disclosed, in view of confidentiality obligations and absence of their consent.
Such concentration exposes us to the risk of disruption in the event of delay, default, or discontinuation of supply
by one or more of these suppliers, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition,
and results of operations. In addition, certain of our suppliers, in last three Fiscals, were Chinese suppliers,
exposing us to risks relating to geopolitical developments, regulatory restrictions, and supply chain disruptions
associated with cross-border procurement.
Additionally, we also face a risk that one or more of our existing suppliers may discontinue their supplies to us,
and any inability on our part to procure equipment and materials from alternate suppliers in a timely manner, or
on commercially acceptable terms, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations. In addition, absence of long-term contracts with our equipment and materials suppliers may also lead
to our delivery estimates being adversely affected. Shortage of equipment and materials would lead to our
estimates being adversely affected, resulting in loss of our business and an adverse impact on our results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition.
6. We have experienced negative net cash flow from operating activities of ₹ (696.18) million, ₹ (228.94)
million and ₹ (702.36) million in Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 respectively and may
continue to have negative cash flows from operating activities. We cannot assure you that we will not
experience negative cash flows in the future and such negative cash flows in future could adversely
affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We have experienced negative net cash flows used in operating activities during last three Fiscals. Please see
section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on page
48600.
Our cash flows from operating activities are set forth in the table below for the Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023.
(₹ million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Net cash flow (used in) operating (696.18) (228.94) (702.36)
activities
The negative cash flow from operating activities was primarily driven by higher working capital requirements.
This included an increase in other current and financial assets on account of higher balances with government
authorities in one of our subsidiaries, as well as an increase in other current assets due to higher advances to
vendors and contract-in-progress inventory. To manage this cash flow gap, we usually borrow through working
capital facilities from banks, which adds to our financing costs. If bank borrowings are not sufficient, we may
raise additional capital which may reduce the ownership percentage of our existing shareholders. These factors
may continue to affect, our cash flows, business, future financial performance and results of operations materially
and adversely affected. For further details, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations – Cash flows” on page 638. We cannot assure you that we will not experience
negative cash flows in the future and such negative cash flows could adversely affect our financial condition and
trading price of our Equity Shares in the future. In addition, negative cash flows could impact our ability to service
our debt obligations in a timely manner and also require to assume additional debt obligations which would in
turn increase our interest expense.
7. We have a high working capital requirement, and our Company proposes to utilize ₹ 2,000.00 million
of the Net Proceeds towards our incremental net working capital requirements for Fiscal 2027. The
actual amount and timing of our future working capital requirements may differ from estimates as a
result of, among other factors, unforeseen delays, unanticipated expenses, regulatory changes,
economic conditions and market developments. If we are unable to raise sufficient working capital, our
operations may be adversely affected.
We are engaged in the business of providing utility scale end-to-end solar energy solutions. Each project typically
uses both fund-based and non-fund-based banking facilities to meet its working capital requirements. Fund-based
facilities provide the necessary cash flow to cover operating expenses, while non-fund-based facilities such as
bank guarantees, performance guarantees etc. are offered as security under bid terms and are crucial for securing
contracts and ensuring financial credibility. In most of the projects, our Company is required to furnish bank
guarantees to customers as part of contractual terms. For securing bank guarantees, our Company needs to provide
cash margin and eligible collateral. The requirement to set aside incremental cash margins for additional contracts
contributes to the overall need for higher working capital. As a result of the above, we have a continuous, working
capital requirement
The credit period offered by our customer is generally longer than what we grant to us by our business partners
and suppliers. Currently, we meet our working capital requirements through a mix of internal accruals and working
capital facilities from scheduled commercial banks and TReDS limits. As on July 31, 2025, we had sanctioned
working capital facilities aggregating ₹8,705.00 million of which ₹ 4,868.85 million is outstanding. We cannot
assure you that we will continue to generate sufficient internal accruals and / or be able to raise adequate working
capital from lenders to address our future needs. Our inability to meet our present or enhanced working capital
requirements will have an adverse impact on our results of operation, business and financial condition. For further
details pertaining to our present working capital position, please see sections titled “Financial Indebtedness” and
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” beginning on pages
652 and 600, respectively.
The details of our Company’s working capital as at Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 and the source of
funding, derived from the Restated Standalone Financial Information, are provided in the table below:
49(Amount in ₹ million)
As at As at As at
S. No. Particulars
Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
I Current Assets
1 Financial Assets
(a) Trade Receivables 5,283.93 1,979.60 1,782.12
(b) Cash and Cash equivalents & Other Bank Balances 2,347.93 1,514.73 395.03
(c) Short Term Loans & Advances 377.66 110.14 99.47
2 Other Current Assets 2,134.83 2,029.03 646.26
3 Inventories 209.75 114.34 99.18
Total Current Assets (A) 10,354.10 5,747.84 3,022.06
II Current Liabilities
1 Financial Liabilities
(a) Trade Payables (MSME and Others) 1,363.02 1,188.20 1,024.95
(b) Advance Recd. From Customer 248.33 420.22 231.50
2 Other Current Liabilities 1,601.96 274.79 106.82
Total Current Liabilities (B) 3,213.31 1,883.21 1,363.27
III Working Capital Requirement (C = A-B) 7,140.79 3,864.63 1,658.79
IV Funding Pattern
Short Term Borrowings (D) 2,404.80 1,111.85 113.28
Internal Accruals (E = C - D) 4,735.98 2,752.78 1,545.51
Total Means of Finance 7,140.79 3,864.63 1,658.79
Our working capital requirement has historically been high due to longer trade receivable cycles, elevated contract
assets, and advances for supply of goods and services in line with growth in operations. In last three Fiscals, this
requirement further increased as significant project execution occurred towards the end of the year, leading to
higher revenue recognition and accumulation of receivables. Contract assets also grew as revenue recognized
under the percentage of completion method exceeded milestone-based billings, particularly for large projects.
Additionally, contract liabilities increased with more projects at early stages of execution, further contributing to
higher working capital needs.
Further, our Company proposes to utilize ₹ 2,000.00 million of the Net Proceeds in Fiscal 2027, towards our
working capital requirements. For details, please see “Objects of the Offer - Part funding of incremental working
capital requirements of our Company” on page 173.
The actual amount and timing of our future working capital requirements may differ from estimates as a result of,
among other factors, unforeseen delays, unanticipated expenses, regulatory changes, economic conditions and
market developments. All of these factors may result, or have resulted, in increases in our working capital needs.
Our sources of additional financing, required to meet our working capital requirements, may include the
incurrence of debt or the issue of equity or debt securities or a combination of both. If we decide to raise additional
funds through the incurrence of debt, our interest and debt repayment obligations will increase, and could have a
significant effect on our profitability and cash flows and we may be subject to additional covenants, which could
limit our ability to access cash flows from operations. Any issuance of equity, on the other hand, could result in a
dilution of your shareholding. Accordingly, continued increases in our working capital requirements may have an
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
8. We intend to set up a new solar cell manufacturing facility through our subsidiary at a total project cost
of ₹ 9,211.70 million. We propose to utilise ₹ 5,000.00 million from the Net Proceeds, ₹ 3,221.70 million
from secured loan and balance from internal accruals towards capital expenditure. The successful
commissioning and operation of the manufacturing facility are contingent upon obtaining various
approvals in a timely manner. Any changes in regulatory requirements could cause significant delays,
increase costs, or even halt the project. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks, our business
operations, financial condition, and future growth prospects may be materially and adversely affected.
The need for EPC players to backward integrate into manufacturing arises from several strategic and operational
benefits. By securing upstream operations - such as module and cell production – EPC firms gain greater control
over their supply chain, ensuring timely access to critical components and mitigating supply disruptions and price
volatility. (Source: CRISIL Report)
50In the light of this, we propose to implement the strategic steps toward backward integration for our business by
foraying into manufacturing of solar PV n-type TOPCon G12R cells through our subsidiary, with a capacity of
1.5 GW for solar cells at a total project cost of ₹ 9,211.70 million. The Project is proposed to produce solar cells
based on n-type TOPCon G12R technology. Towards this, we intent to utilise ₹ 5,000.00 million from the Net
Proceeds, ₹ 3,221.70 million from secured loan and balance from internal accruals. For further details, please see
“Objects of the Offer – Details of the Objects – Investment in our Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Rays Green Energy
Manufacturing Private Limited (“Rays Green Energy”) for part-financing the establishment of a 1.5 GW PV
Solar n-type TOPCon G12R Cell Manufacturing Plant at Manufacturing Zone for Power and Energy Equipment,
Plot no. P-23, Mohasa- Babai Industrial Area, Narmadapuram, Madhya Pradesh, India (“Project”)” and “Our
Business – Our Strategies – Capitalizing on industry tailwinds by backward integrating by establishing into solar
cell manufacturing” on pages 161 and 331 respectively.
In line with our business strategy of continuous focus towards growing our order book for our Co-Development
Business and EPC Business models and market share in India, we believe that captive consumption of our
manufactured solar cells is expected to improve our financial position and results of operations. Our ability to bid
for projects, which mandate domestic content requirements (“DCR”) would improve significantly and we would
be able to cater to the increasing demand for DCR cells in India.
Since this is our new venture into manufacturing, there are inherent risks related to unforeseen challenges and our
lack of first-hand experience in this sector. These risks include potential difficulties in integrating the
manufacturing workstream with our existing businesses, which could divert management time and affect
operational efficiency and resource allocation. We may not be able to achieve desired results due to insufficient
demand in future, intense competition in solar cell, shortage of material etc., which may impact our revenue,
profitability and cash flow.
In this regard, we have also obtained quotations for multiple equipment from the same vendor. All quotations
received from the vendors are valid as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. While we have also
received quotes from other vendors, we have not yet placed any purchase orders or entered into definitive
agreements with any of these vendors. We are yet to place orders for equipment and civil works for establishing
the new manufacturing facility. In accordance with the terms of certain quotations obtained by our Company, the
prices in relation to the plant and machinery may be subject to revisions during the validity period of such
quotations, pursuant to, inter alia, any update to the pricing list of the vendor, prices of the raw materials or
pursuant to foreign exchange currency fluctuations or policy changes. Further, a number of quotations have been
obtained from Chinese suppliers. Any disruption in procurement from such suppliers due to changes in trade
policies, imposition of tariffs or import restrictions, geopolitical tensions, supply chain disruptions, or quality
compliance issues may result in delays in project implementation and cost escalations. If due to any of the
aforementioned factors result in time and cost over-runs and our business, results of operations and financial
condition may be adversely affected.
The completion of such manufacturing facility is dependent on the performance of external agencies, which are
responsible for inter alia civil work, installation and commissioning of machinery and supply and testing of
equipment. If the performance of these agencies is inadequate, it may result in incremental cost and time overruns
which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. We may be unable to identify suitable
replacement for external agencies in a timely manner. In addition, the actual amount and timing of our future
capital requirements may differ from our estimates as a result of, among other things, unforeseen delays or cost
overruns, unanticipated expenses, regulatory changes, engineering design changes and technological changes.
The successful completion and operation of the manufacturing facility are contingent upon obtaining various
approvals from regulatory authorities, including environmental clearances, land-use, and construction permits. In
addition to this, the land allotted to us for manufacturing facility is subject to certain conditions including usage,
payment of rent and maintenance etc. Failure to obtain these approvals in a timely manner, non-compliance of
any such approval or any changes in regulatory requirements could cause significant delays, increase costs, or
even halt the project. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks, our business operations, financial
condition, and future growth prospects may be materially and adversely affected.
A significant portion of the equipment, plant and machinery required for our proposed solar cell manufacturing
facility is expected to be sourced from international suppliers, particularly from China. Our reliance on imported
machinery exposes us to risks arising from foreign exchange fluctuations, changes in trade or tariff policies,
customs duties, supply chain disruptions, and geopolitical developments. Any delay in procurement, increase in
51costs, or restrictions on imports could adversely impact the timely implementation of the facility and escalate
project costs.
9. Our proposed solar cell manufacturing facility may not be included in the forthcoming Approved Lists
of Module Manufacturers (“ALMM”) of MNRE, which then would not qualify for meeting the domestic
content requirement (“DCR”) for our customers leading to solar cell manufactured by us not being
accepted by our customers in projects developed by us or for sale to other third parties, which may have
an adverse impact on our prospects, growth, results of operations and financial condition. Also, there
can be no assurance that we will be able to sell sufficient quantities of solar cells, at the prices required
for it to be profitable or to achieve the profitability that justifies our investment. Our inability to market
and sell our solar cells in domestic market and failure of the manufacturing business to be profitable or
to achieve the profitability that justifies our investment.
We propose to implement the strategic steps toward backward integration for our business by foraying into
manufacturing of solar PV n-type TOPCon G12R cells, with a capacity of 1.5 GW for solar cells. Towards this,
we have received the allotment of land from the State Government of Madhya Pradesh to set up a cell
manufacturing plant and have secured 41.30 acres of land in Madhya Pradesh’s renewable energy zone. For further
details, please see “Objects of the Offer – Details of the Objects – Investment in our Wholly Owned Subsidiary,
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited (“Rays Green Energy”) for part-financing the establishment
of a 1.5 GW PV Solar n-type TOPCon G12R Cell Manufacturing Plant at Manufacturing Zone for Power and
Energy Equipment, Plot no. P-23, Mohasa- Babai Industrial Area, Narmadapuram, Madhya Pradesh, India
(“Project”)” and “Our Business – Our Strategies – Capitalizing on industry tailwinds by backward integrating
by establishing into solar cell manufacturing” on pages 161 and 331 respectively.
MNRE introduced ALMM in 2021, mandating that only listed solar PV modules and manufacturers can be used
in government-funded or supported projects. With the implementation of ALMM-II in June 2026, which mandates
the use of domestic cells in locally assembled modules (ALMM-I), the applicability of ALMM extends to all
government-assisted projects and projects under government schemes and programmes, including those set up for
electricity sales to the government and open access projects. Further, the DCR requires the use of domestically
manufactured solar cells and modules in specified schemes, subject to technical and testing standards prescribed
by MNRE. Several government programmes, including CPSU, PM-KUSUM and grid-connected rooftop solar
projects, extend financial assistance or viability gap funding to DCR-compliant modules. Inclusion of our
proposed solar cells in ALMM-II or subsequent lists would depend on compliance with evolving MNRE
requirements. While we believe our products will meet these criteria, we cannot assure acceptance by MNRE.
Moreover, any changes in specifications or testing standards due to technological advancements could result in
our products becoming non-compliant, thereby affecting our eligibility for government-linked opportunities. For
further details, please see “Key Regulations and Policies in India”.
To meet the rising domestic demand for solar components, while we estimate that majority of the cells produced
by us will be used for our own solar projects, the balance, if any, will be sold to third parties. In the event, we are
unable to scale our Co-Development Business and EPC Business, we will be compelled to market and sell solar
cells manufactured by us to third parties, and if, the solar cells proposed to be manufactured by us is not included
in ALMM-II, our solar cells may not have a domestic market for our own solar projects or sale to third parties as
envisaged by us. Our inability to market and sell our solar cells in domestic market, would have a material adverse
impact on our financial positions, cash flows and result of operations.
Further, while we intend to leverage our relationships with our customers, we cannot assure you that the solar
cells proposed to be manufactured by us will be accepted by the customers. Certain customers may require us to
be specifically empaneled with them for the supply of such components and may undertake a detailed examination
of our manufacturing facility and samples of our products prior to empaneling us as suppliers. Our solar cells may
not meet the specification, requirements or standards of potential customers and we may not be able to compete
with other established manufacturers. Our proposed manufacturing business involves complex research and
development and existing manufacturers of such products will be more experienced and may have established
relationships with customers in this area. Further, there can be no assurance that we will be able to sell sufficient
quantities of solar cells, at the prices required for it to be profitable or to achieve the profitability that justifies our
investment. If the solar cells, proposed to be manufactured by us are not profitable, we may be required to incur
additional expenditure to support it. The failure of the manufacturing business to be profitable or to achieve the
profitability that justifies our investment, may have an adverse impact on our prospects, growth, results of
operations and financial condition.
52Further, the global solar photovoltaic supply chain is heavily dependent on China, which holds significant
manufacturing capacity for key components such as polysilicon, ingots, wafers, cells, and modules. While
alternative sourcing options exist, China’s dominance has shaped customer preferences and industry standards
resulting high import dependence. As a result, our proposed solar cells to be manufactured at our facility may face
challenges in acceptance by customers who are accustomed to or reliant on China-sourced components. Any
reluctance by customers to adopt our products could adversely affect our ability to generate demand, compete
effectively, and achieve our projected growth.
10. As of July 31, 2025, our aggregate order book was ₹ 80,342.61 million. The projects that are included
in our order book may be delayed, modified, cancelled not fully paid, or suspended by our customers
and, therefore our order book is not necessarily indicative of our future revenue or profit. Our actual
revenue or profit may be significantly less than the estimates reflected in our order book. Any delay,
failure or execution difficulty with respect to projects in our order book could materially affect our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
As of July 31, 2025, our aggregate order book was ₹ 80,342.61 million. Our order book as at particular date is
computed as the value of solar power project or other projects for which we have entered into contract, received
term sheet or letters of award from our customers reduced by the revenue already recognized from such projects.
For the purposes of calculating the order book value, we do not take into account any escalation or change in work
scope of our ongoing projects as of the relevant date, or the work conducted by us in relation to any such escalation
of change in work scope of such projects until such date. For details in relation to our order book, see “Our
Business – Overview” on page 316.
The table below sets forth details of our order book along with break-up of business model as on July 31, 2025:
Business model As of July 31, 2025
Amount (₹ million) Percentage
Co-Development Business 46,572.03 57.97
EPC Business 32,834.18 40.87
Others* 936.40 1.17
Total 80,342.61 100.00
* Others includes sale of electricity and O&M.
Further, the table below sets forth details of our order book along with break-up of type of customers as of July
31, 2025:
Type of customer As of July 31, 2025
Amount (₹ million) Percentage
PSU 28,609.74 35.61
Private* 51,732.87 64.39
Total 80,342.61 100.00
*Including order book from other business comprising of sale of electricity and O&M of ₹ 936.40 million.
There can be no assurance that our order book will actually be realized as revenues or, if realized, will result in
profits. The manner in which we calculate and present our order book information may vary from the manner in
which such information is calculated and presented by other companies, including our competitors. We have not
encountered any cancellations, delays, modifications, terminations of our contracts during the last three Fiscals,
however, in accordance with the industry practice, some of our contracts are subject to cancellations, delays,
modifications, terminations or suspension at the discretion of the customers at any stage of the contract. In
addition, the projects in our order book are subject to change in the scope of services to be provided as well as
cost adjustments in relation to our contracts. Our order book includes expected revenues for contracts that are
based on estimates. During the last three Fiscals, there was one instance of delay on our part, for which liquidated
damages aggregating to ₹32.50 million, were imposed on us.
Projects can remain in order book for extended periods of time because of the nature of the project and the timing
of the particular services required by the project. The risk of contracts in order book being cancelled or suspended
generally increases during periods of wide-spread economic slowdowns. In addition, even where a project
proceeds as scheduled, it is possible that contracting parties may default and fail to pay amounts owed. Any delay,
cancellation or payment default could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and
future prospects.
5311. Our business is dependent on contracts awarded by entities owned and controlled by the GoI or State
Governments. As of July 31, 2025, contracts with entities owned and controlled by the GoI or State
Governments accounted for ₹ 28,609.70 million, representing 35.61% of our total order book. Any
adverse changes in the tendering criteria or energy infrastructure policies by the government may lead
to our contracts being foreclosed, terminated, restructured or renegotiated, and we may not be able to
receive any future contracts which may have a material affect on our business and results of operations.
Our business is also dependent on contracts awarded by entities owned and controlled by the GoI or State
Governments. We currently derive a part of our revenue from contracts entered into with such entities. The table
below sets forth details of our order book along with break-up of type of customers as of July 31, 2025:
Type of customer As of July 31, 2025
Amount (₹ million) Percentage
PSU 28,609.74 35.61
Private* 51,732.87 64.39
Total 80,342.61 100.00
*Including order book from other business comprising of sale of electricity and O&M of ₹ 936.40 million.
We are not in a position to predict whether and when we will be awarded a new contract. Our future results of
operations and cash flows can fluctuate materially depending on the timing of contract awards. There is no
assurance that we will be awarded such projects in future.
Also, there can be no assurance that the Government of India or the State Governments will continue to place
emphasis on the energy sector. In the event of any adverse change in budgetary allocations for energy sector
infrastructure development or a downturn in available work in the energy infrastructure sector resulting from any
change in government policies or priorities, our business prospects and our financial performance, may be
adversely affected. Further, we may not be able to receive any future contracts if there are paradigm shift in the
policies of government with respect to the energy infrastructure sector.
Also, the contracts with government entities may be subject to extensive internal processes, policy changes,
government or external budgetary allocation, insufficiency of funds and political pressure, which may lead to
lower number of contracts available for bidding or increase in the time gap between invitation for bids and award
of the contract or lead to renegotiation of the terms of these contracts which may lead to a delay in our business
operations. Any adverse change in the policies or tendering criteria adopted by the government regarding award
of its projects could adversely affect our ability to bid for and/ or win such projects. Although we have not
experienced any material cancellations of government contracts in the last three Fiscals, there can be no assurance
that such adverse events will not occur in the future. Further, as per CRISIL Report, complex tender structures
and previous aggression in bidding have led to weak participation in allocations – between fiscal 2022 to 2025
about 17 GW of renewable capacity went undersubscribed India. Additionally, any changes in the existing policies
pertaining to incentives granted in respect of developments in the energy infrastructure sector, could adversely
affect our existing projects and opportunities to secure new projects.
Contracts with governments and government owned customers are typically based on the contract form finalized
by the government or government-owned customer. As a result, our ability to negotiate the terms of these contracts
is limited, and such terms tend to favour the government and government-owned customers. Such contractual
terms may present risks to our business. Such terms include:
• sole discretion of the customer to extend the operation and maintenance period of the project;
• disclaimer clause which allows the customer the right to share with any consultant of its choosing, any
resultant proposals in order to secure expert opinion;
• our liability as a contractor for consequential or economic loss to our customers; and
• the right of the government or government-owned customer to terminate our contracts for convenience at any
time after providing us with the required written notice.
With reference to projects where our bids have been successful, there may be delays in award of the projects
and/or notification of appointed dates, which may result in us having to retain resources which remain unallocated,
thereby adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations. Any adverse changes in the GoI or
State Government policies may lead to our contracts being foreclosed or terminated. In addition, we may be
restricted in our ability to, among other things, sell our interests to third parties, contract with certain customers
54or assign our rights or obligations under our contracts to any person. These restrictions may limit our flexibility
in operating our business, which could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations,
cash flows and financial condition. Any withdrawal of support or adverse changes in their policies may lead to
our agreements being restructured or renegotiated and could, though not monetarily quantifiable at this time,
materially and adversely affect our financing, capital expenditure, revenues, development or operations relating
to our existing projects as well as our ability to participate in competitive bidding or negotiations for our future
projects. This in turn could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
12. Our EPC and commissioning activities are exposed to risks relating to cost overruns, delays, dependence
on third-party contractors, unanticipated expenditures, adverse site or environmental conditions,
regulatory and community-related disruptions and challenges in converting construction projects into
operational projects, any of which may result in liquidated damages, project unviability or write-offs,
and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and
cash flows.
Submitting a competitive bid for our EPC project requires extensive research, planning, due diligence and a
willingness to operate with low operating margins for sustained periods of time. If we miscalculate or misjudge
and incorrectly factor the costs of construction, development, land acquisition and price of the components, the
economics of successful bids may be affected, and the projects may become economically unviable. For instance,
if we estimate prices for system components and factor these costs into our bids, and if these prices vary from
what was anticipated, the profitability of our successful bids may be adversely affected. We may also be required
to incur unanticipated capital expenditures for interconnection rights, regulatory approvals, preliminary
engineering permits, and legal and other expenses which could adversely affect the profitability of the solar power
projects and, as a result, our profitability.
The installation and construction of our solar power projects may also be adversely affected by circumstances
outside of our control, including inclement weather, delays in receiving possession of land parcels, adverse
geological and environmental conditions, a failure to receive regulatory approvals on schedule, third party delays
in providing supplies and other materials. These circumstances can create significant uncertainty in project
implementation and timelines. In addition, they may lead to fluctuations in prices or shortages of key materials
and components, thereby increasing procurement costs. For instance, during the last three Fiscals we have
experienced delay in one of our project and paid liquidated damages aggregating to ₹32.50 million.
Set forth below are the expenses incurred in the construction and development of our projects for the periods
indicated:
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount Percentage Amount Percentage Amount Percentage
(₹ of total (₹ of total (₹ of total
million) expenses million) expenses million) expenses
Cost of material consumed 6,374.55 60.63 5,849.62 61.25 4,727.22 64.56
Engineering, procurement 2,603.75 24.76 1,778.76 18.63 1,439.91 19.66
and construction project
expenses
Purchases of stock-in trade 558.18 5.31 1,064.55 11.15 386.29 5.28
Total 9,536.48 90.70 8,692.93 91.03 6,553.42 89.50
Moreover, local political changes as well as demonstrations or protests by local communities or special interest
groups could result in, or contribute to, project development time and cost overruns for us. We utilize and rely on
a limited number of third-party sub-contractors to construct and install portions of our solar projects. We cannot
assure you that, if our third-party contractors do not satisfy their obligations or do not perform work that meet our
quality standards or if there is a shortage of third-party contractors or if there are labour strikes that interfere with
the ability of our contractors to complete their work on time or within budget, we would not experience significant
delays and potential cost overruns. While we have not had instance of strikes or labour disputes in the past, we
cannot assure you that we shall not experience any strikes or labour disputes in the future.
We may face difficulties converting a construction project into an operational project, which is subject to the
receipt of various licenses and approvals, among other factors. We incur substantial expenses in the construction
and development of our projects and if these projects cannot be operationalized, we may have to write-off such
55expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.
13. There have been instances of delay in filing of GST, ESIC and PF returns of our Company and our
Material Subsidiaries. We may be subject to regulatory actions and penalties for any such delays and
our business, financial condition and reputation may be adversely affected.
We are required to pay certain statutory dues including provident fund contributions, employee state insurance
contributions (“ESIC”), professional taxes, labour welfare fund, goods and services tax (“GST”), tax deducted
at source (“TDS”), tax collected at source (“TCS”) and income tax.
The table below sets out details of delays in payments of statutory dues by us and our Material Subsidiaries (i.e.
Shining Sun Power Private Limited and Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited) with respect to
payments required to be made in the respective period
Rays Power Infra Limited:
Fiscal Year
Nature
2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
of
statutory Amount No. Amount
No. of Amount No. of
dues (₹ Interest of (₹ Interest Interest
Days (₹ million) Days
million) Days million)
ESIC 0.00* NA 28 0.10 NA 1-32 0.02 NA 1
PF 0.11 NA 1- 1.01 NA 1-579 0.00* NA 212
667
GST 324.18 0.55 1- 12.84 0.00* 5 NA NA NA
136
TDS 1.12 NA 1-92 3.64 0.15 1-221 4.52 0.10 1-83
PT 0.02 NA 23 0.04 NA 1–775 0.15 NA 1-474
Note: As on date of this DRHP, all statutory dues till March 31, 2025, mentioned above, have been paid.
*Amount less than ₹ 10,000.
Shining Sun Power Private Limited
Fiscal Year
Nature
2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
of
statutory Amount No. Amount
No. of Amount No. of
dues (₹ Interest of (₹ Interest Interest
Days (₹ million) Days
million) Days million)
GST NA NA NA 52.97 0.15 2-22 NA NA NA
TDS 7.43 0.55 1- 2.72 NA 1-121 0.85 0.05 1-266
206
Note: As on date of this DRHP, all statutory dues till March 31, 2025, mentioned above, have been paid.
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited
Fiscal Year
Nature
2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
of
statutory Amount No. Amount
No. of Amount No. of
dues (₹ Interest of (₹ Interest Interest
Days (₹ million) Days
million) Days million)
TDS NA NA NA NA NA NA 0.07 NA 18
Note: As on date of this DRHP, all statutory dues till March 31, 2025, mentioned above, have been paid.
Our Company and its Material Subsidiaries have experienced certain past delays in filing or payment of statutory
dues, including GST, ESIC, Professional tax and provident fund contributions. Such delays arose primarily due
to administrative and procedural factors, including reconciliation of records across multiple locations. All relevant
dues have since been discharged, including applicable interest, where required, and there are no pending defaults
56as of the date of this filing. Our Company has implemented periodic internal reviews to monitor statutory dues
and ensure timely compliance in future.
There can be no assurance that there will be no such instances of delays in future, which may involve litigation,
including monetary penalties, which may adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results
of operation.
14. Our Company’s outstanding loans as of July 31, 2025, was ₹ 6,929.29 million and we are subject to
certain restrictive covenants in our loan documents, which may restrict our operations and ability to
grow. Our inability to meet our obligations, including financial and other covenants under our debt
financing arrangements and also our inability in obtaining timely access to borrowings can have an
adverse impact on our Company’s business, results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.
Our Company’s total outstanding borrowing as of July 31, 2025, was ₹ 6,929.29 million (non fund based facility
of ₹ 4,868.85 million and fund based facility of ₹ 2,060.44 million). There can be no assurance that our Company’s
business will generate sufficient cash to enable it to service its existing debt or to fund its other liquidity needs. A
disruption in sources of funds or increase in cost of funds because of any of these factors may have a material
adverse effect on our Company’s liquidity and financial condition.
Further, some the financing arrangements entered into by us include conditions and covenants that require us to
obtain lender’s consents prior to carrying out certain activities including investing in capital expenditure and
entering into certain transactions including certain actions and matters in relation to the Offer. Some of these
covenants include, altering our capital structure, changing our current ownership or control, formulating a scheme
of amalgamation, material change in management, undertaking guarantee obligations, and amending
constitutional documents. We are also required to maintain certain financial ratios and ensure compliance with
regulatory requirements. We have received consents from all relevant lenders to undertake the Offer, as may have
been required under the borrowing arrangements.
A failure to observe the covenants under our financing arrangements or failure to obtain necessary waivers may
lead to the suspension of any further lending commitments, termination of our credit facilities, acceleration of
amounts due under such facilities, trigger cross-default provisions and the enforcement of security provided. There
can be no assurance that we will be able to persuade our lenders to grant extensions or refrain from exercising
such rights which may adversely affect our operations and cash flows. As a result, we may have to dedicate a
substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments under such financing documents, thereby
reducing the availability of cash for our working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes.
Additionally, during any period in which we are in default, we may be unable to raise, or face difficulties raising,
further financing or generate sufficient cash to fund our liquidity requirements. While we have not breached any
material covenants or defaulted on our financing arrangements in the last three Fiscals, there can be no assurance
that we will not face such circumstances in the future, which could materially and adversely affect our business,
results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
15. Our Statutory Auditor has included emphasis of matter in their examination report to our Restated
Consolidated Financial Information as well as related audit report for considered period, and there is
no assurance that such emphasis of matters or qualifications will not form part of our financial
statements for future periods, which, if included, may have an adverse impact on our results of
operations.
The examination report on our Restated Consolidated Financial Information for Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2024, and
Fiscal 2025, as well as the related audit reports, include certain reservations, emphasis of matter, and adverse
remarks from our Statutory Auditors and under the Companies Auditor's Reports Order, 2016 or 2020. These
remarks highlight issues such as outstanding title deeds for immovable properties, differences in working capital
statements submitted to banks, loans and guarantees to related and other parties, and statutory dues under dispute
with tax authorities. For details, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations - Summary of Reservation, Qualifications, Adverse Remarks and Emphasis of Matters by Auditors”
on page 644.
The audit reports issued by our statutory auditors for the respective financial years are not modified in respect of
the above matters and there is no impact (financial or otherwise) of such comments by statutory auditors.
There is no assurance that our audit reports for any future financial years will not contain any qualification or
57emphasis of matter or observations which may affect our results of operations in such future periods. For further
details, please see section titled, “Restated Consolidated Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Summary of Reservation, Qualifications, Adverse
Remarks and Emphasis of Matters by Auditors” on pages 482 and 644 respectively.
16. We have in the past entered into transactions with related parties and may continue to do so in the
future. These or any future related party transactions may potentially involve conflicts of interest and
there can be no assurance that we could not have achieved better terms, had such arrangements been
entered into with unrelated parties.
We have in the course of our business entered into, and will continue to enter into, several transactions with our
related parties. For further details, please see section titled “Restated Consolidated Financial Information- Note
no. 51 - Related Party Disclosures” on page 549. These related party transactions are typically in the nature of
payment of rent, reimbursement of expenses, loans and advances etc. The table below sets out certain details in
connection with related party transactions:
(in ₹ million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Related Party - Asset transactions 35.29 1.18 -
Total Assets 14,327.05 7,506.63 6,525.42
As a percentage of Total Assets 0.25 0.02 0.00
Related Party - Revenue transactions 4.82 - 191.50
Total income 12,381.31 10,725.06 8,905.10
As a percentage of Total income 0.04 0.00 2.15
Related Party - Expense transactions 71.11 148.42 115.98
Total Expenses 10,514.35 9,550.05 7,322.48
As a percentage of Total Expenses 0.68 1.55 1.58
Related Party – borrowings availed/(Repaid) (Net) - - (98.41)
Total borrowings availed 2,704.49 1,393.22 1,103.02
As a percentage of Total borrowings 0.00 0.00 (8.92)
Related Party – Loans given / (received back) 0.13 (0.97) 0.78
(Net)
Total Loans 178.40 31.22 33.15
As a percentage of Total Loans 0.07 (3.11) 2.36
Note: All the transactions are based on consolidated related party transactions and transactions which are
eliminated in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information have not been considered.
Further, there have been no instances in the last three Fiscals, where any of our related party transactions
constituted more than 10% of the total transactions of similar nature. For further details on our related party
transactions, please see “Summary of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus – Summary of Related Party
Transactions” on page 36.
While all such transactions have been conducted on an arm’s length basis, in compliance with Companies Act,
2013 and other applicable laws, we cannot assure you that we could not have achieved more favourable terms had
such transactions been entered into with unrelated parties. All related party transactions undertaken during the last
three Fiscals, taken together, do not exceed ten percent of the total transactions of a similar nature. Further, transfer
pricing provisions are not applicable on our Company. The transactions we have entered into and any further
transactions that we may enter into with our related parties could potentially involve conflicts of interest which
may be detrimental to us. Although all related party transactions that we may enter into post-listing, will be subject
to approval of Audit Committee, Board or shareholder, as necessary under the Companies Act, 2013, as amended
and the SEBI Listing Regulations, we cannot assure you that such transactions in the future, individually or in the
aggregate, will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
17. We had been in past subject to legal proceedings under Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 and
Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881. Any such legal proceedings against our Company
would lead to an adverse impact on the results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Our business exposes us to the risk of disputes with customers, suppliers and other counterparties, which may
58result in legal proceedings against us under various laws, including the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016
(“IBC”) and the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (“NI Act”).
For instance, in year 2020, one of our suppliers filed an application under Section 9 of the IBC before the National
Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai, initiating corporate insolvency resolution process against our Company in
respect of an operational debt. Subsequently, our Company entered into a settlement agreement in December
2023, pursuant to which the application has been withdrawn. Further, in past certain criminal complaints were
also initiated against our Company and Promoters by some of our customers and suppliers under Section 138 read
with Sections 141 and 142 of the NI Act, in relation to dishonour of cheques. While these matters have been
settled or addressed, there is no assurance that such legal proceedings will not be initiated against our Company
or our Promoters in future. Any such legal proceedings against our Company and our Promoters which in addition
to having an adverse impact on our results of operations, cash flows and financial conditions would also lead to
significant time being spent by our Promoters and management team in addressing such matters.
18. As on March 31, 2025, the total insurance coverage maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries
was ₹1,256.65 million which was 105.25% of the net value of insurable assets of our Company as per
the Restated Consolidated Financial Information. Our insurance coverage may not adequately protect
us against all losses or the insurance coverage may not be available for all the losses as per the insurance
policy, which could adversely affect business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our operations are subject to various risks inherent to the industry in which we operate. As on March 31, 2025,
the total insurance coverage maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries was ₹1,256.65 million which was
105.25% of the net value of insurable assets of our Company as per the Restated Consolidated Financial
Information. Under our EPC contracts we are generally required to maintain insurance and accordingly through
our special purpose vehicles / subsidiaries, we have obtained insurance policies such as group personal accident
policy, workmen compensation policy, marine insurance policy, erection all risk policy and vehicle insurance
policy. While we believe that the insurance coverage which we maintain would be reasonably adequate to cover
the normal risks associated with the operation of our business, to the extent that we suffer loss or damage, for
which we have not obtained or maintained insurance, or which is not covered by insurance, which exceeds our
insurance coverage or where our insurance claims are rejected, the loss would have to be borne by us and our
results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, our insurance policies expire
from time to time and we may not be able to renew our policies in a timely manner, or at acceptable cost or at all.
In case any uninsured loss occurs, we could lose our investment in, as well as anticipated profits and cash flows
from the asset. In addition, even if any such loss is insured, there may be a significant deductible on any claim for
recovery prior to our insurer being obligated to reimburse us for the loss, or the amount of the loss may exceed
our coverage for the loss.
The table below provides a consolidated view of our insurance coverage for total assets as at Fiscals 2025, 2024
and 2023:
As of and for the financial year ended
Particulars March 31, March 31, March 31,
2025 2024 2023
Net value of insurable assets* (in ₹ million) 1,193.93 763.13 2,887.41
Insurance coverage (in ₹ million) 1,256.65 2,601.14 380.39
Percentage of insurance coverage to net value of insurable assets 105.25% 340.85% 13.17%
*Includes property, plant and equipment, capital work-in-progress, investment properties, inventories and cash.
The table below provides details of insurance claim made by us during Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023:
Period Claims made by the Company Settlement amounts
(₹ million) (₹ million)
Fiscal 2025 7.73 5.94
Fiscal 2024 14.56 10.89
Fiscal 2023 0.00 0.00
If we are unable to pass increased insurance costs onto our customers, the costs of higher insurance premiums
could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
Furthermore, the occurrence of an event for which we are not adequately or sufficiently insured or for which
insurance is not available in the market, or the successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that
59exceed available insurance coverage, or changes in our insurance policies (including premium increases or the
imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements), could have a material adverse effect on our business,
prospects, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure you that, in the future, any claim under
the insurance policies maintained by us will be honoured fully, in part or on time, or that we have taken out
sufficient insurance to cover all our losses. Further, an insurance claim once made could lead to an increase in our
insurance premium, resulting in higher deductibles and also requiring us to spend towards addressing certain
covenants specified by the insurance companies. While we have not experienced any material uninsured losses or
denial of significant claims in the last three Fiscals, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur in
the future, which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, cash flows and results
of operations.
19. Our word mark “Rays Power Infra” and logo are not registered as a trademark.
Maintaining the reputation of our corporate name, logo and the goodwill associated with these
trademarks is material to our success. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our
business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
We have made application for registration of word mark “Rays Power Infra” and our logo under
Class 9, 11 and 35 in terms of the Trade Marks Act, 1999 and as on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus our
application for trademark registration is pending and accordingly, our trade name and logo are not registered under
the Trade Marks Act, 1999. Therefore, we do not enjoy the statutory protections accorded to a registered trademark
and are subject to the various risks arising out of the same, including but not limited to infringement or passing
off our name and logo by a third party. Maintaining the reputation of our corporate name, logo and the goodwill
associated with these trademarks is material to our success. The use of our name or logo by third parties could
adversely affect our reputation, which could in turn adversely affect our financial performance.
Notwithstanding the precautions we take to protect our intellectual property rights, it is possible that third parties
may copy or otherwise infringe on our rights, which may have an adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition. Further, we may need to litigate to protect our intellectual property
or to defend against third party infringement. Any such litigation could be time consuming and costly, and a
favourable outcome cannot be guaranteed. We may not be able to detect any unauthorised use or take appropriate
and timely steps to enforce or protect our intellectual property. Any inability to use or protect our intellectual
property could affect our relationships with our customers, result in costly litigation and divert management’s
attention and resources. An adverse ruling arising out of any intellectual property dispute could subject us to
liability for damages and could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. While
we have not been involved in any material intellectual property-related litigation or claims in the last three Fiscal,
there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to such proceedings in the future. For further details, please
see section titled “Government and Other Approvals - Intellectual Property” on page 687.
20. Some of our Directors and Promoters may have interest in entities, which are in businesses similar to
ours and this may result in conflict of interest with us. Further, our Promoters may enter into ventures
that may lead to real or potential conflicts of interest with our business. The interests of our Promoters
may conflict with the interests of our other Shareholders and our Promoters may, for business
considerations or otherwise, cause our Company to take actions, or refrain from taking actions, which
may be harmful to our Company’s interests or the interests of our other Shareholders, which may
materially adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, some of our Directors and Promoters may be interested in
certain Group Companies, and Promoter Group Company that are engaged in the same business as ours. Sanjay
Garudapally, our Promoter and Whole-time Director is associated as directors with Garudapally Infrastructures
Private Limited, our Group Company and a member of the Promoter Group, which is engaged in the same line of
business as ours. In order to avoid any instances of conflict of interest, our Company have entered into an
agreement dated September 29, 2025 (the “Non-Compete Agreement”) with Garudapally Infrastructures Private
Limited, Sanjay Garudapally, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally, Garudapally Family Trust, Ketan Mehta and Pawan
Kumar Sharma (collectively “Restricting Parties”). Pursuant to the Non-Compete Agreement, the parties to the
Non-Compete Agreement, have mutually decided to avoid overlap and commercial conflict, whether actual,
perceived or potential, pursuant to which, the Restricting Parties shall not undertake any business activities which
directly or indirectly in any manner whatsoever, competes with our Company.
Further, our Promoters may become involved in ventures that may potentially compete with our Company. The
60interests of our Promoters may conflict with the interests of our other Shareholders and our Promoters may, for
business considerations or otherwise, cause our Company to take actions, or refrain from taking actions, in order
to benefit themselves instead of our Company’s interests or the interests of its other Shareholders which may be
harmful to our Company’s interests or the interests of our other Shareholders and materially adversely impact our
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We cannot assure you that our Directors, our Promoter Group and our Group Companies will not
provide competitive services or otherwise compete in business lines in which we are already present or will enter
into in the future. In such event, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely
affected. For details, see “Our Management – Interest of Directors”, “Our Subsidiary – Common pursuits” and
“Our Group Companies – Common pursuits” on pages 453, 444 and 691, respectively.
Further, due to the nature of our business, certain of our Subsidiaries (including step down subsidiaries) operate
in a similar line of business covering the entire value chain of solar sector, therefore, there is a theoretical
possibility of conflicts of interest in allocating business opportunities between us and our Subsidiaries. We cannot
assure you that there will not be any conflict of interest between our Company and our Subsidiaries in the future.
21. Our business is subject to weather-related variations and is largely dependent on the weather conditions
of the location where the project to be executed is situated. Curtailed activity due to adverse weather
conditions, particularly unseasonal rains may restrict our ability to carry on project activities thereby
adversely affecting our revenues and business operations.
Our business operations are dependent on the location where the project to be executed is situated. The weather
conditions which include factors such as heavy rains, landslides, floods during the monsoon season, each of which
may restrict our ability to carry on project activities and fully utilize our resources during the season. Our ability
to transport the required manpower and machinery to such location are also critical to our timely completion of
the projects. During periods of curtailed activity due to adverse weather conditions, particularly unseasonal rains,
we may continue to incur overhead and financing expenses, but our revenues from operations may be delayed or
reduced. Adverse seasonal developments may also require the evacuation of personnel, suspension or curtailment
of operations, resulting in damage to project sites or delays in the delivery of raw materials. Any such fluctuations
may adversely affect our total income, cash flows, results of operations and financial conditions.
Continued unfavorable weather could also unexpectedly delay the installation of solar power projects, which could
result in a delay in project completion and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
22. There are certain criminal proceedings pending against Kamal Mehta, one of our Promoter Group
members, which if decided against him may lead to a loss of reputation for our Company.
On December 17, 2014, an FIR was filed under sections 420, 467, 468 and 120B of the Indian Penal Code, 1868
(“IPC”), by the Special Thana, Special Operations Group, Jaipur against Ashok Vishnoi and Shyam Singh Meena
and subsequently the Police authorities, acting on intelligence, arrested Shyam Singh Meena, Darshil Ajmera,
Manoj Kumar Pareek, Kamal Mehta, Ashok Kumar Saran and Puneet Godawat on the allegations of conducting
forged examinations for obtaining fake degrees. The accused persons are presently on bail. The Police filed the
chargesheet on March 16, 2015, which states that during the search and seizure operations conducted by the Police
authorities, mark-sheets, application forms, admission cards and unchecked answer sheets were found from Kamal
Mehta’s premises. The Police authorities have claimed that ₹164.20 million were deposited in the bank account
of Jodhpur National University (“JNU”) as the proceeds of crime generated by Kamal Mehta by distribution of
fake degrees and diplomas of JNU to private students. Kamal Mehta is the Chairman of JNU. It is further alleged
that Kamal Mehta, along with the other accused persons, conspired a scheme for earning by cheating students by
issuance of fake mark sheets, thereby contravening the aforesaid sections of the IPC. The alleged modus operandi
involved appointment of four national coordinators on the basis of forged signatures of the Registrar, JNU. The
four national coordinators ran their respective educational institutions and the fake examinations were conducted
at these institutions, on the basis of which 25,003 fake marksheets/degrees were issued of JNU.
Basis the above allegations, the Enforcement Directorate (“ED”), Zonal Office, Jaipur recorded a case of money
laundering on July 8, 2015, under the provisions of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (“PMLA”)
and initiated investigations. Upon investigations, the ED alleged that ₹223.00 million was received by Kamal
Mehta from the four national coordinators and the same is prima facie the proceeds of crime, and that the said
amounts were utilized towards purchase of movable and immovable properties by Kamal Mehta. It was alleged
61that Kamal Mehta placed, layered and integrated the said proceeds of crime into a number of bank accounts so as
to conceal the source of the ill-gotten money before utilizing it for purchase of movable and immovable properties,
and prayed for provisional attachment of the immovable properties and the bank accounts of Kamal Mehta, JNU
and other entities. The details of such immovable properties are as below:
Address of Property Area of Name Details of Total Involvement of the
Propert of Registration Purchase promoter in the payment
y Owner Value of consideration
including
registratio
n fee and
stamp
duty
(₹ million)
Flat No. B-305, 3rd 1,330 Ketan Book No. 1, 6.83 Cheques amounting to ₹0.82
Floor, Shiv Gyan Sq. ft. Mehta Jild No. 872, million issued from the joint
Luxura Building Plot super Page No. 5, Sl. account of Kamal Mehta and
No. G-2 Rajmahal built up No. Ketan Mehta held with
Scheme, Jamna Lal 201539700978 Kotak Mahindra Bank no.
Bajaj Marg, Jaipur 4 and Sale 02730010001488 in which
along with servant Deed No. ₹2,300,000 has been
room no. 08 201539701618 transferred from OD A/c No.
5 dated August 712009300127514 of
06, 2015 Kushal Education Trust in
which total ₹159.9 million
has been transferred from
three bank accounts in which
proceeds of crime was
received.
SGJ/2BR/GF/66(SFJ/1 83.61 Kamal Sale Deed not 1.22 All cheques were issued
05)Shubhangan, Sq. Mtr Mehta executed from the ICICI Bank A/c No.
Omaxe City, Extn., and 001201056555 of Surya
Jaipur Ketan Nagari Education Society in
Mehta which proceeds of crime of
₹25.00 million has been
received during the year
2014.
SFJ/2BR/GF/75(SFJ/1 83.61 Kamal Sale Deed not 1.22 All cheques were issued
06) Shubhangan, Sq. Mtr Mehta executed from ICICI Bank A/c No.
Omaxe City, Extn., and 001201056555 of Surya
Jaipur Ketan Nagari Education Society in
Mehta which proceeds of crime of
₹25.00 million has been
received during the year
2014.
SFJ/2BR/SF/66(SFJ/1 85.19 Kamal Sale Deed not 1.12 All cheques were issued
07) Shubhangan, Sq. Mtr. Mehta executed from ICICI Bank A/c No.
Omaxe City, Extn., and 001201056555 of Surya
Jaipur Ketan Nagari Education Society in
Mehta which proceeds of crime of
₹25.00 million has been
received during the year
2014.
SFJ/2BR/SF/75(SFJ/1 85.19 Kamal Sale Deed not 1.12 All cheques were issued
08) Shubhangan, Sq. Mtr. Mehta executed from ICICI Bank A/c No.
Omaxe City, Extn., and 001201056555 of Surya
Jaipur Ketan Nagari Education Society in
Mehta which proceeds of crime of
₹25.00 million has been
62Address of Property Area of Name Details of Total Involvement of the
Propert of Registration Purchase promoter in the payment
y Owner Value of consideration
including
registratio
n fee and
stamp
duty
(₹ million)
received during the year
2014.
SFJ/2BR/FF/66(SFJ/1 85.19 Kamal Sale Deed not 1.02 All cheques were issued
09) Shubhangan, Sq. Mtr. Mehta executed from ICICI Bank A/c No.
Omaxe City, Extn., and 001201056555 of Surya
Jaipur Ketan Nagari Education Society in
Mehta which proceeds of crime of
₹25.00 million has been
received during the year
2014.
SFJ/2BR/FF/75(SFJ/1 85.19 Kamal Sale Deed not 1.02 All cheques were issued
10) Shubhangan, Sq. Mtr. Mehta executed from ICICI Bank A/c No.
Omaxe City, Extn., and 001201056555 of Surya
Jaipur Ketan Nagari Education Society in
Mehta which proceeds of crime of
₹25.00 million has been
received during the year
2014.
By an order dated July 20, 2020, the Deputy Director of ED provisionally attached the immovable and movable
properties amounting to ₹129.80 million. The Adjudicating Authority under the PMLA by an order dated February
5, 2021, has ordered for release of certain immovable properties on an appeal by Kamal Mehta and Ketan Mehta
as the same did not have any direct or indirect linkage with the property derived or obtained from the commission
of the scheduled offence.
The matter is currently sub-judice.
While no adverse findings have been made against our Company or our Promoter and the proceedings initiated
under the PMLA pertain exclusively to the alleged acts and properties connected to Kamal Mehta (including one
property owned by our Promoter, Ketan Mehta) and do not implicate the Company in any manner, either directly
or indirectly, we cannot provide assurance on the ultimate outcome of the proceedings. Any adverse decision
against Kamal Mehta may, however, affect the reputation and credibility of our Promoter and his family, and
consequently impact our business and operations.
23. Our proposed solar cell manufacturing involves inherent environmental, operational and regulatory
risks. Compliance with environmental and safety regulations will require significant investment in
specialized infrastructure, treatment facilities and waste management systems. If we are unable to
effectively manage the associated environmental, operational and regulatory risks, our solar cell
manufacturing project may experience delays, incur higher costs, or become economically unviable,
which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and
prospects.
We intend to set up a solar cell manufacturing facility, which involves inherent environmental, operational and
regulatory risks. According to CRISIL Report, the solar PV manufacturing process uses materials that can generate
hazardous waste. Production processes such as etching, doping and coating, can generate greenhouse gas
emissions, volatile organic compounds and acid gases. Some materials used to make solar cells, such as cadmium,
lead, arsenic and selenium, are toxic and can create health and environmental risks if not handled properly. Water
consumption during production is also significant, especially for the production of silicon wafers, which need to
be purified, cut and polished with large amounts of water. These challenges can impact costs, operational
efficiency and the overall feasibility of a project.
63Compliance with environmental and safety regulations will require significant investment in specialized
infrastructure, treatment facilities and waste management systems. Any failure to properly store, handle, recycle
or dispose of hazardous substances may expose us to liabilities, penalties, fines or regulatory action. In addition,
increased scrutiny by regulators and stricter environmental standards may result in higher compliance costs or
delays in the construction and operation of our proposed facility. We are yet to commence operations in solar cell
manufacturing, and if we are unable to effectively manage the associated environmental, operational and
regulatory risks, our solar cell manufacturing project may experience delays, incur higher costs, or become
economically unviable, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of
operations and prospects.
24. Any downgrading of our credit rating may increase interest rates for our future borrowings, which
would increase our cost of borrowings, and adversely affect our ability to borrow on a competitive basis.
The table below provides details of the credit ratings for the last three Fiscals:
Instrument Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
/ Rating Total Date Ratings Total Date Ratings Total Date Ratings
Type Amount Amount Amount
of Bank of Bank of Bank
Loan Loan Loan
Facilities Facilities Facilities
(₹ (₹ (₹
million) million) million)
Long term 1,597.20 October CARE 1,000.00 December CARE 805.50 September CARE
bank 10, A-; 19, 2023 A-; 21, 2022 A-;
facilities 2024 Positive Stable Stable
Long term/ 7,522.80 October CARE 2,900.00 December CARE 1,794.50 September CARE
short term 10, A-; 19, 2023 A-; 21, 2022 A-;
bank 2024 Positive Stable / Stable /
facilities / CARE CARE CARE
A2+ A2+ A2+
Short term 380.00 October CARE 400.00 December CARE 100.00 September CARE
bank 10, A2+ 19, 2023 A2+ 21, 2022 A2+
facilities 2024
Our credit rating reflects, amongst other things, the rating agency’s opinion of our financial strength, operating
performance, strategic position, and our ability to meet our repayment obligations in a timely manner. Our credit
rating may be downgraded in the future due to various factors, including factors which may be outside our control.
Our inability to obtain such credit rating in a timely manner or any non-availability of credit ratings, or poor
ratings, or any downgrade in our ratings may increase borrowing costs and constrain our access to capital and
lending markets and, as a result, could adversely affect our business and results of operations. In addition, non-
availability of credit ratings could increase the possibility of additional terms and conditions being added to any
new or replacement financing arrangements.
25. Our Promoters namely Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar Sharma, Sanjay Garudapally and Richa Sharma
along with few members of Promoter Groups and certain third parties, have provided guarantees in
connection with our borrowings aggregating to ₹5,132.38 million as on July 31, 2025. Our business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected by the revocation of
all or any of the guarantees provided by our Promoters, members of Promoter Groups or third parties
in connection with our Company’s borrowings.
Our Promoters, Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar Sharma, Sanjay Garudapally and Richa Sharma along with few
members of Promoter Groups and certain third parties, have provided personal guarantees to lenders for our
borrowings. Total outstanding amount of our borrowings secured by way of personal guarantees of our Promoters,
members of Promoter Group and third parties is ₹5,132.38 million as on July 31, 2025. Further, the total
sanctioned amount of our borrowings, secured by way of personal guarantees extended by our Promoters,
members of Promoter Group and third parties is ₹ ₹9,110.20 million as on July 31, 2025. In addition, the respective
guarantors are also responsible for any overdue interest or penalties on our borrowings. While no such guarantees
have been invoked so far, however, if any of these guarantees are revoked, our lenders may require alternative
guarantees or cancel such loans or facilities, entailing repayment of amounts outstanding under such facilities. If
we are unable to procure alternative guarantees which are satisfactory to our lenders, we may need to seek
64alternative sources of capital, which may not be available to us at commercially reasonable terms or at all, or we
may have to agree to more onerous terms under our financing agreements, which may limit our operational
flexibility. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely
affected by the revocation of all or any of the guarantees provided by our Promoters in connection with our
Company’s borrowings. None of the personal guarantees provided by our Promoters, members of the Promoter
Group or third parties have been revoked in the last three Fiscals. However, there can be no assurance that such
guarantees will not be revoked in the future. For further details, please see sections titled “Financial Information”
and “Financial Indebtedness” on pages 482 and 652, respectively.
26. Our Company in past experienced instances of delays in filing of certain forms and documents with the
Registrar of Companies as well as instances of incorrect filings. Such instances of delayed and incorrect
statutory filings with the Registrar of Companies may expose us to regulatory scrutiny and penalties.
Our Company is required to comply with various statutory and regulatory filing requirements under the
Companies Act, 2013, including timely and accurate submission of forms and disclosures with the Registrar of
Companies. There have been instances where the Company has experienced delays in filing certain forms and
documents with the Registrar of Companies as well as instances of incorrect filings. While some of these have
subsequently been rectified and revised forms have been filed with RoC, certain gaps or deficiencies continue to
remain. Any such delays or inaccuracies may expose the Company to regulatory scrutiny, penalties, or other legal
consequences.
Further, our Company has, in the past, contravened certain provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 as mentioned
in the table below. If we are subject to penalties in the future or other regulatory actions in relation to such non-
compliances, our reputation, business, and results of operations could be adversely affected. One such instance
and corrective actions taken by our Company are set out below:
Fiscal Details of non-compliance Corrective steps
2017 The consolidated financial statements for Fiscal Our Company filed the adopted consolidated
2017 were adopted at the annual general meeting financial statements for Fiscal 2017 with the
held on September 28, 2018 for Fiscal 2018 Registrar of Companies on September 21, 2025,
instead of the annual general meeting held on in form no. GNL-2 and has also filed a
September 28, 2017 for Fiscal 2017. Further, the compounding application with the relevant
prescribed form for filing of adopted consolidated authorities.
financial statements for Fiscal 2017 was not filed.
Further, non-compliance with statutory filing requirements could result in fines, additional fees, or, in certain
cases, restrictions on the Company’s ability to undertake certain corporate actions. Repeated or significant non-
compliance may also affect the Company’s reputation and compliance track record, potentially impacting its
relationships with regulatory authorities, investors, and other stakeholders. While the Company endeavours to
strengthen its internal compliance framework and ensure timely and accurate filings, there can be no assurance
that such delays, incorrect filings, or missing records will not recur in the future. Any continued lapses may lead
to regulatory notices, increased compliance costs, or additional obligations to rectify past deficiencies. If the
Company is unable to ensure consistent and complete compliance with secretarial filing requirements, it may face
regulatory risks that could adversely affect its operations, governance, and overall business standing.
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, no action has been undertaken by the Registrar of Companies
for above said non-compliance, however, we cannot assure you that the Registrar of Companies will not take any
action or impose any penalty in the future in relation to such non-compliance. Any such enforcement action could
have an adverse effect on our reputation, investor confidence, business operations, and financial performance.
There can be no assurance that such lapses will not occur in the future, or that we will be able to rectify or mitigate
such lapses in a timely manner, or at all.
27. There are pending litigations against our Company, Directors, Key Managerial Personnel, Senior
Management, Promoters, and Subsidiaries and some of the case papers and records are not available
with our Company. Any adverse decision in such proceedings may render us / them liable to liabilities /
penalties and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In the ordinary course of business, our Company, Directors, Key Managerial Personnel, Senior Management,
Promoters, and Subsidiaries may be involved in certain legal proceedings pending at different levels of
adjudication before various courts and tribunals. A summary of outstanding litigation proceedings involving our
65Company, Directors, Key Managerial Personnel, Senior Management, Promoter, and Subsidiaries as on the date
of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus as disclosed in the section titled “Outstanding Litigation and Material
Developments” in terms of the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the Materiality Policy is provided below:
Particulars Criminal Tax Statutory Disciplinary Material Aggregate
Proceedings Proceedings or actions by Civil amount
Regulatory SEBI or Litigation* involved**
Proceeding Stock (in ₹
Exchanges million)
our
Promoters
in the last
five Fiscals
Company
By our Company 2 Nil Nil Not 5 379.71
applicable
Against our 3 42 1 Not 5 237.74
Company applicable
Directors (excluding Promoter Directors)
By our Directors Nil Nil Nil Not Nil Nil
applicable
Against our Nil Nil Nil Not Nil Nil
Directors applicable
Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management (Excluding our Promoter Directors)
By our Key Nil Not Nil Not Not Nil
Managerial applicable applicable applicable
Personnel and
Senior
Management
Against our Key 3 Not 3 Not Not 1.09
Managerial applicable applicable applicable
Personnel and
Senior
Management
Subsidiaries
By our Nil Nil Nil Not 1 Nil
Subsidiaries applicable
Against our Nil 15 Nil Not 4 92.62
Subsidiaries applicable
Promoters
By our Promoters 3 Nil Nil Nil Nil 5
Against our 4 11 Nil Nil Nil 0.09
Promoters
*This comprises the pending proceedings which may have a material impact on our Company, in accordance with the
Materiality Policy.
**To the extent quantifiable
For further information, please see “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments” on page 668 for
outstanding actions by regulatory authorities, statutory authorities, courts on safety/ environmental / consumer
protection, etc. and disciplinary action including penalties imposed by SEBI or stock exchanges in the last three
Fiscals. The above table includes the outstanding litigations, that are in the knowledge of our Company as on the
date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Any litigation proceeding which are not in the knowledge of our
Company or that may arise in future will be informed duly.
Our Company is required to maintain and retain various documents, records, and case papers pertaining to its
operations, statutory compliances, litigations, and other matters. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus, certain case papers or records, including but not limited to those related to legal proceedings,
regulatory filings, contracts, and other relevant matters, are not available with our Company or its team. The
absence of such documents may impact our Company's ability to respond to ongoing or future legal, regulatory,
66or compliance-related queries or actions, and may hamper our Company’s ability to defend itself adequately
against existing or future claims or liabilities.
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no litigation involving the Group Companies which
may have a material impact on business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
Involvement in such proceedings could divert our management’s time and attention and consume financial
resources. Also, unfavourable orders could have an adverse impact on our business, cash flows, results of
operations and financial condition. We cannot assure you that these legal proceedings will be decided in our favour
and that no further liability will arise out of these proceedings or would not have a material adverse effect on the
business, financial condition and results of operation of our Company. Even if we are successful in defending
such cases, we may be subject to legal and other costs incurred pursuant to defending such litigation, and such
costs may be substantial and not recoverable. Our Company is in the process of litigating these matters. In the
event of any adverse rulings in these proceedings or consequent levy of penalties including for amounts beyond
the provisions currently made by us, we may need to make payments or make further provisions for future
payments, which may increase expenses and current or contingent liabilities.
Additionally, there may be proceedings or matters involving our Company before various legal/judicial bodies
including those that may be criminal, civil or tax matters in nature in relation to which our Company has not
received any notice or summons or any other form of communication, or such proceedings may not have been
admitted before the respective courts or adjudicating authority and accordingly such matters have not been
disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. An adverse outcome in any of these proceedings, either
individually or in aggregate, may affect our business, reputation, prospects, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.
28. Solar PV manufacturing is advancing towards more efficient and cheaper cell and module technologies.
Any changes in technology can shift demand towards newer products, rendering existing inventory less
desirable. We may be unable to adapt in a timely manner to changing market conditions, evolving
customer requirements or technological changes due to which our business, financial condition and
results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Solar PV manufacturing is advancing towards more efficient and cheaper cell and module technologies. Any
changes in technology can shift demand towards newer products, rendering existing inventory less desirable. All
technology know-how and even manufacturing lines and installation personnel for new PV cell and module lines,
being set up currently, are coming mostly from Chinese suppliers. Players that adapt to the technological shifts in
the manufacturing industry are known to benefit over the period. Therefore, maintaining high quality standards
and keeping up with rapid technological advancements can be challenging for this industry. If our solar cell
technology becomes obsolete in the future, it may affect our ability to successfully market our products to third
parties, and we may also be unable to use them for captive consumption in projects that mandate DCR compliance.
Further, the solar power market is still developing, and the extent of its acceptance as a source of energy generation
remains uncertain. In certain geographies in which we operate or intend to operate, the solar power market is at a
relatively early or nascent stage of development, and there can be no assurance that a sustainable market for solar
power will emerge. Many factors may affect the viability of widespread adoption of solar power technology and
demand for solar power, and the need for and viability of solar power projects, including, but not limited to:
• rapid technological changes and advancements in solar PV technologies (such as next-generation modules,
higher efficiency cells, storage integration, or hybrid solutions), which may render our existing or proposed
products obsolete or less competitive;
• cost-effectiveness, performance and reliability of solar power compared to traditional energy sources and
other renewable energy sources and the availability of grid capacity to dispatch power generated from solar
power projects;
• success of other alternative energy generation technologies, such as wind power, hydroelectric power and
biomass power;
• public perceptions of the direct and indirect benefits of adopting renewable energy technology;
• the availability of suitable storage solutions for solar energy to ensure continuity of energy supply;
• price volatility of solar power equipment, such as modules, inverters, trackers and transformers;
• fluctuations in economic and market conditions that may affect the viability of traditional and other
alternative renewable energy sources, such as increases or decreases in the prices of oil and other fossil
fuels;
67• decreases in capital expenditures by end-users of solar power projects;
• the cost of capital and availability of credit, loans and other forms of financing for solar power projects;
• the availability of government subsidies and incentives to support the development of the solar power
industry, such as capital cost rebates, feed-in tariffs, tax credits, net metering and other incentives to end
users; and
• regulations and policies governing the solar power or electric utility industries that may present technical,
regulatory or economic barriers to the establishment of solar power projects and the purchase and use of
solar energy.
If solar photovoltaic technology is regarded as unsuitable for widespread adoption or if technological
advancements result in more efficient or cost-effective alternatives than those we can provide, or the demand for
solar power projects fails to develop or takes longer to develop than we anticipate, our revenues may decline, and
we may be unable to sustain our profitability. While we have not experienced a material decline in demand or
technological obsolescence in the past three Fiscal, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur in
the future, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and
growth prospects.
29. Our outstanding trade receivables as on March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, were ₹
5,528.02 million, ₹ 2,006.27 million and ₹ 1,621.69 million representing 45.29%, 19.13% and 20.88%
of total revenue from operations respectively. We may not be able to collect receivables due from our
customers, in a timely manner, or at all. A significant delay in, or non-receipt of large payments, or non-
performance by our customers, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.
The credit period offered by our customer is generally longer than what we grant to us by our business partners
and suppliers. There can be no assurance that we will not experience significant cash flow mismatches in the
future, that our business partners and suppliers will continue to extend longer credit periods than we offer our
customers, or that our cash flow management measures will function properly, or at all. This risk may be
exacerbated if there is a further decrease in the holding period of trade payables, an increase in the price of raw
materials, spares and components, or a requirement to pay excessive advances for procurement of materials.
The table below sets forth our trade receivables and allowance for doubtful debts as of the dates stated:
Particulars As of March As of March As of March
31, 2025 31, 2024 31, 2023
Trade receivables (Amount in ₹ millions) 5,528.02 2,006.27 1,621.69
Trade receivables as percentage of total revenue from 45.29 19.13 20.88
operations
Trade receivables Days 165 70 76
Trade receivables ageing schedule of undisputed trade receivables – considered good
Outstanding for less than 6 months 4,803.03 1,489.64 1,272.26
Outstanding for more than 6 months 68.32 494.78 280.24
The financial condition of our customers, suppliers and other counterparties may be affected by the performance
of their businesses, which in turn may be impacted by factors beyond our control, including general economic
conditions. A slowdown in the economy or a potential credit crisis could cause our customers or suppliers to suffer
business disruptions, face financial distress, lose access to credit markets, or file for insolvency or bankruptcy
protection. There can be no assurance regarding the continued viability of our counterparties or our ability to
accurately assess their creditworthiness. Such conditions could cause customers to delay payments, request
modifications of payment terms, or default on obligations, all of which could increase our receivables.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to collect all or any part of overdue payments. A significant delay
in, or non-receipt of, large payments, or non-performance by our customers, suppliers or other counterparties
could adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations. Timely collection of dues from customers also
depends on our ability to complete contractual commitments and subsequently bill and collect from them. If we
are unable to meet contractual obligations, we may experience delays in collection, or be unable to collect
customer balances, which could adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations.
6830. We do not have long-term agreements with our suppliers of equipment and materials and therefore are
susceptible to potential unavailability of equipment and materials, which could have an adverse impact
on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We do not have long-term agreements with our suppliers for the procurement of equipment and materials, and our
reliance on third-party suppliers without fixed price or exclusive arrangements exposes us to supply chain risks.
Our procurement is primarily on a need basis through short-term purchase orders with staggered delivery
schedules of one to two months. While we seek to source from diverse suppliers, the growing demand for solar
power products may lead to increasing pressure on the solar value chain. In the future, industry-wide fluctuations
in raw material supply and pricing may adversely impact our procurement. Although we have not faced material
disruptions in the past, we may experience delays or be compelled to purchase at higher costs.
Potential disruptions such as supplier insolvency, natural disasters, regulatory restrictions, or suppliers prioritizing
competitors could result in delays, higher costs, or shortages. Our ability to find suitable alternatives is further
constrained by environmental, manufacturing, and quality compliance requirements under applicable laws and
customer contracts. Additionally, as we typically do not have exclusive arrangements, our suppliers may prioritize
competitors. Any interruption in the availability of raw materials could impair our ability to meet contractual
obligations, affect production timelines, and materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations,
financial condition, and cash flows.
31. Solar power industry and our Company are dependent on imports from China for supply of certain
equipment and materials. Any geopolitical tension disrupting the supply of raw materials, components,
or finished goods from China could adversely impact our ability to meet customer demand, potentially
causing delays, increased costs, or loss of business which may adversely affect our business, operations,
and financial condition.
China’s dominance in the global PV supply chain is evident, with more than 80% of cell and module
manufacturing lines located in the country. Over the years, the country has gained a competitive advantage because
of monetary and non-monetary policy support from government schemes, leading to a concentration of
manufacturing capacity and creating a high degree of dependence on China. (Source: CRISIL Report)
We have relationships with a diversified group of suppliers globally including supplier from China, which helps
us source equipment, such as solar modules, string inverters, central inverters, transformers, panels, string
combiner boxes, cables and other solar equipment at competitive costs. However, we also source subcontractors
locally, whenever feasible, and procure certain raw materials from local suppliers, where there is a cost advantage
or to comply with local regulations.
Any disruption in the availability of raw materials, components, or finished goods from China could adversely
impact the Company’s ability to meet customer demand, leading to delays, increased costs, or loss of business.
Additionally, the geopolitical relationship between India and China remains complex and has been subject to
tensions in the past. Any deterioration in diplomatic relations, trade policies, or imposition of import restrictions,
tariffs, or sanctions by the Indian Government on Chinese goods could significantly affect the Company’s
operations. While we have not experienced any material disruption in the last three Fiscals, there can be no
assurance that such events will not occur in the future and adversely impact our business, financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows.
Further, global supply chain disruptions, such as those caused by the COVID-19 pandemic or geopolitical
conflicts, could also impact imports from China. If the Company is unable to diversify its sourcing or mitigate
risks associated with its dependence on China, it may face increased costs, operational disruptions, and potential
loss of competitive advantage. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully navigate
these challenges without adversely affecting its business, profitability, and financial position.
6932. We engage third-party contractors to perform parts of our work or provide services or manpower. The
success of our projects therefore also depends on the performance of various third parties, including
our contractors and service providers. Our dependence on third-party contractors, service providers and
labour may impact our project execution and operations. Any delay or default by them could affect
project timelines, adversely impacting our reputation, operations, cash flows, results and financial
condition.
We engage third-party contractors to perform parts of our work or provide services or manpower. As on July 31,
2025, we have engaged 76 third-party contractors to perform parts of our work, provide services or manpower.
The success of our projects therefore also depends on the performance of various third parties, including our
contractors and service providers. While in past three Fiscal, we have not had instances of delay in performance
by our third-party contractors and service providers, since we do not control them, we cannot ensure they perform
their obligations and services satisfactorily, to a standard that meets our requirements or targeted quality levels in
relation to our projects. We may also not be able to recover compensation for any resulting defective work or
materials. We cannot ensure that there will be no delay in performance of duties by our contractors, which may
cause a delay in completion of our projects. We may also be exposed to risks relating to the ability of the
contractors to obtain requisite approvals for the operation and maintenance activities as well as the quality of their
services, equipment and supplies. In addition, we can make no assurance that such contractors or their sub-
contractors will continue to hold or renew valid registrations under the relevant labour laws in India or be able to
obtain the requisite approvals for undertaking such construction and operation.
Our contractors and service providers may also face financial, legal or other difficulties which may affect their
ability to continue with a project. If our contractors are unable to perform in accordance with their commitments
on time or meet the quality standards required, our ability to complete projects on time or at all could be impaired.
This may have an adverse effect on our reputation, cash flows, business, results of operations and financial
condition.
Further, success of our operations also depends on availability of labour and maintaining cordial relationships
with our labour force. As of June 31, 2025, we had 392 permanent employees and 474 contract workers working
at our various project site. As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our employees are not members
of any organised labour unions. Notwithstanding, strikes or disputes with our labour force may adversely affect
our operations, which may have an impact on agreed timelines. While we have not had instance of strikes or
labour disputes in the last three Fiscals, we cannot assure you that we shall not experience any strikes or labour
disputes in the future. Such events could disrupt our operations and may have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although we have not experienced any significant disruptions at any of our project sites in last three Fiscals, we
cannot assure you that there will not be any disruptions in our operations in the future. Our inability to effectively
respond to such events, manage our work efficiently and resolve any disruptions, in a timely manner and at an
acceptable cost, could lead to the slowdown or shutdown of our operations, which in turn may have an adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
33. We are required to furnish bank guarantee to various stakeholders, including government authorities
and customers and as of July 31, 2025, we have furnished bank guarantee to various stakeholders
aggregating to ₹ 3,569.34 million. Our inability to arrange for or renew such bank guarantee in a timely
manner or any invocation of such bank guarantee may adversely affect our cash flow.
As part of our business operations, we are required to furnish bank guarantees to various stakeholders, including
government authorities and private customers. These guarantees serve as financial assurances to counterparties
such as government authorities, customers, and other stakeholders. As on July 31, 2025, we have furnished bank
guarantee to various stakeholders aggregating to ₹ 3,569.34 million. The ability to secure and maintain such
guarantees depends on factors such as our financial position, creditworthiness, and banking relationships. Any
inability to arrange for or renew required bank guarantees in a timely manner may hinder our ability to bid for or
execute contracts, leading to potential business disruptions and loss of revenue.
During the last three fiscals, three bank guarantees aggregating to ₹16.44 million furnished by us under EPC
contracts were invoked. Any invocation of bank guarantees by counterparties may require us to make immediate
cash payments, which could adversely impact our cash flows, working capital, and overall financial condition.
Repeated or significant instances of such invocations may also affect the Company’s credit rating and ability to
secure future financing, further exacerbating liquidity risks.
7034. As of July 31, 2025, we have been granted / agreed to be granted 10 connectivity approvals from State
Transmission Utilities (“STU”) and Inter-State Transmission Systems (“ISTS”) and have applied for
additional 11 connectivity approvals which are in various stages of approval. Any delays, modifications,
or rejections may hinder project execution, causing cost overruns, liquidated damages, or cancellations.
Our ability to successfully implement and operate renewable energy projects depends significantly on obtaining
timely and adequate grid connectivity approvals from STU and ISTS. As of July 31, 2025, we have been granted
or agreed to be granted 10 such connectivity approvals as per below table:
Sl. No. Connectivity Type Capacity (MWp) RE Source Status*
1. ISTS 350.00 Solar Granted
2. ISTS 300.00 Solar Agreed to Grant
3. ISTS 300.00 Wind Agreed to Grant
4. ISTS 300.00 Wind Agreed to Grant
5. ISTS 300.00 Wind Agreed to Grant
6. ISTS 300.00 Solar Agreed to Grant
7. ISTS 300.00 Wind Agreed to Grant
8. STU 50.00 Solar Granted
9. STU 50.00 Solar Granted
10. STU 50.00 Solar Granted
Total 2,300.00
*‘Granted’ refers to STU and ISTS connectivity for which we have received the final connectivity certificate. ‘Agreed to Grant’
refers to STU and ISTS connectivity in which we have been allotted the connectivity, but we are yet to receive the final
connectivity certificate.
For connectivity approvals already granted, timely utilisation is essential for project execution, while for approvals
agreed to be granted, it is critical that we progress to the grant stage and obtain the final connectivity certificates.
Any delay, inability to utilise granted approvals, or failure to secure final approvals for those agreed to be granted
may adversely affect project commissioning, lead to cost overruns, liquidated damages under power purchase
agreements, cancellation of projects, and negatively impact our timelines, revenues and profitability.
We have also applied for an additional 11 connectivity approvals which are currently in various stages of approval.
Any delay, modification, rejection or revocation of these approvals may adversely impact our ability to
commission and operate projects within the proposed timelines, which in turn may lead to cost overruns, liquidated
damages under power purchase agreements, or even cancellation of certain projects. Further, ISTS approvals are
critical for utility-scale independent power producer (“IPP”) projects as they enable sale of power across multiple
states. In the absence of such approvals, our ability to diversify our off-taker base and optimize revenues may be
constrained, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
35. In our Co-Development Business model, we rely on transmission lines and other transmission and
distribution facilities that are owned and operated by the Central and State Governments. Any
constraints in the availability of the electricity grid, including our inability to obtain access to
transmission lines in a timely and cost-efficient manner, could adversely affect our business, results of
operations and cash flows.
We generally rely on transmission lines and other transmission and distribution facilities that are owned and
operated by the Central and State Governments.
According to CRISIL Report, slow expansion of transmission infrastructure is another critical challenge. Solar-
rich remote areas often lack adequate grid connectivity, which poses a severe bottleneck for India’s renewable
ambitions over the long term. Building new transmission lines can take three or more years and is frequently
delayed by right-of-way disputes, difficult terrain (rivers, hilly areas), and environmental clearance issues. Until
grid upgrades catch up, many completed solar farms operate below capacity or cannot deliver power, straining
EPC project timelines.
Projects dependent on dedicated transmission lines involve additional risks such as higher capital expenditure,
potential delays in obtaining right of way approvals, and mismatch in project commissioning and line readiness.
On the other hand, reliance on state-owned grid infrastructure exposes us to risks of congestion, delays in
connectivity approvals, and uncertainty around timely availability. Any of these factors could result in project
71delays, time and cost overruns, and adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial
condition.
Further, where we do not have access to available transmission and distribution networks, we may engage
contractors to build transmission lines and other related infrastructure, which exposes us to additional costs and
related risks, such as obtaining right of way approvals from landowners, which may delay and increase the costs
of our assets under construction. We may not be able to secure access to the available transmission and distribution
networks at reasonable prices, on time or at all. This could adversely affect our business, results of operations and
cash flows.
36. We operate in a competitive industry and face certain competitive pressures from the existing
competitors and new entrants in both public and private sector and we may not be successful in bidding
and winning for solar power projects to grow our business which could have material impact on our
business operations.
Our business significantly depends on our ability to continually win bids for solar power projects and our current
business strategy focuses on increasing the number of solar power projects and expanding our operations into new
geographies. We have been, and continue to be, involved in bidding for various tenders with the government and
government-controlled entities in the future both domestically and internationally. In accordance with the terms
of these tenders, the bidder who is selected as the lowest bidder (L-1) may sometime be called for final negotiations
on the project. As per standard industry practice, lowest bidders (L-1) must conclude contracts from the customer,
however we cannot assure that the same will be the case every time. Submitting a competitive bid for these projects
auction requires extensive research, planning, due diligence and a willingness to operate with low operating
margins for sustained periods of time. If we miscalculate or misjudge and incorrectly factor the costs of
construction, development, land acquisition and price of the components, the economics of successful bids may
be affected, and the projects may become economically unviable. Any strategy of quoting the lowest bid for such
contract from customer poses a risk to our profitability and sustainability. While this approach may have
contributed to the past in securing contracts, it may not be sustainable in long term. In the Fiscals 2025, 2024 and
2023, we participated in bids for 27 projects, and we have won 6 projects and have lost 21 projects to our
competitors. Some of our contracts also have termination provisions at the discretion of the customers. In addition,
these contracts may be subject to changes in the scope of services to be provided as well as adjustments to the
costs relating to the contracts. In the event of cancellation, termination, suspension or changes in terms of such
contracts, it may have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Further, in India the projects by government or government-controlled entities are typically awarded after
following a competitive bidding process and satisfaction of prescribed qualification criteria. The criteria generally
include experience, technical expertise, reputation and sufficiency of financial resources. While we have been
satisfying the required criteria to bid for such projects in the past, there can be no assurance that we will continue
to meet such criteria in the future. We spend considerable time and resources in the preparation and submission
of bids, and there can be no assurance that we will be awarded such contracts. In addition, we cannot assure you
that we will bid where we have been qualified to submit a bid or that our bids, when submitted or if already
submitted, would be accepted.
As per CRISIL Report, our competitors are traditional global and domestic EPC solutions providers and solar
power companies such as Waaree Renewable Technologies Limited, Sterling and Wilson Renewable Energy
Limited, KPI Green Energy Limited, Oriana Power Limited, Jakson Green Limited. Our competitors may have
greater financial resources, a more effective or established local business presence with specific regional
advantages or ability to operate with little or no operating margins for sustained periods of time. Some of our
competitors may have advantages over us in terms of greater operational, technical, management or other
resources in particular markets or in general, better track records, stronger lender relations, as well as know-how
of regulatory and political challenges in the geographies in which we operate or into which we intend to expand
our operations. Our competitors may also have more experience than us in this business and a longer track record
of operations which may enable them to bid at more competitive rates compared to us. Such factors could have
an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and give a competitive
advantage to other market players. Any increase in competition during the bidding process or reduction in our
competitive capabilities could have a material adverse effect on our market share and on the margins we generate
from our solar power project portfolio.
In addition, our competitors may choose to enter into strategic alliances or form affiliates with other competitors
to our detriment. Suppliers or subcontractors may merge with our competitors which may limit the choice of
subcontractors we have available to us which may limit the flexibility of our overall service capabilities. There
72can be no assurance that our current or potential competitors will not offer the services we provide comparable or
superior to those that we offer at the same or lower prices; adapt more quickly to industry challenges; or expand
their operations at a faster pace than we do. Increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced profit
margins and loss of market share, thereby causing a material adverse effect on our operations, prospects and
financial condition.
Any actual or alleged misconduct, negligence, fraud, or non-compliance by our employees, agents, contractors,
or business partners could expose us to regulatory scrutiny, penalties, reputational harm, and potential termination
of contracts. In addition, failure on our part to comply with applicable laws, regulations, contractual obligations,
or industry standards may adversely impact our eligibility to participate in bids, weaken our ability to win future
contracts, and damage our relationships with customers, including PSUs and C&I customers. Such events could
materially and adversely affect our business operations, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations, and
growth prospects.
Further, as part of our business development activities, we devote significant time and resources to evaluating
potential projects, preparing bids, and demonstrating our organizational capabilities to prospective customers. We
also incur costs on pre-qualification applications, pre-bid inspections, and preparation of tender documents. These
activities involve substantial time and expenditure, and there can be no assurance that the revenues generated from
awarded projects will adequately compensate for the costs incurred in connection with such business development
efforts.
37. Some of our Subsidiaries including step-down subsidiaries, have incurred losses during Fiscals 2025,
2024 and 2023, and if such losses continue in the future, our results of operations may be adversely
affected.
As on date of this DRHP, we have 55 Subsidiaries and 15 step-down Subsidiaries. For further details, please see
the sections titled “Our Subsidiaries” and “History and Certain Corporate Matters” on page 377 and 360
respectively.
Certain of our Subsidiaries (including former Subsidiaries and step-down Subsidiaries), have incurred losses in
the last three Fiscals for which their respective audited financial statements were available. The details of the
losses (after tax) incurred by our Subsidiaries for the periods indicated are set forth in the table below:
(Amount in ₹ million)
Sl. No. Name of the Subsidiary Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal
2025 2024 2023
1. Athani Solar Power Private Limited (0.03) (0.02) (0.01)
2. Brewer Energy Private Limited NA (0.01) (1.58)
3. Dadur Solar Power Private Limited (0.02) NA NA
4. Earth Solar Power Private Limited NA NA 4.94
5. Edirays Infrastructure Private Limited NA (0.07) (0.02)
6. Goraknath Solar Park Private Limited (0.06) NA NA
7. Hallur Solar Power Private Limited NA (10.34) (2.18)
8. Hangal Renewables Private Limited NA NA (0.02)
9. Hanur Solar Power Private Limited (0.35) NA NA
10. Hassan Solar Power Private Limited (0.02) NA NA
11. Haveri Solar Power Private Limited (0.06) (0.02) (0.01)
12. Honavar Solar Power Private Limited (0.04) (0.02) (0.01)
13. Hop Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited NA (0.01) (0.01)
14. Hop Electric Manufacturing Private Limited NA 0.59 2.66
15. Hop Electric Manufacturing Two Private Limited NA (0.04) (0.01)
16. Hop Electric Mobility Private Limited (0.00) (84.21) (56.83)
17. Hop Energy Network Private Limited NA (0.02) (0.02)
18. International Solar Corporation Private Limited NA NA 5.24
19. Jaunpur Solar Private Limited NA 0.62 (0.01)
20. Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited (1.54) NA NA
21. JRK Solar Projects Private Limited NA NA 17.81
73(Amount in ₹ million)
Sl. No. Name of the Subsidiary Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal
2025 2024 2023
22. Kaduru Solar Power Private Limited (0.08) NA NA
23. Kalgi Solar Power Private Limited (0.65) NA NA
24. Khimsar Solar Power Private Limited (5.23) (5.24) (0.02)
25. Kolar Solar Power Private Limited (0.38) NA NA
26. Kumbhari Renewables Private Limited NA (0.07) (0.01)
27. Malur Renewables Private Limited (0.17) (26.63) (0.03)
28. Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited (0.06) (1.46) (0.03)
29. Mulki Solar Power Private Limited (0.06) NA NA
30. Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited (0.08) (0.02) (0.02)
31. Osian Solar Power Private Limited NA (0.07) 0.09
32. Parola Renewables Private Limited NA NA (1.13)
33. Raibag Solar Power Private Limited NA (0.01) (0.01)
34. Rays Future Energy Solar Park Private Limited NA (0.03) (0.01)
35. Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited
140.97 0.14 (0.01)
(Formerly known as Savanur Solar Power Private Limited)
36. Rays Power Innovation and Development Ventures Private Limited 2.47 (0.06) (0.04)
37. RC Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP (0.06) (0.01) NA
38. Robertsganj Solar Private Limited NA 0.41 (0.02)
39. Rohat Solar Park Private Limited (0.07) (0.02) (0.03)
40. Runicha Solar Park Private Limited (0.06) (0.02) (0.01)
41. Sayala Solar Power Private Limited (0.06) (0.02) (0.03)
42. SCKR Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP (0.09) 1.50 0.06
43. Shining Sun Power (Telangana) Private Limited NA NA 10.47
44. Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited 0.01 1.64 17.85
45. Shining Technologies Venture Private Limited NA (0.06) (0.02)
46. Soraba Solar Power Private Limited NA NA (13.51)
47. Tinfra Solar Energy Private Limited (2.11) (0.02) (0.01)
48. Tirunveli Kadambur Project Private Limited NA NA (0.05)
49. Tirunveli Kayathar Project Private Limited NA NA (0.07)
50. Tirunveli Kothali Project Private Limited NA NA (0.08)
51. Tirunveli Kudiraikulam Project Private Limited NA NA (0.01)
52. Tirunveli Onamakulam Project Private Limited NA NA (0.07)
53. Tirunveli Ottanatham Project Private Limited NA NA (0.07)
54. Tirunveli Solar Project Private Limited NA NA 6.34
55. Tirunveli Thennanpatti Project Private Limited NA NA (0.01)
56. Tirunveli Vanchi Project Private Limited NA NA (0.06)
57. Tuticorin Solar Projects Private Limited 4.55 0.51 (0.01)
58. Urena Solar Power Private Limited NA (0.02) (0.01)
Note: ‘NA’ indicates that the entity was not a subsidiary of the Company during the relevant Fiscal.
The details of the losses (after tax) incurred by our step-down subsidiaries for the periods indicated are set forth
in the table below:
(Amount in ₹ million)
Sl. No. Name of the Step-down Subsidiary Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal
2025 2024 2023
1. Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited (0.19) NA NA
2. Bhalki Solar Power Private Limited (0.65) NA NA
3. Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited (0.04) (0.02) (0.02)
4. Chittoor Solar Power Private Limited (0.03) NA NA
74(Amount in ₹ million)
Sl. No. Name of the Step-down Subsidiary Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal
2025 2024 2023
5. Dadur Solar Power Private Limited (0.09) (0.02) (0.02)
6. Jagaluru Solar Power Private Limited (0.07) NA NA
7. Kengeri Solar Power Private Limited (0.66) NA NA
8. Koncha Solar Power Private Limited (0.03) NA NA
9. Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited (0.18) 0.10 (0.01)
10. Raysalfa Power Private Limited (0.16) (0.02) (0.01)
11. Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited (0.06) (0.02) (0.02)
12. Sira Solar Power Private Limited (0.18) NA NA
13. Tumkur Solar Power Private Limited (0.02) NA NA
14. Vannur Solar Power Private Limited (0.06) (0.02) (0.01)
15. Vestin Solar Park Private Limited 0.05 0.16 (0.83)
Note: ‘NA’ indicates that the entity was not a subsidiary of the Company during the relevant Fiscal.
There can be no assurance that these Subsidiaries will achieve or sustain profitability in the future. If these
Subsidiaries continues to incur losses, our consolidated results of operations and financial condition will continue
to be adversely affected. In addition, losses incurred by our subsidiaries could restrict their ability to declare
dividends, meet their financing obligations or fund their business operations, which in turn may affect our ability
to expand, execute our growth strategies or generate returns for our shareholders.
38. Our business involves arrangements with various stakeholders, including landowners, and we may be
subject to disputes in connection with such arrangements, which could adversely affect our business
and financial condition.
In the ordinary course of our business, we enter into various long-term arrangements with landowners and other
stakeholders for the development and operation of our solar power projects. The interpretation and implementation
of such agreements can occasionally lead to disagreements regarding the respective rights and obligations of the
parties involved.
While we strive to maintain good relationships with our stakeholders, disputes may arise from time to time. For
instance, we have in the past received, and may in the future receive, notices or claims from landowners or other
partners alleging non-compliance with the terms of our agreements. As an example, we have previously received
a notice from certain landowners in connection with one of our projects alleging a breach of a revenue-sharing
agreement. Although we have responded to this notice, we cannot assure you that legal proceedings will not be
initiated in the future.
Furthermore, in connection with the prior consolidation of certain project-specific special purpose vehicles into
our Company, we have in the past addressed and resolved claims from former stakeholders relating to their
entitlements. While these historical matters were settled amicably and all related complaints filed with regulatory
authorities were withdrawn, there is no assurance that similar disputes or claims from stakeholders of current or
former projects will not arise in the future.
Any such disputes, if they materialize into legal proceedings or regulatory inquiries, could result in financial
liabilities, including settlements or damages, and significant legal costs. Such matters may also require
considerable management time and attention, diverting resources from our core business operations. An adverse
outcome in any such matter could negatively impact our reputation, business relationships, and results of
operations.
39. Our Company in past has executed projects in 2 countries overseas and may in future execute projects
outside India. Our global business operations are subject to global and local risks related to economic,
regulatory and social and political uncertainties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may execute projects outside India in the future. In past, we have executed projects in 2 countries overseas,
Bangladesh and Vietnam in September 2023 and July 2019 respectively. In Bangladesh, we undertook a 270 MWp
75solar EPC project (under our EPC Business). In Vietnam, we have commissioned a 50 MWp solar EPC project
(under our EPC Business). For more details, see “Our Business” beginning on page 316.
Our business is therefore subject to diverse and constantly changing economic, regulatory and social and political
conditions in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Operating in the international markets exposes us to a number
of risks globally, including, without limitation:
• compliance with local business, environmental, safety, health and other labor laws and regulations, which
can be onerous and costly as the magnitude and complexity of, and continual amendments to, those laws
and regulations are difficult to predict and the liabilities, costs, obligations and requirements associated
with these laws and regulations can be substantial;
• dependence on governments and other entities for electricity, water, telecommunications, transportation
and other utilities or infrastructure needs;
• difficulties in organizing a skilled workforce for efficient execution of solar power plants including
processing visas or entry permits quickly and repeatedly for our personnel;
• economic and financial conditions, including the stability of credit markets, foreign currency fluctuations
and controls, particularly the ability to repatriate funds to India and other countries;
• changes in solar industry practices or trends, for example, with the reduction of solar module costs, there
is a noticeable shift towards balance of system solutions, in India and outside India;
• changes in government regulations, policies, tax, subsidies and incentives, including transfer pricing rules;
and
• political risks, risks of expropriation and nationalization of assets, potential losses due to civil unrest, acts
of terrorism and war, regional and global political or military tensions, strained or altered foreign relations
and protectionism.
To the extent that our operations are affected by unexpected and adverse economic, regulatory and, social and
political conditions in the countries in which we operate, we may experience operational disruptions, loss of assets
and personnel and other indirect losses that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
40. We have contingent liabilities of ₹ 176.51 million as on March 31, 2025, which if they materialise, may
adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
As of March 31, 2025, our contingent liabilities that have not been accounted for in our financial statements, are
as follow:
Particulars As on March 31, 2025 (₹ million)
Short deduction of PF* 7.28
Demand relating to income tax** 78.80
GST Demand under section 73 of GST Act, 2017 15.74
Custom Duty*** 74.69
Total 176.51
Note: Amounts above represent the maximum potential exposure; actual liability may differ depending on outcome of
proceedings. Our Company believes, based on legal advice, that it has strong grounds in the above cases and no provision is
required under Ind AS 37.
* The provident fund department had issued a notice for short deduction of provident fund by the security guard companies
and sub-contractors and our Company was working as a main contractor for this site so on behalf of them a demand has been
raised against our Company of ₹ 7.28 million against which our Company has submitted a response to the department to seek
detail and working of amount demanded by the provident fund department.
** During the year, our Company generally, while participating in the tenders, provides bank guarantees and surety bonds
from insurance companies to third parties viz. project owners/ employers as against earnest money deposits or sureties. Since,
these are towards the own performance obligation of our Company, hence do not qualify to be classified as contingent liability,
same has been excluded from above disclosure.
*** Our Company has filed two writ petitions before the High Court challenging the levy of safeguard duty of ₹74.69 million
on import of solar cells and modules. While the High Court granted interim relief for release of goods against bank guarantee
76and bond. This has been challenged before the Supreme Court, which has granted an interim stay pending final hearing.
While most of these contingent liabilities have been incurred in the normal course of business, if these were to
fully materialize or materialize at a level higher than we expect, it may materially and adversely impact our
business, results of operations and financial condition. For further details, please see section titled “Restated
Consolidated Financial Information – Note no. 45 - Contingent Liability” on page 539. Further, we cannot assure
you that we will not incur similar or increased levels of contingent liabilities in the future.
41. Our Company has outstanding unsecured loans aggregating to ₹ 1,771.73 million as on July 31, 2025.
Such loans may be called by the lenders at any time which could adversely and materially affect the
business, results of operations and financial condition of our Company.
As on July 31, 2025, our Company has an outstanding unsecured loan amounting to ₹ 1,771.73 million as per
below details:
Sl. No. Name of the lender* Amount outstanding (₹ millions)
1. Lender 1 1,713.40
3. Lender 2 58.06
3. Lender 3 0.27
Total 1,771.73
* Names of these lenders have not been disclosed, in view of confidentiality obligations and absence of their consent.
These unsecured loans are repayable on demand and there is no fixed repayment schedule for the same. In the
event that the lenders of such outstanding unsecured borrowings call in the loan, we would need to find alternative
sources of financing, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Further, in case of
any demand from lenders for repayment of such outstanding unsecured loans, the resultant cash outgo, may
adversely affect our business operations and financial position of our Company. For details of our indebtedness,
please see section titled “Financial Indebtedness” on page 652.
If we are unable to raise alternative financing on a timely basis, we may be forced to utilise our internal accruals
or liquidate other assets to meet such repayment obligations. This could result in diversion of funds otherwise
available for use in our business operations, capital expenditure, or growth strategies, thereby adversely affecting
our liquidity position, business operations, and financial condition. Further, any significant repayment obligation
at short notice could strain our cash flows and impair our ability to meet other obligations, including those to our
suppliers, creditors and employees.
42. Any diversification initiatives may divert management focus and financial resources from our core
renewable energy operations, and there can be no assurance that such efforts will be profitable or
generate expected returns.
We have experienced rapid growth in recent years and expect our business to grow significantly as a result of the
increase in size of operations, expansion into a diversified range of our offerings. This exposes us to a wide range
of risks, including business risks, operational risks, fraud risks and regulatory and legal risks. These strategic
initiatives may require significant capital and other resources, as well as management attention, which could place
a burden on our resources and abilities. We are in the initial stages of our diversification strategy and may not be
able to properly assess the risks, economic viability and prospects of such opportunities. We may not be successful
in developing these businesses and there can be no assurance relating to any revenues from or profitability of such
business opportunities we intend to pursue.
For instance, in year 2021, we diversified into the business of manufacturing and supplying electric two-wheelers
through our step-down subsidiary, in which we held a 51.00% shareholding. Our said step-down subsidiary
commenced the manufacture and distribution of two-wheeler electric vehicles through its dealer network across
India. This business was subsequently discontinued following the divestment of our shareholding, as it was not
aligned with our core strengths or long-term strategic priorities. Although this activity was exited, it demonstrates
that any business diversification beyond our principal area of expertise entails inherent risks, including unfamiliar
market dynamics, significant capital commitments, long gestation periods, dependence on new technologies, and
exposure to regulatory regimes distinct from those governing our core business. Future diversification efforts, if
pursued, may divert significant management attention and financial resources away from our existing operations
and could dilute our focus on the renewable energy sector. There can be no assurance that any such initiatives
would achieve profitability or generate returns commensurate with the investments made. Further, unsuccessful
77ventures could result in impairment of investments, erosion of shareholder value, reputational loss, or strain on
our liquidity and cash flows.
43. Our operations are subject to risks of mishaps or accidents that could cause damage or loss to life and
property. In the past there has been an instance of fatal accident in one of our project locations. Any
such fatal accident or incident causing damage or loss to life and property in future could negatively
affect our reputation and affect our business operations
Our business operations are subject to operating risks, including but not limited to, fatal accidents and mishaps.
Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover such loss or damage to life and property, and any
consequential losses arising due to such events will affect our operations and financial condition. For instance, in
the 2019 there has been an instance of fatal accident in our Kushtagi solar power project in the State of Karnataka
outside the site, which has subsequently been divested by us. Other than the aforesaid mentioned accident, we
have not had any instance of mishaps or accidents that could cause damage or loss to life and property in the last
three Fiscals. Further, any such fatal accident or incident causing damage or loss to life and property, even if we
are fully insured or held not to be liable, could negatively affect our reputation, thereby making it more difficult
for us to conduct our business operations effectively and our results of operations, and could also significantly
affect our Order Book and availability of insurance coverage in future.
44. We occasionally bring claims against customers for additional costs exceeding the contract price or for
amounts not included in the original contract price, particularly in the context of EPC contracts that
lack price escalation and appeal mechanisms. Additional costs have been incurred by our Company due
to matters such as owner-caused delays or changes from the initial project scope. Our inability to recover
such amounts in full could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and
results of operations.
We occasionally bring claims against customers for additional costs exceeding the contract price or for amounts
not included in the original contract price. These types of claims occur due to matters such as owner-caused delays
or changes from the initial project scope, which result in additional cost, both direct and indirect. Often, these
claims can be the subject of lengthy arbitration or litigation proceedings, and it is often difficult to accurately
predict when these claims will be fully resolved. When these types of events occur and unresolved claims are
pending, we may invest additional working capital in projects to cover cost overruns pending the resolution of the
relevant claims. For instance, in 2019, we initiated proceedings under Section 9 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy
Code, 2016 against one of our customers for recovery of outstanding dues. The matter was subsequently settled
between the parties, and the petition was withdrawn. However, there can be no assurance that future claims will
be resolved in a timely or favorable manner. A failure to promptly recover on these types of claims could have a
material adverse impact on our liquidity and financial results.
Further, in the renewable energy EPC sector, many contracts do not provide for price escalation, and there is often
no formal appeal mechanism available to developers, such as recourse to nodal agencies or electricity regulatory
commissions. As a result, we have limited ability to adjust contract prices for volatility in commodity costs,
inflation, or delays arising from supply chain disruptions, regulatory approvals, or policy changes. In such
circumstances, EPC players, including us, may be required to absorb rising input and overhead costs, which could
lead to margin erosion and financial stress. The inability to renegotiate or contest contract terms may further
increase execution risks. These challenges may discourage smaller players from participating in the sector,
potentially impacting overall industry competitiveness. Any such risks could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, cash flows, and results of operations.
45. We are dependent on the expertise of our Promoters, Directors, KMPs, Senior Management and our
skilled workforce for successful completion of our projects and the running of our day-to-day operations
and the planning and execution of our business strategy. Our inability to retain them may result in
adverse impact on our business, financial condition and the results of operations.
The successful completion of our projects and the running of our day-to-day operations and the planning and
execution of our business strategy depends significantly on our skilled and efficient Promoters, Directors, KMPs
and Senior Management. We believe that our Promoters, Directors, KMPs and Senior Management are highly
qualified individuals who have been associated with the industry and have experience in their respective fields.
We depend on the management skills, guidance and experience of our Promoters for development of business
strategies, monitoring their successful implementation and meeting future challenges. Our future performance will
depend largely on our ability to retain the continued service of our management team.
78Our managerial and other employees are critical to business and reputation and the loss of the services of our
personnel may adversely affect our business and operations. We may experience changes in our key management
in the future for reasons beyond our control. Competition for such personnel is intense, and it may require a long
period of time to hire and train replacement personnel when our employees terminate their employment with us.
Any inability on our part to attract and retain qualified personnel could adversely affect our business, cash flows,
results of operations and financial condition. The tables below provide our employee attrition rates for the periods
indicated:
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
No. of permanent employees(1) 358 263 260
Employees –attrition rate(2) 19.00% 42.83% 27.40%
Key Managerial Personnel – attrition rate - - -
Senior Management– attrition rate - 15.38% -
(1) Total number of employees including at registered and corporate office
(2) Employees exited during the period divided by the average number of employees for the period. The average number of
employees is computed as average of number of employees at the beginning and end of the period.
In addition, we may require a long period of time to hire and train replacement personnel when skilled personnel
terminate their employment with us. We may also be required to increase our levels of employee compensation
more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive in attracting and retaining skilled employees that our business
requires. The loss of the services of such persons could have an adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition.
There is significant competition for highly skilled personnel in the industry in which we operate, and it may be
difficult to attract and retain the personnel we require in the future. We cannot assure you that our competitors
will not offer better compensation packages, incentives and other perquisites to such skilled personnel. Further,
as we expect to continue to expand our operations and develop new products, we will need to continue to attract
and retain experienced management personnel. If we are unable to retain or attract such members or are unable to
locate suitable or qualified replacements, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
We have not experienced any attrition of Promoters, Directors, Key Managerial Personnel or Senior Management,
in the last three Fiscals. We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain our employees or find adequate
replacements in a timely manner, or at all.
46. We may infringe the intellectual property rights of others and we may face claims that may be costly to
resolve and/or limit our ability to use such technology in the future which may have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As we expand our business, third parties may assert that our technologies or techniques violate their intellectual
property rights. Successful intellectual property claims against us could result in significant financial liability or
prevent us from operating all or part of our business. Despite our efforts to comply with the intellectual property
rights of others, we cannot determine with certainty whether we are infringing any existing third-party intellectual
property rights which may force us to alter our technologies, obtain additional licenses or cease significant portions
of our operations. We may also be susceptible to claims from third parties asserting infringement and other related
claims. Regardless of their merits, such claims could materially and adversely affect our relationships with current
or future customers, result in costly litigation, cause product shipment delays or stoppages, divert management’s
attention and resources, subject us to significant liabilities, require us to enter into additional royalty or licensing
agreements or require us to cease certain activities. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
47. We had availed moratorium on our financial facilities and we cannot assure whether we will be able to
avail such moratoriums or rescheduling of our financial facilities in future the failure of which would
result in constrained cash flows and defaults in our financial obligations.
In view of the global pandemic in Fiscal 2020 and 2021, the Reserve Bank of India vide its circular dated March
27, 2020, permitted the lenders to allow a moratorium for three months of equated monthly instalments, falling
due between March 01, 2020, and May 31, 2020 (later extended by an additional three months up to August 31,
2020) for various categories of loans. We had availed the permitted moratorium for our term loans availed from
DCB Bank Limited, Federal Bank Limited and HDFC Bank Limited, pursuant to which the repayment of the
79interest due from us were made a part of the principal amount for the period from March 2021 to June 2023, for
an aggregate amount of ₹ 69.4 million. Considering the uncertainty due to COVID-19 and various variants, we
cannot assure you that we will not require such moratorium or rescheduling of loan in future. In case, we face
such financial difficulties, and we are not offered, or are unable to avail, such moratorium or procure the
rescheduling of the then outstanding financial facilities on reasonable terms, our cash flows and may be
constrained, we may default on our obligations and our financial conditions and operations may be adversely
affected.
48. We may be unable to accurately estimate costs under fixed-price EPC contracts or fail to maintain
quality or performance guarantees. Any failure to accurately estimate costs or manage our supplier
relationships, or if the solar projects do not generate the guaranteed performance, it may increase our
construction costs and working capital requirements which may have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, cash flow and results of operations.
We enter into fixed-price EPC contracts with many of our customers. Under these contracts, we estimate essential
costs, such as the cost of construction materials and direct project costs, at the time of entering into the agreement
with our customers. However, these cost estimates are preliminary, and at the time we submit bids or enter into
EPC contracts, we may not have finalized agreements with subcontractors, suppliers, or other parties involved in
the project. Once an EPC contract is signed, we typically cannot renegotiate or reprice it unless there are technical
deviations or unless both parties mutually agree.
Under our EPC contracts we also typically provide certain performance bank guarantees that require us to
complete the solar power project in accordance with a specified timeline and the guaranteed generation. Any
failure to achieve these may lead to invocation of our performance bank guarantees and we may subject us to
other penalties under our EPC contracts, such as requiring us to perform remediation work to meet the guarantees,
pay liquidated damages or allowing the counterparty to terminate the EPC contract. In some cases, our failure to
meet such performance guarantees may be due to reasons that are beyond our control or factors that we may not
have adequately considered. During the last three fiscals, three bank guarantees aggregating to ₹ 16.44 million
furnished by us under EPC contracts were invoked. There can be no assurance that such guarantees will not be
invoked in the future. Any invocation of performance guarantees or imposition of penalties could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, and results of operations.
49. We are required to obtain various statutory and regulatory permits and approvals to operate our business
which requires us to comply with certain terms and conditions to continue our operations. Failure to
obtain, maintain or comply with the requisite approvals, licenses and permits, including those for our
proposed manufacturing facility, may adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows.
The power generation business in India is subject to a broad range of environmental, health, safety and other laws
and regulations. These laws and regulations require us to obtain and maintain a large number of approvals,
licenses, registrations and permits in order to develop and operate power projects. For example, we require various
approvals during the construction of our projects and prior to the issuing of a commissioning certificate, including
approvals for capacity allocation and capacity transfer, evacuation and grid connectivity and approvals from the
chief electrical inspector for the installation and energization of electrical installations at a project site. In addition,
we are required to comply with state-specific and other centre-specific requirements.
The establishment of power plants may disrupt existing land use. Further, the disposal of solar panels can lead to
the release of toxins into the earth and the atmosphere. In addition, our operations, which involve the installation
of overhead powerlines to transmit electricity produced, even if compliant with applicable environmental
standards, may negatively affect the living situation of wildlife and biodiversity in the area and we may suffer
negative publicity and reputational harm as a result. While there have been no such instances of violation of
environmental standards by our Company in the last three Fiscals, we may incur costs to control and rectify the
damage, legal liabilities including damages, penalties, loss of licenses, and damage to our reputation as a
responsible operator, which may affect our ability to retain existing business and win new business. In the future,
changes in law may result in stricter regulation. Compliance with these requirements may add to our capital
expenditures and operating expenses and we may not be able to pass on these additional costs to our customers.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to apply for or renew any approvals, licenses, registrations or permits
in a timely manner, or at all, and that the relevant authorities will issue any of such approvals, licenses,
registrations or permits in the time frames anticipated by us. While we are required to obtain licenses and approvals
80before the commencement of the projects we undertake, any unforeseen delay can affect our operations. Further,
we cannot assure you that the approvals, licenses, registrations and permits issued to us would not be subject to
suspension or revocation for non-compliance or alleged non-compliance with any terms or conditions thereof, or
pursuant to any regulatory action. Our government approvals and licenses are subject to numerous conditions,
some of which are onerous and require us to make substantial expenditure. Any failure to apply for, renew and
obtain the required approvals, licenses, registrations or permits, or any suspension or revocation of any of the
approvals, licenses, registrations and permits that have been or may be issued to us, or any onerous conditions
made applicable to us in terms of such approvals, licenses, registrations or permits may adversely affect our
business, prospects, reputation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Following are the details of material approvals applied for by our Company, its Material Subsidiaries and its
projects but not received, as on date of this DRHP:
Sl. No. Name of the project Application Issuing Authority
1. Annigeri Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, and Central Transmission
Private Limited 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System* Limited
2. Nilaj Solar Power Private Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, and Central Transmission
Limited 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System* Limited
3. Dadur Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, and Central Transmission
Private Limited 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System* Limited
4. Honavar Solar Power Application for grant of Government order for Additional Chief
Private Limited development of 159.60 MW Wind Power park Secretary, Energy
in the state of Karnataka at 400/220 kV Department
substation connecting at Koppal I, Kuknoor
Taluk, Koppal district
5. Hanur Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, and Central Transmission
Private Limited 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System. Limited
Application for grant of Government order for Karnataka Renewable
development of 150 MW Solar Power park at Energy Development
BK Halli, Dalavaihalli, Vadderevu, Pavagada Limited
Taluk, Tumkur district. In the state of Karnataka
connecting at 400/220 kV substation Tumkur II.
6. Sira Solar Power Private Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, and Central Transmission
Limited 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System.* Limited
Submission of revised DPR and WTG locations Karnataka Renewable
for the grant of Government order for Energy Development
development of 168.3 MW Wind Power Park Limited
Huvina Hadagali, Gaddekere Kodihalli,
Hagaribommanahalli, Hampasagar villages,
Huvina Hadagali Taluk, Vijayanagar district in
the state of Karnatka, connecting 220 kV SS at
Koppal-PGCIL.
7. Kengeri Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, and Central Transmission
Private Limited 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System. Limited
Application regarding grant of Government Karnataka Renewable
order for development of 210 MW Wind Power Energy Development
Park in the state of Karnataka at Hagalur, Limited
Hagalur Hosahall, Talur, Darur, Hirehadagali,
Dammur Kaggal, Chennanahalu (Chanahal),
Gududur, Handihal Villages in Taluk of
Kurugoduu and Bellary district and substation
connecting at 765/400/220 kV PGCIL Pooling
Station at Kurnool-IV, Andhra Pradesh.
81Sl. No. Name of the project Application Issuing Authority
8. Raysalfa Power Private Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, and Central Transmission
Limited 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System Limited
Application for grant of Government order for Karnataka Renewable
development of 214.20 MW Wind Power Park Energy Development
at Anguru, Thimmalapura, Birabbi, Limited
Herehadagali, Magala, Ishapura, Manihalli,
Hagaranuru, Shivalinganahalli, Ayyanahalli,
Hirekolache, Manyara, Masalaawada,
Sovinahalli, Koyliaragatta, Dasarahalli,
Hakkandi, Hiremallanakere, Kalvi,
Holagundha, Bhannikallu, Hampasagara, Enigi,
Basapura, Enigi, Gaddhekhare, Gattikeri
kodihalli, Gaddekere villages, Huvina Hadagali
and Hagari Bommanahalli Taluk, Vijayanagar
district in the state of Karnataka, connecting at
400/220 kV SS at Bellary PGCIL.
9. Balasore Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, and Central Transmission
Private Limited 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System Limited
10. Mathkur Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, and Central Transmission
Private Limited 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System Limited
11. Jorhat Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, and Central Transmission
Private Limited 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System Limited
12. Bhinmal Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, and Central Transmission
Private Limited 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System Limited
13. Vannur Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, and Central Transmission
Private Limited 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System Limited
*The allocation of connectivity remains pending, subject to the outcome of proceedings before the Hon’ble High Court of
Karnataka at Bengaluru in Writ Petition No. 35002 of 2024 (GM-RES) C/W Writ Petition No. 21533 of 2024.
For further details about regulations and policies that affect our operations, and the material approvals required
for our business operations, please see “Key Regulations and Policies in India” and “Government and Other
Approvals” on pages 350 and 679, respectively.
50. Our business relating to the solar power sector is highly dependent on government policies and
regulatory frameworks that shape the solar module manufacturing landscape and renewable energy
deployment in India. Any adverse changes or uncertainties in such policies or applicable laws may affect
our operations and financial performance.
The domestic solar energy industry is significantly influenced by government policies and regulatory frameworks
that shape the solar module manufacturing landscape and renewable energy deployment in India. The
government’s ambitious renewable energy targets of 500 GW non-fossil capacity by 2030, along with flagship
schemes such as PM-KUSUM, RDSS, and the Green Energy Corridor, are strong enablers of EPC industry
growth. Key policy measures such as the Approved List of Models and Manufacturers (ALMM), safeguard duty,
basic customs duty (BCD) on imports, and the Production Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme for solar module
manufacturing have had a material impact on the sector. While these initiatives are aimed at strengthening the
domestic ecosystem, frequent changes in the policy framework have created uncertainty for industry participants.
India’s renewable energy EPC market has been particularly volatile due to changes in tender designs, tariff rules,
and government schemes. Shifts in policy can affect project cost structures, procurement strategies, and overall
project viability. Additionally, variability in state-level policies and implementation timelines further complicates
project planning and investment decisions. Evolving project structures and policy adjustments often require EPC
companies, including us, to revise strategies mid-way through execution, which may lead to delays, time overruns,
and increased costs. Frequent changes in policies also create risks in relation to supply chain planning, pricing
82assumptions, and investment commitments. However, we have not been materially affected by any such policy
changes during the last three Fiscals. Any adverse or unpredictable policy changes may result in reduced demand
for our services, affect our ability to execute projects efficiently, and have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, cash flows, and results of operations.
Cross-subsidy in the renewable energy sector refers to the practice where certain consumer categories, such as
industrial and commercial users, bear higher tariffs in order to subsidize the lower tariffs provided to agricultural
and residential consumers. While this mechanism helps maintain affordability for vulnerable groups, it creates
distortions in the open access market, making renewable energy less attractive for high-paying consumers who
are key drivers of demand. Additionally, the landed cost of renewable energy through open access can vary
significantly depending on fluctuations in market prices, changes in duties, or the expiry of waivers such as the
exemption from ISTS charges. Any withdrawal or reduction of such concessions directly impacts the cost
competitiveness of renewable power, thereby diminishing the economic appeal of open access procurement for
large consumers. (Source: CRISIL Report).
Further, the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (“CERC”) has notified the Connectivity and General
Network Access to the Inter-State Transmission System Regulations, 2022 (“GNA Regulations”), which govern
connectivity and open access to the Inter-State Transmission System (“ISTS”). These regulations set out the
eligibility criteria, application processes, charges, and conditions for developers seeking access to ISTS for power
projects. As an EPC player in the renewable energy sector, a significant portion of our customers are project
developers who depend on timely and assured transmission connectivity to evacuate the power generated from
their projects. Any restrictions, delays, or uncertainties in obtaining connectivity or GNA approvals may directly
impact the pace at which our customers are able to implement projects, which in turn could delay execution
timelines under our EPC contracts and affect our revenues. The GNA Regulations also impose restrictions on
transfer of connectivity, strict timelines for achieving milestones, and penalties in case of default or non-
compliance. In the event our customers are unable to secure or maintain connectivity approvals under these
regulations, projects under execution may face cost overruns, cancellations, or penalties. Such events may lead to
postponement or termination of EPC contracts awarded to us, adversely affecting our order book and cash flows.
While we have not faced any adverse regulatory action under the GNA Regulations since their notification, we
cannot assure you that our customers will continue to obtain timely approvals or that we will not be adversely
impacted by delays, cancellations, or cost escalations arising from compliance with these regulations. Any such
impact could materially and adversely affect our business, revenues, financial condition, and growth prospects.
51. Some of our properties including our Registered Office, Corporate Office and other office premises are
located on leased/ licensed premises. We cannot assure you that the lease agreement will be renewed
upon expiry or that we will be able to lease other premises on the same or similar commercial terms.
Some of our properties including our Registered Office, Corporate Office and other office premises are located
on leased/licensed premises. For details in relation to our premises, see “Our Business – Properties” on page 347.
Below is the detail of rent paid by our Company during last three Fiscals:
Total rent Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount (₹ million) Amount (₹ million) Amount (₹ million)
Registered Office 0.11 0.06 0.16
Corporate Office 4.13 2.21 2.40
Other office premises 40.73 14.83 17.33
Total 44.97 17.10 19.89
We cannot assure you that we will continue to be able to continue operating out of our existing premises or renew
our existing leases on acceptable terms or at all. Any such event may adversely impact our operations and cash
flows and may divert management attention from our business operations. In case of any deficiency in the title of
the owners from whose premises we operate, breach of the contractual terms of the lease or rent agreements, or if
the owner of the premises do not renew the agreement under which we occupy the premises, or if they seek to
renew such agreement on terms and conditions unfavourable to us, or if they terminate our agreement, we may
suffer a disruption in our operations and will have to look for alternate premises.
In addition, lease agreements are required to be duly registered and adequately stamped under Indian law and if
any one of our lease agreements is not duly registered and adequately stamped, we may face challenges in
83enforcing them and they may be inadmissible as evidence in a court in India subject to penalties along with the
requisite stamp duty prescribed under applicable Indian law being paid.
Occurrence of any of the above events may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations,
financial condition, and cash flows. Further, any adverse impact on the ownership rights of our landlords may
impede our effective future operations. We may also face the risk of being evicted in the event that our landlords
allege a breach on our part of any terms under these lease/ leave and license agreements and there is no assurance
that we will be able to identify suitable locations to re-locate our operations.
52. One of our offices is owned by our Promoter and leased to us is also part of personal guarantees provided
by them to lenders for our borrowings. If the Promoters decide to withdraw their support or impose
different terms for continued occupancy, the Company may be required to secure alternate premises,
which could be costly and operationally challenging and may adversely affect its business operations,
financial condition, and overall growth prospects.
Our following office is owned by our Promoters and is leased to us for official purposes:
Sl. No. Office Address Name of the Promoter
1. Plot No 64, Uday Nagar B, Mansarovar, Jaipur 302020 Richa Sharma
This premises is also part of the personal guarantees provided by our Promoter to lenders for our borrowings. Any
default by the Company or its Promoters, may lead to invocation of the personal guarantees, which could result
in enforcement actions against these premises. If such enforcement leads to the loss of access to the premises, the
Company may face operational disruptions, relocation costs, and potential business continuity risks.
Further, as the premises are not owned by the Company, it does not have direct control over them, making it
dependent on the Promoter for continued usage. Any dispute, disagreement, or change in ownership structure
could impact the Company’s ability to operate from these premises. Additionally, if the Promoters decide to
withdraw their support or impose different terms for continued occupancy, the Company may be required to secure
alternate premises, which could be costly and operationally challenging. There is no assurance that the Company
will be able to find suitable premises on commercially favorable terms, and any such relocation may adversely
affect its business operations, financial condition, and overall growth prospects.
53. Our agreements with customers can be terminated prematurely by customers for several reasons
including reasons like delays in execution, failure to meet contractual obligations, or disputes with our
customers. If any of our projects are terminated prematurely, we may not receive payments due to us,
which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.
Our agreements with customers can be terminated prematurely for several reasons, including:
• failure to comply with operational or maintenance standards prescribed under agreements;
• failure to provide, extend or replenish performance security required under agreements;
• failure to cure a default within the stipulated cure period;
• failure to achieve project milestones to complete a project within the prescribed timelines;
• abandonment or intention to abandon construction or operation of a project by us without the prior written
consent of the project owner;
• occurrence of a material adverse effect, as defined under our agreements;
• any assignment of rights, obligations, or assets by our Company or the relevant subsidiary or join venture;
• occurrence of a force majeure event, such as an act of god, act of war, expropriation or compulsory acquisition
of any project assets by the government, industrial strikes and public agitation;
• bankruptcy, insolvency, initiation of liquidation, dissolution, winding up or amalgamation of our Company
or the relevant subsidiary or joint venture;
• failure to comply with any other material term of the relevant agreement;
• failure to perform work in accordance with the terms of the agreement or stoppage of work, resulting in a
breach of our agreements;
Although we have not experienced any material termination of our project during last three Fiscals, if any of the
foregoing events occur, including delays in execution, failure to meet contractual obligations, or disputes with our
customers, the customers may exercise their right to terminate the agreements entered into with us. Termination
84of such agreements may result in loss of committed revenues, recovery of advances already received by us,
invocation of performance bank guarantees, or imposition of liquidated damages. This could adversely impact our
cash flows and increase our working capital requirements.
54. Domestic lenders have traditionally been risk averse in financing the renewable energy sector, largely
due to the stress witnessed in the conventional power segment and the assumption that similar risks
could emerge in renewables. Since renewable energy requires significant funding to sustain capacity
additions, limited availability and rising cost of domestic and foreign financing may adversely affect our
business, project viability, and growth prospects
Domestic lenders have traditionally been risk averse in financing the renewable energy sector, largely due to the
stress witnessed in the conventional power segment and the assumption that similar risks could emerge in
renewables. Past incidents of renegotiation of power purchase agreements and delays in payments by
counterparties have further heightened lender concerns. In addition, aggressive bidding in the sector and prevailing
regulatory uncertainties have made lenders more cautious. Although funding traction has improved over the past
two fiscals with government initiatives to achieve clean energy targets and ESG-related mandates for banks, there
can be no assurance that such support will continue in the future.
As per CRISIL Report, even foreign fund raising has seen some impact with a rising interest rate regime limiting
appetite for Indian green bonds at 4-6% coupon rates. This is also impacted by:
• A weaker rupee has also led to higher hedging costs adding cost pressure to any ECB or green bond issuance.
• Frequent policy changes and lack of clarity would also lead to hesitance among global investors to enter /
fund the sector as previously. This is highly detrimental to the growth of the sector, which requires significant
equity over the coming years to continue supporting additions.
• Renewable developers should ensure access to a broader spectrum of cheaper financing options in addition
to prudent capital management to sustain over the long term. However, at present fund availability may be a
concern for a few projects where viability is sub-par or those facing project implementation.
Any reduction in the availability of funding could adversely affect our growth, financial condition, and operations.
Since renewable energy requires significant funding to sustain capacity additions, limited availability or higher
cost of foreign financing could adversely affect project viability, capital requirements, business operations, and
our growth prospects.
55. The average cost of acquisition of Equity Shares held by our Promoters including the Promoter Selling
Shareholders may be less than the Offer Price.
The average cost of acquisition of Equity Shares by our Promoters including the Promoter Selling Shareholders
may be less than the Offer Price.
S. Name of the Promoter and Promoter Number of Equity Average cost of
No. Selling Shareholders Shares of face value ₹ 2 acquisition per Equity
each Shares* (in ₹)
1. Ketan Mehta** 86,290,162 0.84
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma** 46,740,505 0.84
3. Sanjay Garudapally** 46,740,505 0.74
4. Sweta Mehta 75 27.32
5. Richa Sharma 75 27.32
6. Shruthi Gupta Garudapally 75 27.32
7. Mehta Family Trust 36,981,498 Nil
8. Sharma Family Trust 20,031,645 Nil
9. Garudapally Family Trust 20,031,645 Nil
*As certified by MRM & Company, Independent Chartered Accountant, by way of their certificate dated September 29, 2025.
**Also Promoter Selling Shareholders.
Since the average cost of acquisition by the Promoter Selling Shareholders may be lesser than the Offer Price,
investors who purchase the Equity Shares may do so at a cost that is higher than the average cost of acquisition of
the Equity Shares of our Promoters.
8556. We are subject to risks arising from foreign exchange rate movements. If we are unable to rightly
anticipate foreign exchange movements and hedge our forex risks, our financial condition may get
adversely affected due to forex losses.
We conduct certain business operations and incur costs, such as imports of solar modules, local manpower and
equipment leasing costs, in the local currency of countries in which we operate. In addition, payments under most
of our EPC contracts with our customers outside India are denominated in U.S. dollars and quotes received from
certain supplier for setting-up of our proposed cell manufacturing facility have also been received in U.S. dollars.
The exchange rate between the Indian Rupee and these currencies, primarily the US Dollar, has fluctuated in the
past and our results of operations have been impacted by such fluctuations in the past and may be impacted by
such fluctuations in the future. For example, during times of strengthening of the Indian Rupee, we expect that
our overseas sales and revenues will generally be negatively impacted as foreign currency received will be
translated into fewer Indian Rupees. However, the converse positive effect of depreciation in the Indian Rupee
may not be sustained or may not show an appreciable impact in our results of operations in any given financial
period due to other variables impacting our business and results of operations during the same period.
Our arrangements with several clients do not include exchange rate fluctuation provisions. Accordingly, our
ability to pass on the impact of future foreign currency fluctuations and reset prices with clients is therefore
limited. In cases where price reset on account of foreign currency fluctuation is permitted, adjustments in our price
list are generally effective with prospective effect and may not be adequate to entirely off-set the impact of foreign
currency fluctuations, which in turn could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial
condition.
57. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company is party to two unincorporated joint
ventures established through joint venture agreements and any premature termination of such
arrangements may adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition and results of
operations.
From time to time, we may enter into project-specific consortiums or joint ventures with other infrastructure or
power companies, particularly for projects requiring specific technical experience, financial resources, or
eligibility criteria that we may not meet independently. While such arrangements enable us to pursue large or
strategic projects, they also expose us to risks associated with the performance of our consortium partners.
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company is party to two unincorporated jointly controlled
entities established through joint venture agreements. These include (i) KLSR - RAYS (JV), formed pursuant to
a joint venture agreement with KLSR Infratech Limited, and (ii) JV Reneworld - Rays Power a joint venture with
Reneworld Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Mauritius. For more details, see “Our Business –
Joint Ventures” on page 342.
In certain cases, these arrangements involve joint, and several obligations backed by bank guarantees, which may
require us to bear additional financial or operational liabilities if our partners fail to meet their commitments. Non-
performance or underperformance by a consortium partner could require us to make additional investments,
provide supplementary services, or assume their share of obligations to ensure project completion. Further,
disputes with partners or differences in business interests may result in project delays, suspensions, or even
abandonment. Additionally, premature termination or expiry of consortium arrangements before completion of a
project may disrupt execution, increase costs, and adversely impact our reputation, business, financial condition,
and results of operations.
While we have not had instances where the consortium consortium/joint partner has exposed us to any additional
liabilities in the last three Fiscal. We cannot assure you that our consortium/joint venture partner will continue to
perform complying with the conditions in the agreement at all times
58. Our business operations are subject to various costs, including labour and works contract expenses.
During Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024, and Fiscal 2023, these expenses amounted to ₹1,845.29 million,
₹959.16 million, and ₹ 905.61 million, representing 15.12%, 9.15%, and 11.66% of our total revenue
from operations, respectively. These costs may materially affect our financial performance, operational
efficiency, and profitability.
86Our business operations are subject to fluctuations in various costs, including job labour and works contract
expenses, which are critical to our production process and overall cost structure. Increases in these expenses,
driven by factors such as inflation, market dynamics, or rising labour costs, could significantly elevate our
operating expenses. If we are unable to pass on these increased costs to customers, our profit margins may be
adversely affected, resulting in a negative impact on our financial performance.
The table below sets forth details of labour and works contracts expenses as a percentage of our total revenue from
operations for the periods indicated below:
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount (₹ Percentage Amount (₹ Percentage Amount (₹ Percentage
million) of total million) of total million) of total
revenue revenue revenue
from from from
operations operations operations
Labour and works 1,845.29 15.12 959.16 9.15 905.61 11.66
contracts expenses
Given the volatility and potential for substantial increases in job work, installation and erection charges, labour
charges, and rent, any material rise in these costs could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
and results of operations. We may face difficulties in managing or mitigating such increases, which could result
in lower profit margins, reduced operational flexibility.
59. Our business is subject to incidents of vendor, contractor, employee fraud, theft or embezzlement. Any
fraud, theft, or embezzlement by our employees, vendors or contractors could adversely affect our
reputation, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business is subject to incidents of vendor, contractor, employee fraud, theft or embezzlement. We take
reasonable steps to maintain appropriate procedures for compliance and disclosure and to maintain effective
internal controls over our financial reporting so that we produce reliable financial reports and prevent financial
fraud. Any lapses in judgment or failures that result from human error can affect the accuracy of our financial
reporting, resulting in a loss of investor confidence and a decline in the price of our Equity Shares. While there
have been no such instances of lapses of internal controls, we cannot assure you that this will not occur in the
future.
Furthermore, our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws and regulations. If we are not in compliance with
applicable anti-corruption laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, which could have an adverse
impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any
potential violations of anti-corruption laws by the relevant authorities could also have an adverse impact on our
business and reputation. While there have been no instances of any violations of anti-corruption laws in the last
three Fiscals, we cannot assure you that there will be no such instances in future.
60. Our estimates of future performance depend on, among other matters, whether and when we will receive
certain new contract awards, including the extent to which we utilize our workforce. We maintain a
workforce based upon current and anticipated workloads. If we do not receive future contract awards
or if these awards are delayed, we could incur cost resulting from excess staff, reductions in staff, or
redundancy of facilities that could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial conditions,
and results of operations.
Our estimates of future performance depend on, among other matters, whether and when we will receive certain
new contract awards, including the extent to which we utilize our workforce. The rate at which we utilize our
workforce is impacted by a variety of factors including our ability to manage attrition, our ability to forecast our
need for services which allows us to maintain an appropriately sized workforce, our ability to transition employees
from completed projects to new projects or between internal business groups, and our need to devote resources to
non-chargeable activities such as training or business development. While our estimates are based upon our good
faith judgment, these estimates can be unreliable and may frequently change based on newly available
information. In the case of large-scale EPC where timing is often uncertain, it is particularly difficult to predict
whether and when we will receive a contract award. The uncertainty of contract award timing can present
difficulties in matching our workforce size with our contract needs. If an expected contract award is delayed or
not received, we could incur cost resulting from reductions in staff or redundancy of facilities that would have the
87effect of reducing our profits.
The cost of providing our services, including the extent to which we utilize our workforce, affects our profitability.
For example, the uncertainty of contract award timing can present difficulties in matching our workforce size with
our contracts. If an expected contract award is delayed or not received, we could incur cost resulting from excess
staff, reductions in staff, or redundancy of facilities that could have a material adverse impact on our business,
financial conditions, and results of operations. While we have not experienced significant financial impact due to
delays or non-receipt of contract awards in the last three Fiscals, there can be no assurance that such instances will
not occur in the future.
61. We rely on our information technology systems for our operations and their reliability and functionality
is critical to our business success. Cyber security risks, breaches and/or malfunction of any of our
systems could disrupt our operations and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
We rely on our information technology systems for our operations and their reliability and functionality is critical
to our business success. Our growing dependence on our IT infrastructure, applications and data has caused us to
have a vested interest in its reliability and functionality which can be affected by a number of factors, including,
but not limited to, the increasing complexity of the IT systems, frequent change and short life span due to
technological advancements and data security. If our IT systems malfunction or experience extended periods of
downtime, we may not be able to run our operations safely or efficiently. We are subject to cyber security risks
and may incur costs to minimize those risks. Cyber security breaches, such as unauthorized access, accidents,
employee errors or malfeasance, computer viruses, computer hackings or other disruptions could compromise the
security of our data and infrastructure, thereby exposing such information to unauthorized access by third parties.
Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems change frequently and generally are not
recognized until launched against a target. We may be required to deploy significant capital and other resources
to remedy, protect against or alleviate these and related problems, and we may not be able to remedy these
problems promptly, or at all. While there have no instances of data corruption, information leakages in the Fiscals
2025, 2024 and 2023. Any security breaches that occur could disrupt our operations, increase our security costs,
or expose us to potential losses due to data corruption or information leakage, which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Further, any damage or system failure that causes interruptions or delays in the input, retrieval or transmission of
data could disrupt our normal operations and possibly interfere with our ability to undertake projects pursuant to
the requirements of our contracts. Should such an interruption or delay occur, we can neither assure you that it
will not result in the loss of data or information that is important to our business nor that we will be able to restore
our operational capacity within a sufficiently adequate timeframe to avoid disruptions to our business. If our
systems malfunction or experience extended periods of downtime, we will not be able to run our operations safely
or efficiently. We may suffer losses in revenue, reputation, volume of business, and our business, financial
condition and results of operation may be materially and adversely affected.
62. Our funding requirements and the proposed deployment of Net Proceeds including capital expenditure
for setting up the proposed manufacturing facility are based on management estimates and the techno-
economic viability study and may vary depending on changes in our business plan and external factors.
We intend to utilize the Net Proceeds of the Offer for capital expenditure for setting up the proposed manufacturing
facility, part funding of the incremental working capital requirements, and for general corporate purposes. For
more details, see “Objects of the Offer” on page 158.
Our funding requirements mentioned in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, are based on management estimates
and have not been appraised by any bank or financial institution or any other independent agency, except for a
techno-economic viability study undertaken by us and prepared by TÜV SÜD South Asia Private Limited dated
September, 2025 titled “Techno-Economic Viability Study for 1.5 GW Solar Cell Manufacturing Plant in
Narmadapuram, Madhya Pradesh” (“TEV Report”). Although TEV Report has evaluated key factors including
technology selection, manufacturing capacity, raw material sourcing, market demand, operational costs, capital
expenditure, and risk mitigation strategies, the actual costs and returns may differ from the estimates. The TEV
Report has been included in “Material Contracts and Documents for Inspection – Material Documents” on page
777.
We may be required to revise our business plan from time to time, which could result in changes in the proposed
88utilisation of the Net Proceeds, including rescheduling at the discretion of our management in compliance with
the provisions of the Companies Act. In the event of any variation in actual utilisation of the Net Proceeds, any
increased fund deployment for a particular activity may be met from funds earmarked from any other activity
and/or from our internal accruals. Further, any such revision in the estimates may require us to revise our projected
expenditure which may have a bearing on our profitability.
63. We propose to utilise the Net Proceeds towards funding capital expenditure, part funding of our
incremental working capital requirements and general corporate purposes. Any variation in the
utilisation of our Net Proceeds would be subject to certain compliance requirements, including prior
Shareholders’ approval which may adversely impact our result of operations.
We propose to utilise the Net Proceeds towards funding capital expenditure, part funding of our incremental
working capital requirements of our Company and general corporate purposes. For further details of the proposed
objects of the Offer, please see section titled “Objects of the Offer” on page 158. We cannot determine with any
certainty if we would require the Net Proceeds to meet any other expenditure or fund any exigencies arising out
of the competitive environment, business conditions, economic conditions or other factors beyond our control.
Further, the Net Proceeds are intended to be utilised by the Company only. The planned use of the Net Proceeds
is based on current conditions and is subject to changes in external circumstances, costs, other financial conditions
or business strategies. Any variation in the planned use of the Net Proceeds will be made in compliance with SEBI
ICDR Regulations, SEBI Listing Regulations, and other applicable laws and would also require Shareholders’
approval by passing a special resolution and our Promoters will be required to provide an exit opportunity to the
Shareholders who do not agree to such proposal to vary the objects and may involve considerable time or cost
overrun and in such an eventuality it may adversely affect our operations or business.
64. Our ability to pay dividends in the future will depend upon our earnings, financial condition, cash flows
and capital requirements. While we have paid dividend in past; however, we cannot assure payment of
dividends on the Equity Shares in the future.
Our ability to pay dividends depends on our earnings, financial condition, cash flows, capital requirements,
applicable Indian legal restrictions and other factors. We may decide to retain all of our earnings to finance the
development and expansion of our business and, therefore, may not declare dividends on our Equity Shares. We
may, in the future, be restricted by the terms of our loan agreements, from making any dividend payments, unless
otherwise agreed upon by our lenders. Our ability to pay dividends in the future will depend upon our earnings,
financial condition, cash flows and capital requirements. While we have paid dividend in past; however, we cannot
assure payment of dividends on the Equity Shares in the future. For further details on our dividend policy and
dividends paid, please see section titled “Dividend Policy” on page 480. The declaration and payment of dividends
will be recommended by the Board of Directors and approved by the Shareholders, at their discretion, subject to
the provisions of the Articles of Association and applicable law, including the Companies Act, 2013. Our
Company may or may not grant the benefit of a tax treaty (where applicable) to a non-resident shareholder for the
purposes of deducting tax at source from such dividend. Investors should consult their own tax advisors about the
consequences of investing or trading in the Equity Shares.
65. We will continue to be controlled by our Promoters after the completion of the Offer and our Promoters
may have interests that are different from those of our other Shareholders.
As on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Promoters and Promoter Group collectively hold 256,816,185
Equity Shares of our Company representing 89.74% of our Equity Share capital. After this Offer, our Promoters
and Promoter Group will continue to exercise significant control or exert significant influence over our business
policies and affairs and all matters requiring Shareholders’ approval, including composition of our Board, the
adoption of amendments to our constitutional documents, the approval of mergers, strategic acquisitions or joint
ventures and the policies for dividends, lending, investments and capital expenditures. This control could have the
effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our Company or changes in management and will make
the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the support of our Promoters. The interests of
our Promoter could conflict with our interests or the interests of our other Shareholders. While the actions carried
out by our Company post-listing will be subject to Board and Shareholder approval, as required under the
Companies Act, 2013, and the SEBI Listing Regulations, any such conflict may adversely affect our ability to
execute our business strategy or to operate our business.
8966. Our Promoters have entered into a promoters’ inter-se agreement to align their understanding on the
transfer of Equity Shares, which will come into effect post listing of our Company’s Equity Shares. The
provisions of this agreement may impact the management, control, and shareholder rights of our
Company
Our Promoters and one of our Promoter Group members, namely Ketan Mehta, Sweta Mehta, Mehta Family
Trustee Private Limited, Mehta Family Trust and Sonali Mehta (the “Mehta Family Group”), Pawan Kumar
Sharma, Richa Sharma and Sharma Family Trust (the “Sharma Family Group”), and Sanjay Garudapally,
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally and Garudapally Family Trust (the “Garudapally Family Group”), have entered into
a promoters’ inter-se agreement dated September 29, 2025 (“Promoters’ inter-se Agreement”), pursuant to
which, a promoter family group may subject to applicable laws and the regulatory lock-in restrictions, transfer (i)
up to 5% of their respective shareholding in a financial year after complying with the right of first refusal to other
promoter family groups as per the Promoters’ inter-se Agreement (“ROFR”); and (ii) beyond 5% of their
respective shareholding in a financial year, after seeking written consent from the other promoter family groups
and after following the ROFR mechanism. The Promoters’ inter-se Agreement also provides that in case the
shareholding of any of the promoter family groups fall below 10% of the paid up and issued share capital of the
Company, on a fully diluted basis, then such promoter family group would be required to resign from the Board
of Directors and Committees of the Board or KMP positions.
While the Promoter inter-se Agreement is intended to promote coordination among the Promoters with respect to
their respective shareholding, certain provisions may give rise to risks that could adversely affect our Company
and its shareholders. ROFR may impact the ability of the Promoters to freely sell Equity Shares in the open market
and could potentially reduce liquidity in our Equity Shares. Further, where a promoter family group’s shareholding
falls below 10% of the issued and paid-up capital of the Company, they will have to resign from the Board of
Directors and Committees of the Board and KMP positions. Such provisions may result in changes in the
composition of our Board and management, which may affect continuity and stability in governance.
67. Negative public opinion about our Company, or the industries in which we operate could adversely
affect our ability to retain and attract merchants, customers and employees and expose us to litigation
and regulatory actions. Such negative publicity could damage our reputation and adversely impact
business and financial results.
Negative public opinion about our Company, or the industries in which we operate could adversely affect our
ability to retain and attract merchants, customers and employees and expose us to litigation and regulatory actions.
Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including but
not limited to corporate governance, sales and marketing practices, regulatory compliance, cybersecurity breaches,
failures to safeguard personal information, mergers and acquisitions, and actions taken by government regulators
and community organizations in response to that conduct. Any actual or alleged conduct by one business that we
operate can result in negative public opinion about other businesses that we operate. Although we take steps to
minimize reputational risk in dealing with merchants and end-customers, we are inherently exposed to this risk.
The proliferation of social media may increase the likelihood that negative public opinion from any of the events
discussed above will impact our reputation and business.
68. Our Promoter, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally is unable to trace her educational degrees/certificates, and
we have relied on undertakings furnished by her for the details of her educational background as
disclosed in this DRHP. In absence of the documentary evidence, we are unable to independently
confirm the correctness and veracity of the information in respect of education qualification provided
by our Promoter, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally.
The degrees/certificates pertaining to the educational qualifications of our Promoter, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally
(having completed B.Sc. in computer science from St. Josephs College) is not traceable. While she has taken the
requisite steps to obtain the relevant supporting documentation, including by making a written request through
email to the college, she has not been able to procure the same. Accordingly, our Company have placed reliance
on the affidavit furnished by her to us and the Book Running Lead Managers, and copies of the correspondences
with the relevant college, to disclose the details of her educational qualifications in this DRHP. While the
Companies Act, 2013 read with relevant rules thereunder does not prescribe any specific requirement to hold any
educational qualifications, we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to risks arising from the unavailability
of such record. Further, in absence of primary documentary evidence, we are unable to independently confirm the
correctness and veracity of the information in respect of education of our Promoter, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally.
9069. Immovable property acquired by our Company pursuant to the scheme of merger are yet to be
transferred in the name of our Company. Land title in India can be uncertain and we may not be able
to identify or correct defects or irregularities in title to the land.
Pursuant to order passed by Regional Director, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Western Region, Mumbai on
September 24, 2024, in the matter of scheme of merger of Kavit Green Energy Private Limited (the “Transferor
Company”) with our Company, the following immovable property was acquired from Transferor Company by
our Company.
S. No. Address of land
1. Sy. No 158/1, 158/2, 158/3 Hunashihal Village, Yelburga Taluk, Koppal, Karnataka
The change of title of above property in name the name of our Company is still pending. We cannot assure you
that the change in title of above property will be completed in a timely manner or at all.
Failure to complete the registration of the transfer of title of the above immovable property in our Company’s
name may restrict our ability to exercise full legal rights over such property, including its use, development, or
transfer, and could adversely affect our operations and business.
70. We have extended a loan to one of our KMP and any default or non-recovery of such loan may adversely
affect us.
As on July 31, 2025, a sum of ₹ 0.41 million is outstanding towards a loan granted by our Company to one of our
KMP. Although such loan has been granted in compliance with applicable laws, we cannot assure you of its timely
repayment or recovery. For further details, see the section titled “Restated Consolidated Financial Information-
Note no. 51 - Related Party Transactions”. Any delay, default or inability to recover this amount may result in
financial loss.
71. Our Company will not receive the entire proceeds from the Offer since the Offer comprises a Fresh
Issue of Equity Shares by our Company and an Offer for Sale of Equity Shares by the Selling
Shareholders. The shareholder selling shares in the Offer and will receive proceeds as part of the Offer
for Sale
The Offer comprises a Fresh Issue of Equity Shares by our Company and an Offer for Sale of Equity Shares by
the Selling Shareholders. The proceeds from the Offer for Sale (after deducting applicable Offer expenses) will
be paid to the Selling Shareholders in proportion to their respective portion of their Offered Shares and our
Company will not receive any such proceeds from such Offer for Sale. For further details, see the section titled
“Objects of the Offer” and “Capital Structure” on pages 158 and 123, respectively.
72. Industry information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been derived from an industry
report exclusively commissioned and paid for by us for the purposes of the Offer. Any reliance on such
information for making an investment decision in the Offer is subject to inherent risks. Accordingly,
prospective investors should not place undue reliance on or base their investment decision solely on this
information.
Certain sections of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus include information based on or derived from or extracts of
the report titled “India’s renewable energy market” dated September, 2025 prepared by Crisil Limited (“CRISIL
Report”), which has been commissioned and paid for by our Company and any reliance on such information for
making an investment decision in the Offer is subject to inherent risks. Crisil Limited is not related to our
Company, Directors or Promoters. We commissioned and paid for this report for the purpose of confirming our
understanding of the industry in connection with the Offer. All such information in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus indicates CRISIL Report as its source. Accordingly, any information in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus derived from, or based on, CRISIL Report should be read taking into consideration the foregoing.
Industry sources and publications are also prepared based on information as of specific dates and may no longer
be current or reflect current trends. Further, CRISIL Report is not a recommendation to invest / disinvest in any
company covered in CRISIL Report. Accordingly, prospective investors should not place undue reliance on, or
base their investment decision solely on this information.
In view of the foregoing, you may not be able to seek legal recourse for any losses resulting from undertaking any
91investment in the Offer pursuant to reliance on the information in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus based on, or
derived from, CRISIL Report. You should consult your own advisors and undertake an independent assessment
of information in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus based on, or derived from, Company commissioned CRISIL
Report before making any investment decision regarding the Offer. Please see section titled “Industry Overview”
on page 205. For the disclaimers associated with the CRISIL Report, please see section titled “Certain
Conventions, Use of Financial Information and Market Data and Currency of Presentation – Industry and Market
Data” on page 22.
73. We have included certain financial and operational performance indicators, non-GAAP measures and
certain other industry measures related to our operations and financial performance. These operational
metrics, non-GAAP measures and industry measures may not be comparable with financial or industry
related statistical information of similar nomenclature computed and presented by other peer
companies.
We have included certain financial and operational performance indicators in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
such as Adjusted PAT, Adjusted PAT Margin, PAT Margin, Adjusted Return on Average Equity (Adj. ROE),
Fixed Asset Turnover Ratio, Net Asset Value per Share, Net Debt, Net Debt to Operating EBITDA, Net Debt to
Total Equity, Net Working Capital Days, Operating EBITDA, Operating EBITDA Margin, PBT Margin, Revenue
from Operations Growth, Return on Average Capital Employed (ROCE), and Return on Average Equity (ROE).
These measures are supplemental measures of our operations and financial performance and are not required by,
or presented in accordance with, Ind AS, Indian GAAP, IFRS or U.S. GAAP, and are prepared with internal
systems and tools that are not independently verified by any third party and which may differ from estimates or
similar metrics published by third parties due to differences in sources, methodologies, or the assumptions on
which we rely. Our internal systems have a number of limitations and our methodologies for tracking these metrics
may change over time, which could result in unexpected changes to our metrics, including the metrics we publicly
disclose. If the internal systems we use to track these metrics under count or over count performance or contain
algorithmic or other technical errors, the data we report may not be accurate. While these numbers are based on
what we believe to be reasonable estimates of our measures for the applicable period of measurement. Limitations
or errors with respect to how we measure data or with respect to the data that we measure may affect our
understanding of certain details of our business and financial operations. Also, please see section titled
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Basis for Issue
Price – Key Performance Indicators” on pages 600 and 186.
Further, these measures are not a measurement of our operations and financial performance under Ind AS or IFRS
and should not be considered in isolation or construed as an alternative to cash flows, profit/ (loss) for the year/
period or any other measure of financial performance or as an indicator of our operating performance, liquidity,
profitability or cash flows generated by operating, investing or financing activities derived in accordance with Ind
AS or IFRS, as reported in our Restated Consolidated Financial Information. Although such metrics are not a
measure of performance calculated in accordance with applicable accounting standards, our Company’s
management believes that they are useful to an investor in evaluating us as they are widely used measures to
evaluate a company’s operating performance. These measures may not be computed on the basis of any standard
methodology that is applicable across the industry and therefore may not be comparable to financial measures of
similar nomenclature that may be computed and presented by other companies and are not measures of operating
performance or liquidity defined by Ind AS and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by
other companies and has limited usefulness as a comparative measure.
External Risks
Risks Relating to India
74. The Indian economy and its capital markets are influenced by economic, political and market conditions
in India and globally including the volatility in the securities markets in other countries. Political,
economic or other factors that are beyond our control may have an adverse effect on our business and
results of operations.
The Indian economy and its capital markets are influenced by economic, political and market conditions in India
and globally including the volatility in the securities markets in other countries. We are dependent on prevailing
economic conditions in India and our results of operations are affected by factors influencing the Indian economy.
Further, the following external risks may have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations, should
any of them materialize:
92• increase in interest rates may adversely affect our access to capital and increase our borrowing costs, which
may constrain our ability to grow our business and operate profitably;
• any exchange rate fluctuations, the imposition of currency controls and restrictions on the right to convert
or repatriate currency or export assets;
• political instability, resulting from a change in governmental or economic and fiscal policies, may
adversely affect economic conditions in India. In recent years, India has implemented various economic
and political reforms. Reforms in relation to land acquisition policies and trade barriers have led to
increased incidents of social unrest in India over which we have no control;
• civil unrest, acts of violence, terrorist attacks, regional conflicts or situations or war including in India’s
various neighbouring countries; India has experienced epidemics and natural calamities such as
earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, and drought in recent years;
• any act of God and its consequent impact on public and economy;
• occurrence of natural or man-made disasters (such as typhoons, flooding, earthquakes and fires) which
may cause us to suspend our operations;
• prevailing regional or global economic conditions, including in India’s principal export markets;
• decline in India’s foreign exchange reserves which may affect liquidity in the Indian economy;
• other significant regulatory or economic developments in or affecting India or its consumption sector;
• protectionist and other adverse public policies, including local content requirements, import/export tariffs,
increased regulations or capital investment requirements;
• macroeconomic factors and central bank regulation, including in relation to interest rates movements which
may in turn adversely impact our access to capital and increase our borrowing costs;
• logistical and communications challenges;
• difficulty in developing any necessary partnerships with local businesses on commercially acceptable terms
or on a timely basis;
• international business practices that may conflict with other customs or legal requirements to which we are
subject to, including anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws; being subject to the jurisdiction of foreign
courts, including uncertainty of judicial processes and difficulty enforcing contractual agreements or
judgments in foreign legal systems or incurring additional costs to do so; and
• contagious diseases such as the COVID-19 pandemic, the highly pathogenic H7N9, H5N1 and H1N1
strains of influenza in birds and swine, and any other diseases. A worsening of the current COVID-19
pandemic or any similar future outbreaks of COVID-19, avian or swine influenza or a similar contagious
disease could adversely affect the Indian economy and economic activity in the region.
Any slowdown or perceived slowdown in the Indian economy, or in specific sectors of the Indian economy, could
adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and the price of the Equity Shares. Our
performance and the growth of our business depends on the overall performance of the Indian economy as well
as the economies of the regional markets in which we operate.
75. The regulatory environment in which we operate is evolving and subject to change. Changing laws,
rules and regulations and legal uncertainties, including adverse application of corporate, labour and
tax laws, may adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects.
The regulatory environment in which we operate is evolving and subject to change. New laws, amendments, or
regulations implemented by the Government of India may impose additional compliance requirements, increase
operational costs, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The
manner in which new requirements are enforced or interpreted may also create uncertainty in our operations.
Our loans and credit facilities are subject to conditions imposed by governmental authorities, and any adverse
regulatory development may limit our ability to access such facilities on favorable terms. Further, changes in
taxation laws, GST compliance requirements, or interpretations of existing tax laws, including the implementation
of the Direct Tax Code, 2025, may increase our costs or require additional approvals.
The Competition Act, 2002, prohibits anti-competitive conduct and abuse of dominant position. While we are not
currently subject to any proceedings, any future enforcement or scrutiny could adversely affect our business.
Similarly, changes in labor laws, including the Social Security Code, 2020, Occupational Safety, Health and
Working Conditions Code, 2020, Industrial Relations Code, 2020, and the Code on Wages, 2019, may increase
employee costs and administrative burdens.
93Additionally, laws relating to data protection, environmental compliance, and other sector-specific regulations are
subject to evolving interpretations, and non-compliance or delays in obtaining approvals could result in penalties,
reputational harm, or restrictions on our operations.
For further details on the regulatory framework applicable to our business and the approvals required, please see
“Key Regulations and Policies in India” on page 350.
76. The Indian financial market and the Indian economy are influenced by economic and market conditions
in other countries, particularly in the USA and Asian emerging market countries. Financial instability
in the global or Indian financial markets could adversely affect our results of operations and financial
condition and may cause the price of our Equity Shares to decline.
The Indian financial market and the Indian economy are influenced by economic and market conditions in other
countries, particularly in the USA and Asian emerging market countries. Financial turmoil in the global economy
has affected the Indian economy in the past. Although economic conditions are different in each country,
investors’ reactions to developments in one country can have adverse effects on the securities of companies in
other countries, including India. A loss in investor confidence in the financial systems of other emerging markets
may cause increased volatility in Indian financial markets and, indirectly, in the Indian economy in general. Any
worldwide financial instability could also have a negative impact on the Indian economy and could harm our
results of operations and financial condition.
Further, economic developments globally can have a significant impact on our principal markets. Concerns related
to a trade war between large economies may lead to increased risk aversion and volatility in global capital markets
and consequently have an impact on the Indian economy. Following the United Kingdom’s exit from the European
Union (“Brexit”), there still remains significant uncertainty around the impact of Brexit on the general economic
conditions in the United Kingdom and the European Union and any consequential impact on global financial
markets.
In addition, China is one of India’s major trading partners and there are rising concerns of a strained relationship
with India, which could have an adverse impact on the trade relations between the two countries. Such
developments, or the perception that they could occur, have had and may continue to have a material adverse
effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and may significantly reduce
global market liquidity, restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets or
restrict our access to capital. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations and reduce the price of the Equity Shares.
77. Civil disturbances, regional conflicts and other acts of violence in India and abroad may disrupt or
otherwise adversely affect the Indian economy. Events of this nature in the future could have an adverse
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Certain events that are beyond the control of our Company, such as violence, civil unrest, or geo-political unrest,
including those involving India, Middle East, Russia, Ukraine, the United Kingdom, USA, China or other
countries, may adversely affect worldwide financial markets and could potentially lead to a severe economic
recession, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and
more generally, any of these events could lower confidence in India’s economy. Southern Asia has, from time to
time, experienced instances of civil unrest and political tensions and hostilities among neighbouring countries.
Political tensions could create a perception that there is a risk of disruption of services provided by India-based
companies, which could have an adverse effect on our business, future financial performance and the price of the
Equity Shares. Furthermore, if India were to become engaged in armed hostilities, particularly hostilities that are
protracted or involve the threat or use of nuclear weapons, the Indian economy and consequently Company’s
operations might be significantly affected. India has from time to time experienced social and civil unrest and
hostilities, including riots, regional conflicts and other acts of violence. Events of this nature in the future could
have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
78. Any increase in inflation in India can increase our expenses, which we may not be able to adequately
pass on to our customers, whether entirely or in part, and may adversely affect our business and
financial condition.
India has experienced high inflation in the recent past. Increasing inflation in India could cause a rise in the costs
of rent, wages, equipment and materials and other expenses. High fluctuations in inflation rates may make it more
94difficult for us to accurately estimate or control our costs. Any increase in inflation in India can increase our
expenses, which we may not be able to adequately pass on to our customers, whether entirely or in part, and may
adversely affect our business and financial condition. If we are unable to increase our revenues sufficiently to
offset our increased costs due to inflation, it could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows. Further, the GoI and RBI have previously initiated economic
measures to combat high inflation rates, and it is unclear how such measures will impact our business as well as
the business of our customers. There can be no assurance that Indian inflation levels will not worsen in the future.
79. Our ability to raise foreign capital may be constrained by Indian law. As an Indian company, we are
subject to exchange controls that regulate borrowing in foreign currencies. Such regulatory restrictions
limit our financing sources and could constrain our ability to obtain financings on competitive terms
and refinance existing indebtedness.
As an Indian company, we are subject to exchange controls that regulate borrowing in foreign currencies. Such
regulatory restrictions limit our financing sources and could constrain our ability to obtain financings on
competitive terms and refinance existing indebtedness. In addition, we cannot assure you that any required
regulatory approvals for borrowing in foreign currencies will be granted to us without onerous conditions, or at
all. Limitations on foreign debt may have an adverse effect on our business growth, financial condition and results
of operations.
80. Under Indian law, foreign investors are subject to investment restrictions that limit our ability to attract
foreign investors, which may adversely affect the trading price of the Equity Shares.
Under the foreign exchange regulations currently in force in India, transfer of shares between non-residents and
residents are freely permitted (subject to certain exceptions) if they comply with the pricing guidelines and
reporting requirements specified by the RBI or in the alternate, the pricing is in compliance with the extant
provisions of the SEBI Regulations. If the transfer of shares is not in compliance with such pricing guidelines or
reporting requirements or falls under any of the exceptions referred above, then the prior approval of the RBI will
be required. Additionally, Shareholders who seek to convert the Rupee proceeds from sale of shares in India into
foreign currency and repatriate that foreign currency from India may require a no objection or a tax clearance
certificate from the income tax authority. As provided in the foreign exchange controls currently in effect in India,
the RBI has provided that the price at which the Equity Shares are transferred be calculated in accordance with
internationally accepted pricing methodology for the valuation of shares at an arm’s length basis, and a higher (or
lower, as applicable) price per share may not be permitted. We cannot assure investors that any required approval
from the RBI or any other Indian government agency can be obtained on any particular terms, or at all. Further,
due to possible delays in obtaining requisite approvals, investors in the Equity Shares may be prevented from
realizing gains during periods of price increase or limiting losses during periods of price decline.
The Equity Shares will be quoted in Indian Rupees on the Stock Exchanges. Any dividends in respect of the Equity
Shares will be paid in ₹ and subsequently converted into appropriate foreign currency for repatriation. In addition,
any adverse movement in exchange rates during a delay in repatriating the proceeds from a sale of Equity Shares
outside India, for example, because of a delay in regulatory approvals that may be required for the sale of Equity
Shares, may reduce the net proceeds received by shareholders.
In terms of Press Note 3 of 2020, dated April 17, 2020, issued by the Department for Promotion of Industry and
Internal Trade (“DPIIT”), the foreign direct investment policy has been recently amended to state that all
investments under the foreign direct investment route by entities of a country which shares land border with India
or where the beneficial owner of an investment into India is situated in or is a citizen of any such country will
require prior approval of the GoI. Further, in the event of a transfer of ownership of any existing or future foreign
direct investment in an entity in India, directly or indirectly, resulting in the beneficial ownership falling within
the aforesaid restriction/ purview, such subsequent change in the beneficial ownership will also require approval
of the GoI. Furthermore, on April 22, 2020, the Ministry of Finance, GoI has also made a similar amendment to
the FEMA Rules. While the term “beneficial owner” is defined under the Prevention of Money-Laundering
(Maintenance of Records) Rules, 2005 and the General Financial Rules, 2017, neither the foreign direct
investment policy nor the FEMA Rules provide a definition of the term “beneficial owner”. The interpretation of
“beneficial owner” and enforcement of this regulatory change involves certain uncertainties, which may have an
adverse effect on our ability to raise foreign capital. Further, there is uncertainty regarding the timeline within
which the said approval from the GoI may be obtained, if at all.
9581. There is no existing market for the Equity Shares, and we do not know if one will develop. The Offer
Price of the Equity Shares may not be indicative of the market price of the Equity Shares after the Offer.
Prior to the Offer, there has been no public market for our Equity Shares, and an active trading market on the
Indian Stock Exchanges may not develop or be sustained after the Offer. The Offer Price of the Equity Shares has
been determined by our Company in consultation with the BRLMs and in accordance with the Book Building
Process and is based on numerous factors. For further details, please see section titled “Basis for Offer Price” on
page 182. The Offer Price of the Equity Shares may bear no relationship to the market price of the Equity Shares
after the Offer. The Offer Price is not indicative of the market price for the Equity Shares after the Offer. The
market price of the Equity Shares could be subject to significant fluctuations after the Offer and may decline
below the Offer Price. There can be no assurances that Bidders who are Allotted Equity Shares through the Offer
will be able to re-sell their Equity Shares at or above the Offer Price.
82. Our performance and the growth of our business are necessarily dependent on the health of the overall
Indian economy. Any slowdown or perceived slowdown in economic growth in India could cause our
business to suffer.
Our performance and the growth of our business are necessarily dependent on the health of the overall Indian
economy. Any slowdown or perceived slowdown in the Indian economy or future volatility in global commodity
prices could adversely affect our business. Additionally, an increase in trade deficit, a downgrading in India’s
sovereign debt rating or a decline in India’s foreign exchange reserves could negatively affect interest rates and
liquidity, which could adversely affect the Indian economy and our business. In particular, the COVID-19
pandemic caused an economic downturn in India and globally. Any downturn in the macroeconomic environment
in India could also adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
India’s economy could be adversely affected by a general rise in interest rates or inflation, adverse weather
conditions affecting agriculture, commodity and energy prices as well as various other factors. A slowdown in the
Indian economy could adversely affect the policy of the GoI towards our industry, which may in turn adversely
affect our financial performance and our ability to implement our business strategy.
The Indian economy is also influenced by economic and market conditions in other countries, particularly
emerging market conditions in Asia. A decline in India’s foreign exchange reserves and exchange rate fluctuations
may also affect liquidity and interest rates in the Indian economy, which could adversely impact our financial
condition. A loss of investor confidence in other emerging market economies or any worldwide financial
instability may adversely affect the Indian economy, which could materially and adversely affect our business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Further, other factors which may adversely affect the Indian economy are scarcity of credit or other financing in
India, resulting in an adverse impact on economic conditions in India and scarcity of financing of our expansions;
volatility in, and actual or perceived trends in trading activity on, India’s principal stock exchanges; changes in
India’s tax, trade, fiscal or monetary policies, like application of GST; political instability, terrorism or military
conflict in India or in countries in the region or globally, including in India’s various neighbouring countries;
occurrence of natural or manmade disasters; infectious disease outbreaks or other serious public health concerns;
prevailing regional or global economic conditions, including in India’s principal export markets; and other
significant regulatory or economic developments in or affecting India or its financial services sectors.
83. An investment in the Equity Shares is subject to general risks related to investments in Indian
companies.
We are incorporated in India and our assets and employees are located in India. Consequently, our business, results
of operations, financial condition and the market price of the Equity Shares will be affected by changes in interest
rates in India, policies of the Government of India, including taxation policies along with policies relating to
industry, political, social and economic developments affecting India.
84. Any downgrading of India’s sovereign debt rating by an international rating agency could have an
adverse impact on our business.
India's sovereign rating is Baa3 with a “stable” outlook (Moody’s), BBB with a “stable” outlook (S&P) and BBB-
with a “stable” outlook (Fitch). India’s sovereign rating could be downgraded due to various factors, including
changes in tax or fiscal policy or a decline in India's foreign exchange reserves, which are outside our control.
96Any adverse change in India's credit ratings by international rating agencies may adversely impact the Indian
economy and consequently our ability to raise additional financing in a timely manner or at all, as well as the
interest rates and other commercial terms at which such additional financing is available. This could have an
adverse effect on our business and financial performance, ability to obtain financing for capital expenditures and
the price of the Equity Shares.
85. Significant differences exist between Ind AS and other accounting principles, such as US GAAP and
IFRS, which may be material to investors’ assessments of our financial condition.
The Restated Consolidated Financial Information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been prepared
in accordance with Ind AS. We have not attempted to quantify the impact of US GAAP or IFRS on the financial
data included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, nor do we provide a reconciliation of our financial statements
to those of US GAAP or IFRS. US GAAP and IFRS differ in significant respects from Ind AS. Accordingly, the
degree to which the Ind AS financial statements, which are restated as per the SEBI ICDR Regulations included
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, will provide meaningful information is entirely dependent on the reader’s
level of familiarity with Indian accounting practices. Any reliance by persons not familiar with Indian accounting
practices on the financial disclosures presented in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus should be limited
accordingly.
86. Rights of Shareholders under Indian laws may differ to those under the laws of other jurisdictions.
Investors may face challenges in asserting their rights as a Shareholder in an Indian company than as
a Shareholder of an entity in another jurisdiction.
Indian laws and legal principles related to corporate procedures, directors’ fiduciary duties and liabilities, and
Shareholders’ rights may differ from those that would apply to a company in another jurisdiction. Shareholders’
rights under Indian law, including in relation to class actions, may not be as extensive as shareholders’ rights
under the laws of other countries or jurisdictions. Investors may face challenges in asserting their rights as a
Shareholder in an Indian company than as a Shareholder of an entity in another jurisdiction.
87. Investors may be subject to Indian taxes arising out of capital gains on the sale of the Equity Shares
Under current Indian tax laws, unless specifically exempted, capital gains arising from the sale of equity shares
held as investments in an Indian company are generally taxable in India. Any capital gain realized on the sale of
listed equity shares on a Stock Exchange held for more than 12 months immediately preceding the date of transfer
will be subject to long-term capital gains in India at the specified rates depending on certain factors, such as
whether the sale is undertaken on or off the Stock Exchanges, the quantum of gains and any available treaty relief.
Accordingly, you may be subject to payment of long-term capital gains tax in India, in addition to payment of
Securities Transaction Tax (“STT”), on the sale of any Equity Shares held for more than 12 months immediately
preceding the date of transfer. STT will be levied on and collected by a domestic stock exchange on which the
Equity Shares are sold. Further, any capital gains realized on the sale of listed equity shares held for a period of
12 months or less immediately preceding the date of transfer will be subject to short-term capital gains tax in
India.
In terms of the Finance Bill (No.2), 2024, with effect from July 24, 2024, taxes payable by an assessee on the
capital gains arising from transfer of long-term capital assets (introduced as Section 112A of the Income-Tax Act,
1961) shall be calculated on such long-term capital gains at the rate of 12.5%, where the long-term capital gains
exceed ₹125,000. The stamp duty for transfer of certain securities, other than debentures, on a delivery basis is
currently specified at 0.015% and on a non-delivery basis is specified at 0.003% of the consideration amount.
Under the Finance Act 2020, any dividends paid by an Indian company will be subject to tax in the hands of the
shareholders at applicable rates. Such taxes will be withheld by the Indian company paying dividends. The
Company may or may not grant the benefit of a tax treaty (where applicable) to a non-resident shareholder for the
purposes of deducting tax at source pursuant to any corporate action including dividends. Investors are advised to
consult their own tax advisors and to carefully consider the potential tax consequences of owning Equity Shares.
Unfavorable changes in or interpretations of existing, or the promulgation of new, laws, rules and regulations
including foreign investment and stamp duty laws governing our business and operations could result in us being
deemed to be in contravention of such laws and may require us to apply for additional approvals.
9788. A third party could be prevented from acquiring control of our Company because of anti-takeover
provisions under Indian law.
There are provisions in Indian law that may delay, deter or prevent a future takeover or change in control of our
Company, even if a change in control would result in the purchase of your Equity Shares at a premium to the
market price or would otherwise be beneficial to you. Such provisions may discourage or prevent certain types of
transactions involving actual or threatened change in control of our Company. Although these provisions have
been formulated to ensure that interests of investors/Shareholders are protected, these provisions may also
discourage a third party from attempting to take control of our Company. Consequently, even if a potential
takeover of our Company would result in the purchase of the Equity Shares at a premium to their market price or
would otherwise be beneficial to its stakeholders, it is possible that such a takeover would not be attempted or
consummated because of the SEBI Takeover Regulations.
Risks Relating to the Offer and the Equity Shares
89. The Offer Price of our Equity Shares, our price-to-earnings ratio and our enterprise value to earnings
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation (“EBITDA”) ratio may not be indicative of the
trading price of our Equity Shares upon listing on the Stock Exchanges subsequent to the Offer and, as
a result, you may lose a significant part or all of your investment
While our market capitalisation is subject to the determination of the Offer Price, which will be determined by
our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs through the book building process, enterprise value to EBITDA
ratio for Fiscal 2025 is set out below
Particulars Ratio vis-à-vis Floor Price Ratio vis-à-vis Cap Price
Enterprise value to EBITDA (1) [●] [●]
(1) For reconciliation of EBITDA, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our Results of Operations –
Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 613.
Further, our Offer Price, the multiples and ratio specified above may not be comparable to the market price, market
capitalisation and price-to-earnings ratios of our peers and would be dependent on the various factors included
under “Basis for Offer Price” beginning on page 182. Accordingly, any valuation exercise undertaken for the
purposes of the Offer by our Company and the Selling Shareholders in consultation with the BRLMs, would not
be based on a benchmark with our industry peers. The relevant financial parameters on the basis of which Price
Band will be determined, have been disclosed under “Basis for Offer Price” beginning on page 182 and shall be
disclosed in the price band advertisement. For details of comparison with listed peers, see “Basis for Offer Price”
beginning on page 182.
Prior to this Offer, there has been no public trading market for our Equity Shares. It is possible that, after this
Offer, an active trading market will not develop or continue. Listing and quotation do not guarantee that a market
for our Equity Shares will develop, or if developed, the liquidity of such market for our Equity Shares. If an active
trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our Equity Shares that you buy. The
determination of the Offer Price will be based on various factors and assumptions, and will be determined by our
Company, in consultation with the BRLMs through the Book Building Process. This Offer Price is based on
certain factors, as described under “Basis for Offer Price” beginning on page 182 of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus and may not be indicative of the trading price of our Equity Shares, upon listing on the Stock
Exchanges subsequent to the Offer. The trading price of our Equity Shares could be subject to significant
fluctuations and may decline below the Offer Price. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our Equity Shares
at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.
90. The Equity Shares have never been publicly traded, and, after the Offer, the Equity Shares may
experience price and volume fluctuations, and an active trading market for the Equity Shares may not
develop. Further, the current market price of some securities listed pursuant to certain previous issues
managed by the Book Running Lead Managers may be below their respective issue prices.
Prior to the Offer, there has been no public market for the Equity Shares, and an active trading market on the Stock
Exchanges may not develop or be sustained after the Offer. Listing and quotation does not guarantee that a market
for the Equity Shares will develop, or if developed, the liquidity of such market for the Equity Shares. The Offer
Price of the Equity Shares is proposed to be determined through a book-building process and shall be based on
various factors, as described in the section titled “Basis for the Offer Price” on page 182. This price may not
98necessarily be indicative of the market price of the Equity Shares at the time of commencement of trading of the
Equity Shares or at any time thereafter. You may not be able to re-sell your Equity Shares at or above the Offer
Price and may as a result lose all or part of your investment.
We cannot assure you that active trading in our Equity Shares will develop after the Offer, or if such trading
develops that it will continue. The Bidders may not be able to sell our Equity Shares at the quoted price if there is
no active trading in our Equity Shares.
The trading price of our Equity Shares after this Offer may be subject to significant fluctuations as a result of
market volatility or due to various internal or external risks, including but not limited to those described in this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Further, the current market price of securities listed pursuant to certain previous
initial public offerings managed by the Book Running Lead Managers are below its offer price. For further details,
please see section titled “Other Regulatory and Statutory Disclosures – Price information of past issues handled
by the Book Running Lead Managers” on page 700.
The market price of our Equity Shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control,
including:
• the failure of security analysts to cover the Equity Shares after this Offer, or changes in the estimates of our
performance by analysts;
• the activities of competitors and suppliers;
• future sales of the Equity Shares by our major Shareholders;
• investor perception of us and the industry in which we operate;
• our quarterly or annual earnings or those of our competitors;
• developments affecting fiscal, industrial or environmental regulations;
• the public’s reaction to our press releases and adverse media reports;
• speculative trading in the Equity Shares;
• changes in exchange rates;
• outbreaks of new pandemics and/ or epidemics; and
• general economic and market conditions.
Changes in relation to any of the factors listed above could adversely affect the market price of the Equity Shares.
The market price of the Equity Shares may decline below the Offer Price and investors may not be able to re-sell
Equity Shares at or above the Offer Price resulting in a loss of all or part of your investment.
91. Fluctuation in the exchange rate between the Indian Rupee and foreign currencies may have an adverse
effect on the value of the Equity Shares, independent of our operating results.
On listing, the Equity Shares will be quoted in Indian Rupees on the Stock Exchanges. The value of the investors’
investment and dividend could be adversely affected by any fluctuations in the currency rate. Any dividends in
respect of the Equity Shares will also be paid in Indian Rupees and subsequently converted into the relevant
foreign currency for repatriation, if required. Any adverse movement in currency exchange rates during the time
that it takes to undertake such conversion may reduce the net dividend to foreign investors. In addition, any adverse
movement in currency exchange rates during a delay in repatriating outside India the proceeds from a sale of
Equity Shares, for example, because of a delay in regulatory approvals that may be required for the sale of Equity
Shares may reduce the proceeds received by Equity Shareholders. For example, the exchange rate between the
Rupee and the US Dollar has fluctuated in recent years and may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future,
which may have an adverse effect on the returns on the Equity Shares, independent of our operating results.
92. The determination of the Price Band is based on various factors and assumptions and the Offer Price
of the Equity Shares may not be indicative of the market price of the Equity Shares after the Offer.
There has been no public market for our Equity Shares prior to the Offer. The determination of the Price Band is
based on various factors and assumptions and will be determined by our Company in consultation with the Book
Running Lead Managers. Furthermore, the Offer Price of the Equity Shares will be determined by our Company
in consultation with the Book Running Lead Managers through the Book Building Process. These will be based
on numerous factors, including factors as described under section titled “Basis for Offer Price” on page 182 and
may not be indicative of the market price for the Equity Shares after the Offer. You may not be able to re-sell your
Equity Shares at or above the Offer price and may as a result lose all or part of your investment. In addition to the
above, the current market price of securities listed pursuant to certain previous initial public offerings managed
99by the Book Running Lead Managers are below their respective issue price. The factors that could affect the
market price of the Equity Shares include, among others, broad market trends, financial performance and results
of our Company post-listing, and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure you that an active market
will develop or sustained trading will take place in the Equity Shares or provide any assurance regarding the price
at which the Equity Shares will be traded after listing.
93. There is no guarantee that the Equity Shares will be listed on the Stock Exchanges in a timely manner
or at all. Investors may not be able to immediately sell any of the Equity Shares subscribed to in this
Offer on Indian Stock Exchanges.
In accordance with current regulations and circulars issued by SEBI, our Equity Shares are required to be listed
on the Stock Exchanges within such time as mandated under UPI Circulars, subject to any change in the prescribed
timeline in this regard. Pursuant to the applicable Indian laws and practice, permission for listing of the Equity
Shares will not be granted till the Equity Shares in this Offer have been issued and allotted and all relevant
documents are submitted to the Stock Exchanges. Further, certain actions must be completed prior to the
commencement of listing and trading of the Equity Shares such as the Investor’s book entry or ‘demat’ accounts
with the Depository Participants in India, expected to be credited within one (1) Working Day of the date on which
the Basis of Allotment is finalized with the Designated Stock Exchange. The trading in the Equity Shares upon
receipt of final listing and trading approvals from the Stock Exchanges is required to commence within three (3)
Working Days of the Bid/ Offer Closing Date. However, we cannot assure you that the trading in our Equity
Shares will commence in a timely manner or at all. Any failure or delay in obtaining the approval or otherwise to
commence trading in Equity Shares would restrict your ability to dispose of your Equity Shares. We cannot assure
you that the Equity Shares will be credited to investors’ demat accounts or that trading in the Equity Shares will
commence in a timely manner (as specified herein) or at all. We could also be required to pay interest at the
applicable rates if the Allotment is not made, refund orders are not dispatched or demat credits are not made to
investors within the prescribed time periods.
94. Any future issuance of Equity Shares, or convertible securities or other equity-linked securities by our
Company may dilute your shareholding and the sale of Equity Shares by our Promoters may adversely
affect the trading price of the Equity Shares.
We may be required to finance our growth, whether organic or inorganic, through future equity offerings. Any
future issuance of the Equity Shares, convertible securities or securities linked to the Equity Shares by us, may
lead to dilution of your shareholding in our Company. Any future equity issuances by us (including under an
employee benefit scheme) or disposal of our Equity Shares by our Promoters or any of our other shareholders or
any other change in our shareholding structure to comply with the minimum public shareholding norms applicable
to listed companies in India or any public perception regarding such issuances or sales may adversely affect the
trading price of the Equity Shares, which may lead to other adverse consequences including difficulty in raising
capital through offering of our Equity Shares or incurring additional debt.
Except as disclosed in section titled “Capital Structure” on page 123, we cannot assure you that we will not issue
further Equity Shares or that our existing Shareholders including our Promoters will not dispose of further Equity
Shares after the completion of the Offer (subject to compliance with the lock-in provisions under the SEBI ICDR
Regulations) or pledge or encumber their Equity Shares. Any future issuances could also dilute the value of
Shareholder’s investment in the Equity Shares and adversely affect the trading price of our Equity Shares. Such
securities may also be issued at prices below the Offer Price. In addition, any perception by investors that such
issuances or sales might occur could also affect the trading price of the Equity Shares.
95. Holders of Equity Shares may be restricted in their ability to exercise pre-emptive rights under Indian
law and thereby suffer future dilution of their ownership position.
Under the Companies Act, a public company incorporated in India must offer its equity Shareholders pre-emptive
rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of Equity Shares to maintain their existing ownership
percentages prior to issuance of any new Equity Shares, unless the pre-emptive rights have been waived by the
adoption of a special resolution by holders of three-fourths of the Equity Shares voting on such resolution.
However, if the laws of the jurisdiction that you are in does not permit the exercise of such pre-emptive rights
without our filing an offering document or registration statement with the applicable authority in such jurisdiction,
you will be unable to exercise such pre-emptive rights, unless we make such a filing. If we elect not to file a
registration statement, the new securities may be issued to a custodian, who may sell the securities for your benefit.
100The value such custodian receives on the sale of any such securities and the related transaction costs cannot be
predicted. To the extent that you are unable to exercise pre-emptive rights granted in respect of our Equity Shares,
your proportional interests in our Company would be diluted.
96. The Indian tax regime is currently undergoing substantial changes. We cannot predict whether any new
tax laws or regulations impacting our operations will be enacted, the likely nature and impact of the
specific terms of any such laws or regulations or whether, if at all, any laws or regulations would have
an adverse effect on our business.
Our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by any change in the
extensive central and state tax regime in India applicable to us and our business. Tax and other levies imposed by
the central and state governments in India that affect our tax liability, include central and state taxes and other
levies, income tax, turnover tax, goods and services tax, stamp duty and other special taxes and surcharges, which
are introduced on a temporary or permanent basis from time to time. This extensive central and state tax regime
is subject to change from time to time. The final determination of our tax liability involves the interpretation of
local tax laws and related regulations in each jurisdiction, as well as the significant use of estimates and
assumptions regarding the scope of future operations and results achieved and the timing and nature of income
earned, and expenditures incurred.
In addition, we are subject to tax related inquiries and claims. We may be particularly affected by claims from tax
authorities on account of income tax assessment and GST that combines taxes and levies by the central and state
governments into one tax with effect from July 1, 2017, and all subsequent changes and amendments thereto.
The Government of India announced the union budget for 2025, following which the Finance Bill, 2025 (“Finance
Bill”) was introduced in the Lok Sabha on February 1, 2025. The Finance Bill will become the Finance Act, 2025
once it receives the assent from the President of India. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors and
to carefully consider the potential tax consequences of owning Equity Shares.
Unfavourable changes in or interpretations of existing, or the promulgation of new laws, rules and regulations
including foreign investment and stamp duty laws governing our business and operations could result in us being
deemed to be in contravention of such laws and may require us to apply for additional approvals. For instance,
the Supreme Court of India has in a decision clarified the components of basic wages which need to be considered
by companies while making provident fund payments, which resulted in an increase in the provident fund
payments to be made by companies. Any such decisions in future or any further changes in interpretation of laws
may have an impact on our results of operations. Uncertainty in the applicability, interpretation or implementation
of any amendment to, or change in, governing law, regulation or policy, including by reason of an absence, or a
limited body, of administrative or judicial precedent may be time consuming as well as costly for us to resolve
and may impact the viability of our current businesses or restrict our ability to grow our businesses in the future.
The Finance Act, 2019 has clarified that, in the absence of a specific provision under an agreement, the liability
to pay stamp duty in case of sale of securities through stock exchanges will be on the buyer, while in other cases
of transfer for consideration through a depository, the onus will be on the transferor. The stamp duty for transfer
of securities other than debentures, on a delivery basis is specified at 0.015% and on a non-delivery basis is
specified at 0.003% of the consideration amount.
In addition, unfavorable changes in or interpretations of existing, or the promulgation of new laws, rules and
regulations including foreign investment laws governing our business, operations and group structure could result
in us being deemed to be in contravention of such laws or may require us to apply for additional approvals. We
may incur increased costs relating to compliance with such new requirements, which may also require
management time and other resources, and any failure to comply may adversely affect our business, results of
operations and prospects. Uncertainty in the applicability, interpretation or implementation of any amendment to,
or change in, governing law, regulation or policy, including by reason of an absence, or a limited body, of
administrative or judicial precedent may be time consuming as well as costly for us to resolve and may affect the
viability of our current business or restrict our ability to grow our business in the future.
We cannot predict whether any new tax laws or regulations impacting our services will be enacted, the likely
nature and impact of the specific terms of any such laws or regulations or whether, if at all, any laws or regulations
would have an adverse effect on our business.
10197. Qualified Institutional Buyers and Non-Institutional Investors are not permitted to withdraw or lower
their Bids (in terms of quantity of Equity Shares or the Bid Amount) at any stage after submitting a Bid
and the Retail Individual Bidders are not permitted to withdraw their Bids after the Bid/Offer Closing
Date.
Pursuant to the SEBI ICDR Regulations, QIBs and Non-Institutional Investors are required to block the Bid
Amount on the submission of the Bid and not permitted to withdraw or lower their Bids (in terms of quantity of
Equity Shares or the Bid Amount) at any stage after submitting a Bid. RIBs can revise or withdraw their Bids at
any time during the Bid/ Offer Period and until the Bid/ Offer Closing Date, but not thereafter. While our Company
is required to complete all necessary formalities for listing and commencement of trading of the Equity Shares on
all the Stock Exchanges where such Equity Shares are proposed to be listed, including Allotment, within three (3)
Working Days from the Bid/ Offer Closing Date or such other period as may be prescribed by SEBI, events
affecting the Bidders’ decision to invest in the Equity Shares, including adverse changes in international or
national monetary policy, financial, political or economic conditions, our business, results of operations, cash
flows or financial condition may arise between the date of submission of the Bid and Allotment. Our Company
may complete the Allotment of the Equity Shares even if such events occur, and such events limit the Bidders’
ability to sell the Equity Shares allotted pursuant to the Offer or cause the trading price of the Equity Shares to
decline on listing.
98. Pursuant to listing of the Equity Shares, we may be subject to pre-emptive surveillance measures like
Additional Surveillance Measure (“ASM”) and Graded Surveillance Measures (“GSM”) by the Stock
Exchanges in order to enhance market integrity and safeguard the interest of investors.
SEBI and Stock Exchanges in order to enhance market integrity and safeguard interest of investors, have been
introducing various enhanced pre-emptive surveillance measures. The main objective of these measures is to alert
and advice investors to be extra cautious while dealing in these securities and advice market participants to carry
out necessary due diligence while dealing in these securities. Accordingly, SEBI and Stock Exchanges have
provided for (a) GSM on securities where such trading price of such securities does not commensurate with
financial health and fundamentals such as earnings, book value, fixed assets, net-worth, price per equity multiple
and market capitalization; and (b) ASM on securities with surveillance concerns based on objective parameters
such as price and volume variation and volatility.
On listing, we may be subject to general market conditions which may include significant price and volume
fluctuations. The price of our Equity Shares may also fluctuate after the Offer due to several factors such as
volatility in the Indian and global securities market, our profitability and performance, performance of our
competitors, changes in the estimates of our performance or any other political or economic factor. The occurrence
of any of the abovementioned factors may trigger the parameters identified by SEBI and the Stock Exchanges for
placing securities under the GSM or ASM framework such as net worth and net fixed assets of securities, high
low variation in securities, client concentration and close to close price variation. In the event our Equity Shares
are covered under such pre-emptive surveillance measures implemented by SEBI and the Stock Exchanges, we
may be subject to certain additional restrictions in relation to trading of our Equity Shares such as limiting trading
frequency (for example, trading either allowed once in a week or a month) or freezing of price on upper side of
trading which may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Equity Shares or may in general cause
disruptions in the development of an active market and trading for our Equity Shares.
102SECTION III: INTRODUCTION
THE OFFER
The following table summarizes the details of the Offer:
Offer of Equity Shares of face value of Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each, aggregating up
₹ 2 each(1)(2) to ₹ 11,500.00 million
of which:
Fresh Issue(1)(3) Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each, aggregating up
to ₹ 9,000.00 million
Offer for Sale(2) Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each, aggregating up
to ₹ 2,500.00 million by the Selling Shareholders
The Offer comprises
Employee Reservation Portion(4) Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each, aggregating up
to ₹ [●] million
The Net Offer consists of:
A) QIB Category(5) Not more than [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each,
aggregating up to ₹ [●] million
of which
- Anchor Investor Portion Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each
- Net QIB Portion available for Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each
allocation to QIBs other than Anchor
Investors (assuming Anchor Investor
Portion is fully subscribed)
of which
a) Available for allocation to Mutual Up to [●] Equity Shares
Funds only (5% of the Net QIB
Portion)
b) Balance of the Net QIB Portion Up to [●] Equity Shares
for all QIBs including Mutual
Funds
B) Non-Institutional Portion (6)(7)(8) Not less than [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each
aggregating up to ₹[●] million
of which
One-third of the Non-Institutional Portion [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each
available for allocation to Bidders with an
application size more than ₹ 0.20 million
to ₹ 1.00 million
Two-thirds of the Non-Institutional [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each
Portion available for allocation to Bidders
with an application size of more than ₹
1.00 million
C) Retail Portion(6)(7) Not less than [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each,
aggregating up to ₹[●] million
Pre and post Offer Equity Shares
Equity Shares outstanding prior to the 285,788,851 Equity Shares of face value ₹ 2 each
Offer (as of the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus)
Equity Shares outstanding after the Offer [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹ 2 each
Use of Net Proceeds of the Offer Please see the section titled “Objects of the Offer” on page 158 for
information about the use of the Net Proceeds. Our Company will
not receive any proceeds from the Offer for Sale.
(1) The Offer has been approved by our Board pursuant to its resolution passed at its meeting held on September 20, 2025
and our Shareholders have authorized the Fresh Issue pursuant to a special resolution passed at their meeting held on
September 20, 2025.
(2)
103Sr.no Name of the Selling Date of the Number of Equity Number of Equity Shares and
Shareholder consent letter Shares held aggregate amount of Offer for Sale
1 Ketan Mehta September 19, 86,290,162 Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of
2025 ₹2 each aggregating up to ₹ 982.00
million
2 Pawan Kumar Sharma September 19, 46,740,505 Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of
2025 ₹2 each aggregating up to ₹736.00 million
3 Sanjay Garudapally September 19, 46,740,505 Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of
2025 ₹2 each aggregating up to ₹ 736.00
million
4 Vivek Jain September 19, 162,690 Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of
2025 ₹2 each aggregating up to ₹ 46.00 million
(3) Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider a Pre-IPO Placement as may be permitted under the
applicable law, aggregating upto ₹ 1,800.00 million, at its discretion, prior to filing of the Red Herring Prospectus with
the RoC. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, will be at a price to be decided by our Company, in consultation with
the BRLMs. If the Pre-IPO Placement is completed, the amount raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement will be reduced
from the Fresh Issue, subject to compliance with Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, shall
not exceed 20% of the size of the Fresh Issue. The utilisation of the proceeds raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement
will be done towards the Objects in compliance with applicable law. Prior to the completion of the Offer, our Company
shall appropriately intimate the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement, prior to allotment pursuant to the Pre-IPO
Placement, that there is no guarantee that our Company may proceed with the Offer or the Offer may be successful and
will result into listing of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges. Our Company shall report any Pre-IPO Placement
to the Stock Exchanges, within 24 hours of such Pre-IPO Placement (in part or in entirety). Further, relevant disclosures
in relation to such intimation to the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement (if undertaken) shall be appropriately made in
the relevant sections of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus.
(4) The Employee Reservation Portion shall not exceed 5% of our post-Offer equity share capital. The initial Allotment to an
Eligible Employee in the Employee Reservation Portion shall not exceed ₹0.20 million (net of Employee Discount),
however, an Eligible Employee may submit a Bid for a maximum Bid Amount of ₹0.50 million (net of Employee Discount)
under the Employee Reservation Portion. Only in the event of an undersubscription in the Employee Reservation Portion,
the unsubscribed portion may be Allotted on a proportionate basis to Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee
Reservation Portion, for a value in excess of ₹0.20 million (net of Employee Discount), subject to the total Allotment to
an Eligible Employee not exceeding ₹0.50 million (net of Employee Discount). The unsubscribed portion if any, in the
Employee Reservation Portion (after allocation up to ₹0.50 million), shall be added back to the Net Offer. Further, an
Eligible Employee Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion can also Bid under the Retail Portion in the Net Offer
and such Bids will not be treated as multiple Bids. Our Company in consultation the BRLMs, may offer a discount of up
to [●]% to the Offer Price (equivalent of ₹[●] per Equity Share) to Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee
Reservation Portion which shall be announced at least two Working Days prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date.
(5) Our Company in consultation with the BRLMs, allocate up to 60% of the QIB Category to Anchor Investors on a
discretionary basis. The QIB Portion will accordingly be reduced for the shares allocated to Anchor Investors. One-third
of the Anchor Investor Portion shall be reserved for domestic Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received from
domestic Mutual Funds at or above the Anchor Investor Allocation Price. In the event of under-subscription in the Anchor
Investor Portion, the remaining Equity Shares shall be added to the QIB Portion. 5% of the Net QIB Portion shall be
available for allocation on a proportionate basis to Mutual Funds only, and the remainder of the Net QIB Portion shall
be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to all Net QIB Portion, including Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids
being received at or above the Offer Price. Any unsubscribed portion in the Mutual Fund Portion will be added to Net
the QIB Portion and allocated proportionately to the Net QIB Portion in proportion to their Bids. For further details,
please see the section titled “Offer Procedure” on page 720. Allocation to all categories shall be made in accordance
with SEBI ICDR Regulations.
(6) Subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price, under-subscription, if any, in any category except the
QIB Portion, would be allowed to be met with spill over from any other category or combination of categories at the
discretion of our Company in consultation with the BRLMs and the Designated Stock Exchange subject to appliable law.
In the event of an undersubscription in the Offer, subject to receiving minimum subscription for 90% of the Fresh Issue
and compliance with Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR, the Allotment for the valid Bids will be made in the first instance towards
subscription for 90% of the Fresh Issue. If there remain any balance valid Bids in the Offer, the Allotment for the balance
valid Bids will be made pro rata towards Equity Shares offered by the Selling Shareholders, and thereafter, towards the
balance Fresh Issue. For further details, please see the section titled “Terms of the Offer” on page 707.
(7) SEBI through its circular (SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2022/45) dated April 5, 2022, (to the extent not rescinded by the
SEBI ICDR Master Circular in relation to the SEBI ICDR Regulations), has prescribed that all individual investors
applying in initial public offerings opening on or after May 1, 2022, where the application amount is up to ₹0.50 million,
shall use the UPI Mechanism. Individual investors bidding under the Non-Institutional Portion bidding for more than
₹0.20 million and up to ₹0.50 million, using the UPI Mechanism, shall provide their UPI ID in the Bid cum Application
Form for Bidding through Syndicate, sub-syndicate members, Registered Brokers, RTAs or CDPs, or online using the
facility of linked online trading, demat and bank account (3 in 1 type accounts), provided by certain brokers.
104(8) Allocation to all categories, except Anchor Investors, if any, Non-Institutional Bidders and Retail Individual Bidders,
shall be made on a proportionate basis, subject to valid Bids received at or above the Offer Price. The allocation to each
Retail Individual Bidder shall not be less than the minimum Bid Lot, subject to availability of Equity Shares in the Retail
Portion and the remaining available Equity Shares, if any, shall be allocated on a proportionate basis. Allocation to
Anchor Investors shall be on a discretionary basis. For details, see “Offer Procedure” on page 720.
(9) The Equity Shares available for allocation to Non-Institutional Bidders under the Non-Institutional Portion, shall be
subject to the following: (i) one-third of the portion available to Non-Institutional Bidders shall be reserved for applicants
with an application size of more than ₹ 0.20 million and up to ₹ 1.00 million, and (ii) two-third of the portion available
to Non-Institutional Bidders shall be reserved for applicants with application size of more than ₹ 1.00 million, provided
that the unsubscribed portion in either of the aforementioned sub-categories may be allocated to applicants in the other
sub-category of Non-Institutional Bidders. The allocation to each Non-Institutional Bidder shall not be less than the
Minimum NIB Application Size, subject to the availability of Equity Shares in the Non-Institutional Portion, and the
remaining Equity Shares, if any, shall be allocated on a proportionate basis. For details, please see to the section titled
“Offer Procedure” beginning on page 720.
Allocation to Anchor Investors shall be on a discretionary basis in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
For further details, including in relation to grounds for rejection of Bids, please see the sections titled “Offer
Structure” and “Offer Procedure” on pages 714 and 720, respectively. For further details on the terms of the Offer,
please see the section titled “Terms of the Offer” on page 707.
105SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following tables set forth the summary financial information of our Company derived from the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information.
The Restated Consolidated Financial Information has been prepared, based on financial statements for the
financial years March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023. The Restated Consolidated Financial
Information have been prepared in accordance with Ind AS and the Companies Act, 2013, restated in accordance
with the SEBI ICDR Regulations and are presented in the section titled “Restated Consolidated Financial
Information” on page 482.
The summary financial Information presented below should be read in conjunction with the sections titled
“Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” on pages 482 and 600, respectively.
106RESTATED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
(in ₹ million)
Particulars As at March 31, As at March 31, As at March 31,
2025 2024 2023
ASSETS
Non-current assets
a) Property, plant and equipment 590.44 565.09 590.83
b) Capital work-in-progress 328.62 21.46 1,851.11
c) Investment properties 61.30 54.33 46.14
d) Goodwill 1.83 1.83 1.39
e) Other intangible assets 7.85 9.68 37.93
f) Right-of-use assets 1,780.41 487.52 4.91
g) Investments accounted for using the 0.01 0.32 0.03
equity method
h) Financial assets
i. Investment 99.20 119.70 19.20
ii. Other financial assets 565.72 303.90 77.57
i) Other non-current assets 150.91 42.05 40.38
j) Deferred tax assets (Net) - - -
Total non-current assets 3,586.29 1605.88 2,669.49
Current assets
a) Inventories 210.43 119.21 398.62
b) Financial assets
i. Trade receivables 5,528.02 2,006.27 1,621.69
ii. Cash and cash equivalents 1,005.67 632.69 202.54
iii. Bank balances other than cash and 1,427.48 898.68 314.36
cash equivalents
iv. Loans 178.40 31.22 33.15
v. Other financial assets 163.10 69.41 118.06
c) Other current assets 2,227.66 2,143.27 1,167.51
Total current assets 10,740.76 5,900.75 3,855.93
Total Assets 14, 327.05 7,506.63 6,525.42
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
a) Equity share capital 569.38 542.15 102.69
b) Other equity 5,588.48 2,945.73 1,757.57
Equity attributable to owners of the 6,157.86 3,487.88 1,860.26
Company
Non-controlling interest 0.01 0.01 28.46
Total Equity 6,157.87 3,487.89 1,888.72
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
a) Financial liabilities
i. Borrowings 263.44 278.50 935.95
ii. Lease Liabilities 1,578.86 431.85 3.66
b) Deferred grant 96.32 - -
c) Provisions 24.69 15.12 16.83
d) Deferred tax liabilities (net) 76.98 111.49 56.85
Total non-current liabilities 2,040.29 836.96 1,013.29
Current liabilities
a) Financial liabilities
i. Borrowings 2,441.05 1,114.72 167.07
ii. Lease liabilities 51.52 43.59 2.15
iii. Trade payables
107Particulars As at March 31, As at March 31, As at March 31,
2025 2024 2023
-total outstanding dues of micro and small 339.36 41.96 15.06
enterprises
-total outstanding dues of creditors other 1,127.04 1,155.17 1,259.93
than micro and small enterprises
iv. Other financial liabilities 191.42 153.60 1,853.09
b) Other current liabilities 1807.24 637.93 310.36
c) Provisions 11.24 10.30 2.58
d) Current tax liabilities (net) 160.02 24.51 13.17
Total current liabilities 6,128.89 3,181.78 3,623.41
Total liabilities 8,169.18 4,108.74 4,636.70
Total equity and liabilities 14,327.05 7,506.63 6,525.42
108RESTATED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
(in ₹ million, unless stated otherwise)
Particulars For the year For the year For the year
ended March ended March ended March
31, 2025 31, 2024 31, 2023
Income
Revenue from operations 12,206.41 10,487.99 7,765.81
Other income 174.90 237.07 1,139.29
Total income 12,381.31 10,725.06 8,905.10
Expenses
Cost of material consumed 6,374.55 5,849.62 4,727.22
Engineering, procurement and construction project 2,603.75 1,778.76 1,439.91
expenses
Purchases of stock-in-trade 558.18 1,064.55 386.29
Changes in inventory of finished goods, stock-in- 3.69 24.27 13.15
trade and work-in-progress
Employee benefits expense 431.17 294.36 282.64
Finance costs 209.41 180.73 205.79
Depreciation and amortization Expense 40.58 82.30 51.73
Other expenses 293.02 275.46 215.75
T otal expenses 10,514.35 9,550.05 7,322.48
Profit before share of net profit/(loss) of 1,866.96 1,175.01 1,582.62
associates
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates (0.23) 0.19 (0.01)
Profit before tax 1,866.73 1,175.20 1,582.61
Tax expense:
-Current tax 504.27 186.65 175.37
-Previous year tax adjustment (0.40) (16.78) -
-Deferred tax (30.64) 91.47 117.34
Total Tax Expenses 473.23 261.34 292.71
Profit/ (loss) for the year 1,393.50 913.86 1,289.90
Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) (11.50) (3.78) (0.39)
Items that will not be Reclassified to Statement
of Profit and Loss
Remeasurement of Defined Employee Benefit (4.21) (5.05) (0.52)
Plans
Income tax relating to items that will not be 1.06 1.27 0.13
reclassified to profit or loss
Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss
Exchange differences on translating the financial (11.16) - -
statements of a foreign operation gain/ (loss)
Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified 2.81 - -
to profit or loss
Total other comprehensive income/ (loss) 1,382.00 910.08 1,289.51
Earnings per equity share (₹2/-) each
Basic (₹) 4.96 3.61 5.11
Diluted (₹) 4.95 3.61 5.10
109RESTATED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
(in ₹ million)
Particulars For the year For the year For the year
ended March ended March 31, ended March
31, 2025 2024 31, 2023
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES
Profit before tax 1866.73 1,175.20 1,582.61
Adjusted For:
Depreciation and amortization expense 40.58 82.30 51.73
Finance cost 209.41 180.73 205.79
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates 0.23 (0.19) 0.01
Fair valuation loss/(gain) from investments 18.86
designated at FVTPL(net) (0.61) (9.09)
Liabilities no longer required written back (0.00) (1.12) (85.76)
Employee share based payment 14.89 1.78 3.90
Profit on sale of Investments (21.37) - -
Allowance for expected credit loss (1.81) - 27.71
Interest income (110.63) (40.93) (40.34)
Balance written off 7.53 0.86 -
Unrealised foreign exchange (gain)/ loss (5.34) (5.20) (42.07)
Gain on account of loss of control of subsidiary (12.75) (150.15) (953.63)
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment (15.07) (10.51) -
Operating profit before working capital changes 1,991.26 1,232.16 740.86
Adjusted for:
(Increase)/ decrease in inventories (91.22) 57.16 (6.28)
(Increase) in other financial assets and other assets (196.01) (1,605.82) (999.13)
(Increase) in trade receivables (3,525.77) (974.87) (845.01)
Increase in trade payables 277.35 871.33 345.44
Increase in other financial liabilities and other 1,212.19
liabilities 348.19 219.21
Increase in provisions 4.38 1.44 5.35
Cash flow used in operations (327.82) (70.41) (539.56)
Less: Income tax (paid) (net of refund) (368.36) (158.53) (162.80)
Net cash generated/ (used) from operating (696.18) (228.94) (702.36)
activities (A)
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING
ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (291.76) (936.21) (185.87)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and
equipment 30.98 17.52 -
Purchase of investment properties (18.85) (1.01) (1.89)
Proceeds from investment properties 16.79 - -
Proceeds from sale of investments 589.79 0.11 -
Investment in LLP's (refer note 58) - (10.60) -
Investment in associates - (0.03) -
Net proceeds on loss of control of subsidiary (net of
cash and cash equivalents) (refer note 58) (0.11) (22.19) 538.50
Loan Received back 26.29 19.62 69.74
Loan granted (173.47) (58.51) (22.39)
Investment in others (566.71) - (10.11)
Net investment in fixed deposits (850.62) (807.10) 112.80
Interest received 79.55 40.47 37.52
Net cash used in investing activities (B) (1,158.12) (1,757.93) 538.30
110Particulars For the year For the year For the year
ended March ended March 31, ended March
31, 2025 2024 31, 2023
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING
ACTIVITIES
Proceeds of long term borrowings 24.03 1,145.37 2,171.08
(Repayment) of long term borrowings (52.19) (210.80) (1,121.18)
Proceeds/ (repayment) from sort term borrowings 1,368.63 997.37 (536.80)
(net)
Proceeds from issue of equity share 1,255.00 689.99 -
Proceeds from issue of warrants convertible into
equity share 20.00 - -
Redemption of preference share - - (98.41)
Finance cost paid (203.82) (155.71) (298.16)
Repayment of lease liabilities (184.37) (49.20) (2.32)
Net cash generated from financing activity (C) 2,227.28 2,417.02 114.21
Net cash and cash equivalents (A+B+C) 372.98 430.15 (49.85)
Opening cash and cash equivalents 632.69 202.54 252.40
Closing cash and cash equivalents 1,005.67 632.69 202.54
111GENERAL INFORMATION
Our Company was incorporated as ‘Rays Power Infra Private Limited’ in Jaipur, Rajasthan as a private limited
company under Companies Act, 1956, pursuant to a certificate of incorporation dated June 13, 2011, issued by
Registrar of Companies, Rajasthan. Thereafter, our Company was converted into a public limited company
pursuant to a resolution passed at the meeting of the Board of Directors held on August 29, 2023 and a special
resolution passed in the extraordinary general meeting of our Shareholders held on August 29, 2023 and
consequently, the name of our Company was changed to its present name, ‘Rays Power Infra Limited’, and a fresh
certificate of incorporation dated September 21, 2023 was issued by the Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra at
Mumbai to our Company.
For further details on the changes in the name and the registered office of our Company, refer “History and
Certain Corporate Matters” on page 360.
Company Registration Number and Corporate Identity Number
The registration number and corporate identity number of our Company are set forth below:
Corporate Identity Number: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Company Registration Number: 267684
Registered Office of our Company
1st-21, Evershine Mall North Meter Cabin 1,
Malad (West), Mumbai- 400 064,
Maharashtra, India.
For details in relation to the changes in our Registered Office of our Company, see “History and Certain
Corporate Matters-Changes in the registered office of our Company” on page 360.
Corporate Office
Imperia Mindspace Office
2, 6th Floor, Sector 62,
Gurugram- 122 101,
Haryana, India
Address of the Registrar of Companies
Our Company is registered with the RoC, located at the following address:
Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra at Mumbai
Registrar of Companies,
100, Everest, Marine Drive,
Mumbai - 400 002,
Maharashtra, India
Board of Directors
The Board of our Company as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus comprises following:
Name Designation DIN Address
Ketan Mehta Managing 03044292 D- 43, Janpath, Shyam Nagar, Jaipur - 302 019,
Director Rajasthan, India
Pawan Kumar Whole Time 02590092 64, Uday Nagar - B, Nirman Nagar, Mansarovar
Sharma Director Metro Station, Jaipur - 302 019, Rajasthan, India
Sanjay Whole Time 02329378 3-5-6 96, Flat No-103, Shivsadan Apts, Vittal Wadi,
Garudapally Director Behind Telegu Academy, Himayathnagar,
Hyderabad- 500 029, Andhra Pradesh, India
112Name Designation DIN Address
Rashmi Bafna Independent 10326490 P 39, Madhuvan West II, Kisan Marg, IN Lane
Director Opposite Ankit Medical Store, Tonk Road, Jaipur-
302 015, Rajasthan, India
Mahendra Kumar Independent 08989333 Flat No. 703, Tower No. C-5, PWO Housing
Singh Director Society, Sector- 43, Gurgaon- 122 009, Haryana,
India
Akhilesh Kumar Independent 03466588 93/9, Tulsi Marg, Vijay Path, Mansarover, Jaipur,
Jain Director Mansarover- 302 020, Rajasthan, India
For brief profiles and further details of our Board, please see the section titled “Our Management - Brief profiles
of our Directors” on page 448.
Company Secretary and Compliance Officer
Deepak Jangid is the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of our Company. His contact details are set
forth below:
Deepak Jangid
Address: 1st-21, Evershine Mall North Meter Cabin 1,
Malad (West), Mumbai- 400 064,
Maharashtra, India.
Telephone: +0141 403 8767
E-mail: cs@rayspowerinfra.com
Investor Grievances
Bidders may contact the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer or the Registrar to the Offer in case
of any pre-Offer or post-Offer related grievances including non-receipt of letters of Allotment, non-credit
of Allotted Equity Shares in the respective beneficiary account, non-receipt of refund orders or non-receipt
of funds by electronic mode, etc. For all Offer related queries and for redressal of complaints, investors
may also write to the BRLMs or Registrar to the Offer.
All Offer related grievances, other than that of Anchor Investors, may be addressed to the Registrar to the Offer
with a copy to the relevant Designated Intermediary(ies) to whom the Bid cum Application Form was submitted.
The Bidder should give full details such as name of the sole or First Bidder, Bid cum Application Form number,
Bidder’s DP ID, Client ID, UPI ID, PAN, date of submission of the Bid cum Application Form, address of the
Bidder, number of Equity Shares applied for, the name and address of the Designated Intermediary where the Bid
cum Application Form was submitted by the Bidder and ASBA Account number (for Bidders other than UPI
Bidders using the UPI Mechanism) in which the amount equivalent to the Bid Amount was blocked or the UPI
ID in case of UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism.
Further, the Bidder shall also enclose a copy of the Acknowledgment Slip or provide the acknowledgement
number received from the Designated Intermediaries in addition to the information mentioned hereinabove. All
grievances relating to Bids submitted through Registered Brokers may be addressed to the Stock Exchanges with
a copy to the Registrar to the Offer. The Registrar to the Offer shall obtain the required information from the
SCSBs for addressing any clarifications or grievances of ASBA Bidders.
All Offer-related grievances of the Anchor Investors may be addressed to the Registrar to the Offer, giving full
details such as the name of the sole or first Bidder, Bid cum Application Form number, Bidders’ DP ID, Client
ID, PAN, date of the Bid cum Application Form, address of the Bidder, number of the Equity Shares applied for,
Bid Amount paid on submission of the Bid cum Application Form and the name and address of the BRLMs where
the Bid cum Application Form was submitted by the Anchor Investor.
Book Running Lead Managers
Anand Rathi Advisors Limited (“ARAL”)
11th Floor, Times Tower, Kamla City,
Senapati Bapat Marg Lower Parel,
Mumbai – 400 013, Maharashtra, India
113Telephone: +91 22 4047 7001
Email: rpil.ipo@rathi.com
Investor Grievance Email: grievance.ecm@rathi.com
Website: www.anandrathiib.com
Contact Person: Arpan Tandon/Sailesh Jalan
SEBI Registration No.: INM000010478
Pantomath Capital Advisors Private Limited
Pantomath Nucleus House, Saki Vihar Road
Andheri East, Mumbai 400072, Maharashtra, India
Telephone: 1800 889 8711
E-mail: rayspower.ipo@pantomathgroup.com
Investor Grievance E-mail: investors@pantomathgroup.com
Website: www.pantomathgroup.com
Contact Person: Amit Maheshwari
SEBI Registration Number: INM000012110
Statement of inter-se allocation of responsibilities among the BRLMs
The following table sets forth the inter-se allocation of responsibilities for various activities among the Book
Running Lead Managers:
Sr. No Activities Responsibility Coordination
1. Capital structuring, positioning strategy and due diligence of BRLMs Anand Rathi
the Company including its operations/management/business
plans/legal etc. Drafting and design of the Draft Red Herring
Prospectus, Red Herring Prospectus and Prospectus. The Book
Running Lead Managers shall ensure compliance with
stipulated requirements and completion of prescribed
formalities with the Stock Exchanges, RoC and SEBI including
finalisation of Prospectus and RoC filing.
2. Drafting and approval of all statutory advertisement and AV BRLMs Anand Rathi
presentation
3. Appointment of Intermediaries - Registrar to the Offer, Printer, BRLMs Anand Rathi
Banker(s) to the Offer, Monitoring Agency, Syndicate
Members, Sponsor Bank, Advertising Agency and other
intermediaries including coordination of all agreements to be
entered into with such Intermediaries
4. Drafting and approval of all publicity material other than BRLMs Anand Rathi
statutory advertisement as mentioned above including
corporate advertising, brochure, abridged prospectus,
application forms etc. and filing of media compliance report.
5. Preparation of road show presentation and frequently asked BRLMs PCAPL
questions
6. International institutional marketing of the Offer, which will BRLMs PCAPL
cover, inter alia:
• International Institutional marketing strategy
• Finalizing the list and division of international investors
for one-to-one meetings
• Finalizing international road show and investor meeting
schedules
7. Domestic institutional marketing of the Offer, which will cover, BRLMs Anand Rathi
inter alia:
• Domestic Institutional marketing strategy
• Finalizing the list and division of domestic investors for
one-to-one meetings
• Finalizing domestic road show and investor meeting
schedules
114Sr. No Activities Responsibility Coordination
8. Conduct non-institutional marketing of the Offer, which will BRLMs PCAPL
cover, inter-alia:
• Formulating marketing strategies for Non-institutional
Investors
• Finalising media, marketing, public relations strategy and
publicity budget
• Finalising brokerage, collection centres
Follow-up on distribution of publicity and Offer material
including form, RHP/ Prospectus and deciding on the
quantum of the Offer material
9. Conduct retail marketing of the Offer, which will cover, inter- BRLMs Anand Rathi
alia:
• Finalising media, marketing, public relations strategy and
publicity budget
• budget including list of frequently asked questions at retail
road shows
• Finalising brokerage, collection centres, application forms
• Finalising commission structure
• Finalising centres for holding conferences etc.
• Follow-up on distribution of publicity
• Offer material including form, RHP/ Prospectus and
deciding on the quantum of the Offer material
10. Managing anchor book related activities and Managing the BRLMs PCAPL
book including allocation to Anchor Investors and finalization
of pricing in consultation with the Company and submission of
letters to regulators post completion of anchor allocation
11. Co-ordination with Stock Exchanges for filing Book Building BRLMs PCAPL
software letters, bidding terminals and mock trading.
12. Post bidding activities including management of escrow BRLMs PCAPL
accounts, coordinate non-institutional allocation, coordination
with Registrar, SCSBs and Banks, intimation of allocation and
dispatch of refund to Bidders, etc.
Post- Offer activities, which shall involve essential follow-up
steps including, follow-up with Bankers to the Offer and
SCSBs to get quick estimates of collection and advising the
Issuer about the closure of the Offer, based on correct figures,
finalisation of the basis of allotment or weeding out of multiple
applications, listing of instruments, dispatch of certificates or
demat credit and refunds, payment of STT on behalf of the
Selling Shareholder and coordination with various agencies
connected with the post- Offer activity such as Registrar to the
Offer Bankers to the Offer, SCSBs including responsibility for
underwriting arrangements, as applicable.
Co-ordination with SEBI and Stock Exchanges submission of
all post offer reports including initial and final post Offer
report to SEBI.
Legal Counsel to the Company
Dentons Link Legal
Jangpura-5, Link Rd,
Jangpura, Block M,
Jangpura Extension,
New Delhi, 110 024
115India
Telephone: +91 11 4651 1000
E-mail: projectsurya.india@dentonslinklegal.com
Statutory Auditor of our Company
M/S G. M. Kapadia & Co.
1007, Raheja Chambers, 213,
Nariman Point, Mumbai,
Maharashtra - 400021
Telephone: 91-2266116611
E-mail: atul@gmkco.com
Firm registration number: 104767W
Peer review certificate number: 016710
Changes in the auditors
Except as disclosed below, there has been no change in the auditors of our Company during the three years
preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus:
Particulars Date of change Reasons for Change
M/S G. M. Kapadia & Co., Chartered Accountants September 30, 2024 Appointment in the 13th
1007, Raheja Chambers, 213, Nariman Point, Annual General Meeting
Mumbai, Maharashtra - 400021 as Statutory Auditor
Tel: 91-2266116611
E-mail: atul@gmkco.com
Firm registration number: 104767W
Peer review certificate number: 016710
M/S S. S. Kothari Mehta & Co., Chartered September 30, 2024 Retirement
Accountants
Plot No. 68, First Floor, Okhla Industrial Area,
Phase III, New Delhi - 110020
Email: delhi@sskmin.com
Telephone: +91 11 46708888
Firm registration number: 000756N
Peer review certificate number: 014441
Registrar to the Offer
Bigshare Services Private Limited
Office No. S6-2, 6th Floor, Pinnacle Business Park,
Next to Ahura Centre, Mahakali Caves Road,
Andheri East, Mumbai – 400 093,
Maharashtra, India
Telephone: +91 22 6263 8200
E-mail: ipo@bigshareonline.com
Investor grievance e-mail: investor@bigshareonline.com
Website: www.bigshareonline.com
Contact Person: Jibu John
SEBI Registration No.: INR000001385
Banker(s) to the Offer
Escrow Collection Bank(s)
[●]
Refund Bank(s)
[●]
116Public Offer Account Bank(s)
[●]
Sponsor Bank
[●]
Bankers to our Company
HDFC Bank Limited ICICI Bank Limited
Address: Block A, 3rd Floor, Patrika Building, Address: ICICI Bank Tower, Near Chakli Circle,
Jhalana, Jaipur- 302 004, Rajasthan, India Old Padra Road, Vadodra- 390 007 Gujarat, India
Tel: +91 9982318700 Tel: 91-22 – 2653 1414/ +91 9818663291/ +91
Email: akshay.agarwal1@hdfcbank.com 8875012059/ +91 9167655853
Contact Person: Akshay Agarwal Email: rajat.g@icicibank.com /
Website: www.hdfcbank.com amitabh.rupainwar@icicibank.com/
rachita.jain@icicibank.com
Contact Person: Rajat Garg/ Amitabh Rupainwar/
Rachita Singhvi
Website: www.icicibank.com
Bandhan Bank Limited Indian Bank
Address: DN – 32, Salt Lake Sector - V, Kolkata – Address: Mid Corporate Brach, Panch Batti, M.I.
700091, India Road, Jaipur – 302 001, India
Tel: +91 971128469 Tel: +91 9007472086
Email: sandeep.kumar@bandhanbank.com Email: m353@indianbank.co.in
Contact Person: Sandeep Kumar Contact Person: Anshul Agarwal
Website: www.bandhanbank.com Website: www.indianbank.in
The Federal Bank Limited Kotak Mahindra Bank Limited
Address: 5 Sewa Corporate Park, MG Road, Address: 27 BKC, C 27, G Block, Bandra Kurla
Gurugram, Haryana, India Complex, Bandra (E), Mumbai– 400 051,
Tel: +91 9990915019 Maharsahtra, India
Email: ashutosht@federalbank.co.in Tel: +91 9643153841
Contact Person: Ashutosh Tripathi Email: atul.k@kotak.com
Website: www.federalbank.co.in Contact Person: Atul Kumar
Website: www. kotak.com
IndusInd Bank Limited IDFC FIRST Bank Limited
Address: 11th floor, Tower 1, One Indiabulls center, Address: 2nd Floor, Express Building,
841, Senapati Bapat Marg, Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg,
Elphinstone Road, Mumbai- 400 013, New Delhi- 110 002, India
Maharsahtra, India Tel: +91 9311077884
Tel: +91 9920957834 Email: piyush.goel@idfcfirstbank.com
Email: Sridhar.bagla@indusind.com Contact Person: Piyush Goel
Contact Person: Sridhar Bagla Website: www.idfcfirstbank.com
Website: www.indusind.com
AU Small Finance Bank Limited CSB Bank Limited
Address: Ground Floor, Unit No 2, MGF Megacity Address: No G/36, 1st Floor, Block-G, Connaught
Mall, MG Road, Gurugram- 122 002, Haryana, India Place, New Delhi, India
Tel: +91 8690998384 Tel: +91 9818259674
Email: prakarsh.yadav@aubank.in Email: sharanjitnanda@csb.co.in
Contact Person: Prakarsh Dutt Yadav Contact Person: Sharanjit Nanda
Website: www.aubank.in Website: www.csb.co.in
117IDBI Bank Limited Punjab National Bank
Address: MCG Branch, Sunny Paradise, Tonk Road, Address: Large Corporate Branch, Chamber Bhawan,
Jaipur- 302 015, India M.I. Road, Jaipur- 302 001, India
Tel: +91 9828163185 Tel: +0141- 2577894, 2565811
Email: neeraj.arora@idbi.co.in Email: bo0221@pnb.co.in
Contact Person: Neeraj Arora Contact Person: Vijay Raj Singh Rathore
Website: www.idbi.bank.in Website: www.pnbindia.in
State Bank of India Axis Bank Limited
Address: SME Branch, Jaipur South, Address: 5 - fifth floor, 108 Surya Towers, Mall
22 Godam Industrial Area, Jaipur, Rajasthan, India Road, Ludhiana – l41 00l, India
Tel: +91 9929621727 Tel: +91 9876666833
Email: rahul.barur@sbi.co.in Email: nikhil5.verma@axisbank.com
Contact Person: Rahul Barur Contact Person: Nikhil Verma
Website: https://sbi.co.in Website: www.axisbank.com
Designated Intermediaries
Self-Certified Syndicate Banks
The list of SCSBs notified by SEBI for the ASBA process is available on the SEBI website at
http://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognised=yes, or at such other website as may be
prescribed by SEBI from time to time. A list of the Designated SCSB Branches with which an ASBA Bidder
(other than a UPI Bidder), not bidding through Syndicate/Sub Syndicate or through a Registered Broker, RTA or
CDP may submit the Bid cum Application Form, is available at
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&intmId=34, or at such other
websites as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time.
SCSBs and mobile applications enabled for UPI Mechanism
In accordance with the SEBI RTA Master Circular, and SEBI ICDR Master Circular read with other applicable
UPI Circulars, UPI Bidders Bidding through UPI Mechanism may apply through the SCSBs and mobile
applications, using UPI handles, whose name appears on the SEBI website. A list of SCSBs and mobile
applications, which, are live for applying in public issues using UPI mechanism is provided in the list available
on the website of SEBI at
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&intmId=40 and
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&intmId=43 which may be
updated from time to time or at such other website as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time.
Syndicate SCSB Branches
In relation to Bids (other than Bids by Anchor Investors and RIBs) submitted under the ASBA process to a member
of the Syndicate, the list of branches of the SCSBs at the Specified Locations named by the respective SCSBs to
receive deposits of Bid cum Application Forms from the members of the Syndicate is available on the website of
the SEBI (www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognised=yes&intmId=35) as updated from time
to time or any such other website as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time. For more information on such
branches collecting Bid cum Application Forms from the Syndicate at Specified Locations, see the website of the
SEBI at www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognised=yes&intmId=35, as updated from time
to time or any such other website as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time.
Registered Brokers
Bidders can submit ASBA Forms in the Offer using the stockbroker network of the Stock Exchanges, i.e., through
the Registered Brokers at the Broker Centres. The list of the Registered Brokers eligible to accept ASBA Forms,
including details such as postal address, telephone number and e-mail address, is provided on the websites of the
Stock Exchanges at www.bseindia.com and www.nseindia.com, as updated from time to time.
Registrar and Share Transfer Agents
The list of the RTAs eligible to accept ASBA Forms at the Designated RTA Locations, including details such as
address, telephone number and e-mail address, is provided on the websites of Stock Exchanges at
118http://www.bseindia.com/Static/Markets/PublicIssues/RtaDp.Aspx? and
http://www.nseindia.com/products/content/equities/ipos/asba_procedures.htm, respectively, as updated from time
to time.
Collecting Depository Participants
The list of the CDPs eligible to accept ASBA Forms at the Designated CDP Locations, including details such as
name and contact details, is provided on the websites of BSE at
http://www.bseindia.com/Static/Markets/PublicIssues/RtaDp.Aspx? and on the website of NSE at
http://www.nseindia.com/products/content/equities/ipos/asba_procedures.htm, as updated from time to time.
Experts to the Offer
Except as stated below, our Company has not obtained any expert opinions:
Our Company has received written consent dated September 29, 2025 from our Statutory Auditor, G. M. Kapadia
& Co., Chartered Accountants, to include their name as required under Section 26(1) of the Companies Act, 2013
read with SEBI ICDR Regulations, in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus as an “expert” as defined under Section
2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013 to the extent and in its capacity as our Statutory Auditor and in respect of their
(i) examination report dated September 25, 2025, on our Restated Consolidated Financial Information, and (ii)
report dated September 29, 2025, on the statement of special tax benefits available to our Company and material
subsidiary, and included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and such consent has not been withdrawn as on the
date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Our Company has received written consent dated September 29, 2025, from MRM & Company, Chartered
Accountants, to include their name as required under Section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with SEBI
ICDR Regulations, in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, and as an “expert” as defined under section 2(38) of the
Companies Act, 2013 to the extent and in their capacity as the Independent Chartered Accountant, and such
consent has not been withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. However, the term “expert”
shall not be construed to mean an “expert” as defined under Securities Act.
Our Company has received written consent pursuant to the certificate dated September 27, 2025 from the
independent chartered engineer, namely Sher Singh (registration number: AM129702-6), to include his name in
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and as an “expert” as defined under Section 2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013,
to the extent and in his capacity as a chartered engineer, in relation to his certificate dated September 27, 2025,
certifying our Contracted Capacity and Commissioned Capacity of our projects of our Company and its
Subsidiaries along with certain other information included under “Our Business” beginning on page 316, and
such consent has not been withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. However, the term
“expert” shall not be construed to mean an “expert” as defined under Securities Act.
Our Company has received written consent pursuant to the certificate dated September 29, 2025 from S.K. Joshi
and Associates, Practicing Company Secretaries, to include their name in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and
as an “expert” as defined under Section 2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013, to the extent that and in their capacity
as practising company secretary. However, the term “expert” shall not be construed to mean an “expert” as defined
under Securities Act.
Debenture Trustees
As the Offer is an initial public offering of Equity Shares, the appointment of debenture trustees is not required.
Monitoring Agency
Our Company will appoint a monitoring agency prior to the filing of the Red Herring Prospectus in accordance
with Regulation 41 of SEBI ICDR Regulations, for monitoring of the utilisation of the proceeds from the Fresh
Issue. For details in relation to the proposed utilisation of the proceeds from the Fresh Issue, refer the section titled
“Objects of the Offer” on page 158.
Appraising entity
None of the objects for which the Net Proceeds will be utilised have been appraised by any agency.
119Grading of the Offer
No credit agency registered with SEBI has been appointed for obtaining grading for the Offer.
Green Shoe Option
No green shoe option is contemplated under the Offer.
Filing of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus
A copy of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been uploaded on the SEBI intermediary portal at
https://siportal.sebi.gov.in as specified in Regulation 25(8) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the SEBI ICDR
Master Circular. It will also be filed with the SEBI at the following address:
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Corporation Finance Department, Division of Issues and Listing
SEBI Bhavan, Plot No. C4-A, ‘G’ Block
Bandra Kurla Complex Bandra (East)
Mumbai 400 051 Maharashtra, India
Filing of the Red Herring Prospectus and Prospectus
A copy of the Red Herring Prospectus, along with the material contracts and documents required to be filed with
the RoC in accordance with Section 32 of the Companies Act, and a copy of the Prospectus shall be filed with the
RoC as required under Section 26 of the Companies Act and through the electronic portal at
https://www.mca.gov.in/.
Book Building Process
Book building, in the context of the Offer, refers to the process of collection of Bids from investors on the basis
of the Red Herring Prospectus, the Bid cum Application Forms and the Revision Forms, if any, within the Price
Band. The Price Band and minimum Bid Lot will be decided by our Company in consultation with the Book
Running Lead Managers, and if not disclosed in the Red Herring Prospectus, will be advertised in all editions of
[●], an English national daily newspaper, [●] all editions of [●], a Hindi national daily newspaper, [●] all edition
of [●], a Marathi newspaper, Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra, where our Registered Office is
located, each with wide circulation, at least two Working Days prior to the Bid / Offer Opening Date, and shall
be made available to the Stock Exchanges for the purposes of uploading on their respective websites. The Offer
Price shall be determined by our Company in consultation with the Book Running Lead Managers, after the Bid
/ Offer Closing Date. For further details, please see the section titled “Offer Procedure” on page 720.
All Investors (other than Anchor Investors) shall participate in the Offer mandatorily through the ASBA
process by providing details of their respective ASBA Account in which the corresponding Bid Amount will
be blocked by SCSBs, or in the case of UPI Bidders, by using the UPI Mechanism. Anchor Investors are
not permitted to participate in the Offer through the ASBA process.
In accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders are not allowed to
withdraw or lower the size of their Bids (in terms of the quantity of the Equity Shares or the Bid Amount)
at any stage. Retail Individual Investors Bidding in the Retail Portion can revise their Bids during the
Bid/Offer Period and withdraw their Bids until the Bid/Offer Closing Date. Further, Anchor Investors
cannot withdraw their Bids after the Anchor Investor Bidding Date. Allocation to QIBs (other than Anchor
Investors) and Non-Institutional Bidders will be on a proportionate basis while Allocation to the Anchor
Investors will be on a discretionary basis. The allocation to each Retail Individual Investor and Non-
Institutional Investor shall not be less than the minimum Bid Lot, subject to availability of Equity Shares
in the Retail Portion and the Non-Institutional Portion and the remaining available Equity Shares, if any,
shall be allocated on a proportionate basis.
Each Bidder by submitting a Bid in the Offer, will be deemed to have acknowledged the above restrictions
and the terms of the Offer.
For further details on the Book Building Process and the method and process of Bidding, see “Terms of the Offer”,
120“Offer Structure” and “Offer Procedure” on pages 707, 714 and 720, respectively.
The process of Book Building under the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the Bidding Process are subject to
change from time to time and the investors are advised to make their own judgment about investment
through this process prior to submitting a Bid in the Offer.
Bidders should note that the Offer is also subject to obtaining (i) final listing and trading approvals of the Stock
Exchanges, which our Company shall apply for after Allotment within three Working Days of the Bid/Offer
Closing date or such other time period as prescribed under applicable law; and (ii) filing of the Prospectus with
the RoC and receipt of final approval of the RoC.
Underwriting Agreement
After the determination of the Offer Price and allocation of Equity Shares, but prior to the filing of the Prospectus
with the RoC, our Company and the Selling Shareholders will enter into an Underwriting Agreement with the
Underwriters for the Equity Shares proposed to be offered through the Offer. The extent of underwriting
obligations and the Bids to be underwritten in the Offer shall be as per the Underwriting Agreement. The
Underwriting Agreement is dated [●]. Pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the obligations of
the Underwriters will be several and will be subject to certain conditions to closing, as specified therein:
The Underwriters have indicated their intention to underwrite the following number of Equity Shares pursuant to
the Underwriting Agreement:
(This portion has been left blank intentionally and will be updated prior to the filing of the Prospectus with the
RoC)
Name, address, telephone and email of the Indicative number of Equity Amount underwritten
Underwriters Shares to be underwritten (₹ million)
[●] [●] [●]
[●] [●] [●]
Total [●] [●]
The abovementioned underwriting commitment is indicative and will be finalized after determination of the Offer
Price and Basis of Allotment and will be subject to the provisions of Regulation 40(2) of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations.
In the opinion of our Board of Directors, the resources of the Underwriters are sufficient to enable them to
discharge their respective underwriting obligations in full. The Underwriters are registered with SEBI under
Section 12(1) of the SEBI Act or registered as brokers with the Stock Exchange(s). Our Board of Directors/ IPO
Committee, at its meeting held on [●], has accepted and entered into the Underwriting Agreement mentioned
above on behalf of our Company.
Allocation amongst the Underwriters may not necessarily be in proportion to their underwriting commitments set
forth in the table above. Notwithstanding the above table, the Underwriters shall be severally responsible for
ensuring payment with respect to Equity Shares allocated to Investors procured by them in accordance with the
Underwriting Agreement. In the event of any default in payment, the respective Underwriter, in addition to other
obligations defined in the Underwriting Agreement, will also be required to procure subscribers for or subscribe
to the Equity Shares to the extent of the defaulted amount in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement.
In the opinion of the Board of Directors (based on representations made to our Company by the Underwriters),
the resources of the Underwriters are sufficient to enable them to discharge their respective underwriting
obligations in full. The Underwriters are registered with SEBI under Section 12(1) of the SEBI Act or registered
as brokers with the Stock Exchange(s). The Board of Directors / IPO Committee will accept and enter into the
Underwriting Agreement mentioned above on behalf of our Company. Allocation among the Underwriters may
not necessarily be in proportion to their underwriting commitment set forth in the table above.
Notwithstanding the above table, the Underwriters shall be severally responsible for ensuring payment with
respect to the Equity Shares allocated to investors respectively procured by them in accordance with the
Underwriting Agreement. In the event of any default in payment, the respective Underwriter, in addition
to other obligations defined in the Underwriting Agreement, will also be required to procure subscribers
121for or subscribe to the Equity Shares to the extent of the defaulted amount in accordance with the
Underwriting Agreement. The extent of underwriting obligations and the Bids to be underwritten in the
Offer shall be as per the Underwriting Agreement.
122CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The share capital of our Company, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, is set forth below:
(in ₹, except share data)
Aggregate Aggregate
Sl.
Particulars nominal value value at Offer
No.
( ₹) P rice*
A. AUTHORIZED SHARE CAPITAL(1)
375,000,000 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each 750,000,000 -
4,000,000 Preference Shares of face value of ₹2 each 8,000,000 -
ISSUED, SUBSCRIBED AND PAID-UP SHARE CAPITAL
B.
BEFORE THE OFFER
285,788,851 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each 571,577,702 -
C. PRESENT OFFER
Offer of up to [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹2 each [●] [●]
aggregating up to ₹11,500.00 million
of which
Fresh Issue of [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹2 each [●] [●]
aggregating up to ₹ 9,000.00 million (2)(3)
Offer for Sale of up to [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹2 each [●] [●]
aggregating up to ₹ 2,500.00 million (4)
Which includes
Employee Reservation Portion of up to [●] Equity Shares of face [●] [●]
value of ₹2 each aggregating up to ₹[●] million (5)
Net Offer of up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each
aggregating up to ₹[●] million
ISSUED, SUBSCRIBED AND PAID-UP SHARE CAPITAL
D.
AFTER THE OFFER
[●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each* [●] -
E. SECURITIES PREMIUM ACCOUNT
Before the Offer (as on the date of Draft Red Herring
₹ 1,971.94 million
Prospectus)
After the Offer* [●]
* To be included upon finalization of Offer Price and Basis of Allotment. Assuming full subscription.
(1) For details in relation to changes in the authorised share capital of our Company in last 10 years, please see the section
titled “History and Certain Corporate Matters – Amendments to our Memorandum of Association” on page 361. Pursuant
to order passed by Regional Director, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Western Region, Mumbai on September 2024, in the
matter of scheme of merger of Kavit Green Energy Private Limited, with our Company and their respective shareholders,
our authorised share capital increased from ₹ 738,000,000 to ₹ 758,000,000. See “History and Certain Corporate Matters
– Mergers or amalgamations.”
(2) Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider a Pre-IPO Placement as may be permitted under the
applicable law, aggregating upto ₹ 1,800.00 million, at its discretion, prior to filing of the Red Herring Prospectus with
the RoC. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, will be at a price to be decided by our Company, in consultation with the
BRLMs. If the Pre-IPO Placement is completed, the amount raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement will be reduced
from the Fresh Issue, subject to compliance with Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, shall
not exceed 20% of the size of the Fresh Issue. The utilisation of the proceeds raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement
will be done towards the Objects in compliance with applicable law. Prior to the completion of the Offer, our Company
shall appropriately intimate the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement, prior to allotment pursuant to the Pre-IPO
Placement, that there is no guarantee that our Company may proceed with the Offer or the Offer may be successful and
will result into listing of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges. Our Company shall report any Pre-IPO Placement to
the Stock Exchanges, within 24 hours of such Pre-IPO Placement (in part or in entirety). Further, relevant disclosures in
relation to such intimation to the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement (if undertaken) shall be appropriately made in
the relevant sections of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus.
(3) The Offer has been approved by our Board pursuant to its resolution passed at its meeting held on September 20, 2025
and our Shareholders have authorized the Fresh Issue pursuant to a special resolution passed at their meeting held on
September 20, 2025.
123(4) Each of the Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly, confirms and undertakes that their respective portion of the
Offered Shares has been held by such Selling Shareholders for a continuous period of at least one year prior to the filing
of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus in accordance with Regulation 8 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations or are otherwise
eligible for being offered for sale in the Offer in accordance with the provisions of the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The Selling
Shareholders, severally and not jointly, have confirmed and authorized their respective participation in the Offer for Sale,
as stated below, and the further our Board has taken on record the consents of the Selling Shareholders to participate in
the Offer for Sale in its meeting held on September 25, 2025:
Sl. Name of the Date of the Number of Equity Number of Equity Shares of face
No Selling consent letter Shares of face value of ₹2 value of ₹2 each and aggregate
Shareholder each held amount of Offer for Sale
1. Ketan Mehta September 19, 86,290,162 Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of
2025 ₹2 each aggregating up to ₹ 982.00
million
2. Pawan Kumar September 19, 46,740,505 Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of
Sharma 2025 ₹2 each aggregating up to ₹ 736.00
million
3. Sanjay Garudapally September 19, 46,740,505 Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of
2025 ₹2 each aggregating up to ₹ 736.00
million
4. Vivek Jain September 19, 162,690 Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of
2025 ₹2 each aggregating up to ₹ 46.00
million
For details of the authorizations by the Selling Shareholders in relation to the Offered Shares, please see the section titled
“The Offer” and “Other Regulatory and Statutory Disclosures -Authority for the Offer” on pages 103 and 693,
respectively.
(5) Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion must ensure that the maximum Bid Amount does not
exceed ₹0.50 million (net of the Employee Discount). However, the initial Allotment to an Eligible Employee in the
Employee Reservation Portion shall not exceed ₹0.20 million (net of the Employee Discount). Only in the event of an
under-subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion post the initial Allotment, such unsubscribed portion may be
Allotted on a proportionate basis to Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion, for a value in
excess of ₹0.20 million (net of the Employee Discount), subject to the total Allotment to an Eligible Employee not exceeding
₹0.50 million (net of the Employee Discount). The unsubscribed portion, if any, in the Employee Reservation Portion after
allocation of up to ₹0.50 million (net of the Employee Discount) shall be added to the Net Offer. Our Company in
consultation with the Book Running Lead Managers, may offer a discount of up to [●]% to the Offer Price (equivalent of
₹[●] per Equity Share of face value of ₹ 2 each) to Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion,
subject to necessary approvals as may be required, and which shall be announced at least two Working Days prior to the
Bid / Offer Opening Date. For further details, see “The Offer” on page 103.
[Remainder of this page intentionally kept blank]
124Notes
1. Share Capital History of our Company.
a. Equity Share capital
The following table sets forth the history of the equity share capital of our Company:
Date of Number of Details of allottees Face Offer Nature of Nature of Cumulative Cumulative
allotment equity value price allotment/buy- consideration number of paid-up
shares per per back equity shares equity share
allotted equity equity capital (₹)
/(bought- share share(₹)
back) (₹)
June 13, 10,000 Sr. Subscriber to the MoA Number of 10 10.00 Initial Cash 10,000 100,000
2011* No. equity shares Subscription
allotted to the MoA
1. Pawan Kumar Sharma 5,000
2. Jagdish Prasad Sharma 5,000
Total 10,000
January 135,250 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 10 10.00 Further issue Cash 145,250 14,52,500
23, 2014 No. equity shares
allotted
1. Ketan Mehta 1,700
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma 900
3. Sanjay Garudapally 132,650
Total 135,250
January 435,750 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 10 NA Bonus issue NA 581,000 58,10,000
25, 2014 No. equity shares as on the
allotted record date,
1. Ketan Mehta 19,500 i.e. January
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma 10,500 25, 2014, in
3. Sanjay Garudapally 405,750 the ratio of
Total 435,750 three equity
shares for
every equity
share held.
125Date of Number of Details of allottees Face Offer Nature of Nature of Cumulative Cumulative
allotment equity value price allotment/buy- consideration number of paid-up
shares per per back equity shares equity share
allotted equity equity capital (₹)
/(bought- share share(₹)
back) (₹)
January 1,500,000 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of equity 10 10.00 Further issue Cash 2,081,000 20,810,000
27, 2014 No. shares allotted
1. Rays Power Consultants Private 1,500,000
Limited
Total 1,500,000
March 7, 5,656,500 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of equity 10 14.00 Further issue Cash 7,737,500 77,375,000
2014 No. shares allotted
1. Rays Power Consultants 5,656,500
Private Limited
Total 5,656,500
June 4, 2,500,000 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 10 20.00 Rights issue Cash 10,237,500 102,375,000
2015 No. equity shares
allotted
1. Ketan Mehta 1,200,000
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma 650,000
3. Sanjay Garudapally 650,000
Total 2,500,000
Septemb 392,000 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 10 90.00 Rights issue Cash 10,629,500 106,295,000
er 30, No. equity shares
2015 allotted
1. Dutch Commotrade Private
292,700
Limited
2. Touch Point Sales Private 99,300
Limited
Total 392,000
Novembe 691,299 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 10 90.00 Rights issue Cash 11,320,799 113,207,990
r 26, 2015 No. equity shares
allotted
1. Dutch Commotrade Private
669,077
Limited
2. Touch Point Sales Private 22,222
Limited
126Date of Number of Details of allottees Face Offer Nature of Nature of Cumulative Cumulative
allotment equity value price allotment/buy- consideration number of paid-up
shares per per back equity shares equity share
allotted equity equity capital (₹)
/(bought- share share(₹)
back) (₹)
Total 691,299
January 454,443 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 10 90.00 Rights issue Cash 11,775,242 117,752,420
20, 2016 No. equity shares
allotted
1. Dutch Commotrade Private 217,777
Limited
2. Touch Point Sales Private 236,666
Limited
Total 454,443
March 133,334 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 10 90.00 Rights issue Cash 11,908,576 119,085,760
10, 2016 No. equity shares
allotted
1. Touch Point Sales Private 133,334
Limited
Total 133,334
March 38,888 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 10 90.00 Rights issue Cash 11,947,464 119,474,640
25, 2016 No. equity shares
allotted
1. Touch Point Sales Private 38,888
Limited
Total 38,888
May 30, 153,888 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 10 90.00 Rights issue Cash 12,101,352 121,013,520
2016 No. equity shares
allotted
1. Touch Point Sales Private 153,888
Limited
Total 153,888
127Date of Number of Details of allottees Face Offer Nature of Nature of Cumulative Cumulative
allotment equity value price allotment/buy- consideration number of paid-up
shares per per back equity shares equity share
allotted equity equity capital (₹)
/(bought- share share(₹)
back) (₹)
August 112,256 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 10 90.00 Rights issue Cash 12,213,608 122,136,080
31, 2016 No. equity shares
allotted
1. Touch Point Sales Private 112,256
Limited
Total 112,256
Septemb 1,205,886 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 10 167.47 Conversion of Cash 13,419,494 134,194,940
er 12, No. equity shares 2,019,500
2017 allotted Zero Coupon
1. Touch Point Sales Private 346,091 Unsecured
Limited. Compulsory
2. Shining Sun Solar Commotrade 113,393 Convertible
Private Limited Debentures
3. Axis Dealtrade Private Limited. 746,402
Total 1,205,886
March (3,181,99 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 10 10.00 Buy-Back Cash 10,237,500 102,375,000
31, 2018 4) No. equity shares
bought back
1. Shining Sun Solar Commotrade (1,292,947)
Private Limited
2. Touch Point Sales Private (1,142,645)
Limited.
3. Axis Dealtrade Private Limited. (746,402)
Total (3,181,994)
128Date of Number of Details of allottees Face Offer Nature of Nature of Cumulative Cumulative
allotment equity value price allotment/buy- consideration number of paid-up
shares per per back equity shares equity share
allotted equity equity capital (₹)
/(bought- share share(₹)
back) (₹)
Decembe 31,851 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of equity 10 NA Allotment of Other than 10,269,351 102,693,510
r 14, No. shares allotted equity shares cash
2022 1. Pawan Kumar Sharma 13 pursuant to
2. Rachinahalli Munishamappa 9,427 Scheme of
Lakshmana Amalgamatio
3. Rachenapalli Munishamappa 15,365 n#
Rama
4. Muniswamappa Muniraja 7,046
Total 31,851
Septemb 219,617 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of equity 10 683.00 Rights Issue Cash 10,488,968 104,889,680
er 1, No. shares allotted
2023 1. Mehul Hiralal Gandhi 29,282
2. Yogesh Kumar Rasiklal 87,847
Sanghvi
3. Marwadi Chandarana 73,206
Intermediaries Brokers
Private Limited
4. Jitendra Vadilal Khandol 29,282
Total 219,617
October 41,955,87 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of equity 10 N.A. Bonus issue N.A. 52,444,840 524,448,400
4, 2023 2 No. shares allotted as on the
1. Ketan Mehta 19,656,000 record date,
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma 10,647,000 i.e.
3. Sanjay Garudapally 10,647,000 September
4. Lakshmana RM 37,708 30, 2023, in
5. Rama RM 61,460 the ratio of
four equity
6. Muniraj M 28,184
shares for
7. Mehul Hiralal Gandhi 117,128
every equity
8. Yogesh Kumar Rasiklal 351,388
share held.
Sanghavi
129Date of Number of Details of allottees Face Offer Nature of Nature of Cumulative Cumulative
allotment equity value price allotment/buy- consideration number of paid-up
shares per per back equity shares equity share
allotted equity equity capital (₹)
/(bought- share share(₹)
back) (₹)
9. Marwadi Chandarana 292,824
Intermediaries Broker Private
Limited
10. Jitendra Vadilal Khandol 117,128
11. Richa Sharma 12
12. Sweta Mehta 12
13. Shruthi Gupta Garudapally 12
14. Mahesh Kumar Jangid 8
15. Shiv Prakash Mathur 8
Total 41,955,872
March 1,770,484 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of equity 10 305 Rights Issue Cash 54,215,324 542,153,240
28, 2024 No. shares allotted
1. Harneet Kaur 42,622
2. Manish Gupta 49,180
3. Vijay Mohan Karnani 262,295
4. Rakesh Laroria 262,295
5. Kamlesh Navinchandra Shah 622,950
6. Ashok Kumar 98,360
7. Debesh Prasad Nanda 16,393
8. Vikash Jain 49,180
9. Surinder Kaur 16,393
10. Tushar Anand 49,180
11. Vinod Anand Juneja 10,163
12. Balbir Saran 70,000
13. Gaurav Chopra 32,786
14. Avarjit Singh Birghi 105,786
15. Roopali Uppal 49,180
16. Sarabjeet Kaur 33,721
Total 1,770,484
130Date of Number of Details of allottees Face Offer Nature of Nature of Cumulative Cumulative
allotment equity value price allotment/buy- consideration number of paid-up
shares per per back equity shares equity share
allotted equity equity capital (₹)
/(bought- share share(₹)
back) (₹)
July 9, 2,722,342 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of equity 10 461.00 Private Cash 56,937,666 569,376,660
2024 No. shares allotted Placement
1. Equity4Life LLP 58,000
2. Minal Bhattacharya 35,000
3. Surabhi Yash Shah 43,500
4. Dhirajlal Amrutlal Amlani 32,500
5. Vimla Mahesh Velani 32,500
6. Harshad Ramlal Seth 43,500
7. Puneet Prahlad Deora 22,000
8. Sudhir Shivji Bheda 22,000
9. Shruti Lodha 55,000
10. Bhupesh Kumar Lodha 55,000
11. Chanchal Devi Lodha 55,000
12. Sunil Kumar Gupta 36,000
13. Vivek Lodha 30,000
14. Vinod Kumar Lodha 40,000
15. Naresh Bhargava 40,000
16. Kartik Jain 40,000
17. Vivek Jain 32,538
18. Ishmohit Arora 43,384
19. Suneel Vadlamundi 75,922
20. Perchcap LLP 21,692
21. Tushar Anand 10,846
22. Gaurav Chopra 32,537
23. Harneet Kaur 39,046
24. Vanaja Sundar Iyer 498,916
25. Shiv Sehgal 43,383
26. Vimana Capital Management 390,456
LLP
27. Weststone Management 542,299
Consultancy Private Limited
28. Manish Gupta 21,692
131Date of Number of Details of allottees Face Offer Nature of Nature of Cumulative Cumulative
allotment equity value price allotment/buy- consideration number of paid-up
shares per per back equity shares equity share
allotted equity equity capital (₹)
/(bought- share share(₹)
back) (₹)
29. Vikash Jain 21,692
30. Avarjit Singh Birghi 206,073
31. Arun Kumar Kedia 65,076
32. Narayan Prasad Sharma 15,098
33. Deepanshu Goel 21,692
Total 2,722,342
Pursuant to resolution pass ed by our Board on January 23, 2025, and resolution passed at the extraordinary general meeting of Shareholders held on January 27, 2025, each equity
share of face value of ₹10 each has been sub-divided into 5 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each and each preference share of ₹10 each has been sub-divided into 5 Preference
Shares of face value of ₹2 each. Accordingly, authorised share capital of our Company aggregating to ₹758,000,000 is sub-divided from 75,000,000 equity shares of face value
₹10 each aggregating ₹750,000,000 and 800,000 preference shares of face value of ₹10 each aggregating ₹8,000,000 to 375,000,000 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each and
4,000,000 Preference Shares of face value of ₹2 each respectively and issued, subscribed and paid-up capital of our Company is sub-divided from 56,937,666 equity shares of
face value of ₹10 each to 28,46,88,330 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each.
April 30, 15,921 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 2 2.00 Allotment Cash 284,704,251 569,408,502
2025 No. equity shares pursuant to
allotted the ESOP
1. Deepak Jangid 11,375 Scheme
2. Surya Prakash Sharma 4,546
Total 15,921
Septemb 1,084,600 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of 2 92.20 Conversion of Cash 285,788,851 571,577,702
er 2, No. equity shares 216,920
2025 allotted warrants^
1. Sarabpreet Kaur 1,084,600
Total 1,084,600
*Our Company was incorporated on June 13, 2011. The date of su bscription to the Memorandum of Association was June 11, 2011, and such subscription was taken on record by our Board on
June 28, 2011.
# Pursuant to order passed by the National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai on November 28, 2022, in the matter of Scheme of Amalgamation of Solantra Private Limited, Heliocore Private
Limited, Insolexo Private Limited, RFE Solar Private Limited with Rays Power Infra Private Limited, our Company has allotted 31,851 equity shares of face value ₹10 each on December 14,
2022. see “History and Certain Corporate Matters - Mergers or amalgamations” on page 365.
^ Allotted upon the conversion of 216,920 warrants that were allotted on September 25, 2024, pursuant to the conversion ratio of five Equity Shares for every warrant.
132b. Preference Share capital
The following table sets forth the history of 0.01% Optionally Convertible Cumulative Redeemable Preference Share capital of our Company:
Date of Number of Details of allottees Face value Offer price Nature of Nature of Cumulative Cumulative
allotment Preference per per allotment consideration number of paid-up
Shares Preference Preference Preference Preference
allotted Share (₹) Share (₹) Shares Share capital
(₹)
February 15, 195,571 Sl. Name of the allottee Number of 10 262.00 Right Basis Cash 195,571 1,955,710
2021 No. Preference Shares
allotted
1. Ketan Mehta 100,190
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma 95,381
Total 195,571
March 05, 56,801 Sl. Name of the allottee Number of 10 262.00 Right Basis Cash 252,372 2,523,720
2021 No. Preference Shares
allotted
1. Ketan Mehta 40,515
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma 16,286
Total 56,801
March 31, 75,555 Sl. Name of the allottee Number of 10 262.00 Right Basis Cash 327,927 3,279,270
2021 No. Preference Shares
allotted
1. Ketan Mehta 33,358
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma 1,606
3. Sanjay Garudapally 40,591
Total 75,555
June 05, 47,679 Sl. Name of the allotte e Number of 10 262.00 Right Basis Cash 375,606 3,756,060
2021 No. Preference Shares
allotted
1. Ketan Mehta 47,679
June 13, (195,571) Not applicable 10 262.00 Redemption* Cash 180,035 1,800,350
2022
June 13, (56,801) Not applicable 10 262.00 Redemption* Cash 123,234 1,232,340
2022
June 13, (75,555) Not applicable 10 262.00 Redemption* Cash 47,679 476,790
2022
June 13, (47,679) Not applicable 10 262.00 Redemption* Cash 0 0
2022
133*Pursuant to Board resolutions dated June 13, 2022, 0.01% Optionally Convertible Cumulative Redeemable Preference Share were redeemed by our Company and accordingly, there are no
outstanding 0.01% Optionally Convertible Cumulative Redeemable Preference Share, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
c. Equity shares issued for consideration other than cash or out of revaluation of reserves
(i) Our Company has not revalued its assets, at any time since incorporation and accordingly has not issued any equity shares (including any bonus shares) out of revaluation
of reserves.
(ii) Except as disclosed below, our Company has not issued any equity shares for consideration other than cash or bonus issue:
Date of Number Details of allottees Face Offer Nature of Nature of Benefits if
allotment of equity value price allotment consideration any that
shares per per have
allotted equity equity accrued to
share share(₹) our
(₹) Company
January 435,750 Sl. Name of the allottee Number of equity 10 N.A. Bonus issue as N.A. -
25, 2014 No. shares allotted on the record
1. Ketan Mehta 19,500 date, i.e.
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma 10,500 January 25,
3. Sanjay Garudapally 405,750 2014, in the
Total 435,750 ratio of three
equity shares
for every equity
share held.
December 31,851 Sl. Name of the allottee Number of equity 10 N.A. Allotment of Other than -
14, 2022 No. shares allotted equity shares cash
1. Pawan Kumar Sharma 13 pursuant to
2. Rachinahalli Munishamappa 9,427 Scheme of
Lakshmana Amalgamation#
3. Rachenapalli Munishamappa Rama 15,365
4. Muniswamappa Muniraja 7,046
Total 31,851
October 41,955,872 Sr. Name of the allottee Number of equity 10 N.A. Bonus issue as N.A. -
4, 2023 No. shares allotted on the record
1. Ketan Mehta 19,656,000 date, i.e.
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma 10,647,000 September 30,
3. Sanjay Garudapally 10,647,000 2023, in the
ratio of four
134Date of Number Details of allottees Face Offer Nature of Nature of Benefits if
allotment of equity value price allotment consideration any that
shares per per have
allotted equity equity accrued to
share share(₹) our
(₹) Company
4. Lakshmana RM 37,708 equity shares
5. Rama RM 61,460 for every equity
6. Muniraj M 28,184 share held.
7. Mehul Hiralal Gandhi 117,128
8. Yogesh Kumar Rasiklal Sanghavi 351,388
9. Marwadi Chandarana 292,824
Intermediaries Broker Private
Limited
10. Jitendra Vadilal Khandol 117,128
11. Richa Sharma 12
12. Sweta Mehta 12
13. Shruthi Gupta Garudapally 12
14. Mahesh Kumar Jangid 8
15. Shiv Prakash Mathur 8
Total 41,955,872
# Pursuant to order passed by the National Company Law Tribunal, Mumb ai on November 28, 2022, in the matter of Scheme of Amalgamation of Solantra Private Limited, Heliocore Private Limited,
Insolexo Private Limited, RFE Solar Private Limited with Rays Power Infra Private Limited, our Company has allotted 31,851 equity shares of face value ₹10 each on December 14, 2022. see
“History and Certain Corporate Matters - Mergers or amalgamations” on page 365.
135d. Equity shares issued under any scheme of arrangement
Except as disclosed below, our Company has not issued or allotted any equity shares pursuant to any scheme
approved under Sections 391 to 394 of the Companies Act, 1956 or Sections 230 to 234 of the Companies Act,
2013:
Pursuant to order passed by the National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai on November 28, 2022, in the matter
of Scheme of Amalgamation of Solantra Private Limited, Heliocore Private Limited, Insolexo Private Limited,
RFE Solar Private Limited with Rays Power Infra Private Limited, our Company has allotted 31,851 equity shares
of face value ₹10 each on December 14, 2022. See “History and Certain Corporate Matters - Mergers or
amalgamations” on page 365. The details of allottee are as follows:
Sl. No. Name of the allottee Number of equity shares allotted
1. Pawan Kumar Sharma 13
2. Rachinahalli Munishamappa Lakshmana 9,427
3. Rachenapalli Munishamappa Rama 15,365
4. Muniswamappa Muniraja 7,046
Total 31,851
e. Equity shares issued at a price lower than the Offer Price in preceding one year
The Offer Price shall be determined by our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs after the Bid / Offer Closing
Date. Except as disclosed in “–Notes to the Capital Structure –Share Capital History of our Company” on page
125, our Company has not issued any equity shares at a price which may be lower than the Offer Price, during a
period of one year immediately preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
f. Equity shares issued under employee stock option schemes
Our Company adopted Rays Power Infra Employees Stock Option Scheme – 2020 (“ESOP Scheme”) pursuant
to the resolutions passed by the Board on January 23, 2020, and Shareholders on January 30, 2020, and accordingly
the ESOP Scheme is effective from January 30, 2020. The ESOP Scheme was amended pursuant to the resolutions
passed by the Board and Shareholders on December 23, 2023, to align the ESOP Scheme in compliance with
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021
and to be implement the ESOP Scheme through irrevocable trust. The ESOP Scheme was further amended
pursuant to the fresh resolutions passed by the Board and Shareholders on September 30, 2024, to change the
mode of implementation of ESOP Scheme from trust route to direct route and such amendment was not prejudicial
to the interests of the Employees. Thereafter, the ESOP Scheme was further amended pursuant to resolutions
passed by the Board and Shareholders on March 22, 2025, and March 27, 2025, respectively, to give effect of sub-
division of each equity share of face value of ₹10 each into 5 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each.
The objectives of the ESOP Scheme is to motivate the employees to contribute towards the growth and
profitability of the Company, attract and retain appropriate human talent in the employment of the Company,
reduce the attrition rate of the Company and create a sense of ownership and participation amongst the employees.
In terms of the ESOP Scheme our Company may grant an aggregate number of up to such number of options
under the ESOP Scheme, whose conversion shall not exceed 12,796,875 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each.
The ESOP Scheme is in compliance with the SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity)
Regulations, 2021. Our Company undertakes that post listing and trading of its Equity Shares of face value of ₹2
each on the Stock Exchange, it will not make any fresh grant of options under the ESOP Scheme, unless the ESOP
Scheme is ratified by its Shareholders in terms of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based
Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021. We confirm that all allottees under the ESOP Scheme
are employees of our Company and all grant of options under the ESOP Scheme are in compliance with the
Companies Act, 2013, and with Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and
Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021
Details of options granted under ESOP plan, as certified by MRM & Company, Chartered Accountants, pursuant
to their certificate dated September 29, 2025 are set forth below:
136Particulars Details
From April Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
1, 2025 till
the date of
DRHP
Options outstanding as at the 8,44,445 88,030 17,389 8,637
beginning of the period
Bonus issue during the year - - 79,064 -
Options granted during the - 7,56,415 2,377 12,843
year/period
Less- Forfieted/Lapsed 11,085 - 10,800 4,091
during the year/period
Less- Options exercised 15,921
during the year
Total options granted 8,17,439 8,44,445 88,030 17,389
Total issued, subscribed and 57,32,12,580 57,10,65,550 54,30,33,540 10,28,67,400
paid up capital (post
conversion) as on the date of
DRHP
% of total issued, subscribed 0.29% 0.30% 0.16% 0.17%
and paid up capital (post
conversion)
Additions due to share NIL 6,75,556 79,064 NIL
consolidation, bonus issue
and split
Total options outstanding 8,17,439 8,44,445 88,030 17,389
(including vested and
unvested options)
Cumulative options granted NA NA NA NA
as on the date of this DRHP
% options granted as on the NA NA NA NA
date
Options granted (including 8,17,439 8,44,445 4,40,150 86,945
options that have been
exercised) (as adjusted for
share split and bonus issue)
Options exercised 15,921 NIL NIL NIL
% of total issued, subscribed 0.00% NIL NIL NIL
and paid-up capital (post
conversion)
Exercise price of options (in ₹ 2 ₹ 2 ₹ 10 ₹ 10
₹) (as on the date of the grant
of options)
Options forfeited/ lapsed/ 11,085 Nil 10,800.00 4,091.00
cancelled
% of total issued, subscribed 0.00% Nil 0.02% 0.04%
and paid-up capital (post
conversion)
Options modified* NIL NIL NIL NIL
Variation in terms of options NIL Exercise NIL NIL
Price
changed
from ₹10 to
₹2 due to
Split
Total options outstanding 8,17,439 8,44,445 88,030 17,389
(including vested and
unvested options)
137Particulars Details
From April Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
1, 2025 till
the date of
DRHP
Total no. of Equity Shares 8,17,439 8,44,445 88,030 17,389
that would arise as a result of
full exercise of options
granted (net of forfeited/
lapsed/ cancelled options)
Money realised by exercise 31,842 NIL NIL NIL
of options (in ₹)
Total no. of options in force 8,17,439 8,44,445 88,030 17,389
Employee wise details of
options granted to
(i)Key managerial
personnel
Deepak Jangid NIL 21,425 1,820 NIL
Ashish Jain NI L 81,1 15 11,5 64 1,5 91
(ii)Senior Management
Rajneesh Kushwaha Singh NIL 5,545 NIL NIL
Rajan Mukesh Balani NIL 3,325 NIL NIL
Narendra Singh Gohil NIL 16,630 NIL NIL
Parikshit Tripathy NIL NIL NIL NIL
Sanjay Dixit NIL 5,545 NIL NIL
Lalit Kumar Mehta NIL 10,630 NIL NIL
Mukul Mathur NIL 5,545 NIL NIL
Om Dutt Vashisth NIL 46,300 NIL NIL
S.Baiju NIL NIL NIL NIL
Vijay Singh NIL NIL NIL NIL
Vaibhav Roongta NIL 1,59,385 5,200 NIL
Jitendra Mishra NIL 1,02,005 18,184 4,546
(iii)Any other employee who NIL NIL NIL Surya Prakash Sharma- 4546
received a grant in any one
year of options amounting to
5% or more of the options
granted during that year
(iv)Identified employees who NIL NIL NIL NIL
are granted options, during
any one year equal to or
exceeding 1% of the issued
capital (excluding
outstanding warrants and
conversions) of our Company
at the time of grant
Fully diluted EPS on a pre- Not 4.94 3.60 5.10
Offer basis pursuant to the determinable
issue of equity shares on at this stage
exercise of options calculated
in accordance with the
applicable accounting
standard on ‘Earnings Per
Share’
138Particulars Details
From April Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
1, 2025 till
the date of
DRHP
Where the Company has Not applicable, as valuation of ESOPs has been done through fair valuation
calculated the employee of options under IND AS
compensation cost using the
intrinsic value of the stock
options, the difference
between employee
compensation cost so
calculated and the employee
compensation cost that shall
have been recognised if the
Company had used fair value
of options and impact of this
difference on profits and EPS
of the Company
Description of the pricing Black Scholes Black Black Black Scholes Option
formula and the method and Option Scholes Scholes Pricing model
Significant assumptions used Pricing model Option Option
during the year to estimate Pricing Pricing
the fair values of options, model model
including weighted-average Exercise Price Exercise Exercise Exercise Price (₹): 10
information, namely, risk- (₹): 2 Price (₹): 2 Price (₹): 10
free interest rate, expected Average Average Average Average expected volatility
life, expected volatility, expected expected expected (%):27.95 % to 33.26%
expected dividends and the volatility volatility volatility
price of the underlying share (%):32.34 % (%):32.34 % (%):27.90 %
in market at the time of grant to 35.73% to 35.73% to 33.08%
of the option
Dividend Dividend Dividend Dividend yield (%): NIL
yield (%): yield (%): yield (%):
NIL NIL NIL
Average Average Average Average expected life
expected life expected life expected life (Years): 3.5 years to 6.5
(Years): 3.5 (Years): 3.5 (Years): 3.5 years
years to 6.5 years to 6.5 years to 6.5
years years years
Average risk- Average Average Average risk-free interest
free interest risk-free risk-free rate (%):6.61 % to 6.92%
rate (%):6.35 interest rate interest rate
% to 6.41% (%):6.35 % (%):6.77 %
to 6.41% to 6.81%
Impact on profits and EPS of Not applicable because our Company had followed the accounting policies
the last three years if the specified in Regulation 15 of the SEBI SBEB Regulations i.e., as per the Indian
Company had followed the Accounting Standard
accounting policies specified
in the SEBI ESOP
Regulations in respect of
options granted in the last
three years
139Particulars Details
From April Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
1, 2025 till
the date of
DRHP
Intention of the key According to the declaration No intention to sell the Equity Shares within 3
managerial personnel, senior months after the date of listing of the Equity Shares in the initial public offer.
managerial personnel and
whole-time directors who are
holders of Equity Shares
allotted on exercise of
options granted under an
employee stock option
scheme or allotted under an
employee stock purchase
scheme, to sell their Equity
Shares within three months
after the date of listing of the
Equity Shares in the initial
public offer (aggregate
number of Equity Shares
intended to be sold by the
holders of options), if any
Intention to sell Equity According to the declaration No intention to sell the Equity Shares within 3
Shares arising out of an months after the date of listing of the Equity Shares in the initial public offer
employee stock option
scheme or allotted under an
employee stock purchase
scheme within three months
after the date of listing, by
directors and employees
having Equity Shares issued
under an employee stock
option scheme or employee
stock purchase scheme
amounting to more than one
per cent. of the issued capital
(excluding outstanding
warrants and conversions)
All employees mentioned in the table above are the permanent employees of our Company.
The board of directors of the Company, has not cancelled options under the ESOP Scheme.
g. Compliance with the Companies Act, 1956 and the Companies Act, 2013
All issuances and buyback/redemption of securities made by our Company since its incorporation till the date of
filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus were in compliance with the Companies Act, 1956 and the Companies
Act, 2013, as applicable.
2. History of the share capital held by our Promoters and members of Promoter Group
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Promoters and members of Promoter Group hold, in the
aggregate, 256,816,235 Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each, equivalent to 89.86% of the issued, subscribed
and paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company and 89.74% on fully diluted basis.
a. Build-up of the shareholding of our Promoters in our Company
The details regarding the shareholding of our Promoters since incorporation of our Company is set forth in the
table below:
140Ketan Mehta
Date of Reason/ Nature Number of Nature Face Offer price/ % of pre- % of post-
allotment/ of transaction equity shares of value Acquisition Offer Offer
transfer consider of price/ Transfer capital (on capital (on
ation equity price per equity fully fully
shares share (₹) diluted diluted
(₹) basis)^ basis) #
January 5, Transfer from 2,400 Cash 10 10.00 Negligible [●]
2012 Pawan Kumar
Sharma
January 5, Transfer from 2,400 Cash 10 10.00 Negligible [●]
2012 Jagdish Prasad
Sharma
January 23, Further issue 1,700 Cash 10 10.00 Negligible [●]
2014
January 25, Bonus issue as on 19,500 Cash 10 N.A. 0.03 [●]
2014 the record date, i.e.
January 25, 2014,
in the ratio of three
equity shares for
every equity share
held.
March 27, Transfer from 3,688,000 Cash 10 15.00 6.44 [●]
2015 Rays Power
Consultants
Private Limited
June 4, 2015 Rights issue 1,200,000 Cash 10 20.00 2.10 [●]
October 4, Bonus issue as on 19,656,000 N.A. 10 N.A. 34.34 [●]
2023 the record date, i.e.
September 30,
2023, in the ratio
of four equity
shares for every
equity share held.
May 30, 2024 Transfer from 84,332 Cash 10 280.00 0.15 [●]
Mehul Hiralal
Gandhi
Pursuant to resolution passed by our Board on January 23, 2025, and resolution passed at the extraordinary general
meeting of Shareholders held on January 27, 2025, each equity share of face value of ₹10 each has been sub-
divided into 5 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each. Accordingly, the shareholding of Ketan Mehta changed
from 24,654,332 equity shares of face value ₹10 each to 123,271,660 Equity Shares of face value ₹2 each.
September Gift to Mehta (36,981,498) N.A. 2 N.A. (12.92) [●]
19, 2025 Family Trust
Total 86,290,162 30.15 [●]
^The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued,
subscribed and paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options
under ESOP 2020, vested as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
#To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
141Pawan Kumar Sharma
Date of Reason/ Nature Number of Nature Face Offer price/ % of pre- % of
allotment/ of transaction equity shares of value Acquisition price/ Offer post-
transfer consider of Transfer price per capital Offer
ation equity equity share (₹) (on fully capital
shares diluted (on fully
(₹) basis)^ diluted
basis) #
June 13, Initial 5,000 Cash 10 10.00 0.01 [●]
2011* Subscription to
MoA
January 05, Transfer to Ketan (2,400) Cash 10 10.00 Negligible [●]
2012 Mehta
January 23, Further issue 900 Cash 10 10.00 Negligible [●]
2014
January 25, Bonus issue as on 10,500 N.A. 10 N.A. 0.02 [●]
2014 the record date, i.e.
January 25, 2014,
in the ratio of three
equity shares for
every equity share
held.
March 27, Transfer from 1,500,000 Cash 10 15.00 2.62 [●]
2015 Rays Power
Consultants
Private Limited
March 27, Transfer from 497,750 Cash 10 15.00 0.87 [●]
2015 Rays Power
Consultants
Private Limited
June 4, 2015 Rights issue 650,000 Cash 10 20.00 1.14 [●]
December Allotment 13 Other 10 N.A. Negligible [●]
14, 2022 pursuant to than cash
Scheme of
Amalgamation
August 28, Transfer to Sweta (3) Cash 10 683.00 Negligible [●]
2023 Mehta
August 28, Transfer to Richa (3) Cash 10 683.00 Negligible [●]
2023 Sharma
August 28, Transfer to Shruthi (3) Cash 10 683.00 Negligible [●]
2023 Gupta
Garudapally
August 28, Transfer to (2) Cash 10 683.00 Negligible [●]
2023 Mahesh Kumar
Jangid
August 28, Transfer to Shiv (2) Cash 10 683.00 Negligible [●]
2023 Prakash Mathur
October 4, Bonus issue as on 10,647,000 N.A. 10 N.A. 18.60 [●]
2023 the record date, i.e.
September 30,
2023, in the ratio
of four equity
shares for every
equity share held.
June 3, 2024 Transfer from 42,166 Cash 10 280.00 0.07 [●]
Jitendra Vadilal
Khandol
142Date of Reason/ Nature Number of Nature Face Offer price/ % of pre- % of
allotment/ of transaction equity shares of value Acquisition price/ Offer post-
transfer consider of Transfer price per capital Offer
ation equity equity share (₹) (on fully capital
shares diluted (on fully
(₹) basis)^ diluted
basis) #
August 5, Transfer from 3,514 Cash 10 280.00 0.01 [●]
2024 Mehul Hiralal
Gandhi
Pursuant to resolution passed by our Board on January 23, 2025, and resolution passed at the extraordinary general
meeting of Shareholders held on January 27, 2025, each equity share of face value of ₹10 each has been sub-
divided into 5 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each. Accordingly, the shareholding of Pawan Kumar Sharma
changed from 13,354,430 equity shares of face value ₹10 each to 66,772,150 Equity Shares of face value ₹2 each.
September Gift to Sharma (20,031,645) N.A. 2 N.A. (7.00) [●]
19, 2025 Family Trust
Total 46,740,505 16.33 [●]
*Our Company was incorporated on June 13, 2011. The date of subscription to the Memorandum of Association
was June 11, 2011, and such subscription was taken on record by our Board on June 28, 2011.
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued,
subscribed and paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options
under ESOP 2020, vested as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
#To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
Sanjay Garudapally
Date of Reason/ Nature Number of Nature Face Offer price/ % of pre- % of
allotment/ of transaction equity shares of value Acquisition price/ Offer post-
transfer consider of Transfer price per capital Offer
ation equity equity share (₹) (on fully capital
shares diluted (on fully
(₹) basis)^ diluted
basis) #
January 05, Transfer from 2,600 Cash 10 10.00 Negligible [●]
2012 Jagdish Sharma
January 23, Further issue 132,650 Cash 10 10.00 0.23 [●]
2014
January 25, Bonus issue as on 405,750 N.A. 10 N.A. 0.71 [●]
2014 the record date, i.e.
January 25, 2014,
in the ratio of three
equity shares for
every equity share
held.
March 27, Transfer from 1,470,750 Cash 10 15.00 2.57 [●]
2015 Rays Power
Consultants
Private Limited
June 04, 2015 Rights issue 650,000 Cash 10 20.00 1.14 [●]
October 4, Bonus issue as on 10,647,000 N.A. 10 N.A. 18.60 [●]
2023 the record date, i.e.
September 30,
2023, in the ratio
of four equity
shares for every
equity share held.
143Date of Reason/ Nature Number of Nature Face Offer price/ % of pre- % of
allotment/ of transaction equity shares of value Acquisition price/ Offer post-
transfer consider of Transfer price per capital Offer
ation equity equity share (₹) (on fully capital
shares diluted (on fully
(₹) basis)^ diluted
basis) #
June 3, 2024 Transfer from 45,680 Cash 10 280.00 0.08 [●]
Jitendra Vadilal
Khandol
Pursuant to resolution passed by our Board on January 23, 2025, and resolution passed at the extraordinary general
meeting of Shareholders held on January 27, 2025, each equity share of face value of ₹10 each has been sub-
divided into 5 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each. Accordingly, the shareholding of Sanjay Garudapally
changed from 13,354,430 equity shares of face value ₹10 each to 66,772,150 Equity Shares of face value ₹2 each.
September Gift to (20,031,645) N.A. 2 N.A. (7.00) [●]
25, 2025 Garudapally
Family Trust
Total 46,740,505 16.33 [●]
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued, subscribed and
paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options under ESOP 2020, vested as
on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
#To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
Sweta Mehta
Date of Reason/ Nature Number of Nature Face Offer price/ % of pre- % of
allotment/ of transaction equity shares of value Acquisition price/ Offer post-
transfer consider of Transfer price per capital (on Offer
ation equity equity share (₹) fully capital
shares diluted (on fully
(₹) basis)^ diluted
basis) #
August 28, Transfer from 3 Cash 10 683.00 Negligible [●]
2023 Pawan Kumar
Sharma
October 4, Bonus issue as on 12 N.A. 10 N.A. Negligible [●]
2023 the record date, i.e.
September 30,
2023, in the ratio
of four equity
shares for every
equity share held.
Pursuant to resolution passed by our Board on January 23, 2025, and resolution passed at the extraordinary general
meeting of Shareholders held on January 27, 2025, each equity share of face value of ₹10 each has been sub-
divided into 5 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each. Accordingly, the shareholding of Sweta Mehta changed
from 15 equity shares of face value ₹10 each to 75 Equity Shares of face value ₹2 each.
Total 75 Negligible [●]
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued, subscribed and
paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options under ESOP 2020, vested as
on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
#To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
144Richa Sharma
Date of Reason/ Nature Number of Nature Face Offer price/ % of pre- % of post-
allotment/ of transaction equity shares of value Acquisition Offer capital Offer
transfer consider of price/ (on fully capital (on
ation equity Transfer price diluted fully
shares per equity basis)^ diluted
(₹) share (₹) basis) #
August 28, Transfer from 3 Cash 10 683.00 Negligible [●]
2023 Pawan Kumar
Sharma
October 4, Bonus issue as on 12 N.A. 10 N.A. Negligible [●]
2023 the record date, i.e.
September 30,
2023, in the ratio
of four equity
shares for every
equity share held.
Pursuant to resolution passed by our Board on January 23, 2025, and resolution passed at the extraordinary general
meeting of Shareholders held on January 27, 2025, each equity share of face value of ₹10 each has been sub-
divided into 5 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each. Accordingly, the shareholding of Richa Sharma changed
from 15 equity shares of face value ₹10 each to 75 Equity Shares of face value ₹2 each.
Total 75 Negligible [●]
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued,
subscribed and paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options
under ESOP 2020, vested as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
#To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally
Date of Reason/ Nature Number of Nature Face Offer price/ % of pre- % of post-
allotment/ of transaction equity shares of value Acquisition Offer Offer
transfer consider of price/ Transfer capital (on capital (on
ation equity price per equity fully fully
shares share (₹) diluted diluted
(₹) basis)^ basis) #
August 28, Transfer from 3 Cash 10 683.00 Negligible [●]
2023 Pawan Kumar
Sharma
October 4, Bonus issue as on 12 N.A. 10 N.A. Negligible [●]
2023 the record date, i.e.
September 30,
2023, in the ratio
of four equity
shares for every
equity share held.
Pursuant to resolution passed by our Board on January 23, 2025, and resolution passed at the extraordinary general
meeting of Shareholders held on January 27, 2025, each equity share of face value of ₹10 each has been sub-
divided into 5 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each. Accordingly, the shareholding of Shruthi Gupta Garudapally
changed from 15 equity shares of face value ₹10 each to 75 Equity Shares of face value ₹2 each.
Total 75 Negligible [●]
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued, subscribed and
paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options under ESOP 2020, vested as
on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
#To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
Mehta Family Trust
145Date of Reason/ Nature Number of Nature Face Offer price/ % of pre- % of post-
allotment/ of transaction equity shares of value Acquisition Offer Offer
transfer consider of price/ Transfer capital (on capital (on
ation equity price per equity fully fully
shares share (₹) diluted diluted
(₹) basis)^ basis) #
September Gift from Ketan 36,981,498 N.A. 2 N.A. 12.92 [●]
19, 2025 Mehta
Total 36,981,498 12.92 [●]
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued, subscribed and paid-up share
capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options under ESOP 2020, vested as on the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus.
#To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
Sharma Family Trust
Date of Reason/ Nature Number of Nature Face Offer price/ % of pre- % of post-
allotment/ of transaction equity shares of value Acquisition Offer Offer
transfer consider of price/ Transfer capital (on capital (on
ation equity price per equity fully fully
shares share (₹) diluted diluted
(₹) basis)^ basis) #
September Gift from Pawan 20,031,645 N.A. 2 N.A. 7.00 [●]
19, 2025 Kumar Sharma
Total 20,031,645 7.00 [●]
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued, subscribed and
paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options under ESOP 2020, vested as
on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
#To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
Garudapally Family Trust
Date of Reason/ Nature of Number of Nature Face Offer price/ % of pre- % of post-
allotment/ transaction equity shares of value Acquisition Offer Offer
transfer consider of price/ Transfer capital (on capital (on
ation equity price per equity fully fully
shares share (₹) diluted diluted
(₹) basis)^ basis) #
September Gift from Sanjay 20,031,645 N.A. 2 N.A. 7.00 [●]
25, 2025 Garudapally
Total 20,031,645 7.00 [●]
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued, subscribed and
paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options under ESOP 2020, vested as
on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
#To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, one of our Promoter i.e. Mehta Family Trustee Private
Limited, does not hold any Equity Shares in our Company, and accordingly, the build-up of the shareholding of
Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited has not been shown in above table.
146b. Build-up of the shareholding of members of Promoter Group in our Company
Sonali Mehta
Date of Reason/ Nature Number of Nature Face Offer price/ % of pre- % of
allotment/ of transaction equity shares of value Acquisition price/ Offer post-
transfer consider of Transfer price per capital Offer
ation equity equity share (₹) (on fully capital
shares diluted (on fully
(₹) basis)^ diluted
basis) #
December Transfer from 10 Cash 10 140.00 Negligible [●]
13, 2023 Mahesh Kumar
Jangid
Pursuant to resolution passed by our Board on January 23, 2025, and resolution passed at the extraordinary general
meeting of Shareholders held on January 27, 2025, each equity share of face value of ₹10 each has been sub-
divided into 5 Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each. Accordingly, the shareholding of Sonali Mehta changed
from 10 equity shares of face value ₹10 each to 50 Equity Shares of face value ₹2 each.
Total 50 Negligible [●]
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued,
subscribed and paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options
under ESOP 2020, vested as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
#To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
The entire shareholding of our Promoters, Directors, KMPs, Senior Management, members of Promoter Group,
Selling Shareholders and public is in dematerialised form as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and
there are no shares in physical form.
All the Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each held by our Promoters and members of Promoter Group were fully
paid-up on the respective dates of allotment/acquisition of such equity shares. Further, none of the Equity Shares
of face value of ₹2 each held by our Promoters and members of Promoter Group are pledged or otherwise
encumbered as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
c. Shareholding of our Promoters and members of Promoter Group
The details of the equity shareholding of our Promoters and the members of Promoter Group in our Company as
on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is set out below:
Pre-Offer Post-Offer#
% of total No. of Equity % of total
No. of Equity
Name of Shareholder shareholding Shares of face shareholding
Shares of face
on a fully value of ₹2 on a fully
value of ₹2 each
diluted basis each diluted basis
Promoters*
Ketan Mehta 86,290,162 30.15 [●] [●]
Pawan Kumar Sharma 46,740,505 16.33 [●] [●]
Sanjay Garudapally 46,740,505 16.33 [●] [●]
Sweta Mehta 75 Negligible [●] [●]
Richa Sharma 75 Negligible [●] [●]
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally 75 Negligible [●] [●]
Mehta Family Trust 36,981,498 12.92 [●] [●]
Sharma Family Trust 20,031,645 7.00 [●] [●]
Garudapally Family Trust 20,031,645 7.00 [●] [●]
Total holding of the Promoters 256,816,185 89.74 [●] [●]
(A)
Promoter Group
Sonali Mehta 50 Negligible [●] [●]
Total holding of Promoter Group 50 Negligible [●] [●]
147Pre-Offer Post-Offer#
% of total No. of Equity % of total
No. of Equity
Name of Shareholder shareholding Shares of face shareholding
Shares of face
on a fully value of ₹2 on a fully
value of ₹2 each
diluted basis each diluted basis
(other than Promoters) (B)
Total holding of Promoters and 256,816,235 89.74 [●] [●]
Promoter Group (A + B)
*As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, one of our Promoter i.e. Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited, do not
hold any Equity Shares in our Company, and accordingly, the shareholding of Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited has not
been shown in above table.
#To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
d. Secondary transactions involving the Promoters, Promoter Selling Shareholders and members of
Promoter Group
Except as disclosed below, there have been no secondary transactions of Equity shares by our Promoters, Promoter
Selling Shareholders and members of the Promoter Group, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Promoter
(i) Ketan Mehta (Also a Promoter Selling Shareholder)
Date of No. of Acquisition Total Nature of Remark
tran sfer equity price per Consideration consideration
shares equity share
acquired (₹)
January 5, 2012 2,400 10.00 24,000 Cash Transfer from Pawan
Kumar Sharma
January 5, 2012 2,400 10.00 24,000 Cash Transfer from Jagdish
Sharma
March 27, 2015 3,688,000 15.00 55,320,000 Cash Transfer from Rays
Power Consultants
Private Limited
May 30, 2024 84,332 280.00 23,612,960 Cash Transfer from Mehul
Hiralal Gandhi
September 19, (36,981,498) N.A. N.A. N.A. Gift to Mehta Family
2025 Trust
(ii) Pawan Kumar Sharma (Also a Promoter Selling Shareholder)
Date of t ransfer No. of equity Acquisition Total Nature of Remark
shares price per equity Consideration consideration
acquired share (₹)
January 5, 2012 (2,400) 10.00 24,000 Cash Shares
transfer to
Ketan Mehta
March 27, 2015 1,500,000 15.00 22,500,000 Cash Shares
transfer from
Rays Power
Consultants
Private
Limited
March 27, 2015 497,750 15.00 7,466,250 Cash Shares
transfer from
Rays Power
Consultants
Private
Limited
148Date of t ransfer No. of equity Acquisition Total Nature of Remark
shares price per equity Consideration consideration
acquired share (₹)
August 28, 2023 (2) 683.00 1,366 Cash Shares
transfer to
Mahesh
Kumar
Jangid
August 28, 2023 (3) 683.00 2,049 Cash Shares
transfer to
Richa
Sharma
August 28, 2023 (2) 683.00 1,366 Cash Shares
transfer to
Shiv Prakash
Mathur
August 28, 2023 (3) 683.00 2,049 Cash Shares
transfer to
Shruthi
Garudapally
August 28, 2023 (3) 683.00 2,049 Cash Shares
transfer to
Sweta Mehta
June 3, 2024 42,166 280.00 11,806,480 Cash Transfer from
Jitendra
Vadilal
Khandol
August 5, 2024 3,514 280.00 983,920 Cash Transfer from
Mehul
Hiralal
Gandhi
September 19, (20,031,645) N.A. N.A. N.A. Gift to
2025 Sharma
Family Trust
(iii) Sanjay Garudapally (Also a Promoter Selling Shareholder)
Date of t ransfer No. of Acquisition Total Nature of Remark
equity price per Consideration consideration
shares equity share
acquired (₹)
January 5, 2012 2,600 10.00 26,000 Cash Transfer from
Jagdish Sharma
March 27, 2015 1,470,750 15.00 22,061,250 Cash Transfer from
Rays Power
Consultants
Private Limited
June 03,2024 45,680 280.00 12,790,400 Cash Transfer from
Jitendra Vadilal
Khandol
September 25, 2025 (20,031,645) N.A. N.A. N.A. Gift to
Garudapally
Family Trust
(iv) Sweta Mehta
Date of transfer No. of Acquisition Total Nature of Remark
equity price per equity Consideration consideration
share (₹)
149shares
acquired
August 28, 2023 3 683.00 2,049 Cash Transfer from
Pawan Kumar
Sharma
(v) Richa Sharma
Date of transfer No. of Acquisition Total Nature of Remark
equity price per Consideration consideration
shares equity share
acquired (₹)
August 28, 2023 3 683.00 2,049 Cash Transfer from
Pawan Kumar
Sharma
(vi) Shruthi Gupta Garudapally
Date of No. of equity Acquisition Total Nature of Remark
transfer shares price per equity Consideration consideration
acquired share (₹)
August 28, 3 683.00 2,049 Cash Transfer from
2023 Pawan Kumar
Sharma
(vii) Mehta Family Trust
Date of No. of equity Acquisition Total Nature of Remark
transfer shares price per Consideration consideration
acquired equity share (₹)
September 19, 36,981,498 N.A. N.A. N.A. Gift from Ketan
2025 Mehta
(viii) Sharma Family Trust
Date of transfer No. of Acquisition Total Nature of Remark
equity price per Consideration consideration
shares equity share
acquired (₹)
September 19, 2025 20,031,645 N.A. N.A. N.A. Gift from Pawan
Kumar Sharma
(ix) Garudapally Family Trust
Date of transfer No. of Acquisition Total Nature of Remark
equity price per Consideration consideration
shares equity share
acquired (₹)
September 25, 2025 20,031,645 N.A. NA N.A. Gift from Sanjay
Garudapally
150Promoter group
(i) Sonali Mehta
Date of transfer No. of Acquisition Total Nature of Remark
equity price per Consideration consideration
shares equity share
acquired (₹)
December 13, 2023 10 140 1,400 Cash Transfer from Mahesh
Kumar Jangid
e. Details of Promoters’ contribution and lock-in
(i) Pursuant to Regulations 14 and 16 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, an aggregate of at least than 20% of the
fully diluted post-Offer Equity Share capital of our Company held by our Promoters shall be locked in for
a period of three years as minimum promoter’s contribution (“Minimum Promoter’s Contribution”) from
the date of Allotment and the shareholding of the Promoters in excess of 20% of the fully diluted post-Offer
Equity Share capital shall be locked in for a period of one year from the date of Allotment.
(ii) Details of the Equity Shares to be locked-in for three years from the date of Allotment as Minimum
Promoter’s Contribution are set forth in the table below:
Name of Number Number Date of Face Issue / Nature of % of the % of the Date up
the of of Equity allotment/ value acquisition transaction pre- post- to which
Promoter Equity Shares transfer per price per Offer Offer Equity
Shares locked-in* of equity equity equity paid-up paid-up Shares
held# shares # share (₹) share (₹) Capital Capital are
subject to
lock-in
[●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
[●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Total [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
Note: To be updated at the Prospectus stage.
# Equity Shares were fully paid-up on the date of acquisition of such Equity Shares.
*Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment
(iii) Our Promoters have given consent to include such a number of Equity Shares held by them as may
constitute 20% of the fully diluted post-Offer Equity Share capital of our Company as the Minimum
Promoter’s Contribution. Our Promoters have agreed not to dispose, sell, transfer, charge, pledge or
otherwise encumber in any manner, the Minimum Promoter’s Contribution from the date of filing of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus, until the expiry of the lock-in period specified above, or for such other time
as required under SEBI ICDR Regulations, except as may be permitted, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR
Regulations.
(iv) Our Company undertakes that the Equity Shares that are being locked-in are not and will not be, ineligible
for computation of Minimum Promoter’s Contribution in terms of Regulation 15 of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations. In this connection, our Company confirms the following:
(a) The Equity Shares offered for Minimum Promoter’s Contribution do not include (i) equity shares
acquired during the three immediately preceding years for consideration other than cash, and
revaluation of assets or capitalisation of intangible assets in such transaction; (ii) equity shares
resulting from bonus issue by utilization of revaluation reserves or unrealised profits of our Company
or bonus Shares issued against equity shares, which are otherwise ineligible for computation of
Minimum Promoter’s Contribution;
(b) The Minimum Promoter’s Contribution does not include any equity shares acquired during the
immediately preceding one year at a price lower than the price at which the Equity Shares are being
offered to the public in the Offer;
151(c) Our Company has not been formed by the conversion of one or more partnership firms or a limited
liability partnership firm, and, consequently, the Minimum Promoters’ Contribution does not
include equity shares issued pursuant to conversion of partnership firm or a limited liability
partnership firm; and
(d) The Equity Shares held by our Promoters and offered as part of the Minimum Promoters’
Contribution are not subject to any pledge or any other encumbrance.
f. Details of Equity Shares locked-in for six months
In addition to the Equity Shares proposed to be locked in as a part of minimum Promoter’s Contribution as stated
above, and as prescribed under SEBI ICDR Regulations, pursuant to Regulation 17 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations,
the entire pre-Offer capital of our Company (including any unsubscribed portion of the Offered Shares) shall be
locked-in for a period of six months from the date of Allotment, except for (i) the Equity Shares with respect to
the Offer for Sale; (ii) any Equity Shares held by the eligible employees (whether currently employees or not) of
our Company which have been allotted to them under an employee stock option scheme, prior to the Offer, except
as required under applicable law, (iii) any Equity Shares held by a VCF or Category I AIF or Category II AIF or
FVCI, as applicable, provided that such Equity Shares shall be locked in for a period of at least six months from
the date of purchase by such shareholders, and (iv) as otherwise permitted under the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Further, any unsubscribed portion of the Offered Shares will also be locked in, as required under the SEBI ICDR
Regulations.
g. Lock-in of Equity Shares Allotted to Anchor Investors
50% of the Equity Shares Allotted to Anchor Investors in the Anchor Investor Portion shall be locked-in for a
period of 90 days from the date of Allotment and the remaining portion shall be locked-in for a period of 30 days
from the date of Allotment.
h. Other lock-in requirements:
Pursuant to Regulation 21 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, Equity Shares held by our Promoters and locked-in, as
mentioned above, may be pledged as collateral security for a loan granted by a scheduled commercial bank, a
public financial institution, NBFC-SI or a deposit taking housing finance company, subject to the following:
(i) with respect to the equity shares locked-in for one year from the date of Allotment, such pledge of the
equity shares must be one of the terms of the sanction of the loan; and
(ii) with respect to the equity shares locked-in as Minimum Promoter’s Contribution for three years from the
date of Allotment, the loan must have been granted to our Company for the purpose of financing one or
more of the objects of the Offer, which is not applicable in the context of this Offer.
However, the relevant lock-in period shall continue post the invocation of the pledge referenced above, and the
relevant transferee shall not be eligible to transfer the equity shares till the relevant lock-in period has expired in
terms of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
In terms of Regulation 22 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, equity shares held by our Promoters and locked-in, may
be transferred to any member of our Promoter Group or a new promoter, subject to continuation of lock-in, in the
hands of such transferee, for the remaining period and compliance with provisions of the Takeover Regulations.
Further, in terms of Regulation 22 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, equity shares held by persons (other than our
Promoters) prior to the Offer and locked-in for a period of six months, may be transferred to any other person
holding equity shares which are locked-in along with the equity shares proposed to be transferred, subject to the
continuation of the lock-in in the hands of such transferee and compliance with the applicable provisions of the
Takeover Regulations. However, it should be noted that the Offered Shares which will be transferred by the
respective Selling Shareholders in the Offer for Sale shall not be subject to lock-in.
i. Recording on non-transferability of equity shares locked-in
As required under Regulation 20 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, our Company shall ensure that the details of the
equity shares locked-in are recorded by the relevant depository.
1523. Shareholding Pattern of our Company
The table below presents the shareholding pattern of our Company as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus:
Shareholdin No. of
Number of
g, as a % Equity
Equity Shares
assuming No. of locked-in Shares held
Number of voting rights held in each class pledged or
Shareholdi full Equity Shares in
of securities (IX) otherwise
ng as a % conversion (XII) dematerializ
No. of Equity encumbered
No. of of total no. of ed form
Shares (XIII)
Number of No. of Equity Total No. of of Equity convertible (XIV)
underlying
fully paid Partly Shares Equity Shares No of voting rights securities
Category Category of Number of outstanding
up paid-up underlyi Shares held (calculated (as a As a
(I) Shareholder shareholders convertible
equity Equity ng (VII) = as per percentage % of
(II) (III) securities As a %
shares Shares depositor (IV)+(V)+ SCRR, of diluted total
Class (including of total
held (IV) held (V) y receipts (VI) 1957) Equity Equit
e.g.: Total as a warrants) No. No. Equity
(VI) (VIII) Class Share y
Other Total % of (X) (a) (a) Shares
As a % of (Equity) capital) Shar
s (A+B+C) held
(A+B+C2) (XI)= es
(b)
(VII)+(X) held
As a % of (b)
(A+B+C2)
(A) Promoters & 10 256,816,235 - - 256,816,235 89.86 256,816,235 - 256,816,23 89.86 - 89.74 - - 256,816,235
Promoter 5
Group
(B) Public 108 28,972,616 - - 28,972,616 10.14 28,972,616 - 28,972,616 10.14 - 10.12 147,500 28,972,616
(C) Non - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Promoter-
Non Public
(C1) Equity Shares - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
underlying
depository
receipts
(C2) Equity Shares - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
held by -
employee
trusts
Total 118 285,788,851 - - 285,788,851 100.00 285,788,851 - 285,788,85 100.00 - 99.86 147,500 285,788,851
1
1534. Shareholding of our Directors and Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management in our Company
Name of Sh areholder Pre-Offer Post-Offer#
No. of Equity Shares % of Equity No. of Equity % of Equity Share
of face value ₹ 2 each Share capital on Shares of face capital on fully
fully diluted value ₹ 2 each diluted basis
basis^
Directors, KMPs and Senior Management
Ketan Mehta 86,290,162 30.15 [●] [●]
Pawan Kumar Sharma 46,740,505 16.33 [●] [●]
Sanjay Garudapally 46,740,505 16.33 [●] [●]
Deepak Jangid 6,375 Negligible [●] [●]
Total 179,777,547 62.82 [●] [●]
#To be included in Prospectus. Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment.
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued,
subscribed and paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock
options under ESOP 2020, vested as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
5. Details of Equity shareholding of the major Equity Shareholders of our Company
(a) Set forth below are details of shareholders holding 1% or more of the paid-up share capital of our Company
on a fully diluted basis as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus**:
Name of Shareholder Pre-Offer
No. of Equity Shares of face % of Equity Share capital
value ₹ 2 each on a fully diluted basis^
Ketan Mehta 86,290,162 30.15
Pawan Kumar Sharma 46,740,505 16.33
Sanjay Garudapally 46,740,505 16.33
Mehta Family Trust* 36,981,498 12.92
Sharma Family Trust* 20,031,645 7.00
Garudapally Family Trust* 20,031,645 7.00
Neepa Shah 5,826,245 2.04
Avarjit Singh Birghi 3,283,920 1.15
Vimana Capital Management LLP 3,263,755 1.14
Total 269,189,880 94.06
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued, subscribed and
paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options under ESOP 2020, vested as
on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
*Equity Shares are held by respective trustees in accordance with applicable law.
**Details are as of the beneficiary position dated September 25, 2025
(b) Set forth below are details of shareholders holding 1% or more of the paid-up share capital of our Company
on a fully diluted basis as of 10 days prior to the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus**:
Name of Shareholder Pre-Offer
No. of Equity Shares of face % of Equity Share capital
value of ₹2 each on a fully diluted basis^
Ketan Mehta 123,271,660 43.07
Pawan Kumar Sharma 66772150 23.33
Sanjay Garudapally 66772150 23.33
Neepa Shah 5,826,245 2.04
Avarjit Singh Birghi 3,283,920 1.15
Vimana Capital Management LLP 3,263,755 1.14
Total 269,189,880 94.06
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the present issued, subscribed and
paid-up share capital of the Company, assuming the exercise of 401,974 employee stock options under ESOP 2020, vested as
on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
**Details are as of the beneficiary position dated September 25, 2025
154(c) Set forth below are details of shareholders holding 1% or more of the paid-up share capital of our Company
on a fully diluted basis as of one year prior to the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus**:
Name of Shareholder Pre-Offer
No. of Equity Shares of face % of Equity Share capital
value ₹ 10 each on a fully diluted basis^
Ketan Mehta 24,654,332 43.08
Pawan Kumar Sharma 13,354,430 23.33
Sanjay Garudapally 13,354,430 23.33
Vimana Capital Management LLP 652,751 1.14
Kamlesh Navinchandra Shah 622,950 1.09
Avarjit Singh Birghi 604,461 1.06
Total 53,243,354 93.03
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the issued, subscribed and paid-up
share capital of the Company as on September 25, 2024, assuming conversion of 216,920 warrants with a conversion ratio of
five equity shares for every one warrant issued and the exercise of 79,115 employee stock options under ESOP 2020, as of 1
year prior to the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
** Details are as of the beneficiary position dated September 25, 2024.
(d) Set forth below are details of shareholders holding 1% or more of the paid-up share capital of our Company
on a fully diluted basis as of two years prior to the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus**:
Name of Shareholder Pre-Offer
No. of Equity Shares of face % of Equity Share capital
value ₹10 each on a fully diluted basis^
Ketan Mehta 4,914,000 38.12
Pawan Kumar Sharma 2,661,750 20.65
Sanjay Garudapally 2,661,750 20.65
Dutch Commotrade 1,292,947 10.03
Axis Dealtrade Private Limited 746,402 5.79
Touch Point Sales 346,091 2.69
Total 12,622,940 97.93
^ The percentage of Equity Share capital on a fully diluted basis is calculated based on the issued, subscribed and paid-up
share capital of the Company as on September 25, 2023, assuming exercise of 14,889 employee stock options under ESOP
2020, as of 2 years prior to the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
** Details are as of the beneficiary position dated September 25, 2023.
6. There have been no financing arrangements whereby our Promoters, members of our Promoter Group, our
Directors and their relatives (as defined in Companies Act, 2013) have financed the purchase by any other
person of securities of our Company, during a period of six months immediately preceding the date of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
7. As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, none of the BRLMs are an associate (as defined in the
SEBI Merchant Bankers Regulations) of our Company.
8. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the BRLMs and their respective associates (as defined
in the SEBI Merchant Bankers Regulations) do not hold any Equity Shares of our Company. The BRLMs
and their respective associates and affiliates in their capacity as principals or agents may engage in
transactions with, and perform services for, our Company and each of the Selling Shareholders, and their
respective directors and officers, partners, trustees, affiliates, associates or third parties in the ordinary
course of business and have engaged, or may in the future engage, in commercial banking and investment
banking transactions with our Company, the Selling Shareholders, and each of their respective directors
and officers, partners, trustees, affiliates, associates or third parties, for which they have received, and may
in the future receive, compensation.
9. Our Company, the Promoters, the Directors, and the BRLMs have not entered into any buy-back
arrangement or any other similar arrangements for the purchase of Equity Shares being offered under the
Offer.
15510. None of our Promoters, the members of our Promoter Group, our Directors and their relatives have
purchased or sold any securities of our Company during the period of six months immediately preceding
the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
11. There is only one denomination of Equity Shares. Further, our Company shall ensure that there shall be
only one denomination of the Equity Shares, unless otherwise permitted by law.
12. No person connected with the Offer, including but not limited to, our Company, the BRLMs, the members
of the Syndicate Member, our Directors, Promoters, members of our Promoter Group or Group Companies,
shall Offer any incentive, whether direct or indirect, in any manner whatsoever, whether in cash or in kind
or in services or otherwise to any Bidder for making a Bid, except for fees or commission for services
rendered in relation to the Offer.
13. None of the Equity Shares held by our Promoters and the members of our Promoter Group are pledged or
otherwise encumbered as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Further, none of the Equity
Shares being offered for sale through the Offer for Sale are pledged or otherwise encumbered, as on the
date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
14. All the Equity Shares are fully paid-up and there are no partly paid-up Equity Shares as on the date of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
15. All the Equity Shares issued pursuant to the Offer shall be fully paid-up at the time of Allotment.
16. There are no outstanding warrants, options or rights to convert debentures, loans or other convertible
instruments into or which would entitle any person any option to receive Equity Shares as on the date of
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
17. Except for the Equity Shares to be allotted pursuant to (i) the Fresh Issue; (ii) Offer for Sale; and (iii)
exercise of outstanding options granted pursuant to ESOP Scheme, our Company presently does not intend
or propose or is under negotiation or consideration to alter its capital structure for a period of six months
from the Bid/ Offer Opening Date, by way of split or consolidation of the denomination of Equity Shares
or further issue of Equity Shares(including issue of securities convertible into or exchangeable for,directly
or indirectly into Equity Shares), whether on a preferential basis or issue of bonus or rights or by way of
qualified institutional placement or by way of further public issue of Equity Share or otherwise.
18. Except for the allotment of Equity Shares pursuant to the Fresh Issue, the Pre-IPO Placement, and exercise
of outstanding options granted pursuant to ESOP Scheme, if any, there will be no further issue of specified
securities whether by way of issue of bonus shares, preferential allotment, rights issue or in any other
manner during the period commencing from the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus with
SEBI until the Equity Shares have been listed on the Stock Exchanges or all application monies have been
refunded, as the case may be.
19. Our Company shall also ensure that any proposed pre-IPO placement disclosed in the draft offer document
shall be reported to the Stock Exchanges, within 24 hours of such pre-IPO transactions (in part or in
entirety).
20. As of September 25, 2025, the total number of holders of the Equity Shares is 118. Further, our Company
is in compliance with Section 25 of the Companies Act, 2013 and has not had more than 200 shareholders
in any financial year since incorporation.
21. Our Company shall ensure that any transactions in the Equity Shares by our Promoters and our Promoter
Group during the period between the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and the date of
closure of the Offer shall be reported to the Stock Exchanges within 24 hours of such transactions.
22. Neither the Book Running Lead Managers nor any associate of the Book Running Lead Managers (except
Mutual Funds sponsored by entities which are associates of the Book Running Lead Managers or insurance
companies promoted by entities which are associate of Book Running Lead Managers or AIFs sponsored
by the entities which are associate of the Book Running Lead Managers or FPIs, other than individuals,
corporate bodies and family offices sponsored by the entities which are associate of the Book Running
Lead Managers) shall apply in the Offer under the Anchor Investor Portion.
15623. Our Promoters and members of the Promoter Group shall not participate in the Offer, except by way of
participation as Promoter Selling Shareholders, in the Offer for Sale.
24. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have a stock appreciation right
scheme.
157SECTION IV: PARTICULARS OF THE OFFER
OBJECTS OF THE OFFER
The Offer comprises a Fresh issue of up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each, aggregating up to ₹ 9,000.00
million by our Company and an Offer for Sale of up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹2 each aggregating up
to ₹ 2,500.00 million by the Selling Shareholders. For details, please see section titled “Summary of this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus” and “The Offer” on pages 28 and 103 respectively.
The Offer for Sale
The objects of the Offer is to allow the Selling Shareholders to sell up to [●] equity shares held by them
aggregating up to ₹2,500.00 million. The Selling Shareholders will be entitled to their portion of the proceeds of
the Offer for Sale in proportion of the Equity Shares offered by them after deducting their proportion of Offer
related expenses and relevant taxes thereon. Our Company will not receive any proceeds from the Offer for Sale
and the proceeds received from the Offer for Sale will not form part of the Net Proceeds. For further details of the
Offer for Sale, see “Other Regulatory and Statutory Disclosures” on page 693.
Fresh Issue
The details of the Net Proceeds from the Fresh Issue are set out below:
(₹ in million)
Sl. No. Particulars Estimated Amount
A. Gross proceeds from the Fresh Issue Up to 9,000.00(1)
Less: Offer-related expenses in relation to the Fresh Issue to [●](2) (3)
be borne by our Company
B. Net Proceeds [●](3)
1. Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider a Pre-IPO Placement of specified securities as may be
permitted under the applicable law, aggregating upto ₹ 1,800.00 million, at its discretion, prior to filing of the Red
Herring Prospectus with the RoC. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, will be at a price to be decided by our
Company, in consultation with the BRLMs. If the Pre-IPO Placement is completed, the amount raised pursuant to the
Pre-IPO Placement will be reduced from the Fresh Issue, subject to compliance with Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR. The
Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, shall not exceed 20% of the size of the Fresh Issue. The utilisation of the proceeds
raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement will be done towards the Objects in compliance with applicable law. Prior to
the completion of the Offer, our Company shall appropriately intimate the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement, prior
to allotment pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement, that there is no guarantee that our Company may proceed with the
Offer or the Offer may be successful and will result into listing of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges. Our
Company shall report any Pre-IPO Placement to the Stock Exchanges, within 24 hours of such Pre-IPO Placement (in
part or in entirety). Further, relevant disclosures in relation to such intimation to the subscribers to the Pre-IPO
Placement (if undertaken) shall be appropriately made in the relevant sections of the Red Herring Prospectus and the
Prospectus.
2. Please see- Offer related expenses on page 178.
3. To be finalized upon determination of the Offer Price and will be updated in the Prospectus prior to filing with the RoC.
Requirements of funds
Our Company proposes to utilize the Net Proceeds, towards funding the following objects as approved by the
Board pursuant to its resolution dated September 29, 2025 (collectively, referred to herein as the “Objects”):
1. Investment in our Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited (“Rays
Green Energy”) for part-financing the establishment of a 1.5 GW PV Solar n-type TOPCon G12R cell
manufacturing plant at Manufacturing Zone for Power and Energy Equipment, Plot no. P-23, Mohasa- Babai
Industrial Area, Narmadapuram, Madhya Pradesh, India (“Project”);
2. Part funding of the incremental working capital requirements of our Company; and
3. General corporate purposes.
In addition, our Company expects to achieve the benefits of listing of our Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges,
including enhancement of our Company’s brand name and creation of a public market for our Equity Shares in
India. The main objects clause of our Memorandum of Association enables us (i) to undertake our existing
business activities and other activities set out therein; and (ii) to undertake the activities proposed to be funded
from the Net Proceeds.
158Utilization of Net Proceeds
The Net Proceeds are proposed to be utilised in the following manner:
(₹ in million)
Sl. No. Particulars Estimated Amount
1. Investment in our Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Rays Green Energy 5,000.00
Manufacturing Private Limited (“Rays Green Energy”) for part-financing
the establishment of a 1.5 GW PV Solar n-type TOPCon G12R cell
manufacturing plant at Manufacturing Zone for Power and Energy
Equipment, Plot no. P-23, Mohasa- Babai Industrial Area, Narmadapuram,
Madhya Pradesh, India (“Project”);
2. Part funding of the incremental working capital requirements of our 2,000.00
Company
3. General corporate purposes(1) [●]
Net Proceeds [●]
1. The amount utilised for general corporate purposes shall not exceed 25% of the Gross Proceeds of the Fresh Issue. To be
determined upon finalisation of the Offer Price and updated in the Prospectus prior to filing with the RoC;
Proposed schedule of implementation and deployment of Net Proceeds
We propose to deploy the Net Proceeds towards the Objects in accordance with the estimated schedule of
implementation and deployment of funds as set forth in the table below:
(₹ in million)
Sl. Particulars Total Total Balance amount to be incurred Estimated
No estimated amount (C=A-B) deployment of
. amount / deploye Net Proceeds in
expenditur d Project Internal Net Fiscal Fiscal
e (A) towards Loan / Accruals Proceeds 2027 2028
the Working
Objects Capital
as of loans as the
Septemb case may be
er 29,
2025(2)
(B)
1. Investment in 9,221.70 28.94 3,221.70 971.06 5,000.00 5,000.0 -
our Wholly 0
Owned
Subsidiary,
Rays Green
Energy
Manufacturin
g Private
Limited
(“Rays Green
Energy”) for
part-financing
the
establishment
of a 1.5 GW
PV Solar n-
type TOPCon
G12R cell
manufacturing
plant in
Madhya
Pradesh, India
(“Project”)
159Sl. Particulars Total Total Balance amount to be incurred Estimated
No estimated amount (C=A-B) deployment of
. amount / deploye Net Proceeds in
expenditur d Project Internal Net Fiscal Fiscal
e (A) towards Loan / Accruals Proceeds 2027 2028
the Working
Objects Capital
as of loans as the
Septemb case may be
er 29,
2025(2)
(B)
2. Part-funding 5,307.97 - 1,957.30 1,350.67 2,000.00 2,000.0 -
of the 0
incremental
working
capital
requirements
of our
Company
3. General [●] [●] - - [●] [●] [●]
corporate
purposes(1)
Total [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
1. The amount utilised for general corporate purposes shall not exceed 25% of the Gross Proceeds of the Fresh Issue. To be
determined upon finalisation of the Offer Price and updated in the Prospectus prior to filing with the RoC;
2. As certified by MRM & Company, Chartered Accountants by way of their certificate dated September 29, 2025.
We intend to deploy the Net Proceeds towards the Objects as disclosed in the table above, in accordance with the
business needs of our Company. However, the actual deployment of funds will depend on a number of factors,
including the timing of completion of the Offer, market conditions, our Board’s analysis of economic trends and
business requirements as well as general factors affecting our results of operations and financial condition.
Depending upon such factors, we may have to reduce or extend the deployment period for the stated Objects, at
the discretion of our management, and in accordance with applicable laws. In the event that the estimated
utilization of the Net Proceeds in a scheduled Fiscal is not completely met, including due to the reasons stated
above, the same shall be utilized in the next Fiscal, as may be determined by our Company, in accordance with
applicable laws. For further details, see “Risk Factors– Our funding requirements and the proposed deployment
of Net Proceeds including capital expenditure for setting up the proposed manufacturing facility are based on
management estimates and the techno-economic viability study and may vary depending on changes in our
business plan and external factors” on page 88.
The above requirement of funds, the deployment of funds and the intended use of the Net Proceeds as described
above are based on our current business plan as approved by our Board of Directors pursuant to their resolution
dated September 29, 2025, internal management estimates based on the prevailing market conditions, management
estimates, market conditions and other external commercial and technical factors including interest rates,
exchange rate fluctuations and other charges, estimated costs basis valid quotations obtained from various third-
party vendors and the techno economic viability report dated September, 2025 issued by TÜV SÜD South Asia
Private Limited. (the “TEV Report”). These funding requirements or deployments have not been appraised by
any bank or financial institution. We may have to revise our funding requirements and deployment from time to
time on account of various factors, such as change in costs, including due to inflation or increase in the rate of
taxation, revision in quotations at the time of actual expenditure, change in financial and market conditions, our
management’s analysis of economic trends and our business requirements, as well as general factors affecting our
results of operations, financial condition, business and strategy or other external factors, which may not be within
the control of our management. This may entail rescheduling (including preponing the deployment of Net
Proceeds) and revising the funding requirement for a particular Object or increasing or decreasing the amounts
earmarked towards any of the aforementioned Objects at the discretion of our management, subject to compliance
with applicable law.
160Means of Finance
The fund requirements for the Objects are proposed to be met from the Net Proceeds, Project Loan, Working
Capital loans and our internal accruals. In accordance with Regulation 7(1)(e) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, we
have made firm arrangements through verifiable means for at least 75% of the stated means of finance for the
Project, excluding the Net Proceeds of the Issue and any amount to be raised through existing identifiable internal
accruals.
Of the total estimated cost of the Project amounting to ₹9,221.70 million, an amount of ₹5,000.00 million is
proposed to be deployed by utilizing the Net Proceeds. Further, Rays Green Energy has entered into a borrowing
arrangement with Suvarna Laxmi Nidhi Limited, a financial institution that has extended a facility of an amount
aggregating to ₹3,221.70 million pursuant a sanction letter dated September 15, 2025, to enable Rays Green
Energy to part-finance the Project (“Project Loan”).
The details of the financial arrangements are provided below:
Details of financial arrangements for the Project
Particulars Amount (₹ in
million)
Total estimated cost of the Project (A) 9,221.70
Less: Amount proposed to be met from the Net Proceeds (B) 5,000.00
Balance cost of the Project to be met from other sources (C = A - B) 4,221.70
75% of the balance cost of the Project required to be met from firm arrangements (75% 3,166.28
of C)
Means of finance for which firm arrangements have been made:
Project Loan from Suvarna Laxmi Nidhi Limited (pursuant to sanction letter dated 3,221.70
September 15, 2025) (D)
Total Firm Arrangements (E) 3,221.70
Percentage of balance cost covered by firm arrangements (E / C * 100) 76.31%
As demonstrated above, the funds for which firm arrangements have been made i.e. ₹3,221.70 million constitute
76.31% of the Project cost to be financed from sources other than the Net Proceeds of the Offer i.e. ₹4,221.70
million. This is in compliance with the requirement of Regulation 7(1)(e) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Our Company has deployed ₹28.94 million towards lease rent payment, security deposit, consultancy services,
testing services, geo-technical investigation and survey works, etc.
Details of the Objects
1. Investment in our Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited
(“Rays Green Energy”) for part-financing the establishment of a 1.5 GW PV Solar n-type TOPCon
G12R Cell Manufacturing Plant at Manufacturing Zone for Power and Energy Equipment, Plot no.
P-23, Mohasa- Babai Industrial Area, Narmadapuram, Madhya Pradesh, India (“Project”)
As per the CRISIL Report, the expected solar power capacity additions between fiscals 2026 and 2030 are
anticipated to jump ~2.6 times compared with the capacity additions between fiscals 2021 and 2025. CRISIL
Intelligence expects 170-180 GW of solar capacity to be added over fiscals 2026-2030.
The domestic content requirement (“DCR”) in India's solar sector is a policy initiative aimed at promoting the
development of domestic solar manufacturing capabilities. The primary objective of the DCR is to encourage the
use of domestically manufactured solar cells and modules in solar power projects. The DCR mandates the use of
solar cells and modules manufactured domestically as per the specifications and testing requirements fixed by the
MNRE for government-backed projects, including utility scale solar projects. With the implementation of
ALMM-II in June 2026, which mandates the use of domestic cells in locally assembled modules (“ALMM-I”),
the applicability of ALMM extends to all government-assisted projects and projects under government schemes
and programmes, including those set up for electricity sales to the government and open access projects. (Source:
CRISIL Report)
While India’s module manufacturing capacity has increased rapidly to 82GW as of Fiscal 2025, the domestic
integration of solar cell capacity has only been to the extent of 25-30% (assuming full utilisation). Manufacturing
facilities typically do not operate at full utilization levels, and within the overall capacity, the share of advanced
161technologies such as TOPCon may remain limited (Source: CRISIL Report). Cell manufacturing remains a
bottleneck, with a capacity of 23 GW in Fiscal 2025. Further, as per ALMM II list dated July 31, 2025, 6
manufacturers are enlisted with a total enlisted capacity of 13.07 GW. (Source: CRISIL Report). Consequently,
cell availability is likely to continue as a bottleneck for the industry, even as module capacity approaches a
situation of oversupply over the medium term. (Source: CRISIL Report) This structural gap means that even with
ALMM II mandating the use of approved domestic cells and modules for government-backed projects, the country
will remain import-dependent for critical raw materials, limiting true self-reliance in the solar value chain.
(Source: CRISIL Report)
Since ALMM is conditionally applicable to various segments going forward and with the implementation of
ALMM-II from June 2025, CRISIL Intelligence expects 110-115 GW capacity additions between fiscal 2026 to
2030 to necessarily use DCR solar modules (Source: CRISIL Report). This presents a significant opportunity for
the development of a robust domestic cell manufacturing ecosystem, which could not only reduce reliance on
imports but also foster innovation and drive economic growth. (Source: CRISIL Report)
Without backward integration, EPC players are more susceptible to global price volatility and lose cost-control
levers during technological transitions. The need for EPC players to backward integrate into manufacturing arises
from several strategic and operational benefits. By securing upstream operations - such as module and cell
production – EPC firms gain greater control over their supply chain, ensuring timely access to critical components
and mitigating supply disruptions and price volatility (Source: CRISIL Report). Also see section titled “Our
Business” and “Key Regulations and Policies” on page 316 and 350 respectively.
In the light of this, we intend to establish the Project in Madhya Pradesh, India, through our Wholly Owned
Subsidiary, Rays Green Energy with a capacity of 1.5 GW of Solar PV n-Type TOPCon G12R cells. In order to
implement the Project, we have been allotted land aggregating to 41.30 acres in Mohasa-Babai, Industrial Area,
Narmadapuram district, Madhya Pradesh - 461 661, (“Project Land”) India and have laid the foundation.
The Project is proposed to produce solar cells based on n-type TOPCon G12R technology. As per the CRISIL
Report, TOPCon cells are expected to offer an incremental efficiency gain of at least 1-2% over mono-PERC
cells, which has enabled the possibility of higher electricity generation. This advantage comes from superior
passivation quality and long-term thermal stability. Customers prefer TOPCon solar modules as their increased
efficiency and energy output helps reduce the overall costs of their solar projects. (Source: CRISIL Report)
As per the TEV report Benefits of the n-type TOPCon G12R solar cells include –
• >25% cell efficiency with proven scalability
• Low degradation with extended 30 year performance warranty
• Optimize for G12R, reducing balance-of-systems (“BOS”) costs
• Faster line throughput supports full 1.5 GW capacity with buffer
This Project Land has been allotted to our Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Rays Green Energy pursuant to a letter
dated February 14, 2025 (“Final Allotment Letter”), issued by the Madhya Pradesh Industrial Development
Corporation (“MPIDC”) on long term lease vide agreement dated March 4, 2025. Presently, the lease rent for the
Project Land is ₹ 0.17 million per annum, development charge is ₹ 3.34 million per annum and security deposit
is equivalent to 3 months lease rent. Further, Rays Green Energy has entered into a borrowing arrangement with
Suvarna Laxmi Nidhi Limited, a financial institution that has extended a facility of an amount aggregating to
₹3,221.70 million pursuant a sanction letter dated September 15, 2025, to enable Rays Green Energy to part-
finance the Project.
In line with our business strategy of continuous focus towards growing our Order Book for our Co-Development
Business and EPC Business models and market share in India, we believe that captive consumption of our
manufactured solar cells is expected to improve our financial position and results of operations. Our ability to bid
for projects, which mandate domestic content requirements (“DCR”) would improve significantly and we would
be able to cater to the increasing demand for DCR cells in India.
Our Company’s primary business is development of ‘ready-to-build’ renewable energy infrastructure under our
Co-Development Business model and providing engineering, construction and procurement (“EPC”) services for
renewable power projects. Housing the manufacturing Project in a separate legal entity are aimed at ensuring that
the financial and operational risks associated with this new venture are ring-fenced from the parent Company’s
established EPC operations. This segregation is critical for providing stakeholders with a clear and an
unconsolidated view of the performance of each business. It allows for a precise assessment of capital allocation,
162profitability, and return on investment for each vertical, preventing the commingling of financials which could
obscure the performance metrics of the core EPC business.
Furthermore, we believe this structure enhances governance by allowing for focused management and oversight
tailored to the specific demands of each industry. It ensures that the parent entity’s management remains focused
on its core EPC business, while a dedicated team with relevant manufacturing expertise can be instituted at Rays
Green Energy. The relationship between the parent and the subsidiary will be governed by formal agreements,
ensuring that all transactions are conducted on an arm's-length basis, which provides a transparent mechanism for
value capture and margin stability across the group. A separate subsidiary also allows for streamlined and focused
compliance with the distinct regulatory and licensing requirements applicable to the manufacturing sector,
including industrial and environmental laws, without encumbering the parent entity’s regulatory profile.
The form of infusion of such amount allocated for this Object will be, by way of an equity or preference capital
or debt or any other way, as the Board may decide in compliance with applicable law after considering certain
commercial and financial factors. The actual mode of such deployment has not been finalized as on the date of
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Estimated Cost for setting up the Project
The total estimated cost to establish the Project is ₹9,221.70 million, and such cost is based on management
estimates in accordance with our business plan, and as certified in the TEV Report.
Our Company proposes to invest ₹5,000.00 million from the Net Proceeds in the Project. Further, the board of
directors of Rays Green Energy and the Board of our Company pursuant to their resolutions each dated September
29, 2025, have approved and taken note, respectively, that an amount of ₹5,000.00 is proposed to be funded for
capital expenditure from the Net Proceeds. Further, Rays Green Energy has entered into a borrowing arrangement
with Suvarna Laxmi Nidhi Limited, a financial institution that has extended a facility of an amount aggregating
to ₹3,221.70 million pursuant a sanction letter dated September 15, 2025, to enable Rays Green Energy to part-
finance the Project. Balance cost of the Project of ₹ 1,000,00 million is proposed to be met through internal
accruals out of which Rays Green Energy has already deployed an amount of ₹28.94 million.
As a part of the establishment of the Project, for which the manufacturing line and associated systems are being
procured as an integrated turnkey solution, we require investment in (a) land development, (b) building and civil
works, (c) plant and machinery, (d) installation and commissioning, (e) design, consult, after service, and transfer
of technology, (f) automated guided vehicle (‘AGV”) smart factory, (g) manufacturing execution system
(“MES”), (h) utilities,(i) preoperative expenses and interest during construction (j) margin money for working
capital, (k) miscellaneous fixed assets and (l) contingency. The detailed break-down of estimated cost of the
Project, as certified in the TEV Report, is set forth below:
Amount proposed to be
Total estimated cost (₹ in
Particulars funded through the Net
million)(2)
Proceeds (₹ in million)
Land development* 32.92 -
Building and civil works with PEB* 799.79 -
Plant and machinery(3) 2,787.72(1) 2,328.50
Installation and commissioning(3) 178.90(1) 133.80
Design, consult, after service, and transfer 139.52(1) 104.34
of technology(3)
Automated guided vehicle (‘AGV”) smart 300.41(1) 224.67
factory(3)
Manufacturing execution system (“MES”) 279.03(1) 208.69
(3)
Utilities* 3,929.40 2,000.00
Preoperative expenses and interest during 379.58 -
construction
Margin money for working capital 195.00 -
Miscellaneous fixed assets* 109.48 -
Contingency(4) 89.95 -
Total 9,221.70 5,000.00
All figures in decimals have been rounded off to the second decimal and all percentage figures have been rounded off to two
decimal places. In certain instances, discrepancies in any table between the sums of the amounts listed in the table and totals
are due to rounding off.
163*These numbers are inclusive of GST.
(1) Amounts included here are based on the aggregated discount received from the vendors
(2) Total estimated costs are as per the TEV Report and the respective quotations received from the vendor
(3) For all quotations received from the turnkey solutions provider we have assumed an exchange rate of ₹ 87.75= USD
1, applicable as on, September 17, 2025 as per the RBI reference rate archive.
(4) Contingency is calculated at 0.98% of the total project cost of 9,221.70 million.
Further, in connection to the proposed Object, we and Rays Green Energy have provided an undertaking to the
Book Running Lead Managers confirming, inter alia, that Rays Green Energy shall not avail any input tax credit
on goods and services tax paid on the capital expenditure incurred for the Project and that any subsidies, grants or
other financial incentives received in connection with the Project shall be mandatorily utilized towards repayment
and/or prepayment of the Project loan. This undertaking is legally binding on us and Rays Green Energy and will
remain in force until the Project loan is fully discharged.
Detailed break-down of the Project cost
A further break-up of the specific costs towards establishing the Project is set forth below:
a) Land development:
The land on which Project is proposed to be established is at Plot no. P-23, Mohasa-Babai, Industrial Area,
Narmadapuram district, Madhya Pradesh - 461 661, India (“Project Land”). A total of 41.30 acres of land has
been allocated for the proposed Project. The Project is being undertaken by our Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Rays
Green Energy with a capacity of 1.5 GW. This Project Land has been allotted to Rays Green Energy pursuant to
a letter dated February 14, 2025 (“Final Allotment Letter”), issued by the Madhya Pradesh Industrial
Development Corporation (“MPIDC”). The amount paid by Rays Green Energy towards the Project Land was
₹9.96 million, inclusive of applicable taxes, stamp duty and registration fees.
The total estimated cost for land development, for the proposed Project is ₹32.92 million, inclusive of taxes, as
applicable, as mentioned in the TEV Report. Rays Green Energy propose to utilise an amount of Nil out of the
Net Proceeds, towards such land development.
Sl. No. Description Units Quantity Total estimated cost (₹ in
million)
1. Land Cost (Including Stamp Duty Acres 41.30 9.96
and registration charges)
2. Boundary Wall – 6 feet, brick wall Running 1,000.00 2.50
around the Project Land metres
3. Land survey and soil Number of 20.00 1.00
investigation-topographical and bore holes
geo technical survey
4. Land clearing, filling and Cubic metres 5,000 4.50
levelling-considering 300mm land
filling requirement
5. Internal Roads/Temporary Road- Square metres 8.26 4.96
Considering 1 kilometres road per
5 acre
6. Miscellaneous cost* N.A. N.A. 10.00
Total 32.92#
*Includes cost of temporary office, administration, and transportation.
# Amounts inclusive of taxes
Our Promoters and Directors do not have any interest in the Project Land.
b) Building and civil works for Project
The total estimated cost for building and civil works for the proposed Project is ₹ 799.79 million including taxes
and ₹677.79 million excluding applicable taxes based on the quotations and as per the TEV Report, and we have
obtained quotations for the entire amount, the details of which have been set out below. Rays Green Energy
propose to utilise an amount of Nil out of the Net Proceeds, towards such building and civil works:
164Sl. Total estimated Vendor Date of Validity
Detail of Works
No. cost (₹ in million)^ quotation
1. Building construction and 438.70 Gopal Builders September 8 months
utilities civil works 23, 2025
2. Civil and structural
foundations
3. External site development
4. Hardscaping and pavement
5. Finishing and
miscellaneous works
6. Supply price for the 239.09 Epack Prefab September 8 months
building Technologies 22, 2025
7. Erection charge 25.45 Limited
Total 677.79
^the estimated cost excludes taxes.
c) Plant and machinery:
The total estimated cost for procurement and installation of plant and machinery for the Project is ₹ 2,787.72
million excluding taxes as per the TEV Report. Rays Green Energy proposes to utilise an amount of ₹ 2,328.50
million out of the Net Proceeds, towards such procurement and installation of plant and machinery.
An indicative list of such plant and machinery that is intended to be purchased, along with details of the quotation
received in this respect are set forth below, which has been included in the TEV Report:
Sl. Name of Quantit Model Total Vendor Date of Validity
No. Equipment y estimated quotation
cost (₹ in
million)*
1. Mono texturing 2 CSZ14400F- 86.64 Shenzhen September June 16,
equipment 19G S.C New 1 7, 2025 2026
H2O2, 720 Energy
wafers/bath, Technology
17baths Corporation
2. Wafer loader G 2 ZP/DP-VI 24.75
unloader
Incl. wafer
breakage detector
3. Boron diffusion 3 DOA-480L 111.39
6 tubes, 2840
pcs/boat for
182.2*210
4. Wafer handling 3 SYZ-HII 46.41
system for
diffusion
(Inline, 1 by 1)
5. LP annealing 5 DOA-480L 173.27
equipment
6 tubes, 2640
pcs/boat for
182.2*210
6. Wafer handling 5 SYZ-HII 68.07
system for
annealing
(Inline, 1 by 1)
7. 6+6 lanes BSG 2 LSS14400CS 58.17
removal for
182.2*210
165Sl. Name of Quantit Model Total Vendor Date of Validity
No. Equipment y estimated quotation
cost (₹ in
million)*
8. Alkaline 2 CSZJ14400F- 87.87
polishing 19G
H O , 720
2 2
wafers/bath,
9. Wafer 2 LSP/LXP+FZ 30.94
loader/unloader
for BSG with
Transfer Robot
10. Wafer unloader 2 DP-VI 6.19
for bath polishing
11. PECVD-poly 5 PD-520 Max 241.34
6 tubes, 6G6
pcs/boat for
182.2*210
12. Wafer handling 5 SMZ-IV 49.51
system for
PECVD
for 696 pcs/boat
13. LP annealing 3 DOA-480L 103.96
equipment
6 tubes, 2640
pcs/boat for
182.2*210
14. Wafer handling 3 SYZ-HII 40.84
system for
annealing
(Inline, 1 by 1)
15. 6+6 lanes, PSG 2 LSS14400CS 30.94
removal for
182.2*210
16. RCA cleaning 2 CSZ14400F- 89.11
20 baths, H2O2, 20G
720 wafers/bath
17. Wafer loader/ 2 LSP/LXP-IV 34.65
unloader for
PSG with
transfer robot
18. Wafer unloader 2 DP-VI 7.43
for bath RCA
19. ALD + 2 ALD 800(4) 160.89
automation for
182.2*210 4
tubes, 520 pcs /
tube
20. PECVD 6 tubes, 5 PD-520 Max 232.06
6G6 pcs/boat for
182.2*210
21. Wafer handling 5 SMZ-IV 49.51
system for
PECVD
for 786 pcs/boat
22. PECVD 6 tubes, 4 PD-520 Max 185.65
6G6 pcs/boat
for 182.2*210
23. Wafer handling 4 SMZ-IV 39.60
166Sl. Name of Quantit Model Total Vendor Date of Validity
No. Equipment y estimated quotation
cost (₹ in
million)*
system for
PECVD for 696
pcs/boat
24. Pre-coating for 2 PD-520 Max 86.64
graphite boat
25. Print line l4 x 2.5 SC-PT6800D 278.47
printer, 3x dryer,
firing, l tester and
sorter, l
IV/AOI/EL
included
26. Laser edge 2.5 LOS-II 61.88
contact
optimization
27. Laser scribing 2.5 LTS-12000L 53.84
equipment
2 lanes, unload to
half cell bins
28. Edge passivation 1.0 ALDE 750 (4) 103.23
deposition
Incl. automation,
half cut, 4 tubes
29. Loader G 1.0 DHA-1 17.10
unloader
30. Offline tester 2 SCTS-4500S 61.88
IV/AOI/EL
included
31. Graphite boat 1 SM0430E 18.56
cleaning
32. PE-poly graphite 1 SM0435E 30.94
boat cleaning
33. Oven hood 2 GHW-087F 4.95
34. Quartz boat 1 SY0420E 12.38
cleaning
35. Ǫuartz tube 1 SY0202D 4.33
cleaning
36. Rework wafer 1 CSZ4000E- 23.52
cleaning 12F
equipment
37. Carrier cleaning 1 CSZ2400D- 21.66
equipment 03BH
38. Carriers (PVDF, 2,430 182.2*210 45.12
Wet bench)
39. Carriers (PP, 650 182.2*210 4.02
Transfer)
Process equipment unit ~ TOPCon 2,787.72
*Amounts included here are based on the aggregated discount received from the vendor.
For all quotations received from the turnkey solutions provider we have assumed an exchange rate of ₹ 87.75=
USD 1, applicable as on, September 17, 2025 as per the RBI reference rate archive.
d) Installation and commissioning
Installation and commissioning in respect of the Project comprises of the total aggregate estimated cost of ₹
178.90, excluding taxes, as per the TEV Report, and Rays Green Energy propose to utilise an amount of ₹ 133.80
million out of the Net Proceeds, towards such cost. A list of such activities in this respect is set forth below, which
has been included in the TEV Report:
167Sl. Name of Equipment Quantity Total estimated Vendor Date of Validity
No. cost (₹ in million)* quotation
1. Mono texturing 2 3.38 Shenzhen S.C New September June 16,
2. Loader & unloader for 2 1.13 Energy Technology 17, 2025 2026
texturing Corporation
3. Boron diffusion 3 5.06
4. Quartz boat automation 3 3.38
(1by1)
5. LP annealing furnace 5 8.44
6. Quartz boat automation 5 5.63
(1by1)
7. BSG Removal 2 2.25
8. Wafer load/unload + 2 5.63
wafer unloader for bath
polish
9. Alkali polishing 2 2.81
10. PECVD-poly 5 11.25
11. Graphite boat automation 5 5.63
12. LP annealing furnace 3 3.38
13. Quartz boat automation 3 3.38
(1by1)
14. PSG removal 2 2.25
15. RCA cleaning (17 baths) 2 3.38
16. Wafer load/unload + 2 6.19
wafer unloader for bath
RCA
17. ALD 2 9.00
18. FS PECVD (Si3N4) 5 8.44
19. BS PECVD (Si3N4) + 6 10.13
Pre-coating PECVD
20. Graphite boat automation 9 10.13
21. Print lines (incl. firing, 2.5 8.44
sorter etc.)
22. Laser edge contact 2.5 7.03
optimisation
23. Inline laser halfcut 2.5 3.94
24. ALDE automation 1 2.53
25. ALDE 1 1.13
26. Auxiliary equipment 1 45.01
Total 178.90
*Amounts included here are based on the aggregated discount received from the vendor.
For all quotations received from the turnkey solutions provider we have assumed an exchange rate of ₹ 87.75=
USD 1, applicable as on, September 17, 2025 as per the RBI reference rate archive.
e) Design, consult, after service, and transfer of technology
Designing, consulting, after service, and transfer of technology, in respect of the Project comprises of the total
aggregate estimated cost of ₹139.52 million, excluding taxes, as per the TEV Report, and Rays Green Energy
propose to utilise an amount of ₹104.34 million out of the Net Proceeds, towards such cost. A list of such activities
in this respect are set forth below, which has been included in the TEV Report:
168Sl. Name of Equipment Quantity Total Vendor Date of Validity
No. estimated quotation
cost (₹ in
million)*
1 Technical Service (Design, 1 139.52 Shenzhen S.C September June 16,
Consult, After Service, New Energy 17, 2025 2026
Transfer of Technology Technology
etc.) and onsite process and Corporation
maintenance service
Total 139.52
*Amounts included here are based on the aggregated discount received from the vendor.
For all quotations received from the turnkey solutions provider we have assumed an exchange rate of ₹ 87.75=
USD 1, applicable as on, September 17, 2025 as per the RBI reference rate archive.
f) AGV Smart factory
AGV Smart factory solutions, in respect of the Project comprises of the total aggregate estimated cost of ₹300.41
million, excluding taxes, as per the TEV Report, and Rays Green Energy propose to utilise an amount of ₹224.67
million out of the Net Proceeds, towards such cost. A list of such activities in this respect is set forth below, which
has been included in the TEV Report:
Sl. Name of Equipment Quantity Total estimated Vendor Date of Validity
No. cost (₹ in quotation
million)*
1 AGV solution (from 1 204.21 Shenzhen September June 16,
Texturing till Metallization S.C New 1 7, 2025 2026
line), including AGV Energy
vehicles (Ca. 19 ~ 23AGVs, Technology
separated- type), charge C orporation
piles, RCS+MCS software,
RCS server, UPS power,
data storage, WIP storage,
install & service
2 Automatic packaging line 1 96.20
(Automation from
Metallization line to
package station)
Total AGV smart factory 300.41
*Amounts included here are based on the aggregated discount received from the vendor.
For all quotations received from the turnkey solutions provider we have assumed an exchange rate of ₹ 87.75= USD 1,
applicable as on, September 17, 2025 as per the RBI reference rate archive.
g) Manufacturing Execution System (“MES System”)
MES in respect of the Project comprises of the total aggregate estimated cost of ₹279.03 million, excluding taxes,
as per the TEV Report, and Rays Green Energy propose to utilise an amount of ₹208.69 million out of the Net
Proceeds, towards such cost. A list of such activities in this respect are set forth below, which has been included
in the TEV Report:
Sl. Name of Equipment Quantity Total Vendor Date of Validity
No. estimated quotation
cost (₹ in
million)*
1 MES system for 1.5 GW TOPCon line 1 279.03 Shenzhen S.C September June 16,
(just software system, Excluding all New Energy 17, 2025 2026
hardware e.g. computer, laptop, cable, data Technology
server etc., for work order management, Corporation
production management, quality
management and equipment management)
Total 279.03
169*Amounts included here are based on the aggregated discount received from the vendor.
For all quotations received from the turnkey solutions provider we have assumed an exchange rate of ₹ 87.75=
USD 1, applicable as on, September 17, 2025 as per the RBI reference rate archive.
h) Utilities
Utilities in respect of the Project comprises of the total aggregate estimated cost of ₹ 3,929.40 million, including
taxes and ₹3,330.00 million excluding applicable taxes based on the quotations and as per the TEV Report, and
Rays Green Energy propose to utilise an amount of ₹ 2,000.00 million out of the Net Proceeds, towards such cost.
A list of such utilities in this respect are set forth below, which has been included in the TEV Report:
Sl. Detail of utilities Quantity Total Vendor Date of Validity
No. estimated quotation
cost (₹ in
million)^
1. Design and engineering 1 30.00 UHP September 8 months
services for the 1.5 GW Technologies 18, 2025 from the
manufacturing facility Private date of
2. EPC scope utility 1 - Limited quotation
distribution packages –
supply installation testing
and commissioning package
includes below:
i. B GS – bulk gas packages 350.00
supply & storage system
ii. P GS – specialty/process gas
package supply & storage
system
iii. P CH – supply & storage of 200.00
process chemical delivery
system
iv. W GT – waste gas treatment- 220.00
exhaust scrubbers, blowers,
ducting, dampers
v. D I/RO – DI water generation 320.00
& supply system
vi. W WT – wastewater system 450.00
with ZLD and HP PVDF
piping & drain piping
vii. H VAC high side – cooling 450.00
tower, chillers, hot water
generators
viii. H VAC low – cleanroom 500.00
package - cleanroom panels,
HEPA (high efficiency
particulate air) filters,
lightings, HVAC, ducting &
insulation
ix. C DA – compressed air 60.00
package- CDA generation &
piping
x. P CW – process cooling 90.00
water pumps, PHE, piping,
valves, insulation.
xi. F CMS – facility control & 250.00
monitoring system - safety +
BMS for cleanroom
xii. E lectrical package 360.00
xiii. B MS, access control and 50.00
CCTV
170Sl. Detail of utilities Quantity Total Vendor Date of Validity
No. estimated quotation
cost (₹ in
million)^
Total 3,330.00
^excluding taxes
i) Preoperative expenses and interest during construction
We anticipate incurring expenses for various pre-operative activities and interest during construction in relation
to setting up of the Project, such as labour costs during construction, RoC fees, legal and professional charges,
loan processing charges and other expenses like travelling and initial admin expenses, establishment cost and
financing cost incurred on the borrowings during the time of construction of assets. Preoperative expenses and
interest during construction for the Project comprises of the total aggregate estimated cost of ₹379.58 million,
excluding taxes, as per the TEV Report, and Rays Green Energy propose to utilise an amount of Nil out of the
Net Proceeds, towards such cost.
j) Margin money for working capital
Margin money for working capital required for the Project comprises of the total aggregate estimated cost of
₹195.00 million, excluding taxes, as per the TEV Report, and Rays Green Energy propose to utilise an amount of
Nil out of the Net Proceeds, towards such cost. Margin money is estimated and computed as a portion of net
working capital requirements to be funded by the Project to avail adequate working capital for the Project.
k) Miscellaneous fixed assets
Miscellaneous fixed assets required for the Project comprises of the total aggregate estimated cost of ₹109.48
million, including taxes, as per the TEV Report, and Rays Green Energy propose to utilise an amount of Nil out
of the Net Proceeds, towards such cost. Miscellaneous fixed assets as per the TEV Report, includes expenses
towards DG sets, furniture and fixtures, office equipment, computer and servers.
l) Contingency
Contingency cost consists of any incremental cost that could be incurred when placing the final order for plant
and machinery to various suppliers, increase in the cost of the equipment due to price inflation, fluctuation in
currency exchange rate, change in logistics and any other such unavoidable expense. The total estimated
contingency costs, as included in the TEV report is ₹ 89.95 million* and Rays Green Energy propose to utilise an
amount of Nil out of the Net Proceeds.
*Contingency is calculated at 0.98% of the total project cost of 9,221.70 million.
Other expenses
If there is any increase in the estimated costs as mentioned above, the additional costs shall be met by any means
available to us, including internal accruals and additional equity and/or debt arrangements. No second-hand or
used machinery is proposed to be purchased out of the Net Proceeds.
All quotations received from the vendors mentioned above are valid as on the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus. However, we have not entered into any definitive agreements with any of these vendors and there can
be no assurance that the same vendors would be engaged to eventually supply the machinery and equipment or at
the same costs. The quantity of machinery and equipment to be purchased is based on the present estimates of our
management. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has not deployed any fund
towards the purchase of these machinery and equipment. Additionally, there may be revision in the final amounts
payable towards these quotations pursuant to any taxes or levies payable on such item.
Our Promoters, Directors and Key Managerial Personnel, do not have any interest in the entity from whom we
have obtained quotations, in relation to such proposed purchase.
Schedule of implementation
We believe that we shall be able to achieve completion of the Project in Fiscal 2027 and complete trial runs and
commence commercial production from the cell manufacturing facility in January, 2027 as mentioned in the TEV
Report. The completion of the Project is dependent on the performance of external agencies, which are responsible
171for inter alia civil work, installation and commissioning of machinery and supply and testing of equipment, any
delay in performance of work by the external agencies, the proposed schedule implementation and deployment of
the Net Proceeds may be extended or may vary accordingly, thereby resulting in an delay in commercial
production as anticipated.If the performance of these agencies is inadequate, it may result in incremental cost and
time overruns which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
For details, see “Risk Factor- We intend to set up a new solar cell manufacturing facility through our subsidiary
at a total project cost of ₹ 9,211.70 million. We propose to utilise ₹ 5,000.00 million from the Net Proceeds, ₹
3,221.70 million from secured loan and balance from internal accruals towards capital expenditure. The
successful commissioning and operation of the manufacturing facility are contingent upon obtaining various
approvals in a timely manner. Any changes in regulatory requirements could cause significant delays, increase
costs, or even halt the project. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks, our business operations, financial
condition, and future growth prospects may be materially and adversely affected” on page 50.
The detailed schedule of implementation of the Project is set forth below:
Estimated schedule of Estimated schedule of
Particulars
commencement completion
Land development June, 2025 (Already Begun) November, 2025
Plant and Machinery October, 2025 September, 2026
Civil works and construction September, 2025 September, 2026
Utilities September, 2025 September, 2026
Installation and commissioning June, 2026 November, 2026
Commissioning - January, 2027
Government approvals
The approvals required at various stages of the Project have been set out in the table below. Such approvals are
granted on commencement or completion of various activities, as applicable. The Project Land on which the
Project is proposed to be established has already been allotted to Rays Green Energy pursuant to a letter dated
February 14, 2025 (“Final Allotment Letter”), issued by the Madhya Pradesh Industrial Development
Corporation (“MPIDC”).
The necessary approvals for the Project shall be procured as and when they are required in accordance with
applicable law. Details of the necessary approval and clearances required to be obtained for the Project, as per the
TEV report are as under:
Sr. Approval Description Authority/Department Status
No
1 Land allotment letter / Madhya Pradesh Industrial Development Received
lease deed Corporation (“MPIDC”)
2 Consent to establish Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board Received
(“MPPCB”)
3 Environmental clearance Madhya Pradesh State Environment Impact Applied
Assessment Authority (MPSEIAA) /
Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board
(MPPCB)
4 Factory layout & building Local Industrial Area Authority / To be applied at
plan approval Municipal Corporation appropriate stage
5 Factory license & plan Chief Inspector of Factories, Labour To be applied at
approval Department, Government of Madhya appropriate stage
Pradesh
6 Import Export Code Directorate General of Foreign Trade To be applied at
(“IEC”) (“DGFT”), Ministry of Commerce & appropriate stage
Industry
7 Temporary power Madhya Pradesh Power Distribution To be applied at
connection for Company / Local Electricity Provider appropriate stage
construction
8 Approval for usage of Madhya Pradesh Water Supply and To be applied at
water (construction & Sewerage Board / Local Municipal Water appropriate stage
operation) Authority
172Sr. Approval Description Authority/Department Status
No
9 Drawing approval for Chief Electrical Inspector, Madhya To be applied at
electrical installation Pradesh appropriate stage
10 Electrical load sanction Madhya Pradesh Power Distribution To be applied at
Company (DISCOM) appropriate stage
11 Fire plan approval State Fire Services Department, To be applied at
Government of Madhya Pradesh appropriate stage
12 Building and construction Madhya Pradesh Building & Other To be applied at
workers registration Construction Workers Welfare Board, appropriate stage
Labour Dept
13 Approval for energizing Chief Electrical Inspector, Madhya To be applied at
electrical installation Pradesh appropriate stage
14 Approval for load release Madhya Pradesh Power Distribution To be applied at
and extension of electrical Company (DISCOM) appropriate stage
supply
15 Consent to operate Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board To be applied at
(MPPCB) appropriate stage
16 License to work at factory Chief Inspector of Factories, Labour To be applied at
Department, Government of Madhya appropriate stage
Pradesh
17 License to store and Petroleum & Explosives Safety To be applied at
handle hazardous Organization (PESO), Ministry of appropriate stage
substances Commerce & Industry
18 Insurance under Public Insurance Company (Copy to Labour To be applied at
Liability Insurance Act, Department, Govt of Madhya Pradesh) appropriate stage
1991
19 Fire NOC State Fire Services Department, To be applied at
Government of Madhya Pradesh appropriate stage
In the event of any unanticipated delay in receipt of such approvals, the proposed schedule of implementation and
deployment of the Net Proceeds may be extended or vary, subject to timelines and other terms and conditions as
set out in the Allotment Letter. For details, see “Risk Factors - We are required to obtain various statutory and
regulatory permits and approvals to operate our business which requires us to comply with certain terms and
conditions to continue our operations. Failure to obtain, maintain or comply with the requisite approvals, licenses
and permits, including those for our proposed manufacturing facility, may adversely affect our business,
reputation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.” on page 80.
The proposed investment of a portion of the Net Proceeds by our Company into Rays Green Energy towards
establishment of the Project, shall be in the form of investment in either equity or debt instruments or both or any
quasi-instrument or in any other manner as may be mutually agreed between our Company and Rays Green
Energy, in accordance with applicable law. The actual mode of such deployment has not been finalised as on the
date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Our Company will remain interested in Rays Green Energy to the
extent of our shareholding, or as a lender if funds are deployed.
2. Part funding of incremental working capital requirements of our Company
We are engaged in the business of providing utility scale end-to-end solar energy solutions. We specialize in the
development of ‘ready-to-build’ renewable energy infrastructure under our Co-Development Business model and
providing engineering, construction and procurement (“EPC”) services for renewable power projects. Most of
the projects are awarded on competitive bidding basis from Public Sector Undertakings (“PSUs”). Each project
typically uses both fund-based and non-fund-based banking facilities to meet its working capital requirements.
Fund-based facilities provide the necessary cash flow to cover operating expenses, while non-fund-based facilities
such as bank guarantees, performance guarantees etc. are offered as security under bid terms and are crucial for
securing contracts and ensuring financial credibility. In most of the projects, the Company is required to furnish
bank guarantees to customers as part of contractual terms. For securing bank guarantees, the Company needs to
provide cash margin and eligible collateral. The requirement to set aside incremental cash margins for additional
contracts contributes to the overall need for higher working capital.
173As a result of the above, we have a continuous, working capital requirement, and we fund these requirements in
the ordinary course of business from our internal accruals and financing from various banks and financial
institutions, by way of working capital facilities, including working capital loans.
For further details of the working capital facilities currently availed by our Company, please see section titled
“Financial Indebtedness” and “Restated Consolidated Financial Information” on pages 652 and 482 respectively.
We propose utilizing ₹2,000.00 million from the Net Proceeds to fund the working capital requirements of our
Company. The board of directors of our Company pursuant to their resolution dated September 29, 2025, have
approved the business plan and financial projections for the Financial Years ending March 31, 2026 and March
31, 2027 and the estimated working capital requirements and funding pattern for the respective Financial Years.
Requirement for working capital
We have significant working capital requirements with trade receivables of ₹5,283.93 million, trade payables of
₹1,363.02 million, and net working capital of ₹7,140.79 million as on March 31, 2025 and we fund our working
capital requirements in the ordinary course of business from internal accruals and financing from banks and
financial institutions by way of working capital facilities, including working capital loans. Our trade receivable
days increased from 88 in Fiscal 2023 to 163 days of Revenue from Operations in Fiscal 2025 reflecting the
increase in longer credit cycles owing to the increase of our customers in government sectors and significant
execution in the last quarter of Fiscal 2025. Our Order Book has also grown from ₹11,290.50 million in Fiscal
2023 to ₹63,871.26 million in Fiscal 2025, reflecting a CAGR of 137.85% and to ₹80,342.61 million as of July
31, 2025. In light of increase in orders from government entities and government-controlled entities, our working
capital needs are expected to further increase.
Our Co-Development Business involves creating ‘ready-to-build’ solar energy infrastructure for our customers.
Our typical scope of work includes land aggregation, securing grid connectivity (both inter-state and intra-state
as the case maybe), and assisting with approvals such as connectivity permissions, bay allocation, captive
arrangements, and power purchase agreements (“PPAs”) (collectively referred to as “Solar Power Asset”)
tailored to our customer’s requirements in a separate special purpose vehicle (“SPV”), followed by transferring
these SPVs to our customers and further undertaking EPC and O&M activities, basis the contractual arrangements
with our customers. As of July 31, 2025, we have commissioned 36 solar projects under this model, with an
aggregate capacity of 824.03 MWp across 6 states in India. As on July 31, 2025, we have 2,300.00 MWp of STU
and ISTS connectivity under the granted / agreed to be granted status. Additionally, connectivity aggregating to
3,565.00 MWp have applied for across solar, wind and hybrid renewable energy sources with SCOD extending
to Fiscal 2031 in certain states.
To support development activities including applying for connectivity, aggregating land and ensuring seamless
execution, our Company requires significant working capital. Furthermore, while executing the EPC projects, the
Company is required to provide bank guarantees and performance guarantees. These guarantees are issued by
banks upon the provision of collateral security by the Company, typically in the form of fixed deposits. Such fixed
deposits are encumbered to the bank for the duration of the working capital facility. Given that the Company does
not possess any fixed assets to offer as collateral security to the bank, we are required to provide fixed deposits as
collateral security. Our bank deposits increased to ₹530.47 million in Fiscal 2025 from ₹77.57 million in Fiscal
2023 which were pledged against working capital limits and Debt Service Reserve Account (“DSRA”) for term
loans taken from banks and financial institutions.
In order to support the incremental business requirements, our Company requires additional funds for funding its
incremental working capital requirements in Fiscal 2027. The funding of the incremental working capital
requirements of our Company will is expected to lead to a commensurate increase in the order book, profitability
and achieving the proposed targets as per our business plan.
Pursuant to the certificate dated September 29, 2025, by MRM & Company, Chartered Accountants, having firm
registration number 022724N, have confirmed the existing working capital requirements and the estimated
working capital requirements, as noted by our Board pursuant to its resolution dated September 29, 2025.
Existing working capital
The details of our Company’s working capital as at Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 and the source of
funding, derived from the Restated Standalone Financial Information, are provided in the table below:
174(₹ in million)
S. As at Fiscal As at Fiscal As at Fiscal
Particulars
No. 2025 2024 2023
I Current Assets
1 Financial Assets
(a) Trade Receivables 5,283.93 1,979.60 1,782.12
(b) Cash and Cash equivalents & Other Bank
Balances 2,347.93 1,514.73 395.03
(c) Short Term Loans & Advances 377.66 110.14 99.47
2 Other Current Assets 2,134.83 2,029.03 646.26
3 Inventories 209.75 114.34 99.18
Total Current Assets (A) 10,354.10 5,747.84 3,022.06
II Current Liabilities
1 Financial Liabilities
(a) Trade Payables (MSME and Others) 1,363.02 1,188.20 1,024.95
(b) Advance Recd. From Customer 248.33 420.22 231.50
2 Other Current Liabilities 1,601.96 274.79 106.82
Total Current Liabilities (B) 3,213.31 1,883.21 1,363.27
III Working Capital Requirement (C = A-B) 7,140.79 3,864.63 1,658.79
IV Funding Pattern
Short Term Borrowings (D) 2,404.80 1,111.85 113.28
Internal Accruals (E = C - D) 4,735.98 2,752.78 1,545.51
Total Means of Money 7,140.79 3,864.63 1,658.79
Future working capital requirements
On the basis of our existing and estimated working capital requirements, our Board, pursuant to their resolution
dated September 29, 2025, has approved the projected working capital requirements for Fiscals 2026 and 2027
and the proposed funding of such working capital requirements as set forth in the table below:
Sl. No. Particulars Estimated Estimated amount as on
amount as on March 31, 2026
March 31, 2027
I. Current Assets
1 Financial Assets
(a) Trade Receivables 16,420.75 9,546.40
(b) Short Term Loans & Advances 811.15 473.06
2 Other Current Assets 7,398.39 4,301.14
3 Inventories 620.83 362.07
Total Current Assets (A) 25,251.12 14,682.66
II. Current Liabilities
1 Financial Liabilities
(a) Trade Payables 5,482.51 3,197.36
(b) Advance Recd. From Customer 1,488.18 865.17
2 Other Current Liabilities 5,643.67 3,291.34
Total Current Liabilities (B) 12,614.36 7,353.87
III. Wor king Capital Requirement (C = A-B) 12,636.76 7,328.79
IV. Funding Pattern
Net Proceeds from the Fresh Issue 2,000.00 -
Short Term Borrowings 4,637.48 2,680.18
Internal accruals and Equity 5,999.28 4,648.61
Total 12,636.76 7,328.79
175Key assumptions for our estimated working capital requirements – holding levels and justifications for holding
period
Holding levels
The details of the holding levels (with days rounded to the nearest whole number) for the financial years ended
March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 and the estimated holding levels (with days rounded to the
nearest whole number) as projected for the financial years ended March 31, 2026 and March 31, 2027 are as
under:
Particulars March 31, March 31, March March March
2027 2026 31, 2025 31, 2024 31, 2023
(Estimate (Estimate (Actuals (Actuals (Actuals
d) d) ) ) )
1. Current Assets
Inventories (Days of Cost of Goods Sold) 7 7 8 7 6
Trade Receivables (Days of Revenue from
143 143 163 93 88
Operations)
Short Term Loans & Advances (Days of Cost
9 9 15 6 6
of Goods Sold)
Other Current Assets (Days of Revenue from
64 64 66 95 32
Operations)
2. Current Liabilities
Trade Payables (Days of Cost of Goods Sold) 60 60 53 69 59
Advance Received from Customers (Days of
13 13 8 20 11
Revenue from Operations)
Other Current Liabilities (Days of Cost of
62 62 62 16 6
Goods Sold)
Note - Cost of Goods Sold refers to the sum of Cost of Materials Consumed; Engineering, Procurement and
Construction Project Expenses; and Purchase of Stock-in-trade as reflecting in the standalone financial
statements of our Company
Key assumptions and justifications for holding period levels
The working capital projections made by the Company are based on certain key assumptions, as set out below:
Particulars Assumptions and justifications
Current Assets
Inventories Our Company had Inventories of 6 days, 7 days and 8 days of Cost of Goods
(days of cost of goods sold) Sold as at the end of Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2025, respectively.
For Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2027, our Company has assumed Inventories of
7 days and 7 days respectively of Cost of Goods Sold of Fiscal 2026 and
Fiscal 2027 respectively, in line with the average of the last three Fiscals.
This is because we do not expect any significant change in number of days
for Inventories
Trade Receivables Our Company had Trade Receivables of 88 days, 93 days and 163 days of
(days of Revenue from Revenue from Operations as at the end of Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal
operations) 2025, respectively. The increase in Trade Receivable days in Fiscal 2025
was primarily on account of significant project execution in the last quarter
which resulted in higher revenue recognition and build-up of receivables at
year-end. For Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2027, our Company has assumed Trade
Receivables of 143 days and 143 days respectively of Revenue from
Operations of Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2027 respectively, expecting a more
evenly split project execution profile across the year as compared to Fiscal
2025.
Short term loans & advances Our Company had Short Term Loans & Advances of 6 days, 6 days and 15
(days of cost of goods sold) days of Cost of Goods Sold at the end of Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal
2025, respectively. These largely comprise of loans & advances given to
group entities for undertaking the various activities required in our Co-
Development Business model, since it is operated by us via SPVs. The
176Particulars Assumptions and justifications
increase in Fiscal 2025 was attributable to higher loans given to fund upfront
investments in activities such as land aggregation and connectivity
approvals, consistent with our growing co-development business. This
helped us increase our Order Book for our Co-Development Business model.
For Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2027, our Company has assumed short term loans
& advances of 9 days and 9 days of cost of goods sold of Fiscal 2026 and
Fiscal 2027 respectively, in line with the average of last three Fiscals
Other current assets (days of Other current assets largely comprise of contract assets and advances for
Revenue from operations) supply of goods and services. These stood at 32 days, 95 days and 66 days
of Revenue from Operations at the end of Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal
2025, respectively. Our contract assets were higher in Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal
2025 as compared to Fiscal 2023, primarily because most of the high-value
projects were at an advanced stage of execution as of the balance sheet dates.
In such cases, revenue recognized under the percentage of completion
method exceeded the corresponding billings to customers, owing to the
milestone-based payments. This resulted in the creation of higher contract
assets. Further, advances for the supply of goods and services have increased
in the normal course of business in line with the increase in Revenue from
Operations and corresponding cost of goods sold. As a result, we have
assumed Other current assets of 64 days for Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2027
respectively of Revenue from Operations of Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2027
respectively, in line with the average of the last three Fiscals.
Current Liabilities
Trade payables Our Company had trade payables of 59 days, 69 days and 53 days of cost of
(days of cost of goods sold) goods sold as at the end of Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2025,
respectively. For Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2027, we have assumed trade
payables of 60 days and 60 days of cost of goods sold of Fiscal 2026 and
Fiscal 2027 respectively, in line with the average of the last three Fiscals.
We do not expect any material change in the nature of trade payables cycle.
Advance Received from Our Company had advances received from customers equivalent to 11 days,
Customers (days of Revenue 20 days and 8 days of Revenue from Operations as at the end of Fiscal 2023,
from Operations) Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2025, respectively. As these advances are received as
part of our regular business activities, For Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2027, we
have assumed Advance Received from Customers to be 13 days & 13 days
of Revenue from Operations of Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2027 respectively,
representing the average of the last three Fiscals, which we expect to
continue.
Other Current Liabilities (Days Other current liabilities largely comprise contract liabilities. These stood at
of Cost of Goods Sold) 6 days, 16 days and 62 days of Cost of Goods Sold at the end of Fiscal 2023,
Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2025, respectively. Our contract liabilities were
higher in Fiscal 2025 as compared to Fiscal 2024, primarily because a higher
number of projects were at initial stages of execution as of the balance sheet
date. Under Ind AS 115, revenue is recognized based on the percentage of
completion method, while customer advances and billings that are not yet
recognized as revenue are recorded as contract liabilities. Consequently, with
more projects at early stages of execution, the corresponding advances and
billings led to a higher balance of contract liabilities. As the number and
scale of our projects are expected to increase going forward, we expect the
number of days to similar to Fiscal 2025. For Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2027,
our Company has assumed other current liabilities of 62 days and 62 days of
cost of goods sold of Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2027 respectively.
Note - Cost of Goods Sold refers to the sum of Cost of Materials Consumed; Engineering, Procurement and
Construction Project Expenses; and Purchase of Stock-in-trade as reflecting in the standalone financial
statements of our Company
3. General corporate purposes
The general corporate purposes for which our Company proposes to utilise Net Proceeds aggregating to ₹ [●]
million include, but are not restricted to meeting ongoing general corporate exigencies and contingencies,
177strengthening marketing capabilities, expansion into existing and newer segments, expenses incurred in ordinary
course of business, payment of commission and/or fees to consultants, acquisition of fixed assets, business
development initiatives, employee welfare activities, other expenses including salaries and wages, administration,
insurance, repairs and maintenance, payment of taxes and duties and any other purpose, as may be approved by
the Board or a duly constituted committee thereof, subject to compliance with applicable law, including provisions
of the Companies Act. The quantum of utilization of funds towards each of the above purposes will be determined
by our Board, based on the amount actually available under this head and the business requirements of our
Company and other relevant considerations, from time to time. Our Company’s management, in accordance with
the policies of our Board, shall have flexibility in utilizing as per applicable laws, surplus amounts, if any. The
utilization of Pre-IPO proceeds shall be attributable towards general corporate purposes unless an independent
chartered accountant certified disclosures are made towards the specified objects of the Offer. Our management,
in accordance with the policies of our Board, will have flexibility in utilizing the proceeds earmarked for general
corporate purposes. In the event that we are unable to utilize the entire amount that we have currently estimated
for use out of Net Proceeds in a Fiscal, we will utilize such unutilized amount in the subsequent Fiscals.
Offer related expenses
The total expenses of the Offer are estimated to be approximately ₹ [●] million. The Offer related expenses primarily
include listing fees, fees payable to the BRLMs and legal counsel, fees payable to the Auditors, brokerage and selling
commission, underwriting commission, commission payable to Registered Brokers, RTAs and CDPs, SCSBs’ fees,
Escrow Collection Bank fees, Sponsor Banks’ fees, the Registrar’s fees, printing and stationery expenses, advertising
and marketing expenses and all other incidental and miscellaneous expenses for listing the Equity Shares on the
Stock Exchanges.
Other than (I) (a) listing fees, (b) stamp duty payable on issue of Equity Shares pursuant to Fresh Issue, (c) audit fees
(other than arising solely from the Offer), (d) fees in relation to marketing and advertising (other than arising solely
in relation to the Offer) which will be solely borne by the Company, and (II); all costs, charges, fees and expenses
with respect to the Offer (including all applicable taxes except securities transaction tax, which shall be solely borne
by the respective Selling Shareholder), including corporate advertisements in relation to the Offer (as mutually agreed
between the Company and the Selling Shareholders), issue advertising, printing, road show expenses,
accommodation and travel expenses, registrar fees and broker fees (including fees for procuring of applications),
bank charges, fees and expenses of the syndicate members, SCSBs, sponsor bank and other consultants and advisors,
stamp, registration, costs for execution and enforcement of the Transactions Agreements, fees to be paid to the
BRLMs fees and expenses of legal counsel to the Company, fees and expenses of the auditors arising solely in relation
to the Offer, shall be shared among the Company and each of the Selling Shareholders, on a pro rata basis, in proportion
to the number of Equity Shares issued and Allotted by the Company through the Fresh Issue and sold by each of the
Selling Shareholders through the Offer for Sale. All expenses relating to the Offer shall be made by the Company in
the first instance, and each of the Selling Shareholders agree that they shall, severally and not jointly, reimburse the
Company in proportion to their respective proportion of the Offered Shares, for any expenses incurred by the Company
on behalf of such Selling Shareholder, in accordance with Applicable Laws.
In the event that the Offer is postponed or withdrawn or abandoned for any reason or the Offer is not successful
or consummated, all costs and expenses with respect to the Offer shall be borne by the Company and the Selling
Shareholders on pro rate basis, in proportion to the number of Equity Shares issued and Allotted by our Company
through the Fresh Issue and sold by each of the Selling Shareholders through the Offer for Sale, including but not
limited to, the fees and expenses of the BRLMs and the legal counsels in relation to the Offer, in such manner as
agreed.
The estimated Offer expenses are as follows:
(₹ in million)
Activity Estimated As a percentage As a percentage
expenses(1) of the total of the total Offer
estimated Offer size(1)
expenses(1)
(₹ million) (%) (%)
BRLMs fees and commissions (including [●] [●] [●]
underwriting commission, brokerage and selling
commission)
178Activity Estimated As a percentage As a percentage
expenses(1) of the total of the total Offer
estimated Offer size(1)
expenses(1)
(₹ million) (%) (%)
Selling commission/processing fee for SCSBs, [●] [●] [●]
Sponsor Banks and fee payable to the Sponsor Banks
for Bids made by RIBs, brokerage and selling
commission and bidding/uploading charges for
members of the Syndicate (including their sub-
Syndicate Members), Registered
Brokers, RTAs and CDPs (2)(3)(4) (5)
Fees payable to the Registrar to the Offer [●] [●] [●]
Others
(i) Listing fees, SEBI filing fees, upload fees, BSE [●] [●] [●]
and NSE processing fees, book building
software fees and other regulatory expenses
(ii) Printing and stationery expenses [●] [●] [●]
(iii) Advertising and marketing expenses [●] [●] [●]
(iv) Fees payable to legal counsels, statutory [●] [●] [●]
auditors$, independent chartered accountants^,
practicing company secretary, industry service
provider@, and others
(v) Miscellaneous [●] [●] [●]
Total estimated Offer expenses [●] [●] [●]
@For preparation of the Industry Report commissioned and paid for by our Company, exclusively for the purpose of the Offer.
^ For issuance of certifications in connection with and for the purpose of the Offer.
$ For audit of the restated financial information and issuance of certifications in connection with and for the purpose of
the Offer
(1) Offer expenses include applicable taxes, where applicable. Offer expenses will be finalised on determination of Offer
Price and incorporated at the time of filing of the Prospectus. Offer expenses are estimates and are subject to change.
(2) Selling commission payable to the SCSBs on the portion for RIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders which are directly
procured by the SCSBs, would be as follows:
Portion for RIBs [●]% of the Amount Allotted* (plus applicable taxes)
Portion for Non-Institutional Bidders [●]% of the Amount Allotted* (plus applicable taxes)
* Amount Allotted is the product of the number of Equity Shares Allotted and the Offer Price. The selling commission
payable to the SCSBs will be determined on the basis of the bidding terminal ID as captured in the Bid Book of BSE or
NSE. No uploading/processing fees shall be payable by our Company and the Selling Shareholders to the SCSBs on the
applications directly procured by them. Processing fees payable to the SCSBs on the portion for Retail Individual Bidders
and Non-Institutional Bidders which are procured by the members of the Syndicate/sub-Syndicate/Registered
Broker/CRTAs/ CDPs and submitted to SCSB for blocking, would be as follows:
Portion for Non-Institutional Bidders ₹ [●] per valid application (plus applicable taxes)
Processing fees payable to the SCSBs for capturing Syndicate Member/Sub-syndicate (Broker)/Sub-broker code on the
ASBA Form for Non- Institutional Bidders and QIBs with Bids above ₹ 0.50 million would be ₹[●] plus applicable taxes,
per valid application.
(3) Selling commission on the portion for UPI Bidders and Non-Institutional Bidders which are procured by members of
the Syndicate (including their sub-Syndicate Members), RTAs and CDPs or for using 3-in-1 type accounts- linked online
trading, demat & bank account provided by some of the brokers which are members of Syndicate (including their sub-
Syndicate Members) would be as follows:
Portion for UPI Bidders [●]% of the Amount Allotted* (plus applicable taxes)
Portion for Non-Institutional Bidders [●]%of the Amount Allotted* (plus applicable taxes)
* Amount Allotted is the product of the number of Equity Shares Allotted and the Offer Price.
(4) The selling commission payable to the Syndicate / sub-Syndicate Members will be determined:
For UPI Bidders and NIBs (up to ₹ 0.50 million) on the basis of the application form number / series, provided that the
application is also bid by the respective Syndicate / Sub-Syndicate Member. For clarification, if a Syndicate ASBA
application on the application form number / series of a Syndicate / Sub-Syndicate Member, is bid by an SCSB, the
selling commission will be payable to the SCSB and not the Syndicate / Sub-Syndicate Member.
For NIBs (Bids above ₹ 0.50 million) on the basis of the Syndicate ASBA Form bearing SM Code and the sub-Syndicate
code of the application form submitted to SCSBs for blocking of the fund and uploading on the Stock Exchanges’ platform
by SCSBs. For clarification, if a Syndicate ASBA application on the application form number / series of a Syndicate /
sub-Syndicate Member, is bid by an SCSB, the selling commission will be payable to the Syndicate / sub-Syndicate
Members and not the SCSB.
(5) Uploading Charges:
179payable to members of the Syndicate (including their sub-Syndicate Members), on the applications made using 3-in-1
accounts, would be:
₹ [●] plus applicable taxes, per valid application bid by the Syndicate member (including their sub-Syndicate Members),
Bid uploading charges payable to the SCSBs on the portion of QIB and Non-Institutional Bidders (excluding UPI Bids)
which are procured by the members of the Syndicate/sub-Syndicate/Registered Broker/RTAs/ CDPs and submitted to
SCSB for blocking and uploading would be: ₹ [●] per valid application (plus applicable taxes)
The selling commission and bidding charges payable to Registered Brokers the RTAs and CDPs will be determined on
the basis of the bidding terminal id as captured in the Bid Book of BSE or NSE.
Selling commission/ uploading charges payable to the Registered Brokers on the portion for UPI Bidders procured
through UPI Mechanism and Non-Institutional Bidders which are directly procured by the Registered Broker and
submitted to SCSB for processing, would be as follows:
Portion for UPI Bidders* ₹ [●] per valid application (plus applicable taxes)
Portion for Non-Institutional Bidders* ₹ [●] per valid application (plus applicable taxes)
* Based on valid applications
(6) Uploading charges/ Processing fees for applications made by UPI Bidders and Non-Institutional Bidders (for an amount
more than ₹ 0.20 million and up to ₹ 0.50 million) using the UPI Mechanism would be as under:
Members of the Syndicate / RTAs / CDPs (uploading charges) ₹ [●] per valid application (plus applicable taxes)
Sponsor Banks (Processing fee) ₹ [●] per valid application (plus applicable taxes)
The Sponsor Banks shall be responsible for making payments
to the third parties such as remitter bank, NPCI and such other
parties as required in connection with the performance of its
duties under
applicable SEBI circulars, agreements and other Applicable
Laws
All such commissions and processing fees set out above shall be paid as per the timelines in terms of the Syndicate
Agreement and Escrow and Sponsor Bank Agreement.
The processing fees for applications made by UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism may be released to the
remitter banks (SCSBs) only after such banks provide a written confirmation on compliance with SEBI circular
no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/P/CIR/2021/570 dated June 02, 2021 read with SEBI circular no.
SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2021/2480/1/M dated March 16, 2021 and such payment of processing fees to the
SCSBs shall be made in compliance with SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2022/51 dated April 20,
2022 (each to the extent not rescinded by the SEBI ICDR Master Circular in relation to the SEBI ICDR
Regulations).
Interim Use of Funds
Our Company, in accordance with the applicable law, policies established by our Board from time to time and in
order to attain the Objects set out above, will have flexibility to deploy the Net Proceeds. Pending utilization of
the Net Proceeds for the purposes described in this section, our Company may temporarily invest the Net Proceeds
in deposits in one or more scheduled commercial banks included in the Second Schedule of Reserve Bank of India
Act, 1934, as may be approved by our Board. In accordance with Section 27 of the Companies Act, our Company
confirms that, other than as specified in this section for the purposes of the Objects, it shall not use the Net
Proceeds for buying, trading or otherwise dealing in equity securities or any equity linked securities.
Appraising entity
None of the Objects require appraisal from, or have been appraised by, any bank/ financial institution/ any other
agency, in accordance with applicable law.
Monitoring of Utilisation of Funds
Our Company will appoint a monitoring agency to monitor utilization of proceeds from the Fresh Issue, including
the proceeds proposed to be utilised towards general corporate purposes, prior to filing of the Red Herring
Prospectus with the RoC, in accordance with Regulation 41 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations. Our Audit Committee
and the Monitoring Agency will monitor the utilisation of the Gross Proceeds, and the Monitoring Agency shall
submit the report required under Regulation 41(2) of the SEBI ICDR Regulation, on a quarterly basis, until such
time as the Gross Proceeds have been utilised in full. Our Company undertakes to place the report(s) of the
Monitoring Agency on receipt before the Audit Committee without any delay. Our Company will disclose and
continue to disclose, the utilisation of the Gross Proceeds, including interim use under a separate head in our
balance sheet for such fiscals as required under applicable law, clearly specifying the purposes for which the Gross
180Proceeds have been utilised, till the time any part of the Gross Proceeds remains unutilised. Our Company will
also, in its balance sheet for the applicable fiscals, provide details, if any, in relation to all such Gross Proceeds
that have not been utilised, if any, of such currently unutilised Gross Proceeds. Further, our Company, on a
quarterly basis, shall include the deployment of Gross Proceeds under various heads, as applicable, in the notes
to our quarterly results. Our Company shall, for the purpose of quarterly reports to be issued by the Monitoring
Agency, provide an item-by-item description for all the expense heads under each object of the Offer until the
Gross Proceeds have been utilised in full. Our Company will indicate investments, if any, of unutilised Gross
Proceeds in the balance sheet of our Company for the relevant fiscals subsequent to receipt of listing and trading
approvals from the Stock Exchanges.
Pursuant to Regulation 32(3) and Part C of Schedule II, of the SEBI Listing Regulations, our Company shall, on
a quarterly basis, disclose to the Audit Committee the uses and applications of the Gross Proceeds. The Audit
Committee shall make recommendations to our Board for further action, if appropriate. On an annual basis, our
Company shall prepare a statement of funds utilised for purposes other than those stated in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus and place it before the Audit Committee and make other disclosures as may be required until such time
as the Gross Proceeds remain unutilised. Such disclosure shall be made only until such time that all the Gross
Proceeds have been utilised in full. The statement shall be certified by the statutory auditor of our Company.
Furthermore, in accordance with Regulation 32(1) of the SEBI Listing Regulations, our Company shall furnish to
the Stock Exchanges on a quarterly basis, a statement indicating (i) deviations, if any, in the actual utilisation of
the proceeds of the Fresh Issue from the objects of the Fresh Issue as stated above; and (ii) details of category
wise variations in the actual utilisation of the proceeds of the Fresh Issue from the objects of the Fresh Issue as
stated above. This information will also be published in newspapers simultaneously with the interim or annual
financial results and explanation for such variation (if any) will be included in our Director’s report, after placing
the same before the Audit Committee.
Variation in Objects
In accordance with Sections 13(8) and 27 of the Companies Act and Regulation 59 and Schedule XX of the SEBI
ICDR Regulations, our Company shall not vary the Objects, without our Company being authorized to do so by
its Shareholders by way of a special resolution and our Company shall include the requisite explanation in the
director’s report in relation to such variation. In addition, the notice issued to the Shareholders in relation to the
passing of such special resolution (“Notice”) shall specify the prescribed details and be published in accordance
with the Companies Act.
The Notice shall simultaneously be published in the newspapers, one in English and one in Hindi, the vernacular
language of the jurisdiction where our Registered Office is situated. Pursuant to the Companies Act, the Promoters,
as at the time of such proposed variation, will be required to provide an exit opportunity to the Shareholders who
do not agree to such proposal to vary the Objects, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and in accordance
with such terms and conditions, including in respect of pricing of the Equity Shares, in accordance with our
Articles of Association, the provisions of the Companies Act and the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Other Confirmations
Except to the extent of any proceeds received pursuant to the sale of Equity Shares proposed to be sold by the
Selling Shareholders in the Offer for Sale, neither our Promoters, nor members of our Promoter Group, Directors,
KMPs, Senior Management Personnel, or Group Companies will receive any portion of the Offer Proceeds and
there are no material existing or anticipated transactions in relation to utilization of the Offer Proceeds with our
Promoters, members of our Promoter Group, Directors, KMPs, Senior Management Personnel, or Group
Companies. Further, except in the ordinary course of business, there is no existing or anticipated interest of such
individuals and entities in the Objects of the Fresh Issue as set out above.
181BASIS FOR OFFER PRICE
The Price Band and Offer Price and discount (if any) will be determined by our Company, in consultation with
the Book Running Lead Managers, on the basis of assessment of market demand for the Equity Shares offered
through the Book Building Process and on the basis of quantitative and qualitative factors as described below.
The face value of the Equity Shares is ₹ 2 each and the Offer Price is [●] times the face value at the lower end of
the Price Band and [●] times the face value at the higher end of the Price Band
Bidders should read “Risk Factors”, “Our Business”, “Restated Consolidated Financial Information”, “Other
Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” beginning on pages 42, 316, 482, 598 and 600, respectively, to have an informed view before making
an investment decision.
Qualitative Factors
Some of the qualitative factors and our strengths which form the basis for computing the Offer Price are as follows:
• With an experience of over 14 years, we are engaged in the business of providing utility scale end-to-end
renewable energy solutions with a focus on solar energy solutions. We are among the leading players in the
Indian solar industry with a demonstrated track record, along with being one of the pioneers of the Co-
Development Business model in India. (Source: CRISIL Report)
• As of July 31, 2025, we have successfully executed and commissioned 50 renewable power projects with an
aggregate installed capacity of 1,771.18 MWp across both of our business models. Further, as of July 31,
2025, we have a robust order book of ₹ 80,342.61 million, which includes 30 Contracted Projects under
various stages of execution. As per the CRISIL report, our Company has one of the highest order book to
Revenue from Operations ratio amongst our listed peers.
• Proven technical capabilities of successfully executing complex and large-scale projects in challenging
conditions and situations. We have demonstrated our capability to execute projects significantly ahead of
industry benchmarks for EPC contracts, which typically range from 12 to 18 months (Source: CRISIL
Report)
• Demonstrated consistent financial performance backed by an asset light business model. Our revenue from
operations grew at a CAGR of 25.37% between Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2025. For Fiscal 2025, our revenue
from operations was ₹ 12,206.41 million, Operating EBITDA was ₹ 1,942.05 million and PAT was ₹
1,393.50 million representing an Operating EBITDA Margin and PAT margin of 15.91% of 11.42%
respectively.
• Experienced promoters with more than 40 years of cumulative experience in the industry. Ketan Mehta and
Pawan Kumar Sharma hold bachelor’s degree in technology in civil engineering from Indian Institute of
Technology, Roorkee and Sanjay Garudapally holds a bachelor’s in commerce degree from Osmania
University. Our Board of Directors also includes certain non-executive Directors, including independent
directors, with experience in power, finance and electronics sector. We have a well-qualified senior
management team with extensive experience in the solar industry, which positions us well to capitalize on
future growth opportunities.
For further details, please see “Our Business –Our Strengths” on page 324.
Quantitative Factors
Certain information presented below, relating to our Company, is derived from the Restated Consolidated
Financial Information. For further details, see “Restated Consolidated Financial Information” beginning on page
482.
Some of the quantitative factors which may form the basis for computing the Offer Price are as follows:
1. Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share:
As derived from Restated Consolidated Financial Information:
Particulars Basic EPS (in ₹) Diluted EPS (in ₹) Weight
Financial Year 2025 4.96 4.95 3
Financial Year 2024 3.61 3.61 2
182Particulars Basic EPS (in ₹) Diluted EPS (in ₹) Weight
Financial Year 2023 5.11 5.10 1
Weighted Average 4.54 4.53
EPS: Profit after Tax/ Weighted Average Number of Shares
Note:
i) The face value of each Equity Share is ₹ 2 per share.
ii) Basic Earnings per share = Net profit after tax (loss after tax) as restated / Weighted average number of
equity shares outstanding during the financial year.
iii) Diluted Earnings per share = Net profit after tax (loss after tax) as restated / Weighted average number
of potential equity shares outstanding during the financial year.
iv) Weighted average = Aggregate of financial year-wise weighted EPS divided by the aggregate of weights
i.e. (EPS x Weight) for each financial year /Total of weights.
2. Price/Earning (“P/E”) Ratio in relation to the Price Band of ₹ [●] to ₹ [●] per Equity Share:
Particulars P/E at the Floor Price (no. of P/E at the Cap Price (no. of
times)# times)#
Based on basic EPS for Fiscal 2025 [●] [●]
Based on diluted EPS for Fiscal 2025 [●] [●]
# To be updated on finalisation of the Price Band
3. Industry Peer Group P / E ratio
Based on the peer group information (excluding our Company), details of the highest, lowest and industry average
P/E ratio are set forth below:
Particulars P/E P/E Ratio
Highest 69.50
Lowest 43.34
Average* 27.57
Note:
i) The highest and lowest industry P/E shown above is based on the peer set provided below under
“Comparison with listed industry peers”.
ii) The industry average has been calculated as the arithmetic average P/E of the peer set provided below.
iii) P/E figures for the peer are computed based on closing market price as on September 26, 2025 on
www.bseindia.com for all the peers except for Oriana Power Limited for which we have relied on data
from www.nseindia.com, divided by Basic EPS based on the financial results declared by the peers
available on website of www.bseindia.com and www.nseindia.com for the Financial Year ending March
31, 2025.
4. Return on Net Worth (“RoNW”)
As derived from the Restated Consolidated Financial Information:
Fiscal year ended RoNW* (%) Weight
Fiscal 2025 28.89% 3
Fiscal 2024 33.99% 2
Fiscal 2023 97.48% 1
Weighted Average 42.03% -
Notes:
i) Weighted average = Aggregate of financial year-wise weighted Return on Net Worth divided by the
aggregate of weights i.e. [(Return on Net Worth x Weight) for each financial year] / [Total of weights].
ii) Return on Net Worth (%) = Net profit after tax, as restated / Average Net worth as restated as at year end.
iii) Net worth means the aggregate value of the paid-up share capital and all reserves created out of the
profits and securities premium account and debit or credit balance of profit and loss account, after
deducting the aggregate value of the accumulated losses, deferred expenditure and miscellaneous
expenditure not written off, as per the audited balance sheet, but does not include reserves created out of
revaluation of assets, write-back of depreciation and amalgamation.
1835. Net Asset Value per Equity Share (“NAV”)
As derived from the Restated Consolidated Financial Information:
Net Asset Value per Equity Share as on March 31, 2025 NAV(₹)
As on March 31, 2025 21.89
After the Offer [●]
-At the Floor Price [●]
-At the Cap Price [●]
At Offer price [●]
i) Net asset value per share = Total Equity divided by weighted average number of shares considered for
computing EPS.
ii) Net worth’ means the aggregate value of the paid-up share capital and all reserves created out of the
profits and securities premium account and debit or credit balance of profit and loss account, after
deducting the aggregate value of the accumulated losses, deferred expenditure and miscellaneous
expenditure not written off, as per the audited balance sheet, but does not include reserves created out of
revaluation of assets, write-back of depreciation and amalgamation.
iii) Offer price per Equity Share will be determined on conclusion of the book building process.
1846. Comparison of accounting ratios with listed industry peers:
We understand that listed industry peers of the Company have been identified as Sterling and Wilson Renewables Energy Limited, Waaree Renewables Technologies
Limited, Oriana Power Limited and KPI Green Energy Limited (the “Industry Peers”). Based on our review of the audited financial statements of such Industry Peers
for their last audited financial year i.e. Fiscal year 2025, we confirm: (a) the highest P/E ratio among the Industry Peers was ₹ 69.56, while the lowest P/E ratio was ₹
27.58, and the average P/E ratio was ₹ 43.31 and (b) the additional details as set forth below:
Name of Company Face Closing price Revenue from EPS (₹) NAV P/E RONW EBITDA Profit Profit Borrowings Net
Value as on 26th operations for Basic Diluted (₹ per (%) after Margin worth
(₹ Per September, Fiscal 2025 share) tax
Share) 2025 (₹) (in ₹ million)
Our Company 2 NA 12,206.41 4.96 4.95 21.89 NA 28.89% 1,942.05 1,393.50 11.42% 2,704.49 6,157.87
Peer Companies
Sterling and Wilson 1 242.75 63,018.60 3.49 3.49 42.57 69.56 8.78% 2467.30 855.50 1.36% 9,014.70 9,945.20
Renewables Energy
Limited
Waaree Renewables 2 1,010.75 15,977.48 22.00 21.95 43.57 45.94 65.29% 3,109.03 2,289.25 14.33% 273.73 4,549.51
Technologies Limited
Oriana Power Limited 10 2,398.80 9,871.66 79.52 79.52 259.61 30.17 47.59% 2,344.78 1,585.54 16.06% 2,706.15 5,176.37
KPI Green Energy 5 447.55 17,354.54 16.23 16.09 132.44 27.58 18.77% 5,637.70 3,252.78 18.74% 11,254.79 26,297.88
Limited
Source: All the financial information for listed industry peer mentioned above is on a consolidated basis and is sourced from the filings made with stock exchanges available
on www.bseindia.com and www.nseindia.com for the Financial Year ending March 31, 2025.
Notes:
1 The Basic Earnings Per share is calculated based on Consolidated Profit available to equity shareholders as on 31st March 2025 divided by Total no. of paid up shares of the company
as on 31st March 2025.
2 Earnings available to equity shareholders is calculated based on Consolidated Profit before interest and tax less interest, tax, preference dividend (if any).
3 Net Assets value is calculated based on Total Assets minus outside liabilities and provisions or calculated on the basis of paid up share capital of the company plus Reserves and Surplus
of the company.
4 Net Asset value per share is calculated based on Net asset value as calculated divided by Total paid up diluted number of Equity Shares.
5 P/E is calculated based on Market Price per share as on 26th September, 2025 divided by Earnings per Share as on 31st March 2025.
6 Return on Net Worth (%) = Net profit after tax, as restated / Average Net worth as restated as at year end.
7 Net worth means the aggregate value of the paid-up share capital and all reserves created out of the profits and securities premium account and debit or credit balance of profit and loss
account, after deducting the aggregate value of the accumulated losses, deferred expenditure and miscellaneous expenditure not written off, as per the audited balance sheet, but does not
include reserves created out of revaluation of assets, write-back of depreciation and amalgamation.
8 Operating EBITDA is calculated as restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax minus other Income plus Finance Costs
and Depreciation & Amortization expense.
For further details of non-GAAP measures, please see the section titled “Other Financial Information” on page 598, to have a more informed view.
1857. Key Financial Performance Indicators:
The table below sets forth the details of the KPIs that our Company considers have a bearing for arriving at the
basis for Offer Price. These KPIs have been used historically by our Company to understand and analyse the
business performance, which in result, help us in analysing the growth of various verticals in comparison to our
peers. The Bidders can refer to the below-mentioned KPIs, being a combination of financial and operational key
financial and operational metrics, to make an assessment of our Company’s performance in various business
verticals and make an informed decision.
The management and the Audit Committee have confirmed that the KPIs disclosed below have been identified
and disclosed in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the SEBI circular on the industry standards
note on key performance indicators disclosures in the draft offer documents and offer documents dated February
28, 2025, in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. The KPIs disclosed below have been approved by a resolution of
our Audit Committee dated September 29, 2025 and the management and the Audit Committee has confirmed
that (a) there are no KPIs pertaining to our Company that have been disclosed to investors at any point of time
during the three years period prior to the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus; and (b) verified details of the
below-mentioned KPIs have been included in this section. All the KPIs that have been disclosed in this section
have been subject to verification and certification by M/s MRM & Company, Chartered Accountants, pursuant to
its certificate dated September 29, 2025, which has been included as part of the “Material Contracts and
Documents for Inspections” on page 777 and shall be accessible on the website of our Company from the date of
the Red Herring Prospectus until the Bid/Offer Closing Date. For details of other business and operating metrics
disclosed elsewhere in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, see “Our Business” and “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on pages 316 and 600, respectively.
Details of our KPIs for the Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023 are set out below:
Operational KPIs of our Company
Particulars Units As at and for the Fiscal
FY25 FY24 FY23
Operational KPIs
Total Projects Commissioned(1) No. 49 47 45
- India No. 47 45 44
- Overseas No. 2 2 1
Total Commissioned Capacity(2) MWp 1,747.18 1,312.26 970.26
- India MWp 1,427.18 992.26 920.26
- Overseas MWp 320.00 320.00 50.00
Total Order Book(3) ₹ Mn 63,871.26 21,608.21 11,290.50
Total Order Book Capacity / Contracted Capacity(4) MWp NA NA NA
Projects Under Execution(5) No. 27 16 6
Order Book to Revenue from operations ratio(6) No. of Times 5.23 2.06 1.45
1. Total Projects Commissioned: Represents the cumulative number of projects commissioned by the company both in India
& Overseas at the end of the period.
2. Total Commissioned Capacity: Represents the cumulative capacity of the projects commissioned by the company both in
India & Overseas at the end of the period. Commissioned Capacity refers to renewable power projects that are
commissioned and handed over to the customer since incorporation of our Company.
3. Total Order Book: Computed as the value of solar power projects or other projects for which we have entered into
contracts or received term sheets or received letters of award (“LOA”) from our customers reduced by the revenue
already recognized from such projects
4. Total Order Book Capacity / Contracted Capacity: Computed as the total capacity of solar power projects for which we
have entered into contracts or received term sheets or received letter of awards (“LOA”) in our order book being executed
at a given time.
5. Projects Under Execution: Represents the total number of projects for which we have entered into contracts or received
term sheets or received letters of award (“LOA”) and are being executed at a given time.
6. Order Book to Revenue from operations ratio: Computed by dividing Total Order Book with Revenue from operations.
186Financial KPIs of our Company
(in ₹ million, except percentages and ratios)
As at and for the Fiscal
Particulars Units Financial Financial Financial
Year 2025 Year 2024 Year 2023
Financial KPIs
Revenue from Operations ₹ Mn 12,206.41 10,487.99 7,765.81
Revenue from Operations Growth* % 16.38% 35.05% NA
Operating EBITDA ₹ Mn 1,942.05 1,200.97 700.86
Operating EBITDA Margin % 15.91% 11.45% 9.02%
PBT ₹ Mn 1,866.96 1,175.01 1,582.62
PBT Margin % 15.29% 11.20% 20.38%
Adjusted PBT ₹ Mn NA NA 628.99
Adjusted PBT Margin % NA NA 8.10%
PAT ₹ Mn 1,393.50 913.86 1,289.90
PAT Margin % 11.42% 8.71% 16.61%
Adjusted PAT ₹ Mn NA NA 336.28
Adjusted PAT Margin % NA NA 4.33%
Fixed Asset Turnover Ratio No. of 5.44 7.90 1.91
Times
Total Equity (including NCI) ₹ Mn 6,157.87 3,487.89 1,888.72
Net Debt ₹ Mn 271.34 -138.15 586.12
Net Debt to Operating EBITDA No. of 0.14 -0.12 0.84
Times
Net Debt to Total Equity No. of 0.04 -0.04 0.31
Times
Return on Average Equity (ROE) % 28.89% 33.99% 97.48%
Adjusted Return on Average Equity (Adj. % NA NA 25.41%
ROE)
Return on Average Capital Employed % 29.80% 33.72% 35.52%
(ROCE)
Basic EPS ₹ per share 4.96 3.61 5.11
Diluted EPS ₹ per share 4.95 3.61 5.10
Net Asset Value per Share ₹ per share 21.89 13.40 7.35
Net Working Capital Days No. of days 138 80 -6
*While total revenue from operations grew by 16.38% in Fiscal 2025 as compared to Fiscal 2024, our Company’s core
business activities (i.e. revenue from the Co-Development Business and EPC Business) increased from ₹7,350.77 million in
Fiscal 2024 to ₹11,121.75 million in Fiscal 2025, representing a growth of 51.30%.
Notes:
1. Revenue from Operations: Computed as the sum of Revenue from Co-Development Business, Revenue from EPC Business
and Revenue from Other Operating Income
2. Revenue from Operations Growth: Computed by dividing increase in Revenue from Operations in the current period with
Revenue from Operations for the previous period *100
3.Operating EBITDA: Operating EBITDA is calculated as restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures
& Associates, Exceptional items and Tax minus other Income plus Finance Costs and Depreciation & Amortization expense
4. Operating EBITDA Margin: Computed by dividing Operating EBITDA with revenue from operations * 100
5. PBT: Restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax as
per restated consolidated financial information
6. PBT Margin: Restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax
divided by revenue from operations *100
7. Adjusted PBT: Restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and
Tax as per restated consolidated financial information minus one time gain recognised on account of loss of
control of subsidiary
8. Adjusted PBT Margin: Restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional
items and Tax as per restated consolidated financial information minus one time gain recognised on account of loss of control
of subsidiary divided by revenue from operations * 100
1879. PAT: Restated profit for the year/period as per restated consolidated financial information without considering Other
comprehensive income.
10. PAT Margin: Restated consolidated profit for the year without other comprehensive income divided by revenue from
operations * 100
11. Adjusted PAT: Restated profit for the year/period as per restated consolidated financial information minus one time gain
recognised on account of loss of control of subsidiary.
12. Adjusted PAT Margin: Restated profit for the year/period as per restated consolidated financial information minus one
time gain recognised on account of loss of control of subsidiary divided by revenue from operations * 100
13. Fixed Asset Turnover Ratio: Computed as Revenue from operations divided by average gross tangible Property, plant and
equipment (PPE) plus average gross tangible Right of Use (ROU) Assets.
Average Gross tangible PPE and ROU is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balance of total tangible gross
PPE and tangible gross ROU.
14. Total Equity (including NCI): Total Equity including Non-Controlling Interests as per restated consolidated financial
information
15. Net Debt: Computed as long-term borrowing plus short-term borrowings minus cash and cash equivalents and bank
balances other than cash and cash equivalents.
16. Net Debt to Operating EBITDA: Computed as Net Debt divided by Operating EBITDA
17. Net Debt to Total Equity: Computed as Net Debt divided by Total Equity
18. Return on Average Equity (ROE): Computed by dividing PAT by the Average Total Equity * 100
Average Total Equity is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balances of the Total Equity.
19. Adjusted Return on Average Equity (Adj. ROE): Computed by dividing Adjusted PAT by the Average Total Equity * 100.
Average Total Equity is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balances of the Total Equity.
20. Return on Average Capital Employed (ROCE): Computed as EBIT as a % of average capital employed. EBIT is calculated
by adding finance cost to restated Profit / (Loss) before Exceptional items and Tax (but after share of profit / loss of Joint
Ventures & Associates).
Average Capital Employed is calculated by averaging the opening and closing balance of capital employed. Capital employed
is calculated by adding Total Equity, Long Term Borrowings, Short term borrowings and Deferred Tax Liabilities.
21. Basic EPS: Computed as Restated Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the company divided by the
weighted average number of equity shares outstanding.
22. Diluted EPS: Computed as Restated Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the company divided by the
weighted average number of diluted equity shares outstanding
23. Net Asset Value per Share: Computed as Total equity divided by weighted average number of shares considered for
computing Diluted EPS
24. Net Working Capital Days - Computed as 365 days divided by Net working capital turnover ratio.
Net Working capital turnover ratio is calculated as Revenue from operations divided by closing net working capital.
Closing Net working capital is calculated as Total Current Assets (excluding Cash and Cash Equivalents and Bank balances
other than cash and cash equivalents) minus Total current liabilities (excluding short term borrowings) as at the
end of financial year
Our Company confirms that it shall continue to disclose all the KPIs included hereinabove in this section on a
periodic basis, at least once in a year (or for any lesser period as determined by the Board of our Company), for a
duration of one year after the date of listing of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges pursuant to the Offer,
or until the utilization of Fresh Issue as disclosed in “Objects of the Offer” on page 158, or for such other period
as may be required under the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
All such KPIs have been defined consistently and precisely in “Definitions and Abbreviations – Key Performance
Indicators (“KPIs”) (as defined in the Basis for Offer Price section)” on page 20.
Explanation for KPI metrics
Operational KPIs Units Explanation
Total Projects Commissioned No. This metric provides cumulative number of projects which have
been commissioned by the company. It Demonstrates execution
track record and industry experience.
Total Commissioned Capacity MWp This metric provides cumulative capacity of projects which have
been commissioned by the company. It indicates scale of projects
delivered.
188Total Order Book ₹ Mn Total Order book is considered as an indicator of future
performance as it provides visibility on future revenues and
growth pipeline.
Total Order Book Capacity / MWp This metric indicates secured capacity yet to be fully executed,
Contracted Capacity reflecting business momentum.
Projects Under Execution No. This metric provides current number of projects being executed at
a given time, highlighting current workload.
Order Book to Revenue from No. of This metric is an indicator of revenue visibility and growth
operations ratio Times sustainability.
Financial KPIs
Revenue from Operations Revenue from operations is used by our management to track the
revenue profile of the business and in turn helps assess the overall
₹ Mn financial performance of our company
Revenue from Operations % This metric highlights growth in the company’s main revenue
Growth generating activities, reflecting the strength and scalability of the
business.
Operating EBITDA Operating EBITDA provides information regarding the
₹ Mn operational efficiency of the business
Operating EBITDA Margin Operating EBITDA Margin is an indicator of the operational
% profitability and financial performance of the business
PBT PBT refers to profit before tax and provides information regarding
₹ Mn overall pre-tax profitability of business
PBT Margin % PBT Margin is an indicator of the overall pre-tax profitability and
financial performance of the business
Adjusted PBT ₹ Mn Adjusted PBT refers to profit before tax and provides information
regarding overall pre-tax profitability of business excluding any
gain/loss on account of loss of control of subsidiary.
Adjusted PBT Margin ₹ Mn Adjusted PBT Margin is an indicator of the overall pre-tax
profitability and financial performance of the business excluding
any gain/loss on account of loss of control of subsidiary.
PAT PAT refers to profit after tax and provides information regarding
₹ Mn the overall profitability of the business
PAT Margin % PAT Margin is an indicator of the overall profitability and
financial performance of the business.
Adjusted PAT Adjusted PAT provides information regarding the overall
profitability of the business excluding any gain/loss on account of
₹ Mn loss of control of subsidiary.
Adjusted PAT Margin % Adjusted PAT is an indicator of the overall profitability and
financial performance of the business excluding any gain/loss on
account of loss of control of subsidiary.
Fixed Asset Turnover Ratio No. of Fixed Asset turnover ratio provides information regarding how
Times efficiently the business uses its fixed assets to generate Revenue.
Total Equity (including NCI) Total equity provides information regarding total shareholder
₹ Mn funds of the business
Net Debt This metric provides information about financial leverage of the
₹ Mn business
Net Debt to Operating No. of This metric is used to measure leverage and debt repayment
EBITDA Times capacity of the business.
Net Debt to Total Equity No. of This is the used to measure the level of leverage in the Company
Times to total equity
Return on Average Equity % ROE provides how efficiently our Company generates profits
(ROE) from shareholders’ funds
Adjusted Return on Average % Adjusted ROE provides how efficiently our Company generates
Equity (Adj. ROE) profits (excluding any gain/loss on account of loss of control of
subsidiary) from shareholders’ funds
Return on Average Capital % Return on Capital Employed provides how efficiently our
Employed (ROCE) Company generates earnings from the capital employed in the
business
189Basic EPS ₹ per This metric indicates the current earnings per share, helping assess
share the profitability attributable to existing shareholders.
Diluted EPS This metric reflects potential earnings per share if all convertible
₹ per instruments are exercised, helping understand the impact of share
share dilution on profitability attributable to shareholders.
Net Asset Value per Share ₹ per This metric indicates the intrinsic value of each share based on the
share company’s net assets.
Net Working Capital Days No. of Net working capital days describes the duration it takes for the
days Company to convert its working capital into revenue
Description on the historic use of the KPIs by our Company to analyze, track or monitor the operational
and/or financial performance of our Company.
In evaluating our business, we consider and use certain KPIs, as presented above, as a supplemental measure to
review and assess our financial and operating performance. The presentation of these KPIs is not intended to be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for the Restated Consolidated Financial Information. Some of these KPIs
are not defined under Ind AS and are not presented in accordance with Ind AS. These KPIs have limitations as
analytical tools. Further, these KPIs may differ from the similar information used by other companies, including
peer companies, and hence their comparability may be limited. Therefore, these metrics should not be considered
in isolation or construed as an alternative to Ind AS measures or as an indicator of our operating performance,
liquidity, profitability or results of operation. Although these KPIs are not a measure of performance calculated
in accordance with applicable accounting standards, our Company’s management believes that it provides an
additional tool for investors to use in evaluating our operating results and trends and in comparing our financial
results with other companies in our industry because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial
performance, when taken collectively with financial measures prepared in accordance with Ind AS.
For details of our other operating metrics disclosed elsewhere in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, see sections
titled “Our Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” starting on pages 316 and 600, respectively. We have described and defined the KPIs, as applicable,
in “Definitions and Abbreviations –Industry and Business related terms” on page 17. Bidders are encouraged to
review the Ind AS financial measures and not to rely on any single financial or operational metric to evaluate our
business.
8. Comparison of KPIs based on additions or dispositions to our business
Our Company has not undertaken any material acquisition or disposition of assets / business during the years that
are covered by the KPIs and accordingly, no comparison of KPIs over time based on additions or dispositions to
the business, have been provided.
1909. Comparison of our key performance indicators with listed industry peers
The following tables provides a comparison of our KPI with our listed peers for the last three Fiscals, which have been determined on the basis of companies listed on the
Indian stock exchanges, operating in similar industry segments and may have similar offerings as that of our Company:
The following table sets forth a comparison among all the peers –
S.
Waaree Renewable
No KPI Unit Rays Power Infra Limited Sterling& Wilson Solar Limited KPI Green energy Limited Oriana Power Limited
Technologies Ltd
.
Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal
Financial KPIs
2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023
Revenue
10,487.9 15,977.4 8,765.0 3,509.5 63,018.6 30,353.7 20,150.1 17,354.5 10,239.0 6,437.8 9,871.6 3,828.7 1,347.1
1 from ₹ Mn 12,206.41 7,765.81
9 8 3 9 0 0 0 4 0 6 6 5 7
Operations
Revenue
from 149.74 117.32 179.98 157.83 184.21
2 % 16.38% 35.05% NA 82.29% 107.61% 50.64% -61.24% 69.49% 59.04% 8.78%
Operations % % % % %
Growth
-
Operating 2,071.8 2,084.8 2,344.7
3 ₹ Mn 1,942.05 1,200.97 700.86 3,109.03 837.45 2,467.30 -225.70 11,299.9 5,637.70 3,368.43 807.15 194.00
EBITDA 2 9 8
0
Operating
4 EBITDA % 15.91% 11.45% 9.02% 19.46% 23.64% 23.86% 3.92% -0.74% -56.08% 32.49% 32.90% 32.38% 23.75% 21.08% 14.40%
Margin
-
1,984.5 - 1,423.5 2,123.6
5 PBT ₹ Mn 1,866.96 1,175.01 1,582.62 3,044.94 770.14 1,625.40 11,787.4 4,435.12 2,173.23 755.72 159.59
4 1,723.20 6 4
0
6 PBT Margin % 15.29% 11.20% 20.38% 19.06% 22.64% 21.94% 2.58% -5.68% -58.50% 25.56% 21.22% 22.11% 21.51% 19.74% 11.85%
Adjusted NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
7 ₹ Mn NA NA 628.99
PBT
Adjusted NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
8 % NA NA 8.10%
PBT Margin
-
1,452.1 - 1,096.2 1,585.5
9 PAT ₹ Mn 1,393.50 913.86 1,289.90 2,289.25 553.33 855.50 11,749.6 3,252.78 1,616.57 542.84 105.63
9 2,107.90 8 4
0
10 PAT Margin % 11.42% 8.71% 16.61% 14.33% 16.57% 15.77% 1.36% -6.94% -58.31% 18.74% 15.79% 17.03% 16.06% 14.18% 7.84%
Adjusted
11 ₹ Mn NA NA 336.28 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
PAT
Adjusted
12 % NA NA 4.33% NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
PAT Margin
191S.
Waaree Renewable
No KPI Unit Rays Power Infra Limited Sterling& Wilson Solar Limited KPI Green energy Limited Oriana Power Limited
Technologies Ltd
.
No.
Fixed Asset
of
13 Turnover 5.44 7.90 1.91 8.42 7.16 4.56 NA 28.06 23.39 1.01 1.09 0.92 4.83 4.47 NA
Time
Ratio
s
Total Equity
2,463.0 26,297.8 2,579.1 5,176.3 1,486.6
14 (including ₹ Mn 6,157.87 3,487.89 1,888.72 4,549.51 850.00 9,945.20 9,550.10 -2,403.00 8,356.84 318.09
3 8 6 7 1
NCI)
19,197.7 4,687.6 2,002.1 1,108.0
15 Net Debt ₹ Mn 271.34 -138.15 586.12 - 224.73 1,905.30 1,374.70 5,280.08 6,618.45 691.79
-804.08 0 3 0 9
1,661.81
No.
Net Debt to
of
16 Operating 0.14 -0.12 0.84 -0.53 -0.39 0.27 0.77 -6.09 -1.70 0.94 1.96 2.25 0.85 1.37 3.57
Time
EBITDA
s
No.
Net Debt to of
17 0.04 -0.04 0.31 -0.37 -0.33 0.26 0.19 0.14 -7.99 0.20 0.79 1.82 0.39 0.75 2.17
Total Equity Time
s
Return on
Average
18 % 28.89% 33.99% 97.48% 65.29% 87.66% 96.35% 8.78% -58.99% -353.09% 18.77% 29.56% 53.26% 47.59% 60.16% 45.69%
Equity
(ROE)
Adjusted
Return on
19 Average % NA NA 25.41% NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
Equity (Adj.
ROE)
Return on
Average
20 Capital % 29.80% 33.72% 35.52% 78.21% 91.83% 73.09% 16.35% 2.88% -66.37% 18.50% 23.41% 27.54% 42.13% 37.00% 25.88%
Employed
(ROCE)
₹ per
21 Basic EPS 4.96 3.61 5.11 22.00 13.95 5.33 3.49 -10.40 -61.65 16.23 9.41 19.50 79.52 33.41 16.91
share
₹ per
22 Diluted EPS 4.95 3.61 5.10 21.95 13.94 5.31 3.49 -10.40 -61.65 16.09 9.41 19.50 79.52 33.41 16.91
share
Net Asset
₹ per
23 Value per 21.89 13.40 7.35 43.57 23.63 8.14 42.57 47.05 -12.67 132.44 48.52 45.87 259.61 91.5 50.93
share
Share
192S.
Waaree Renewable
No KPI Unit Rays Power Infra Limited Sterling& Wilson Solar Limited KPI Green energy Limited Oriana Power Limited
Technologies Ltd
.
No.
Net Working
24 of 138 80 -6 2 10 -33 47 116 270 224 24 76 100 58 46
Capital Days
days
Operational KPIs
Total
Projects
25 No. 49 47 45 NA NA NA NA NA 246 NA NA NA NA 70+ NA
Commissione
d
- India No. 47 45 44 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
246 70+
- Overseas No. 2 2 1 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
Total
MW
26 Commissione 1,747.18 1,312.26 970.26 2,320.00 1900+ 1,200+ NA NA NA NA NA NA 400+ 200+ NA
p
d Capacity
- India MWp 1,427.18 992.26 920.26 NA NA NA 447+ 287+ 176+
2,320.00 1,900+ 1,200+ 400+ 200+ NA
- Overseas MWp 320.00 320.00 50.00 NA NA NA NA NA NA
Total Order 21,608.2 11,290.5 90,960.0 80840.0 48,000.0 10,500.0 25,000
27 ₹ Mn 63,871.26 NA NA NA 49130.00 NA NA NA
Book 1 0 0 0 0 0 +
Total Order
Book
2,365.0
28 Capacity / MWp NA NA NA 3,263.00 817.00 NA NA 5,300.00 1760+ 868+ 291+ 550+ 250+ NA
0
Contracted
Capacity
Projects
29 Under No. 27 16 6 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
Execution
Order Book
No.
to Revenue
of
30 from 5.23 2.06 1.45 NA NA NA 1.44 2.66 2.44 3.16 1.26 NA 2.53+ NA NA
Time
operations
s
ratio
Source: Restated Consolidated Financial Information
The financial information for listed industry peers mentioned above is on a consolidated basis and is sourced from the annual reports, investor presentations, rating rationale,
earning transcripts and the audited financial results of the relevant companies for financial year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 as available on
the websites of the Stock Exchanges.
19310. Weighted average cost of acquisition (“WACA”), Floor Price and Cap Price
1. Price per share of our Company (as adjusted for corporate actions, including bonus issuances) based on
primary issuances of Equity Shares or convertible securities (excluding Equity Shares issued under the
ESOP Scheme and issuance of Equity Shares pursuant to a bonus issue) during the 18 months preceding
the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, where such issuance is equal to or more than 5% of the
fully diluted paid-up share capital of our Company (calculated based on the pre-Offer capital before
such transaction(s) and excluding ESOPs granted but not vested), in a single transaction or multiple
transactions combined together over a span of rolling 30 days (“WACA for Primary Issuances”):
Sl. No. Name of Allotee Date of Nature of Allotment Issue Price per Number of
Allotment Equity Share (in Equity Shares
₹)* allotted
1. Equity4Life LLP July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 58,000
2. Minal July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 35,000
Bhattacharya
3. Surabhi Yash Shah July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 43,500
4. Dhirajlal Amrutlal July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 32,500
Amlani
5. Vimla Mahesh July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 32,500
Velani
6. Harshad Ramlal July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 43,500
Seth
7. Puneet Prahlad July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 22,000
Deora
8. Sudhir Shivji July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 22,000
Bheda
9. Shruti Lodha July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 55,000
10. Bhupesh Kumar July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 55,000
Lodha
11. Chanchal Devi July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 55,000
Lodha
12. Sunil Kumar Gupta July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 36,000
13. Vivek Lodha July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 30,000
14. Vinod Kumar July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 40,000
Lodha
15. Naresh Bhargava July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 40,000
16. Kartik Jain July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 40,000
17. Vivek Jain July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 32,538
18. Ishmohit Arora July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 43,384
19. Suneel Vadlamudi July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 75,922
20. Perchcap LLP July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 21,692
21. Tushar Anand July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 10,846
22. Gaurav Chopra July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 32,537
23. Harneet Kaur July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 39,046
24. Vanaja Sunder Iyar July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 4,98,916
25. Shiv Sehgal July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 43,383
26. Vimana Capital July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 3,90,456
Management LLPSl. No. Name of Allotee Date of Nature of Allotment Issue Price per Number of
Allotment Equity Share (in Equity Shares
₹)* allotted
27. Weststone July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 5,42,299
Management
Consultancy Pvt
Ltd
28. Manish Gupta July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 21,692
29. Vikas Jain July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 21,692
30. Avarjit Singh July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 2,06,073
Birghi
31. Arun Kumar Kedia July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 65,076
32. Narayan Prasad July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 15,098
Sharma
33. Deepanshu Goel July 9, 2024 Private placement 461.00 21,692
*The price is pre-split of Equity Shares of our Company approved vide board resolution dated January 23, 2025, into
sub-division of 1 (One) Equity Share of the Company having face value of ₹ 10 (Rupees Ten only) each fully paid up
into 5 (Five) Equity Shares having face value of ₹ 2 each.
2. Price per share of our Company based on secondary sale or acquisition of Equity Shares or convertible
securities (excluding gifts) involving any of the Promoters, members of the Promoter Group, Selling
Shareholders or other Shareholders with rights to nominate directors during the 18 months preceding
the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, where the acquisition or sale is equal to or more than 5%
of the fully diluted paid-up share capital of our Company, in a single transaction or multiple transactions
combined together over a span of rolling 30 days (“WACA for Secondary Transactions”)
Date of Transaction Nature
Number of
Sl. Name of Tranfer price per of
Name of Transferee Equity Shares
No. Transferor Equity Share Transfer
transferred
(in ₹) *
NA
3. The Floor Price is [●] times and the Cap Price is [●] times the weighted average cost of acquisition at
which the Equity Shares were issued by our Company, or acquired or sold by our Promoter, Promoter
Group, Selling Shareholders or other shareholders with the right to nominate directors on our Board
are disclosed below:
Weighted
average cost
Floor Cap
of
price# price#
Types of transactions acquisition
(i.e. ₹ (i.e. ₹
(₹ per
[●]) [●])
Equity
Share)
A. WACA for Primary Issuance 461.00 [●] [●]
B. WACA for Secondary Transactions* NA [●] [●]
*Secondary transactions where Promoters, Promoter Group entities, Selling Shareholders or Shareholders having
the right to nominate directors are a party to the transaction.
# To be included at the Prospectus stage.
4. Justification of Basis of Offer Price
195Detailed explanation for Offer Price/ Cap Price being [●] times of WACA of primary issuances/ secondary
transactions of Equity Shares (as disclosed above) along with our Company’s KPIs and financial ratios for the
Fiscal 2025, 2024 and 2023:
[●]*
*To be included at Prospectus Stage
Explanation for the Offer Price/Cap Price, being [●] times of WACA of primary issuances/ secondary
transactions of Equity Shares (as disclosed above) in view of the external factors which may have influenced
the pricing of the Offer:
[●]*
*To be included at Prospectus Stage
The Offer Price will be [●] times of the face value of the Equity Shares.
The Offer Price of ₹ [●] has been determined by our Company, in consultation with the Selling Shareholders and the
BRLMs, on the basis of market demand from Bidders for Equity Shares, as determined through the Book Building
Process, and is justified in view of the above qualitative and quantitative parameters.
Bidders should read the above-mentioned information along with “Risk Factors”, “Our Business”, “Financial
Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on
pages 43, 316, 482 and 600, respectively, to have a more informed view. The trading price of the Equity Shares could
decline due to the factors mentioned in the “Risk Factors” on page 43 and you may lose all or part of your investments.
196STATEMENT OF SPECIAL TAX BENEFITS
To,
The Board of Directors
Rays Power Infra Limited
Evershine Mall, North Meter
Cabin 1, Malad (West) Mumbai,
Maharashtra - 400064, India
Anand Rathi Advisors Limited
11th Floor, Times Tower
Kamala City
Senapati Bapat Marg, Lower Parel
Mumbai – 400 013
Maharashtra, India
Pantomath Capital Advisors Private Limited
Pantomath Nucleus House,
Saki Vihar Road, Andheri East,
Mumbai –400 072
Maharashtra, India
(Anand Rathi Advisors Limited and Pantomath Capital Advisors Private Limited along with any other book running
lead managers which may be appointed in relation to the Offer, are referred to as the “Book Running Lead
Managers” or the “BRLMs”)
Dear Sir/Madam,
We, M/s G. M. Kapadia & Co., have been informed that in connection with the Offer, the Company proposes to file
a draft red herring prospectus (the “DRHP”) with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”), BSE Limited
and National Stock Exchange of India Limited (together with BSE Limited, the “Stock Exchanges”) in accordance
with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements)
Regulations, 2018, as amended (“SEBI ICDR Regulations”) and applicable laws, and subsequently proposes to file
a red herring prospectus (the “RHP”) and a prospectus (the “Prospectus”) with the Registrar of Companies,
Maharashtra at Mumbai (“RoC”), SEBI and the Stock Exchanges, and any other documents or materials to be issued
in relation to the Offer (collectively with the DRHP, RHP and Prospectus, the “Offer Documents”).
We have received a request from the Company to verify the possible special tax benefits available to the Company,
its shareholders and its material subsidiary as provided in Annexure I under direct and indirect taxes (collectively,
the “Tax Laws”) including the Income-tax Act, 1961 read with Income-Tax Rules, 1962, circulars, notifications as
amended by the Finance Act, 2025, and as applicable to the assessment year 2026-27 relevant to the financial year
2025-26, Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, respective State
Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, and Goods and Services Tax (Compensation to States) Act, 2017, including the
relevant rules, notifications and circulars issued there under (collectively referred as “Indirect Tax Regulations”) as
amended, the Customs Tariff Act, 1975 and Foreign Trade Policy 2015-2020 (as extended) including the rules,
regulations, circulars, orders and notifications issued thereunder (collectively the “Taxation Laws”), including the
rules, regulations, circulars and notifications issued in connection with the Taxation Laws and the Foreign Trade
Policy 2023 vide Notification No. 1/2023 dated March 31, 2023 and applicable to the Assessment Year 2026-27
relevant to the Financial Year (FY) 2025-26 available to the Company, its shareholders, and Material Subsidiary
identified as per the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)
Regulations, 2015, as amended. Several of these benefits are dependent on the Company, its shareholders and Material
Subsidiary, as the case may be, fulfilling the conditions prescribed under the relevant provisions of the Act. Hence,
the ability of the Company, its shareholders and Material Subsidiary to derive the special tax benefits is dependent
upon their fulfilling such conditions, which based on business imperatives the Company, its shareholders and Material
Subsidiary face in the future. The Company, its shareholders and Material Subsidiary may or may not choose to fulfil
such conditions for availing special tax benefits.
197The benefits discussed in Annexure I cover the possible special tax benefits available to the Company, its shareholders
and its Material Subsidiary do not cover any general tax benefits available to the Company, its shareholders and its
Material Subsidiary. Further, the preparation of Annexure I and its contents is the responsibility of the management
of the Company. We were informed that the statement is only intended to provide general information to the investors
and is neither designed nor intended to be a substitute for professional tax advice. In view of the individual nature of
the tax consequences and the changing tax laws, each investor is advised to consult his or her own tax consultant with
respect to the specific tax implications arising out of their participation in the Offer particularly in view of the fact that
certain recently enacted legislation may not have a direct legal precedent or may have a different interpretation on the
possible special tax benefits, which an investor can avail.
We have conducted our examination in accordance with the “Guidance Note on Reports or Certificates for Special
Purposes (Revised 2016)” (the “Guidance Note”) issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. The
Guidance Note requires that we comply with ethical requirements of the Code of Ethics issued by the Institute of
Chartered Accountants of India.
In respect of non-residents, the tax rates and the consequent taxation shall be further subject to any benefits available
under the applicable Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement, if any, between India and the country in which the non-
resident has Fiscal domicile.
This statement of possible special tax benefits is required as per Schedule VI (Part A)(9)(L) of the Securities and
Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018 as amended (‘SEBI ICDR
Regulations’). While the term ‘special tax benefits’ has not been defined under the SEBI ICDR Regulations, it is
assumed that with respect to special tax benefits available to the Company, the same would include those benefits as
enumerated Annexure I Any benefits under the Tax Laws other than those specified in the Annexure I are considered
to be general tax benefits and therefore not covered within the ambit of this statement. Further, any benefits available
under any other laws within or outside India, except for those specifically mentioned in the Annexure I, have not been
examined and covered by this statement.
We have complied with the relevant applicable requirements of the Standard on Quality Control (SQC) 1, Quality
Control for Firms that Perform Audits and Reviews of Historical Financial information, and Other Assurance and
Related Services Engagements.
We do not express any opinion or provide any assurance as to whether:
i. the Company, its shareholders and its Material Subsidiary will continue to obtain these possible special tax
benefits in future; or
ii. the conditions prescribed for availing the possible special tax benefits where applicable, have been/would be met
with.
The contents of the enclosed Annexures are based on the information, explanation and representations obtained
from the Company and its Material Subsidiary, and on the basis of our understanding of the business activities and
operations of the Company and its Material Subsidiary.
We did not verify the special tax benefits available to the Material Subsidiary. The statement of possible special
tax benefits for the Material Subsidiary has been verified by auditor of the Material Subsidiary, whose reports
have been furnished to us by the management of the Company, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the special
tax benefits included in respect of such subsidiary, is based solely on the report of such other auditor.
Our views expressed herein are based on the facts and assumptions indicated to us. No assurance is given that the
revenue authorities/ courts will concur with the views expressed herein. Our views are based on the existing
provisions of the Tax Laws and its interpretation, which are subject to change from time to time. We do not assume
responsibility to update the views consequent to such changes. We shall not be liable to the Company for any
claims, liabilities or expenses relating to this assignment except to the extent of fees relating to this assignment, as
finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from bad faith or intentional misconduct. We will not be
liable to the Company and any other person in respect of this statement, except as per applicable law.
198We hereby consent to our name and the aforementioned details being included in the Offer Documents, in full or
part, and/or consent to the submission of this certificate as may be necessary, to SEBI, RoC, Stock Exchanges
and/or any other regulatory/statutory authority as may be required and/or for the records to be maintained by the
BRLMs in connection with the Offer and in accordance with applicable law.
We undertake to immediately communicate, in writing, any changes to the above information/confirmations, as
and when: (i) made available to us; or (ii) we become aware of any such changes, to the BRLMs and the Company
until the Equity Shares allotted in the Offer commence trading on the Stock Exchanges. In the absence of any such
communication from us, the Company, the BRLMs and the legal advisors appointed with respect to Offer can
assume that there is no change to the information/confirmations forming part of this certificate and accordingly,
such information should be considered to be true and correct.
All capitalized terms used herein and not specifically defined shall have the same meaning as ascribed to them in
the Offer Documents.
Yours faithfully
For M/s G. M. Kapadia & Co.
Firm Registration Number: 104767W
Atul Shah
Partner
Membership No.: 039569
Place: Mumbai
UDIN: 25039569BMLNJS7521
199ANNEXURE I
STATEMENT OF POSSIBLE SPECIAL TAX BENEFITS AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY, ITS
MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY AND THE SHAREHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY UNDER THE
APPLICABLE DIRECT AND INDIRECT TAX LAWS IN INDIA
This statement of possible special tax benefits is required as per Schedule VI (Part A)(9)(L) of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations. While the term ‘special tax benefits’ has not been defined under the SEBI ICDR Regulations, for the
purpose of this Statement, it is assumed that with respect to special tax benefits available to the Company, its material
subsidiary and its shareholders, the same would include those benefits as enumerated in this Annexure. Any benefits
under the taxation laws other than those specified in this Annexure are considered to be general tax benefits and
therefore not covered within the ambit of this Statement. Further, any benefits available under any other laws within
or outside India, except for those mentioned in this Annexure have not been reviewed and covered by this statement.
List of Material Subsidiary (as per the regulations) audited by the statutory auditor of subsidiary company and
considered as part of the Annexure I:
Sr. No. Name of Material Subsidiary
1. Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited
(Formerly known as Savanur Solar Power Private Limited)
I. Under the Income-Tax Act, 1961 (the Act) read with the relevant Income Tax rules, 1962 (rules)
Special tax benefits available to the Company and its Material Subsidiary
There are no possible special tax benefit to the Company and its Material Subsidiary under the Act read with the
relevant rules.
Direct tax benefits available to the Company and its Material subsidiary
Lower corporate tax rate under section 115BAA of the Act
As per the section 115BAA of the Act (new tax regime), It gives an option to domestic company to be governed by
this section from a particular assessment year. If a company opts for section 115BAA of the Act, the company can
pay corporate tax at a reduced rate of 25.168% (22% plus surcharge of 10% and education cess of 4%). However
once opted new tax regime of taxation under the said section, it cannot be subsequently withdrawn.
Section 115BAA of the Act also provide the following:
1. Domestic companies availing the option will not be required to pay Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) on their
‘book profits’ under section 115JB of the Act. The tax credit (under section 115JAA), if any, which it is
entitled to on account of MAT paid in earlier years, will no longer be available.
2. In case the Company opts for the concessional income tax rate as prescribed under Section 115BAA of the
ITA, it will not be allowed to claim any of the following deductions/ exemptions:
• Deduction under the provisions of Section 10AA (deduction for units in Special Economic Zone);
• Deduction under clause (iia) of sub-section (1) of Section 32 (Additional depreciation);
• Deduction under Section 32AD or Section 33AB or Section 33ABA (Investment allowance in backward
areas, Investment deposit account, site restoration fund);
• Deduction under sub-clause (ii) or sub-clause (iia) or sub-clause (iii) of sub-section (1) or sub-section
(2AA) or sub-section (2AB) of Section 35 (Expenditure on scientific research);
200• Deduction under Section 35AD or Section 35CCC (Deduction for specified business, agricultural
extension project);
• Deduction under Section 35CCD (Expenditure on skill development);
• Deduction under any provisions of Chapter VI-A other than the provisions of Section 80JJAA (Deduction
in respect of employment of new employees) and 80M (Deduction in respect of certain inter corporate
dividends);
• No set-off of any loss carried forward or depreciation from any earlier assessment year, if such loss or
depreciation is attributable to any of the deductions referred above;
• No set-off of any loss or allowance for unabsorbed depreciation deemed so under Section 72A, if such
loss or depreciation is attributable to any of the deductions referred above.
The Company and its material subsidiary have already evaluated and opted for the lower corporate tax rate of
25.168%, as prescribed under section 115BAA of the Act.
Deductions from Gross Total Income
Deduction in respect of inter-corporate dividends – Section 80M of the Act
Prior to Finance Act, 2020, a company was liable to pay Dividend Distribution Tax (“DDT”) on the dividend paid
by it to a shareholder and the recipient shareholder was exempt from tax. Pursuant to the amendment made by the
Finance Act, 2020, DDT has been abolished and dividend received by shareholders on or after 1st April, 2020 is
liable to be taxed in their respective hands. The Company is required to deduct Tax at Source (“TDS”) at applicable
rate specified under the Act for both resident and non-resident shareholders. For non-resident shareholders, the rate
specified under the Act would be subject to benefit available under applicable Double Taxation Avoidance
Agreement (if any) and Multi-lateral instruments (MLI).
As per the section 80M of the Act, where the gross total income of a domestic company in any previous year includes
any income by way of dividends from any other domestic company or a foreign company or a business trust, there
shall be allowed deduction of an amount which will be lower of the following:
• Dividends received from such other domestic company or foreign company or business trust; or
• Amount of dividend distributed by it on or before the due date.
The “due date” means the date one month prior to the date for furnishing the return of income under sub-section (1)
of section 139 of the Act.
Section 80JJAA of the Act – Deduction in respect of employment of new employees
As per the provisions of section 80JJAA of the Act where the gross total income of an assessee to whom section
44AB applies, includes any profits and gains derived from business, there shall be allowed a deduction of an amount
equal to thirty per cent of additional employee cost incurred in the course of such business in the previous year, for
three assessment years including the assessment year relevant to the previous year in which such employment is
provided, subject to fulfilment of prescribed conditions specified in sub-section (2) of section 80JJAA of the Act.
Tax benefits and/or implications in the hands of Shareholder
• In case of Resident shareholder
➢ Dividend Income
Dividend income earned by the shareholders is taxable in their hands at the applicable rates in
201accordance with the provisions of the Act. A domestic company receiving dividend is eligible to claim
deduction under section 80M of the Act on fulfilling certain conditions. (The Company paying
dividend will withhold tax at applicable rates on payment of dividend to shareholders.)
➢ On sale of shares
▪ Long term capital gain
Where shares are held as capital assets for more than 12 months immediately preceding its date
of transfer, then as per Section 112A of the Act, long-term capital gains arising from transfer of
an equity share through the recognized stock exchange, should be taxed at 12.5% (plus applicable
surcharge and cess), without indexation and foreign exchange fluctuation benefit, subject to
fulfillment of prescribed conditions under the Act. Tax shall be levied on capital gains exceeding
INR 1,25,000. Further, any capital gain realized on sale of shares held for more than 12 months,
which are sold without payment of STT, will also be subject to tax at 12.5% (plus applicable
surcharge and cess) without indexation benefit.
Long term capital gain other than those covered by section 112A of the Act and on which
securities transaction tax was not paid at the time of transfer would be subject to tax at 12.5%
(plus applicable surcharge and cess) without applying limit of INR 1,25,000/- & indexation
benefit.
▪ Short term capital gain
Where shares are held as capital assets for 12 months or less, (as per Section 111A of the Act),
short term capital gains arising inter alia from transfer of an equity share through the recognized
stock exchange, should be taxed at 20% (plus applicable surcharge and cess) subject to fulfillment
of prescribed conditions under the Act.
Short term capital gains other than those covered by Section 111A of the Act and on which
Securities Transaction Tax is not paid at the time of transfer would be subject to tax as calculated
under normal provisions of the Act.
• In case of Non-Resident shareholder
The tax rates and the consequent taxation shall be as per the provisions of the Act and it is further subject to
any benefits available under the applicable DTAA, if any, between India and the country of which the non-
resident is a tax resident, as read with the MLI and subject to furnishing of tax residence certificate, electronic
Form 10F and any other document as may be required. The Company will withhold tax at applicable rates on
payment of dividend to shareholders.
Exemption under section 54F of the Act for Individual/HUF (Shareholder)
As per the provision of Section 54F of the Act, where an assessee being an individual or Hindu Undivided Family,
can claim exemption from long-term capital gains tax arising from the transfer of any capital asset (other than a
residential house) (e.g. equity shares), if the net sale proceeds are invested in purchasing or constructing a residential
house property in India subject to fulfilment of prescribed conditions specified in section 54F of the Act.
Lower tax rate under section 115BAC of the Act
The new tax regime under section 115BAC of the Act is applicable to individual, Hindu undivided family, association
of persons (other than a co-operative society), body of individuals and an artificial juridical person., wherein income-
tax shall be computed at the rates specified as under:
Total Income Rate of Tax
Upto Rs.4,00,000 Nil
202From Rs.4,00,001 to Rs.8,00,000 5 per cent
From Rs.8,00,001 to Rs.12,00,000 10 per cent
From Rs.12,00,001 to Rs.16,00,000 15 per cent
From Rs.16,00,001 to Rs.20,00,000 20 per cent
From Rs.20,00,001 to Rs.24,00,000 25 per cent
Above Rs.24,00,000 30 per cent.
II. Special Indirect tax benefits available to the Company and its Material Subsidiary and its shareholders
1. For Company
The GST rate currently applicable to the company at 13.8% based on the circular bearing reference no. 163/19/2021-
GST dated October 6, 2021 on the goods and services in the ratio of 70:30. As per the recommendation of GST
council in its 56th meeting it revised the GST rates on service and goods and accordingly in the case of the company
revised applicable rate will be at 8.90% with effect from September 22, 2025.
Duty credit E-scrips under Merchandise Export from India Scheme (“MEIS”). The remission of Duty and Taxes on
Exported Products (“RODTEP”) to determine mechanism for reimbursement of taxes, duties/levies at central, state
and local level. The scheme came into force from January 1, 2021 and replaced MEIS.
2. For Material subsidiary
There are no special indirect tax benefits available to material subsidiary of the Company.
III. Special Indirect tax benefits available to the shareholders
The shareholders of the Company are also not eligible to any special tax benefits under the provisions of the Central
Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, the Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, State Goods and Services Tax
Act, 2017, Customs Act, 1962, the Customs Tariff Act, 1975 and Foreign Trade Policy 2023-2028, including the
amendments, rules, regulations, circulars and notifications issued thereon, as applicable.
Notes:
The above Statement of Tax benefits sets out the special tax benefits available to the Company and its material
subsidiary and its shareholders under the tax laws mentioned above in summary manner only and is not a complete
analysis or listing of all the existing and potential tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposal of equity
shares of the Company.
i. The above Statement covers only above-mentioned tax laws benefits and does not cover any general tax
benefits under any other law.
ii. This Statement is intended only to provide general information to the investors and is neither designed nor
intended to be a substitute for professional tax advice. In view of the individual nature of tax consequences,
each investor is advised to consult his/her own tax advisor with respect to specific tax consequences of
his/her investment in the shares of the Company.
iii. The possible special tax benefits are subject to conditions and eligibility criteria which need to be examined
for tax implications.
iv. No assurance is given that the revenue authorities/courts will concur with the views expressed herein. Our
views are based on the existing provisions of law and its interpretation, which are subject to changes from
time to time. We do not assume responsibility to update the views consequent to such changes.
v. This statement does not discuss any tax consequences under any law for the time being in force, as applicable
of any country outside India. The shareholders / investors in any country outside India are advised to
203consult their own professional advisors regarding possible tax consequences that apply to them in any
country other than India.
vi. This statement has been prepared solely in connection with the proposed issue under the Companies Act,
2013 and SEBI ICDR Regulations as amended.
For and on behalf of Board of Directors of
Rays Power Infra Limited
Ketan Mehta
Managing Director
Place: Mumbai
Date: September 29, 2025
204SECTION V: ABOUT OUR COMPANY
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
Unless otherwise indicated, industry and market data used in this section have been derived from the report titled
“India’s renewable energy market” dated September 2025 (the “CRISIL Report”) prepared and issued by CRISIL
Limited, exclusively commissioned and paid for by our Company in connection with the Offer. The CRISIL Report
will be available on the website of our Company from the date of the Red Herring Prospectus until the Bid/Offer
Closing Date. The data included herein includes excerpts from the CRISIL Report and may have been re-ordered by
us for the purposes of presentation. Unless otherwise indicated, financial, operational, industry and other related
information derived from the CRISIL Report and included herein with respect to any particular year refers to such
information for the relevant calendar year. For further details, please see “Risk Factors — Industry information
included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been derived from an industry report exclusively commissioned
and paid for by us for the purposes of the Offer. Any reliance on such information for making an investment decision
in the Offer is subject to inherent risks. Accordingly, prospective investors should not place undue reliance on or base
their investment decision solely on this information.” on page 91. Also see, “Certain Conventions, Presentation of
Financial, Industry and Market Data” on page 22.
CRISIL is an independent agency and is not, in any manner, related to our Company, its Subsidiaries, its Joint
Ventures, its Associate, its Promoters, its Directors, its Key Managerial Personnel, its Senior Management, Selling
Shareholders or the Book Running Lead Managers. Neither the Company, nor its Subsidiaries, its Joint Ventures, its
Associate, its Promoters, its Directors, its Key Managerial Personnel, its Senior Management, Selling Shareholders
or the Book Running Lead Managers, are related parties to CRISIL as per applicable law. CRISIL is not and have
not been engaged or interested in the formation, incorporation, promotion or management of our Company.
Module 1: Global macroeconomic view
• Global economic growth remains subdued
Economic growth rates have varied significantly across countries in the recent past.
India surpassed Japan to become the fourth-largest economy this year, according to the International Monetary Fund
(IMF). Last fiscal, the country's real gross domestic product (GDP) is estimated to have grown 6.5% on-year.
According to the IMF, global growth is projected to slip to 3.0% in calendar 2025, from 3.3% in the previous year.
The IMF expects economic growth in the United States (US) to fall sharply to 1.9% in 2025 compared with 2.8% in
2024 on account of greater policy and trade uncertainties, and softer demand. At the same time, growth in the euro
area is estimated to remain subdued at 1%.
Within emerging markets and developing economies, China’s growth is likely to decline to 4.8% (5% in 2024). India,
however, is expected to maintain its 6.5% pace, albeit with downside risks posed by external headwinds.
The tariff increases imposed by the US on most countries pose a key downside risk to the industrial outlook this fiscal.
The US imposed additional 25% tariffs on Indian goods, effective August 27, 2025, over India's continued purchase
of Russian crude oil. The additional tariffs bring the total levy on Indian products to 50%. These developments have
made the global environment extremely uncertain and raised downside risks to global as well as India’s growth.
Table 1: On-year real GDP growth rate
On-year (%) CY18 CY19 CY20 CY21 CY22 CY23 CY24 CY25P CY26P
World 3.7 2.9 -2.7 6.6 3.6 3.5 3.3 3.0 3.1
Advanced economies 2.3 1.9 -4.0 6.0 2.9 1.7 1.8 1.5 1.6
- Euro area 1.8 1.6 -6.0 6.3 3.5 0.4 0.9 1.0 1.2
- Germany 1.1 1.0 -4.1 3.7 1.4 -0.3 –0.2 0.1 0.9
- The US 3.0 2.6 -2.2 6.1 2.5 2.9 2.8 1.9 2.0
205On-year (%) CY18 CY19 CY20 CY21 CY22 CY23 CY24 CY25P CY26P
- The UK 1.4 1.6 -10.3 8.6 4.8 0.4 1.1 1.2 1.4
- Japan 0.6 -0.4 -4.2 2.7 0.9 1.5 0.2 0.7 0.5
Emerging and developing
4.7 3.7 -1.7 7.0 4.1 4.7 4.3 4.1 4.0
economies
- China 6.8 6.1 2.3 8.6 3.1 5.4 5.0 4.8 4.2
- India*^ 6.5 3.9 -5.8 9.7 7.6 9.2 6.5 6.5 6.7#
*India numbers are on a fiscal year basis (April-March), where calendar year (CY) 2025 would correspond to fiscal
2026; other countries are on calendar year basis. #Indicates compound annual growth rate (CAGR) for fiscal 2027P-
fiscal 2030P ^ Estimates for India as per the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI), Crisil
Intelligence; E – estimated; P – projected; The euro area includes Germany, France, Italy and Spain
Source: IMF World Economic Outlook, July 2025, Crisil Intelligence
The global economic recovery after the Covid-19 pandemic, which began in 2021, was initially hindered by several
factors, including geopolitical uncertainties and inflationary pressures, exacerbated by a commodity super-cycle
induced by supply-chain disruptions. As economies adapted to the new normal, green shoots began to emerge despite
reduced mobility, and the overall economic outlook started to improve. The provision of additional fiscal support in
large economies, particularly in the developed ones, also contributed to the recovery. The global economy held steady,
although the degree of growth varied widely across countries.
However, the recovery is now facing new challenges. Faced with increased uncertainty about market access —
domestically and for their suppliers and customers—many firms are likely to be cautious, pausing investment and
reducing purchases. Financial institutions may be inclined to reassess lending to businesses until they gauge their
exposure to the new environment. The combined effects of the heightened uncertainty and tightening financial
conditions will affect global demand negatively, weighing on economic activity, as highlighted by the IMF in its July
2025 report. This situation could dominate in the short term, as evidenced by the sharp decline in oil prices.
The impact of tariffs on exchange rates is complex. Countries affected by tariffs may ease their monetary policies to
mitigate the impact on demand, which could further support the US dollar. However, increased policy uncertainty,
lower growth prospects in the US and potential adjustment in global demand for dollar assets could put downward
pressure on the greenback, as seen in the immediate aftermath of the tariff announcements.
The tariff hikes by the Trump administration have disrupted the US Federal Reserve’s monetary easing journey.
Higher tariffs are likely to add to US inflation in the short term due to higher cost of imported goods. While the timing
and the extent of tariff increases are uncertain, the Fed is likely to err on the side of caution and watch how inflationary
pressures evolve. The US central bank hit pause on the rate cutting cycle in January.
Despite these challenges, India is poised to emerge relatively stronger, with GDP growth projected at 6.5% in fiscal
2026. The Indian economy's resilience and adaptability in the face of global challenges will be crucial in sustaining
its growth momentum, and the country is likely to remain one of the fastest-growing major economies in the world.
A recovery in private consumption will also play a key role in India’s growth story.
Over the medium term, India is set to become a dominant player, with IMF projections indicating it has overtaken
Japan to become fourth largest economy in fiscal 2025 and expected to overtake Germany to become the third-largest
economy by 2027.
206Module 2: Indian macroeconomic view
• GDP review and outlook
• A relatively balanced set of domestic factors to drive India’s growth
Despite the ongoing geopolitical uncertainties, India has maintained its position as one of the fastest-growing major
economies. The country's real GDP is estimated to have grown at 6.5% on-year in fiscal 2025, according to National
Statistical Office (NSO)’s Second Advance Estimate of national income. In fiscal 2024, the India GDP stood at Rs
176.5 lakh crore, which grew at 9.2% over fiscal 2023. According to IMF projections, India has surpassed Japan to
become the world’s fourth-largest economy.
Crisil Intelligence expects India to maintain its GDP growth rate at 6.5% in fiscal 2026 with downside risk on account
of external headwinds. However, on the domestic front, easing inflation, repo rate cuts, and the personal income tax
cuts announced in the Union Budget fiscal 2026 are expected to benefit households and boost consumption.
Over fiscals 2022-2025, the Indian economy outperformed its counterparts. Going forward as well, the Indian
economy will remain strong and remain one of the fastest growing economies.
The government's efforts to boost private consumption and invest in infrastructure will be crucial to the growth
trajectory. While government capital expenditure is expected to remain a key enabler, the continued emphasis on fiscal
consolidation implies that investment prospects will hinge on a sustained revival in private capex. GDP grew 6.5%
on-year in the first quarter of fiscal 2025, in line with Crisil forecast of 6.8%. This, however, was a deceleration
compared with the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, when the economy expanded 8.4% on-year. In the first quarter of
fiscal 2024, the economy had grown 9.7% on-year.
India Inc’s revenue is expected to grow at 6-7% in fiscal 2026owing to the proposed revisions to the goods and services
tax (GST) rates, which will come into effect on September 22, 2025. The proposed reductions are expected to have a
positive impact on consumption, which accounts for 15% of the revenue of corporates.
The revised GST rates will lower prices of products in key sectors such as fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG),
consumer durables and automobiles. While the passthrough in FMCG, durables and automobiles is expected to be
direct, for a few other sectors, such as construction, the impact will need to be monitored. The anti-profiteering clause
in the GST regime may, however, limit any material impact on the margin profiles. In the renewable energy sector,
the GST rate for solar and wind projects has been reduced to an effective rate of 8.9% from 13.8%. This is expected
to reduce the capital cost, encouraging capacity additions in the sector.
Figure 1: India’s economy expected to grow at 6.5% in fiscal 2026, with some downside risks
Rs lakh crore
8.0% 8.3% 6.8% 6.5% 9.7% 7.6% 9.2% 6.5% 6.5%
3.9%
-5.8%
114 123 131 140 145 137 150 162 177 188 200 250-260
FY16 FY17 FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23# FY24E* FY25E^ FY26P FY30P
Real GDP (Rs. tn) Growth y-o-y %
Note: E - estimated, P - projected; GDP growth till fiscal 2022 is actual, fiscal 2023 is final estimate *fiscal 2024E is
first revised estimate, ^fiscal 2025E is second advanced estimate, fiscal 2026 is projected based on Crisil Intelligence
estimates and that for fiscals 2026-2030 is based on IMF estimates.
Source: NSO, Crisil Intelligence
Table 2: Outlook for fiscal 2026
207Macro
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26F Rationale for outlook
parameters
Lower inflation and rate cuts by the
MPC are expected to maintain growth
in fiscal 2026, assuming a normal
monsoon and lower crude oil prices.
Real GDP The Union Budget for fiscal 2026 will
growth be mildly supportive of growth,
6.5 3.9 -5.8 9.7 7.6 9.2 6.5 6.5^ though the overall fiscal impulse will
moderate with fiscal consolidation.
(on-year %)
Any substantial pick-up in investment
growth will hinge on accelerating
private capex. Exports face
headwinds from the tariff hikes by the
US.
Note: ^ with downside risk; F-forecast
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Except for CY21, when the Covid-19 pandemic led to a global economic downturn, India's GDP growth rate has
consistently outperformed other major economies.
Private consumption is expected to maintain momentum this fiscal
With more than 58% share in the GDP, private consumption remains the key driver of the economy. However, in
fiscal 2025, consumption by the middle class was subdued on account of high interest rates and food inflation. The
following factors are expected to boost consumption.
• Tax relief to prop up consumption: The government, in the Union Budget for fiscal 2026, reduced income
tax rates under the new tax regime, which is expected to boost the disposable incomes of the middle class.
The tax rebate limit has been raised to Rs 1.2 million from Rs 0.7 million, leading to tax savings of ~Rs
80,000 annually for an individual earning Rs 1.2 million. Tax slabs have also been revised, which will reduce
the tax burden across income levels. These measures are expected to durably support spending by the middle
class beyond fiscal 2026 as well, though some of the increase in the disposable income could also go towards
savings and debt repayment
• Lower food inflation: Food inflation is likely to cool down in fiscal 2026 on expectation of a normal
monsoon. Food inflation has soared in recent years, constraining household expenditures. The share of food
in total consumption is the highest among lower income households. So, softer food inflation should create
space in household budgets for discretionary spending
• Repo rate cuts: The MPC cut the repo rate by 50 bps in June, following two cuts of 25 bps each in April and
February. Lower policy rates are expected to bring down borrowing costs
• Support from the rural economy: In addition to the budgetary support, favourable monsoon supported farm
prospects in fiscal 2025. In terms of rural incomes, a stable agricultural output is expected to provide some
relief. Rural India remains largely agrarian, with 86% of land holdings belonging to small and marginal
farmers. These farmers rely on the monsoon for irrigation, making its timely arrival and adequacy crucial for
an output. Any negative impact on crop supply due to low rainfall has a cascading effect on the rural
economy, leading to reduced earnings and lower spending. Over the last five years, the performance of the
agriculture sector has been encouraging. Demand for the automotive sector, particularly for two-wheelers,
three-wheelers and tractors, is expected to remain robust
Regulatory and policy developments that could drive private capex cycle
• Government’s infrastructure push: The National Infrastructure Pipeline (NIP), with a projected investment
of Rs 111 trillion ($1.5 trillion) during fiscal 2020–2025, is central to India’s infrastructure strategy.
Segments such as energy, roads, urban infrastructure and railways account for the bulk of investments, with
208roads, urban and housing, railways, power (both conventional and renewable), and irrigation together
receiving nearly 80% of the outlay. The NIP has also laid strong emphasis on the creation of sustainable and
resilient infrastructure. Renewable energy has emerged as the cornerstone of this transformation, with
significant allocations toward solar, wind, hybrid and green hydrogen projects. These investments not only
enhance energy security but also align with India’s commitment to achieving 500 GW of non-fossil fuel
capacity by 2030. The expansion of power grid infrastructure, energy storage systems, module and cell
manufacturing capacity and transmission corridors are also being prioritised to integrate renewable energy
more effectively, thereby making the energy ecosystem a key pillar of India’s long-term infrastructure story.
The focused infrastructure initiative is expected to boost the economy, generate employment and enhance
competitiveness by lowering logistics costs and ensuring sustainable energy availability
• Private sector participation: With the government normalising capex, the private sector is increasingly
expected to take the lead in driving the investment momentum. However, private investments have remained
muted in recent years, with their share in total fixed investment declining to 34.4% in fiscal 2024 from a peak
of 41% in fiscal 2016. That said, the financial capacity of corporates, supported by deleveraged balance
sheets, stronger lender health and a favourable interest rate cycle, positions them well for renewed
investments. A revival here is essential for a sustained capex upcycle and must be accompanied by
accelerated growth in machinery and equipment (capacity addition) as well as intellectual property creation
(innovation). Private participation in infrastructure is expected to gain traction in areas such as renewable
energy, green hydrogen, electric mobility, logistics and digital infrastructure, sectors where India is building
long-term strategic capacity
• PLI scheme: The PLI scheme aim to catalyse industrial capex of Rs 2.6–2.8 trillion, projected to contribute
nearly 5% to total capex in key sectors. With incentives of Rs 1.8–1.9 trillion, the scheme is expected to
generate incremental revenue of Rs 30 trillion. Since its launch in March 2020, the scheme has already
attracted Rs 1.61 trillion in investments (as of November 2024), signalling strong momentum in priority
sectors. Beyond electronics, textiles and automobiles, the PLI scheme has been a significant driver in
renewable energy manufacturing, particularly solar photovoltaic (PV) modules, advanced chemistry cell
batteries and green hydrogen. By boosting domestic capacity, reducing import dependence, and creating
export potential, the PLI scheme is fostering capital-intensive, future-ready industries that are integral to
India’s energy and infrastructure transformation
Foreign direct investment
India has achieved a remarkable milestone in its economic journey, with gross foreign direct investment (FDI) inflows
reaching an $1 trillion since April 2000. FDI inflows have seen a steady rise—from $36.05 billion in fiscal 2014 to
$81.04 billion (provisional) in fiscal 2025, marking a 14% increase from $71.28 billion in fiscal 2024. Such growth
reflects India’s growing appeal as a global investment destination, driven by a proactive policy framework, a dynamic
business environment and increasing focus on competitiveness. Initiatives such as Make in India, outcome oriented
sectoral policies and GST have enhanced investor confidence.
Notably, the renewable energy sector, particularly solar, has been a key beneficiary, attracting 100% FDI under the
automatic route, which has spurred capacity additions, technology inflows and greater participation from global
players.
209Figure 2: Growth in India’s FDI Inflows
$ million
84,835
81,973 81,043
74,391
71,355 71,279
60,220 60,974 62,001
55,559
45,148
36,046
FY 14 FY15 FY16 FY17 FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25P
Note: P- provisional
Source: DPIIT
• Capex cycle
• More private sector participation essential for balanced, sustainable investment momentum
The government’s post-pandemic strategy of providing support to investments through budgetary spending has paid
off, with fixed investments driving GDP growth until fiscal 2024. Now, there is a shift towards incentivising private
corporate investments. After having risen from 1.7% of the GDP in fiscal 2020 (pre-pandemic period), central
government capex is budgeted to stabilise at 3.1% of GDP in fiscal 2026, same as fiscal 2025. While central
government capex remains supportive, the focus should also be on reducing cost and time overruns. As of December
2024, 63.7% of central projects totalling Rs 1.5 billion and above had time overruns, higher than the 29.8% of projects
on time. And 41.1% of the projects faced cost overruns. Here, creating a pipeline of shovel-ready projects and better
coordination with states will help get the best bang for the buck. Reducing time and cost overruns will be critical for
meeting the capex target.
With the government normalising capex, it is time for the private sector to take the lead in furthering the investment
momentum. The ability of private companies to invest is supported by their deleveraged balance sheets, the healthy
balance sheets of lenders, and turning of the interest rate cycle. The government is also taking steps to encourage
investments by the private sector. The total allocation for the PLI schemes is budgeted to rise 87% on-year in fiscal
2026, particularly in sectors such as electronics, textiles, automobiles and components as well as infrastructure and
renewable energy. Efforts with deregulation will help, too. That said, heightened global uncertainty and uneven private
consumption demand have hindered the revival in corporate investment so far.
• Aatmanirbhar Bharat Abhiyan
PLIs in the 14 sectors for the Aatmanirbhar Bharat vision received an outstanding response, with a potential to create
six million new jobs, as per government estimates.
Table 3: Aatmanirbhar Bharat for select sectors
210Sector Government spends Key schemes
Rs 45 billion PLI Scheme ‘National Programme on High
Efficiency Solar PV Modules’. This was further increased by Rs
195 billion in the Budget for fiscal 2023, taking it to Rs 240
billion; in Tranche I 8.7 GW and in Tranche II 39.6 GW capacity
were allocated for domestic solar module manufacturing capacity
under PLI.
PM Surya Ghar Muft Bijli Yojna: This scheme has a proposed
outlay of Rs 750 billion and aims to light up 10 million
households (rooftop solar) by providing up to 300 units of free
electricity every month.
Implementation of the Pradhan Mantri Kisan Urja Suraksha
Utthan Mahabhiyan (PM KUSUM) scheme; The Ministry of
New and Renewable Energy, in November 2020, scaled up and
expanded the PM KUSUM scheme to add 30.8 GW by 2022 with
central financial support of Rs 344.22 billion. The scheme has
been extended till March 31, 2026
Renewable ~Rs 1.3 trillion (49% of
ALMM I: The Approved Models and Manufacturers of Solar
energy total outlay)
Photovoltaic Modules (Requirement for Compulsory
Registration) Order, 2019, mandates the compulsory use of
domestically manufactured solar modules, thereby reducing
import dependence. It specifies the list of manufacturers and
models of solar PV modules that are approved to ensure quality
compliance.
ALMM II: An upcoming initiative, expected to commence in the
first quarter of fiscal 2027, aimed specifically at solar cells.
ALMM II is expected to spur demand for Indian-made solar cells,
further strengthening the domestic manufacturing ecosystem and
reducing reliance on imports.
Scheme of grid connected wind-solar hybrid power projects
Basic customs duty (BCD) of 20% on solar cells, 20% on solar
invertors and 20% on modules, changing from 25%, 5% and 40%
respectively, effective February 1, 2025
Rs 1.35 trillion liquidity infusion for discoms through the Power
Finance Corporation/ Rural Electrification Corporation
(PFC/REC) against receivables.
Rebate for payment to be received by generation companies
Power (gencos) to be passed on to industrial customers.
distribution ~Rs 970 billion (36% of Revamped Distribution Sector Scheme (RDSS) to help discoms
companies total outlay) improve their operational efficiencies and financial sustainability
(discoms) by providing result-linked financial assistance; outlay of Rs 3.03
trillion over five years i.e., fiscals 2022 to 2026. The outlay
includes an estimated government budgetary support (GBS) of
Rs 976.31 billion.
211Sector Government spends Key schemes
Rs 181 billion under the PLI scheme for advanced chemistry cell
(ACC) battery storage in India launched in October to achieve 50
GWh manufacturing capacity
~Rs 388 billion (15% of Green Hydrogen Policy launched in February 2022 to facilitate
New energy
total outlay) production of green hydrogen/green ammonia
PLI scheme on green hydrogen manufacturing with an initial
outlay of Rs 197.44 billion with an aim to boost domestic
production of green hydrogen.
Source: Official portal of the Government of India; various ministries, PIB releases, Crisil Intelligence
• Global focus sharpens on energy transition, decarbonisation
The urgent need to address climate change has led to a global shift towards renewable energy (RE), with initiatives
such as the Paris Agreement and RE100 giving a push. Solar power has experienced remarkable growth, with installed
capacity reaching 1,865 gigawatts by 2024, accounting for 42% of the world’s renewable energy capacity.
Governments have supported the solar industry through policies such as feed-in tariffs, tax incentives and subsidies,
driving global growth in the solar PV segment.
India has set an ambitious target of achieving 500 GW of renewable energy capacity by 2030 as a cornerstone of its
broader climate commitments. At the 2021 United Nations COP26 summit, India updated its Nationally Determined
Contributions (NDCs), pledging to reduce the emissions intensity of GDP by 45% by 2030, ensure 50% of cumulative
power capacity comes from non-fossil fuel sources by 2030 and reach Net Zero emissions by 2070. Sectoral pathways
include phasing down coal after 2040, scaling up solar and wind to multi-thousand-gigawatt levels by 2070,
electrifying transport with a strong EV ecosystem and green hydrogen adoption, and cutting industrial coal use by
over 95% by mid-century. To realise these goals, the government has launched several policies and programmes, most
notably the National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC) and the National Solar Mission.
To promote renewable power, the government has undertaken measures such as allowing FDI up to 100% under the
automatic route, extending waivers of inter-state transmission system charges and setting up Ultra Mega Renewable
Energy Parks. It has introduced schemes such as PM-KUSUM, Solar Rooftop Phase II, and the Green Energy Corridor
Scheme to facilitate the growth of renewable energy. The government has also notified standards for deployment of
solar PV systems, set up a project development cell and established standard bidding guidelines for the tariff-based
competitive bidding processes. Timely payment by distribution licensees to renewable energy generators has been
mandated through the Electricity (Late Payment Surcharge and Related Matters) Rules, 2002. Renewable energy is
being promoted through the Green Energy Open Access Rules, 2022. These efforts aim to support India's transition
to RE and achieve its climate change targets.
212Module 3: Power demand and supply
• India’s per capita power consumption presents growth potential
There is a strong link between GDP and power demand. Economically advanced countries consume more power per
capita, driven by urbanisation and industrialisation. India's per capita electricity consumption has risen but remains
below the global average, with wide variations.
India was the third-largest consumer of power (1,681 billion KWh) after China and the US (9,935 billion KWh and
4,344 billion KWh, respectively) in calendar year 2024. Despite this, the country had the lowest per capita power
consumption among the top 10 global power-consuming countries. A growing population, and rising urbanisation and
manufacturing show there is potential to increase consumption.
The county’s per capita electricity consumption has risen steadily in recent years. As of fiscal 2024, it was 1,395 kWh.
Crisil Intelligence expects the consumption to clock a CAGR of ~3% to reach 1,600-1,700 kWh by fiscal 2030, driven
by rising power demand due to robust economic growth, rapid urbanisation, infrastructure development, temperature
fluctuations and a stable population growth rate.
Figure 3: Low per capita consumption highlights growth potential in India
Note: Power consumption per capita 2024 is power consumption growth rate divided by the population
Source: World bank, IEA, respective government data sources, Crisil Intelligence
• RE to lead in global capacity additions and generation
As per the IEA, global power generation grew 4% to nearly 31,000 terawatt-hour (TWh) in CY2024. Fossil fuels
(coal, natural gas and oil) accounted for 60% of the global power supply—their lowest share in 50 years. Coal
accounted for the largest (35%), followed by natural gas (24%). Beyond fossil fuels, nuclear maintained a stable 9%
share in power generation. Renewables, led by solar and wind, accounted for 32%.
Global power generation is expected to log a CAGR of 3-4% over 2024-2030, according to the IEA. Renewable energy
is set to play a much larger role. Solar PV and wind generation is expected to nearly triple by 2030, accounting for
over 90% of the incremental electricity supply growth, overtaking coal in incremental generation. Solar PV has been
the fastest growing segment and this trend is expected to continue. Nuclear power generation is seeing a renewed push
at a global level.
Table 4: Global power generation to clock 3-4% CAGR over CY2024-2030
Electricity CAGR CAGR
2010 2022 2023 2024 2030P
generation (TWh) (2010-2023) (2024-2030)
Coal 8,671 10,451 10,648 1.59% 10,704 9,213 (2.47%)
213Electricity CAGR CAGR
2010 2022 2023 2024 2030P
generation (TWh) (2010-2023) (2024-2030)
Natural gas and oil 5,787 7,315 7,293 1.80% 7,637 7,289 (0.77%)
Nuclear 2,756 2,684 2,765 0.03% 2,840 3,266 2.36%
Solar PV 32 1,294 1,612 35.19% 2095 6452 20.62%
Other renewables 4,177 7,273 7,417 4.52% 7,753 11,125 6.20%
Total generation 21,511 29,145 29,863 2.56% 31,029 37,489 3.20%
P – projected
Source: IEA, Crisil Intelligence
According to the IEA, the global installed electricity capacity increased 1.8x to 9.4 TW in 2023 from 5.3 TW in 2010.
Fossil fuel capacity accounted for nearly 50% of the installed base in 2023. However, the addition over 2010-2023
was driven by renewable fuels with a 70% share. Fossil fuels, on the other hand, accounted for 28%. Solar PV installed
capacity increased 36% on-year to a record of 1,610 GW in 2023. The global renewable energy market surged 15%
on-year in 2023 with 75% of the addition coming from solar.
The IEA expects the global installed electricity base to clock a CAGR of 7-8% over 2023-2030. The growth is expected
to be supported by a 13-15% CAGR in renewable energy. Solar PV is expected to be a major contributor with a CAGR
of 21-23% during the period. While the share of solar capacity is high in 2023, power is still largely generated from
conventional sources.
Figure 4: Global installed electricity base to clock 7-8% CAGR over 2023-2030
(GW)
15,069
1,851
2,079
9,347
8,723
1,621
5,838
1,600
1,015
899
5,258 1,610
1,185
1,113 417 416 478
40 403 181 2,398 2,421 2,562
1,897
2,204 2,243 2,236
1,613
2010 2022 2023 2030P
Coal Natural gas & Oil Nuclear Solar PV Wind Other renewables
P – projected
Source: IEA, Crisil Intelligence
214• The Indian power sector and its structure
• Structure of the power sector
The value chain of power has three main components:
• Generation: Generating electricity at plants using various fuels as a source of energy
• Transmission: Transmitting bulk power from generating units over long distances through high-voltage
networks and grid distribution substations
• Distribution: Distributing agencies get the power and give it to the last-mile customer. This is the retail stage
and operates at lower voltages
Sale of power from generators to consumers happens through routes such as:
• Direct tie-ups
‒ Competitive bidding: A contract between generators and procurers (intermediaries/discoms) in
which procurers issue a tender and generators submit bids. Bidding criteria can be per unit price or
based on the cost of the set-up
‒ Bilateral: A contract between generators and procurers (direct discoms or private consumers) in
which generators may enter into an agreement directly with procurers
o Memorandum of understanding (MoU): Distribution companies can sign
MoUs/agreements with generators for direct procurement of power without competitive
bidding. Hydropower projects are largely based on the bilateral model
o Third-party sale: Generators and customers (industrial and commercial) sign contracts
between themselves for typically high-load requirements. This type of contract involves
little intervention from the government
o Captive power: Consumers have their own set-ups or participate as equity contributors in
projects set up by generators. Group captive is a special case where a group of entities own
a captive with at least 26% of ownership in the generating plant and consume at least 51%
of the electricity generated
• Merchant sale: Generators directly sell power on the day-ahead/real-time market of power exchanges
The entities that ensure the proper functioning and policy regulation of these components include the CERC, SERC,
Ministry of Power (MoP) and the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE).
SECI (Solar Energy Corporation of India Ltd), a Navratna central public sector undertaking (CPSU) under the MNRE,
plays a crucial role in the renewable energy sector by facilitating the development and implementation of solar, wind
and hybrid energy projects. SECI acts as an intermediary between renewable energy generators and the discoms. SECI
operates via direct agreements such as power purchase agreements (PPAs) and power sale agreements (PSAs) between
generators and discoms.
• Power demand has stayed strong
Electricity consumption in India grew at 4.5% CAGR over the past decade courtesy the country’s growing population,
industrial and economic expansion, and strengthening of the transmission and distribution (T&D) infrastructure.
Peak demand rose to 250 GW in fiscal 2025 from 190 GW in fiscal 2021, attributable to rising demand for cooling
requirement because of warmer temperatures as well as the surge in economic activity – base demand rose nearly
7.4% CAGR over fiscals 2021-2025 and peak demand, 7.1% CAGR. It should be noted, though, that peak demand
had outpaced base demand on several instances.
215Figure 5: Peak demand vs base demand
(GW)
350 12.50% 14%
300 12%
250 10%
8.00%
6.84%
200 6.40% 8%
150 6%
3.95%
3.26% 2.88%
100 4%
50 2%
177 184 190 203 216 243 250
0 0%
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25
Peak demand (GW) Peak demand on-year growth (%)
Source: CEA, Crisil Intelligence
• Power demand to maintain healthy growth over fiscals 2025-2030
Power demand is expected to sustain 4-6% CAGR between fiscals 2025 and 2030, on the back of healthy economic
growth and expansion of the electricity footprint because of strengthening of the distribution infrastructure. The
government’s continued infrastructure and industrial manufacturing push are expected to drive power demand as well,
with climate change-induced temperature fluctuation also a key reason for surges in peak demand.
Electricity consumption will receive a boost from the government’s focus on rural and railway electrification, electric
vehicle (EV) push and 24x7 Power for All policy. Major reforms initiated to improve the health of the power sector,
particularly that of state distribution utilities, are expected to improve the quality of power supply, thereby boosting
power penetration levels, too.
Also, peak demand, which was 250 GW in May 2024, is expected to rise at 6-8% CAGR during fiscal 2026-2030 to
325-335 GW, on account of expected persistent high temperatures, rising urbanisation, economic growth and the
government’s sustained infrastructure push.
But in fiscal 2026, peak demand is projected to decline because of the early onset of the southwest monsoon reducing
power demand.
Figure 6: Peak demand trajectory
(GW)
12-13% 325-335
350 14%
300 12%
250
10%
250
200 6-7% 5-6% 5-6% 8%
6%
150 3%
4%
100
2%
50 -1 to -2% 0%
0 -2%
FY25 FY26E FY27P FY28P FY29P FY30P
Peak demand(GW) Peak demand on-year growth (%)
E – estimated; P – projected
Source: CEA, Crisil Intelligence
• Power demand tailwinds and headwinds
The tailwinds and headwinds to power demand are as below:
216Figure 7: Power demand tailwinds and headwinds
Tailwinds Headwinds
GDP growth linkage – Power demand
typically follows GDP cycles
Declining T&D losses – Efficiency gains
reduce wastage, trimming overall
Manufacturing and infrastructure push –
demand growth
Industrial activity, infrastructure spending, EV
adoption, sector expansions add to demand
Rising temperatures and urbanisation –
Higher cooling loads, rapid growth of cities,
and lifestyle changes continually increase
Rooftop/off-grid solar adoption – A
electricity demand
consumption shifts off-grid, it will bypass
central grid demand
Higher per capita consumption – With
urbanisation and income growth, households
use more electricity-intensive appliances
Electrification drives – Past and ongoing
rural electrification as well as untapped
households continue to lift residential demand Energy-efficiency schemes – Widespread
adoption of LEDs, efficient appliances
EVs, green hydrogen and data centres – and energy conservation cap demand
New-age industries (transport, industrial growth
hydrogen and AI/data storage) with high
electricity intensity to increase demand
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Commercial and industrial segments consume the most power
C&I together comprise the largest share of the country’s annual power consumption, at nearly 50%, followed by the
domestic and agriculture sectors, at 25% and 17%, respectively.
Figure 8: Category-wise share of power demand
Commercial, Others,
8% 9%
Agriculture,
17%
Distribution
of power
consumers
Industrial, 41%
Domestic,
25%
Notes:
1) The share break-up is based on the latest available data. i.e. fiscal 2023
2) Others include consumption from traction, electric vehicles and other sources
2173) Industrial category includes captive industrial consumption; commercial category includes power sourced by
businesses and other non-industrial establishments; domestic segment includes power used by households for various
purposes; Agriculture segment includes power consumption in all stages of agricultural production and processing
Source: CEA, Crisil Intelligence
• Commercial and industrial consumers
The government’s Make-In-India initiative and global shift towards supply-chain derisking post Covid-19 will
augment India’s manufacturing sector, thereby boosting power demand, as the C&I segment accounts for ~50% of the
country’s power demand. Ongoing global tariff issues could also provide India with an opportunity to become a
reliable alternative to global manufacturing hubs, provided scale and competitiveness is achieved.
• Domestic consumers
Prolonged and severe heatwaves in the country, along with rising urbanisation, are expected to aid power demand
from the domestic segment. Climate change-led warmer temperatures have led to a surge in cooling demand, with
Crisil Intelligence expecting residential sales of air-conditioners rising 9-11% CAGR between fiscals 2025 and 2030,
thereby increasing penetration to 16-18% from ~13% as of fiscal 2025.
• Agricultural consumers
In fiscal 2023, the number of electric pump sets were 27.16 million, which was an increase of ~6.5 million since fiscal
2015. Deepening of groundwater wells requires stronger tubewells and motors to pump the water aboveground.
However, the solarisation of pumps is a limiter to power demand sourced from the grid.
Pan India and region-wise power deficit
The base power deficit declined to 0.1% in fiscal 2025, owing to a ~6% on-year rise in generation, supported by higher
hydro generation due to above normal rainfall and decline in coal prices. May 2024 saw historic peak power demand
of 250 GW, which was entirety serviced; therefore, there was zero deficit. This was aided by 16.3% increase in
generation. In fiscal 2024, the deficit declined to 0.3%, as higher power demand was met on the back of a 7.4% rise
in power generation. But peak demand in August 2023 reached 239 GW, touching 243 GW in September 2023, leading
to the two months registering deficits of 0.6% and 0.4%, respectively. In fiscal 2023, due to a sudden surge in base
and peak demand, generation struggled, translating into the deficit rising to 0.5% from 0.4% in the previous fiscal.
Figure 9: Aggregate base power demand-supply and deficit
1,800 1,626 1,622 1,695 1,694 6.0%
1,600 1,513 1,506 4.0%
1,380 1,374
1,400 1,291 1,284 1,276 1,271 2.0%
1,200
-0.51% -0.38% -0.42% -0.50% -0.25% -0.06% 0.00% 0.0%
1,000
-2.0%
800
-4.0%
600 445 445
400 -6.0%
200 -8.0%
- -10.0%
FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26 (April-
June)
Energy requirement Energy availability Deficit (RHS)
Source: CEA, Crisil Intelligence
In fiscal 2026 (April-June), peak power demand in June 2025 reached 243 GW. While the country did see cooler
temperatures throughout June 2025, there were episodes of heatwaves in some parts, such as New Delhi, where
temperatures soared above 45oC.
In fiscal 2025, peak power demand had touched a new high of 250 GW in May 2024, as pan India maximum
temperatures ranged 45-48oC by month-end. Meanwhile, manufacturing activity, as indicated by the PMI, remained
comfortably above the expansionary mark of 50 in April and May, at 58.8 and 57.5, respectively. This boosted power
218demand from the C&I segment. Despite this, peak power deficit remained at 0%, owing to an ~18% on-year rise in
power generation.
Over the years, strong capacity additions, both in the generation and transmission segments, have resulted in the energy
deficit declining to nil in fiscal 2026 (April-June) from 0.7% in fiscal 2018. Strengthening of inter-regional power
transmission capacity has supported the rapid fall in deficit levels, as it reduces supply constraints on account of
congestion and lower transmission corridor availability, thereby reducing the power deficit.
Figure 10: Aggregate peak demand-supply and deficit
260 250 250 2.0%
243 240 243 242
240
0.00% -0.10% 0.0%
216
220 207 -1.37%
-2.0%
200
180 -4.01% -4.0%
160
-6.0%
140
-8.0%
120
100 -10.0%
FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26(April-June)
Peak demand(GW) Peak demand met(GW) Deficit (RHS)
Source: CEA, Crisil Intelligence
Meanwhile, in fiscal 2026 (April-June), energy deficit across states and union territories (UTs) declined to 0.0% vis-
a-vis 0.1% in fiscal 2025.
Renewable energy to comprise ~50% of installed capacity by fiscal 2030
India's installed generation capacity increased 24% to 475 GW at end-fiscal 2025 from 382 GW at end-fiscal 2021.
The increase was driven by healthy renewable capacity additions (solar, wind, hybrid and other renewable sources)
vs subdued additions of coal and other fuels. In fiscal 2025, renewables (excluding hydro) accounted for ~36% of the
installed capacity, up from ~25% in fiscal 2021, while coal-based capacity tapered to ~45% vs 53%. As of June 2025,
the installed generation capacity reached 485 GW.
Renewable capacity is expected to surpass 380 GW in fiscal 2030, driven by strong renewable capacity addition during
fiscals 2026-2030. By fiscal 2030, RE capacity is expected to account for 47-52% of the installed capacity of 765-775
GW. On the other hand, moderate coal-based capacity additions of 25-30 GW are expected to lead to a reduction of
coal’s share in India’s installed capacity. The share of other fossil fuels (such as lignite, gas and diesel) is expected to
decline due to negligible capacity addition. The inclusion of hydro and nuclear power in clean energy compared with
coal plants is expected to provide a fillip to non-fossil capacity (RE, nuclear, hydro and storage), taking it to 490-500
GW by fiscal 2030, constituting a staggering 60-65% share of the installed capacity.
The growing need for energy storage systems is expected to drive the capacity additions of pumped storage projects
(PSP) and battery energy storage systems (BESS) in the next five years. Storage installed capacity, which includes
PSP and BESS, is expected to reach 40-50 GW by fiscal 2030.
219Figure 11: Fuel-wise break-up of installed capacity in India
(GW)
800 765-775
40-50
620-630
82-87
600
520-530 65-70
475
414 442 52-57 275-285
400
382 50 195-205
400 46
39 41 43 79 101 125-135
40 54 64 60-65 65-70
50 50 50 52 52 55-60 30-35 30-35
32 32 32 32 32 30-35
200
203 204 205 211 215 215-225 230-240 240-250
0
FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26E FY28P FY30P
Coal Other fossil fuels Other non-fossil fuels Solar Wind Other RES Storage Total
E – estimated; P – projected
Note: Other RE includes small hydro and bio power. Other fossil fuels include lignite, gas and diesel. Other non-fossil
fuels include hydro and nuclear. Storage includes BESS and PSP. The forecast excludes off-grid solar.
Source: CEA, Crisil Intelligence
Figure 12: Upcoming capacity to be driven by solar and storage capacity
40 744
(GW) 35 3
177
28 0 13
21 3 448
46
79
52
32
215
Note: Other RE includes small hydro and bio power. Other fossil fuels include lignite, gas and diesel. Other non-fossil
fuels include hydro and nuclear. Storage includes BESS and PSP. The forecast excludes off-grid solar.
Source: CEA, Crisil Intelligence
220Crisil Intelligence expects 5-10 GW of nuclear and hydro capacity each to come onstream between fiscals 2026 and
2030. Central players such as National Hydroelectric Power Corporation Ltd. (NHPC) and Nuclear Power Corporation
of India (NPCIL) are expected to dominate corresponding fuels, with 80-85% and 100% share, respectively, until
fiscal 2030. Meanwhile, state players such as Tamil Nadu Generation and Distribution Corporation (TANGEDCO)
and Telangana State Power Generation Corporation Ltd (TSGENCO) are forecast to drive coal capacity additions.
Private players such as Greenko, Adani Green, Aurobindo Realty and JSW Neo are expected to lead PSP additions
during the period.
Crisil Intelligence expects 25-30 GW of coal-based power to be commissioned during fiscals 2026-2030. In fiscal
2026, 5-6 GW of coal capacity is projected to be commissioned, with TANGEDCO and TSGENCO expected to add
40-45% of the total. In fiscal 2025, 4.52 GW of coal capacity has been commissioned against the government target
of 15.3 GW. Of this, 2.87 GW has been made by the state generation companies such as Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut
Utpadan Nigam (UPRUVNL), Maharashtra State Power Generation Company (MAHAGENCO) and TSGENCO. As
of June 2025, against a government full-year target of 12.9 GW, 2.3 GW of coal capacity had been commissioned. Of
this, 1.3 GW had been made by the central generation companies such as NTPC.
Figure 13: Capacity addition of conventional sources of energy during fiscals 2026-2030
25-30 GW 5-10 GW 5-10 GW 16-17 GW
100% 5%
14%
36%
66% Private
50% 28% 100% State
81%
Centre
35% 28%
0% 6%
Coal Nuclear Hydro Pumped storage
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Solar to lead renewable energy capacity additions until fiscal 2030
Crisil Intelligence expects 170-180 GW of solar capacity to be added during fiscals 2026-2030 through:
• Central schemes: SECI tenders under the Inter-State Transmission System (ISTS) scheme; currently, it has a
tendered and allocated capacity of more than 40 GW (including hybrid).
• State solar policies: ~48 GW of projects are under construction and are expected to be commissioned during
fiscals 2026-2030, based on the tendered capacity of states as at the end of June 2025.
• PSUs: The CPSU programme under the Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission (JNNSM) was extended
to 12 GW in February 2019. The government is also encouraging cash-rich PSUs to set up renewable energy
projects. In particular, NTPC has already commissioned a total of more than ~3.7 GW of new capacity in
fiscal 2025 so far under various schemes. It aims to add 60 GW of renewable energy capacity by 2032.
Similarly, NHPC has allocated 2 GW of projects in 2020, while the Indian Railways has committed to 20
GW of solar power by 2030. Satluj Jal Vidyut Nigam (SJVN) has set an ambitious target of achieving 25
GW installed capacity by 2030 and 50 GW by 2040. Other PSUs such as Neyveli Lignite Corporation (NLC),
defence organisations and governmental establishments are also expected to contribute to this addition.
• Rooftop solar projects: Crisil Intelligence expects 30-35 GW of rooftop solar projects to be commissioned
by fiscal 2030, led by PM Surya Ghar Yojana and industrial and commercial consumers under the net/gross
metering schemes of various states.
• Open-access solar projects: Crisil Intelligence expects 33-37 GW of open-access solar projects to be
commissioned by fiscal 2030, led by Green Energy Open Access rules 2022, sustainability initiatives/RE 100
221targets of the corporate consumers, and better tariff structures and policies of states such as Uttar Pradesh
and Karnataka, which are more long term in nature.
Figure 14: Share of solar capacity additions categorised by entity
% 3-8%
18-22%
8-12%
8-12% 55-60%
PSU- competitively bid ground mounted Non PSU- competitively bid ground mounted
Rooftop- Residential Rooftop-C&I
Open access- C&I
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Generation to clock 4-6% CAGR in the next five years; renewable generation to pull down coal’s share to 50-
55%
Power generation across fuels is expected to clock a 4-6% CAGR between fiscals 2026-2030. Crisil Intelligence
estimates that power generation will rise 3-4% to 1,900-1,910 BU on-year in fiscal 2026. Coal-based generation is
expected to log a mere ~1% CAGR between fiscals 2026-2030 as India moves forward with its Panchamrit goals of
50% of non-fossil-based electricity by 2030. The share of coal in the overall generation is expected to fall to 50-55%
by fiscal 2030 from 65-70% in fiscal 2026, indicating that coal generation will represent half of the country’s energy
supply mix in the medium term.
Crisil Intelligence expects RE-based generation to register a 20-21% CAGR during fiscals 2026-2030. The increasing
share of renewable-energy-based generation is expected to further contextualise the ongoing shift in India’s energy
mix towards cleaner and more sustainable sources.
Robust capacity additions and improving capacity utilisation factor (CUF) across solar and wind plants on the back
of technological improvements should help, along with an increase in the storage mix, tackle RE’s intermittency
issues. RE-based generation is expected to account for 30-35% of the total generation by fiscal 2030. The share of
fossil (coal, natural gas, diesel and lignite) in India’s generation mix is expected to be in the range of 55-60% in fiscal
2030. Storage-based capacity (i.e., pumped hydro plants and battery storage) is expected to constitute ~1% of the
overall power generation in fiscal 2026. With steady growth in PSP capacity and healthy additions in BESS, storage
capacity is expected to contribute 3-3.5% of the overall power generation in fiscal 2030.
222Figure 15: Snapshot of fuel-wise power generation
Coal Other fossil RE Nuclear Hydro Storage
100% 0-2% 1-5%
11% 10% 10% 8% 7% 5-10% 5-10%
90% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 1-5% 0-5%
80% 11% 12% 13% 13% 15%
15-20%
4%
70% 6% 5% 4% 4% 30-35%
1-5%
60%
1-5%
50%
40%
69% 70% 70% 72% 71% 65-
30% 70% 50-
55%
20%
10%
0%
FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26E FY30P
E – estimated; P – projected
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Solar and wind capacity addition is expected to rise in the next five years, with most of the projects deploying efficient
technologies to improve utilisation. Similarly, utilisation of PSPs is likely to improve in line with significant capacity
addition during the period. Consequently, generation from renewable sources and storage capacity may rise
significantly, lowering the requirement of coal supply. As a result, coal-based PLF is expected to moderate amid
higher renewable energy and storage-based utilisation.
Based on a comparison of project economics—among renewable as well as thermal—it is evident that solar has the
lowest capital cost as well as O&M cost per MW, leading to a rise in the preference for the fuel during the past decade.
223Figure 16: Solar projects fare better on cost and duration
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Distribution continues to be the Achilles’ heel in the Indian power sector
Distribution is the final and critical link in the power sector value chain. However, the financial position of the
distribution sector has deteriorated significantly over the past decade owing to irregular tariff hikes, high aggregate
technical and commercial (AT&C) losses and delays in subsidy payments by state governments. This has adversely
impacted power offtake by distribution companies (discoms) and led to delays in payments to generation companies.
However, following the implementation of the late-payment-surcharge (LPS) scheme, discoms started showing
improvement, with payment dues by distribution entities as of July 28, 2025 reducing by 45% since June 2022.
Implementation of the RDSS is also expected to improve the operational and financial performance of the power
distribution sector.
Improvement in operational efficiency of distribution entities
Operational efficiency improvements were planned through smart metering, augmentation of infrastructure such as
transformers, and the use of energy-efficient light-emitting diode bulbs, pumps and other heavy electric equipment.
Through central government schemes such as RDSS, Integrated Power Development Scheme (IPDS) and Deen Dayal
Upadhyaya Gram Jyoti Yojana (DDUGJY), additional/priority funding (depending on the achievement of operational
milestones) was being made available to target reduction in AT&C losses. However, the earlier target of 15% by the
end of fiscal 2019 from ~23% in fiscal 2016 was not achieved. Still, by fiscal 2024, AT&C losses reduced to 16.12%
due to an improvement in collection efficiency following various stringent measures taken for the collection of dues
under RDSS.
Distribution reforms planned by the government to revive the sector
The government has implemented several policies to resolve the issues in the distribution segment, as it impacts the
entire value chain. Key announcements pertaining to the same are as follows:
• Rs 3 trillion RDSS scheme aiming to improve the operational and financial parameters of discoms
• LPS scheme to reduce payment dues from distribution companies to generation companies
224Investments worth Rs 29-30 trillion expected between fiscals 2026-2030
Crisil Intelligence projects investments of Rs 29-30 trillion in the power sector between fiscals 2026-2030.
Investments in power generation are expected to increase ~2.5 times from Rs 8.1 trillion between fiscals 2021-2025
to Rs 20-21 trillion between fiscals 2026-2030. Investments in renewable energy (excluding hydro, pumped storage
and BESS) generation capacity are expected to account for 54% of these investments during the period as India seeks
to achieve its 500 GW of non-fossil energy capacity announced in the 2021 United Nations Climate Change
Conference (COP26).
Strong transmission infrastructure is needed to achieve the RE generation target so as to integrate large-scale RE
capacity into the grid. This is expected to lead to transmission investments of Rs 4.5-5.5 trillion between fiscals 2026-
2030, up from ~Rs 2.3 trillion between fiscals 2021-2025, led by upcoming ISTS projects.
Additionally, Crisil Intelligence expects Rs 3.5-4.5 trillion worth of investments in the distribution segment between
fiscals 2026-2030, driven by upgrades to the distribution infrastructure, along with the installation of smart metres as
India focuses on the reduction of its carbon footprint.
Investments in generation to be driven by RE capacity additions between fiscals 2026-2030
Figure 17: Outlook on generation investments (fiscals 2021-2025 vs fiscals 2026-2030)
Rs trillion
25.0
Rs 20-21 trillion
20.0
15.0
10.0 Rs 8.1 trillion
5.0
0.0
Fiscal 2021-2025 Fiscal 2026-2030P
Note: P – projected
Source: CEA, Crisil Intelligence
Over the next five years, investments in generation should be led by renewable energy (excluding hydro and storage)
capacity additions, followed by investments in conventional generation, indicating a shift in investment flow towards
enhancing clean-energy supply. Capacity addition from RE sources is expected to be 210-220 GW during fiscals 2026-
2030 and 25-30 GW from coal-based plant sources during the period. Investments in RE capacity should constitute
~54% of the overall generation investments. Total generation investments are expected to grow ~2.5x during fiscals
2026-2030 compared with fiscals 2021-2025.
Figure 18: Generation investment break-up shows increasing share of renewable energy
225Note: P – projected
Other fossils include lignite, gas and diesel
Other non-fossil fuels include hydro and nuclear
Renewable energy (RE) includes solar, wind and other RES
Storage includes PSP and BESS
Source: CEA, Crisil Intelligence
Renewable energy EPC investment is expected to account for 35-40% of the total generation investments between
fiscals 2026 and 2030.
With the introduction of tariff-based competitive bidding (TBCB) in 2006 and an anticipated healthy return profile,
large private conglomerates invested heavily in private conventional generation projects. Capacity additions in the
private sector were led by players such as Tata Power, Adani Power, Sterlite Energy, KSK Mahanadi and Lanco
Infratech. However, lack of adequate long-term power-purchase agreements and stretched financials of private
developers led to a slowdown in capacity additions and restricted private investments in the generation space. As a
result, central and state sectors, which typically have higher funding accessibility and strong execution track record,
will lead the investments in conventional generation.
Additions to coal capacity are expected to be between 25-30 GW during fiscals 2026-2030 to ensure the servicing of
peak power demand; 5-10 GW of nuclear capacity will also be added, with major capacity from central utilities NPCIL
and the Bharatiya Nabhikiya Vidyut Nigam Ltd. (BHAVINI) nearing completion.
Transmission investment trends
To service a large generation installed base, the estimated investment in the transmission sector is expected to
cumulatively reach Rs 4.5-5.5 trillion during fiscals 2026-2030. Out of these investments, EPC comprises 30-40%.
Investments in the sector are expected to be driven by the need for a robust and reliable transmission system to support
continued generation additions and the strong push to the renewable energy sector, as well as rural electrification. In
addition, strong execution capability, coupled with PGCIL’s healthy financials should drive investments.
Figure 19: Outlook on transmission segment investments (fiscals 2021-2025 vs fiscals 2026-2030)
226Rs trillion
6.0
Rs 4.5-5.5 trillion
5.0
4.0
3.0
Rs 2.3 trillion
2.0
1.0
0.0
Fiscal 2021-2025 Fiscal 2026-2030P
Note: P – projected
Source: Company reports, state tariff orders, Crisil Intelligence
As capacity additions in the country are not evenly distributed geographically, few regions in the country will be in
deficit and others in surplus. Transmission imports/exports from/to other regions are required to tackle this challenge.
Several inter-regional transmission corridors have been planned, and some of these high-capacity transmission
corridors are in various stages of implementation. Newly sanctioned projects under the North-Eastern System
Strengthening Scheme and system strengthening schemes focused in the Ladakh region are also expected to augment
investments in the transmission segment.
Distribution investments to be aided by RDSS spending
Figure 20: Outlook on investments in the distribution segment (fiscals 2026-2030)
Rs trillion
4.2 Rs 3.5-4.5 trillion
4.1
4.1
4.0 Rs 4.0 trillion
4.0
3.9
3.9
Fiscal 2021-2025 Fiscal 2026-2030P
Note: P – projected
Source: Company reports, state tariff orders, Crisil Intelligence
Crisil Intelligence expects investments of Rs 3.5-4.5 trillion during fiscals 2026-2030 because of RDSS, along with
other key schemes. For instance, discoms in Rajasthan are expected to invest in the rural electrification scheme
responsible for implementing domestic connections, along with the energisation of irrigation wells. Similarly, discoms
in Gujarat are focussed on schemes to develop and improve the distribution network.
Under RDSS, loss reduction works will include the setting up of armoured cabling, high-voltage distribution system,
aerial bunched cables, reconductoring, feeder bifurcation, feeder segregation, information technology/operational
227technology-related works, including enterprise resource planning and billing software. As of March 2025, Rs. 2.78
trillion had been sanctioned for loss reduction and smart metering works across all states/union territories under RDSS.
Investments in the segment are likely to pick up gradually from fiscal 2026, with the central/state government(s)
expected to provide the required funding support. The distribution segment is expected to attract investments worth
Rs 3.5-4.5 trillion during fiscals 2026-2030 vis-à-vis ~Rs 5.4 trillion between fiscal 2019-2025 led by the government's
thrust on RDSS, improving access to electricity and providing 24x7 power to all.
Figure 21: Investments in generation, transmission and distribution
Rs. trillion
Rs. trillion
3.5-4.5
20-21
4.0 8.1
Fiscals
Fiscals
2026-2030P
2021-2025
2.3 4.5-5.5
Generation Transmission Distribution Generation Transmission Distribution
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Key differentiation between transmission, distribution and evacuation
Transmission refers to the transfer of bulk power generated at power plants to load centres or major substations over
long distances through high-voltage transmission lines. Its role is to enable bulk transfer of electricity efficiently across
regions while minimising technical losses. However, transmission networks in India are often subject to capacity
constraints and delays in expansion, creating bottlenecks in the timely evacuation and flow of power.
Distribution, on the other hand, refers to the delivery of electricity from substations to end-users such as households,
commercial establishments, and industries through medium- and low-voltage networks. This segment interfaces with
consumers directly and ensures reliable last-mile supply. The distribution segment also faces challenges in terms of
losses, infrastructure gaps and financial stress of utilities, which can impede effective power delivery.
Connectivity signifies the operational link between a generating station and the grid, allowing the injection of power
into the transmission or distribution system. It ensures synchronisation with the grid under the technical and regulatory
standards. Having both granted and under-approval connectivity provides significant advantages: granted connectivity
offers certainty of power evacuation and smooth project commissioning, while connectivity under approval reflects
the project’s readiness to secure future access and ensures visibility in the pipeline. Together, these arrangements
minimise the risks of delay, enhance planning for generation developers and maximise the utilisation of installed as
well as upcoming capacity.
Evacuation refers to the infrastructure and processes required to transport power generated at a plant (conventional or
renewable) from the point of generation to the nearest pooling substation or grid interconnection point. It typically
228involves dedicated lines or substations and is a critical step in ensuring that the power generated is effectively absorbed
into the grid without curtailment.
Given the bottlenecks in transmission expansion and distribution infrastructure, to gain a significant competitive
advantage, seamless evacuation, reliable connectivity and integration with transmission and distribution systems needs
to be ensured, which support the timely commissioning of projects, avoiding curtailment risks and maximising revenue
realisation from assets.
229Module 4: Solar energy
The global climate challenge and the need for energy transition
The shift to renewable energy, driven by the need to address climate change, is crucial for decarbonisation.
International initiatives such as the Paris Agreement have supported the sector. To limit global warming, a transition
to renewable energy is critical, with countries submitting nationally determined contributions to reduce emissions.
The global installed capacity of solar energy has tripled since 2018, reaching 1,865 GW by 2024, accounting for 42%
of the total global renewable energy capacity. Governments have implemented policies such as feed-in tariffs, tax
incentives and subsidies to support the solar PV industry. These measures have propelled solar power to become a
substantial part of the global renewable energy mix.
Global scenario for solar power
Global solar capacity base growing; India in top five
To achieve net-zero emissions by 2050, average annual solar generation needs to grow 25% from 2023-2030,
according to the IEA, requiring a threefold increase in annual capacity deployment. Globally, solar PV capacity
increased 602 GW in 2024, with a total installed capacity of 2.2 TW, a 37% increase over the previous year.
China leads the market with 886 GW, followed by the US with 224 GW, Germany with 100 GW and India with 98
GW as of calendar year 2024, according to the IEA Photovoltaic Power Systems (PVPS) programme. Solar PV is
becoming the preferred option for electricity generation, with the increase in investments expected to support growth.
Figure 22: India has the fourth-largest solar base in the world
2,214
757
1,612
52
448 98
1,185
100
4 97
953 73
W 364 83 224
G 790 108
636 293 63 27 170
249 49 15 96 98
491 739 048 5 37 95 54 829 196 100
9
138
688
886
76 427
205 264 328
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
China USA Japan Germany India Brazil Rest of the world World
Note: India’s installed capacity data has been taken from the CEA. For other countries, data till 2023 has been taken
from the IEA. Data for 2024 has been taken from IEA PVPS
Source: IEA, IEA PVPS, CEA, Crisil Intelligence
Global renewable energy capacity rose over 2 TW from 2019-2024, owing to supportive policies and technological
advancements. Global solar additions in 2024 were driven by a sharp fall in the capital costs due to oversupply of
solar components in China, wherein more capacity was added in 2024 than the world added in 2022.
230India's capacity additions were supported by the Approved List of Modules and Manufacturers (ALMM) being kept
in abeyance in fiscal 2024, with a significant drop in solar module prices leading to heavy commissioning despite a
basic customs duty (BCD) being levied on imports. By 2024, India had the fourth-largest solar PV installed base. The
capacity additions were also driven by initiatives such as the PM Surya Ghar Yojana aimed at providing free electricity
to households. India is expected to triple its 2022 renewable capacity by 2030, with utility-scale PV leading the growth.
Table 5: Renewable energy capacity addition to grow more than 2x in key economies
2017- 2023 China US Europe India
Solar 611 128 206 84
Wind 293 67 105 16
Other RE 32 0 22 0
2024- 2027F China US Europe India
Solar 2,559 387 475 276
Wind 539 104 195 41
Other RE 36 0 7 2
Note: Solar includes PV utility scale and distributed system. Other RE includes bioenergy
Source: IEA, Crisil Intelligence
RE installed base grew rapidly over fiscals 2019 to 2025
India has significant solar power potential, with an estimated 4.9 TW as per The Energy and Resources Institute
(TERI). For wind power, the potential is estimated at 1,164 GW at 150 metres above the ground level and 695 GW at
120 metres.
Renewable energy, including solar and wind, has grown rapidly due to supportive policies. As of June 2025, India had
116 GW of installed solar power capacity and 52 GW of onshore wind capacity. This growth has been driven by
environmental concerns, government policies and funding from investors. At the current pace, solar capacity is
projected to surpass 200 GW by the end of the decade.
Figure 23: Indian renewable energy capacity grows 2 times over fiscal 2020 to first quarter of fiscal 2026
(GW)
400
Growth FY20-Q1FY26
350
Solar: 3.2 times
300
Other RE: 1.3 times
250
185
172
200
144
150 110 125 67 68
88 96 62
100 58
56
53 55 106 116
50 36 41 54 67 82
0
FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 Q1FY26
Solar Other RE Total RE
Source: CEA, Crisil Intelligence
Solar capacity has increased ~80 GW from fiscal 2020 to the first quarter of fiscal 2026, growing 3.2 times. Wind
energy capacity, on the other hand, has grown ~14 GW, up 1.4 times.
231In the past, the MoP has allowed the bundling of thermal power and renewable energy within existing power purchase
agreements (PPAs), aiding in the goal of achieving the Panchamrit targets and shifting the burden from discoms to
generators for tying up renewable energy. This is expected to boost capacity additions.
Key government regulations and policies impacting the solar energy market
• Electricity Act, 2003: The Act removed the need for a licence for setting up a power plant. It also introduced
open access in transmission and distribution, enabling consumers to choose their power supplier. The Act
unbundled state electricity boards into separate generation, transmission and distribution companies. This
move also aimed to promote competition and private participation
• Open Access Regulations, 2008: This facilitated short-term bilateral trading in power, enabling companies
to buy and sell power directly. The Act introduced power exchanges, which allow companies to trade power
anonymously and categorised transactions as bilateral (between two parties) and collective (through power
exchanges)
• National Tariff Policy, 2016: The Act was aimed at ensuring 24/7 power supply to all consumers. It also
promoted renewable energy through measures such as micro-grids for remote villages, affordable power for
those living near coal mines and renewable purchase obligations (RPOs) for states. It encouraged energy
efficiency and reduced power costs as well
• Electricity (Amendment) Rules, 2023: The Act simplified the process of installing rooftop solar systems,
making it easier for consumers to generate their own power. It introduced separate connections for electric
vehicle charging stations, thereby promoting the use of electric vehicles. It also expedited the process of
receiving new electricity connections, reducing the time and effort required
• Electricity (Third Amendment) Rules, 2024: The Act promoted sustainability and reduced dependence on
non-renewable energy sources. The rules also enabled bundling of renewable power with energy storage
systems and/or conventional power, creating more dispatchable and firm power options
• CERC Tariff Regulations, 2024: The Act changed the way tariffs are calculated for power generation and
transmission projects. It introduced new incentives for thermal generation stations that operate efficiently,
promoting the use of cleaner and more efficient technologies
The government is as also making efforts to address climate change through multiple programmes and schemes, such
as the National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC), which comprises missions in specific areas of solar energy,
energy efficiency, water, sustainable agriculture, the Himalayan ecosystem, sustainable habitat, health, Green India
and strategic knowledge for climate change.
The National Solar Mission under NAPCC is one of the key initiatives to promote sustainable growth while addressing
India’s energy security needs with the total solar energy potential estimated at 4.9 TW peak by TERI.
COP28
The United Nations Climate Change Conference (COP28) was held in Dubai in 2023. COP28 was an important
milestone as it witnessed the conclusion of the first global stocktake of the world’s efforts to address climate change
under the Paris Agreement. This comprehensive review assessed the collective efforts in reducing emissions and
adapting to climate change. Global stocktake is a process for countries and stakeholders to track the progress towards
meeting the goals of Paris Climate Change Agreement. It helps in outlining bold actions to be undertaken by
governments for limiting global warming to the 1.5 degrees Celsius target. The stocktake concluded that global
greenhouse gas emissions need to be cut by 43% by 2030 against 2019 emissions to limit global warming to 1.5
degrees Celsius.
COP28 was a landmark event, as it saw a number of important decisions being made, including:
• Signalling the beginning of the end of the fossil fuel era
• Funding arrangement for addressing loss and damage with an initial pledge of $792 million
• Ambitious reduction targets of 43% by 2030 and 60% by 2030 to 2019 emission levels
• A pledge to triple renewable energy capacity and double the global rate of energy efficiency by 2030
• Signing of the oil and gas decarbonisation charter by companies, representing 40% global production. Below
are the three main aims:
232o To achieve net-zero emissions in each company’s direct operations by or before 2050
o To achieve near-zero methane leakage from the production of oil and gas by 2030
o To achieve zero routine flaring (burning excess gas) by 2030
India has updated its NDC, working towards climate justice at COP28. Some of the initiatives are:
• To reduce emissions intensity of its GDP by 45% by 2030, from the 2005 level
• To achieve about 50% cumulative electric power installed capacity from non-fossil fuel-based energy
resources by 2030
• Launching of the Green Credit Initiative which will encourage voluntary environmental positive actions,
resulting in the issuance of green credits.
Even in its National Electricity Plan for the generation segment, as released on March 2023, the government projects
solar and wind resources alone will comprise 54% of the installed base of ~900 GW by fiscal 2032. This will be driven
by the robust pipeline of government-led tenders and support to the rooftop segment, along with other policy pillars
provided to the clean energy sector.
Carbon Credit Trading Scheme
In India, carbon markets are emerging as a key policy driver to achieve the country’s net zero 2070 goal while
balancing growth and sustainability. The Carbon Credit Trading Scheme (CCTS) was launched in 2023, aiming to
establish a domestic compliance market by building on earlier mechanisms like PAT and RECs, rewarding industries
that outperform energy or emission targets and requiring others to purchase credits. Alongside, voluntary carbon
markets channel finance into renewable energy, afforestation and rural clean energy projects that support livelihoods
and the SDGs. By pricing emissions, carbon markets incentivise industries to adopt low-carbon technologies, mobilise
green finance and complement national initiatives such as the National Hydrogen Mission and RPOs.
National Green Hydrogen Mission
The government introduced the National Green Hydrogen Mission in January 2023, aiming for 5 million metric tonne
per annum of green hydrogen capacity by 2030. The National Green Hydrogen Mission integrates solar power by
incentivising the use of renewable energy sources to produce green hydrogen, which is then converted into green
ammonia for various applications. According to the IEA, green hydrogen production could increase power
consumption by up to 1,000 TWh by 2050, equivalent to India’s current electricity demand. India is estimated to need
at least 125 GW of renewable energy to power the targeted green hydrogen production.
Renewable energy certificates and RPOs
The renewable energy certificate framework in India, introduced by the CERC in 2010, is a market-based mechanism
to promote renewable energy and help states and entities meet their RPOs in a flexible way. Under this system,
renewable energy generators earn renewable energy certificates, which are traded on power exchanges such as the
Indian Energy Exchange (IEX) and Power Exchange India Limited (PXIL). Obligated entities such as discoms, open
access consumers and captive plants can buy these certificates if they cannot source enough renewable power directly.
This allows renewable-rich states to sell surplus green attributes to deficit states, creating a pan-India market.
To promote the installation of solar power systems across various Indian states, the government has mandated all
power licensees (discoms and captive power generators) to ensure a minimum quantum of renewable energy purchase
called RPOs.
In October 2023, the Power ministry revised the RPO targets till fiscal 2030. The new RPO targets were as follows:
Table 6: RPO trajectory
Wind Hydro Distributed Other Total
2024-25 0.67% 0.38% 1.50% 27.35% 29.90%
2025-26 1.45% 1.22% 2.10% 28.24% 33.01%
2026-27 1.97% 1.34% 2.70% 29.94% 35.95%
2332027-28 2.45% 1.42% 3.30% 31.64% 38.81%
2028-29 2.95% 1.42% 3.90% 33.10% 41.37%
2029-30 3.48% 1.33% 4.50% 34.02% 43.33%
Source: Ministry of Power, Crisil Intelligence
With these targets, the ministry has essentially shifted the burden from wind to solar as the ‘Other RPO’ category
increases to ~30% in fiscal 2025 as compared to the 10.5% for solar in fiscal 2022. This would mean heavy impetus
on adding solar to the kitty for discoms. The ‘Other RPO’ category is essentially where solar power would be
accounted for. This category also provides a provision to account for energy from storage elements (batteries) charged
from renewable sources to propel storage capabilities in the country.
Other key measures
Some of the measures undertaken by the Centre to promote renewable power in India are:
• Allowing foreign direct investment up to 100% under the automatic route
• Full waiver of inter-state transmission system charges for inter-state sale of solar and wind power for projects to
be commissioned by June 30, 2025
• Declaration of trajectory for RPOs until 2030
• Setting up of ultra mega renewable energy parks to provide land and transmission to renewable energy developers
for installation of related projects on a large scale
• Introduction of schemes such as PM-KUSUM, Solar Rooftop Phase II, 12,000 MW Central Public Sector
Undertaking Phase II, among others
• Laying of new transmission lines and creating new substation capacity under the Green Energy Corridor Scheme
for evacuation of renewable power
• Notification of standards for deployment of solar PV system/devices
• Setting up of a project development cell for attracting and facilitating investments
• Standard bidding guidelines for a tariff-based competitive bidding process for the procurement of power from
grid-connected solar PV system, wind and hybrid projects
• Notification of promoting renewable energy through Green Energy Open Access Rules, 2022
• Notification of The Electricity (Late Payment Surcharge and related matters) Rules, 2002
• Mandating that power will be dispatched against the letter of credit or advance payment to ensure timely payment
by distribution licensees to renewable energy generators
Domestic content requirement (DCR): The DCR mandates the use of solar cells and modules manufactured
domestically as per the specifications and testing requirements fixed by the MNRE for government-backed projects,
including utility scale solar projects. There are various schemes announced by the government to promote the use of
domestically manufactured modules such as the CPSU scheme, PM-KUSUM scheme, grid connected rooftop solar
programmes. All these schemes have a Central Financial Assistance (CFA)/VGF component to cover the cost
difference between imported and domestic solar cells and modules. It is mandatory to use DCR cells and modules to
avail of the financial aid provided by the central/state government. Along with this, the ALMM-I mandate requires
the usage of modules as enlisted by the government. As of the ALMM-I list dated August 13, 2025, 101 manufacturers
were listed with a total enlisted capacity of 100.23 GW. The ALMM-II mandates the procurement of cells from the
corresponding list, effective from June 2026 for open access projects and August 2027 for competitively bid utility
scale projects. As of the ALMM-II list dated July 31, 2025, six manufacturers were enlisted with a total enlisted
capacity of 13.07 GW, the details of which are as follows:
234Table 7: ALMM-II enlisted manufacturers and capacity as of July 31, 2025
Manufacturers Enlisted capacity (MW/year)
M/s Emmvee Energy Pvt Ltd 1,553
M/s Premier Energies Photovoltaic Pvt Ltd 751
M/s Premier Energies Photovoltaic Pvt Ltd 1,174
M/s Mundra Solar Energy Ltd 1,939
M/s Mundra Solar Energy Ltd 1,893
M/s ReNew Photovoltaics Pvt Ltd 1,766
M/s Jupiter International Ltd (Unit 1) 339
M/s Jupiter International Ltd (Unit 2) 440
M/s FS India Solar Ventures Pvt Ltd 3,212
Total 13,067
Source: MNRE
The government has also taken multiple significant initiatives to promote the renewable energy segment:
Figure 24: Demand- and supply-side stimulants in renewable energy space
Source: Crisil Intelligence
235Key growth drivers of solar energy in India
Figure 25: Various drivers of solar energy
Source: TERI, Solar Energy Corporation of India (SECI), Crisil Intelligence
Solar potential across Indian states
According to TERI, India has a huge total solar energy potential of 10.8 TW and its ground-mounted solar energy
potential as of June 2025 is around 4.9 TW. The country’s location makes it an ideal spot for harnessing solar energy,
with 300 days of sunshine annually.
The global horizontal irradiance (GHI) in India, which ranges from 3.77-5.64 kWh/m2, varies across the north-eastern
hilly regions and the western cold desert areas. The Indian summer monsoon, which typically lasts from June to
September, can affect solar generation in western and central India, while the northeast monsoon can impact southern
regions during the winter months. Additionally, unseasonal rainfall can also negatively impact solar energy
production.
As of June 2025, Gujarat had an installed base of 21.4 GW, achieving 4% of its 593 GW potential, Karnataka had 9.9
GW, reaching 6% of its 172 GW potential and Tamil Nadu had 10.6 GW, realising 11% of its 98 GW potential, while
Madhya Pradesh had only reached 1% of its 731 GW potential, with an installed base of 5.6 GW.
236Figure 26: Ground-mounted solar potential fairly distributed across India
Note:
1. Map is not to scale.
2. RJ – Rajasthan, GJ – Gujarat, MH – Maharashtra, KA – Karnataka, TS – Telangana, KL – Kerala, TN –
Tamil Nadu, GA – Goa, LD – Lakshadweep, AP – Andhra Pradesh, OD – Odisha, CG – Chhattisgarh, JH –
Jharkhand, MP – Madhya Pradesh, WB – West Bengal, BH – Bihar, UP – Uttar Pradesh, DL – Delhi, HR –
Haryana, PB – Punjab, HP – Himachal Pradesh, UK – Uttarakhand, JK – Jammu and Kashmir, LA –
Ladakh, AN – Andaman and Nicobar, TP – Tripura, MZ – Mizoram, MN – Manipur, NL – Nagaland, AR –
Arunachal Pradesh, AS – Assam, ML – Meghalaya, SK – Sikkim.
3. Potential is calculated on barren and unculturable land.
4. The percentage within the state boundary represents the total potential for ground-mounted installations in
the state, divided by the total ground-mounted potential in India.
Source: TERI, Crisil Intelligence
Apart from the ground-mounted solar potential of 4.9 TW, TERI’s findings also suggest that India has 0.1 TW of
floating solar, 0.96 TW of rooftop solar and 4.2 TW of agro-photovoltaics (Agri-PV) for horticulture crops, coffee
and tea plantation solar potential.
Technology advancement and mass adoption lead to lower tariff
The future of PV modules relies on technological innovations, which have improved conversion efficiency, material
usage and energy efficiency.
In India, most solar module manufacturers have transitioned to TOPCon (tunnel oxide passivated contact), which is
emerging as the dominant high-efficiency technology. The cell production landscape has evolved, with TOPCon and
dual-compatible mono PERC (passivated emitter and rear cell) /TOPCon cells making up an estimated 60-65% of
capacity in fiscal 2025, up from the previous dominance of mono PERC.
Also, solar tariffs in India fell to Rs 2.64/unit in fiscal 2025 from Rs 5.2/unit in fiscal 2016, making solar a cheaper
source of energy than wind (Rs 3.8-4.1/units) and coal (Rs 5-6/units). The fall in tariffs is attributed to large-scale
manufacturing capacity additions and research and development, with solar module prices falling sharply in fiscal
2372025 due to added polysilicon capacity in 2023 and 2024, which has led power distribution utilities to more easily
consider renewable energy sources such as solar for power purchase tie-ups.
Figure 27: Pricing of solar is most attractive out of key fuels in fiscal 2025
Parameters Coal Hydro Solar Wind
2.5- 3.6-
5.0-
4.0-5.0
Tariff range of the fuel 6.0 2.7 3.9
Note: The above is an average range estimated for coal and hydro, based on recent allocation trends or a sample of
projects assessed. For solar and wind, it is based on weighted average tariff rate for fiscal 2025.
Source: CEA, Crisil Intelligence
The pricing for solar is now more competitive than coal, the predominant fuel for India. Also, volatility in coal prices
had led to a rapid change in coal power pricing over the past. In contrast, stable long-term pricing agreements for solar
have been a positive for clean power purchase agreements.
Beyond the declining cost of solar components and India’s vast solar energy potential, two critical aspects cement
solar energy’s position as the preferred category—scalability and modularity, and site flexibility. The prices of
international solar module fell to $0.07 wp in July 2025 from $0.30 wp in June 2022. The prices of upstream
component also witnessed a crash due to oversupply. China’s polysilicon prices dropped to $5.0 per kg in July 2025
from $38.3 per kg in August 2022. International cell prices fell to $0.03 wp in July 2025 from $17.3 wp in October
2022. Another reason for pick up in solar is good irradiance potential. Solar energy can be scaled up or down depending
on the energy requirements across the country, making it adaptable to small residential needs and large industrial
demands.
Moreover, its modularity allows for the addition of new modules or systems, as needed, without significant
infrastructure overhaul, unlike seen in offshore versus onshore wind. Additionally, solar energy can be harnessed from
a variety of sites, including land, rooftops and even water bodies, offering unparalleled flexibility.
This versatility, combined with the declining costs and increasing efficiency of solar technology, positions solar
energy as the prime energy category of the future, suitable for catering to the world’s growing energy needs in a
sustainable and environmentally friendly manner.
ESG alignment of companies
As the global economy shifts towards a low-carbon model, companies face mounting pressure to minimise their
environmental impact and align their operations with environmental, social and governance (ESG) principles. A
critical component of this effort is the decarbonisation of supply chains, with solar energy playing a pivotal role in
achieving this objective.
By transitioning to solar energy, companies are powering their operations, while reducing their reliance on fossil fuels
and lowering emissions. Onsite solar panel installations offer a reliable and renewable energy source, decreasing
dependence on the grid and energy costs. In India, companies are launching sustainability programmes aiming to
power all operations with renewable energy on the back of carbon neutral goals.
As a policy driver, ESG financing in India is shaping corporate and investment behaviour by channelling capital
toward sustainable and inclusive growth. Regulatory moves, such as SEBI’s Business Responsibility and
Sustainability Report (BRSR) mandate, growing issuance of green and sustainability-linked bonds and India’s
commitments under the Paris Agreement and the 2070 net- zero goal have positioned ESG financing as a compliance
tool and a competitive advantage. It supports policy priorities such as renewable energy expansion, decarbonisation
of industries and social development by making access to global and domestic capital easier for firms, with strong
sustainability practices. At the same time, it nudges companies toward better governance, transparency and risk
management, reinforcing India’s broader climate and sustainability agenda.
238Open access gains acceptance with solar-focused PPAs
The renewable energy open access market is growing in key states due to high grid tariffs, increasing demand from
commercial and industrial customers and favourable policies. High retail tariffs, such as in Maharashtra, prompt C&I
customers to opt for solar open access, saving up to 40% on electricity bills. This leads to lower energy and operating
costs for the C&I segment.
Favourable policies, including energy banking, exemption from additional surcharge, and reduced wheeling charges,
drive open access growth. The Ministry of Power's Green Energy Open Access Rules, 2021, introduced three key
provisions—expanding consumer eligibility to 100 kW or more, eliminating project size caps and standardising the
open access application process. These provisions aim to simplify project setup, reduce development time and cost,
and increase investor confidence, ultimately promoting green energy adoption. The rules guarantee approval within
15 days of application, encouraging larger renewable energy projects and increasing the share of renewable energy in
the country's mix.
The open access market for solar energy projects has gained traction, with ~3.7 GW addition estimated in fiscal 2025,
registering 16% increase on-year. This growth is expected to drive capacity additions in the solar energy segment. In
the open access market, commercial and industrial consumers deal directly with power generators, with government
agencies only wheeling power to the consumption site. This incurs transmission and wheeling charges, cross-subsidy
surcharges and other fees. With solar power at grid parity and high ESG demand, it has seen significant uptake in the
open access market.
Financing landscape also vibrant for solar
India's renewable energy market offers opportunities for mergers and acquisitions, debt and private equity investments,
driven by the government’s target of 500 GW of capacity by 2030. According to an analysis by key government
personnel, India represents an opportunity of $500 billion in clean energy investments by 2030, including renewables,
green hydrogen and electric vehicles.
Domestic banks are the main source of financing for solar energy projects. Non-banking financial companies, such as
Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency (IREDA) and Power Finance Corporation, also lend to the solar
power market. REC’s outstanding loan for renewables (including hydro) increased to Rs 638.5 billion as of June 2025,
which also supported over 20.7 GW of solar projects. IREDA’s total exposure to solar, wind and hybrid verticals had
grown to Rs 324.4 billion as of June 2025.
Green bonds, which have a tenure of 18-60 months, are also being used to raise money for clean energy projects.
Further, private equity has been a key source of funding, with multiple power producers backed by global private
equity funds.
In India, sovereign wealth funds, pension funds, and Private Equity/Venture Capital investors are playing a significant
role in scaling solar and renewable energy. SWFs have backed large developers, viewing renewables as stable, long-
term infrastructure assets. Pension funds have also invested in renewable platforms, attracted by predictable cash flows
and India’s ambitious clean energy targets. Meanwhile, PE/VC players are driving utility-scale project financing and
platform creation, while venture capital flows toward newer segments such as energy storage, EV charging and green
hydrogen.
Solar energy project execution is quick and less complex
While solar and wind energy are popular forms of renewable energy, the execution of solar energy projects is often
considered quicker and less complex compared with wind energy projects. While the commissioning timeline for solar
and wind energy projects in India is 18-24 months, execution in the case of solar is quicker than wind because of less
complexity in the form of fewer moving parts and simpler technology, making it easier to install and maintain vis-à-
vis wind, which has more complex technology and moving parts (turbines, blades and gearboxes).
Apart from this, solar energy has lower upfront costs compared with wind energy, with solar capital costs (domestic
module made from imported cells) ranging between Rs 28-32 million/MW, while for wind it is over double, with
capital expenditure of Rs 65-70 million/MW.
In solar, SECI allocated 42.7 GW of standalone solar project capacity under competitive bidding from fiscal 2019 till
June 2025. Of this, 70% capacity has seen the signing of PPAs till June 2025, which amounts to ~29.8 GW.
239Foray of global players in the sector
The Indian solar energy sector has been spearheaded by major corporate entities such as Adani Green, Tata Power,
ReNew and NTPC. In addition, global firms, such as Engie, Sembcorp, Total Energies, Eden, have demonstrated
considerable interest in the Indian solar market. They have entered the market through partnerships or by acquiring
stakes in the leading domestic players’ assets. Further, there are some large private equity groups, such as KKR and
Actis, who are actively investing in RE firms, fostering development and expansion of the sector. BluPine and
Serentica are examples of such RE platforms owned or backed by private equity firms. Their financial support and
strategic initiatives have played a pivotal role in propelling the Indian solar energy market towards sustainability and
efficiency.
New business models gaining momentum in the renewables space
To improve the quality of power supply, nodal authorities are issuing tenders for solar and wind projects, with
enhanced features, such as increased generation capacity, peak hour supply and firm and dispatchable renewable
energy. These tenders aim to address the mismatch between renewable energy supply and demand. New project
structures, including plain vanilla hybrid, peak power, round-the-clock and firm power tenders, offer higher plant load
factors (30-40%) and improved synergy between renewable energy sources.
Figure 28: Summary of new project structures
Note: FY26 YTD refers to April to June 2025
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Between fiscal 2019 and the first quarter of fiscal 2026, 48.7 GW of new project structures were allocated, with 61%
focused on plain vanilla hybrid. This early focus on hybrid allocation was driven by the need to address the challenges
of intermittencies and leverage operational synergies.
As of fiscal 2025, the total hybrid capacity was estimated at ~4.5 GW, with 2.87 GW from solar and ~1.7 GW from
wind. Commissioning peaked fiscal 2022 onwards, driven by plain vanilla hybrid, peak power supply and round-the-
clock (RTC) projects. In fact, increasing demand for RTC projects, especially from corporates, is expected to drive
investment and technological improvements over the next few years. The growing adoption of FDRE and hybrid
projects is set to improve grid reliability, enable renewable integration and support India’s shift to a sustainable energy
mix.
240Comparison of FDRE tariffs with thermal tariffs
Hybrid, round-the-clock (RTC) and FDRE projects have shown a wide range of tariff trends over the past year due to
their inherent complexity and additional requirements.
To integrate high penetration of renewables into the grid effectively, the government has taken measures to bring
flexibility in conventional generation, maintain generation reserves and introduce ancillary services. Energy storage
has been around for a long time but at present it is becoming crucial and affordable for energy systems. With the rise
in intermittent renewables, energy storage is needed to maintain a balance between demand and supply.
In firm power, central-level agencies, including SECI, NTPC and NHPC, conducted majority of the auctions. The
discovered average tariffs in FDRE bids have demonstrated a variance between Rs 3.5 per unit and Rs 5.6 per unit
depending on the bid conditions related to supply commitment, annual availability and capacity utilisation factor
(CUF) to be maintained, indicating that reliable and uninterrupted power supply comes with a premium charge. This
price variation is driven by the complexity of integration, as hybrid systems must optimise solar and wind energy
generation, while incorporating energy storage and dispatchable energy management.
Given that the tariffs would remain constant for the entire PPA tenure, this remains highly competitive against the
tariff on new thermal power projects, which is expected to remain above Rs 5.5 per unit. The tariffs on thermal power
projects are expected to remain high with volatility in fuel costs as it has two components– fixed and variable. The
tariffs discovered on the other FDRE bids during this period largely remain in the range of Rs 4.4-4.7 per unit, with
the requirement of 40% CUF on an annual basis and 90% availability of the contracted capacity during the peak hours
of the day (4 hours).
Fall in battery storage cost paves way for more competitive tariffs
The cost of BESS have been decreasing since 2011 thanks to rapid innovation and increased global production, which
makes them more viable for grid-scale projects with lithium-ion technology being a key player. The use of battery
storage is expected to be strong across various segments, including generation, transmission and distribution, and also
at the consumers’ end. As a result, the National Renewable Energy Laboratory forecasts storage solution prices would
see a downwards trend, from $330-340 per kWh in calendar year 2024 to $290-300 per kWh by calendar year 2028.
BESS is crucial for the development of off-grid electricity networks, allowing for the storage of excess energy
generated from renewable sources for use during periods of low energy production or at night.
Figure 29: Capital cost of 4-hour storage through lithium-ion battery technology
($/kWh)
330-340
290-300
CY24 CY28P
Note: P – projected; the above pricing reflects the composite cost of battery cabinet, inverters, structural balance of
systems, electrical balance of systems, installation labour, permitting and interconnections, sales tax, contingency,
EPC overheads and seller profits.
Source: NREL, Crisil Intelligence
The fall in cost of energy storage and the rise of distributed energy sources are expected to increase the adoption of
solar/wind-plus-storage systems, which is expected to replace conventional sources of electricity, addressing
variability in wind speed and solar radiation, and making renewables the primary source of energy in the entire
electricity value chain.
241Success of WSH and FDRE projects in India: A boost to solar energy
As the contribution of RE to the generation mix increases, addressing the variability in power output becomes crucial.
The typical daily generation patterns of solar and wind power exacerbate this challenge: solar power generation starts
at 6-7 AM, peaks in the afternoon and declines in the evening, while wind power generation peaks in the evening and
remains high at night. The intermittency in RE generation poses difficulties for grid operators.
In this context, two innovative projects have gained significant attention in recent years–wind-solar hybrid (WSH)
and firm dispatchable renewable energy (FDRE) projects.
The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) initiated the WSH policy in 2018, with the objective to
efficiently utilise transmission infrastructure and reduce the problem of intermittency as witnessed for RE fuels. Since
the inception of this policy, the plain hybrid model has gained traction as ~30 GW of capacity was allocated and ~5
GW commissioned in fiscal 2025. The weighted average tariff of hybrid was Rs 3.26 per unit in fiscal 2025. Most
allocations in the WSH market are solar-heavy. However, to achieve a minimum capacity utilisation factor (CUF) of
30% as required under such models, wind assets are deployed accordingly.
FDRE is another solution to overcome the key limitation of solar projects, i.e. the inability to provide firm power
supply. As of date, the model has achieved over 11 GW allocations with weighted average tariff of Rs 4.62/unit. The
discovered average tariffs in FDRE bids have demonstrated a variance ranging Rs 3.5 per kWh to Rs 5.6 per kWh
depending on the bid conditions related to supply commitment, annual availability and the mandatory CUF, indicating
that reliable and uninterrupted power supply comes with a premium charge. The price variation is driven by the
complexity of integration.
Given that the tariffs would remain constant for the entire PPA tenure, this remains highly competitive against the
tariff on new thermal power projects due to volatility in fuel costs as it has two components –fixed and variable. Owing
to these factors, FDRE and hybrid projects are gaining popularity in India.
Hybridising wind farms with solar installations holds potential
Ample solar irradiation across the country to boost generation
India experiences abundance of solar irradiance or sunlight. Even less preferred sites receive solar irradiance of ~4.6
kWh/ m2, which makes the country suitable for solar projects to generate electricity. However, wind energy sites are
mostly along the coast, with concentration in Gujarat and Tamil Nadu.
Solar relatively less seasonal than wind and easier to integrate into the grid
Solar energy is a more predictable and grid-friendly option compared with wind energy due to its relatively consistent
and less seasonal nature. However, on a standalone basis, solar power generation is directly tied to sunlight availability,
which varies with seasons. In regions with consistent sunshine, solar power generation is more stable throughout the
year, with variations due to changes in daylight hours. In contrast, wind power generation can be highly variable, with
peaks and troughs depending on the time of the year and location. Wind patterns and speeds vary significantly
throughout the year and are influenced by weather systems and atmospheric conditions.
Additionally, solar components are relatively easy to install in residential, commercial, or utility-scale settings and
well-suited for distributed generation. In contrast, wind turbines are large and require significant logistics, making
them less suitable for small-scale applications. Further, solar plants can be more easily curtailed or ramped down,
particularly at the utility scale, as solar panels have lower inertia and faster response times than wind turbines. The
mechanical inertia of wind turbines makes rapid ramp-up and ramp-down more challenging, and therefore, solar
energy becomes easier to integrate into the grid.
242Figure 30: High variability in wind energy year-round, while solar remains largely stable
Solar PLF Wind PLF
22% 35%
22%
21% 34%
21% 28% 32%
20%
20% 20% 29% 27%
19% 28%
19% 24% 24%
18% 19% 23%
17% 17% 18% 19%
17%
13% 14%
16% 17% 14% 12% 13%
16% 16% 11% 12%
15% 9%
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26
Note: The above figure is based on estimates derived from monitored renewable capacity and generation, using plant
operation period of 360-365 days in a year and for respective days in a quarter. It is only indicative of cyclic trend
rather than the actual PLF range.
Source: CEA, MNRE, Crisil Intelligence
Solar CUF is largely stable across the years, as seen in the chart above, while wind CUF is highly variable with higher
CUF seen in the first two quarters of a fiscal than the last two quarters. The plant load factors of solar and wind power
projects have shown a gradual improvement over recent years, supported by advancements in technology, better
project design and operational efficiency. In solar, the adoption of higher-efficiency modules and advanced
technologies have enhanced energy yields, while in wind, the deployment of larger turbines with higher hub heights
has improved performance. Collectively, these factors have enabled solar and wind assets to deliver more consistent
output.
Solar panels can be mobilised easily to almost every wind site
Solar panels have a distinct advantage over wind energy due to their compatibility and ease of transportation and
installation. The modular design of solar energy systems allows for effortless mobility, enabling them to be set up in
a variety of locations, including the existing wind energy sites. This can help mitigate the intermittency issues
associated with both RE sources. Wind farms, on the other hand, have tall, sprawling structures, with a significant
distance needed between turbines due to the wide blades. However, this also presents an opportunity to leverage the
land between and around wind turbines, where solar panels can be easily installed, creating a hybrid model that
optimises energy generation from both sources. This is particularly effective since solar energy peaks during the day
when sunlight is strongest, while wind energy is often generated early morning or in the evening hours when wind
speed is higher, thereby reducing the intermittency of both individual sources.
According to estimates by Crisil Intelligence, over 45 GW of wind projects are standalone, presenting a significant
potential market size for hybridising wind-only sites into WSH projects. Of the estimated 45 GW capacity, ~73%
consists of utility-scale projects, while the remaining 27% comprises C&I projects.
Penetration outlook for hybrids positive until fiscal 2030
With hybrid installed capacity estimated to have reached 5 GW by end-fiscal 2025, Crisil Intelligence projects a further
increase to 60-65 GW by the close of fiscal 2030, registering a CAGR of 65-70% over fiscals 2026 and 2030. This
upward trajectory is driven by a combination of factors, including declining module prices that have reduced capital
costs in solar, supportive government policies and a surge in tendering and allocation activities, resulting in a robust
project pipeline. The favourable landscape presents a significant opportunity for the hybrid segment to expand its
installed base by fiscal 2030, where solar is expected to lead the hybrid capacity, with 40-45 GW expected to be added
over the next five fiscals, while wind is expected to add an additional 15-20 GW over the same period, leading to an
increase in penetration of hybrid capacity to ~16% of the total expected RE installed base by fiscal 2030.
243Solar energy generation trends for India
India’s RE capacity has grown consistently over the years. Solar energy capacity grew three times between fiscals
2019 and the first quarter of fiscal 2026, while wind energy grew 1.4 times in the same period. The share of solar and
wind in total power installed capacity increased from 18% in fiscal 2019 to ~31% in the first quarter of fiscal 2026.
Power generation continues to be dominated by conventional sources owing to lower utilisation rates associated with
wind and solar. Hence, despite capacity expansion, the share of solar and wind energy in total power generation
remains low, with both collectively accounting for 15.7% in power generation as of the first quarter of fiscal 2026, an
increase of 763 bps from 8.1% in fiscal 2019. The share of solar in power generation rose from 3.1% in fiscal 2019 to
9.0% in the first quarter of fiscal 2026, while wind was steady at 6.7% in the first quarter of fiscal 2026 compared
with 4.5% in fiscal 2019.
Figure 31: Rising solar capacity equals to higher generation share
20-25%
9.0%
7.8%
4.9% 5.6% 6.3% 6.7%
4.0%
3.1%
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 Q1FY26 FY30
Solar share in power generation
Source: CEA, Crisil Intelligence
While the share of solar in generation has improved, power supply from these fuels by nature is intermittent. To
address the issue, the government is focusing on energy integration using a multi-fuel and storage model to provide
round-the-clock power supply and mitigate standalone renewable energy intermittency. Going ahead, the share of
solar in power generation is expected to be 20-25% by fiscal 2030.
Solar segment-wise outlook for five years (utility, open access, rooftop)
Solar capacity additions of 170-180 GW expected over fiscals 2026-2030
Crisil Intelligence expect 170-180 GW of solar capacity additions over fiscal 2026-2030, driven by additions under:
• Competitively bid ground-mounted: Schemes launched by SECI (ISTS, floating solar tenders, newer
structure tenders and state-specific schemes) act as a capacity driver. SECI has also tendered capacity under
various other schemes, in which ~42.7 GW has been allocated and ~31 GW is in pipeline. Under state
schemes, ~48 GW of projects are under construction and expected to be commissioned during fiscals 2026-
2030.
• Capacity tendered by distribution companies in various states to fulfil RPO.
• Capacity tendered by cash-rich public sector undertakings (PSUs) such as NTPC, Neyveli Lignite
Corporation (NLC) and Coal India Ltd (CIL). The government has expanded the 1 GW CPSU programme
to 12 GW to encourage cash-rich central PSUs to set up renewable energy projects. About 922 MW, 1,104
MW and 5,000 MW were allocated under Tranche I, II and III of these schemes, respectively. Crisil
Intelligence expects 5-6 GW from this scheme to be commissioned until fiscal 2028
• Open-access solar: Crisil Intelligence also expects 33-37 GW of projects to be commissioned under the open
access ground-mounted between fiscals 2026 and 2030, driven by C&I consumers’ go-green
initiatives/sustainability targets, effective long-term policies in key states such as Karnataka, Uttar Pradesh
and Maharashtra and lower offtake risk combined with conducive policies such as the Green Open Access
Regulations
244• Rooftop solar: Crisil Intelligence expects 30-35 GW of projects to be commissioned under the solar rooftop
segment between fiscals 2026 and 2030, led by capacity added under initiatives such as the PM Surya Ghar
Yojana scheme, capacity allocated by the state government, commissioning of capacity by government
institutions such as metro, railways and airports and capacity to be added by industrial and commercial
consumers under net/gross metering schemes of various states
From Crisil Intelligence’s analysis, the expected solar power capacity additions between fiscals 2026 and 2030 are
anticipated to jump ~2.6 times compared with the capacity additions between fiscals 2021 and 2025.
Figure 32: Overview of capacity additions
(GW) 30-35 270-290
33-37
105-115
105.6
14.5
11.0
40.5
35.6
Note: 1. Segment-wise additions will not match the total additions because off-grid solar has not been considered.
2. While rooftop capacity additions are sourced from the MNRE, the split between competitively bid ground-mounted
and open access ground-mounted is estimated from the MNRE’s ground-mounted and hybrid additions.
Source: MNRE, Crisil Intelligence
With a robust pipeline project and easing supply-chain pressures, the momentum is expected to continue from fiscal
2026 to fiscal 2030, adding 105-115 GW.
245Figure 33: Competitive utility solar additions at 105-115 GW over fiscals 2026-30
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Solar open access to see 33-37 GW capacity additions between fiscals 2026 and 2030
Driven by the need to optimise energy costs, meet sustainability commitments, and hedge against regulatory and
power market uncertainties, Indian corporates have emerged as significant participants in the green energy open access
segment. Large industrial and commercial consumers are increasingly procuring renewable energy directly from
generators through open access mechanisms, aided by evolving policy frameworks, removal of cross-subsidy
surcharges in select states, and increased availability of renewable generation capacity.
Investments in this segment are made by three categories of players:
• Diversified conglomerates with existing energy verticals are deploying capital to expand their renewable
portfolio and leverage synergies with captive or group demand
• Financial investors and infrastructure funds are setting up or acquiring platform-based IPPs to benefit from
stable annuity-like cash flows under long-term open access PPAs
• Sector-adjacent companies such as those engaged in energy-intensive manufacturing are investing directly
in green energy open access assets either for partial captive use or as a forward integration strategy
Within solar and wind, the open access segment is emerging as an attractive option to consumers given the potential
cost savings. As a result, the share of open access in solar and wind capacity addition has increased to 34% in CY2024
from just 5% in CY2019.
This growth is usually driven by the vast base of medium-to-large commercial and industrial (C&I) consumers in
India, with demand of more than 1 MW, creating a huge addressable market. C&I renewable power purchase
agreements (PPAs) are typically priced between Rs 3.20-4.50 per kWh, compared to Rs 2.50-3.00 per kWh in utility-
scale auctions, allowing developers to secure higher returns while offering considerable savings to C&I consumers
over grid tariffs.
C&I consumers account for close to half of the country's total power consumption, with the bulk of this demand met
by discoms. However, industries with substantial captive power needs, such as metals, oil and gas, and cement, have
been slower to adopt renewable open access, largely due to the availability of low-cost thermal power and heavy
legacy investments in captive thermal plants. Nevertheless, the share of captive conventional power in total corporate
consumption dropped from 30% in fiscal 2019 to 21% in fiscal 2023, while direct renewable energy (RE) procurement
by C&I consumers rose sharply from 4% in fiscal 2019 to about 7.4% in fiscal 2023. The RE consumption in India
grew at a CAGR of 12.6% between fiscal 2019-2023, whereas RE consumption by C&I saw a significantly higher
growth rate of about 24.3% during the same period.
As a result, the C&I segment is poised to play a pivotal role in driving the country's RE growth story over the next
few years, driven by rising electricity demand, increasing emphasis on sustainability and cost efficiency, and a
favourably evolving policy and regulatory environment. The growth of the open access market in India is being driven
246by two key factors: the substitution of conventional power with renewable energy and the rising power demand from
the industrial sector. Looking ahead, total open access renewable installed capacity is expected to grow at a CAGR of
18-20% from an estimated 34 GW as of fiscal 2025 to 80-85 GW by fiscal 2030. Within this, solar will drive the
additions of 33-37 GW.
Figure 34: Green energy open access regulations provide a boost to the segment
(GW)
8.0-8.5
7.5-8
6.5-7
6-6.5
5.1-5.5
4.5
3.2
2.2
1.3
0.6 0.7 0.9
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26P FY27P FY28P FY29P FY30P
FY24: Capacity additions soared as developers hastened project commissioning prior to ALMM abeyance
expiration in March 2024
FY25: Capacity additions continued upward trajectory in lieu of impending ISTS charge waiver
FY26 to FY30: Green energy open access rules, corporate green initiatives, and long-term policies in key states to
drive capacity additions
With cessation of ISTS waiver, projects to commission in last 9M of FY26 are levied 25% of ISTS charges.
Meanwhile, those commissioning in FY30 will see an increase in landed price by Rs 1-2 per unit. This presents a
downside risk to additions
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Domestic content requirement (DCR)
Overview of DCR guidelines and their imposition
The DCR in India's solar sector is a policy initiative aimed at promoting the development of domestic solar
manufacturing capabilities. The primary objective of the DCR is to encourage the use of domestically manufactured
solar cells and modules in solar power projects. India introduced the DCR first in the 2010s as part of its National
Solar Mission (NSM) to protect its domestic solar manufacturing industry from cheap imports and to promote new
domestic capacity. By setting aside a portion of the solar market for locally made panels, the goal was to create a level
playing field for Indian manufacturers, driving job growth, innovation and economic development. Initially, the NSM
aimed for 20 GW of solar power capacity by 2022. However, reflecting the government's increasing ambition in the
renewable energy sector, this target was significantly revised upwards to 100 GW by 2022. This revision underscored
the government's commitment to making India a leading player in solar energy.
The MNRE is responsible for specifying the requirements and testing standards for solar cells and modules to be used
under the DCR, ensuring that the domestically manufactured equipment meets certain quality and performance
standards.
Under this, the MNRE initially introduced the Approved List of Models and Manufacturers (ALMM) on March 10,
2021, to promote the use of India-made solar modules. The order was held in abeyance for fiscal 2024, and projects
during that period were not required to source modules from the ALMM. However, the ALMM order was
subsequently re-imposed on April 1, 2024, with some exceptions. The ALMM framework includes two lists: List-I
for solar PV modules and List-II for solar PV cells. Initially, only List-I was in effect, mandating the use of modules
from the approved list in government and government-assisted projects. List-II for solar PV cells was released in July
2025 with an enlistment of 13 GW of cell capacity.
247In March 2025, the MNRE issued guidelines for the DCR of solar PV cells. To be considered "domestically
manufactured," solar PV cells must be produced in India from undiffused silicon wafers (also known as "black
wafers"). The entire process, from wafer to cell, must take place in India.
If a diffused silicon wafer ("blue wafer") is imported and used to make solar PV cells in India, those cells will not
qualify as domestically manufactured and will not be accepted under the MNRE's schemes. However, thin-film solar
PV modules made in an integrated factory in India are eligible.
These guidelines clarify the requirements for using domestically made solar PV cells and modules in the MNRE's
programmes and, hence, establish a DCR policy in the country for the components. The implementation of the DCR
has had mixed outcomes. On the positive side, it has contributed to the establishment and growth of a domestic solar
manufacturing industry. However, critics argue that the DCR can increase project costs due to potentially higher prices
of domestic modules compared with imported ones, especially from countries such as China, which has a significant
cost advantage. This has led to debates and legal challenges, including disputes at the World Trade Organization
(WTO), concerning the compatibility of the DCR with international trade agreements.
Over time, the Indian government has had to balance the need to promote domestic manufacturing with the
requirement to achieve its ambitious renewable energy targets in a cost-effective manner. This has led to adjustments
in policy, including the phase-wise implementation of the DCR and the exploration of other incentives for domestic
manufacturers.
DCR schemes prior to ALMM guidelines had opened up smaller segments
DCR bids emerged through initiatives such as the CPSU scheme, PM-KUSUM scheme and grid-connected rooftop
solar programme, which had DCR as a prerequisite, providing a guaranteed market for domestic PV (cells and
modules) even before the ALMM guidelines.
CPSU scheme
The CPSU scheme was originally introduced in 2015 to implement 1 GW of grid-connected solar PV power projects
using domestic cells and modules, to be set up by CPSUs/ Government of India organisations with viability gap
funding (VGF). The government expanded the CPSU programme from 1 GW to 12 GW in February 2019 to provide
impetus to the domestic solar module manufacturing industry.
Grid-connected rooftop solar programme
The MNRE implemented Phase I of the programme in December 2015 with the intent of providing incentives for the
residential, institutional and social segments. As for the government segment, achievement-linked incentives were
provided. Phase II of the residential solar rooftop scheme was launched in 2019 with a target of achieving 40 GW
from rooftop solar by 2022. Under the scheme, as on July 31, 2023, the ministry allocated a capacity of ~3.37 GW.
Though the target was not achieved, this is supported capacity additions in the segment, where against the total
allocated capacity of ~3.37 GW, ~2.2 GW has been installed.
The central government's aim to achieve 40% of the 100 GW generation capacity target under the NSM from the
rooftop segment by 2022 fell short by ~31 GW. However, other policy levers were subsequently introduced.
PM-KUSUM scheme
The PM-KUSUM scheme was launched in 2019.
The scheme is divided into three components:
• Component A: Setting up of decentralised ground-mounted grid-connected solar or other renewable energy-
based power plants
• Component B: Installation of standalone solar agriculture pumps
• Component C: Solarisation of existing grid-connected agriculture pumps
The DCR mandate is applicable only to components B and C.
While the DCR category schemes have shown tremendous potential, their impact on the KUSUM scheme has been
gradual. As of June 2025, Component B sanctioned 13.32 lakh standalone pumps, with more than 8.41 lakh already
installed. Similarly, in Component C, over 8,500 individual pumps and 5.89 lakh feeder-level pumps have been
solarised, out of 95,308 and 35.70 lakh sanctioned, respectively. Although the pace of progress may be slower than
expected, the KUSUM scheme has still made significant strides in promoting solarisation of pumps, and the numbers
248demonstrate a steady movement towards a more sustainable and renewable energy future. The scheme's impact may
not be immediate, but it has laid a strong foundation for growth of solar energy in the country. Its continued
implementation is expected to yield more substantial results over time.
ALMM II to be applicable to the entire market from fiscal 2028, to create substantial demand
The DCR is expected to expand in the manufacturing market due to the ALMM and recently announced ALMM II
promoting local manufacturing and self-reliance in all segments of the solar energy sector. The first draft of ALMM
II was released on July 31, 2025, with a cell capacity of 13 GW. As per the MNRE’s July 2025 PIB update, all the
open access and rooftop projects to be commissioned from June 2026 must mandatorily use domestic cells in locally
assembled modules (ALMM II). The same update also offered a relief based on cut-off date to competitively bid
utility-scale projects. Assuming a standard commissioning timeline of 24 months, a project allocated post cut-off date,
i.e. August 31, 2025, will see commissioning post July 30, 2027. Such projects to be commissioned until July 30,
2027, will be exempt from ALMM II. However, the mandate will be centrally imposed from August 2027 on projects.
Consequently, India is ramping up its DCR production capacity, with multiple manufacturers expanding their
facilities. By the end of June 2025, the country’s solar cell manufacturing capacity stood at 25-30 GW, and is projected
to surge to 90 GW by 2030, driven by the anticipated demand resulting from government initiatives aimed at
promoting domestic manufacturing and reducing dependence on imports.
Outlook for DCR projects (fiscals 2026-2030)
As the ALMM is conditionally applicable to various segments going forward and with the implementation of ALMM-
II from June 2026, Crisil Intelligence expects 110-115 GW capacity additions between fiscals 2026 and 2030 to
necessarily use DCR solar modules (standalone solar as well as mixed resources). The capacity addition outlook also
factors in segment where DCR solar modules were mandatory even before implementation in ALMM II.
Investment outlook
According to Crisil Intelligence’s analysis, solar energy is likely to dominate the renewable energy sector due to
attractive project economics. Crisil Intelligence estimates Rs 11-12 trillion would be invested in solar energy between
fiscals 2026 and 2030, compared with Rs 2.5-2.7 trillion in wind energy.
Despite wind projects’ higher plant load factor, developers prefer solar energy over wind energy owing to its lower
capital costs and easier operation and maintenance of solar plant. As a result, solar is expected to account for a larger
share in the renewable energy mix.
However, the emergence of new technologies such as FDRE, RTC and peak power has introduced a mixed-resource
approach, which may reduce solar dominance to an extent in the long term. Nevertheless, lower capital costs and
operating expenses of solar projects are expected to drive growth, with investment likely to be about three times that
of wind projects between fiscals 2026 and 2030. Ultimately, a hybrid model combining solar and wind energy is likely
to drive the overall renewable energy sector forward.
Figure 35: Investment of Rs 11-12 trillion expected between fiscals 2026 and 2030 for solar; ~4x that of wind
249Source: Crisil Intelligence
Out of the total renewable energy investment, the third-party EPC market is expected to account for Rs 6-8 trillion
between fiscals 2026 and 2030, and about 72% of this investment will come from solar energy. Players with presence
in both RE EPC and the manufacturing space will benefit from this emerging opportunity.
Figure 36: Third-party EPC to account for Rs 6-8 trillion of total renewable energy investment
Rs 5-7 trillion
Rs 6-8 trillion
Self-EPC Third-party EPC
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Comparative risk-return profiles of solar, wind and hybrid projects
Figure 37: Higher costs and volatility in performance shift preference to hybrid projects
Note: Land is assumed to be leased, and transmission line costs are not considered for estimating solar and wind
capital expenditure. The hybrid system’s data for fiscals 2021-2025 is estimated, and the analysis is limited to plain
vanilla hybrid.
250Source: Crisil Intelligence
Solar tariffs driven by module pricing and finance rates
Tariffs witnessed a downtrend due to decreasing component prices in the PV value chain
Solar tariffs declined swiftly following the implementation of the competitive bidding process in fiscal 2017, with a
rapid fall in component prices, technological improvements in efficiency, and the government's policy push. The
decline in module prices contributed to a reduction in tariffs during fiscals 2017-2019, while access to low-cost
financing was the primary driver of the decline in tariffs during fiscals 2020-2022. Over the said period, global
investments in the Indian renewable energy segment picked up via green bond issuances and external commercial
borrowings, helping lower the cost of debt. The participation of global players and entities with strong credit profiles,
along with CPSUs, helped tariffs remain in the range of Rs 2.4-2.6 per unit until fiscal 2022. A key point to note is
that historically, tariffs have not risen or fallen at the same pace as the rise or fall in module prices.
However, there was a blip in fiscal 2023, when tariffs rose 16% to Rs 2.8 per unit owing to supply-side disruptions.
The global energy crisis, geopolitical uncertainties, and supply-side disruptions at key locations in China led to a
reversal in module pricing, with prices climbing to $0.35 per Wp in fiscal 2023 for mono-crystalline bifacial
technology. However, after the normalisation of supply and a fall in prices of upstream components in fiscal 2024,
tariffs declined ~7% to Rs 2.61 per unit. Tariffs remained stable in fiscal 2025 at Rs 2.63 per unit.
In February 2025, the CEA released new guidelines, advising mandatory incorporation of storage with standalone
solar. Energy storage systems (ESS) would need to have a minimum back-up of two-hour equivalent and should be
installed equal to 10% of the solar capacity of the project. Auctions previously conducted under this format saw tariffs
in the range of Rs 3.2-3.6 per unit. The tariff trend for such tenders is expected to remain in the same range this fiscal
as well.
The MNRE released ALMM II on July 31, 2025, with 13 GW of cell capacity. As domestically manufactured solar
modules are 40-50% more expensive than imported cell-based modules, tariffs for projects bid from September 1,
2025, may see an upward trend.
Figure 38: Trend in weighted average solar tariff
* Represents safeguard duty for six months this fiscal. ^ Represents imposition of BCD on cells and modules. **
Reclassification by the finance ministry
Note:
i) New BCD of 20% on modules, along with AIDC of 20%. Similarly, BCD of 20% on cells, along with AIDC of 7.5%
ii) With ALMM II coming into effect, the bid tariff may increase to Rs 3.2-3.5/unit. However, the impact will depend
on the bidding timeline and when the developer factors in the revised procurement conditions
iii) The above tariffs are for ground-mounted solar only
Source: Crisil Intelligence
251At a tariff of Rs 2.5 per unit, developers can generate an equity IRR of over 12%. Crisil Intelligence's analysis assumes
that an IPP uses domestic modules and undertakes EPC in-house. The model is based on leased land and does not
account for other income sources such as carbon credits.
Capital costs, driven by solar module prices, are a key factor in determining tariffs. The cost of modules accounts for
50-60% of a project's total capital cost. To reduce dependence on imports, the government has imposed duties on
imported modules and cells. The BCD on PV modules was 40% and PV cells is 25%, which was simplified to 20%
each on cell and modules in February 2025.
Despite declining module prices, the imposition of duties has increased capital costs. However, the decline in
polysilicon and commodity prices led to a decrease in capital costs to Rs 3.8-4.2 crore/MW last fiscal. Module prices
are expected to fall further to $0.13-0.15/Wp this fiscal, reducing capital costs for imported cell-based modules to Rs
2.8-3.2 crore/MW. Prices of domestic cell-based modules are expected to be rangebound this fiscal at $0.22-0.24/Wp
with capital costs of Rs 3.5-4 crore/MW.
The government has also imposed a BCD of 10% on solar glass imports to promote domestic manufacturing, to support
15 GW of domestic solar glass manufacturing capacity as of March 2025.
Figure 39: EPC and module costs have declined in line with capital costs over fiscals 2023-2025
(Rs/Wp)
41.6
45.0 0.5
40.0 0.45
0.36
35.0 28.4 0.4
0.35
30.0 23.6
0.24 0.3
25.0
0.25
20.0
0.14 0.2
15.0
0.15
10.0 5-5.5 4-4.5 3.8-4.2 0.1
5.0 0.05
0.0 0
FY23 FY24 FY25
EPC cost (Rs/Wp) Capital cost (Rs/MW) Imported cell-based domestic module ($ cents/Wp)
Note: Capex does not consider transmission. Only capex to the extent of cabling within the plant is considered. Land
is considered on a lease model and, thus, not factored. Capex varies by scale of order. The above capex is for large-
scale procurement.
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Key risks for renewable energy
Availability of land: Acquiring land for solar projects in India is challenging due to the need for large parcels and the
presence of multiple stakeholders, leading to delays. To stay competitive, developers must secure land at competitive
prices in areas with high solar irradiance. Although the 41 GW solar park scheme has helped by providing land to
successful bidders, land costs and tariffs vary by state due to differences in land prices and irradiance quality. Until
last fiscal, solar and wind projects utilised 3.7 lakh and 0.7 lakh acres of land, respectively. Solar and wind require 8
lakh and 3 lakh acres of land, respectively, until fiscal 2030 to meet the expected expansion plans.
252Figure 40: A total of 11 lakh acres of land needed for solar and wind expansion until fiscal 2030
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Land acquisition is a critical enabler for solar EPC players, directly impacting project timelines, costs and bankability.
Securing contiguous land parcels, litigation-free land with grid connectivity ensures smooth execution, minimising
right-of-way issues, and supports long-term operation and maintenance access, makes it the foundational input for
timely and cost-efficient project delivery.
To address these challenges, the Indian government has launched the solar park policy, aiming to create land banks
for 41 GW of solar projects across 25 states. The policy provides budgetary support of Rs 2 million/MW and involves
state nodal agencies partnering with SECI, PSUs and private developers to develop solar parks, requiring an additional
2.1 million acres of land by fiscal 2030.
Capital cost: Solar projects are heavily influenced by global commodity prices, which can impact returns if not
hedged properly. The cost of solar modules (50-60% of capital cost) depends on polysilicon prices and other key
minerals such as copper and aluminium. High interest rates, short repayment tenures and currency fluctuations can
increase the minimum tariffs required for viable returns. Factors such as duties, supply-chain disruptions and exchange
rates can also impact capital cost, which has fluctuated in recent years due to policy changes. For instance, the
imposition of a 25% safeguard duty on imported cells and modules in fiscal 2018 and a BCD of 40% in fiscal 2022
increased capital cost in the respective years. However, falling component prices and easing supply-chain pressures
resulted in a decline in capital cost since then until the first quarter of this fiscal.
Aggressive bidding in the past: Solar tariffs in India have fluctuated, ranging from Rs 2.4 to Rs 2.79 per unit between
fiscals 2022 and 2024 due to supply-chain pressures and changes in module prices. To achieve a 10-15% IRR tariffs
of above Rs 2.6 per unit are required, considering current capital costs and finance rates. The industry is undergoing
a significant transformation, driven by large-scale projects, which enable better equipment pricing and cost reduction
through in-house EPC and O&M capabilities. The presence of credible offtakers, such as SECI and NTPC, mitigates
payment risks, making projects more bankable, while factors such as portfolio strength, counterparty payment track
record and access to foreign funds also influence bid tariffs, ultimately impacting the competitiveness of solar projects
in India.
Financial health of discoms: The financial health and payment track record of state counterparties have been an area
of concern, as power generators may face prolonged delays in payments. The state counterparties’ average payment
cycle was previously 4-5 months, while certain states, such as Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, have been known to
pay beyond six months. This leads to increased costs for developers in terms of working-capital needs. To tackle cash
flow challenges of mainly generation and transmission companies and to promote timely payments across the power
sector, the MNRE introduced late payment surcharge in CY2022. Since then, there has been substantial adherence to
regular payment schedules. Notably, dues to discoms declined to Rs 623 billion as of July 2025 from Rs 1,133 billion
as of June 2022.
253Availability of transmission infrastructure
India's large-scale solar plants are often located in remote areas, requiring robust transmission planning to connect
them to cities and industrial areas. To address this issue, the government has launched schemes such as the GEC and
renewable energy zones (REZs) aimed at integrating RE into the grid.
GEC Phase-I aimed to develop evacuation corridors for RE in key states. The inter-state component was completed
in March 2020, and the intra-state component is nearing completion, with 9,135 ckm of transmission lines constructed
as of June 2024. GEC Phase-II, approved in March 2022, aims to integrate approximately 19 GW of RE.
However, grid stability and maintenance charges are a growing concern due to the variable nature of RE generation.
In the first quarter of fiscal 2026, based on the units supplied, RE's share amounted to only ~17% of total power
supplied. Its share is expected to rise to 30-35% in generation by fiscal 2030, with solar generation estimated to
comprise 20-25%. This may result in grid instability due to the variable nature of generation of power from RE sources.
Hence, renewable generation may have to be backed down to maintain grid stability.
Availability of funds for projects
Given the capital-intensive nature of RE projects, cost of capital plays an important role. In the past, high domestic
interest rates, lower repayment tenures, and inadequate and delayed capital subsidy increased the minimum tariffs
required to achieve a healthy internal rate of return (IRR).
Figure 41: SBI MLCR maintained at 9% as of June 2025
(%)
9.50
8.95 9.00 9.00
9.00
8.65
8.50
8.50
8.00 7.70
7.40
7.50
7.00
7.00
6.50
6.00
000000000111111111111222222222222333333333333444444444444555555
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
-rp A-y
a
M-n
u
J-lu J-g
u
A-p
e
S-tc O-v
o
N-c
e
D-n
a
J-b
e
F-ra M-rp A-y
a
M-n
u
J-lu J-g
u
A-p
e
S-tc O-v
o
N-c
e
D-n
a
J-b
e
F-ra M-rp A-y
a
M-n
u
J-lu J-g
u
A-p
e
S-tc O-v
o
N-c
e
D-n
a
J-b
e
F-ra M-rp A-y
a
M-n
u
J-lu J-g
u
A-p
e
S-tc O-v
o
N-c
e
D-n
a
J-b
e
F-ra M-rp A-y
a
M-n
u
J-lu J-g
u
A-p
e
S-tc O-v
o
N-c
e
D-n
a
J-b
e
F-ra M-rp A-y
a
M-n
u
J
Source: SBI MCLR
The graph shows State Bank of India's (SBI) marginal cost lending rates (MCLRs). During fiscals 2019 and 2020,
interest rates were higher due to several macro factors at play. However, with no changes in the interest rate by the
RBI from the second quarter of fiscal 2021, MCLR remained stable after a sharp decline. The low-interest-rate regime
was reversed in fiscal 2023, with the RBI gradually increasing repo rates to curb inflation. In fiscal 2024, the rates
remained in the range of 8.5-8.65%, with an increase from 8.5% in November 2023 to 8.65% in December 2023.
Rates rose to 8.85% in July and 8.95% in September 2024. A further upward revision was seen in November, when
rates rose to 9.0% and remained stable till June 2025.
Traditionally, domestic lenders have been risk-averse in lending to the sector, due to considerable stress witnessed in
the conventional power segment and the assumption that RE may face similar issues. Past incidents of renegotiations
and delayed payments by counterparties have also caused some concern among lenders. Aggressive bidding seen
previously and the regulatory uncertainty currently prevailing in the market have also deterred lenders from supporting
this sector.
However, over the past two fiscals, the government’s initiatives to achieve nationwide clean energy targets, along
with lenders’ ESG-related targets, have encouraged domestic lenders, including PSUs, to fund the segment.
254Even foreign fund-raising has seen some impact with a rising interest rate regime limiting appetite for Indian green
bonds at 4-6% coupon rates. Additionally,
• a weaker rupee has led to higher hedging costs, adding cost pressure to any ECB or green bond issuance;
• frequent policy changes and lack of clarity would lead to hesitance among global investors to enter/fund the
sector. This is highly detrimental to the growth of the sector, which requires significant equity over the
coming years to continue supporting additions; and
• renewable developers should ensure access to a broader spectrum of cheaper financing options, in addition
to prudent capital management, to sustain over the long term. However, at present, fund availability may be
a concern for a few projects where viability is sub-par or those facing project implementation challenges
Policy/litigation risk
Policy or litigation issues have also marred the segment in the past. The Supreme Court’s order to lay transmission
lines underground in the Great Indian Bustard area posed challenges for developers, adding ~Rs 4 billion in expenses
and impacting ~20 GW of under-construction RE projects in Rajasthan and Gujarat. In early-2023, the CEA proposed
undergrounding power lines below 33 KV, with the rest be fitted with bird divertors. Conservationists have objected
to the proposal, stating the move could lead to the “extinction” of birds. In the last update, the Supreme Court
considered a balanced approach between development and wildlife protection. Decisions are now being made on a
case-to-case basis for commissioning transmission lines overhead with bird divertors.
There have been other issues as well, highlighting the need for policy coherence from the government. While policies
under other government agencies have created confusion, in addition to renegotiation cases in states such as Andhra
Pradesh and long payment delays, there has also been significant support from the government in terms of allocations
and incentives.
Clarifications on GST procedures for solar projects and MNRE’s decision in August 2020 to extend commissioning
timelines by five months as pandemic relief are examples of timely support measures introduced by government
entities.
255Module 5: Solar PV modules
Sector background
The solar PV module manufacturing value chain encompasses five critical processes for transforming raw material,
i.e. polysilicon, into finished solar modules ready for electricity generation. It is a complex and globalised network,
with each step contributing to the final product’s cost, performance and sustainability.
Figure 42: Solar PV module value chain
Note: Value chain and components used can differ based on the technology of solar cells; the above process is for the
widely used cell technology (monocrystalline) in the world as of 2024.
Source: Crisil Intelligence
256Brief description of solar PV components
Solar cells
A solar cell is an electrical device that converts light energy directly into electricity by the photovoltaic effect, which
is a physical and chemical phenomenon. It is a form of photoelectric cell, defined as a device whose electrical
characteristics, such as current, voltage or resistance, change when exposed to light. Individual solar cell devices are
often the electrical building blocks of PV modules. The following raw materials and components are used in the
manufacturing of solar cells:
Silicon wafer: The foundation of solar cells lies in silicon wafers, which are sliced from ingots made of ultrapure
silicon. The exceptional quality and purity of this silicon material are essential to ensure the optimal performance of
solar cells.
Silver paste: It is used to create conductive contacts on the front side of the cells. Applied through a screen-printing
process, this paste plays a vital role in facilitating the collection and transfer of electrical current generated by the
silicon wafer, enabling the efficient flow of energy.
Aluminium paste: A layer of aluminium paste is applied to the rear of the solar cell. When heated in a furnace, it
creates a reflective surface that bounces electrons back into the silicon, allowing them to be harnessed as electrical
current, boosting the cell's overall efficiency.
Other gases and chemicals: The manufacturing process of solar cells relies on a range of gases and chemicals, each
playing a critical role at various stages. For instance, specialised dopants such as phosphorus oxychloride are used to
create n-type semiconductors, while boron is used for p-type doping. Additionally, a variety of chemicals are used for
wafer preparation, including hydrofluoric acid to strip away the silicon dioxide layer and other solvents for thorough
cleaning, ensuring the wafers are pristine and ready for further processing.
Figure 43: TOPCon solar cell manufacturing
Source: Crisil Intelligence
The production of solar cells involves a series of complex processes, starting with the inspection and cleaning of raw
wafers made of gallium or boron-doped materials. The wafers then undergo texturing, diffusion and selective emitter
laser processing to create a p-n junction and improve efficiency. Surface passivation and anti-reflective coating
257processes, including phosphosilicate glass polishing, oxidation annealing and rear plasma-enhanced chemical vapour
deposition, are applied to reduce recombination losses and enhance contact adhesion. Metallisation, involving screen
printing and co-firing, creates ohmic-contact electrodes, enabling current flow between the metal electrodes and the
silicon. Finally, the finished solar cells are tested, sorted and prepared for assembly into solar modules through IV
testing, electroluminescence imaging and colour sorting, ensuring they meet the required standards of efficiency and
quality.
Solar modules
A solar module is an assembly of solar or PV cells mounted in a framework for installation. Solar panels use sunlight
as a source of energy to generate direct current electricity. Solar modules are currently assembled using
monocrystalline and TOPCon cells in the domestic market, while there is also limited manufacturing of heterojunction
(HJT) cell-based modules as on date. Solar cells are the primary raw materials and components used to manufacture
solar modules. The other key raw materials and components used are as follows:
Backsheet: It is a critical component of a solar module, serving multiple purposes to ensure optimal performance and
longevity. It provides mechanical strength, electrical isolation and moisture resistance, while also acting as a reflective
layer to redirect photons back towards the solar cell, enhancing energy generation.
Encapsulants: The encapsulant plays a vital role in solar module performance, serving three primary functions:
transmitting light, holding the cell assembly together and adhering to the glass and backsheet. Its high light
transmittance ensures the cell assembly receives an adequate supply of photons to generate maximum power output.
The encapsulant also acts as a mechanical bonding agent, keeping the solar cells separated and preventing short circuits
through its gel content, which provides intermolecular strength.
Glass and other auxiliary products: The glass component in solar modules plays a crucial role in optimising energy
output by minimising reflection and maximising light transmission. As the first point of contact for incoming light,
the glass surface must be optimised to reduce reflection, which can result in significant power losses. To address this,
an anti-reflective coating is applied to the front surface, reducing reflection to as low as 1% in many cases.
Additionally, the glass is tempered to provide mechanical strength and rigidity, protecting the solar module from
external weather conditions, shocks and other environmental factors.
Figure 44: Solar module manufacturing process
258Source: Crisil Intelligence
The solar module manufacturing process involves several key steps, starting with sourcing high-quality components
such as PV cells, glass sheets, backing material, frames and wiring. The cells are then arranged in a matrix layout and
interconnected using thin connecting wires, before being sandwiched between the front tempered glass layer and the
EVA backing layer. The assembly is then laminated under heat and pressure to create a weatherproof bond and framed
with aluminium to provide structural rigidity. A junction box is attached to the rear of the panel, housing the connecting
terminals for electrical output wires. Finally, the panels undergo thorough testing and quality checks to ensure they
meet international durability and safety standards, before being packaged and shipped for installation.
Cell manufacturing is more complex than module assembly
The fabrication of solar cells relies on a multitude of high-purity semiconductor-grade gases and chemicals, which are
critical inputs at each stage of the manufacturing process. To ensure safe, efficient and high-yielding solar cell
production, effective management of utilities is critical.
Table 8: Complexities in solar cells and modules
Complexity Solar cell Solar module
Manufacturing solar cells requires the use of The assembly of solar modules is facilitated
ultra-high-purity silicon, which, in turn, by the use of pretreated silicon cells, which
Processing of raw
demands complex and precise refining and simplifies the manufacturing process by
materials
processing procedures to achieve the reducing the complexity of subsequent
necessary level of quality processing steps
The production of solar modules is primarily
The manufacture of solar cells involves the
driven by advancements in assembly
Technological deployment of advanced technologies
technologies, with relatively less attention
requirements designed to optimise cell efficiency and
devoted to innovative breakthroughs at the
perfect complex production methodologies
individual cell level
The fabrication of solar cells requires a highly The assembly of solar modules demands a
skilled workforce with expertise in chemical skilled workforce, although with a broader
Skilled labour processing and semiconductor manufacturing range of skills compared with cell fabrication,
methodologies, ensuring precision and as it involves a combination of assembly and
quality in the production process quality control expertise
In contrast, solar module manufacturing can
The production of solar cells is typically
be scaled up to larger production volumes,
carried out on a smaller scale owing to the
supported by the implementation of efficient
Production scale precise and delicate handling requirements,
assembly processes and the relatively simple
which limit the production capacity and
design, which reduces complexity and
throughput
enables high-volume production
Longer, up to 1.5 years, due to complex
Shorter, <1.5 years, since equipment set-up is
Gestation period technology transfer, machinery procurement,
simpler and more standardised
installation and calibration
In contrast, the solar module manufacturing
The rapid pace of technological innovation in
industry undergoes a more gradual pace of
the solar industry poses a significant threat to
technological progress, with innovations
Technological solar cell manufacturers, as it can quickly
typically leading to incremental
advancement make current production methods obsolete,
enhancements rather than revolutionary
necessitating continuous adaptation to stay
changes that would suddenly make existing
competitive
production processes obsolete
259Complexity Solar cell Solar module
The production of solar cells involves an
intricate supply-chain management process, In contrast, the supply chain for solar module
necessitated by the wide range of raw manufacturing is relatively straightforward,
Supply chain
materials and specialised chemicals required primarily focusing on the sourcing of solar
management
for fabrication, which can pose logistical cells and auxiliary components, with fewer
challenges and increase operational complexities and dependencies
complexity
Greenfield capex (Rs
Rs 5,700-6,000 Rs 1,150-2,300
million per GW)
Note: Green field capex benchmark is calculated based on player filings in their publicly available fund issuance
documents. The estimates exclude land.
Source: Industry, Crisil Intelligence
Going ahead, with the development of cell manufacturing capacity in India, especially after inclusion under ALMM,
the domestic ecosystem required for development, such as skilled workforce and availability of technology, is also
expected to improve.
Wafers and polysilicon
Solar wafers are thin slices of crystalline silicon that serve as the base substrate for manufacturing solar PV cells. They
are created from purified polysilicon and form the critical building block of solar modules. The production of wafers
requires not only high-purity silicon but also several supporting materials and consumables that enable precise
shaping, cutting and surface treatment.
Polysilicon, or polycrystalline silicon, serves as the base feedstock for manufacturing solar wafers, which are later
processed into solar cells and assembled into modules. The production of polysilicon is resource- and energy-
intensive, requiring high-purity inputs to achieve the semiconductor-grade quality needed for solar applications.
Globally, polysilicon and wafers are not scarce in terms of production capacity. In fact, due to massive expansions in
China over the past few years, there is currently an oversupply situation in the market, with manufacturing capacity
exceeding near-term demand. For polysilicon, while silica is abundant and production has expanded rapidly,
oversupply has led to falling prices in recent years. Similarly, wafer production is dominated by Chinese firms with
very high installed capacities, leading to a global surplus.
However, scarcity arises mainly in the context of exports. A few countries (especially China) control majority of the
global polysilicon and wafer output. Countries that rely on non-Chinese sources (such as the US and India) face
relative scarcity, as alternative suppliers outside China have far more limited production capacity. Trade barriers,
tariffs and supply-chain diversification policies further restrict access, making polysilicon and wafers strategically
scarce for nations avoiding Chinese imports. Hence, at a global level, polysilicon and wafers are in oversupply, but
for importing nations, scarcity is experienced due to geographic concentration of production and export dependence.
Prices plunge owing to oversupply
From 2017, the limited availability of PV-grade polysilicon manufacturing capacity emerged as a significant constraint
in the PV supply chain. This bottleneck became particularly apparent in 2021, when a combination of underinvestment
and a fire at a major manufacturing facility led to a global polysilicon shortage, causing prices to triple. However, by
2023, China had expanded its polysilicon production capacity threefold compared with 2021 levels. As a result, global
polysilicon capacity caught up with other PV manufacturing segments, such as wafers, cells and modules, resulting in
prices falling across the value chain. Prices of international cells slid 76% between fiscals 2023 and 2025 while prices
of international modules and imported cell-based Indian modules (non-DCR) fell 67% and 61% during the period.
260Figure 45: Prices of cells and modules crashed owing to cascading effect from upstream oversupply
0.40
0.36
0.30
p 0.26
w 0.24
/s 0.26
tn
e
c 0.20
$ 0.16 0.13-0.16
:s 0.14
e
c 0.14
irP
0.10 0.07
0.09
0.04
0.00
FY23 FY24 FY25
Cell International modules
Imported cell based domestic modules (Non DCR) DCR module
DCR cell
Notes:
1. The cell and imported module prices are for China.
2. Imported cell-based domestic modules indicate the modules assembled in India using imported cells
3. The above prices exclude GST
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Geographical concentration across the value chain
China has a significant presence in the global solar PV industry, with a huge manufacturing capacity for PV
components. Although it is possible to source these components from other countries, the global supply chain relies
heavily on China for modules and upstream components, including polysilicon, ingots, wafers and cells.
261Figure 46: China accounted for over 80% of the global supply in 2023
Component Polysilicon Wafer Cell Module
1042/474 GW 942/279GW
Global capacity* 791/354GW 802/249GW
92%, 725 96%, 89%, 80%,
GW 773 GW 928 GW 753 GW
China 97%, 95%, 92%, 89%,
344 GW 237 GW 435 GW 249 GW
2%, 17 GW 3%, 22 GW 9%, 98 GW 11%, 101 GW
Asia Pacific
0.2%, 1 GW 3%, 8 GW 7%, 32 GW 6%, 18 GW
1%, 10 GW 7%, 63 GW
0%, 0 GW 0.2%, 2 GW
India 1%, 5 GW 12%, 33 GW
0%, 0 GW 1%, 2 GW
0.2%, 2 GW 0.2%, 2 GW 1%, 13 GW
3%, 23 GW
N Amor eth ri ca 2%, 8 GW 1%, 2 GW 0.2%, 1 GW 1%, 3 GW
3%, 23 GW 0.2%, 2 GW 0.3%, 3 GW 1%, 14 GW
Europe
0.2%, 1 GW 1%, 2 GW 0.2%, 1 GW 0.4%, 1 GW
Share in installed base in 2023 Share in addition in 2023 xxxInstalled base in 2023 xxx Addition in 2023
Note: The balance share is spread across the rest of the world. *Global capacity is as of 2023. India’s capacity is as
of March 2024.
Source: IEA, Crisil Intelligence
China’s dominance in the global PV supply chain is evident, with more than 80% of cell and module manufacturing
lines located in the country. Over the years, the country has gained a competitive advantage because of monetary and
non-monetary policy support from government schemes, leading to a concentration of manufacturing capacity and
creating a high degree of dependence on China. India has now implemented levels of policy support in terms of
ALMM and the PLI scheme and has the potential to gain a similar advantage over the long term.
Although China has a monopoly on wafer manufacturing, Southeast Asia has also emerged as a significant player in
cell and module manufacturing. This capacity is driven by major Chinese solar cell manufacturers establishing
production bases in Vietnam, Malaysia and Thailand to circumvent US trade restrictions. The combined module
production capacity of these countries reached over 40 GW in 2023. However, the US Department of Commerce
published its final anti-dumping and countervailing duty tariff rates against solar PV cells whether or not assembled
into modules from ASEAN countries. Tariff rates vary by country and are as high as 3,414% for Cambodia, 775% for
Thailand, 543% for Vietnam and 171% for Malayasia. These tariffs can impact the exports from these four countries
to the US, since they collectively accounted for 79% of module and 57% of cell imports in the US import basket.
China also faces a collective rate of ~60% under Section 301 and Section 201 of the US trade Act and anti-dumping
and countervailing tariffs.
China dominates global trade in PV
There was a significant upswing in demand for solar modules globally in 2024, driven by declining prices resulting
from a supply surplus, which led to a substantial increase in imports. The US emerged as the largest importer of solar
modules and cells, with ~31% of all module imports and 36% of cell imports destined for the country.
China maintained its position as the leading supplier of solar modules and cells, providing ~60% of the world’s solar
module exports and 45% of cell exports in 2024. However, the year also saw a notable expansion in manufacturing
capacity, particularly in Southeast Asian countries, such as Malaysia and Thailand, which increased their share in the
global solar supply chain.
262Figure 47: China trades 60% of module and 45% of cell exports in 2024; ASEAN countries catching up
Note: The data in blue represents import share, the data in green shows share in exports
Source: ITC Trademap, Crisil Intelligence
Over the years, India’s contribution to global module exports has increased to $1.5 billion, with its share increasing
to 3% in CY 2024 from 0.5% in CY2019. This is owing to rising module manufacturing/assembling capacity due to
tariff and non-tariff barriers, such as BCD.
The global PV manufacturing capacity has expanded significantly and advanced technologically over the years, driven
by sustained investment in research and development, resulting in rapid price decline and notable improvements in
efficiency.
Evolution of PV cell technology
The rapid growth of the sector and intense competition in the supply chain have increased the focus on enhancing
product efficiency. As a result, technology has advanced, transitioning from multi-crystalline to PERC cell-based
modules. It is now shifting towards more advanced cell technologies, such as TOPCon and HJT. In addition, a
consistent increase in solar module wattage has contributed to the conservation of land space for the same electricity
output.
From a technological standpoint, mono-PERC cells dominated the market in 2019, followed by back surface field
(BSF). While mono PERC remains the dominant technology globally as of 2023, TOPCon and HJT have started
gaining traction. On average, TOPCon and HJT cells are expected to offer an incremental efficiency gain of at least
1-2% over mono-PERC cells, allowing the possibility of higher electricity generation. TOPCon cells have proven to
be the more efficient technology compared with all other cell models so far, except HJT, both of which are expected
to capture the market in the future. Based on an analysis of a sample set of product portfolios of global manufacturers,
product lifespans are 25-30 years for both technologies. Further, TOPCon modules generally show lower degradation
rates compared with mono PERC modules. This advantage comes from superior passivation quality and long-term
thermal stability. TOPCon also outperforms multi-crystalline, since mono PERC already offers higher efficiency and
reduced light-induced degradation (LID) over multi.
263However, the capital cost intensity required to establish module manufacturing facilities also increases. The initial
capex for HJT is estimated at 2.5-3.0 times that of mono-PERC and 1.5-2.0 times that of TOPCon. The HJT and
TOPCon process flow is complex and extensive, making the process flow lengthy.
Hence, Indian solar manufacturing companies are actively tying up with global players to facilitate seamless
technology transfer, especially in advanced cell technologies. These partnerships allow domestic firms to access
proven designs, upgrade manufacturing processes and accelerate the transition from standard modules to high-
efficiency products.
Manufacturing solar cells using TOPCon technology involves several complex processes, including the precise
formation of a thin tunnel oxide layer and the deposition of a highly doped polysilicon layer to create efficient
passivated contacts. Advanced techniques, such as high temperature annealing and intricate patterning, are also
employed to enhance the cell’s efficiency and performance. These processes result in solar cells with significantly
improved efficiency of 24%+ and longevity, offering better energy conversion rates and reduced degradation, making
them highly efficient and resilient in hot climates.
Customers prefer TOPCon solar modules since their increased efficiency and energy output helps reduce the cost of
their solar projects. Further, potential upgrades and advancements, such as TOPCon tandem and TOPCon back-
contacts, also build on the advantages of using this technology by increasing efficiency and potential. At present,
large-scale adoption of advanced technologies is being driven primarily by the relatively mature and widely accepted
TOPCon, while other next-generation technologies such as HJT are still at a more nascent stage of commercial uptake
and are expected to gain traction over time.
Large-scale manufacturing, combined with ongoing research and development, is expected to bring about economies
of scale benefits in the future for these higher-efficiency cell technologies.
Table 9: HJT and TOPCon cells: higher efficiency, higher cost
Mono PERC TOPCon HJT
Cell efficiency 23-23.5% 24%+ 24-25%+
Module efficiency Up to 22% 22-24% 22-24%
Bifaciality 70-80% 75-85% 75-95%
Module life span 25-30 years 25-30 years 30 years
P-type mono PERC cells PID and LID losses in
Not prone to PID and LID
are prone to LID and PID TOPCon are lower
Losses and damages losses because general cell
losses and incur highest compared with mono
construction is N-type
losses in the group PERC, bit higher than HJT
Complexity Moderately complex Less than HJT Most complex
Note: PID - potential induced degradation
Source: Industry, Crisil Intelligence
The solar PV industry is constantly at the risk of technological disruption. According to worldwide data available in
the public domain, theoretically, tandem cells are expected to increase efficiency to up to 40% with materials such as
perovskite showing significant promise. Tandem perovskite cells will build on finished N-type TOPCon solar cells,
adding ~25% efficiency to the base.
Meanwhile, several countries are promoting in-house PV manufacturing to enhance self-reliance and mitigate supply-
chain risks from international markets.
Table 10: Evolution of PV cell technology
Key points Summary
Technological evolution Transition from multi-crystalline → mono PERC → advanced technologies (TOPCon,
HJT). Increasing solar module wattage helps conserve land for same electricity output
264Market dominance Mono-PERC has dominated since 2019; it was still dominant as of 2023. TOPCon and
HJT are gaining traction. These offer at least 1–2% higher efficiency than mono-PERC,
enabling more power generation
Performance and TOPCon has higher efficiency than all, except HJT. Its lifespan is 25–30 years (similar
lifespan to HJT). TOPCon shows lower degradation vs mono-PERC due to better passivation
and stability. Mono-PERC I already better than multi-crystalline
Cost and complexity HJT requires 2.5-3× higher capex than mono-PERC and 1.5-2× than TOPCon. Both
HJT and TOPCon involve complex processes (oxide layer, polysilicon deposition,
annealing, patterning). Despite the cost, they achieve up to ~25%+ efficiency, better
longevity and strong hot-climate performance
Customer preference Customers prefer TOPCon due to higher efficiency, lower overall project costs and
potential upgrades (tandem, back-contact TOPCon)
Disruption risk The industry must deal with new technologies. Tandem perovskite cells could reach
~40% efficiency (adding ~25% to N-type silicon base cells)
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Domestic solar PV manufacturing
Evolution of cell technology in India
The evolution of cell technology in India has mirrored the global market. According to the module batch enlistment
in the ALMMs over fiscals 2022-2025, the share of mono PERC has jumped from 16% in March 2022 to 63% in
March 2025, with TOPCon also making notable gains to reach 14%. Consequently, lower efficiency cells, such as
multi C-Si, have been largely phased out, with their market share dwindling to negligible levels by March 2025, from
a dominant 73% in March 2022. The shift in the technology is on account of changing preference of the end-user
demand. Developers are increasingly adopting TOPCon technology in solar cells due to its higher efficiency, lower
cost and improved performance.
Figure 48: TOPCon share inches up while mono PERC continues to be largest
100% 3%
73% 70% 21%
47%
80%
14%
60%
63%
50%
40%
26%
20% 16%
9% 5% 2%
0%
March 2022 February 2023 March 2024 March 2025
Mono c-Si Mono Perc Silicon Multi C-si TopCon Mono/multi Thinfilm
Note: The share of technology denotes the count of module batch enlistment per technology divided by total module
batch enlistment in the respective month. MNRE has not released the ALMM for March 2023; thus, the ALMM for
February 2023 has been used.
Source: MNRE, Crisil Intelligence
Thus, there is a shift in the overall industry scale as well, with India's solar cell manufacturing shifting significantly
to TOPCon between fiscal 2020 to 2025. While mono PERC dominated cell manufacturing in the past fiscals, the
265share of cell manufacturing capacity, which is either configured for TOPCon or is fungible between TOPCon and
mono PERC, had reached an estimated 60-65% in fiscal 2025.
This transition was enabled by the similarity in manufacturing processes between the two technologies — both follow
the same baseline steps up to diffusion and require only marginal additional capex to enable TOPCon compatibility.
The fungibility allows manufacturers to retain flexibility based on market demand while gradually shifting production
towards higher efficiency cells.
Mass production efficiencies for TOPCon are at 25% compared with 24% for mono PERC, driving their adoption in
domestic and export markets. TOPCon has emerged as the leading successor to p-type PERC, offering higher
efficiency and improved low-light performance. Along with this, TOPCon cells offer a potential evolutionary upgrade,
which can be further ramped up to create TOPCon tandem and TOPCon back-contact (BC) solar cells. TOPCon is
already a significant step forward from PERC and these advancements further increase the technology’s efficiency
and potential.
Figure 49: TOPCon to lead the cell technology by fiscal 2030
ThinFilm, 4%
HJT, 5%
Mono PERC/TOPCon,
34%
TOPCon, 43%
Mono PERC, 14%
Note: Technologies are clubbed together owing to lack of public disclosures. However, Crisil Intelligence expects the
shift towards higher efficiency technologies such as TOPCon going ahead
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Along with this, N-type TOPCon G12R cells offer a range of advantages that position them as a leading next-
generation solar technology. Their higher throughput, optimised for large-format modules, significantly improves
manufacturing efficiency, while the advanced module layout reduces cell-to-module conversion losses. Furthermore,
their design is compatible with high-speed stringer equipment and high-density interconnection processes, enabling
reduced wafer usage per megawatt, thereby lowering both capital expenditure and material requirements. The
technology is future-ready, with the potential for tandem stack integration, including hybrid perovskite-TOPCon
applications, ensuring alignment with upcoming advancements in solar cell architectures.
Aluminium-BSF cells are being phased out due to inherent efficiency and degradation challenges and P-type PERC
remains the current industry standard for cost-effective deployment. N-type TOPCon cells, particularly G12R,
represent a highly efficient, durable, and scalable solution with increasing industry adoption and strong long-term
growth potential.
Crisil Intelligence expects by fiscal 2030, 75-80% of India's cell manufacturing capacity will be TOPCon-capable or
fungible. This transition is also aligned with global trends which has already seen TOPCon adoption. The early
266adopters are expected to benefit from the demand arising from ALMM II from June 2026 since their capacity will be
ramped up compared with those expected to commission in the future. However, given average demand of 38-43 GW
is expected in India, the fructification of capacity planned and yet to commission also remains vital to reduce import
reliance. Further, on the demand front, the TOPCon technology is also emerging as the preferred technology of
implementation for solar developers in India. Over the medium to long term, it is expected to be the dominant
technology of implementation in the Indian market.
The domestic PV segment has been driven by domestic demand for solar modules through various segments, such as
rooftop, utility scale and open access. From the beginning of fiscal 2019 to the end of fiscal 2025, India’s cumulative
solar module demand was 108 GW.
Domestic solar module demand to grow robustly as power goes green
The domestic demand for solar module has been driven by the competitively bid utility segment at 66%, followed by
the rooftop segment at 18% and open access segment at 16% between fiscals 2019 and 2025. There was a significant
bump-up in fiscal 2025, driven by increase in solar additions (24 GW) against fiscal 2024 (15 GW), which, along with
DC overloading, resulted in a sharp increase in solar module demand to 34 GW in fiscal 2025.
The average demand per annum is expected to double between fiscals 2026 and 2030 over fiscal 2021 and 2025.
Figure 50: India’s likely average annual module demand at 38-43 GW between fiscals 2026 and 2030
50 45-50
42-47
4-6
39-44 3-5
40 34 33-37 35-39 3-5
3-5
3-5
5
30
W 33-35
M 20 28-30 30-32
20 16 23-25 25-27
4 23
10 10 10 3
8
10 1 1 2 12
1 10
8 8 5 6 6 6-8 7-9 7-9 8-10 8-10
0 1 1 2 3 3 4
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26P FY27P FY28P FY29P FY30P
Solar rooftop Utility Open access
Note: Demand includes DC overloading
The total of ranges for the subsegments may not add to the range of the total owing to round-off and range limits
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Solar module demand in India grew on the back of a combination of factors such as declining module prices,
supportive government policies and increasing awareness of solar energy's benefits.
The competitively bid segment expanded significantly, with installed solar capacity more than doubling to 80 GW by
end-fiscal 2025 over fiscal 2019, driven by initiatives under the National Solar Mission, solar parks, renewable
purchase obligations and the Panchamrit targets pledged under COP26. Central tender allocations, led by SECI,
accounted for 35% of these ground-mounted solar additions in fiscal 2025, while other central and state allocations
contributed the remainder. States with high irradiance, such as Rajasthan and Gujarat, witnessed the most significant
additions.
The allocation capacity has increased in recent years with 7.9 GW of standalone solar project awarded in fiscal 2025
under competitive bidding. Average IPP capacity bid sizes have also increased, with average size of 200-300 MW bid
per tender in standalone solar projects in fiscal 2025.
The rooftop solar segment also grew significantly, with installed capacity increasing nearly sevenfold by end-March
2025 to 17 GW over 2.5 GW at end-March 2020, driven by subsidies under the national rooftop mission, PM
Suryaghar Yojana, and state-specific initiatives such as Gujarat's Surya Urja Yojana. Favourable policies, including
267net metering in some states, further incentivised adoption. The top three states — Gujarat, Maharashtra, and Rajasthan
— accounted for 59% of the installed base by fiscal 2025. The rooftop segment is poised to add 30-35 GW of capacity
during fiscals 2026 and 2030, growing of 2.2 times over fiscals 2021 and 2025.
Open access solar, which allows consumers to purchase solar energy directly from producers, also contributed to the
rising demand for solar modules. This segment attracted large commercial and industrial consumers seeking cost
savings and sustainability benefits. The Green Energy Open Access Rules of 2022 stimulated growth by reducing the
minimum load requirement, making open access projects more attractive and financially viable. Some 12-17 GW of
capacity additions are expected during fiscals 2026 to 2030 in the open access solar segment, growing 1.2 times over
fiscals 2021 to 2025, when it reached an estimated 14 GW.
Domestic demand drivers for manufacturing
Domestic content requirement (DCR)
Overview of DCR and its implementation
The DCR in India's solar sector was initially a policy initiative aimed at promoting the development of domestic solar
manufacturing capabilities. Its primary objective was to encourage domestically manufactured solar cells and modules
in solar power projects. India introduced the DCR in the 2010s as part of its National Solar Mission to protect its
domestic solar manufacturing industry from cheap imports. By reserving a portion of the solar market for domestically
manufactured panels, the goal was to foster backward integration and develop a comprehensive supply chain in India,
thereby achieving self-sufficiency in the supply of upstream materials. This initiative aimed to create a level-playing
field for Indian manufacturers, driving job growth, innovation and economic development. This mandate was,
however, cut short to only government-sponsored schemes and programmes due to a ruling by the World Trade
Organisation in response to a US claim in 2017. This was followed by a similar ruling for the US, which was initiated
by India, concluding in 2019.
After the introduction of the DCR, quality standards became a key point of focus as solar capacity additions surged.
The MNRE is responsible for specifying the requirements and testing standards for solar cells and modules to be used,
ensuring domestically manufactured equipment meets certain quality and performance standards. Under this, the
MNRE introduced the ALMM on March 10, 2021. The order was held in abeyance for fiscal 2024, and projects during
that period were not required to source modules from the ALMM. The ALMM order was subsequently reimposed on
April 1, 2024, with some exceptions.
The ALMM framework includes two lists: List-I for solar PV modules and List-II for solar PV cells. Initially, only
List-I was in effect, mandating the use of modules from the approved list in government and government-assisted
projects. List-I features entities primarily from the domestic market that have undergone government-mandated testing
and certification procedures. List-II for solar PV cells is proposed to be effective from June 1, 2026. An amendment
was announced in July 2025. Prior to the amendment, bid submission of government tenders for solar power
procurement projects after December 9, 2024 were required to use modules from List I and cells from List II. Open
access and rooftop projects commissioned after June 1, 2026, also needed to comply with List II. This set-up was
expected to accelerate the adoption of domestic cells, with initial timelines suggesting enforcement from around June
2026 for all categories, considering typical two-year project execution periods.
The July 28 amendment changes this by tying List II applicability to a specific cut-off date, set one month after release
of the first ALMM List II. The first list was issued on July 31, 2025, and the new cut-off date was August 31, 2025.
Any bids submitted after this are to mandatorily use modules from List I and cells from List II. Given the typical two-
year project implementation timeframe, these projects are expected to be commissioned and become operation by
August 2027.
The amendment affects more than 13 GW of solar capacity, including hybrid projects combining solar with wind or
energy storage, where bid submissions occurred after December 9, 2024. Many of these tender documents already
referenced the use of ALMM-compliant cells, even without an issued List II.
In March 2025, the MNRE issued guidelines on solar PV cells criteria. To be considered "domestically manufactured",
solar PV cells must be produced in India from undiffused silicon wafers (also known as black wafers). The entire
process, from wafer to cell, must take place in India.
If a diffused silicon wafer (blue wafer) is imported and used to make solar PV cells in India, those cells will not qualify
as domestically manufactured and will not be accepted under the MNRE's schemes. However, thin-film solar PV
modules made in an integrated factory in India are eligible.
268These guidelines clarify the requirements for using domestically made solar PV cells and modules in the MNRE's
programmes and, hence, establish a DCR policy for the components. This implementation has yielded mixed results
in terms of effectiveness. On the positive side, it has contributed to the establishment and growth of a domestic solar
manufacturing industry. However, critics argue this can increase project costs due to potentially higher prices of
domestic modules than imported ones, especially from countries such as China, which has a significant cost advantage.
Over time, the Indian government has had to balance the need to promote domestic manufacturing with the
requirement to achieve its ambitious renewable energy targets in a cost-effective manner. This has led to adjustments
in policy, including the phase-wise implementation of ALMM guidelines and the exploration of other incentives for
domestic manufacturers.
DCR schemes prior to ALMM guidelines tapped into smaller segments
DCR bids emerged through schemes such as CPSU, PM-KUSUM and the grid-connected rooftop solar programme,
which had DCR as a prerequisite, providing a guaranteed market for domestic PV cells and modules even before the
ALMM guidelines.
CPSU scheme
The CPSU scheme was introduced in January 2015 to implement 1 GW of grid-connected solar PV power projects
using domestic cells and modules, to be set up by CPSUs/ Government of India organisations with VGF. The
government expanded the CPSU programme from 1 GW to 12 GW in February 2019 to provide impetus to the
domestic solar module manufacturing industry.
Grid-connected rooftop solar programme and PM Surya Ghar Muft Bijli Yojana
The MNRE implemented Phase I of the grid-connected rooftop solar programme in December 2015 with the intent of
providing incentives for residential, institutional and social segments. As for the government segment, achievement-
linked incentives were provided. Phase II of the residential solar rooftop scheme was launched in 2019 with a target
of achieving 40 GW from rooftop solar by 2022. Under the scheme, as on July 31, 2023, the ministry allocated capacity
of ~3.37 GW. Though the target was not achieved, this supported capacity additions in the segment, where ~2.2 GW
of the total allocated capacity has been installed.
The PM Surya Ghar scheme, launched in February 2024, is expected to boost residential offtake of solar rooftop,
specifically by addressing cost hurdles. This scheme is expected to result in the addition of 30 GW of solar capacity
in the residential sector, generating 1,000 BUs of electricity. The government emphasised the installation of solar
panels in ten million households, providing subsidy for installing residential solar rooftop and helping reduce
electricity bills. As on March 10, 2025, the initiative had already disbursed Rs 4,770 crore in subsidies to 6.13 lakh
beneficiaries, making solar energy more accessible.
At the state level, Maharashtra and Rajasthan have announced solar rooftop targets. Maharashtra aims to solarise
residential rooftops under PM Surya Ghar, while Rajasthan targets a rooftop installed base of 6,000 MW by 2027, of
which 4,500 MW is targeted in the residential space.
PM-KUSUM
The PM-KUSUM scheme was launched in 2019.
The scheme is divided into three components:
• Component A: Setting up decentralised ground-mounted grid-connected solar or other renewable energy-based
power plants of 10,000 MW
• Component B: Installation of 20 lakh standalone solar agriculture pumps
• Component C: Solarisation of 15 lakh existing grid-connected agriculture pumps
The DCR mandate applies only to components B and C.
While the DCR categories have shown tremendous potential, their progress under the PM-KUSUM scheme has been
gradual. As on March 31, 2025, over 12.2 lakh standalone pumps had been sanctioned under component B, with more
than 7.7 lakh already installed. Similarly, in component C, nearly 6,400 individual pumps and 3.3 lakh feeder-level
pumps had been solarised out of the 95,308 and 35.78 lakh sanctioned, respectively. Although the pace of progress
may be slower than expected, the PM-KUSUM scheme has made significant strides in promoting solarisation of
pumps.
269PLI for backward integration
Backward integration is a viable strategy for the expansion of the PV value chain, particularly with the potential for
increased capacity in wafer and ingot manufacturing facilities. One of the ways the government is promoting backward
integration is through the PLI scheme.
Table 11: Solar PLI results of Tranche I and II
Players Polysilicon (GW) Wafer (GW) Cells (GW) Modules (GW)
Shirdi Sai Electricals Ltd 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Reliance New Solar Energy Ltd 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Adani Infrastructure Pvt Ltd 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
Total PLI Tranche I 8.7 0.7 8.7 8.7
Indosol Solar Pvt Ltd 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Reliance New Energy Solar Ltd 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
FS India Solar Ventures Pvt Ltd 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4
Waaree Energies Ltd 0.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Avaada Ventures Pvt Ltd 0.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
ReNew Solar (Shakti Four) Pvt Ltd 0.0 4.8 4.8 4.8
JSW Renewable Technologies Ltd 0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Grew Energy Pvt Ltd 0.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
Vikram Solar Ltd 0.0 0.0 2.4 2.4
AMPIN Solar One Pvt Ltd 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0
TP Solar Ltd 0.0 0.0 4.0 4.0
Total PLI Tranche II 15.4 32.2 39.6 39.6
Total PLI Tranche I+II 24.1 32.9 48.3 48.3
Source: MNRE
Demand outlook for domestic content (fiscals 2026-30)
With the implementation of ALMM-II in June 2026, which mandates the use of domestic cells in locally assembled
modules (ALMM-I), ALMM is applicable to all government-assisted projects and those under government schemes
and programmes. These include projects set up for electricity sales to the government and open access projects. This
means that rooftop and open access solar projects commissioned from fiscal 2026 and competitively bid ground-
mounted solar projects commissioned from fiscal 2028 will use domestic cell-based solar modules, with an estimated
140-160 GW of capacity (excluding PM-KUSUM) to be commissioned (standalone solar as well as mixed resources)
from fiscals 2026 to 2030 as per Crisil Intelligence. This presents a good opportunity for existing solar cell
manufacturers to cater to the upcoming demand and opportunity for existing EPC or development players to foray
into cell manufacturing. As of fiscal 2025, prices of domestic modules assembled using domestic cells (DCR) were
~60% higher than prices of those assembled using imported cells (non-DCR) owing to limited manufacturing capacity.
Looking ahead, over 50 GW of cell capacity expansions are planned. However, as cell manufacturing requires higher
capex than modules, the industry is expected to attract participation from companies with strong balance sheets.
270Figure 51: Demand for domestic content to come from multiple avenues
Note: Some of the capacity mentioned in the graph may be commissioned beyond fiscal 2030 owing to the slow pace
of progress.
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Domestic manufacturing capabilities grew rapidly over the past four years
India’s solar PV module and cell manufacturing capacity surged from 21 GW and ~3.2 GW, respectively, in March
2022 to an estimated 82 GW and 23 GW, respectively, by March 2025, driven by a strategic combination of
government policies, market dynamics and a growing commitment to renewable energy.
Often, manufacturers quote production capability in terms of effective capacity. This term is used to denote the
variation as compared with full manufacturing potential because of factors such as operational period during the year
and technological wattage/ module configurations actually produced. The production of a lower Wp module in a
higher-rated line can lead to a different effective capacity when compared with nameplate capacity, i.e., the full
potential.
Despite robust demand for solar modules, the domestic manufacturing ecosystem was focused on the downstream
component stage, primarily owing to the capital-intensive nature of upstream components such as wafers and
polysilicon. The availability of cheaper alternatives from China further contributed to this concentration.
Along with this, in terms of supply-capacity addition, solar manufacturing lines require a substantial amount of time
for stability and ramp-up, typically ranging from 6-12 months for polysilicon to cell. Some manufacturers have
reported that it can take up to two years to achieve full production capacity.
271Figure 52: Expansion of capacity in the cell to module stage
90
82
75
77
63
60
W
G 45 38
44
30 23
21
15 11 12 12 23 10
7
3 3 3 3.2 12 2 2
0
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25E
Nameplate wafer capacity Nameplate cell capacity Nameplate module capacity ALMM
Note:
1) ALMM capacity considered for fiscal 2023 is as of February 2023 as per MNRE release. March capacity is
considered for the other fiscals.
2) Due to the fragmented nature of the industry and the presence of unorganised entities, the latest and full disclosure
on capacity is unavailable for small players for fiscal 2025 and the total capacity is estimated.
Source: Company reports, Crisil Intelligence
India’s module manufacturing capacity grew significantly between fiscals 2022 and 2025, largely because of
government efforts to reduce reliance of imported solar components, particularly from China. During this period,
module and cell manufacturing capacity expanded by approximately 61 GW and 19 GW, respectively. Prior to this,
most players had portfolio of up to 1 GW. Tata Power Solar, for instance, began with a 3 MW plant in 1991, and
Adani Solar started its manufacturing in 2017 with 1.2 GW capacity. A catalyst for this transformation was the
introduction of ALMM, which played a crucial role in scaling up domestic capacity sixfold to 82 GW between fiscals
2022 and 2025. Although module manufacturing was sufficient to meet the capacity addition of approximately 24 GW
installed capacity in fiscal 2025, cell manufacturing remains a bottleneck, with a capacity of 23 GW in fiscal 2025.
To boost upstream manufacturing, the government implemented measures such as ALMM to ensure quality control
and encourage capacity addition in the downstream stages. Furthermore, the PLI scheme for high-efficiency solar
modules, launched in 2021, provided financial incentives to manufacturers based on their incremental production.
These schemes played a crucial role in encouraging manufacturers to expand capacity, invest in new technologies and
pursue backward integration.
The industry, which was highly fragmented in fiscal 2019, has undergone significant consolidation in recent years,
with new large-scale entrants gaining a sizeable market share. The large players, along with others, are expected to
expand their presence across the value chain under the PLI scheme.
Rapid expansion of domestic PV manufacturing to continue
By the end of fiscal 2030, the nameplate capacity (rated capacity or maximum manufacturing capability) of the
domestic module and cell manufacturing industries is expected to increase approximately two times and four times,
respectively, from fiscal 2025 levels. The module manufacturing space has seen announcements of over 100 GW
owing to rising demand. However, Crisil Intelligence expects that with the implementation of ALMM-II from June
2026, the usable domestic manufacturing capacity for domestic consumption in applicable solar segments will be
limited to the manufacturers listed in the cell list. However, this may be a concern for the standalone module players
amid rising worries of oversupply. The solar industry faces a risk of oversupply by 2030, with module manufacturing
capacity expected to reach 175-185 GW, four times the average demand. This may lead to low utilisation, especially
if export demand is impacted by geopolitical uncertainties. To mitigate this, companies are securing partnerships and
272exploring new export avenues. Additionally, module manufacturers are vulnerable to risks such as regulatory changes,
exchange rate fluctuations, input price volatility and market competition.
On the other hand, large-scale wafer and polysilicon facilities with capacity of 35-45 GW and 15-25 GW, respectively,
are expected to be established by fiscal 2030. This increase in manufacturing capacity provides an opportunity for the
country to expand its production and establish its position in export markets, such as the US. The imposition of anti-
dumping duties ranging from 15-3,414% on Cambodia, Vietnam, Thailand and Malaysia, along with restrictions on
imports from China, presents an opportunity to Indian manufacturers to cater to US decarbonisation targets. Hence,
the expansion in the supply chain will cater to both domestic demand and exports.
This capacity expansion, particularly in upstream components, is expected to be driven by a combination of trade,
non-trade interventions and the PLI scheme, which aims to encourage investment and growth in the domestic solar
manufacturing industry.
Figure 53: India’s module capacity to reach 175-185 GW by fiscal 2030
175-185
85-95
FY30P
35-45
15-25
160-170
80-90
FY29P
30-40
10-20
155-165
80-90
FY28P
20-30
5-15
140-150
65-75
FY27P
10-20
2-7
110-120
40-50
FY26P
5-10
82
23
FY25E
2
Module Cell Wafer Polysilicon
Note: The above capacity is based on market announcements available in the public domain.
Source: Company reports, Crisil Intelligence
With the recent capacity expansion announcements by industry players, cell manufacturing capacity in India is
expected to increase. However, manufacturing facilities typically do not operate at full utilisation levels and within
the overall capacity, the share of advanced technologies, such as TOPCon, may remain limited. Consequently, cell
availability is likely to continue as a bottleneck for the industry, even as module capacity approaches a situation of
oversupply over the medium term. This structural gap means that even with ALMM II mandating the use of approved
domestic cells and modules for government-backed projects, the country will remain import-dependent for critical
raw materials, limiting true self-reliance in the solar value chain. However, this presents a significant opportunity for
the development of a robust domestic cell manufacturing ecosystem, which could not only reduce reliance on imports
but also foster innovation and drive economic growth. Moreover, the imposition of BCD of 25% on cells and 40% on
modules, along with the AIDC, has raised the landed cost of imports. While this provides a protective umbrella for
domestic manufacturers, it also creates short-term cost pressures for project developers and can delay capacity addition
if domestic supply fails to keep pace with demand.
The integration of solar PV manufacturing plants that produce wafers, cells and modules under one roof offers
advantages, such as improved efficiency and cost reduction. With reduced transportation costs and economies of scale,
these plants can optimise their production flow and maintain better quality control. Additionally, integrated solar PV
manufacturing plants provide greater flexibility and supply-chain security. Manufacturers can respond efficiently to
changes in demand, reduce their dependence on external suppliers and gain access to advanced technologies, achieving
competitive advantages in terms of quality and price.
273Backward integration into cells is critical
Backward integration into solar cell manufacturing is a strategic imperative to optimise costs, reduce dependence on
external suppliers, improve quality control and margins, ensure traceability of origin (key for some export markets)
and, in the Indian context, comply with local procurement policy rules. While India’s module manufacturing capacity
has increased rapidly to 82 GW as of fiscal 2025, the domestic integration of solar cell capacity has only been to the
extent of 25-30% (assuming full utilisation). This asymmetry resulted in heavy imports worth Rs 39,000 crore,
primarily from China, between fiscals 2023 and 2025, to support the large-scale increase in module
assembly/manufacturing. Vertically integrated players in China operate at lower cost structures, with the average
traded cell price of $0.04/Wp in fiscal 2025 being lower than that of India’s non-integrated players, owing to their
higher import dependence on wafers and cell conversion inefficiencies.
Raw material costs form 80-85% of the operating costs for Indian solar cell manufacturers. Of the raw material
expenditure, the major component is also imported (wafers), exposing the solar cell manufacturers to foreign exchange
risks. This can, in turn, impact project profitability.
Despite rapid growth in downstream solar manufacturing, India still lacks meaningful upstream capacity, particularly
in wafers and polysilicon. While some integrated players have announced plans, domestic wafer production remains
negligible and India has no commercial polysilicon capacity.
Figure 54: Solar cell manufacturers’ cost structure
Source: Company annual reports, Crisil Intelligence
Figure 55: Module manufacturers’ cost structure
Source: Company annual reports, Crisil Intelligence
274Without backward integration, manufacturers are more susceptible to global price volatility and lose cost-control
levers during technological transitions. Cell sourcing from external suppliers can constrain process tuning between
cell and module stages and impact module yields in some cases. Backward integration into cells is critical for the
following reasons:
• An integrated set-up creates a barrier to entry in the solar market for new manufacturers, which arises from
factors such as economies of scale, access to specialised expertise, technological know-how and control over
key aspects of the value chain
• For EPC players, the need for backward integration into manufacturing arises from several strategic and
operational benefits. By securing upstream operations, such as module and cell production, EPC firms gain
greater control over their supply chain, ensuring timely access to critical components and mitigating supply
disruptions and price volatility
• While international cell and module prices were low at $0.03 Wp and $0.08 Wp, respectively, in the first
quarter of fiscal 2026, they were at a high of $0.17 Wp and $0.30 Wp in the first quarter for fiscal 2023 owing
to supply-chain disruptions. Thus, integration enables cost control by reducing dependency on third-party
suppliers
• The impact of backward integration is also critical for EPC players as it simplifies procurement and sourcing
of components, thereby reducing execution delays, provides more cost control and ensures smoother project
implementation. Moreover, it enables the use of in-house manufactured components in projects, which
guarantees offtake for their own products
• The one-stop solution may also offer an edge in tender participation
The growth in nameplate manufacturing capacity for cells and modules is expected to help India reduce its reliance
on imports by fiscal 2030.
Import reliance to fall, exports to stay supportive
Imports fall following ALMM reimposition in fiscal 2025
Between fiscals 2019 and 2025, Indian companies invested significantly in solar cell and module manufacturing.
Despite the potential for growth, some domestic solar manufacturers have historically relied more on export revenue.
This is because Indian solar developers, in the past, preferred imported modules, except in specific market segments
where domestic content requirements apply, which account for a smaller portion of the overall renewable energy
industry.
As a result, more than 50% of solar modules installed in India during fiscals 2019-2025 were imported, primarily due
to inadequate domestic capacity, competitive pricing and technology preferences.
As of March 2025, India had an installed capacity of ~23 GW for solar cells and ~82 GW for modules. Although India
is one of the top 10 solar module producers, it is far behind its biggest competitor, China. While imports fell (28% on-
year) in fiscal 2023, they rose sharply (184% on-year) in fiscal 2024 owing to ALMM abeyance to meet rising solar
power demand in the country. The reimposition of ALMM from April 2025 led to a reduction in imports to Rs 322
billion in fiscal 2025, a 38% decline over fiscal 2024.
275Figure 56: Reimposition of ALMM in fiscal 2025 results in lower imports
600 Duty-free period ALMM abeyance 8.00
7.00
500
Reimpo6si.t0io0n of
Imposition of
ALM5.M00
400
safeguard duty 4.00
BCD
300 3.00
2.00
200
1.00
0.00
100
-1.00
0 -2.00
FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25
Imports (Rs billion) 247 151 119 42 336 282 515 322
International module prices
0.34 0.25 0.22 0.21 0.27 0.26 0.14 0.09
(USD/Wp)
% Change in imports 15% -39% -21% -65% 700% -16% 83% -38%
Notes:
HS Code 85414011 and 12 used until fiscal 2022, and 85414200 and 300 used from fiscal 2023
Multi-crystalline solar module prices considered for fiscals 2018-2020, and mono-crystalline module prices
considered for fiscals 2021-2025
Module prices are based on international price. These exclude GST
Source: Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Crisil Intelligence
Figure 57: China’s share rises as oversupply leads to cheaper raw material imports
100%
80%
60%
40%
20%
0%
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25
Others 14% 7% 6% 2% 4% 8% 5%
Thailand 3% 7% 3% 1% 12% 4% 3%
Malaysia 1% 0% 1% 2% 8% 9% 0%
Vietnam 4% 8% 3% 1% 12% 16% 11%
China 78% 78% 87% 94% 64% 63% 81%
China Vietnam Malaysia Thailand Others
Note: HS Code 85414011 and 12 used until fiscal 2022, and 85414200 and 300 used from fiscal 2023
Source: Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Crisil Intelligence
Countries such as Vietnam, Malaysia and Thailand have gained market share over the years, partly supported by
investments from Chinese players. However, the limited upstream component manufacturing in ASEAN countries has
kept their prices in line with India’s. On the other hand, the landed price of imported solar modules was Rs 10-12/Wp
in fiscal 2025, lower than that of a domestically manufactured module.
While imports have historically accounted for a large share of consumption, exports have also grown remarkably.
276Exports grow multi-fold in India
India's solar cell and module exports averaged a modest Rs 5.51 billion between fiscals 2019 and 2022. However, a
significant increase in manufacturing capacity and shifting geopolitical dynamics led to a remarkable 39-fold on-year
increase in exports in fiscal 2023, followed by a two-fold increase in fiscal 2024. Driven by the reimposition of
ALMM, domestic demand rose sharply in fiscal 2025, resulting in increased use of domestic produce. The fall in the
value of exports was also attributable to the reduced prices of solar modules on-year in fiscal 2025.
Figure 58: Falling module prices and increase in domestic consumption impact export value
168
n 97
o
illib 84
s
R
8 6 6 2
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25
Cell and module exports
Note: HS Code 85414011 and 12 used until fiscal 2022, and 85414200 and 300 used from fiscal 2023
Source: Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Crisil Intelligence
Between fiscals 2019 and 2022, the US accounted for over 60% of India’s exports on average. The share increased
significantly to 97% in fiscals 2023, 2024 and 2025.
Figure 59: US accounts for 97% of India’s solar module exports
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25
Others 33% 12% 12% 21% 2% 2% 3%
Nepal 1% 1% 1% 2% 0% 0% 0%
Canada 1% 0% 1% 2% 0% 0% 0%
Nigeria 1% 1% 1% 8% 0% 0% 0%
Turkey 0% 3% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
Vietnam 18% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
South Africa 4% 1% 3% 2% 0% 0% 0%
US 43% 82% 82% 66% 97% 97% 97%
US South Africa Vietnam Turkey Nigeria Canada Nepal Others
Note: HS Code 85414011 and 12 used until fiscal 2022, and 85414200 and 300 used from fiscal 2023
Source: Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Crisil Intelligence
A major reason for India’s increase in exports to the US was the sanctions imposed in June 2022 on imports from the
Xinjiang region in China. The Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act (UFLPA) is a US federal law that changed US
policy on China’s Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (XUAR or Xinjiang) to ensure American entities do not fund
forced labour among ethnic minorities in the region. The US also enforced measures for strict traceability.
277The Act specifically focuses on imports of polysilicon, cotton and automotive parts from Xinjiang. It not only applies
to the final product but also to upstream components to ensure no component manufactured in the region enters the
US. Xinjiang is a large polysilicon manufacturing centre, catering to demand from various cell and module
manufacturers. This has led to ban on individual companies, such as Xinjiang Daqo New Energy and Xinjiang GCL
New Energy Material Technology, subsidiaries of large polysilicon manufacturers, Daqo New Energy and GCL Poly,
respectively.
This effectively ensures Indian module manufacturers using Chinese cells would be unable to export to the US, thus
presenting a unique opportunity for manufacturers using domestically manufactured cells.
In April 2024, a coalition of US solar manufacturers petitioned the federal government to impose tariffs on imports
from Vietnam, Cambodia, Malaysia and Thailand. Furthermore, on June 6, 2024, the US ended the duty-free imports
for solar cells from these SEA nations. First Solar, Convalt Energy, Meyer Burger, Mission Solar, Qcells, REC Silicon
and Swift Solar alleged that companies in the four SEA nations dumped solar cells in the US market at prices below
the cost of production. A tariff ranging 15%-3414% was determined in June 2025.
In August 2025, the US imposed a 50% duty on India as part of its large-scale trade negotiations. The duty results in
Indian module becoming expensive than the US make. However, manufacturers are known to prioritise domestic cells
to comply with ALMM and DCR mandates within India, while using a mix of imported and domestic cell-based
modules for exports. With the imposition of ALMM-II from June 2026, the domestic cell capacity is expected to
expand and improve backward integration, while non-DCR capacity can be used for higher-margin exports and other
applications not bound by DCR mandates, such as green hydrogen. Furthermore, with solar PV no longer covered
under Section 303 of the Defense Production Act (DPA) and the low emphasis on expanding the IRA in the US, the
favourable price differential is expected to continue in the near term.
While the US solar industry has grown to more than 50 GW of module assembly capacity as of February 2025, it lags
in cell manufacturing capacity. This presents an opportunity for India to export backward-integrated components to
the US. The US administration’s pause on disbursal of funds under the IRA remains a key monitorable in 2025,
creating uncertainty for solar module manufacturers in the US. Additionally, expansions announced under the IRA
are currently under review and on hold. India remains vulnerable to the announcements by the US to develop 56 GW
of cell, 24 GW of wafer and 13 GW of ingot capacity by 2030, which has the potential to substitute Indian imports
going forward.
Cost of Indian cell-based modules and imported modules
Economies of scale and backward integration are essential to achieve competitive pricing for domestically
manufactured modules. Currently, the prices of imported-cell-based Indian modules are $0.03/Wp higher than
imported modules. The cost of Indian-cell-based modules is $0.08/Wp higher than imported-cell-based Indian
modules.
278Figure 60: Cost comparison of imported vs domestic modules (DCR and non-DCR)
Note: BCD includes AIDC
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Despite the high price of Indian-cell-based modules, they were 19-21% below US-made modules pre 50% duty.
However, with duty the prices of Indian make exceed that of the US make.
Table 12: Imported-cell-based modules prices post duties cheaper than US-made modules
US-made Indian-cell based Imported-cell- based Import-cell-based
Indian-cell-based
modules modules post duties domestic modules domestic modules
modules (cent/W)
(cent/W) (cent/W) (cent/W) post duties (cent/W)
32-33 25-27 35-37 15-17 23-25
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Export-import balance to improve over the next four fiscals
While the demand for solar modules factoring overloading in India is expected to remain robust and average 38-43
GW per annum between fiscals 2026 and 2030, the growth in production of modules is expected to be more than
sufficient, leaving room for exports. In fiscal 2025 itself, the country exported ~7 GW of modules, which formed 21%
of the domestic production. Between fiscals 2026 and 2030, while absolute exports will increase, the share of exports
in production is expected to reach a modest 25-32% over the years owing to rising domestic consumption. The US
has imposed a 50% duty on Indian modules (including the punitive 25% that came into effect from August 27).
However, ADD and CVD of 15-3,414% on Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand and Vietnam will keep the market
competitive for India. However, the ongoing ADD and CVD investigations by the US on India, Indonesia and Laos,
along with the rising US manufacturing capacity are likely to curb Indian exports to the US going forward.
Consequently, Indian manufacturers may increasingly rely on domestic demand to offset reduced export opportunities.
That said, US tariffs and trade dynamics with its trading partners are volatile and remain a key monitorable. With the
rising nameplate capacity and the reimposition of the ALMM from fiscal 2026, import dependency (calculated as
imports divided by consumption) for modules is expected to fall from 65% in fiscal 2020 to 0-5% by fiscal 2030.
However, a low base of fully integrated capacity would still result in high import reliance for upstream components
such as polysilicon, wafers and cells.
279Figure 61: Import dependence to fall to 0-5% by fiscal 2030
65% 35% ALMM II to be effective 0-5%
from June 2026
ALMM comes
60 80
into effect
70
50 65 to 75
60
40
50
40 to 50
30 34 40
45-50
30
20
34 32-37
13 20
20
10 20 5 to 15 15-20
4 10
10 1 9 12 7 8-13
6 0 to 2
0 0
FY20 FY24 FY25 FY26P FY30P
Import dependence
Consumption Exports Imports Production xx%
Notes: P – Projected
1. Export potential may remain dynamic owing to US reciprocal tariffs
2. The balance capacity in the above chart is attributed to the inventory in the industry at the manufacturer and end-
user.
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Sharp fall in prices of PV components due to surplus supply
The prices of upstream components, such as polysilicon, shot up to $0.39 per kg in the second quarter of fiscal 2023
from $0.29 per kg in fiscal 2022 on account of power rationing in China’s solar provinces, followed by its energy
crisis due to low stock of coal and higher demand. However, the global polysilicon base expanded 68% on-year by
the end of December 2022, reaching 1,000-1,100 tonne from 600-650 tonne, resulting in oversupply despite strong
demand. The surplus caused a dramatic drop in the price to $0.19 per kg by fiscal 2025.
Consequently, downstream components also witnessed significant price reductions, with that of wafer plummeting
over 53% to $0.15 a piece in fiscal 2025 from $0.32 per piece in fiscal 2023. The oversupply of polysilicon also
prompted the world's largest monocrystalline solar wafer supplier to cut prices of its PV wafers twice between April
and May 2023 by 33% as cell manufacturers sought to fulfil their order requirements. In addition, cell prices dropped
75% and module prices 62% in fiscal 2025 over fiscal 2023.
The combination of weak demand from Europe and inventory accumulation of Chinese modules kept global module
prices subdued in fiscal 2024.
280Figure 62: Prices to remain subdued with an upward bias due to oversupply of upstream components
0.70 BCD 35
imposed
on cells
0.60 0.61 and Oversupply in 30
Safeguard duty modules upstream
implemented
components
0.50 25
results in price
crash
0.40 20
p W /$
0.30
0 1. 734 0.29
15
g k /$
12 0.22-0.24
0.20 0.21 10
0.15 0.13-0.15
0.10 5
0.09
0.03-0.05
0.00 0
FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26P
Wafers (pc) Cells Domestic modules (non DCR)
Domestic modules (DCR) International modules Polysilicon (RHS)
Note: Prices exclude GST
Source: Crisil Intelligence
The oversupply of upstream components is expected to continue in fiscal 2026, resulting in a possible fall in prices of
domestic modules (non-DCR) to range between $0.13 and 0.15/Wp. However, prices of modules assembled using
Indian cells remained 1.5-2.0 times higher than those assembled using imported cells.
The Chinese government has intervened in the country’s solar manufacturing sector to stabilise finances amid a price
crash caused by severe overcapacity. Key actions taken include curbing disorderly price cutting, encouraging
companies to exit outdated production, boosting product quality and encouraging industry consolidation. These steps
are aimed at restoring profitability and long-term sustainability for manufacturers. If fructified, this development may
give rise to a price increase risk.
Policy support key for expansion of PV manufacturing
The PV manufacturing industry has received demand and supply incentives over fiscals 2019-25, the benefits of which
are expected to materialise over the years.
Figure 63: Policy drivers for domestic PV manufacturing
The government plans to invite 50 GW of renewable energy bids annually until fiscal 2028
Promotion of domestic manufacturing, by mandating only approved set of modules in the ALMM I and ALMM II
can be used in government-backed and subsidised grid connected projects; this will ensure demand for domestic
manufacturers
Schemes with subsidy support, such as the PM Surya Ghar and PM-KUSUM, mandate the use of DCR modules
The global supply-chain derisking strategy, which encourages businesses to diversify operations from China,
makes India among the favourable destinations for solar manufacturing owing to its low cost of labour
PLI schemes to the tune of Rs 24,000 crore will aid in the development of more than 45 GW of module
manufacturing capacity
Import duties of 40% on modules and 27.5% on cells are applicable since April 2022
281The Scheme for Promotion of Manufacturing of Electronic Components and Semiconductors was launched to
boost domestic manufacturing of components, including those essential for solar PV modules
The domestic tariff area policy framework ensures that imported goods, including solar cells or modules, incur
tariffs under BCD or the likes, creating a level playing field for domestic manufacturers
Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Karnataka have announced incentives for
solar manufacturing under their industrial policies
Green energy open access rules make large-scale renewable procurement more accessible for industries, creating
demand
Source: Crisil Intelligence
1. 50 GW annual tendering capacity: According to the government’s plan, it will invite bids for 50 GW of
RE capacity annually over fiscals 2024-2028, a significant portion of which will be solar. The aim is to add
250 GW renewable energy capacity since such projects take 18-24 months to be commissioned. The target
is to have 500 GW of installed capacity by 2030.
2. ALMM: The ALMM, introduced in 2021, is an initiative by the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy of
India to ensure that only high-quality solar modules are used in projects supported by the government. The
list has acted as a non-tariff barrier for global manufacturers who seek to enter the Indian market. The
government mandates that companies can use only those solar PV modules and manufacturers listed in the
ALMM for government-funded or supported solar projects in India. The list has been updated multiple times
between March 2021 and December 2024. The enlisted capacity touched 77 GW in March 2025, which was
~10 times more than that listed in March 2021. With the implementation of ALMM-II in June 2026, which
mandates the use of domestic cells in locally assembled modules (ALMM-I), the applicability of ALMM
extends to all government-assisted projects and projects under government schemes and programmes,
including those set up for electricity sales to the government and open access projects.
Figure 64: Enlisted capacity expands ~10 times
Note: Capacity inside the doughnut is the total enlisted capacity as per the ALMM
Source: MNRE, Crisil Intelligence
The initiative does not involve plants owned by any foreign manufacturer as of March 2025, providing price resilience
to domestic manufacturers.
With over 55 GW cell manufacturing capacity announced until fiscal 2025, the ALMM for cells is expected to help
expand manufacturing in the value chain stage as well. For this, timely commissioning of the cell capacity is crucial.
3. Domestic content requirements: The DCR rules mandate use of solar cells and modules manufactured
domestically as per specifications and testing requirements fixed by the MNRE. Various schemes have been
announced by the government, such as CPSU, PM-KUSUM and grid connected rooftop solar programmes,
to promote the use of domestically manufactured modules. The schemes have a central financial assistance/
viability gap funding (VGF) component to cover the cost difference between imported and domestic solar
282
M a
8 Gr
c h
8
W
2 0 2 1
1 1
< 5 0 0
F
w
e
p
b
2 7 G W
r u a r y 2 0
5 0 0 w p
2 3
a n d a b
1 6
o v e
M
1
7 7 G Wa
r c h 2
7 6
0 2 5cells and modules. It is mandatory to use DCR cells and modules to avail the financial aid provided by the
central and state governments. Cumulatively, these projects provide at least 40 GW opportunity for Indian
manufacturers.
4. Global supply-chain derisking strategy: The strategy encourages businesses to diversify operations from
China. India is one of the potential destinations for solar manufacturing due to its low labour cost and
favourable political and regulatory environment for manufacturing. The expanding manufacturing base has
enabled domestic manufacturers to tap the export potential with nearly 97% exports focused on the US alone.
5. PLI scheme: The MNRE launched the first tranche of the PLI scheme for high-efficiency solar modules in
April 2021 to allocate 8.7 GW to three manufacturers at Rs 45 billion. However, the outlay was increased
and a second round of allocation was conducted based on the oversubscription in the first tranche. The
ministry announced the second tranche in September 2022 to allocate 36 GW of fully/ partially integrated
solar manufacturing at Rs 195 billion. As on October 31, 2024, investments worth ~Rs 350 billion were made
under the National Programme on High Efficiency Solar PV Modules to enable the building of vertically
integrated solar manufacturing capacity for better quality control and competitiveness. While the scheme
remained technologically agnostic, technologies that yielded better module performances were to be
incentivised. The scheme witnessed allocations to 13 unique manufacturers in India across various stages of
the value chain. While the players will only be eligible for PLI on half of the capacity allocated, the scheme
is expected to be pivotal in setting up a capital-intensive upstream value chain (polysilicon and wafer) as over
80% of the expected additions in these segments will be driven through it by fiscal 2030. This will reduce
the import dependence of Indian PV manufacturers.
6. BCD: The government regularly intervenes to address the price disparity between Indian and international
modules by imposing safeguard duties and BCD. In the past, rising imports discouraged the expansion of
manufacturing capacity, forcing domestic solar component manufacturers (mainly modules) to file additional
duty petitions against imports. Despite the safeguard duty, imports dominated module supplies. Indian
producers sought an extension and the duty was extended for a year before lifting it after July 2021. However,
the Ministry of Power alternatively levied a ~40% BCD on modules and 25% on cells effective April 1, 2022.
While this led to higher capital cost, the price disparity between a domestically assembled module and an
imported one reduced to $0.01-0.02/Wp from $0.07-0.08/Wp, boosting demand for domestic manufacturers.
In the Union Budget 2025-26, the duty structure has been simplified.
Table 13: New and simplified duty structure
Solar module Old duty structure New duty structure
BCD 40% 20%
SWS 4% -
AIDC - 20%
283Solar cell Old duty structure New duty structure
BCD 25% 20%
SWS 2.5% -
AIDC - 7.5%
Note: SWS – social welfare surcharge
Source: Crisil Intelligence
The change in duty structure has reduced the effective duty on imported solar modules. It slightly lowers landed costs
of imported modules, easing project capital costs for developers, but marginally reducing the protective cushion for
domestic manufacturers. The implementation of the ALMM and ALMM II is likely to protect demand for domestic
make. Cell prices may witness a marginal increase of 1%.
Figure 65: Change in duty structure lead to a marginal increase in the landed price of cells
Note: SWS is calculated on BCD while AIDC is calculated on imported value; prices of cells are as of May 2025
Source: Crisil Intelligence
9. SPECS: The Scheme for Promotion and Manufacturing of Electronic Components and Semiconductors was
launched to boost domestic manufacturing of electronic components, including those essential for solar PV modules.
The scheme aims to reduce dependence on imports, particularly from China. The incentives include a financial subsidy
that covers 25% of capex on new plants or machinery analogy upgrades and R&D activities, aimed at enhancing
India's production capacity and technological capabilities. The solar industry relies heavily on semiconductors,
particularly for inverters, storage systems and other components. The ability to produce them domestically is crucial
for building a resilient solar supply chain. The scheme also encouraged global companies to invest in India's solar
component manufacturing, positioning itself as a reliable alternative to China for solar equipment.
10. Domestic tariff area (DTA): The DTA refers to the geographical region within a country where goods and
services are freely available for trade, subject to domestic duties and taxes, as opposed to export-oriented units or
special economic zones, where special exemptions apply. The DTA policy framework plays a pivotal role in fostering
domestic production of solar cells and modules. By ensuring that imported goods, such as solar cells or modules, incur
tariffs under the BCD or other trade protective duties, the DTA helps create a level playing field for domestic
manufacturers. The policy is particularly relevant given India’s target to achieve 500 GW of RE capacity by 2030,
with solar energy constituting a significant share. The imposition of duties on imported solar cells and modules,
particularly from China, helps reduce dependence on imports and provides a competitive edge to local manufacturers.
Incentives for manufacturing given by various state governments:
284a. Gujarat offers a 6-12% annual capital subsidy based on location, capped at Rs 400 million per year.
Additionally, it offers a long-term lease of government land for up to 50 years at 6% of the market rate.
b. Tamil Nadu provides land for solar system component manufacturing, with incentives for co-utilisation of
land. The Industry Policy 2021 provides a structured package of incentives.
c. West Bengal provides a 100% exemption from land conversion fees, stamp duty and electricity duty for
expansion and new units for five years. Additionally, it offers an exemption from water cess.
d. Rajasthan provides a seven-year land tax exemption and 10-year electricity duty exemption for solar power
equipment manufacturers. It also allots land at a 50% concessional rate, with a 100% stamp duty exemption.
Additionally, an investment subsidy of 90% of the state goods and services tax due and deposited is offered
for seven years.
e. Karnataka provides capital subsidy between 10% and 25% on the value of fixed assets depending on the zone
of operation. It also offers PLI for large, mega and ultra-mega enterprises. Under its Industrial Policy 2025-
30, the state also proposes exemption on stamp duty up to 100% in Zone 1 and 75% in Zone 2. Similarly, it
also proposes providing concessional registration charges and reimbursement of land conversion fees.
f. Madhya Pradesh provides 10-40% investment subsidy on plant and machinery (linked to production, exports,
employment and geography), disbursed over a seven-year period. In addition, new solar manufacturing units
receive a rebate on energy charges of Re 1 per unit or 20% of the bill (whichever is lower) for consumption
under new electricity connections, along with duty and cess exemptions for up to 10 years.
Risks and monitorable factors
The risks associated with solar cell and solar module manufacturing are multifaceted, impacting the environment as
well as overall economic stability.
Table 14: Risks in solar cell and module manufacturing
Risk category Solar cell manufacturing Solar module manufacturing
High initial capital investment Low initial capital investment
Capital requirement
High entry barrier, low Low entry barrier, high competitive
Barrier to entry competitive intensity intensity
High risk of obsolescence due to Low risk of obsolescence in the
Technological risks rapid advancements assembly process
High complexity, design and Low complexity, design and
Complexity engineering requirements engineering requirements
No warranty 25–30-year warranty
After-sales risks
Handling of hazardous materials Waste management and recycling of
Environmental and health
in manufacturing process panel components
risks
Notes: Red indicates high risk, amber moderate risk and green low risk
*Benchmarks have been calculated on the basis of public filings of Waaree Energies, Premier Energies and Vikram
Solar, excluding land
285Source: Industry, Crisil Intelligence
As of June 2025, another risk seems to be looming for the industry—oversupply of module stemming from rapid
expansion plans. As per market announcements, the nameplate module manufacturing capacity is expected to reach
175-185 GW by fiscal 2030, ~4 times the average demand expected in the fiscal. Any impact on exports owing to
geopolitical developments may further exacerbate the oversupply and result in low utilisation levels. Players are
forging tie-ups with value chain participants as a strategy to guarantee offtake. Exploring new avenues of exports
through collaborations, partnerships or by increasing local presence may also act as a mitigant. However,
developments in the global geopolitics and domestic environment will be a monitorable for the fructification of
expansion plans.
Module manufacturers are also vulnerable to risks, such as change in government regulations, exchange rate or input
price volatility, and market and competition risk.
Figure 66: Regulations, commissioning capability and technological progress key for the industry
Risks and Impact meter Impact
monitorable
factors
India’s limited upstream component base is expected to result
Changes in import- in continued reliance on imports. Thus, change in global trade
export regulations policies, particularly in duties, could significantly impact
manufacturers
The impact of the rupee’s depreciation on imports of upstream
Foreign currency
components is anticipated to be offset by a surge in exports of
fluctuations
downstream components
The domestic industry relies heavily on government
Changes in
interventions in the form of tax and non-tax barriers to remain
government
resilient. Any shifts in government policies could, thus, could
policies
severely impact the industry
Increased investment from Chinese players in Vietnam,
Rise in competition
Thailand and Malaysia is expected to intensify competition
from domestic
for Indian manufacturers in the global market. Timely
market and
commissioning of large-scale vertically integrated capacities
imports
will be crucial to maintaining competitiveness
While innovation improves efficiency and lowers costs, a fast
pace of change can render existing systems obsolete and
Technology
introduce compatibility problems. This poses risks related to
upgrades
performance, reliability and the ability of new modules to
seamlessly integrate into existing infrastructure
The limited base of upstream components, such as
polysilicon, wafers and cells, is expected to leave India
Price volatility and
vulnerable to supply and price shocks from the international
market risks
market. However, rising upstream domestic capacity over the
longer term will mitigate this risk
Development of Diversification of the export basket will remain a crucial
local value chains monitorable factor in the future as major importing economies
in export markets develop their own manufacturing setups
286Note: The red zone denotes high risk, amber moderate risk and green low risk
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Threats and challenges
1. Policy challenges
The domestic solar energy industry is heavily reliant on government policies. Crucial policy measures, such as the
ALMM, safeguard duty, BCD and the PLI scheme for solar module manufacturing have had a significant impact on
the sector. However, frequent changes in the policy framework pose a challenge.
Figure 67: Policy uncertainty and reversals have impacted the industry in the past
Source: Crisil Intelligence
2. Industry challenges
Import dependency on upstream components: The government has allocated 24 GW of polysilicon, 40 GW of wafers
and 48.3 GW of cells and module capacity in two PLI tranches. Apart from these, multiple players have announced
expansion plans in the cells-to-module segment. By fiscal 2030, the increase in domestic cell-to-module capacity is
expected to lower import dependency to 0-5%. However, the dependence on import of wafers and polysilicon is
expected to continue owing to limited capacity expansion plans over the next five years.
Aggressive expansion of the industry: The positive contours of expanding end-use and demand protection for the
domestic market is leading to rapid capacity augmentation. This may lead to overcapacity and consolidation in the
future, especially among less integrated and smaller players. How much of the announced capacity expansions will
materialise remains a key monitorable over the course of next five years.
3. Export market concentration
Domestic solar module capacity expanded to 82 GW in fiscal 2025 from 22 GW in fiscal 2022, opening up export
opportunities. Moreover, after the US passed the Uyghur Forced Labour Prevention Act, which restricted imports
from China, over 90% of exports from India were driven to the US market during fiscals 2023, 2024 and 2025.
However, as India does not have an export agreement with the US, any change in US policies can impact Indian
exporters. Besides, the US has announced more than 370 GW of domestic manufacturing capacity across the solar
supply chain, representing 37,000 potential jobs and nearly $17 billion in investments across 124 new facilities or
expansions under the IRA. However, announcements under the IRA are currently on hold. Given their primary focus
287on the US market, Indian manufacturers have a limited presence in other top importing nations, such as the
Netherlands, Germany, Spain and Brazil.
4. Technological advancements
Solar PV manufacturing is seeing major technological advancements which is helping players produce more efficient
and cheaper modules. Any changes in technology can shift demand towards newer products, rendering existing
inventory less desirable. All technology know-how and even manufacturing lines and installation personnel for new
PV cell and module lines, being set up currently, are coming mostly from Chinese suppliers. Players that adapt to the
technological shifts in the manufacturing industry are known to benefit over the period. Therefore, maintaining high
quality standards and keeping up with rapid technological advancements can be challenging for this industry.
5. Environment and sustainability
Solar PV manufacturing uses materials that generate hazardous waste. Production processes such as etching, doping
and coating resulting in greenhouse gas emissions and generation of volatile organic compounds and acid gases. Some
materials used to make solar cells, such as cadmium, lead, arsenic and selenium, are toxic and can create health and
environmental risks if not handled properly. Water consumption during production is also significant, especially in
production of silicon wafers, which need to be purified, cut and polished with large amounts of water. These challenges
can impact costs, operational efficiency and overall feasibility of a project.
6. Cross-subsidy issues
Certain consumer categories, such as industrial and commercial users, bearing higher tariffs in order to subsidise the
lower tariffs provided to agricultural and residential consumers is termed cross-subsidising in the renewable energy
sector. While this mechanism helps maintain affordability for vulnerable groups, it creates distortions in the open
access market, making renewable energy less attractive for high-paying consumers who are key drivers of demand.
Additionally, the landed cost of renewable energy through open access can vary significantly depending on fluctuation
in market prices, changes in duties or expiry of waivers, such as exemption from ISTS charges. Any withdrawal or
reduction of such concessions directly impacts the cost competitiveness of renewable power, thereby diminishing the
economic appeal of open access procurement for large consumers.
288Module 6: EPC market and RE park development
EPC model gaining popularity in RE space
A typical EPC solar project covers design, civil works, equipment purchase and installation, and commissioning. The
scope can also include stages preceding design (arranging associated base infrastructure such as land) and post-
commissioning services (O&M).
EPC services can be classified into various subcategories based on the scale and type of installations, i.e., ground
mounted and rooftop solar installations. Favourable government initiatives, such as MNRE’s target of achieving 280
GW of solar energy capacity by fiscal 2030, have led to a sharp rise in ground-mounted utility scale solar installations,
accounting for the majority of India’s solar capacity. Parallelly, increased demand for green energy and rooftop
installations by corporate consumers have also boosted solar installations.
EPC services require a detailed and extensive process, from conceptualisation to commissioning.
Figure 68: Broad stages during EPC
Source: Crisil Intelligence
The entire EPC process typically takes 12-18 months, with an additional 3-6 months for regulatory approvals. Typical
challenges include land acquisition, grid connectivity, timely approvals, environmental and social impact, and
financing, which can increase the execution timelines.
A critical step is the actual development of infrastructure on which the solar installation is built. This includes land
aggregation, relevant approvals, obtaining grid connectivity and evacuation permissions, and preparing the underlying
site infrastructure. While most EPC players focus on site preparation, the preceding activities represent a significant
value-added service as well as effort-intensive process, not commonly offered across the industry. Such capabilities
can serve as a key differentiator for developers and a key strength for EPC contractors. Furthermore, this model creates
an additional revenue stream and margin enhancement opportunity for the co-developer, who can generate incremental
returns either by retaining a minority equity stake in the solar asset or by divesting it fully prior to executing the EPC
work. This structure allows the co-developer to secure EPC margins through a guaranteed contract while
simultaneously realising financial returns from the sale or retention of the special purpose vehicle (SPV).
Solar project work is classified into supply (material) and services contracts, which are awarded to different entities
rather than a single EPC contractor. Capital-intensive components, covering 75-80% of the project cost—such as
modules, transformers, inverters, and cables—are often directly procured by developers. Installation services—civil
works, erection, mounting and commissioning—account for 20-25% of the project cost and are contracted to third-
289party service providers. However, some solar module manufacturers provide the complete EPC package, delivering
modules as well as full project execution services.
Turnkey vs balance of plant
To ensure efficient and timely construction, it is imperative to have an effective model that ensures timely project
execution, minimises construction delays and improves transparency.
Figure 69: Checklist of an EPC model
1. Pre-contract/planning 2. Engineering and design
• Defining project scope, objectives and • Preliminary and detailed design
feasibility study • Conducting site studies
• Securing land, permits and statutory • Technology selection
approvals • Quality, standards and compliance
• Drafting of EPC contract requirements
4. Construction and execution 3. Procurement
• Site preparation, civil, mechanical and • Vendor selection and qualification
electrical works • Preparation of bill of quantities (BoQ)
• Install and integrate equipment, ensure and technical specifications
HSE compliance • Manage tendering, contracting and
• Pre-commissioning checks, grid- supply-chain logistics
synchronisation and performance • Equipment inspection, testing and
testing certifications
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Under the turnkey project structure, the contractor holds full responsibility of design and execution of the works,
including EPC. Therefore, the contractor makes the facility ready to be used at the turn of a key. The project must be
delivered at a pre-determined time and cost, and the contractor must adhere to project specifications. In case of
deviations, the contractor is liable to pay monetary compensation.
Under the balance of plant (BoP) structure, the project is broken down into multiple contracts with a major chunk
contracted through the EPC route and the remaining through BoP. For a solar plant, solar modules and inverters
constitute the maximum cost and may be contracted individually, whereas the supporting components and systems
(wiring, switches, battery banks, power conditioners, mounting structures) may be procured in an integrated fashion
through a common vendor. Additionally, under BoP, the owner has to appoint an external consultant or a principal
contractor for holistic project management and act as an interface between subcontractors.
Key criteria for selection of an EPC contractor
Globally, the selection of an EPC contractor for any project is done in two stages:
Initial selection: Using a checklist of qualification requirements and assessing the contractor on each point. The
assessment may be done on a pass/fail basis against the criteria/qualification requirements. The EPC contractor is
selected if it surpasses the minimum pass/fail requirements.
Figure 70: Initial selection using the checklist
Eligibility Historical non- Financial situation Experience Past performance
performance
290• Nationality • History of • Financial • General • Number of
non- capability to experience contracts
• Conflict of
performing handle large- across won
interest
contracts scale projects geographies
• Timeliness
• Bank
and
• Pending • Average of delivery
eligibility
technologies
litigation annual
turnover • Specific
• Litigation
experience in
history • Cash flow
similar scale/
management
complexity
projects
Source: World Bank, Crisil Intelligence
The above selection criteria collectively creates strong entry barriers in the EPC market. Eligibility requirements, legal
and litigation checks, financial thresholds, proven experience and past performance benchmarks filter out smaller or
inexperienced players, allowing only established firms to qualify. In the financial criteria, for instance, for a sample
of RE tenders issued over fiscals 2024 and 2025, the average minimum turnover ranged Rs 1,500-2,500 million for a
tender size of 200-400 MW and Rs 5,000-6,500 million for a tender size of 500-1000 MW. Collectively, such criteria
ensure that only the financially strong and technically capable companies with a credible track record can compete,
making entry challenging for new entrants.
Once the bidder/proposer is deemed qualified, submitted bids/proposals are evaluated. The final selection is based on
the quality of the proposal and, in some cases, on the cost of services (as quoted).
Methods of selecting an EPC contractor
a. Quality and cost-based selection (QCBS): This is the most commonly used method, which considers the
quality of the proposal as well as the cost of services. The technical and financial proposals are submitted by
the bidders at the same time in two separate sealed envelopes. Using pre-assigned weightages on technical
and financial proposals (e.g., weight assigned to technical proposal: 75%, weight assigned to financial
proposal: 25%), the final weighted scores are determined. The highest final score is deemed to be the winning
submission.
b. Quality-based selection (QBS): In this method, only the quality of technical proposals is evaluated to secure
the most competent candidate. Once the best (highest ranked) technical proposal is determined, the
corresponding financial proposal is opened, and the submitter is invited for subsequent negotiation of
financial terms. After the conclusion of negotiations, the project is awarded to the contractor.
c. Least-cost selection (LCS): The winning submission is determined based on the lowest-priced financial
proposal. The technical proposals are evaluated only to the extent of assessing the minimum technical score.
An EPC contractor is selected based on any of the three aforementioned approaches.
The performance specification section of an EPC contract details the performance criteria that the contractor must
meet. However, it does not dictate how they must be met and is left to the contractor to determine. Generally, a contract
highlights technical and financial eligibility criteria for prospective bidders. It evaluates the previous experience of
contractors as well and checks for healthy balance sheets (minimum net worth/average turnover/average net gains).
The bidder may be required to submit a bank solvency certificate for an amount as mandated by the contract.
Additionally, summarised sheets of turnover and/or financial statements for the past three years typically need to be
furnished.
Figure 71: Key determinants for selecting an EPC contractor
291Source: Crisil Intelligence
EPC business models
RE developers can set up in-house capabilities to undertake their own EPC projects or outsource the same to external
service providers.
Table 15: Execution of projects using different business models
Outsourcing to
Factor In-house EPC large, specialised
EPC contractors
1. Players are likely to get bulk 1. In the case of turnkey EPC
discounts on the prices of solar contracts, players with large order
modules, steel, aluminium and books benefit from bulk
inverters only if the project size of buying/importing components such
the developer is large enough (for as modules, steel, aluminium and
the equipment supplier, typically inverters. Hence, they can quote
Equipment cost
>100 MW size). Hence, offering competitive rates, with minimal
deep discounts is a challenge. impact on margins.
2. Availability of equipment 2. Most large EPC players get the
financing is possible only for large benefit of equipment financing from
capacity. the module/inverter supplier.
292Outsourcing to
Factor In-house EPC large, specialised
EPC contractors
1.Project development and
meeting deadlines in the case of
in-house EPC projects could be a Led by varied experience across
challenge for relatively new and various geographies, project sizes
Project smaller players in the market. and teams, project management is
management smoother. Likelihood of timely
project completion is higher owing
and timelines 2. In-house EPC players tend to
to better supply-chain management.
sublet more of their work to
smaller contractors, resulting in
elongation of project completion
deadlines.
The developer and O&M
contractor bear the entire risk
arising from the loss of generation
due to multiple technical factors. As large EPC contractors also
However, it can be controlled by provide warranties and guarantees
reducing the replacement time of post commissioning, the lead time
Warranties,
faulty equipment. The problem is for spare parts to be available at the
guaranties/spare
aggravated since major site is less. This reduces generation
part availability
components such as solar modules loss, especially in peak power
and inverters are imported, generation seasons.
resulting in higher lead time.
Hence, in the case of in-house
EPC projects, O&M contractors
are often appointed.
Although the solar and wind
industry is growing, it is still
prone to volatility and uncertainty.
Project components can be
imported and susceptible to price
fluctuations and local taxes (anti-
EPC players aim at playing with
dumping duty, safeguard duty).
scale and cost to improve margins.
Similarly, prices of key
However, with the top line for the
commodities such as copper,
companies falling on a per-project
concrete and steel are volatile.
Risk diversification basis (developers not keen to raise
With capital costs as well as tariffs
EPC and O&M costs), stagnation
falling due to maturing of the
tends to set in. This leads to low
market and rise in competitors,
profitability and market volatility, if
solar EPC project margins have
any, can distort margins.
also been narrowing. In such a
scenario, being vertically
integrated across development
and EPC contracting give a
company more scope to diversify
risks and secure finance.
293Outsourcing to
Factor In-house EPC large, specialised
EPC contractors
To grab a larger share in the market,
large and established EPC players
foray abroad. With the emergence of
international markets in the solar
sector such as Africa, the Middle
Horizontal Horizontal expansion is restricted
East, Southeast Asia and South
expansion to business expansion.
America, these players are building
on efficiency and low-cost
capabilities to win tenders and
augment portfolios.
With solar and wind development
coming closer to EPC and Consolidation and merger deals are a
concept-to-commissioning being part of a mature market. With pricing
offered in one suite, project pressures and thinning margins,
developers will build on in-house large and specialised EPC players
Firm sustenance and solutions. However, merger deals have stronger capabilities to sustain.
continuity for vertical integration are Bigger players may continue to have
unlikely and companies would a strong market presence but the
prefer investing in building in- small firms may not be able to
house capabilities rather than sustain due to lower margins.
buying specialised EPC firms.
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Outlook on the domestic RE EPC market
Crisil Intelligence expects RE (solar and wind) additions of 205-215 GW between fiscals 2026 and 2030, significantly
surpassing 82 GW seen over fiscals 2021-2025. These additions will be driven by strong policy support and a healthy
pipeline, in line with the government’s target of achieving 500 GW non-fossil fuel capacity by fiscal 2030, of which
~280 GW is expected to come from solar energy, as per MNRE.
Nearly 60-70% of the installations till fiscal 2025 were attributed to third-party EPC. Crisil Intelligence expects this
share to be maintained till fiscal 2030, resulting in an opportunity of Rs 6-8 trillion between fiscals 2026 and 2030.
294Figure 72: Renewable third-party EPC market to witness Rs 6-8 trillion investment between
fiscals 2026 and 2030
1,700-1,750
1,600-1,650
1,475-1,525
1,300-1,350
1,150-1,250
n
o
illib
s
R
FY26P FY27P FY28P FY29P FY30P
Investments
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Nearly 72% of the investment to be attributed to solar energy owing to the higher share in capacity addition mix
between fiscals 2026 and 2030.
295Key growth drivers
Table 16: A combination of factors will drive growth in the domestic renewable EPC market
Growth drivers Description
Growing power demand and T&D Rising electricity demand in India, driven by rapid urbanisation,
expansion industrial growth and improving living standards, necessitates a parallel
expansion in power infrastructure. To meet this requirement, significant
investments are being directed not only towards increasing generation
capacity but also towards strengthening of T&D networks. The growing
share of renewables in the energy mix further highlights the need for
robust grid connectivity and evacuation systems. EPC companies play
a central role in bridging this gap by delivering integrated solutions
across generation, transmission and distribution, ensuring reliable and
efficient power supply.
RE push and government policy The government’s ambitious RE targets of 500 GW non-fossil capacity
support by fiscal 2030, along with flagship schemes such as PM-KUSUM,
RDSS and the Green Energy Corridor, are strong enablers of EPC
industry growth. Policy support through subsidies, viability gap funding
and large-scale tenders creates a stable project pipeline for developers,
who rely on EPC partners for execution. The convergence of renewable
expansion and favourable policies ensures sustained demand for EPC
services across solar, wind, hybrid and emerging technologies such as
energy storage.
Technological advancements The increasing complexity of power projects, including large-scale
utility installations, floating solar and battery energy storage systems,
requires EPC players to adopt advanced engineering and project
management solutions.
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Threats and challenges
The RE EPC sector has emerged as a critical enabler in the global transition towards clean energy. Despite its
criticality, the segment faces several headwinds that affect profitability, timely execution and operations at large. The
key threats and challenges impacting EPC players in the RE space are detailed below:
• Land acquisition difficulties: Obtaining land for renewable projects in India can be protracted
and contentious. Land acquisition process can often stretch into practice. Key reasons include
fragmented land records, bureaucratic approval hurdles and local opposition. Large RE parks
sometimes face pushback from farmers and communities concerned about loss of agricultural
land or inadequate compensation. The lack of centralised land policies means each state and
project encounters different regulations, adding complexity. These land bottlenecks have caused
significant commissioning delays for renewable projects in India. For EPC firms, such delays
increase costs and the risk of contractual penalties.
Against this backdrop, EPC players that possess in-house expertise in land identification, due
diligence and acquisition are, therefore, at a distinct advantage. By securing suitable land parcels
early and mitigating risks associated with ownership disputes or local opposition, these players
can accelerate project timelines and reduce execution costs. Consequently, EPC companies with
robust land acquisition capabilities are strategically well positioned to capture a larger share of
the utility-scale solar market, as developers and investors increasingly prefer partners who can
de-risk projects right from inception.
• Transmission and grid connectivity constraints: Slow expansion of the transmission
infrastructure is another critical challenge. Solar-rich remote areas often lack adequate grid
connectivity, which poses a severe bottleneck for India’s renewable ambitions over the long term.
Building new transmission lines can take three or more years and is frequently delayed by right-
of-way disputes, difficult terrain (rivers, hilly areas) and environmental clearance issues. For
296instance, in Rajasthan certain transmission routes were stalled due to Great Indian Bustard
wildlife zones. Until grid upgrades catch up, many completed solar farms operate below capacity
or cannot deliver power, straining EPC project timelines. These delays in grid readiness have also
led to some tenders being undersubscribed or cancelled. For companies, securing timely approvals
and assured grid connectivity is of crucial importance to setting up utility-scale solar projects.
Players that have already obtained grid connectivity are strategically better positioned to execute
projects without uncertainty and capture market opportunities.
• Counterparty and financial risks: The financial weakness of many state electricity distribution
companies (discoms) is an underlying threat to the solar sector. Payment delays to power
producers are common, which, in turn, can affect EPC contractors if project developers face cash
flow issues. Additionally, some state governments have attempted renegotiation of signed PPAs
in the past, injecting uncertainty into revenue streams. Such risks make lenders cautious and can
increase the cost of capital for solar projects in India. For EPC firms, thin capitalisation or heavy
working capital needs pose a weakness. They must often procure equipment and build the plant
long before receiving the full payment.
• Intense competition and margin pressure: The Indian solar EPC space is crowded with many
players, ranging from large conglomerates to smaller contractors. This has led to fierce bidding
wars for projects, driving prices (and profit margins) really low. Aggressive bidding to win
contracts often leaves EPC firms with razor-thin margins and a little buffer for cost overruns. Any
unexpected increase in equipment prices, project delays, or on-site issues can wipe out profits.
Low margins also make it difficult for companies to invest in R&D, new technology, or workforce
training, a weakness that could hurt long-term capabilities. There is constant pressure to cut costs,
which in some cases tempts less scrupulous contractors to compromise quality (using cheaper
components or skimping on tests). This poses a reliability risk for projects. Overall, intense
competition is a major challenge for industry profitability.
• Terrain levelling: Executing RE projects in challenging terrain significantly impacts costs and
timelines. For instance, the ~13,000-acre Pavagada Solar Park in Karnataka is situated on a
plateau surrounded by rocky hill ranges composed of hard metamorphic closepet granite.
Extensive site preparation was necessary, including vegetation stripping, land levelling and
disruption of natural drainage systems such as small buns and loose boulder formations among
such sites, causing operational complexities. Furthermore, tough access to groundwater posed
challenges for panel cleaning and construction. Such terrains require additional civil work,
increasing costs and causing execution delays, demanding meticulous engineering solutions that
may not have been anticipated at the time of contract price negotiations.
In this context, companies with prior experience of successfully executing projects in such
complex terrains are at a distinct advantage. Projects in such an environment often carry
differentiated economics, as the inherent challenges can elevate the overall project value and
create scope for more favourable returns for developers. Their proven ability to anticipate and
address these challenges makes them better positioned to secure bids for similar projects in the
future, as experience in difficult terrains often becomes a critical determinant in winning new
contracts.
• No appeal mechanism/price escalation clause: RE EPC contracts often lack a price escalation
clause. Further, there is no formal appeal mechanism as available to developers, such as the
recourse to nodal agencies or electricity regulatory commissions. Lack of a mechanism to adjust
for commodity price volatility, inflation or delays caused by supply chain, regulatory and policy
bottlenecks create significant challenges for contractors. Resultantly, EPC players may be forced
to absorb the rising input and overhead costs, leading to margin erosion. The inability to contest
or renegotiate terms can heighten financial stress and execution risks, often discouraging smaller
players from participating and impacting overall industry competitiveness.
• Policy flux: India’s RE EPC market has been volatile due to policy changes and tender designs.
Frequent changes in government schemes or tariff rules create unpredictability in project cost
structures and procurement strategies. In addition, variability in state-level policies complicates
project planning and investment decisions. Moreover, evolving project structures and policy
landscape often force EPC companies to rework strategies mid-way, leading to time and cost
overruns. Frequent policy changes can make it risky to invest, cause problems in the supply chain
and create challenges for EPC contractors.
297• Project momentum issues: Complex tender structures and previous aggression in bidding have
led to weak participation in allocations—between fiscals 2022 and 2025, ~17 GW of renewable
capacity went undersubscribed. Additionally, delays by state utilities in signing power sale
agreements (PSAs) for allocated projects has kept the pipeline in limbo. Over fiscals 2022-2025,
~7 GW of awarded renewable projects were cancelled before execution. This stop-start pipeline
erodes investor confidence and impacts EPC potential.
Comparison of the EPC and IPP business
Both the EPC and IPP segments are marked with their advantages and limitations. While the EPC segment offers
benefits such as asset-light operations, quick capital recycling, predictable margins, and low financing risk, it faces
challenges of limited margins, dependence on new bids and intense competition. In contrast, IPP benefit from long-
term asset ownership, stable cashflows, strategic accumulations of assets and high operating margins, yet contend with
high upfront capital requirements, locked in funds, policy uncertainties, and financing risk.
Figure 73: While EPC and IPP models offer advantages, the same also have limitation
Source: Industry, Crisil Intelligence
RE park models
RE parks are contiguous parcels of land with pre-developed plug-and-play infrastructure provided (to various degrees)
for easy construction of RE projects. In India, there are two models:
• Co-development model
• Government-led model
Under the co-development model, the project is implemented by a private developer either on its own or in
collaboration with the government. While the government may facilitate the process by providing land or streamlining
approvals, the private developer is primarily responsible for the financing, construction and operation of the park's
infrastructure and power plants. This approach leverages private capital and expertise, often leading to faster project
execution and greater innovation.
Conversely, the government-led development model involves a government entity, often a state or central agency,
who assumes primary responsibility for all phases of the project. This includes securing the land, developing the
essential infrastructure such as roads and transmission lines, and managing the overall park. The government then
298provides the fully developed sites to private developers who build and operate their individual power plants. This
model is characterised by centralised planning and risk mitigation, as the government handles significant initial hurdles
such as land acquisition and regulatory clearances.
Co-development model
Co-development model combines the advantages of EPC and IPP segments to offer a balanced approach for the
stakeholders.
Figure 74: Co-development model: A balanced approach
Source: Industry, Crisil Intelligence
Under this approach, large developers and EPC players take the lead in aggregating and leasing contiguous land
parcels, obtaining statutory clearances and creating shared infrastructure such as internal roads, drainage, water supply,
fencing, pooling substations and ISTS/STU evacuation facilities either before or alongside project identification by
IPPs. By delivering a fully developed, grid-ready site, the model reduces the gestation period of projects and allows
developers to focus directly on execution, thereby accelerating capacity addition. This plug-and-play infrastructure
overcomes persistent challenges in large-scale renewable energy (RE) development in India. It also mitigates project
risks by ensuring that developers are insulated from legal disputes, environmental approvals and bureaucratic delays.
Additionally, with grid-ready evacuation facilities, it prevents stranded assets-- a recurring issue in conventional
project development. Another strength lies in unlocking economies of scale, as centralised development of pooling
substations, internal roads and other common utilities reduces the per-megawatt (MW) cost of project implementation.
Together, these strengths make the co-development model a robust and efficient framework for driving RE expansion
in India in a time-bound and efficient manner.RE energy parks typically use barren, unused, or non-arable land,
minimising conflicts with locals and farmers. By grouping large tracts of such land, these parks optimise space and
reduce the overall land requirement per-MW . In India, solar and wind projects typically require 4.5-5 acres per-MW
of flat, barren land.
The need for such parks stems from the country’s ambitious RE potential estimated at 12 terawatt (TW), including 11
TW of solar (as per TERI) and 1.2 TW of wind (as per MNRE). Historically, large scale development has been
constrained by fragmented land acquisition, delayed approvals and inadequate transmission connectivity. RE parks
address these challenges by consolidating pre-identified waste lands and ensuring integrated planning with
transmission utilities, thereby offering developers ready-to-build sites.
The co-development model is characterised by qualities well-suited to the country’s RE growth trajectory. It is
developer-friendly, offering a de-risked environment where project proponents can focus on power generation rather
299than preparatory tasks. It is also highly scalable--once the land and core infrastructure are in place, capacity can be
added seamlessly in a modular fashion. The model is flexible , accommodating both independent power producers
(IPPs) who wish to set up projects directly and smaller developers who can lease plots with ready-made infrastructure.
Commercial viability is another defining quality: EPC players not only earn revenue from their own projects but also
by leasing land and infrastructure to third parties, ensuring sustainable returns. Moreover, private EPC players often
deliver infrastructure with greater speed and technical precision compared with government-led projects, enhancing
efficiency and reliability. Together, these qualities position co-development RE parks model as a differentiated and
competitive solution, elevating EPC players to integrated solution providers.
The Co-development model also offers a mitigated risk profile when compared to pureplay EPC and IPP segments
Table 17: The co-development model also mitigates risks seen in pureplay EPC and IPP segments
Criteria EPC IPP Co-development
Capital requirement Low High Moderate
Revenue model One-time margin Long term recurring Mix of both
Risk exposure Construction Regulatory + Market Shared
Scalability High Limited by balance sheet High (Leverage by
partners)
Source: Industry, Crisil Intelligence
While government-led initiatives under MNRE provide central financial assistance and policy support for large-scale
RE parks, private developers also provide plug-and-play infrastructure by securing land, approvals and establishing
core infrastructure facilities such as roads and transmission. While MNRE parks operate under formal schemes with
funding and guidelines, the co-development model represents the implementation style that reduces risks and delays.
Although most MNRE-supported parks are developed in a plug-and-play manner, the model can also be adopted
independently by states or private players without central subsidies.
Project implementation under the co-development model
Project implementation under the co-development model follows a structured process:
300Table 18: Key steps in RE park development
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6
Site
Statutory Power Regulatory and
identification Infrastructure Allotment to
clearances and evacuation and commercial
and land development developers
approvals grid connectivity framework
aggregation
• Identification • Obtaining • Construction of • Securing long- • Signing • Transparent
of high- environmental site access term/medium- agreements with bidding/tenderin
potential and forest roads within term open access discoms or third- g or direct
renewable clearances (if and leading to or connectivity party buyers allotment of
energy zones applicable) the park approval from through PPAs or developed plots
(solar/wind • Securing state • Establishment CTUIL/STU open access. • Lease/licensing
resource of internal
government • Establishing • Compliance with agreements with
mapping) approvals for transmission dedicated MNRE/SECI renewable
• Acquisition/ land use network, transmission guidelines and energy project
long-term change, pooling lines for power state renewable developers
lease of land zoning, and substations and evacuation policies • Handover of
parcels (direct industrial use connection to • Ensuring grid • Structuring tariff plug-and-play
purchase from • Approvals for the nearest integration framework, sites where
landowners or water usage, ISTS/STU facilities, duties, and GST developers only
state industrial right-of-way substation SCADA, and implications focus on
agencies) (ROW) and • Development forecasting generation assets
of water supply
• Consolidation local authority infrastructure (modules,
and drainage
of contiguous NOCs turbines, BoP)
facilities, O&M
land parcels to
facilities, and
optimise
common
project layout
amenities
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Role of EPC Player in RE Park Development
EPC (engineering, procurement and construction) players are central to translating the vision of RE parks into reality.
In the co-development model, the role of private EPC players extends beyond conventional engineering, procurement
and construction. While standard EPC responsibilities typically involve plant construction and basic site preparation,
a select group of experienced players offer additional value-added services such as land aggregation, securing statutory
approvals, grid connectivity, evacuation permissions and development of core site infrastructure. These activities
demand strong project management capabilities, deep sectoral expertise and established stakeholder networks. With
years of proven experience, private EPC players are well positioned to provide such integrated services making them
key enablers of the co-development model. Their efficiency and execution capability directly impact project cost,
timeline and performance.
The development process includes:
301Figure 75: Role of an EPC player in the co-development model
Source: Crisil Intelligence
EPC players play a pivotal role in creating the physical infrastructure in RE park development. Their scope of work
spans plant design and layout optimisation, procurement of critical components such as solar modules, inverters and
wind turbines, as well as the construction of substations, internal roads and grid evacuation facilities.
In large-scale RE parks, where multiple developers operate within a common boundary, private EPC players provide
significant value by streamlining construction activities, aligning timelines and enabling efficient utilisation of shared
infrastructure. By leveraging their technical expertise and experience, they ensure timely project execution, adherence
to quality benchmarks and long-term operational efficiency. Ultimately private EPCs enhance cost competitiveness
and reliability, serving as a critical link between project allocation and clean energy generation and translating policy
intent into bankable, operational renewable assets.
Government-led RE park development in India
As defined by MNRE, under its solar parks and ultra mega solar power project scheme, RE park is a contiguous block
of land typically suitable for a renewable project, developed in partnership with state governments, central public
sector undertakings (CPSUs), or private entities designated as the solar power park developer (SPPD). In such projects,
land acquisition/aggregation is facilitated by state renewable energy departments or nodal agencies. The transmission
infrastructure, basic site infrastructure like roads, water availability and fencing are developed and
approvals/clearances (environmental, forest, etc.) are pre-obtained to shorten project timelines led by government or
state entities.
MNRE first notified the scheme for development of solar parks and ultra mega solar power projects in December 2014
and later revised it in 2017. This scheme serves as the primary framework for RE park development in India.
MNRE has shared different modes to develop an RE park:
302Table 19: MNRE RE park development modes
Mode Brief description CFA pattern
Mode-1 The state designated nodal agency or Rs 12 lakh/MW or 30% of the
a state government public sector project cost, whichever is lower, to
undertaking (PSU) or an special SPPD for development of internal
purpose vehicle (SPV) of the state infrastructure, and Rs 8 lakh/MW or
government 30% of the project cost, whichever is
lower, to the CTU/STU for creation
Mode-2 A joint venture company of the state
of external transmission
designated nodal agency and Solar
infrastructure
Energy Corporation of India Ltd
(SECI)
Mode-3 The state designates SECI as the
nodal agency
Mode-4 (i) Private entrepreneurs
with/without equity participation
from the state government
(ii) Selection of private
entrepreneurs based on open
transparent bidding process
Mode-5 Central Public Sector Undertakings
(CPUs) like SECI, NTPC etc
Mode-6 Private entrepreneurs without any No CFA
central Financial Assistance from
MNRE
Rs 20 lakh/MW or 30% of the
SECI will act as the Solar Power project cost, whichever is lower, for
Mode-7
Park Developer (SPPD) for RE parks external transmission infrastructure
only
CPSU/ state PSU/ government Rs 20 lakh/MW or 30% of the
Mode-8 organisation/ their subsidiaries or the project cost, whichever is lower, for
JV of above entities can act as SPPD internal infrastructure only
Source: MNRE
Quantifiable benefits are seen since the rollout of the scheme. Of the total 41 GW capacity under “Development of
Solar Park and Ultra-Mega Solar power projects” scheme, 13 GW is tendered, and 28 GW is awarded of which, 15
GW is under-construction and 13 GW is commissioned across 14 states as of January 2025.
Table 20: Status of RE Parks
Capacity
Total Capacity under Capacity Capacity
under
Sr No. State capacity award/tendering awarded commissioned
construction
in GW (GW) (GW) (GW)
(GW)
1 Andhra Pradesh 4.3 0.3 4.0 1.0 3.1
2 Chhattisgarh 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1
3 Gujarat 12.2 2.3 9.9 8.9 1.0
4 Himachal Pradesh 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
5 Jharkhand 1.1 0.7 0.4 0.4 0.0
303Capacity
Total Capacity under Capacity Capacity
under
Sr No. State capacity award/tendering awarded commissioned
construction
in GW (GW) (GW) (GW)
(GW)
6 Karnataka 2.5 0.5 2.0 0.0 2.0
7 Kerala 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1
8 Madhya Pradesh 4.3 1.6 2.8 0.5 2.3
9 Maharashtra 1.1 0.9 0.3 0.3 0.0
10 Mizoram 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
11 Odisha 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
12 Rajasthan 11.4 5.2 6.2 2.1 4.1
13 Uttar Pradesh 3.8 1.4 2.4 2.0 0.4
Total 41.1 12.9 28.2 15.2 13.1
Source: CEA
The total commissioned capacity accounted for 9% of the solar and wind installed base in India as of January 2025.
Projects awarded in solar parks have been instrumental in bringing down solar tariffs to Rs 2.14 kWh in fiscal 2022
supported by economies of scale and transparent bidding conducted by agencies such as RUMSL. For entities like
NTPC and SECI the tariffs were at Rs 2.25 kWh in fiscal 2021 and Rs 2.34 kWh in fiscal 2022 respectively.
Availability of shared infrastructure such as road and evacuation reduce capital cost per MW while enabling long term
operational efficiencies. EPC players then play a role in developing such parks along with the projects that are built
within these areas.
Khavda RE park
Overview
The Khavda RE park in Gujarat is planned to be the world's largest single-site renewable project, with a 30 GW solar-
wind hybrid capacity targeted for completion by 2029. The park spans over 530 square kilometers of arid land (about
5x the area of Paris). Development is being phased as of fiscal 2025, with around 4.1 GW already operational (the
first 551 MW was commissioned in February 2024). All projects contiguous within the park, enabling shared
infrastructure and scale efficiencies. At full capacity, the park will generate ~81 billion units of green electricity --
enough to power ~16 million Indian homes.
Figure 76: Capacity allocation by type
Merchant , 3%
C&I-captive,
1% Auction-VGF, 12%
Auction-Tariff,
84%
304Source: Crisil Intelligence
Of the planned 30 GW , approximately 16 GW has been allocated through tariff-based allocations, with majority held
by Adani Green Energy Ltd and SJVN, totalling ~14 GW (88%). Nearly 1.3 GW (8%) is allocated under the IREDA
viability gap funding (VGF) tranche-III scheme to NTPC, 0.2 GW (1%) is developed for captive/commercial use by
industries such as Ambuja Cements, and 0.5 GW (3%) is earmarked by Adani Green Energy Ltd as merchant capacity.
Bhadla Solar park
Overview
Located in Phalodi tehsil, Jodhpur district, Rajasthan, and spread across 5,700 hectares, the Bhadla Solar Park is one
of the largest solar power parks in the world. The arid site experiences high solar radiation and minimal rainfall,
making it ideal for solar energy generation.
Developed in phases since 2015, Bhadla’s success is a result of the MNRE’s solar park scheme combined with support
from SECI and Rajasthan state authorities. The park provides a plug-and-play setup with land, grid infrastructure and
clearances. Today, the park hosts an installed capacity of nearly 2.2 GW, awarded entirely through tariff-based
competitive auctions.
Jointly developed by public and private entities including RRECL, NTPC, Adani Green and others. it was constructed
in four phases between 2015 and 2020, overcoming challenges such as extreme temperatures (up to 48 degrees),
frequent sandstorms and remote, desolate terrain.
Figure 77: Allocations across 19 participants
350
300
250
W 200
M 150
100
50
0
a lr iB a y tid As e lb a w e n e R y g r e n E d lo G n u S y g r e n E r a lo S r a tS m e h c e y D a h o R a jrU r a lo S a ta d ih
d
p u o rg B N L y g r e n E a m s ir a h C E IG N E ra lo S m u tr o F n e e rG r o tc e V L E R C P T N e ru tu F o r e H p u o r g k n a b tfo S r a lo S e m c A y g re n E B S re w o P e ru z A re w o P w e N e R y g r e n E n a le h P re w o P a d a a v A y g re n E B S
iS
Phase I Phase II Phase III Phase IV
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Innovations such as robotic panel cleaning, advanced substation infrastructure and competitive solar auctions have
made Bhadla not just an energy powerhouse but also a driver of record low solar tariffs in India, reaching Rs 2.44
kWh at the time.
Pavagada Solar Park
Overview
The Pavagada Solar Park, also known as Shakti Sthala, is another of the world’s largest solar energy parks. Located
in the drought-prone Tumakuru district of Karnataka and spread across 13,000 acres (~52.6 square kilometers), it has
an installed capacity of 2.05 GW (2,050 MW). The project was developed to convert unutilised arid land into
productive solar infrastructure while providing local farmers a steady income through long-term land lease
305agreements. Implemented by Karnataka Solar Power Development Corporation. (KSPDCL)-- a joint venture between
SECI (Government of India) and KREDL (Government of Karnataka)--the park follows a co-development model,
where developers receive ready-to-use land, transmission infrastructure and road access. This reduces projects risks
and accelerates execution.
Figure 78: Allocations across 11 participants
450
400
350
300
250
W
M
200
150
100
50
0
re
w o P a ta
T
w
e N e R
a
d a a v A
s
itc A
in
a d A
V
J la to T - in
a d
s
u lp m A
re
w o P e ru
z A
m
u tr o F
L
D E R K
p
r o c b m e S
A
Source: Crisil Intelligence
The Pavagada Solar Park has attracted a strong mix of Indian and international developers through competitive
bidding. All capacity was allocated via transparent allocations conducted by SECI, NTPC, and KREDL under the
government’s solar park scheme, with developers awarded blocks ranging from 50 MW to 400 MW.
306Module 7: Peer comparison
The renewable energy EPC segment is fragmented in nature with involvement of EPC and IPP arms of several renewable players who compete for market share. The
segment also has witnessed participation from several smaller players, who provide O&M services for solar plants.
Comparison on operational parameters
Rays Power Infra Waaree RTL
Particulars Units
FY25 FY24 FY23 FY25 FY24 FY23
Total Projects Commissioned No. 49 47 45 NA NA NA
- India No. 47 45 44 NA NA NA
- Overseas No. 2 2 1 NA NA NA
Total Commissioned Capacity MWp 1,747.18 1,312.26 970.26 2,320.00 1,900+ 1,200+
- India MWp 1,427.18 992.26 920.26
2,320.00*^ 1,900+*^ 1,200+*^
- Overseas MWp 320.00 320.00 50.00
Total Order Book ₹ Mn 63,871.26 21,608.21 11,290.50 NA NA NA
Total Order Book / Contracted Capacity MWp NA NA NA 3,263.00 2,365.00 817.00
Projects under execution No. 27 16 6 NA NA NA
Order Book to Revenue from operations ratio No. of Times 5.23 2.06 1.45 NA NA NA
SW Solar KPI Green
Particulars Units
FY25 FY24 FY23 FY25 FY24 FY23
Total Projects Commissioned No. NA NA 246 NA NA NA
- India No. NA NA NA NA NA
246*^
- Overseas No. NA NA NA NA NA
Total Commissioned Capacity MWp NA NA NA NA NA NA
- India MWp NA NA NA 447+* 287+* 176+*
- Overseas MWp NA NA NA NA NA NA
Total Order Book ₹ Mn 90,960.00 80,840.00 49,130.00 48,000.00* 10,500.00* NA
Total Order Book / Contracted Capacity MWp NA NA 5,300.00 1760+* 868+* 291+*
Projects under execution No. NA NA NA NA NA NAOrder Book to Revenue from operations ratio No. of Times 1.44 2.66 2.44 3.16^^ 1.26^^ NA
Oriana Power Jakson Green
Particulars Units
FY25 FY24 FY23 FY25 FY24 FY23
Total Projects Commissioned No. NA 70+ NA NA NA NA
- India No. NA NA NA NA NA
70+
- Overseas No. NA NA NA NA NA
Total Commissioned Capacity MWp 400+ 200+ NA 4,370+ NA NA
- India MWp NA 3,500+ NA NA
400+*^ 200+*^
- Overseas MWp NA 870.00 NA NA
Total Order Book ₹ Mn 25,000+ NA NA NA NA NA
Total Order Book / Contracted Capacity MWp 550+ 250+ NA NA NA NA
Projects under execution No. NA NA NA NA NA NA
Order Book to Revenue from operations ratio No. of Times 2.53+ NA NA NA NA NA
Note:
1. The total commissioned capacity in India in MWp of Waaree Renewable Technologies for fiscal 2024 and 2025 are sourced from its annual reports of 2024
and 2025 respectively. Total commissioned capacity for fiscal 2023 is sourced from its investor presentation of June 2023.
2. The total orderbook/contracted capacity in MW of Waaree Renewable Technologies for fiscal 2023, 2024 and 2025 is sourced from its investor presentation of
June 2025 released in July 2025.
3. The total projects commissioned in number of Sterling and Wilson for fiscal 2023 is sourced from its annual report 2023
4. The total orderbook in Rs million of Sterling and Wilson for fiscal 2024 and 2025 are sourced from its investor presentation of Q4 FY25. The orderbook
reported includes projects for which it has received L1.
5. The total orderbook in Rs million of Sterling and Wilson for fiscal 2023 is sourced from its investor presentation of Q4 FY24. The orderbook reported includes
projects for which it has received L1.
6. The total orderbook in MWp of Sterling and Wilson for fiscal 2023 is sourced from its annual report 2023
7. The order book to revenue from operations ratio = Total orderbook in Rs million/Revenue from operations for the period
8. *Parameters for KPI Green are considered for the CPP segment only
9. Total CPP orderbook in Rs million of KPI Green for fiscal 2024 and 2025 are sourced from its Rating Rationale released in September 2025.
10. The total CPP commissioned capacity in MWp and orderbook in MWp of KPI Green for fiscal 2025 are sourced from presentation of Q4 FY25. The total CPP
commissioned in MWp and total CPP orderbook in MWp of KPI Green for fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2024 are sourced from its earning presentation of Q4 FY24.
11. The total commissioned capacity in MWp, total orderbook/contracted capacity in MW of Oriana Power for fiscal 2025 are sourced from its investor presentation
of Q4 FY25. The total orderbook in Rs million is sourced from its Q4 FY25 earnings’ call transcript. Total commissioned capacity of Oriana Power for fiscal
2024 in MWp is sourced from its investor presentation of Q4 FY25.
12. Total projects commissioned in number and total orderbook in MWp of Oriana Power for fiscal 2024 in MWp is sourced from its annual report 2024
30813. Total commissioned capacity in MWp in India and overseas for Jakson Green is sourced from its corporate presentation.
14. ^^The order book to revenue from operations ratio for KPI Green considers CPP orderbook for the period / Revenue from Sale of Captive Power Plants.
15. *^ Operational parameter considered as reported in company filings due to limited data disclosure
Source: Company filings, Crisil Intelligence
Comparison of financial parameters
Rays Power Infra Waaree RTL
Particulars Units
FY25 FY24 FY23 FY25 FY24 FY23
Revenue from Operations Rs mn 12,206.41 10,487.99 7,765.81 15,977.48 8,765.03 3,509.59
Revenue from Operations growth % 16.38%** 35.05% NA 82.29% 149.74% 117.32%
Operating EBITDA Rs mn 1,942.05 1,200.97 700.86 3,109.03 2,071.82 837.45
Operating EBITDA Margin % 15.91% 11.45% 9.02% 19.46% 23.64% 23.86%
PBT Rs mn 1,866.96 1,175.01 1,582.62 3,044.94 1,984.54 770.14
PBT Margin % 15.29% 11.20% 20.38% 19.06% 22.64% 21.94%
Adjusted PBT Rs mn NA NA 628.99 NA NA NA
Adjusted PBT margin % NA NA 8.10% NA NA NA
PAT Rs mn 1,393.50 913.86 1,289.90 2,289.25 1,452.19 553.33
PAT Margin % 11.42% 8.71% 16.61% 14.33% 16.57% 15.77%
Adjusted PAT Rs mn NA NA 336.28 NA NA NA
Adjusted PAT Margin % NA NA 4.33% NA NA NA
Fixed Asset Turnover ratio Times 5.44 7.90 1.91 8.42 7.16 4.56
Total Equity (including NCI) Rs mn 6,157.87 3,487.89 1,888.72 4,549.51 2,463.03 850.00
Net Debt Rs mn 271.34 -138.15 586.12 -1,661.81 -804.08 224.73
Net Debt to Operating EBITDA Times 0.14 -0.12 0.84 -0.53 -0.39 0.27
Net Debt to Total Equity Times 0.04 -0.04 0.31 -0.37 -0.33 0.26
Return on Average Equity (ROE) % 28.89% 33.99% 97.48% 65.29% 87.66% 96.35%
Adjusted Return of Average Equity (Adj. ROE) % NA NA 25.41% NA NA NA
Return on Average Capital Employed (ROCE) % 29.80% 33.72% 35.52% 78.21% 91.83% 73.09%
Basic EPS Rs per share 4.96 3.61 5.11 22.00 13.95 5.33
309Diluted EPS Rs per share 4.95 3.61 5.10 21.95 13.94 5.31
Net Asset Value per share Rs per share 21.89 13.40 7.35 43.57 23.63 8.14
Net Working Capital days No. of days 138 80 -6 2 10 -33
SW Solar KPI Green
Particulars Units
FY25 FY24 FY23 FY25 FY24 FY23
Revenue from Operations Rs mn 63,018.60 30,353.70 20,150.10 17,354.54 10,239.00 6,437.86
Revenue from Operations growth % 107.61% 50.64% -61.24% 69.49% 59.04% 179.98%
Operating EBITDA Rs mn 2,467.30 -225.70 -11,299.90 5,637.70 3,368.43 2,084.89
Operating EBITDA Margin % 3.92% -0.74% -56.08% 32.49% 32.90% 32.38%
PBT Rs mn 1,625.40 -1,723.20 -11,787.40 4,435.12 2,173.23 1,423.56
PBT Margin % 2.58% -5.68% -58.50% 25.56% 21.22% 22.11%
Adjusted PBT Rs mn NA NA NA NA NA NA
Adjusted PBT Margin % NA NA NA NA NA NA
PAT Rs mn 855.50 -2,107.00 -11,749.60 3,252.78 1,616.57 1,096.28
PAT Margin % 1.36% -6.94% -58.31% 18.74% 15.79% 17.03%
Adjusted PAT Rs mn NA NA NA NA NA NA
Adjusted PAT Margin % NA NA NA NA NA NA
Fixed Asset Turnover ratio Times NA* 28.06 23.39 1.01 1.09 0.92
Total Equity (including NCI) Rs mn 9,945.20 9,550.10 -2,403.00 26,297.88 8,356.84 2,579.16
Net Debt Rs mn 1,905.30 1,374.70 19,197.70 5,280.08 6,618.45 4,687.63
Net Debt to Operating EBITDA Times 0.77 -6.09 -1.70 0.94 1.96 2.25
Net Debt to Total Equity Times 0.19 0.14 -7.99 0.20 0.79 1.82
Return on Average Equity (ROE) % 8.78% -58.99% -353.09% 18.77% 29.56% 53.26%
Adjusted Return of Average Equity (Adj. ROE) % NA NA NA NA NA NA
Return on Average Capital Employed (ROCE) % 16.35% 2.88% -66.37% 18.50% 23.41% 27.54%
310Basic EPS Rs per share 3.49 -10.40 -61.65 16.23 9.41 19.50
Diluted EPS Rs per share 3.49 -10.40 -61.65 16.09 9.41 19.50
Net Asset Value per share Rs per share 42.57 47.05 -12.67 132.44 48.52 45.87
Net Working Capital days No. of days 47 116 270 224 244 76
Oriana Power Jakson Green
Particulars Units
FY25 FY24 FY23 FY25 FY24 FY23
Revenue from Operations Rs mn 9,871.66 3,828.75 1,347.17 NA 14,650.60 NA
Revenue from Operations growth % 157.83% 184.21% 8.78% NA NA NA
Operating EBITDA Rs mn 2,344.78 807.15 194.00 NA 560.80 NA
Operating EBITDA Margin % 23.75% 21.08% 14.40% NA 3.83% NA
PBT Rs mn 2,123.64 755.72 159.59 NA 733.90 NA
PBT Margin % 21.51% 19.74% 11.85% NA 5.01% NA
Adjusted PBT Rs mn NA NA NA NA NA NA
Adjusted PBT Margin % NA NA NA NA NA NA
PAT Rs mn 1,585.39 542.84 105.63 NA 530.80 NA
PAT Margin % 16.06% 14.18% 7.84% NA 3.62% NA
Adjusted PAT Rs mn NA NA NA NA NA NA
Adjusted PAT Margin % NA NA NA NA NA NA
Fixed Asset Turnover ratio Times 4.83 4.47 NA* NA 227.14 NA
Total Equity (including NCI) Rs mn 5,176.37 1,486.61 318.09 NA 579.40 NA
Net Debt Rs mn 2,002.10 1,108.09 691.79 NA -1,773.00 NA
Net Debt to Operating EBITDA Times 0.85 1.37 3.57 NA -3.16 NA
Net Debt to Total Equity Times 0.39 0.75 2.17 NA -3.06 NA
Return on Average Equity (ROE) % 47.59% 60.16% 45.69% NA 168.64% NA
Adjusted Return of Average Equity (Adj. ROE) % NA NA NA NA NA NA
Return on Average Capital Employed (ROCE) % 42.13% 37.00% 25.88% NA 145.85% NA
311Basic EPS Rs per share 79.52 33.41 16.91 NA 133.00 NA
Diluted EPS Rs per share 79.52 33.41 16.91 NA 133.00 NA
Net Asset Value per share Rs per share 259.61 91.50 50.93 NA 144.85 NA
Net Working Capital days No. of days 100 58 46 NA -33 NA
Note:
1. All the above financials are considered on a consolidated basis
2. **Total revenue from operations grew by 16.38% in fiscal 2025 as compared to fiscal 2024, the company’s core business activities (i.e., revenue from the Co-
Development Business and the EPC business) increased to Rs 11,121.75 million in fiscal 2025 from Rs 7,350.76 million in fiscal 2024, representing a growth
of 51.30%.
3. Revenue from operations = Revenue from Operations for the period
4. Growth in revenue from Operations = ((Revenue from Operations for the current fiscal / Revenue from Operations for the previous fiscal)-1) *100
5. Operating EBITDA = Profit or loss before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax - Other Income + Finance Costs +
Depreciation & Amortisation expense
6. Operating EBITDA margin = (Operating EBITDA / Revenue from Operations for the period) * 100
7. Profit before tax (PBT) = Profit/(loss) before share of profit/(loss) of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax for the period
8. PBT margin = (Profit before tax / Revenue from Operations) * 100
9. Adjusted PBT = Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax - one time gain recognised on account
of loss of control of subsidiary.
10. Adjusted PBT margin = Adjusted PBT / Revenue from Operations * 100
11. Profit after tax (PAT) = Profit after tax for the period excluding Other Comprehensive Income
12. PAT margin = (Profit after tax / Revenue from Operations) * 100
13. Adjusted PAT = Profit after tax for the period - one time gain recognised on account of loss of control of subsidiary.
14. Adjusted PAT margin = (Adjusted PAT / Revenue from Operations) * 100
15. Fixed asset turnover ratio = Revenue from Operations / (Average gross tangible Property, plant and equipment (PPE) + average gross tangible Right of Use
(ROU) Assets)
16. Average tangible Gross PPE and tangible Gross ROU = Average of the opening and closing of total tangible gross PPE and tangible gross ROU
17. Total equity = Total Equity including Non-controlling Interests
18. Net Debt = Long term borrowings + Short term borrowings – Cash and cash equivalents –bank balances other than cash and cash equivalents
19. Net Debt to Operating EBITDA = Net Debt / Operating EBITDA
20. Net Debt to Total Equity = Net Debt / Total Equity
21. Return on average equity (ROE) = PAT / (Average total equity) * 100
22. Average total equity = The average of the opening and closing balances of the Total Equity
23. Adjusted return on average equity (adj. ROE) = (Adjusted PAT / Average Total Equity) * 100
24. Return on average capital employed (ROCE) = EBIT / Average Capital Employed
25. EBIT = Profit/(loss) before exceptional items and tax (but after share of profit/(loss) of joint ventures and associates) + Finance cost
26. Average capital employed = Average of opening and closing balance of capital employed
27. Capital employed = Total Equity + Long term borrowings + Short term borrowings + Deferred tax liabilities
28. Basic EPS = Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the company divided by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding
29. Diluted EPS = Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the company divided by the diluted weighted average number of equity shares outstanding
30. Net asset value per share = Total Equity of the company / weighted average number of shares considered for computing Diluted EPS
31. Net working capital days = Computed as 365 days divided by Net working capital turnover ratio.
31232. Net working capital turnover ratio = Revenue from operations divided by closing net working capital.
33. Closing Net working capital = Total Current Assets (excluding cash and cash Equivalents and bank balances other than cash and cash equivalents) - total current
liabilities (excluding short term borrowings) as at the end of financial year
34. *NA considered due to limited data disclosures
Source: Crisil Intelligence
Rays Power is among the leading players in the Indian solar industry with a demonstrated track record of executing 1,771.18 MWp across 50 projects.
The company is one of the pioneers of the differentiated Co-Development model in India, which they initiated in 2013. This model allows the company to remain asset
light.
The company has executed a 270 MW project in Bangladesh, the single largest project at the time in a neighbouring country. The project was subject to challenging
conditions such as difficult soil and weather conditions. Based on their past execution record and experience in delivering complex projects in challenging conditions,
Rays Power has shown the ability to successfully bid for and execute large projects.
Under their Co-Development model, Rays Power Infra is one of the few players in the industry who goes beyond the traditional EPC scope by assisting customers with
land acquisition through their in-house land acquisition team and securing connectivity and other statutory approvals, providing comprehensive and integrated solar
solutions.
Rays Powers order book stood at INR 63,871.26 million in fiscal 2025 as compared to 11,290.50 million in fiscal 2023, growing at robust CAGR of 137.85% during
this period. Out of all the above-mentioned listed peers, Rays Power has one of the highest Orderbook to Revenue from Operations ratio of 5.23x as at fiscal 2025
The company had a Net Debt to Total Equity ratio of 0.04x and a Net Debt to Operating EBITDA ratio of 0.14x in fiscal 2025, significantly below the above mentioned
listed peer averages of 0.10x and 0.51x respectively. Further, the company has the second lowest Net Debt to Total Equity & Net Debt to Operating EBITDA ratio across
all above-mentioned listed peers. This low-debt profile reflects the Company’s asset light business model and strong balance sheet.
The company had the third highest return ratios amongst the above listed peers for fiscal 2025 with ROE and ROCE standing at 28.89% and 29.80% respectively.
Comparison on key financial indicators
The Net debt to Operating EBITDA ratio indicates the leverage and repayment ability of the players by considering the operating earnings needed to repay the net debt,
where a lower ratio would indicate a favorable position. Similarly, the company’s net debt to total equity indicates the degree of financial leverage, where a lower ratio
would mean a lower debt burden.
313Figure 79: Net debt to Operating EBITDA and Net debt to total equity
Net debt to Operating EBITDA
Net debt to total equity
1.20
0.50
0.94 0.39
1.00 0.85 0.40
0.77
0.80
0.30
0.60 0.51 0.19 0.20
0.20
0.10
s 0.40 0.10 0.04
e 0.14 s
m 0.20 e m 0.00
iT
0.00 iT
-0.10
-0.20
-0.20
-0.40
-0.30
-0.60
-0.53 -0.40
-0.37
-0.80
-0.50
FY25
FY25
Rays Power Infra Waaree Renewable Technologies
Rays Power Infra Waaree Renewable Technologies
Sterling and Wilson KPI Green
Sterling and Wilson KPI Green
Oriana Power Peer average
Oriana Power Peer average
Note: Peer average is calculated based on simple average of the ratios for the listed peers in the peer comparison table. The ratios in the financial comparison table are
calculated based on formulae mentioned below the table
Negative debt for Waaree Renewable Technologies is owing to high cash and bank balances in fiscal 2025.
Source: Company filings, Crisil Intelligence
314Figure 80: Orderbook to Revenue from Operations
6.00
5.23
5.00
4.00
3.16
s
e
m 3.00
2.53+
iT 2.38+
2.00
1.44
1.00
0.00
Rays Power Infra KPI Green* Oriana Power Sterling and Peer average
Wilson Solar
FY25
Note: Above ratio is only for listed peers where data disclosure is available.
* The order book to revenue from operations ratio for KPI Green considers CPP orderbook for the period / Revenue from Sale of Captive Power Plants
Source: Company filings, Crisil Intelligence
315OUR BUSINESS
In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, unless specified otherwise, any reference to “the Company” or “our
Company” refers to Rays Power Infra Limited, on a standalone basis, and a reference to “we”, “us” or “our”:
is a reference to our Company, our Subsidiaries and our Associates, on a consolidated basis. Further, names of
certain customers and vendors have not been included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus as relevant consents
for disclosure were not available and in order to preserve confidentiality.
Our financial year ends on March 31 of each year, and references to a particular Financial Year or Fiscal are to
the 12-month period ended March 31 that year, unless the context indicates otherwise. Unless otherwise stated
or the context otherwise requires, the financial information for the financial years ended March 31, 2025, March
31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 included in this section has been derived from the Restated Consolidated Financial
Information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus on page 482. We have also included various financial
and operational performance indicators in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, some of which have not been
derived from the Restated Consolidated Financial Information. The manner of calculation and presentation of
some of the financial and operational performance indicators, and the assumptions and estimates used in such
calculations, may vary from that used by other companies in India and other jurisdictions.
Some of the information in this section, including information with respect to our business plans and strategies,
contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read “Forward-Looking
Statements” beginning on page 26, for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties related to those statements along
with “Risk Factors”, “Industry Overview”, “Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on pages 43, 205, 482 and 600,
respectively, for a discussion of certain factors that may affect our business, financial condition or results of
operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed in or implied by these forward-looking
statements. Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such
forward-looking statements.
Unless otherwise indicated, industry and market data used in this section have been derived from the report titled
“India’s renewable energy market” dated September 2025 (the “CRISIL Report”) prepared and issued by
CRISIL Limited, exclusively commissioned and paid for by our Company in connection with the Offer. The CRISIL
Report will be available on the website of our Company from the date of the Red Herring Prospectus until the
Bid/Offer Closing Date. The data included herein includes excerpts from the CRISIL Report and may have been
re-ordered by us for the purposes of presentation. Unless otherwise indicated, financial, operational, industry
and other related information derived from the CRISIL Report and included herein with respect to any particular
year refers to such information for the relevant calendar year. For further details, please see “Risk Factors —
Industry information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been derived from an industry report
exclusively commissioned and paid for by us for the purposes of the Offer. Any reliance on such information for
making an investment decision in the Offer is subject to inherent risks. Accordingly, prospective investors should
not place undue reliance on or base their investment decision solely on this information.” on page 91. Also see,
“Certain Conventions, Presentation of Financial, Industry and Market Data” on page 22.
Overview
We are engaged in the business of providing utility scale end-to-end renewable energy solutions with a focus on
solar energy solutions. We specialize in the development of ‘ready-to-build’ infrastructure for renewable power
projects under our Co-Development Business model and providing engineering, construction and procurement
(“EPC”) services for renewable power projects. We are among the leading players in the Indian solar industry
with a demonstrated track record, along with being one of the pioneers of the Co-Development Business model
in India. (Source: CRISIL Report)
As of July 31, 2025, we have successfully executed and commissioned 50 renewable power projects with an
aggregate installed capacity of 1,771.18 MWp across both of our business models. Further, as of July 31, 2025,
we have a robust order book of ₹ 80,342.61 million, which includes 30 Contracted Projects under various stages
of execution. We serve reputed developers in the private sector, such as Serentica Renewables India Limited,
Radiance KA Sunshine Seven Private Limited, Ampin Energy Transition Private Limited, as well as prominent
public sector undertakings (“PSUs”) such as SJVN Green Energy Limited and Indore Municipal Corporation.
For Fiscal 2025, our revenue from operations was ₹ 12,206.41 million, Operating EBITDA was ₹ 1,942.05 million
and PAT was ₹ 1,393.50 million representing an Operating EBITDA Margin and PAT margin of 15.91% of
11.42% respectively.
316A brief on the two key business models are as follows:
i. Co-Development Business: Our Co-Development Business involves creating ‘ready-to-build’
infrastructure for renewable power project developers. Our typical scope of work includes land
aggregation, securing grid connectivity (both inter-state and intra-state as the case maybe), and assisting
with approvals such as connectivity permissions, bay allocation, captive arrangements, and power
purchase agreements (“PPAs”) (collectively referred to as “Solar Power Asset”) tailored to our
customer’s requirements in a separate special purpose vehicle (“SPV”), followed by transferring these
SPVs to our customers and further undertaking EPC and O&M activities, basis the contractual
arrangements with our customers. As of July 31, 2025, we have commissioned 36 solar projects under
this model, with an aggregate capacity of 824.03 MWp across 6 states in India including Karnataka,
Tamil Nadu, Rajasthan, Telangana, Uttar Pradesh and Uttarakhand. As of July 31, 2025, we have
2,300.00 MWp of State Transmission Utility (“STU”) and Inter-State Transmission System (“ISTS”)
connectivity under the granted / agreed to be granted status. Additionally, as of July 31, 2025, we have
applied for connectivity approvals aggregating to 3,565.00 MWp across solar, wind and hybrid
renewable energy sources with Scheduled Commercial Operation Date (“SCOD”) extending to Fiscal
2031 in Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and Rajasthan.
ii. EPC Business - In our EPC Business, we offer a complete range of EPC solutions from designing
engineering, procurement, construction, testing and commissioning of renewable energy (“RE”) power
projects for customers who own Solar Power Asset. In this model, our customers are typically responsible
for undertaking the entire capital expenditure in respect of the project, and the ownership of the project
also remains with them. As of July 31, 2025, we have commissioned 14 solar EPC projects with an
aggregate capacity of 947.15 MWp across 7 states in India including Karnataka, Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh,
Punjab, Uttarakhand, Odisha and Arunachal Pradesh and two international projects in Bangladesh and
Vietnam. Based on our Company’s technical and financial capabilities, we can bid independently for
tenders floated by PSUs having single contract value of ₹ 50,000 million.
The image below sets out the value chain of the RE projects undertaken by us along with our roles and
the outcomes:
(Source: CRISIL Report)
While the typical EPC related scope of work includes plant construction and basic site preparation, a select group
of experienced players offer additional value-added services such as land aggregation, securing statutory
approvals, grid connectivity, evacuation permissions and development of core site infrastructure. These activities
demand project management capabilities, sectoral expertise and established stakeholder networks. With years of
proven experience, private EPC players are well positioned to provide such integrated services making them key
enablers of the co-development model (Source: CRISIL Report).
317We commenced our operations in 2011 and commissioned our first project under the Co-Development Business
model in Fiscal 2013, which is expected to remain our focus going forward. The efficiency and execution
capability required to create a solar power asset directly impact project cost, timeline and performance. As of July
31, 2025, we have divested 39 SPVs to our customers which includes 36 SPVs under our Co-Development
Business model and 3 SPVs under EPC Business model to reputed renewable energy players.
Key details of our total portfolio and commissioned capacity across our two key business models as on July 31,
2025 are presented below:
Note: As certified by independent chartered engineer, Sher Singh (registration number: AM129702-6) vide
certificate dated September 27, 2025.
‘Commissioned Capacity’ refers to renewable power projects that are commissioned and handed over to the
customer since incorporation of our Company. ‘Contracted Capacity’ refers to the capacity of renewable power
projects for which we have entered into contracts or received term sheets or received letters of awards (“LOAs”)
with our customers and execution has begun. ‘Advanced Stage’ refers to capacity for which, as on July 31, 2025,
we have been granted and / or agreed to grant ISTS or STU connectivity. ‘Under Development’ capacity refers
to capacity for which as on July 31, 2025, we have applied for ISTS or STU connectivity.
As a part of both of our key business models, we also offer operations and maintenance (“O&M”) services for a
period ranging from 2 to 25 years during subsistence of the contractual defects liability period or as per the
requirements of our customers. These services are designed to provide support services to ensure long term
performance of the solar power projects.
The table below sets out the revenue contribution of our business models to our revenue from operations for the
Fiscals 2025, 2024, and 2023:
(in ₹ million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount Percentage Amount Percentage Amount Percentage
of Revenue of Revenue of Revenue
from from from
Operations Operations Operations
Co-Development 3,106.48 25.45 859.11 8.19 3,609.57 46.49
Business
EPC Business 8,015.27 65.66 6,491.66 61.90 2,944.39 37.91
Other Operating 1,084.66 8.89 3,137.22 29.91 1,211.85 15.60
Revenue*
Total Revenue 12,206.41 100.00 10,487.99 100.00 7,765.81 100.00
from Operations
*Other Operating Revenue includes revenue from sale of electricity, O&M and our discontinued EV business
which contributed revenue in Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023
318Across our two key business models, we have executed and / or are executing projects across 13 States and 1
Union Territory in India including Madhya Pradesh, Assam, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Telangana, Gujarat, Odisha,
Rajasthan, Punjab, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Arunachal Pradesh and Jammu & Kashmir. In
addition, we have also executed solar EPC projects with a cumulative capacity of 320.00 MWp in Bangladesh
and Vietnam. A detailed representation of the geography wise commissioned capacity as of July 31, 2025, is
indicated by the map below:
As of July 31, 2025, our order book comprised of (i) ₹ 46,572.03 million from our Co-Development Business
model; and (ii) ₹ 32,834.18 million from our EPC Business model and (iii) ₹ 936.40 million from others which
includes O&M and sale of electricity. Our Order Book is computed as the value of solar power projects or other
projects for which we have entered into contracts, received term sheets or received letters of award (“LOA”) from
our customers reduced by the revenue already recognized from such projects. The table below sets forth the state
wise order book as of July 31, 2025:
(in ₹ million)
State Co-Development EPC Business Total*
Business
Karnataka 44,482.53 1,573.70 46,056.23
Rajasthan 2,089.50 9,577.39 11,666.89
Madhya Pradesh - 10,539.40 10,539.40
Maharashtra - 4,327.81 4,327.81
Gujarat - 2,912.43 2,912.43
Uttar Pradesh - 2,854.05 2,854.05
Odisha - 636.90 636.90
Assam - 412.50 412.50
Grand Total 46,572.03 32,834.18 79,406.21*
* In addition to above, our order book from other business comprise of sale of electricity and O&M is ₹ 936.40 million.
The graphic below shows the customer type and business model wise break-up of our order book as on July 31,
2025:
319*Others include revenue from sale of electricity and O&M
Our customers include both private sector and PSU customers. PSU contracts are typically awarded through a
reverse bidding process, wherein a pre-qualified group of bidders are first shortlisted based on technical and
financial criteria, following which the selected bidders participate in a reverse auction. Eligibility requirements,
legal and litigation checks, financial thresholds, proven experience, and past performance benchmarks filter out
smaller or inexperienced players, allowing only established firms to qualify (Source: CRISIL Report).
Based on our Company’s technical and financial capabilities, we can bid independently for tenders floated by
PSUs having single contract value of ₹ 50,000.00 million. While we independently execute the projects where we
are pre-qualified to bid on an independent basis, we also form project specific consortiums with other
infrastructure and power companies, pertinently, where project requires us to meet specific eligibility
requirements in relation to certain large strategic projects. For instance, in respect of our Bangladesh project, we
entered into a consortium with a major supplier of mechanical and structural components for solar projects, where
our participating interest is 50.00%. We have also entered into consortium arrangements with (i) KLSR Infratech
Limited, for undertaking the rural water supply EPC projects including O&M for 10 years in Uttar Pradesh, where
our participating interest is 40.00%; and (ii) Reneworld Limited for undertaking EPC contracts for the construction
of 1 x 10 MWac and 1 x 8 MWac solar photovoltaic projects in Mauritius, where our participating interest is
50.00%.
For private sector customers, our team actively engages in the sourcing, design, and customization of renewable
energy solutions, ensuring they are tailored to meet the specific operational needs and sustainability goals of each
client. We offer a consultative approach to our customers’ renewable energy needs and capabilities, which enables
us to provide customized solutions to meet their requirements.
Some of our customers include private sector companies like Indore Municipal Corporation, Serentica
Renewables India Limited, Radiance KA Sunshine Seven Private Limited, Ampin Energy Transition Private
Limited, as well as prominent and prominent PSUs like SJVN Green Energy Limited. The table below sets out
the contribution by customer type to our Revenue from Operations in Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023:
(in ₹ million)
Customer Category Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount Percentage Amount Percentage Amount Percentage
of revenue of revenue of revenue
from from from
operations operations operations
(%) (%) (%)
PSUs 3,064.80 25.11% 113.72 1.08% 223.05 2.87%
Private 9,141.61 74.89% 10,374.27 98.92% 7,542.76 97.13%
Total Revenue from 12,206.41 100.00% 10,487.99 100.00% 7,765.81 100.00%
Operations
We utilize our in-house team of 31 civil engineers and 53 electrical engineers, with demonstrated project
development and project management capabilities to develop and monitor our projects. Further, our team of 4
project managers, allow us to simultaneously execute multiple Pan-India projects and respond to changing
320situations during the construction phase of a project, ensuring effective on-site decision-making. Our project
managers are supported by an in-house projects team of 107 members and a 13 member supply chain team,
allowing us to track the pricing trends of raw materials, monitor established milestones during the construction
phase, strengthen our design expertise and maintain quality of build when we develop a project. With a team of
26 personnel in land acquisition and development, having experience in state laws for land acquisition, we have
established a track record of aggregating over 20,000 acres of land for our customers across India, as of July 31,
2025.
We intend to establish the cell manufacturing plant in Madhya Pradesh, India, through our wholly owned
subsidiary, Rays Green Energy with a capacity of 1.5 GW of Solar PV n-Type TOPCon G12R cells. In order to
backward integrate our business and foray into cell manufacturing, we have been allotted land aggregating to
41.30 acres in Mohasa-Babai, Industrial Area, Narmadapuram district, Madhya Pradesh - 461 661, (“Project
Land”) and have entered into an arrangement with Shenzhen S.C. New Energy Technology Corporation, which
will serve as our turnkey technology provider and support us in the supply, installation, and commissioning of a
TOPCon PV cell turnkey production line with a minimum annual output capacity of 1.5 GW for our proposed cell
manufacturing plant. For further details on our proposed cell manufacturing plant, please refer to sections titled
“Our Business- Our Strategies - Capitalizing on industry tailwinds by backward integrating by establishing into
solar cell manufacturing” on page 331 and “Objects of the Offer - Investment in our Wholly Owned Subsidiary,
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited (“Rays Green Energy”) for part-financing the establishment
of a 1.5 GW PV Solar n-type TOPCon G12R cell manufacturing plant at Manufacturing Zone for Power and
Energy Equipment, Plot no. P-23, Mohasa- Babai Industrial Area, Narmadapuram, Madhya Pradesh, India
(“Project)” on page 161.
We have obtained accreditations, such as the ISO 14001:2015, ISO 9001:2015 and ISO 45001:2018 certification
for environment management systems, quality management systems, and occupational health and safety
management systems, respectively, issued by TNV Certification Private Limited. In 2019, we were awarded the
“Best Ground mount Solar PV company of the Year” award by ET Now at the Stars of the Industry Awards and
were also ranked “among top 5 Global Solar EPC Companies” by IHS Markit. We have also achieved various
milestone that bear testimony to our ability to successfully meet customer requirements. For further details on
award and accreditation of our Company, please refer to the section titled “History and Certain Corporate Matters
- Awards, accreditations and recognitions received by our Company” on page 363.
Our Promoters and who are also our Executive Directors Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar Sharma and Sanjay
Garudapally – bring both technical and managerial expertise, with Ketan Mehta and Pawan Kumar Sharma being
alumni of the Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee and Sanjay Garudapally an alumni from Osmania
University. With a cumulative experience of over 40 years in the renewable energy industry, they have played a
pivotal role in driving our Co-Development and EPC Business models. Their experience spans the complete
project lifecycle from conceptualization, land aggregation, design and engineering to regulatory clearances. For
further details, please see the section titled “Our Management- Brief profiles of our Directors” on page 446.
Our Key Financial and Operational Performance Indicators
Our customer centric approach, valuing relationships with our customers and relying on our management’s
experience, has led to our growth over the years. We have a track record of revenue growth and profitability with
a credit rating of CARE A-; Positive for long-term bank facilities and CARE A-; Positive / CARE A2+ for long
term / short term bank facilities and CARE A2+ for short term bank facilities. For further details of Our Key
Financial and Operational Performance Indicators, please see the section titled – “Basis for Offer Price”. Set out
below are certain of our financial and operating metrics for the periods indicated:
Operational KPIs of our Company
Particulars Units As at and for the Fiscal
FY25 FY24 FY23
Operational KPIs
Total Projects Commissioned(1) No. 49 47 45
- India No. 47 45 44
- Overseas No. 2 2 1
Total Commissioned Capacity(2) MWp 1,747.18 1,312.26 970.26
- India MWp 1,427.18 992.26 920.26
- Overseas MWp 320.00 320.00 50.00
Total Order Book(3) ₹ Mn 63,871.26 21,608.21 11,290.50
321Particulars Units As at and for the Fiscal
FY25 FY24 FY23
Total Order Book Capacity / Contracted Capacity(4) MWp NA NA NA
Projects Under Execution(5) No. 27 16 6
Order Book to Revenue from operations ratio(6) No. of Times 5.23 2.06 1.45
(1) Total Projects Commissioned: Represents the cumulative number of projects commissioned by the company both in India & Overseas at
the end of the period.
2. Total Commissioned Capacity: Represents the cumulative capacity of the projects commissioned by the company both in India & Overseas
at the end of the period. Commissioned Capacity refers to renewable power projects that are commissioned and handed over to the customer
since incorporation of our Company.
3. Total Order Book: Computed as the value of solar power projects or other projects for which we have entered into contracts or received
term sheets or received letters of award (“LOA”) from our customers reduced by the revenue already recognized from such projects
4. Total Order Book Capacity / Contracted Capacity: Computed as the total capacity of solar power projects for which we have entered into
contracts or received term sheets or received letter of awards (“LOA”) in our order book being executed at a given time.
5. Projects Under Execution: Represents the total number of projects for which we have entered into contracts or received term sheets or
received letters of award (“LOA”) and are being executed at a given time.
6. Order Book to Revenue from operations ratio: Computed by dividing Total Order Book with Revenue from operations
Financial KPIs of our Company
(in ₹ million, except percentages and ratios)
As at and for the Fiscal
Particulars Units
FY25 FY24 FY23
Financial KPIs
Revenue from Operations ₹ Mn 12,206.41 10,487.99 7,765.81
Revenue from Operations Growth* % 16.38% 35.05% NA
Operating EBITDA ₹ Mn 1,942.05 1,200.97 700.86
Operating EBITDA Margin % 15.91% 11.45% 9.02%
PBT ₹ Mn 1,866.96 1,175.01 1,582.62
PBT Margin % 15.29% 11.20% 20.38%
Adjusted PBT ₹ Mn NA NA 628.99
Adjusted PBT Margin % NA NA 8.10%
PAT ₹ Mn 1,393.50 913.86 1,289.90
PAT Margin % 11.42% 8.71% 16.61%
NA NA
Adjusted PAT ₹ Mn 336.28
Adjusted PAT Margin % NA NA 4.33%
No. of
Fixed Asset Turnover Ratio Times 5.44 7.90 1.91
Total Equity (including NCI) ₹ Mn 6,157.87 3,487.89 1,888.72
-138.15
Net Debt ₹ Mn 271.34 586.12
No. of -0.12
Net Debt to Operating EBITDA Times 0.14 0.84
No. of -0.04
Net Debt to Total Equity Times 0.04 0.31
Return on Average Equity (ROE) % 28.89% 33.99% 97.48%
Adjusted Return on Average Equity (Adj. % NA NA 25.41%
ROE)
Return on Average Capital Employed % 29.80% 33.72% 35.52%
(ROCE)
Basic EPS ₹ per share 4.96 3.61 5.11
322As at and for the Fiscal
Particulars Units
FY25 FY24 FY23
Diluted EPS ₹ per share 4.95 3.61 5.10
Net Asset Value per Share ₹ per share 21.89 13.40 7.35
No. of 138 80 -6
Net Working Capital Days days
*While total revenue from operations grew by 16.38% in Fiscal 2025 as compared to Fiscal 2024, our Company’s core
business activities (i.e. revenue from the Co-Development Business and EPC Business) increased from ₹7,350.77 million in
Fiscal 2024 to ₹11,121.75 million in Fiscal 2025, representing a growth of 51.30%.
Notes:
1. Revenue from Operations: Computed as the sum of Revenue from Co-Development Business, Revenue from EPC Business
and Revenue from Other Operating Income
2. Revenue from Operations Growth: Computed by dividing increase in Revenue from Operations in the current period with
Revenue from Operations for the previous period *100
3.Operating EBITDA: Operating EBITDA is calculated as restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures
& Associates, Exceptional items and Tax minus other Income plus Finance Costs and Depreciation & Amortization expense
4. Operating EBITDA Margin: Computed by dividing Operating EBITDA with revenue from operations * 100
5. PBT: Restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax as
per restated consolidated financial information
6. PBT Margin: Restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax
divided by revenue from operations *100
7. Adjusted PBT: Restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and
Tax as per restated consolidated financial information minus one time gain recognised on account of loss of
control of subsidiary
8. Adjusted PBT Margin: Restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional
items and Tax as per restated consolidated financial information minus one time gain recognised on account of loss of control
of subsidiary divided by revenue from operations * 100
9. PAT: Restated profit for the year/period as per restated consolidated financial information without considering Other
comprehensive income.
10. PAT Margin: Restated consolidated profit for the year without other comprehensive income divided by revenue from
operations * 100
11. Adjusted PAT: Restated profit for the year/period as per restated consolidated financial information minus one time gain
recognised on account of loss of control of subsidiary.
12. Adjusted PAT Margin: Restated profit for the year/period as per restated consolidated financial information minus one
time gain recognised on account of loss of control of subsidiary divided by revenue from operations * 100
13. Fixed Asset Turnover Ratio: Computed as Revenue from operations divided by average gross tangible Property, plant and
equipment (PPE) plus average gross tangible Right of Use (ROU) Assets.
Average Gross tangible PPE and ROU is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balance of total tangible gross
PPE and tangible gross ROU.
14. Total Equity (including NCI): Total Equity including Non-Controlling Interests as per restated consolidated financial
information
15. Net Debt: Computed as long-term borrowing plus short-term borrowings minus cash and cash equivalents and bank
balances other than cash and cash equivalents.
16. Net Debt to Operating EBITDA: Computed as Net Debt divided by Operating EBITDA
17. Net Debt to Total Equity: Computed as Net Debt divided by Total Equity
18. Return on Average Equity (ROE): Computed by dividing PAT by the Average Total Equity * 100
Average Total Equity is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balances of the Total Equity.
19. Adjusted Return on Average Equity (Adj. ROE): Computed by dividing Adjusted PAT by the Average Total Equity * 100.
Average Total Equity is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balances of the Total Equity.
20. Return on Average Capital Employed (ROCE): Computed as EBIT as a % of average capital employed. EBIT is calculated
by adding finance cost to restated Profit / (Loss) before Exceptional items and Tax (but after share of profit / loss of Joint
Ventures & Associates).
Average Capital Employed is calculated by averaging the opening and closing balance of capital employed. Capital employed
is calculated by adding Total Equity, Long Term Borrowings, Short term borrowings and Deferred Tax Liabilities.
32321. Basic EPS: Computed as Restated Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the company divided by the
weighted average number of equity shares outstanding.
22. Diluted EPS: Computed as Restated Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the company divided by the
weighted average number of diluted equity shares outstanding
23. Net Asset Value per Share: Computed as Total equity divided by weighted average number of shares considered for
computing Diluted EPS
24. Net Working Capital Days - Computed as 365 days divided by Net working capital turnover ratio.
Net Working capital turnover ratio is calculated as Revenue from operations divided by closing net working capital.
Closing Net working capital is calculated as Total Current Assets (excluding Cash and Cash Equivalents and Bank balances
other than cash and cash equivalents) minus Total current liabilities (excluding short term borrowings) as at the end of
financial year
Our Strengths
Established player with strong execution track record and a proven ability to operate in challenging conditions
With an experience of over 14 years, we are engaged in the business of providing utility scale end-to-end
renewable energy solutions with a focus on solar energy solutions. We specialize in the development of ‘ready-
to-build’ infrastructure for renewable power projects under our Co-Development Business model and providing
engineering, construction and procurement (“EPC”) services for renewable power projects. Since our inception,
we have gradually developed our project management and execution capabilities by relying on our in-house design
and execution, engineering and project management teams, which have helped us in ensuring timely completion
of our projects. As of July 31, 2025, we have commissioned 50 projects with a total installed capacity of 1,771.18
MWp, across our two key business models.
Our commissioned projects and ongoing projects are well diversified in terms of customers type and geography,
with a pan-India as well as international presence. We believe this diversification reduces concentration risk. The
location-wise details of the capacities of solar power projects commissioned by us as on July 31, 2025, under our
two key business models are as set forth below:
As on July 31, 2025
Commissioned and operational capacity (in MWp)
Commissio Number of Commissio Number of Total Total
ned projects ned projects Commissio Number of
Location Capacity - commission Capacity - commission ned projects
Co- ed under EPC ed under Capacity commission
Developme Co- Business EPC ed
nt Business Developme Business
nt Business
Karnataka 465.65 17 347.13 2 812.78 19
Bangladesh - - 270.00 1 270.00 1
Uttar Pradesh 98.00 1 79.00 2 177.00 3
Gujarat - - 166.79 2 166.79 2
Tamil Nadu 106.00 1 - - 106.00 1
Uttarakhand 83.75 7 1.00 1 84.75 8
Telangana 63.73 8 - - 63.73 8
324As on July 31, 2025
Commissioned and operational capacity (in MWp)
Commissio Number of Commissio Number of Total Total
ned projects ned projects Commissio Number of
Location Capacity - commission Capacity - commission ned projects
Co- ed under EPC ed under Capacity commission
Developme Co- Business EPC ed
nt Business Developme Business
nt Business
Vietnam - - 50.00 1 50.00 1
Punjab - - 31.98 3 31.98 3
Rajasthan 6.90 2 - - 6.90 2
Odisha - - 1.10 1 1.10 1
Arunachal - - 0.15 1
0.15 1
Pradesh
Total 824.03 36 947.15 14 1,771.18 50
Note: As certified by independent chartered engineer, Sher Singh (registration number: AM129702-6) vide
certificate dated September 27, 2025.
In addition, we believe that our ability to adapt to challenging geographical, geological, and topographical
conditions remains a significant competitive advantage, as demonstrated by the successful delivery of complex
projects across diverse environments. Our technical capabilities coupled with efficient and timely decision making
have allowed us to successfully execute complex and large-scale projects in challenging conditions and situations.
One such instance are specified below:
270 MWp Solar PV Project in Bangladesh
• Challenges faced: The project site was prone to floods, soft soil and high wind speeds.
• Solutions provided: We employed elevated mounting structures on piles, raised the plinth
switchyard, used STAAD-approved designs with pull-out tests, laid marine cables for submerged
use, provided geosynthetic roads, and implemented extensive drainage solutions.
We have demonstrated our capability to execute projects significantly ahead of industry benchmarks for EPC
contracts, which typically range from 12 to 18 months (Source: CRISIL Report). For instance, we successfully
completed a 104.00 MWp solar power plant for captive use in Karnataka within a record time of 4 months,
substantially ahead of the standard industry timeline.
Further, our ability to retain and deepen engagement with our existing customer base enables us to develop insights
into customer ecosystems that provide inputs to our business strategies and enhance long term visibility in our
contracted pipeline. Over the years we believe that we have created long term relationships with some of our
customers private sector space, which has been supported by our robust project execution experience, which can
be demonstrated from share of repeat orders in contracted capacities for private sector customers as provided
below:
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Number of projects under execution contracted 6 9 2
during the year from private sector customers
Number of projects under execution contracted 4 8 1
during the year from repeat customers
Share of repeat orders 66.67% 88.89% 50.00%
. Notes –
1. Projects under execution newly contracted during the year does not include orders for O&M and sale of electricity
2. Repeat customers include private sector customers who have previously contracted with our Company at any point of time in the
past
We also have a diversified pool of suppliers for materials and equipment, which enables us to enhance operational
efficiency and achieve more effective cost management for our projects. For instance, following the
implementation of the Approved List of Module Manufacturers (“ALMM”) by Ministry of New and Renewable
Energy (“MNRE”), we have onboarded domestic suppliers from whom we source our solar panels in addition to
325importing materials and equipment from overseas.
In light of our demonstrated execution track record, differentiated business model, and ability to undertake and
complete projects under challenging conditions, we believe we are well positioned to leverage our expertise and
technical capabilities to achieve sustained growth. Our experience of over 14 years in the renewable energy sector,
established project management processes, presence across multiple geographies, and relationships with a
diversified customer and supplier base provide us with a foundation to pursue future opportunities.
Operating through a differentiated Co-Development Business model, creating ready-to-build renewable energy
infrastructure for our customers
In Fiscal 2013, we commissioned our first project under the Co-Development Business model, offering a
simplified and ‘ready-to-build’ solution for the development of solar power projects. Through this model, we aim
to provide for certain key challenges faced by our customers while initiating a solar power project, such as land
aggregation and securing connectivity approvals. By providing project ready sites equipped with the necessary
infrastructure, we aim to assist our customers with timely execution and construction of projects, while mitigating
project specific risks and delays on account of land acquisition and securing approvals. Unlike the IPP model
which benefits from long term assets ownership but contends with high upfront capital cost and locked in funds,
the Co-Development model combines the advantages of EPC and IPP segments to offer a balanced approach
(Source: CRISIL Report). Under our Co-Development Business model is structured through SPVs created
specifically for each project. These SPVs are subsequently divested to our customers, post which we assist our
customers by undertaking the EPC and O&M activities pursuant to contractual arrangements. This model allows
us to efficiently manage risks, capital redeployment, and maintain an asset-light balance sheet, while continuing
to scale our project portfolio. As per the CRISIL Report, the Co-development model combines the advantages of
EPC and IPP segments to offer a balanced approach for the stakeholders. The following graphic displays the key
advantages of operating through the Co-Development Business Model:
(Source: CRISIL Report)
While standard EPC responsibilities typically cover plant construction and basic site preparation, only a select
group of experienced players are offering comprehensive, value-added services such as land aggregation, clients
with statutory approvals, assisting with obtaining grid connectivity and evacuation permissions, and developing
the underlying site infrastructure. These activities require strong project management capabilities, deep sectoral
expertise, and established stakeholder networks. (Source: CRISIL Report).
As per CRISIL, we are one of the few players in the industry who go beyond the traditional EPC scope by assisting
customers with land acquisition, through our in-house land acquisition team, securing connectivity and other
statutory approvals, providing comprehensive and integrated solar power solutions.
Our Co-Development model encompasses the entire project value chain, starting with land identification and
acquisition, securing government and regulatory approvals for connectivity and power evacuation, securing PPAs,
set up of transmissions lines & right of way all the way to the EPC, commissioning and O&M of the project. As
of July 31, 2025, we have already co-developed 824.03 MWp for our customers across India. The below table
details the State wise renewable energy capacity we have developed under our Co-Development Business model
326–
As on July 31, 2025
Location Commissioned capacity of Number of projects under Co-
Co-Development Business (MWp) Development Business
Karnataka 465.65 17
Tamil Nadu 106.00 1
Uttar Pradesh 98.00 1
Uttarakhand 83.75 7
Telangana 63.73 8
Rajasthan 6.90 2
Total 824.03 36
Note: As certified by independent chartered engineer, Sher Singh (registration number: AM129702-6) vide
certificate dated September 27, 2025.
Land acquisition is a critical enabler for solar EPC players, directly impacting project timelines, costs and
bankability. Securing contiguous land parcels, litigation-free land with grid connectivity ensures smooth
execution, minimising right-of-way issues, and supports long-term operation and maintenance access, makes it
the foundational input for timely and cost-efficient project delivery.
. (Source: CRISIL Report)
We undertake site visits and feasibility study for analyzing certain aspects such as site levelling, route to sub-
station for right of way (RoW) issues, feasibility of power evacuation in nearest power sub-station, soil conditions,
approach of land for equipment to reach, etc., in order to undertake the project efficiently.
We have a dedicated land acquisition and development team of 40 employees wherein we have built separate
teams for north/central and south India for regional liasoning. Our land acquisition team works closely with land
aggregators in every state to identify and source land for our projects. Based on our understanding of state laws
for land acquisition and our ability to liaise with State land authorities, we have established a track record of
acquiring over 20,000 acres of land for our customers across India as on July 31, 2025.
We believe that our experience in the renewable space has allowed us to gain a comprehensive understanding of
the regulatory framework governing setting-up and operationalising renewable energy projects. This knowledge
and experience allows us to assist our clients with securing grid connectivity approvals from both the STUs and
ISTSs. ISTS connectivity is crucial for utility-scale solar IPP projects, especially in large-scale deployments where
power needs to be transmitted across state boundaries. With ISTS approval in place, the project is not restricted
to selling power within a single State, thereby creating an opportunity to access multiple off-takers across various
States, which enhances its revenue potential. As of July 31, 2025, we have been granted / agreed to be granted 10
connectivity approvals from STUs and ISTSs and have applied for additional 11 connectivity approvals which are
in various stages of approval.
The details in relation to 10 STU and ISTS connectivity approvals granted / agreed to be granted to us as of July
31, 2025, are as follows:
S.No. Connectivity Type Capacity (MWp) RE Source Status*
1 ISTS 350.00 Solar Granted
2 ISTS 300.00 Solar Agreed to Grant
3 ISTS 300.00 Wind Agreed to Grant
4 ISTS 300.00 Wind Agreed to Grant
5 ISTS 300.00 Wind Agreed to Grant
6 ISTS 300.00 Solar Agreed to Grant
7 ISTS 300.00 Wind Agreed to Grant
8 STU 50.00 Solar Granted
9 STU 50.00 Solar Granted
10 STU 50.00 Solar Granted
Total 2,300.00
Note: As certified by independent chartered engineer, Sher Singh (registration number: AM129702-6) vide
certificate dated September 27, 2025.
*’Granted’ refers to STU and ISTS connectivity for which we have received the final connectivity certificate.
‘Agreed to Grant’ refers to STU and ISTS connectivity in which we have been allotted the connectivity, but we
327are yet to receive the final connectivity certificate
We believe this differentiated model also allows us to have better control over our margin structure minimize cost
leakages by maintaining oversight of key activities and leveraging our longstanding relationships with customers
and suppliers to achieve competitive pricing, thereby enhancing value creation for both our customers and our
Company.
Strong revenue visibility backed by robust order book
We have been able to capitalize on the favourable demand outlook for solar power to secure orders for both of
our key business models. We are focused on undertaking quality projects with potentially higher margins. By
expanding our order book and skill set across different business models and geographical regions, we are able to
pursue a broader range of project tenders and therefore maximize our business volume and profit margins.
Our order book position has grown from ₹ 11,290.50 million as on March 31, 2023 to ₹ 63,871.26 million as on
March 31, 2025 indicating a CAGR of 137.85%. Further, as of July 31, 2025 our Company’s order book stood at
₹80,342.61 million.
The following chart sets forth our order book growth from March 31, 2023 to July 31, 2025:
Note- ‘Net Order Inflow’ is calculated as the order book value in the respective period minus order book value in the previous period
As per the CRISIL report, our Company has one of the highest order book to Revenue from Operations ratio
amongst our listed peers. The following graph sets forth our order book to Revenue from Operations ratio as
compared to our peers as on March 31, 2025:
(Source: CRISIL Report)
Note: Above ratio is only for listed peers where data disclosure is available.
328* The order book to revenue from operations ratio for KPI Green considers outstanding CPP orderbook for the period / Revenue from Sale
of Captive Power Plants
Details of our order book as of July 31, 2025 by customer type and project type are depicted below:
Over the last three Fiscals of 2025, 2024 and 2023, the scale and size of the projects executed by us have also
shown considerable growth. For instance, our commissioned capacity since inception till July 31, 2025 is 1,771.18
MWp across 50 projects whereas our order book as of July 31, 2025, comprises of 30 Contracted Projects with an
aggregate contracted capacity of 4,029.43 MWp under various stages of execution, which demonstrates the growth
in size and scale of projects being undertaken by us.
We attribute that the consistent growth in our order book is a result of our experience, our focus on maintaining
quality standards in our projects and project execution skills. Diversifying our skill set and order book across
different business and geographical regions, enables us to pursue a broader range of projects and therefore
maximize our business volume and profit margins.
Consistent financial performance backed by an asset light business model
We commissioned our first project under the Co-Development Business model in Fiscal 2013. For IPP projects,
till 2021, we executed and held those assets on our books. Since 2021, we transitioned from an asset-heavy IPP
model to an asset light Co-Development Business model wherein we started executing projects through SPVs. In
addition, our EPC Business model, is also inherently an asset-light model and has contributed 65.66%, 61.90%,
and 37.91% of our revenue from operations in Fiscals 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. As a significant
contributor to our revenue from operations, we believe this model allows us to minimize capital expenditures and
operating costs, offering greater flexibility and scalability to meet diverse customer requirements. The duration of
our EPC contracts, typically range from 12 to 18 months, enabling us to rotate working capital requirements and
respond swiftly to changing market conditions.
We believe that our execution capabilities and asset light approach enables us to maintain a strong financial
position. As per CRISIL, our company had Net Debt to Total Equity ratio of 0.04 times and Net Debt to Operating
EBITDA ratio of 0.14 times which is significantly lower than the listed peer average of 0.10 times and 0.51 times
respectively in Fiscal 2025. This low debt profile reflects the Company’s asset light business model and strong
balance sheet as reflected by our credit rating of CARE A-; Positive for long-term bank facilities and CARE A-;
Positive / CARE A2+ for long term / short term bank facilities and CARE A2+ for short term bank facilities
The following table sets forth our financial performance for Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023:
Particulars Units As at and for the Fiscal
2025 2024 2023
Revenue from Operations(1) ₹ Mn 12,206.41 10,487.99 7,765.81
Revenue from Operations Growth(2)* % 16.38% 35.05% NA
Operating EBITDA(3) ₹ Mn 1,942.05 1,200.97 700.86
Operating EBITDA Margin(4) % 15.91% 11.45% 9.02%
Net Debt(5) ₹ Mn 271.34 -138.15 586.12
329Particulars Units As at and for the Fiscal
2025 2024 2023
Net Debt to Operating EBITDA(6) No. of 0.14 -0.12 0.84
Times
Net Debt to Total Equity(7) No. of 0.04 -0.04 0.31
Times
Return on Average Equity (ROE)(8) % 28.89% 33.99% 97.48%
Adjusted Return on Average Equity (Adj. % NA NA 25.41%
ROE)(9)
Return on Average Capital Employed % 29.80% 33.72% 35.52%
(ROCE)(10)
Total Order Book(11) ₹ Mn 63,871.26 21,608.21 11,290.50
Order Book to Revenue from Operations No. of 5.23 2.06 1.45
ratio(12) Times
*While total revenue from operations grew by 16.38% in Fiscal 2025 as compared to Fiscal 2024, our Company’s core
business activities (i.e., revenue from the Co-Development Business and the EPC business) increased from ₹7,350.77 million
in Fiscal 2024 to ₹11,121.75 million in Fiscal 2025, representing a growth of 51.30%.
Notes:
1. Revenue from Operations is computed as the sum of Revenue from Co-Development Business, Revenue from EPC
Business and Other Operating Income
2. Revenue from Operations Growth is computed by dividing increase in Revenue from Operations in the current period
with Revenue from Operations for the previous period *100.
3. Operating EBITDA: Operating EBITDA is calculated as restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint
Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax minus other Income plus Finance Costs and Depreciation &
Amortization expense
4. Operating EBITDA Margin: Computed by dividing Operating EBITDA with revenue from operations * 100
5. Net Debt is computed as long-term borrowing plus short term borrowings minus cash and cash equivalents and bank
balances other than cash and cash equivalents
6. Net Debt to Operating EBITDA is computed as Net Debt divided by Operating EBITDA
7. Net Debt to Total Equity: Computed as Net Debt divided by Total Equity
Total Equity = Total Equity including Non Controlling Interests as per restated consolidated financial information
8. Computed by dividing PAT by the Average Total Equity * 100.
Average Total Equity is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balances of the Total Equity.
9. Computed by dividing Adjusted PAT by the Average Total Equity * 100.
Average Total Equity is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balances of the Total Equity.
Adjusted PAT is Restated profit for the year/period as per restated consolidated financial information minus one time
gain recognised on account of loss of control of subsidiary.
10. Computed as EBIT as a % of average capital employed. EBIT is calculated by adding finance cost to restated Profit /
(Loss) before Exceptional items and Tax (but after share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates).
Average Capital Employed is calculated by averaging the opening and closing balance of capital employed.
Capital employed is calculated by adding Total Equity, Long Term Borrowings, Short term borrowings and Deferred
Tax Liabilities.
11. Computed as the value of solar power projects or other projects for which we have entered into Contracts or received
term sheets or received letters of award (“LOA”) from our customers reduced by the revenue already recognized from
such projects
12. Computed by dividing Total Order Book with Revenue from operations
Our growth and financial performance have been driven by a strong focus on risk management and adherence to
streamlined internal processes. Our approach includes stringent criteria for project selection, supported by a
disciplined bidding strategy that incorporates comprehensive risk assessments to protect returns. These
assessments evaluate geographical risks based on market presence, size, growth opportunities, and geopolitical
factors. Additionally, we prioritize minimizing counterparty credit risk by selecting solar power projects that
typically secure financial closure before we commence operations.
Experienced Promoters and Management team with extensive domain knowledge
We have an experienced senior management team with a cumulative experience of 40 years. Our individual
Promoters bring extensive experience and expertise to our business and their contributions have played an
important role in the growth of our Company. Ketan Mehta, one of our Promoter and Managing Director, holds a
bachelor’s degree of technology in civil engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee. He has an
experience of more than 13 years in the solar industry. Ketan Mehta was accredited with the accolade of “30
330Under 30 – Asia - Industry, Manufacturing & Energy” by Forbes Magazine in 2017. He was awarded the CEO of
the Year by Business Leader in 2021. He has also been awarded the “Young Entrepreneur Award” and
“Entrepreneur of the Year” by the Indian Achievers Forum in 2016, among other awards won by him. Pawan
Kumar Sharma, one of our Promoters and Whole time Director, holds a bachelor’s degree of technology in civil
engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee. He has over 14 years of experience in execution
of solar projects and has been awarded the Entrepreneur of the Year award in 2017 by Silicon India and Business
and Leadership Award at the Rajasthan Annual Solar Awards in 2024, among other awards won by him. Sanjay
Garudapally, one of our Promoters and Whole-time Director, holds bachelor’s degree in commerce from Osmania
University. He has over 13 years of experience in the solar industry. In addition, we are led by a qualified and
experienced management team, who are supported by a team of managers and other employees. For more details
on our management team, please refer to chapter titled “Our Management” on page 443.
Our Board of Directors also includes certain non-executive Directors, including independent directors, with
experience in power, finance and electronics sector. We have a well-qualified senior management team with
extensive experience in the solar industry, which positions us well to capitalize on future growth opportunities.
Our team of 392 permanent employees as of July 31, 2025, benefits from the extensive experience of our
management and project execution teams. Our expertise allows us to identify and capitalize on strategic
opportunities effectively. Our commitment to business growth is evident from our track record of successful
project execution and strong financial performance. We also engage in continuous learning and development for
our employees, ensuring they stay updated with the latest market trends, technologies, and innovations. We
believe that the industry knowledge and leadership of our executive leadership team, combined with their
extensive experience, provides us with a competitive advantage and are instrumental in enabling us to attract high-
quality talent.
Our Strategies
Capitalizing on industry tailwinds by backward integrating into solar cell manufacturing
As per the CRISIL Report, the expected solar power capacity additions between fiscals 2026 and 2030 are
anticipated to jump ~2.6 times compared with the capacity additions between fiscals 2021 and 2025. Crisil
Intelligence expects 170-180 GW of solar capacity to be added over fiscals 2026-2030.
The domestic content requirement (“DCR”) in India's solar sector is a policy initiative aimed at promoting the
development of domestic solar manufacturing capabilities. The primary objective of the DCR is to encourage the
use of domestically manufactured solar cells and modules in solar power projects. The DCR mandates the use of
solar cells and modules manufactured domestically as per the specifications and testing requirements fixed by the
MNRE for government-backed projects, including utility scale solar projects. With the implementation of
ALMM-II in June 2026, which mandates the use of domestic cells in locally assembled modules (“ALMM-I”),
the applicability of ALMM extends to all government-assisted projects and projects under government schemes
and programmes, including those set up for electricity sales to the government and open access projects. (Source:
CRISIL Report)
While India’s module manufacturing capacity has increased rapidly to 82GW as of Fiscal 2025, the domestic
integration of solar cell capacity has only been to the extent of 25-30% (assuming full utilisation). Manufacturing
facilities typically do not operate at full utilization levels, and within the overall capacity, the share of advanced
technologies such as TOPCon may remain limited (Source: CRISIL Report). Cell manufacturing remains a
bottleneck, with a capacity of 23 GW in Fiscal 2025. Further, as per ALMM II list dated July 31, 2025, 6
manufacturers are enlisted with a total enlisted capacity of 13.07 GW. (Source: CRISIL Report). Consequently,
cell availability is likely to continue as a bottleneck for the industry, even as module capacity approaches a
situation of oversupply over the medium term. (Source: CRISIL Report) This structural gap means that even with
ALMM II mandating the use of approved domestic cells and modules for government-backed projects, the country
331will remain import-dependent for critical raw materials, limiting true self-reliance in the solar value chain.
(Source: CRISIL Report)
Since ALMM is conditionally applicable to various segments going forward and with the implementation of
ALMM-II from June 2025, CRISIL Intelligence expects 110-115 GW capacity additions between fiscal 2026 to
2030 to necessarily use DCR solar modules (Source: CRISIL Report). This presents a significant opportunity for
the development of a robust domestic cell manufacturing ecosystem, which could not only reduce reliance on
imports but also foster innovation and drive economic growth. (Source: CRISIL Report)
Without backward integration, EPC players are more susceptible to global price volatility and lose cost-control
levers during technological transitions. The need for EPC players to backward integrate into manufacturing arises
from several strategic and operational benefits. By securing upstream operations - such as module and cell
production – EPC firms gain greater control over their supply chain, ensuring timely access to critical components
and mitigating supply disruptions and price volatility (Source: CRISIL Report).
We propose to implement the strategic step toward backward integration for our business by foraying into
manufacturing of Solar PV n-Type TOPCon G12R cells with a capacity of 1.5GW. Captive consumption of our
solar PV cells is expected to improve our financial position and results of operations, enhance our ability to
participate in projects requiring Domestic Content Requirement (DCR) technologies, and enable us to cater to the
growing demand for DCR cells in India. Towards this, we have been allotted land from the Government of
Madhya Pradesh to set up a cell manufacturing facility and have secured 41.30 acres of land in Madhya Pradesh’s
renewable energy zone vide lease deed dated March 3, 2025, between Madhya Pradesh Industrial Development
Corporation and one of our wholly owned subsidiary being, Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited
(“Rays Green Energy”). With the expected commissioning of cell manufacturing facility by Fiscal 2027. We
expect to be positioned to meet both our internal needs and external market demand for domestically produced
solar cells. For further details see “Objects of the Offer” on page 158.
Our solar cell manufacturing plant is proposed to be set up at a total project cost of ₹ 9,211.70 million. Our
Company proposes to invest ₹5,000.00 million from the Net Proceeds in Project. Further, the board of directors
of Rays Green Energy and the Board of our Company pursuant to their resolutions each dated September 29,
2025, have consented and taken note, respectively, that an amount of ₹5,000.00 is proposed to be funded for
capital expenditure from the Net Proceeds. Further, Rays Green Energy has entered into a borrowing arrangement
with Suvarna Laxmi Nidhi Limited, a financial institution that has extended a facility of an amount aggregating
to ₹3,221.70 million pursuant a sanction letter dated September 15, 2025, to enable Rays Green Energy to part-
finance the Project. The Cell Manufacturing Plant is proposed to produce solar cells based on n-Type TOPCon
G12R (Tunnel Oxide Passivated Contact) technology, which are a type of solar cell that use a thin layer of silicon
dioxide to improve efficiency and are the highest value-for-cost technology available in 2025. Its superior
efficiency, reliability and design flexibility make it ideal for the solar manufacturing facility aiming for
competitiveness and ALMM compliance. Benefits of the n-Type TOPCon G12R solar cells includes: –
• >25% cell efficiency with proven scalability
• Low degradation with extended 30 year performance warranty
• Optimize for G12R, reducing balance-of-systems (BoS) costs
• Faster lie throughput supports full 1.5 GW capacity with buffer
In order to implement TOPCon technology in the manufacturing of solar cells, we have entered into an
arrangement with Shenzhen S.C. New Energy Technology Corporation, which will serve as our turnkey
technology provider to ensure access to high-efficiency, automation-driven solar cell production technology
aligned with the proposed TOPCon G12R line and support us in the supply, installation, and commissioning of a
TOPCon PV cell turnkey production line with a minimum annual output capacity of 1.5 GW for our cell
manufacturing plant through our Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Rays Green Energy.
Presently, for some of our solar projects, we import solar cells from China and are subject to high levels of import
duties and other associated costs with importing products into India and thereafter getting the solar PV module
assembled on toll manufacturing from other third-party suppliers. Investment in our wholly owned subsidiary,
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited (“Rays Green Energy”) for part-financing the establishment
of a 1.5 GW PV Solar n-type TOPCon G12R cell manufacturing plant in Madhya Pradesh, India (“Project”). For
further details on our proposed capital expenditure to be undertaken by our Subsidiary, please refer to section
titled “Objects of the Offer” on page 158.
332To meet the rising domestic demand for solar components, the cells produced by us will be used for our own solar
projects and be sold to third parties. This backward integrated model will reduce reliance on external suppliers,
offering us greater control over the supply chain and quality of our solar cells.
The proposed backward integration is expected to improve the quality of our solar projects and improve our
financial position and results of operations by reducing reliance on external suppliers. Our proposed new
manufacturing capabilities will also enable us to actively participate in the growing renewable energy market,
while targeting external customers to further increase our revenue from operations.
Continue to focus towards consistently increasing our order book & market share
The Government planned to invite bids for 50 GW of RE capacity annually from fiscals 2024 to 2028, a significant
capacity of which will be coming from solar energy with the aim to add 250 GW renewable energy capacity since
such projects take 18-24 months to be commissioned to ensure 500 GW of installed capacity by 2030. (Source:
CRISIL Report)
Nearly 60-70% of the installations till fiscal 2025 were attributed to third party EPC. Crisil Intelligence expects
the share to be maintained till fiscal 2030 resulting in an opportunity of Rs 6-8 trillion between fiscal 2026 and
2030. (Source: CRISIL Report)
Our primary focus is to strengthen our market position in India by growing our current order book of ₹ 80,342.61
million as on July 31, 2025. Our strategy is to scale up the Co-Development Business focused on inter-state
connectivity to create long-term revenue visibility and enhance our growth potential. We intend to develop
multiple projects and solar parks across India, providing ‘ready-to-build’ infrastructure that includes land,
connectivity approvals, and, where possible, off-take agreements. As a co-developer, this structure will allow us
to secure EPC margins through a guaranteed contract while simultaneously realizing financial returns from the
sale or retentions of the SPV (Source: CRISIL Report).
As on July 31, 2025, we have 2,300.00 MWp of STU and ISTS connectivity under the granted / agreed to be
granted status. Additionally, connectivity aggregating to 3,565.00 MWp have been applied across solar, wind and
hybrid renewable energy sources with SCOD extending to Fiscal 2031 in Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and
Rajasthan.
The details in relation to STU and ISTS connectivity applied for by us as of July 31, 2025, are as follows:
S. No. Connectivity Type Capacity (MWp) RE Source Status
1 ISTS 400.00 Solar Applied
2 ISTS 400.00 Solar Applied
333S. No. Connectivity Type Capacity (MWp) RE Source Status
3 ISTS 400.00 Solar Applied
4 ISTS 300.00 Solar Applied
5 ISTS 300.00 Solar Applied
6 ISTS 300.00 Solar Applied
7 ISTS 300.00 Solar Applied
8 ISTS 300.00 Wind Applied
9 ISTS 300.00 Solar Applied
10 ISTS 290.00 Solar Applied
11 ISTS 275.00 Solar Applied
Total 3,565.00
Note: As certified by independent chartered engineer, Sher Singh (registration number: AM129702-6) vide
certificate dated September 27, 2025.
We also intend to implement asset ownership platforms through minority investments from our Company into
SPVs, in which co-developed projects in the respective SPVs can be transferred in bulk to investors, rather than
on a project-by-project basis. We believe that this approach will provide greater scale to our operations, establish
long-term revenue visibility, cultivate lasting relationships with fund houses and open multiple opportunities for
future collaborations. To align with this strategy, we have already entered into a term sheet of US$100 million (₹
8,775.00 million*) with an additional option of US$50.00 million (₹ 4,387.50 million*) with a private equity arm
of a global conglomerate. The private equity arm primarily invests in decarbonized infrastructure and sustainable
solutions with a focus on emerging markets. The investment is expected to be infused into specific project SPVs
in which we will be responsible for all development aspects, including securing off-take agreements, land
acquisition, EPC, licenses and approval. As per the arrangement, once these assets are commissioned, our
Company and the investor proposes to exit the projects in due course.
(*For purpose of this term sheet, we have assumed an exchange rate of ₹ 87.75= USD 1, applicable as on,
September 17, 2025, as per the RBI reference rate archive)
Further, C&I consumers account for close to half of the country's total power consumption, with the bulk of this
demand met by discoms The RE consumption in India grew at a CAGR of 12.6% between fiscal 2019-2023,
whereas RE consumption by C&I saw a significantly higher growth rate of about 24.3% during the same period.
As a result, the C&I segment is poised to play a pivotal role in driving the country's RE growth story over the next
few years, driven by rising electricity demand, increasing emphasis on sustainability and cost efficiency, and a
favourably evolving policy and regulatory environment. (Source: CRISIL Report). As of July 31, 2025, 64.39%
of our total order book comprised of private customers. Going forward, we intend to further capitalize on our
strong relationships with customers and industry tailwinds to increase our order book and market share from these
customers.
In addition, we also intend to capitalize on our experience and project execution expertise and continue to pursue
EPC projects in the solar power sector, both independently and in partnership with other similar players whenever
necessary.
Diversify into hybrid and energy mix projects by leveraging on existing experience in executing solar projects
While the development and execution of solar power projects continues to be our core focus, we have strategically
begun diversifying into other infrastructure verticals with favorable industry tailwinds where our EPC capabilities
can be effectively leveraged. This is expected to diversify our revenue streams and may also position us to capture
emerging opportunities across the renewable energy infrastructure ecosystem.
As the contribution of RE to the generation mix increases, addressing the variability in power output becomes
crucial. In this context, two innovative projects have gained significant attention in recent years – wind-solar
hybrid (“WSH”) and firm dispatchable renewable energy (FDRE) projects. In line with this, the Ministry of New
and Renewable Energy (MNRE) initiated the WSH policy in 2018, with the objective to efficiently utilize
transmission infrastructure and reduce the problem of intermittency as witnessed for RE fuels. FDRE is another
solution to overcome the key limitation of solar projects, i.e. the inability to provide firm power supply. As of
date, the model has achieved over 11 GW allocations. The growing need for energy storage systems is expected
to drive the capacity additions of PSP and BESS over the next 5 years. Storage installed capacity, which includes
334PSP and BESS is expected to reach 40-50 GW by fiscal 2030. (Source: CRISIL Report)
As part of this strategy, we had participated in bids for firm and dispatchable renewable energy (“FDRE”) projects
and battery energy storage system (“BESS”) projects. Pursuant to our participation, we won the letters of awards
(“LOA”) in 2025 from a prominent PSU for: (i) 150 MW (AC) / 300MW (DC) of FDRE (assured peak power
supply) from ISTS-connected renewable energy projects coupled with 135MW / 540MWh Energy Storage
Systems (“ESS”), on an “anywhere in India” basis and (ii) 150MW (AC) / 225 MW (DC) of FDRE with an ESS
component of 75MW / 150 MWh, including a 140 MWAC / 210 MW (DC) Greenshoe Option, along with an ESS
component of 75 MW / 150 MWh, located in Tumkur, Karnataka, with a 220 kV interconnection point.
We have also undertaken rural water supply projects, including O&M services, through a consortium arrangement.
We are currently responsible for supplying drinking water to 648 villages in Uttar Pradesh on a turnkey basis.
Beyond renewable energy and water infrastructure, we have also executed transmission and distribution works
(“T&D”), which include activities such as survey, design, supply, transport, construction, erection, testing and
commissioning of re-conducting of 33KV and construction of new 11KV lines.
The government introduced the National Green Hydrogen Mission in January 2023, aiming for 5 million metric
tons per annum of green hydrogen capacity by 2030. The National Green Hydrogen Mission integrates solar power
by incentivizing the use of renewable energy sources to produce Green Hydrogen, which is then converted into
green ammonia for various applications. According to IEA, green hydrogen production could increase power
consumption by up to 1000 TWh by 2050, equivalent to India’s current electricity demand. India is estimated to
need at least 125 GW of renewable energy to power the targeted green hydrogen production. (Source: CRISIL
Report)
We believe that our demonstrated track record of timely and quality execution in solar power projects provides a
strong foundation for further diversification. With increased government focus and capital allocation in
infrastructure development, we see attractive growth opportunities in areas such FDRE, BESS, Green Hydrogen
and WSH.
OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS
Co-Development Business:
Our Co-Development Business involves creating ‘ready-to-build’ solar energy infrastructure for renewable power
project developers. Our typical scope of work includes land aggregation, securing grid connectivity (both inter-
state and intra-state as the case maybe), and assisting with approvals such as connectivity permissions, bay
allocation, captive arrangements, and PPAs tailored to our customer’s requirements in a separate SPV, followed
by transferring these SPVs to our customers and further undertaking EPC and O&M activities, basis the
contractual arrangements with our customers. As of July 31, 2025, we have divested 36 SPVs to our customers
under this business models. As of July 31, 2025, we have commissioned 36 solar projects under this model, with
an aggregate capacity of 824.03 MWp across 6 states in India including Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Rajasthan,
Telangana, Uttar Pradesh and Uttarakhand.
Our Co-Development Business model encompasses the entire project value chain, starting with land identification
and acquisition, securing government and regulatory approvals for connectivity and power evacuation, set up of
transmissions lines & right of way all the way to the EPC, commissioning and O&M of the project. As of July 31,
2025, we have already co-developed 824.03 MWp for our customers across India. The below table details the
State wise renewable energy capacity we have developed under our Co-Development Business model:
As on July 31, 2025
Location Co-Development Business Number of projects under Co-
Development Business
Karnataka 465.65 17
Uttar Pradesh 98.00 1
Tamil Nadu 106.00 1
Uttarakhand 83.75 7
Telangana 63.73 8
Rajasthan 6.90 2
Total 824.03 36
Note: As certified by independent chartered engineer, Sher Singh (registration number: AM129702-6) vide
335certificate dated September 27, 2025.
Set out below is the list of projects commissioned by us as, as of July 31, 2025 under our Co-Development
Business model:
Sr. Project Name Location Category of Type of Capacity Year of
No. Client Project (MWp) Completion
1 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2024
72.00
Project 1 Mounted
2 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2022
75.00
Project 2 Mounted
3 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2022
75.00
Project 3 Mounted
4 Co-Development Uttar Private Ground 2021
98.00
Project 4 Pradesh Mounted
5 Co-Development Tamil Nadu Private Ground 2020
106.00
Project 5 Mounted
6 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2019
20.25
Project 6 Mounted
7 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2019
20.25
Project 7 Mounted
8 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2019
6.75
Project 8 Mounted
9 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2018
42.00
Project 9 Mounted
10 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2018
35.00
Project 10 Mounted
11 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2018
28.00
Project 11 Mounted
12 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2018
21.00
Project 12 Mounted
13 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2018
21.00
Project 13 Mounted
14 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2018
20.00
Project 14 Mounted
15 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2018
14.00
Project 15 Mounted
16 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2017
3.30
Project 16 Mounted
17 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2017
3.30
Project 17 Mounted
18 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2017
3.30
Project 18 Mounted
19 Co-Development Uttarakhand Private Ground 2017
24.00
Project 19 Mounted
20 Co-Development Uttarakhand Private Ground 2017
12.00
Project 20 Mounted
21 Co-Development Uttarakhand Private Ground 2017
12.00
Project 21 Mounted
22 Co-Development Uttarakhand Private Ground 2017
12.00
Project 22 Mounted
23 Co-Development Uttarakhand Private Ground 2017
6.00
Project 23 Mounted
24 Co-Development Uttarakhand Private Ground 2017
5.75
Project 24 Mounted
336Sr. Project Name Location Category of Type of Capacity Year of
No. Client Project (MWp) Completion
25 Co-Development Uttarakhand Private Ground 2017
12.00
Project 25 Mounted
26 Co-Development Karnataka Private Ground 2017
5.50
Project 26 Mounted
27 Co-Development Telangana Private Ground 2016
9.20
Project 27 Mounted
28 Co-Development Telangana Private Ground 2016
11.50
Project 28 Mounted
29 Co-Development Telangana Private Ground 2016
5.75
Project 29 Mounted
30 Co-Development Telangana Private Ground 2016
5.75
Project 30 Mounted
31 Co-Development Telangana Private Ground 2015
11.50
Project 31 Mounted
32 Co-Development Telangana Private Ground 2015
8.24
Project 32 Mounted
33 Co-Development Rajasthan Private Ground 2015
1.10
Project 33 Mounted
34 Co-Development Telangana Private Ground 2015
1.73
Project 34 Mounted
35 Co-Development Telangana Private Ground 2014
10.06
Project 35 Mounted
36 Co-Development Rajasthan Private Ground 2013
5.80
Project 36 Mounted
Total 824.03
Note: As certified by independent chartered engineer, Sher Singh (registration number: AM129702-6) vide
certificate dated September 27, 2025.
Key activities under our Co-Development Business model include –
Site acquisition – We have an on-field land acquisition experience and access to a network of intermediaries
across India, which allows us to effectively manage any resistance that we may face from the local population or
the authorities. We have a dedicated land acquisition and development team of 40 employees wherein we have
built separate teams for north/central and south India for regional liasoning. We undertake site analysis prior to
the site acquisition and plan for mitigating any unsuitability we encounter on the site. We endeavour to complete
the site acquisition process within a period of 90 to 120 days. As a part of our site acquisition activity, we undertake
activities such as site levelling, determining the route to sub-station for right of way issues, feasibility of power
evacuation in nearest power sub-station, soil conditions, approach of land for equipment logistics. We also
undertake land diligence and trace the title of land for the last 30 years through appropriates advocates, once the
land is finalized. We proceed with land registration at the local authority’s office and take possession of the land
once the title is found to be satisfactory. Thereafter, we apply for land use conversion for solar park development,
if required.
Grid Connectivity – We obtain the grid connectivity approvals from both the STU and ISTS. ISTS connectivity
is crucial for utility-scale solar IPP projects, especially in large-scale deployments where power needs to be
transmitted across state boundaries. With ISTS approval in place, project is not limited to selling power within a
single State. Opportunity to access multiple off-takers across various States, increases the revenue potential. For,
obtaining the ISTS connectivity approvals, we apply through the CERC portal and submit the required
documents. The application process involves stages for connectivity and long-term access (LTA). The application
process requires us to furnish details like the project's geographical location, power injection/drawal quantum, and
unit-wise commissioning schedule among other information.
We also provide support to our customers in obtaining governmental approvals associated with solar power
projects. We aim to assist our customers in obtaining statutory approvals necessary to install and operate the solar
power plants and common infrastructure facilities including the sub-station and transmission lines. We believe
337our site acquisition efforts have helped us in reducing delays. This enabled us to acquire more than 20,000 acres
across India.
Procurement: Our procurement activities are managed by a dedicated team of 9 experienced professionals and
engineers. Our procurement strategy is designed to provide our customers with the benefits of single-point
responsibility for project execution, with a strong emphasis on quality, cost-effectiveness, and timely completion.
We prioritize the timely delivery and quality of products, which includes extensive testing of components,
developing solutions tailored to local challenges, and ensuring optimal project execution. This approach is aimed
at achieving high Performance Ratio (“PR”) and Capacity Utilisation Factor (CUF) with minimal downtime and
generation losses.
Supplier Management and Quality Assurance: We have established relationships with a diversified base of
original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and suppliers, which enables us to offer our customers all the stock-
keeping units (SKUs) typically used in a solar project. Key components such as modules, string and central
inverters, transformers, panels, string combiner boxes, and cables are procured from leading OEMs. We extend
the warranties provided by these OEMs directly to our customers. Any performance guarantees that go beyond
the standard OEM warranties are incorporated into our EPC agreements for a specified defect liability period,
which is generally two years post-commissioning.
To ensure process integrity, any deviation from the established procurement process, particularly for items not
included in the original bill of materials, requires prior approval from both the management and the design team.
EPC Business
In our EPC Business, we offer a complete range of EPC solutions for our solar power projects from designing and
engineering (with or without module), procurement, construction, testing and commissioning. As of July 31, 2025,
we commissioned 14 solar EPC projects with an aggregate capacity of 947.15 MWp across 7 states in India
including Karnataka, Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Uttarakhand, Odisha, Arunachal Pradesh and two
international projects in Bangladesh and Vietnam. Our EPC contracts with our customers are short term contracts
ranging from 12 to 18 months, with an additional 3 to 6 months for regulatory approvals, thus not allowing for
major fluctuation in the pricing. Major equipment utilised in these projects are finalised within the first 4-6 months
allowing us to plan our procurement to avoid any fluctuations in pricing.
Our Solar EPC Business include design, engineering, procurement, construction testing and commissioning of
RE power projects and operation & maintenance. We may provide our full range of EPC solutions or any
combination of individual services, depending on our customer’s needs and market opportunity.
• EPC Solutions: Our EPC solutions involve building solar power projects from concept designing to
commissioning. We provide end-to-end solutions to our customers including design, engineering,
procurement, construction, project management, testing and commissioning of RE power projects and
connecting the solar power project to the electricity grid. Our services are used by our customers in India and
outside India.
• BoS and package BoS: Our BoS solutions comprise all project design and execution services other than the
procurement of modules and components, which is handled by the customer, and “package BoS” projects
include civil, mechanical and electrical work solutions. BoS solutions are used primarily by our customers in
India.
Our operations are supported by a dedicated design, engineering and costing team of 9 employees, all of whom
are in India, and are responsible for designing innovative and cost-effective solutions with an aim to increase the
performance ratio of solar power projects.
Set out below is the list of projects commissioned by us as, as of July 31, 2025 under our EPC business model:
Sr. Project Name Location Category of Type of Project Capacity Year of
No. Client (MWp) Completion
1 EPC Project 1 Karnataka Private Ground Mounted 272.13 2024
2 EPC Project 2 Bangladesh Private Ground Mounted 270.00 2023
338Sr. Project Name Location Category of Type of Project Capacity Year of
No. Client (MWp) Completion
3 EPC Project 3 Gujarat Private Ground Mounted 162.79 2024
4 EPC Project 4 Karnataka Private Ground Mounted 75.00 2022
5 EPC Project 5 Uttar Pradesh Private Ground Mounted 55.00 2015
6 EPC Project 6 Vietnam Private Ground Mounted 50.00 2019
7 EPC Project 7 Uttar Pradesh Private Ground Mounted 24.00 2025
8 EPC Project 8 Punjab Private Ground Mounted 21.00 2015
9 EPC Project 9 Punjab Private Ground Mounted 10.50 2015
10 EPC Project 10 Gujarat PSU Rooftop 4.00 2018
11 EPC Project 11 Odisha PSU Ground Mounted 1.10 2016
12 EPC Project 12 Uttarakhand PSU Rooftop 1.00 2018
13 EPC Project 13 Punjab PSU Rooftop 0.48 2016
14 EPC Project 14 Arunachal PSU Rooftop 2018
0.15
Pradesh
Total 947.15
Note: As certified by independent chartered engineer, Sher Singh (registration number: AM129702-6) vide
certificate dated September 27, 2025.
We follow a standardized procurement approach for both our EPC and Co-Development businesses, governed
by a comprehensive policy and a detailed Standard Operating Procedure (SOP).
Procurement Policy and Standard Operating Procedures
Our procurement process is structured into several key stages like vendor registration, requisition, technical and
commercial evaluation, and order placement and execution. to ensure the efficient acquisition and delivery of
goods and services.
We have implemented a comprehensive procurement policy and a detailed Standard Operating Procedure (SOP)
that governs our procurement activities, from the initial indenting stage through to the final payment. This SOP
institutionalizes all key purchasing activities and includes procedures for:
Vendor Management: This covers the creation and
updating of vendor master data, defining criteria for
vendor selection, conducting vendor performance
evaluations, and classifying vendors based on
performance.
Cost and Financial Planning: The process includes
cost planning, creation of purchase proposals, and
handling requests for Letters of Credit and advance
payments.
Procurement Lifecycle: This outlines the steps for
generating a Request for Quotation (RFQ), creating
contracts, and issuing purchase orders.
Logistics and Financials: The SOP also covers the
review of open purchase requests and orders, invoice
management, goods receipt, and payment
processing.
Operations and Maintenance
We also provide O&M services to our customers after solar power projects become operational.
Our O&M contracts generally provide for standard services associated with operating and maintaining solar power
projects and typically have a tenor of 2 to 25 years, which can extended on mutually agreed term. These services
339are designed to provide support services to ensure long term performance of the solar power projects. We provide
these services pursuant to the scope of services outlined in the underlying O&M contract with our customer. Our
scope of services typically includes preventive, intuitive, proactive, schedule and break down maintenance of the
complete equipment and repair services for solar power projects, such that the performance ratios are maintained.
These services seek to optimize system performance and compliance with contractual and regulatory obligations
of our customer.
We also typically provide an effective availability guarantee, which stipulates that a system will be available to
generate energy for a certain period after adjusting for factors outside of our control as the service provider, such
as mechanical disruptions, reset line, force majeure and other conditions that may affect system availability.
Payment arrangements under our O&M contracts vary, as we receive lump sum payments at the commencement
of services or on monthly or quarterly basis either in advance or in arrears. We are also required to maintain
reports and logs of our operations, which may be inspected by our customer.
As of July 31, 2025, we provided O&M services to 16 solar power project in India aggregating to 642.84 MWp.
For the Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023, our revenue from O&M services as per Restated Consolidated Financial
Information was ₹ 250.73 million, ₹ 236.05 million, and ₹ 105.63 million, respectively, accounting for 2.05 %,
2.25 %, and 1.36 % of our revenue from operations for each such periods, respectively.
Images for some of our projects commissioned under our Co-Development and EPC Business:
Photo Information
Project name: EPC Project 1
Client Type: Private
Type: Ground mounted
Capacity: 272.13 MWp
Year of completion: 2024
Location: Karnataka
Project Name: EPC Project 2
Client Type: Private
Type: Ground mounted
Capacity: 270.00 MWp
Year of Completion: 2023
Location: Bangladesh
Project Name: EPC Project 3
Client Type: Private
Type: Ground mounted
Capacity: 162.79 MWp
Year of Completion: 2024
Location: Gujarat
340Project Name: Co-Development Project 5
Client Type: Private
Type: Ground Mounted
Capacity: 106.00 MWp
Year of Completion: 2020
Location: Tamil Nadu
Project Name: Co-Development Project 4
Client Type: Private
Type: Ground mounted
Capacity: 98.00 MWp
Year of Completion: 2021
Location: Uttar Pradesh
Project Name: EPC Project 4
Client Type: Private
Type: Ground Mounted
Capacity: 75.00 MWp
Year of Completion: 2022
Location: Karnataka
Project Name: Co-Development Project 2
Client Type: Private
Type: Ground mounted
Capacity: 75.00 MWp
Year of Completion: 2022
Location: Karnataka
341Project Name: Co-Development Project 3
Client Type: Private
Type: Ground mounted
Capacity: 75.00 MWp
Year of Completion: 2022
Location: Karnataka
Joint Ventures
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company is party to two unincorporated joint ventures
established through joint venture agreements. These include (i) KLSR - RAYS (JV), formed pursuant to a joint
venture agreement with KLSR Infratech Limited, and (ii) JV Reneworld - Rays Power a joint venture with
Reneworld Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Mauritius. The details of the joint ventures are as
follows:
Sl. Name of Joint Name of the Project Company’s Date of the
No Venture partners(s) of the Share in the joint
Joint Venture Joint Venture venture
(%) agreement
1. KLSR - RAYS (JV) KLSR Infratech Request for KLSR Infratech September 9,
Limited and Rays Proposals for Limited (lead 2022
Power Infra Private empanelment of partner) – 60%
Limited (presently contractors for Rays Power Infra
known as Rays implementation Private Limited
Power Infra of various Rural (second party) –
Limited) water supply 40%
projects including
O&M for 10 years
in division Devi
Patan Uttar
Pradesh
2. JV Reneworld Rays Power between Undertaking EPC Reneworld November
Rays Power Infra contracts for the Limited (Lead 19, 2024
Limited and construction of 1 partner for
Reneworld Limited x 10 MWac and 1 administrative
x 8 MWac solar purposes of the
photovoltaic project) – 50%
projects in Rays Power Infra
Mauritius, where Limited – 50%
our participating
interest is 50%.
Project lifecycle
We have a protocol for securing orders by identifying the potential order, conducting basic due diligence on the
potential customer and gaining a commercial understanding of the project. We initially identify potential orders
through market intelligence, customer references and repeat orders. We then share our solar energy plan with the
potential customer and submit a brief proposal of the commercial terms of the project before moving on to a term
sheet, which typically contains major technical and commercial terms, which form part of the contract. Our due
342diligence process includes basic due diligence of the customer and project details and one or more site visits and
plant visits prior to execution of the term sheet.
For solar projects, which require bidding, our execution team screen the project opportunities through a
comprehensive approval process that evaluates resource availability, evacuation infrastructure, technical
specifications, environmental impact, sources of funds, regulatory landscape and the commercial viability of each
project. Our multi-stage approval process ensures we maintain technical, commercial, and financial discipline
across all our projects. Our business development and tendering teams evaluate each opportunity, including from
the perspective of a comprehensive risk assessment matrix that is updated frequently depending on the risks
identified with each project and across geographies. We also rely on market studies for evaluating our bids
thoroughly within short time periods. Once a bid is successful, we receive an official award notification or letter
of award. This includes detailed terms of engagement, work scope, and performance expectations. Thereafter,
project plan is formalized, including contractual commitments, deliverables, timelines, and KPIs. Customer
expectations are clarified, and any technical or commercial queries are resolved prior to mobilization.
Concurrently with the negotiation of the contracts with our customer, our procurement and project execution
teams select potential suppliers and subcontractors for the proposed project. We typically serve as the principal
contractor for Co-Development Business / EPC Business and we provide most of the engineering and project
management services using our in-house resources. We generally subcontract activities such as civil and electrical,
which enables us to deploy our resources more effectively. In addition, we procure major equipment, such as solar
panels, inverters, transformers and cables etc. from third-party suppliers. We also consider such factors as the
supplier’s reputation and financial strength, the geographic location of the proposed project and the difficulty of
the work and the project’s cost and profitability estimates before selecting a supplier. Our procurement and project
execution teams coordinate with regional development teams to ensure that supplier and subcontractor selection
complies with local regulatory requirements.
After we have selected and finalized the relevant suppliers and subcontractors for the project, our project execution
team attends to basic infrastructure at the site, obtains required regulatory permits and approvals, and work closely
with our engineering design team and our customer to finalize the design and specification of the project. The
engineering design process includes the site layout and the electrical design as well as assessing a variety of factors
to choose an appropriate technology. Through engineering design, we aim to reduce the risks and costs of a project
and improve the performance of solar power projects and maintain the contractually agreed performance ratio.
We work closely with our suppliers to ensure we receive high quality and certified products for installation in our
projects.
Our project managers and supervisory teams monitor project construction. After a project has been commissioned,
our project commissioning team conducts a final inspection and testing to ensure that the newly constructed power
project is safe and meets design and performance objectives. Procurement of suppliers and construction of a solar
power project, which varies depending on the complexity and timelines of the project.
Marketing
Our business development and tendering teams support and facilitate all aspects of business development,
including market intelligence, sales forecasts, demand planning, product pricing and brand stewardship. All
marketing personnel are our permanent employees on fixed salaries and are generally not compensated by
commissions. As on July 31, 2025, our business development and tendering team comprised of 11 employees.
Logistics
Our Company has a dedicated team, responsible for ensuring the timely delivery of materials on site. While most
logistical activities are managed by our vendors, in the event of an urgent material requirement, our supply chain
team arranges transportation to ensure seamless project execution.
Customers
We offer a complete range of customized solutions for solar power projects. Our customers include PSUs and
private companies some of being Indore Municipal Corporation, Serentica Renewables India Limited , Radiance
KA Sunshine Seven Private Limited, Ampin Energy Transition Private Limited, and SJVN Green Energy Limited.
We adopt a consultative approach to our customers’ solar energy needs and capabilities, which enables us to
provide customized solutions to meet their economic goals. Our customers benefit from our relationships with
suppliers which helps us execute projects for our customers efficiently and economically. For risk associated with
343customers concentration, please see “Risk Factor- A majority of our revenue from operations is from our top three
customers (which accounted for 51.12%, 57.56% and 60.45% of our total revenue from operations in Fiscal 2025,
Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, respectively). Loss of any such customers or reduction in business or demand from
such customers may have a significant adverse impact on our business and results of operation”. on page 44.
The logos of certain of our customers are as below:
Suppliers
We have relationships with a diversified group of suppliers globally, which helps us source equipment, such as
solar modules, string inverters, central inverters, transformers, panels, string combiner boxes, cables and other
solar equipment at competitive costs, while maintaining quality. We have a dedicated procurement team
comprising of 9 members. While identifying suitable suppliers, we are generally guided by a purchase requisition
list provided by the project manager that specifies the materials required, technical specifications and quality plans
for the raw materials. We negotiate pricing and specifications with suppliers of these major equipment and
typically enter into pre-bid arrangements for guaranteed pricing to manage volatility in floaters and inverter prices.
For risk associated with suppliers, please see “Risk Factor- Our business is heavily dependent on the procurement
of equipment and materials from our suppliers. Our top ten suppliers accounted for 54.99%, 65.17% and 80.28%
of our cost of materials consumed in Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, respectively. We face a risk that
one or more of our existing suppliers may discontinue their supplies to us, and any inability on our part to procure
equipment and materials from alternate suppliers in a timely manner, or on commercially acceptable terms, may
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations”. on page 48.
Sub-contracting
We employ certain measures to manage and monitor the performance of subcontractors engaged by us in terms
of both quality and timeliness and to ensure compliance with applicable safety and other requirements. For
example, we generally have on-site supervisors and hold regular on-site meetings with our subcontractors to
monitor their work to ensure that projects progress according to schedule and adhere to quality standards. We also
conduct periodic inspections to examine project implementation and quality standards compared to our project
planning and prepare periodic reports for review and approval by the relevant departments in our corporate
headquarters. If we identify any quality or progress issues which are attributable to the work of the subcontractor,
we will have further follow-up discussions with the subcontractor and monitor their rectification work.
We also require our subcontractors to comply with applicable laws and regulations regarding work-place safety
as well as our own operational safety rules and policies. We examine and keep records of safety documentation
of our subcontractors. In addition, we require that all tools and equipment used by our subcontractors at our project
sites must be compliant with, and certified by, applicable regulatory standards. Our subcontractors are also
required to regularly provide us their internal records relating to workplace safety (for example safety training and
safety inspections) and we also conduct regular safety inspections on our subcontractors.
Under our subcontracting arrangement, we are generally entitled to compensation if the subcontractors fail to meet
the prescribed requirements and deadlines under their contracting arrangements. Consistent with market practice,
we typically obtain performance and product warranties from suppliers of modules, inverters, transformers and
trackers, for our customers and us, typically up to five years. For further details on risks associated with sub-
contracting, please refer to section titled “Risk Factors - We engage third-party contractors to perform parts of
our work or provide services or manpower. The success of our projects therefore also depends on the performance
of various third parties, including our contractors and service providers. Our dependence on third-party
contractors, service providers and labour may impact our project execution and operations. Any delay or default
344by them could affect project timelines, adversely impacting our reputation, operations, cash flows, results and
financial condition.” on page 70
Information Technology
Information technology has emerged as a key business enabler for us and plays an important role in improving
our overall productivity, customer service and risk management. We believe that we have stable, secure and robust
IT infrastructure and applications supporting our business and strategic initiatives. Our business operates on SAP
S/4 HANA ERP systems for several business applications. Further, our project managers use software for
developing plans, assigning resources to task, tracking progress, managing budgets and analyzing workloads. We
also use AutoCad software for designing, simulation, analysis of PV systems, PV Syst and other visual tools.
In order to streamline our land aggregation activities, we are also in the process of implementing a web based GIS
(geographic information system) & MIS (management information system) application for land acquisition &
monitoring, where all the information related to acquired land, documents, payments and owner details will be
updated from time to time along with a notification process in such a manner that the information hosted in the
website will be accessible to different end users with password protection and access limitation. This will also act
as a repository for preservation & refinement of digital maps and documents, for which we have entered into an
arrangement with a multinational geo-spatial agency.
Competition
In India, the solar power developers consist of both public and private sector entities. Most of the established
private sector companies have mobilized in-house EPC teams which have the capability of executing large
projects. The public sector players generally engage EPC contractors for execution of the project. The solar EPC
space is highly competitive, and our competitors include global and Indian solar EPC players.
Some of our key competitors across our business segments include Sterling and Wilson Solar, Waaree Renewable
Technologies, Oriana Power, KPI Green and Jakson Green (Source: CRISIL Report). Earlier, the solar power
developers used to award turnkey contracts to EPC players where-in the EPC players were responsible for end-
to-end execution and delivery of the project. However, in the past few years, solar developers are preferring to
procure solar modules separately under a larger contract for all their ongoing projects which enables them to
negotiate better pricing. EPC contracts are being awarded excluding the module procurement.
Although module manufacturing capacity is expected to be sufficient to meet the demand of approximately 24
GW installed capacity in fiscal 2025, cell manufacturing remains a bottleneck, with a capacity of 23 GW in fiscal
2025. Therefore, looking ahead, over 50 GW of cell capacity expansions are planned. However, as cell
manufacturing requires higher capex than module, the industry is expected to attract participation from companies
with strong balance sheets. (Source: CRISIL Report)
We believe that our competitive pricing, relationships with lenders and their engineers, strong customer focus,
excellent track record, financial strength and group parentage allows us to compete favorably with these
companies.
Insurance
Under our EPC contracts we are generally required to maintain insurance. Our operations are subject to risks
inherent in our industry, such as risks of work accidents, explosions, terrorist attacks, riots, fire, earthquakes,
floods and other force majeure events. These hazards may cause injury and loss of life, damage and destruction
of property, equipment and environmental damage. We maintain insurance policies to cover various risks related
to our operations. Such insurance policies include business protector policy, group personal accident policy,
employee compensation policy and D&O liability policy.
The table below provides a consolidated view of our insurance coverage for total assets as at Fiscals 2025, 2024
and 2023:
As of and for the financial year ended
Particulars March 31, March 31, March 31,
2025 2024 2023
Net value of assets* (in ₹ million) 1,193.93 763.13 2,887.41
345As of and for the financial year ended
Particulars March 31, March 31, March 31,
2025 2024 2023
Insurance coverage (in ₹ million) 1,256.65 2,601.14 380.39
Percentage of insurance coverage to net value of assets 105.25% 340.85% 13.17%
* Includes property, plant and equipment, capital work-in-progress, investment properties, inventories and
cash.
In addition, our modules are insured and typically sold with a 30-year warranty relating to output performance.
We believe our insurance coverage is on comparable terms to that generally carried by companies engaged in
similar businesses in India. For further details, please see section titled “Risk Factor - As on March 31, 2025, the
total insurance coverage maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries was ₹1,256.65 million which was
105.25% of the net value of insurable assets of our Company as per the Restated Consolidated Financial
Information. Our insurance coverage may not adequately protect us against all losses or the insurance coverage
may not be available for all the losses as per the insurance policy, which could adversely affect business, financial
condition and results of operations.” on page 59.
Quality Control
We are committed to enhance customer satisfaction by providing consistent quality products as per customer
requirement and continual improvement in quality management systems. We have obtained ISO 9001:2015
certification for qualification management system, ISO 14001:2015 certification for environment management
system and ISO 45001:2018 certification for occupational health & safety management system.
For selecting solar equipment, such as modules and inverters, for our operations, we follow a defined quality
management procedure. The procedure includes defining standards and specifications stage, where we clearly
articulate quality standards and specifications for products or services. We typically engage suppliers who fulfil
our basic selection criteria. We then set measurable quality objectives aligned with organizational goals and
conduct periodic audits of the supplier to ensure they maintain consistent quality standards. We adopt total quality
management (“TQM”) principles to integrate quality into all aspects of the organization. Additionally, we foster
a culture of continuous improvement by regularly reviewing and enhancing quality control processes.
Safety, health and environmental regulations
We are subject to extensive, evolving and increasingly stringent occupational safety, health and environmental
laws and regulations governing our operations. Our safety, health and environmental practices are strong and are
being updated to adapt to the safety, health and environmental practices, rules and regulations of the geography
we operate in. We have obtained the ISO 14001:2015 and ISO 45001:2018 certifications for environment
management systems and occupational health and safety management systems.
We have implemented work safety measures and standards to ensure healthy and safe working conditions for all
346the employees, contractors, visitors and customers at project sites. We have established a Health, Safety and
Environment (“HSE”) department constituting 4 members, which ensures compliance with applicable safety
regulations and measures. The HSE department interacts closely with the management and provides quality
control reports directly to the management which ensures efficiency and quick turnaround of responses.
Properties
The following table sets forth details of our properties, as of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus:
Purpose Address Types of agreement Date of expiry
Registered Office Shop no. 121, 1st Floor, Evershine Mall, Leave and license January 9, 2026
Chincholi Bunder, Off. Link Road, agreement
Malad West, Mumbai, 400064
Corporate Office Imperia Mindspace Office 2, 2A and 2B, Owned property NA
6th Floor, Sector – 62, Gurugram,
Haryana – 122101, India
Head Office D-43, Janpath Shyam Nagar, Jaipur – Rent agreement July 31, 2026
302 019, Rajasthan, India
Regional Office Unit # A2, 1st Floor, Spaces & More Leave and license July 31, 2026
Business Park, Banjara Hills, Road #2, agreement
Banjara Hills, Hyderabad, 500034
Unit # A3, 1st Floor, Spaces & More Leave and license July 31, 2026
Business Park, Banjara Hills, Road #2, agreement
Banjara Hills, Hyderabad, 500034
Guest House Flat No PH 1b, (Triplex), on 19th, 20th Rent agreement January 31, 2026
and 21st Tower C-01 (also known as
Tower FE-01), intially known as MGE-
2, TW-01)
O ffice Premises Cowork in 2nd Floor, 50 Janpath Shyam Sub lease agreement May 15, 2026
Nagar, Jaipur 302019
Plot No 64, Udai Nagar B, Mansarovar, Rent agreement October 30, 2025
Jaipur 302020
S ite Office Kuvempu Nagar, 2nd Cross Opposite of Rent agreement November 19, 2025
Shiv Kumar Hospital Near Alankar
Theatre, Pavagada Town, Tumkur
District, Karnataka, 561202.
501, 5th Floor, Shapath 1, Desk #114, Rent agreement December 11, 2025
SG Highway, Bodakdev, Ahmedabad,
Gujarat,380054.
Ganganagar 1st line,khata Rent agreement August 22, 2026
no.578/829,Taluk-Patnagarh,District-
Balangir, Odisha, 767025
Nokh Road, Samaj Kalyan Hostel ke Rent agreement May 31, 2026
Piche, Mahesh Nagar (B), Bap, Phalodi,
Rajasthan,342307.
R.B. Bhawan, Kokrajhar Town, W/No Rent agreement January 31, 2026
6, Station/Civil Hospital Road,
Kokrajhar Revenue Circle, Kokrajhar,
Assam
165, Tilak Marg in front of Court Rent agreement March 28, 2026
Mandleshwar, District Khargone, MP
9/234 D, Rajagopalapuram, Rent agreement August 24, 2026
Ramayanpatti, Thachanallur Post,
Tirunelveli taluk, Tirunelveli District,
Tamil Nadu, 627358
347Purpose Address Types of agreement Date of expiry
Project land Survey No 534/1, 534/2, 534/3, situated Owned property NA
at Dharmajipet village, nagar panchayat
Dubbak, Medak District, Sangareddy.
Survey No 532/1, 532, 534/2/2, 532/1,
532/2. 532/1,2/1, 1, 533/1/2/1, 533/2/1,
533/2/2, 533/1/1, 537/1 and 539/5
situated at Dharmajipet village, nagar
panchayat Dubbak, Medak District,
Sangareddy
Survey No 493, 496, 493, 537/1,
540/1/2, 541/2, 493, 496/1, 496/2, 537,
540, 493, 542/1/1, 493, 540/3, 542/1,
493, 540/1/4, 541, 542, 537/1,537/2,
539/5, 532/1, 537/2 situated at
Dharmajipet village, nagar panchayat
Dubbak, Medak District, Sangareddy.
Sy. No 158/1, 158/2, 158/3 Hunashihal Owned property NA
Village, Yelburga Taluk, Koppal,
Karnataka (Property is in the
name of Kavit Green
Energy Private
Limited which has
merged with our
Company)
In addition to the above, through our Subsidiaries, we have 11 branches in Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya
Pradesh and Karnataka.
Intellectual property rights
We consider our brand and intellectual property to be a valuable asset and we have certain trademarks registered
in India. We have registered our trademark; ‘Rays Group’ and ‘Rays Power’ under Class 35 and 11, respectively,
with the registrar of trademarks in India under the Trade Marks Act, 1999 which is currently valid. Further, we
have applied for registration of the logo of our Company, under Class 35, 11 and 9 in terms of the
Trademarks Act, 1999 which is pending for. Further, the Company and its subsidiaries has applied for registration
of certain IPR which is pending for approval and has received objections from third parties. For further details
please see “Government and Other Approvals-Intellectual Property” on page 687.
Design and Engineering
Our design and engineering process forms an integral part of the execution of our renewable project EPC Business.
We typically begin with site assessments and feasibility studies, including analysis of land conditions, irradiation
data, grid connectivity and key environmental parameters. Based on this assessment, we prepare preliminary
layouts, including module placement, row spacing and orientation, to optimize the energy output of the project.
This is followed by the preparation of detailed electrical designs, covering aspects such as DC string sizing,
inverter selection, cabling and protection systems. We also prepare structural designs for the module mounting
structures, taking into account local soil and wind conditions, and civil drawings for foundations, drainage and
access roads. These designs are consolidated into construction drawings and a bill of materials, in line with
applicable codes, standards and utility requirements. We also undertake internal design reviews and use simulation
tools to validate the design before progressing to the procurement and execution stages.
Corporate social responsibility
We have constituted a corporate social responsibility (“CSR”) committee of our Board and have adopted a CSR
policy in line with the requirements of the Companies Act, 2013 and the Companies (Corporate Social
348Responsibility) Rules, 2014. As part of our CSR initiatives and in terms of our CSR policy, we engage in activities
related to health, education, environment, sports and others and implement the same either on our own or in
collaboration. We have, in the past, focused on promoting education including special education and employment
enhancing vocation skills especially among children, women, elderly and differently abled and livelihood
enhancement projects, eradicating hunger, poverty and malnutrition, promoting healthcare including preventive
healthcare and sanitation including contribution to Swachh Bharat Kosh set-up by the Central Government for the
promotion of sanitation and making available safe drinking water.
Our CSR expenditure aggregated to ₹ 2.51 million, ₹ 6.15 million, and ₹ 11.53 million for Fiscals 2025, 2024 and
2023, respectively. For further details, please see section titled “Restated Consolidated Financial Information” on
page 482.
Employees
As of July 31, 2025, we employed 392 full-time employees in the following departments:
Department Number of full-time employees
Business Support (finance, accounts, legal, CS, HR, execution support,
67
IT, off-taker, billing, management, admin, corporate affairs)
Business Development (BD, PMO, Strategy) 32
Design, Engineering & Costing (design, civil, electrical, switchyard,
SCADA, data engineering, contracts, costing, QHSE, battery energy 57
storage system, module manufacturing)
Procurement and Commercial (SCM, Procurement, Commercial) 8
Project Execution (Projects - HO, Projects - Site, Land Development
160
HO + Site, Water Projects)
Operations & Maintenance (O&M Site + HO + Operation &
66
Maintenance + Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition.)
Audit 2
Total 392
In addition to our full time employees, we also engage contract workers for our day to day operations. As on July
31, 2025, we have appointed 474 of contract workers. Our employee policies aim to recruit a talented and qualified
work force, facilitate their integration and encourage development of their skills in order to facilitate both the
growth of our operations and our employees.
349KEY REGULATIONS AND POLICIES IN INDIA
The following description is a summary of certain key statutes, rules and regulations, which are applicable to our
Company and its Material Subsidiaries, and the business undertaken by our Company and its Material
Subsidiaries. The information available in this section has been obtained from sources available in the public
domain. The information is based on the current provisions of Indian law and the judicial, regulatory and
administrative interpretations thereof, which are subject to change or modification by subsequent legislative
actions, regulatory, administrative, quasi-judicial or judicial decisions. The description of laws and regulations
set out below may not be exhaustive and is only intended to provide general information to the investors and is
neither designed nor intended to substitute professional legal advice.
For details of government approvals and licenses obtained by our Company, please see the section titled
“Government and Other Approvals” on page 679.
Key Regulations applicable to our Company and Material Subsidiaries
Electricity Act, 2003 (the “Electricity Act”)
The Electricity Act is a central legislation which covers, among others, generation, transmission, distribution,
trading and use of electricity. Under the Electricity Act, the transmission, distribution and trade of electricity are
regulated activities that require licenses from the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (“CERC”), the State
Electricity Regulatory Commissions (“SERCs”) or a joint commission (constituted by an agreement entered by
two or more state governments or the central government in relation to one or more state governments, as the case
may be. The generating company is required to establish, operate and maintain generating stations, tie-lines,
substations and dedicated transmission lines. Further, the generating company may supply electricity to any
licensee or even directly to consumers and have a right to open access, for the purpose of carrying electricity
subject to availability of adequate transmission and distribution systems and payment of transmission charges,
including wheeling charges and open access charges, as may be determined by the appropriate electricity
regulatory commission. Further the central government prepares the National Electricity Policy (“NEP”) and tariff
policy, in consultation with the state governments and the authority for development of the power system based
on optimal utilisation of resources such as coal, natural gas, unclear substances or materials, hydro and renewable
sources of energy.
National Electricity Policy
The Government of India, pursuant to the Electricity Act, has approved the National Electricity Policy to guide
the development of the power sector, with specific emphasis on promoting renewable energy. The Policy directs
State Electricity Regulatory Commissions (SERCs) to specify appropriate tariffs and progressively increase the
share of electricity generated from non conventional sources. It mandates measures for grid connectivity and open
access for renewable energy, and requires distribution licensees to procure a defined percentage of their electricity
from such sources through competitive bidding. The SERCs are also empowered to set differential tariffs to
support the viability of renewable energy generation. A revised policy has been proposed to further enhance
electricity access and supply standards across the country.
National Electricity Plan 2022-32 (“NEP”)
Section 3(4) of the Electricity Act, 2003 mandates that the Central Electricity Authority (“CEA”) prepare a
National Electricity Plan (“NEP”) in accordance with the National Electricity Policy and update it every five
years. The CEA released NEP Volume-I on May 31, 2023, which focuses on generation planning for the period
from 2022 to 2032. According to the NEP, the projected all India peak electricity demand and electrical energy
requirement are forecasted to be 277.2 GW and 1907.8 billion units (BU) for the year 2026-27, and 366.4 GW
and 2473.8 BU for the year 2031-32, based on the 20th Electric Power Survey (EPS) demand projections. These
projections account for factors such as the increased adoption of electric vehicles, installation of solar rooftops,
production of green hydrogen, and the Saubhagya scheme. NEP Volume-II, released in October 2024, addresses
transmission, reviewing the development of the transmission system during 2017-22, planning for the ongoing
2022-27 period, and providing a perspective plan for 2027-32. The transmission plan considers various factors,
including interregional transmission links, reactive compensation, and cross border power exchanges. The NEP
outlines measures to address energy requirements, including the promotion of targeted clean energy resources.
Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Terms and Conditions for Renewable Energy Certificates for
350Renewable Energy Generation) Regulations, 2022 (“REC Regulations”)
The Central Electricity Regulatory Commission notified the REC Regulations on May 9, 2022. REC Regulations
for the development of market in power from renewable energy sources through renewable energy certificates
(“REC Mechanism”). The REC Mechanism provides a market based instrument which can be traded freely and
provides means for fulfilment of RPOs by the distribution utilities/consumers. The REC Regulations determine
the quantum of such certificates to be issued to the eligible entities and the method of dealing in the certificates.
The National Load Despatch Centre is the central agency which oversees the REC Mechanism, including, inter
alia, registration of eligible entities, issuance of certificates, maintaining and settling accounts in respect of
certificates, acting as repository of transactions in certificates and such related functions of the REC Mechanism
as may be assigned by the CERC.
Renewable Purchase Obligations
The Electricity Act promotes the development of renewable sources of energy by requiring the relevant electricity
regulatory commission to ensure grid connectivity and the sale of electricity generated from renewable sources.
In addition, it requires the relevant electricity regulatory commission to specify, for the purchase of electricity
from renewable sources, a percentage of the total consumption of electricity within the area of a distribution
licensee, which are known as renewable purchase obligations (“RPOs”). Pursuant to this mandate, most of the
relevant electricity regulatory commission have specified solar and non solar RPOs in their respective states. In
terms of the RPO regulations, RPOs are required to be met by obligated entities (that is, distribution licensees,
captive power plants and open access consumers) by purchasing renewable energy, either by entering into PPAs
with renewable energy power producers or by purchasing renewable energy certificates.
Pursuant to the order dated June 14, 2018 (no. 23/03/2016-R&R) issued by the Ministry of Power, Government
of India (the “MoP”), the MoP has notified the long term growth trajectory of renewable purchase obligations for
solar and non solar, uniformly for all states/Union Territories for a period of three years i.e., Fiscal 2020 to Fiscal
2022. Further, the MoP pursuant to the order dated July 22, 2022 (no. 09/13/2021- RCM) notified the long term
growth trajectory of renewable purchase obligations for solar and non solar, uniformly for all states/Union
Territories for a period beyond Fiscal 2022 to Fiscal 2030.
Electricity (Promoting renewable energy through Green Energy Open Access) Rules, 2022 (“Electricity Rules
2022)
The Electricity Rules 2022 is applicable to the generation, purchase and consumption of green energy, i.e.,
electrical energy from renewable sources of energy. It provides in detail for renewable purchase obligation for
entities obligated under the Electricity Act, green energy open access, procedure for the grant of green energy
open access, green certificate, charges to be levied on open access and cross subsidy surcharge. It also provides
for tariff for green energy which shall be determined by the appropriate commission. It shall comprise of the
average pooled power purchase cost of the renewable energy, cross subsidy charges, if any, and service charges
covering the prudent cost of distribution licensee for providing the green energy.
Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order for Renewable Energy Sector, 2018 (“Make in India
Renewable Energy Order”)
In accordance with the Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) Order, 2017, issued by the Department
for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (“DIPP”) on June 15, 2017, which aims to encourage the
manufacturing and production of goods and services in India, the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy
(MNRE) issued the Make in India Renewable Energy Order on December 11, 2018. This directive mandates all
departments, attached offices, subordinate offices of the MNRE, as well as autonomous bodies controlled by the
Central Government or government owned companies (as defined under the Companies Act, 2013), to comply
with the Make in India Order for all procurement activities. For grid connected solar power projects, excluding
civil construction, central ministries, departments, and public sector undertakings are required to prioritize
domestically manufactured components. Specifically, solar modules must be locally manufactured, and other
components such as inverters must also be locally produced. For off grid or decentralized solar power systems,
there is local content requirement for solar streetlights, solar home lighting systems, solar power packs/microgrids,
solar water pumps, inverters, batteries, and any other solar PV balance of system components is.
Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (“Energy Conservation Act”)
351The Energy Conservation Act is enacted to provide for efficient use of energy, its conservation and for matters
connected therewith and / or incidental thereto. The Energy Conservation Act provides for regulation of energy
consumption by equipment or appliances that consume, generate, transmit or supply energy. The Energy
Conservation Act has set up the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (“BEE”) to recommend regulations and standards
for energy consumption. Special focus on promotion of new and renewable energy and to facilitate the
achievement of “Panchamrit” —the five nectar elements or goals presented by India at the COP-26 (Conference
of Parties -26), Glasgow in 2021, the Energy Conservation Act, as amended, aims to promote renewable energy
and develop the domestic carbon market to combat climate change and introduce new concepts such as carbon
credit trading scheme and mandate the use of non fossil sources for designated consumers to ensure faster
decarbonisation and help achieve sustainable development goals in line with the Paris Agreement and various
other actions related to climate change.
Integrated Energy Policy, 2006
The Integrated Energy Policy, 2006, (“Policy”) is a report of an expert committee constituted by the Government
of India, to explore alternative technologies and possible synergies that would increase energy system efficiency
and meet the requirement for energy services. The aims and objectives of this Policy include, amongst others,
providing appropriate fiscal policies to take care of externalities, tax measures, transparent and targeted subsidies,
promoting energy efficiency, providing incentive for renewable energy production by linking the incentive to not
just the outlay but also the output. The Policy also provides for the respective power regulators to mandate feed-
in-laws for renewable energy, as may be appropriate and as provided under the Electricity Act.
Renewable Energy Research and Technology Development Programme (“RE-RTD”)
The objective of the scheme is to support the R&D projects for technology development and demonstration in
various areas of new and renewable energy such as solar photovoltaic systems, biogas systems, waste to energy
systems, wind energy systems, hybrid systems, storage systems, hydrogen and fuel cells, geothermal etc. with the
ultimate aim of increasing share of renewable energy mix in the country. The R&D efforts are expected to make
industry competitive and renewable energy generation supply self sustainable and profitable. Technology
development and demonstration will be supported for manufacture of new renewable energy systems, devices and
components for different applications including transportation, portable and stationary applications for rural,
urban, industrial and commercial sectors.
National Tariff Policy
The Government of India has issued a revised National Tariff Policy pursuant to its authority under the Electricity
Act. The Policy is intended, inter alia, to ensure the availability of electricity to end users at reasonable and
competitive tariffs, to safeguard the financial sustainability of the electricity sector, to foster investment, and to
promote the generation of electricity from renewable energy sources. The Policy further provides that the
appropriate regulatory commissions, as constituted under the Electricity Act, shall establish a regulatory
framework enabling the generation and sale of electricity derived from renewable energy sources particularly
rooftop solar photovoltaic systems, by any eligible entity, including but not limited to local authorities, panchayat
institutions, user institutions, cooperative societies, non governmental organizations, franchisees, or renewable
energy service companies.
Production linked incentive scheme ‘National Programme on High Efficiency Solar PV Modules’ and
guidelines thereunder (“PLI Scheme”)
The MNRE issued the PLI Scheme on April 28, 2021. The Scheme aims to promote manufacturing of high
efficiency solar PV modules in India and thus reduce import dependence in the area of renewable energy. The
objectives of the Scheme are to (a) to build up solar PV manufacturing capacity of high efficiency modules; (b)
to bring technology to India for manufacturing high efficiency modules; (c) to promote setting up of integrated
plants for better quality control and competitiveness; (d) to develop an ecosystem for sourcing of local material
in solar manufacturing; and (e) employment generation and technological self sufficiency. The MNRE has
designated the Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency (“IREDA”) as the implementing agency and
allocated an amount of ₹45,000 million to be spent over a period of five years. The Scheme provides for the
selection of beneficiaries through a transparent bidding process and shortlisting of applications after consideration
of parameters such as the extent of integration, manufacturing capacity and minimum module performance.
Further, in order to qualify for the bid, the applicant manufacturer is required to undertake to setup a manufacturing
352plant of minimum1,000 MW capacity (1,000 MW each for all individual stages included in the manufacturer’s
proposal). Subsequent to shortlisting based on the aforesaid parameters, the shortlisted bidders are to be assigned
marks, for determining their inter se position based on certain criteria.
The MRNE notified Tranche II of the PLI Scheme on September 30, 2022 with an additional allocation of
₹195,000 million for manufacture of high efficiency modules. The MRNE has designated the Solar Energy
Corporation of India Limited (“SECI”) as the implementing agency for Tranche II of the Scheme. Bidders are to
be selected on the basis of parameters such as extent of integration, manufacturing capacity proposed to be setup
(in GW), year wise percentage of local value addition and year wise performance parameters of manufactured
modules. In order to qualify for the bid, the applicant manufacturer is required to undertake to set up a
manufacturing plant of minimum 1,000 MW capacity (1,000 MW each for all individual stages included in the
manufacturer’s proposal). The manufacturing units sanctioned under the Scheme are eligible for availing funds
on an annual basis on sale of high efficiency solar PV modules for five years from commissioning of the proposed
manufacturing unit or five years from scheduled commissioning date, whichever is earlier. Consequently, in case
of delayed commissioning, the PLI period would reduce from five years by the period of the delay in
commissioning.
Approved Models and Manufacturers of Solar Photovoltaic Modules (Requirement for Compulsory
Registration) Order, 2019 (“ALMM Order”)
To ensure the quality of solar cells and solar modules, used in solar PV power plants, the MNRE issued the ALMM
Order on January 2, 2019. The ALMM Order provides that only the models and manufacturers included in the
ALMM, which is a list of eligible models and manufacturers complying with BIS standards, would be eligible for
use in government / government assisted projects under government schemes and programmes installed in the
country, including projects set up for sale of electricity to the government under the “Guidelines for Tariff Based
Competitive Bidding Process for Procurement of Power from Grid Connected Solar PV Power Projects” dated
August 3, 2017 and the amendments thereof (collectively, the “Applicable Projects”). The ALMM consists of
List I, specifying models and manufacturers of solar PV modules and List II specifying models and manufacturers
of solar PV cells. After March 31, 2020, solar PV module manufacturers in List I have to mandatorily source PV
solar cells only from manufacturers in List II for the Applicable Projects.
Manufacturers are required to make an application to the MNRE for inclusion in the ALMM. For being eligible
to be included in List-I, the manufacturers are required to obtain a BIS certification in accordance with the
Compulsory Registration Order. Before inclusion in the ALMM, a MNRE team will conduct inspection of the
manufacturing facility of manufacturers whose models are certified/registered under the Compulsory Registration
Order. If enlisted, such enlistment shall be valid for a two year period and can be renewed by submitting necessary
documents and continued satisfactory performance of their products. Enlisted models and manufacturers will be
subjected to random quality tests and any failure or non compliance will lead to removal from the ALMM.
With effect from March 10, 2023, the ALMM Order has been kept in abeyance for one financial year, i.e., FY
2023-24. Thus, Applicable Projects commissioned by March 31, 2024 will be exempted from the requirement of
procuring solar PV modules from the ALMM.
State solar policies
Our Company’s operations are also subject to the solar policies framed in the states in which our solar power
projects are implemented, and we supply our products to such projects. Such policies typically provide a
framework for the governance of the solar power industry and projects, procedures for undertaking of bids, terms
of the renewable purchase obligations, connectivity to grid lines and the measures to be taken to promote the
development of solar power in the state, including incentives to manufacturer such as grants of concessions on
certain taxes, research and development initiatives.
Modified Special Incentive Package Scheme
The Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology launched the Modified Special Incentive Package
Scheme (the “M-SIPS”) in July 2012, to promote large scale manufacturing in India. It provides special incentives
for investments pertaining to capital expenditure in both, special economic zones (“SEZs”) and non SEZs. Our
Company has benefited from financial incentives in the form of capital subsidies awarded under M-SIPS.
The Information Technology Act, 2000
353The IT Act seeks to (i) provide legal recognition to transactions carried out by various means of electronic data
interchange involving alternatives to paper-based methods of communication and storage of information, (ii)
facilitate electronic filing of documents and (iii) create a mechanism for the authentication of electronic
documentation through digital signatures. The IT Act provides for extraterritorial jurisdiction over any offence or
contravention under the IT Act committed outside India by any person, irrespective of their nationality, if the act
or conduct constituting the offence or contravention involves a computer, computer system or computer network
located in India. Additionally, the IT Act empowers the Government of India to direct any of its agencies to
intercept, monitor or decrypt any information in the interest of sovereignty, integrity, defense and security of
India, among other things. The Information Technology (Procedure and Safeguards for Blocking for Access of
Information by Public) Rules, 2009 specifically permit the Government of India to block access of any information
generated, transmitted, received, stored or hosted in any computer resource by the public, the reasons for which
are required to be recorded by it in writing. The IT Act facilitates electronic commerce by recognizing contracts
concluded through electronic means, protects intermediaries in respect of third-party information liability and
creates liability for failure to protect sensitive personal data. The IT Act also prescribes civil and criminal liability
including fines and imprisonment for computer related offences including those relating to unauthorized access
to computer systems, tampering with or unauthorized manipulation of any computer, computer system or
computer network and, damaging computer systems and creates liability for negligence in dealing with or handling
any sensitive personal data or information in a computer resource and in maintaining reasonable security practices
and procedures in relation thereto.
Environmental Laws
The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (“EPA”)
The EPA has been enacted for the protection and improvement of the environment. It stipulates that no person
carrying on any industry, operation or process shall discharge or emit or permit to be discharged or emit any
environmental pollutant in excess of such standards as may be prescribed. Further, no person shall handle or cause
to be handled any hazardous substance except in accordance with such procedure and after complying with such
safeguards as may be prescribed. EPA empowers the Central Government to take all measures necessary to protect
and improve the environment such as laying down standards for emission or discharge of pollutants, providing
for restrictions regarding areas where industries may operate and generally to curb environmental pollution.
Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (“Water Act”)
The Water Act aims to prevent and control water pollution as well as restore water quality by establishing and
empowering the relevant state pollution control boards. Under the Water Act, any individual, industry or
institution discharging industrial or domestic waste into water must obtain the consent of the relevant state
pollution control board, which is empowered to establish standards and conditions that are required to be complied
with.
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 (“Air Act”)
Under the Air Act, the relevant state pollution control board may inspect any industrial plant or manufacturing
process and give orders, as it may deem fit, for the prevention, control and abatement of air pollution. Further,
industrial plants and manufacturing processes are required to adhere to the standards for emission of air pollutants
laid down by the relevant state pollution control board, in consultation with the Central Pollution Control Board.
The relevant state pollution control board is also empowered to declare air pollution control areas. Additionally,
consent of the state pollution control board is required prior to establishing and operating an industrial plant. The
consent by the state pollution control board may contain provisions regarding installation of pollution control
equipment and the quantity of emissions permitted at the industrial plant.
Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 (“HWM Rules”)
The HWM Rules assign responsibility to occupiers and facility operators handling hazardous waste, ensuring they
collect, treat, store, and dispose of such waste without harming the environment. They must also provide training
and equipment for workers handling hazardous materials. Hazardous waste can only be processed in authorized
facilities, and occupiers are liable for environmental damages caused by improper handling or disposal, along
with any fines imposed by the respective State Pollution Control Boards.
354Battery (Waste Management) Rules, 2022 (“Battery Rules”)
The Battery Rules are established under the Environment Protection Act, 1986, and apply to all producers, dealers,
consumers, and entities involved in the collection, segregation, transportation, refurbishment, and recycling of
waste batteries. These rules outline the responsibilities and functions of producers, consumers, and entities
engaged in collection, segregation, treatment, refurbishment, and recycling of batteries, as well as the provisions
for imposing environmental compensation. The Battery Rules cover all types of batteries, regardless of their
chemistry, shape, size, weight, material composition, or use, including electric vehicle batteries, portable batteries,
automotive batteries, and industrial batteries.
E-waste Management Rules, 2022 (“E-Waste Rules”)
The E-Waste Rules apply to every manufacturer, producer, refurbisher, dismantler and recycler involved in
manufacture, sale, transfer, purchase, refurbishing, dismantling, recycling, and processing of e-waste or electrical
and electronic equipment as classified under the E-Waste Rules, including their components, consumables, parts,
and spares which make the product operations. Under the E-Waste Rules, entities are required to register on the
Central Pollution Control Board's portal as manufacturers, producers, refurbishers, or recyclers and submit their
returns on the same. Further Bulk consumers of electrical and electronic equipment listed in Schedule - I shall
ensure that e-waste generated by them shall be handed over only to the registered producer, refurbisher or recycler.
In case any registered entity furnishes false information or wilfully conceals information for getting registration
or return or report or information required to be provided or furnished or in case of any irregularity, the registration
of such entity may be revoked by the Central Pollution Control Board for a period up to three years in addition to
levy of environmental compensation charges.
Taxation Laws
The Income-tax Act, 1961 (“IT Act”) and the Income-tax Rules, 1962 (“IT Rules”) and Income Tax Act, 2025
to the extent applicable
The IT Act is applicable to every company, whether domestic or foreign whose income is taxable under the
provisions of the IT Act or IT rules made thereunder depending upon its “Residential Status” and “Type of
Income” involved. The IT Act provides for the taxation of persons resident in India on global income and persons
not resident in India on income received, accruing or arising in India or deemed to have been received, accrued
or arising in India. Every company assessable to income tax under the IT Act is required to comply with the
provisions thereof, including those relating to tax deduction at source, advance tax, and minimum alternative tax
and other applicable provisions. Every such company is also required to file its returns by September 30 of each
assessment year.
Further, the IT Act, 2025, received the assent of the President of India on August 21, 2025, and is scheduled to
come into force on April 1, 2026. The IT Act, 2025, comprising 536 sections and 16 schedules, repeals and
replaces the IT Act, 1961, while retaining the broad framework and underlying principles of the existing income-
tax law. The IT Act, 2025, introduces targeted revisions, including a precise definition of “business connection”,
a refined scope of the term “associated enterprise”, and an expansion of the powers of the Central Board of Direct
Taxes to cover inspections of virtual digital spaces during search and seizure operations. A significant change
introduced under the IT Act, 2025, is the discontinuance of the use of the terms “previous year” and “assessment
year,” which often created confusion for taxpayers as they referred to different financial years. These terms have
been replaced with a unified concept of “tax year” to simplify interpretation and compliance. While the IT Act,
2025, provides for such structural and procedural amendments to align the law with evolving business practices
and technological developments, it does not introduce any significant changes to tax policy or applicable tax rates.
Accordingly, our Company will continue to be subject to the provisions of the IT Act, 1961, until March 31, 2026,
following which the IT Act, 2025, will apply.
In addition to the aforementioned legislation, which is applicable to our Company, some of the tax legislations
that may be applicable to the operations of our Company include:
i) Central Goods and Service Tax Act, 2017 and various state-wise legislations made thereunder;
ii) Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017;
iii) Customs Act, 1962;
iv) Indian Stamp Act, 1899 and various state-wise legislations made thereunder; and
355v) State-wise legislations in relation to professional tax.
Labour Law Legislations
In addition to the aforementioned material legislations which are applicable to our Company, other labour related
legislations that may be applicable to the operations of our Company include:
i) Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970;
ii) Payment of Wages Act, 1936;
iii) Payment of Bonus Act, 1965;
iv) Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948;
v) Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952;
vi) The Equal Remuneration Act, 1976;
vii) Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972;
viii) Minimum Wages Act, 1948;
ix) Employee’s Compensation Act, 1923;
x) Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act and Rules, 2013
xi) Apprentices Act, 1961;
xii) Industrial Disputes Act,1947 and the Industrial Disputes (Central) Rules,1957;
xiii) Employee’s Compensation Act, 1923;
xiv) The Maternity Benefit Act, 1961;
xv) The Interstate Migrant Workmen (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1979;
xvi) The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986;
xvii) The Labour Welfare Fund Act, 1965; and
xviii) Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946;
In order to rationalize and reform labour laws in India, the Government of India has framed four labour codes,
namely:
1. The Industrial Relations Code, 2020 received the assent of the President of India on September 28, 2020,
and it proposes to subsume three existing legislations, namely, the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, the
Trade Unions Act, 1926 and the Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946. The provisions of
this code will be brought into force on a date to be notified by the Central Government.
2. The Code on Wages, 2019 received the assent of the President of India on August 8, 2019, and proposes
to subsume four existing laws namely, the Payment of Wages Act, 1936, the Minimum Wages Act, 1948,
the Payment of Bonus Act, 1965 and the Equal Remuneration Act, 1976. It regulates, inter alia, the
minimum wages payable to employees, the manner of payment and calculation of wages and the payment
of bonus to employees. The Central Government has notified certain provisions of the Code on Wages,
mainly in relation to the constitution of the advisory board. Through its notification dated December 18,
2020, the GoI brought into force sections 42(1), 42(2),42(3), 42(10), 42(11), 67(2)(s), 67(2)(t) (to the
extent that they relate to the Central Advisory Board) and 69 (to the extent that it relates to sections 7, 9
(to the extent that they relate to the GoI) and 8 of the Minimum Wages Act, 1986) of the Code on Wages,
2019.
3. The Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020 received the assent of the
President of India on September 28, 2020, and proposes to subsume certain existing legislations,
including the Factories Act, 1948, the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, the Inter-
State Migrant Workmen (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1979 and the
Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act,
1996. The provisions of this code will be brought into force on a date to be notified by the Central
Government. It replaces 13 old central labour laws.
4. The Code on Social Security, 2020 received the assent of the President of India on September 28, 2020.
Through its notification dated April 30, 2021, the Government of India brought into force Section 142
of the Code on Social Security, 2020 which lays down that a person must have a valid Aadhaar in order
to avail benefits or services under the code. The remaining provisions of this code will be brought into
force on a date to be notified by the Government of India. It proposes to subsume certain existing social
security related legislations including the Employee’s Compensation Act, 1923, the Employees’ State
Insurance Act, 1948, the Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952, the
356Maternity Benefit Act, 1961, the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, the Building and Other Construction
Workers’ Welfare Cess Act, 1996, Cine Workers Welfare Fund Act, 1981 and the Unorganised Workers’
Social Security Act, 2008
Foreign Investment and Trade Regulations
Foreign Exchange Laws
Foreign investment in India is governed by the provisions of Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (“FEMA”)
along with the rules, regulations and notifications made by the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”) thereunder, and the
consolidated Foreign Direct Investment (“FDI”) Policy (“FDI Policy”) (effective from October 15, 2020) issued
by the Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (“DIPP”), Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government
of India from time to time. The FDI Policy consolidates all the press notes, press releases, and clarifications on
FDI issued by DIPP. Further, the RBI has enacted the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments)
Rules, 2019 (“FEMA Rules”) and the Foreign Exchange Management (Mode of Payment and Reporting of Non-
Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019 which regulate the mode of payment and reporting requirements for
investments in India by a person resident outside India. The FEMA, the FEMA Rules, and the FDI Policy prescribe
certain requirements with respect to downstream investments by Indian companies that are owned or controlled
by foreign entities and with respect to foreign investment into India and transfer of ownership or control of Indian
companies in sectors with caps on foreign investment from resident Indian persons or entity to foreigners, as well
as such transactions between foreigners. Requirements under these laws currently include restrictions on pricing,
issue transfer, valuation of shares and sources of funding for such investments, and may, in certain cases, require
prior notice for approval of the Government of India. Foreign investment is permitted (except in the prohibited
sectors) in Indian companies either through the automatic route or the approval route. Under the FDI Policy,
foreign direct investment is permitted up to 100% on the automatic route, in sectors which are not specifically
listed or prohibited in the FDI Policy (including the information technology sector), subject to applicable laws or
regulations, security and 262 other conditionalities. Accordingly, the FDI Policy permits 100% FDI in our
Company under the automatic route.
Further, in accordance with Press Note No. 4 (2020 Series), dated April 17, 2020, issued by the DPIIT, all
investments by entities of a country which shares land border with India or where the beneficial owner of an
investment into India is situated in or is a citizen of any such country, will require prior approval of the
Government of India, as prescribed in the FDI Policy.
Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investment) Rules, 2022 (“ODI Rules”)
The RBI, with an aim to operationalise a new overseas investment regime, has introduced the ODI Rules and the
Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investment) Regulations, 2022 (“ODI Regulations”), vide Notification
No. G.S.R. 646(E) and Notification No. FEMA 400/2022-RB dated August 22, 2022, respectively. Further, the
Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investment) Directions, 2022 (“ODI Directions”) were introduced to
be read with the ODI Rules and the ODI Regulations. The new regime simplifies the framework to cover wider
economic activity and thereby, significantly reducing the need for specific approvals. Investment may be made
by an Indian entity only in a foreign entity engaged in activities permissible under the law in force in India and
the host jurisdiction. Any manner of overseas direct investment by an Indian entity shall be made as prescribed in
the ODI Rules, namely: (i) subscription as part of MoA or purchase of equity capital, (ii) acquisition through
bidding or tender procedure, (iii) acquisition of equity capital by way of rights issue or allotment of bonus shares,
(iv) capitalisation of any amount due from the foreign entity subject to applicable conditions, (v) swap of
securities, and (vi) merger, demerger, amalgamation or any scheme of arrangement.
Foreign Trade (Development and Regulation) Act, 1992 (“FTA”)
The FTA seeks to provide for the development and regulation of foreign trade by facilitating imports into, and
augmenting exports from, India. The FTA provides that no person shall make any import or export except under
an importer exporter code number (“IEC”) granted by the Director General of Foreign Trade, Ministry of
Commerce (“DGFT”). The IEC granted to any person may be suspended or cancelled inter alia in case the person
contravenes any of the provisions of FTA or any rules or orders made thereunder or the DGFT or any other officer
authorized by him has reason to believe that any person has made an export or import in a manner prejudicial to
the trade relations of India. Any person who makes any export or import in contravention of any provision of this
Act or any rules or orders made thereunder, or the foreign trade policy would become liable to a penalty under the
FTA.
357Customs Act, 1962 (“Customs Act”), the Customs Tariff Act, 1975 and rules made thereunder
The provisions of the Customs Act and rules made thereunder are applicable to imported goods i.e. goods brought
into India from a place outside India (except goods cleared for home consumption) and export goods i.e. goods
which are to be taken out of India to a place outside India. Imported goods and export goods are subject to duties
of customs as specified under the Customs Tariff Act, 1975.
Foreign Trade Policy 2023 (“Foreign Trade Policy”)
The Central Government of India in exercise of powers conferred under Section 5 of the Foreign Trade
(Development and Regulation) Act, 1992, has notified Foreign Trade Policy 2023 which is effective from April
1, 2023, and shall continue to be in operation unless otherwise specified or amended. It provides for a framework
relating to export and import of goods and services. All exports and imports made up to March 31, 2023, shall,
accordingly, be governed by the relevant FTP, unless otherwise specified. Further the Foreign Trade Policy was
amended in January 2025 to bring legal backing and to make it necessary to do consultation with stakeholders to
seek views, suggestions, comments or feedback from relevant stakeholders, including importers/ exporters/
industry experts concerning the formulation or amendment of the Foreign Trade Policy.
Intellectual Property Laws
The Trade Marks Act, 1999 (“Trademarks Act”)
The Trademarks Act provides for application and registration of trademarks in India. It also provides for exclusive
rights to marks such as device, brand, heading, label, ticket, name, signature, word, letter, numeral, or combination
of colors or any combination thereof, and to obtain relief in case of infringement for commercial purposes as a
trade description. The Trademarks Act prohibits registration of trademarks on grounds of being, inter alia,
deceptively similar to other marks or being devoid of any distinctive character.
The Copyright Act, 1957 (“Copyrights Act”)
The Copyrights Act governs copyright protection in India. Even while copyright registration is not a prerequisite
for acquiring or enforcing a copyright in an otherwise copyrightable work, registration under the Copyrights Act
acts as prima facie evidence of the particulars entered therein and helps expedite infringement proceedings and
reduce delay caused due to evidentiary considerations. The Copyrights Act prescribe a fine, imprisonment or both
for violations, with enhanced penalty on second or subsequent convictions.
Laws applicable to us after listing of our Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges
Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (“SEBI Act 1992”)
The SEBI Act 1992 protects the interests of investors in securities, promotes the development of the securities
market and regulates the securities market. Its regulates the issuance of capital and transfer of securities, in
addition to all intermediaries and person associated with securities market.
Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 (“SCRA”)
The SCRA provides for direct and indirect control of virtually all aspects of securities trading and the running of
stock exchanges and aims to prevent undesirable transactions in securities. It gives central government/SEBI
regulatory jurisdiction over stock exchanges through a process of recognition and continued supervision,
contracts in securities and listing of securities on stock exchanges.
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018
(“SEBI ICDR Regulations”)
The SEBI ICDR Regulations are a primary framework which governs the process of raising capital by companies
in India through public issue, rights issue, preferential issue, bonus issue by a listed issuer, qualified institutions
placement by a listed issue and issue of Indian Depository Receipts, IPOs by SMEs and listing without any public
issue. The Regulations aim to ensure transparency, adequate disclosures, investor protection and fair practices in
the securities market.
SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (“SEBI LODR Regulations”)
358The SEBI LODR Regulations ensure that all listed companies adhere to uniform standards of transparency,
disclosure, and corporate governance, thereby protecting investor interests and maintaining market integrity. The
regulations govern financial disclosures, board composition, shareholder rights, related party transactions, and
timely reporting of material events. Non-compliance with SEBI LODR Regulations can attract monetary
penalties, suspension of trading, freezing of promoter shareholding, or even delisting of securities, making strict
adherence essential for any listed entity.
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015 (“SEBI PIT
Regulations”)
The SEBI PIT Regulations aim to curb trading based on unpublished price-sensitive information (“UPSI”). The
regulations define who qualifies as an ‘insider’ and prohibit such persons from dealing in securities while in
possession of UPSI. Listed companies must implement a code of conduct, maintain a digital database of
information sharing, and define trading windows for employees. The framework ensures fair trading and
confidence in market integrity. Violation of SEBI PIT Regulations can result in penalties and/or criminal action.
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011
(“SEBI SAST Regulations”)
The SEBI SAST Regulations govern the acquisition of shares or control in listed companies. Acquirers who cross
specific thresholds must make an open offer to public shareholders to give them an exit option. The regulations
ensure that all takeovers or control changes are transparent and equitable. The regulations include detailed
timelines, pricing norms, and disclosure requirements. These regulations are critical in maintaining fairness
during mergers, acquisitions, and hostile takeovers.
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices relating to
Securities Market) Regulations, 2003 (“SEBI FUTP Regulations”)
The SEBI FUTP Regulations prevent manipulative and unethical practices such as price rigging, pump and dump
schemes, circular trading, front-running, and misrepresentation, among others. These regulations empower SEBI
to investigate and act against any unfair conduct. The law is designed to maintain orderly market conditions and
protect the interests of retail investors. Violations under SEBI FUTP Regulations can lead to penalties, bans, and
criminal prosecution. These rules are essential to sustaining investor trust, deterring manipulative behaviours and
maintaining market efficiency.
In addition to the above, our Company is also required to comply with the Companies Act, 2013 and rules framed
thereunder, the Competition Act, 2002 and other applicable statutes imposed by the Centre or the State
Government and authorities for our day-to-day business and operations.
Other applicable laws
In addition to the above, our Company is also required to comply with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013
and rules framed thereunder, the Indian Contract Act, 1872, Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, the
Competition Act, 2002, the Digital Personal Data Protection Act, 2023 and other applicable statutes imposed by
the Centre or the State Government and authorities for our day to day business and operations. Our Company is
also amenable to various central and state tax laws.
359HISTORY AND CERTAIN CORPORATE MATTERS
Brief history of our Company
Our Company was incorporated as ‘Rays Power Infra Private Limited’ in Jaipur, Rajasthan as a private limited
company under Companies Act, 1956, pursuant to a certificate of incorporation dated June 13, 2011, issued by
Registrar of Companies, Rajasthan. Our Company changed its registered office from Rajasthan to Maharashtra
pursuant to an order dated July 2, 2015 passed by the Regional Director (NWR), Ahmedabad. Thereafter, our
Company was converted into a public limited company pursuant to a resolution passed at the meeting of the Board
of Directors held on August 29, 2023 and a special resolution passed in the extraordinary general meeting of our
Shareholders held on August 29, 2023 and consequently, the name of our Company was changed to its present
name, ‘Rays Power Infra Limited’, and a fresh certificate of incorporation dated September 21, 2023 was issued
by the RoC, to our Company.
Changes in the Registered Office of our Company
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the registered office of our Company is situated at 1st - 21
Evershine Mall, North Meter Cabin 1, Malad (West) Mumbai- 400 064, Maharashtra, India. The details of the
change in the Registered Office since incorporation are as follows:
Date of Change Details of change in the Registered Office Reasons for change in the
address of Registered Office
October 15, 2012 The registered office of our Company was changed For better administrative and
from Plot No. 21, Ratna Puri Colony, Sodala, Jaipur operative convenience.
– 302 019, Rajasthan, India to D-43 Janpath Shyam
Nagar, Jaipur- 302 019, Rajasthan, India.
July 29, 2015 The registered office of our Company was changed For better administrative and
from D-43 Janpath Shyam Nagar, Jaipur- 302 019, operative convenience
Rajasthan, India to A 2-103, 1st Floor, Nirmal
Nagari Phase -I, Survey / Gat No. -117, Village-
Derivali Tal – Panvel, Raigarh – 410201,
Maharashtra, India
February 2, 2017 The registered office of our Company was changed For better administrative and
from A 2-103, 1st Floor, “Nirmal Nagari Phase -I” operative convenience.
Survey/ GAT No-117, Village Derivali Tal –
Panvel, Raigarh – 410 201, Maharashtra, India to
1st-21 Evershine Mall North Meter Cabin 1, Malad,
West, Mumbai- 400 064 Maharashtra, India
Main objects of our Company
The main objects contained in the Memorandum of Association are set forth below:
1. To carry on the business as manufacturers, developers, assemblers, dealers, importers, exporters, traders,
purchasers, sellers, hire purchasers, hires, repairs, of power generating, and distributing plants,
equipments, operating specially using power from renewable energy sources such as solar, wind, biogas,
solar products like solar penal, solar lights, solar cookers, solar geysers and all other products which may
come out of research and to carry on the business as to do research and development, data collection,
analysis, publishing of research and study material, efficient supply of quality inputs and technical
guidance Customized Training & Development solutions in the field of solar energy and solar products.
2. To do Research, design and develop the concept in the field of renewable energy, Patenting and publishing
the novel concept design, develop and manufacture the innovative energy generation and consumption
products, design develop and install on-grid or off-grid power plants using renewable energy sources,
become the intermediate party of the energy generation, conversion and effective consumption products in
the form of dealers/distributors/franchisee/importers/exporters design, develop and construct the energy
efficient buildings and architecture, provide training, workshop and seminars provide consultancy for the
energy generation and efficient consumption of the energy, market analysis and preparing reports.
3603. To carry on the business of F & O trading, Commodity & Currency derivative trading, agents and brokers,
commodities and bullion broker, deal in agro products and consultants and dealers for commodities
trading.
4. To establish and/or carry on the business of manufacturing/ producing, distributing, dealing,
importing/exporting, trading, outsourcing, treating, processing, refining, purchasing, selling, retailing and
generally to deal in either as principal or as agents either solely, in partnership, joint venture or any other
arrangements, of water supply, sewerage systems and sanitary purposes.
5. To construct, build, develop, maintain, operate, own and transfer infrastructure facilities including water
supply projects, irrigation projects, water treatment systems, solid waste management systems, sanitation
and sewerage systems or any other public facilities of a similar nature; to establish water supply systems
and for that purpose to design, construct, operation and maintain water supply systems for domestic and
industrial users.
6. To undertake and carry on the business of participating in bids, preparing project profiles, project reports,
market research, feasibility studies and report, pre investment studies at micro and macro level, carrying
out detailed studies for projects inclusive of physical/ engineering surveys and investigation, concept
planning, detailed master planning, detailed design and engineering and all such activities that together
provide the basis for the implementation of the project and to undertake studies, bid consultancy, bid
process management, bid development, facilities management, project management, management of
projects assets, consultancy and other supervisory services, project advisory in relation to solar power
projects and other power projects and related activities.
7. To carry on the business of generating, producing, accumulating, storing, improving, buying, selling,
reselling, transmitting, distributing and supplying electrical power generated using solar energy and other
sources of renewable energy anywhere in India, and to act as agent, representative, consultant,
collaborator, or otherwise to deal in electrical power and development of Solar Park.
8. To carry on the business of trading of all electric vehicle i.e. two, three, four and multi wheeler including
electric bicycle, E-cart, electric cars, electric buses, electric heavy weight vehicles that can be charged
through solar energy or electricity generated through any renewable/non-renewable source of power.
9. To carry on in India or abroad the business of trading, distributing, exporting, importing, exchanging,
leasing and dealing in all types of electric vehicles including but not limited to electric cars, electric
rickshaw, electric carts, electric vans, electric cycles, electric scooters, electric busses and other battery
powered and electric vehicles.
10. To act as buyer, seller, exporter, importer, trader, distributor, exchanger and dealer of all kinds of
components, apparatus, accessories, equipment, power batteries, parts of all kinds of descriptions and any
other component related to electric vehicles or required for the maintenance and working of electric
vehicles.
11. To plan, develop, establish, setup, solar parks including arrangement of lands, approvals, land
developments, boundary fencing, and other transmission related works.
12. To carry out the business of transmission lines under RDSS scheme which includes reduction of AT&C
losses by improving the quality, reliability and affordability of power supply to consumers through a
financially sustainable and operationally efficient distribution sector.
The main objects as contained in the Memorandum of Association enable our Company to carry on the business
presently being carried out.
Amendments to our Memorandum of Association
Set out below are the amendments to our Memorandum of Association in the 10 years preceding the date of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
361Date of Shareholders’
Nature of Amendment*
resolution/ Effective Date
January 4, 2021 Amendment to Clause V: The authorized share capital of our Company was
increased from ₹ 330,000,000 divided into 33,000,000 equity shares of face
value ₹ 10 each aggregating ₹ 330,000,000 to ₹ 338,000,000 divided into
33,000,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each aggregating to ₹ 330,000,000
and 800,000 Preference Shares of ₹ 10 each aggregating to ₹ 8,000,000.
M arch 18, 2023 Clause III(A) of our MoA was altered to include subclause no 4 to 12 after the
existing subclause no. 3:
4. To establish and/or carry on the business of manufacturing/ producing,
distributing, dealing, importing/exporting, trading, outsourcing, treating,
processing, refining, purchasing, selling, retailing and generally to deal in
either as principal or as agents either solely, in partnership, joint venture
or any other arrangements, of water supply, sewerage systems and sanitary
purposes.
5. To construct, build, develop, maintain, operate, own and transfer
infrastructure facilities including water supply projects, irrigation projects,
water treatment systems, solid waste management systems, sanitation and
sewerage systems or any other public facilities of a similar nature; to
establish water supply systems and for that purpose to design, construct,
operation and maintain water supply systems for domestic and industrial
users.
6. To undertake and carry on the business of participating in bids, preparing
project profiles, project reports, market research, feasibility studies and
report, pre investment studies at micro and macro level, carrying out
detailed studies for projects inclusive of physical/ engineering surveys and
investigation, concept planning, detailed master planning, detailed design
and engineering and all such activities that together provide the basis for
the implementation of the project and to undertake studies, bid consultancy,
bid process management, bid development, facilities management, project
management, management of projects assets, consultancy and other
supervisory services, project advisory in relation to solar power projects
and other power projects and related activities.
7. To carry on the business of generating, producing, accumulating, storing,
improving, buying, selling, reselling, transmitting, distributing and
supplying electrical power generated using solar energy and other sources
of renewable energy anywhere in India, and to act as agent, representative,
consultant, collaborator, or otherwise to deal in electrical power and
development of Solar Park.
8. To carry on the business of trading of all Electric vehicle i.e. two, three, four
and multi wheeler including electric bicycle, E-Cart, Electric cars, electric
buses, electric heavy weight vehicles that can be charged through solar
energy or electricity generated through any renewable/ non-renewable
source of power.
9. To carry on in India or abroad the business of trading, distributing,
exporting, importing, exchanging, leasing and dealing in all types of electric
vehicles, including but not limited to, electric cars, electric rikshaw, electric
carts, electric vans, electric cycles, electric scooters, electric buses and
other battery powered and electric vehicles.
10. To act as buyer, seller, exporter, importer, trader, distributor, exchanger
and dealer of all kinds of components, apparatus, accessories, equipment,
power batteries, parts of all kinds and descriptions and any other component
related to electric vehicles or required for the maintenance and working of
362Date of Shareholders’
Nature of Amendment*
resolution/ Effective Date
electric vehicles.
11. To plan, develop, establish, setup, solar parks including arrangement of
lands, approvals, land developments, boundary fencing, and other
transmission related works.
12. To carry out the business of transmission lines under RDSS scheme which
includes reduction of AT&C losses by improving the quality, reliability and
affordability of power supply to consumers through a financially sustainable
and operationally efficient distribution sector.
August 29, 2023 Clause 1 of our Memorandum of Association was amended to reflect the change
in name of our Company from ‘Rays Power Infra Private Limited’ to ‘Rays
Power Infra Limited’ pursuant to the conversion of our Company to a public
limited company.
September 21, 2023 Amendment to Clause V: The authorized share capital of our Company is
increased from ₹ 338,000,000 divided into 33,000,000 equity shares of ₹10 each
and ₹ 800,000 preference shares ₹10 each to ₹ 738,000,000 divided into
73,000,000 equity shares of ₹10 each aggregating ₹ 730,000,000 and 800,000
preference shares ₹10 each aggregating 8,000,000.
January 27, 2025 Amendment to Clause V: The authorised share capital of our Company is ₹
758,000,000 divided into 375,000,000 equity shares of ₹ 2 each aggregating ₹
750,000,000 and 4,000,000 preference shares ₹2 each aggregating ₹8,000,000.
*Pursuant to order passed by Regional Director, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Western Region, Mumbai on
September 24, 2024, in the matter of scheme of merger of Kavit Green Energy Private Limited, with our Company
and their respective shareholders, our authorised share capital increased from ₹ 738,000,000 to ₹ 758,000,000.
Major events and milestones of our Company
The table below sets forth the major events and milestones in the history of our Company:
Financial Year Major events and milestones
2011 Incorporation of our Company
2013 Commenced and commissioned our first project under our Co-Development Business
model
2014 Started project development as independent power producer (IPP)
2019 Commissioned 50.00 MWp in Vietnam, the companies first international project
2020 Commissioned 106.00 MWP grid connected solar project in Tamil Nadu
2021 Transitioned from an asset-heavy IPP model to an asset light Co-Development Business
model wherein our Company started executing projects through SPVs.
2022 Commissioned a 270.00 MWp solar project in Bangladesh.
2023 Entered into a contract for execution for water EPC project in Uttar Pradesh.
2024 Executed 272.13 MWp project in Karnataka and a 162.79 MWp solar project in Gujarat
2025 Received land allotment to Rays Green Energy issued by Madhya Pradesh Industrial
Development Corporation (“MPIDC”) for cell manufacturing facility.
Won the letters of awards (“LOA”) from a prominent PSU for: (i) 150 MW (AC) / 300MW
(DC) of FDRE (assured peak power supply) from ISTS-connected renewable energy
projects coupled with 135MW / 540MWh Energy Storage Systems (“ESS”), on an
“anywhere in India” basis and (ii) 150MW (AC) / 225 MW (DC) of FDRE with an ESS
component of 75MW / 150 MWh, including a 140 MW (AC) / 210 MW (DC) Greenshoe
Option, along with an ESS component of 75 MW / 150 MWh, located in Tumkur,
Karnataka, with a 220 kV interconnection point.
Awards, accreditations and recognitions received by our Company
Our Company has received the following awards, accreditations and recognitions:
363Calendar Year Awards/Accreditations
2015 Received the most promising brand award in “Power & Energy Sector” by the WCRC
London.
Ranked the 3rd largest solar EPC Player in India by Bridge to India.
2019 Received the award of the “Open Access Company of the Year” awarded by the EQ’s
Punjab and Haryana State annual solar awards.
Awarded the “Best Groundmount Solar PV company of the Year” award by ET Now at the
Stars of the Industry Awards.
Awarded “Rajasthan Solar Energy Leadership Award”.
Received the award of “EPC Company of the Year in the Government Category – Platinum
Category” by the EQ International at the EQ’s Gujarat State Annual Solar Awards, 2019.
2 020 Certificate of Registration was awarded to our Company to certify that the Environment
Management System of the Company are in accordance with the requirements of ISO
14001: 2015 for the scope of Design, Engineering, Procurement, Construction, Erection
and Maintenance of Power Plants by TNV Certification Private Limited.
Certificate of Registration was awarded to our Company to certify that the Quality
Management System of the Company are in accordance with the requirements of ISO 9001:
2015 for the scope of Design, Engineering, Procurement, Construction, Erection and
Maintenance of Power Plants by TNV Certification Private Limited.
Certificate of Registration was awarded to our Company to certify that the Occupational
Health & Safety Management System of the Company are in accordance with the
requirements of ISO 45001: 2018 for the scope of Design, Engineering, Procurement,
Construction, Erection and Maintenance of Power Plants by TNV Certification Private
Limited.
Awarded the “Rajasthan Best Employer Brand Award”.
Received the “Solar Service Provider of the Year: EPC (Rising Star)” award by the Solar
Quarter in the Bangladesh Solar Week 2021 Leadership award.
2021
Awarded as the “Solar Project Monitoring Technology Company of the Year, 2020” by the
Rajasthan State Annual Solar Awards 2020-21 at the EQ E-Award Show July, 2021.
2022 Great RE Company to Work for by EQ Magazine, 2022
Awarded the “On-Site Best HSE Management” by Radiance Renewables for the Gugal
2023
Project (75 Mw Plant) at the Radiance HSE Awards 2023.
Received recognition in Renewable Energy by the Honourable Deputy Chief Minister of
Rajasthan at the Employer Association Award Ceremony 2024.
2024
Awarded the Developer & EPC Company of the Year In Large Scale at the EQ Magazine
Conference & Awards 2024.
Award the Best Employer Brand Award 2025 by the Employers Brand and World
2025 Congress.
Best Large Scale Solar Project award in Mercom India Awards.
Launch of key products or services, entry into new geographies or exit from existing markets,
capacity/facility creation and location of plants
For information on key products or services launched by our Company, entry into new geographies or exit from
existing markets, capacity/facility creation, location of our projects, please see the section titled “Our Business”
on page 316.
Defaults or rescheduling, restructuring of borrowings with financial institutions / banks
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there have been no defaults, restructuring or rescheduling of
borrowings availed by our Company from financial institutions or banks. However, we sought a moratorium of
loans, for further details on moratorium, please see the section titled “Risk Factors- We had availed moratorium
on our financial facilities and we cannot assure whether we will be able to avail such moratoriums or rescheduling
of our financial facilities in future the failure of which would result in constrained cash flows and defaults in our
financial obligations.”
For further details of our financing arrangements, please see the section titled “Financial Indebtedness” on page
652.
364Time and cost overruns
Except for the ordinary course of business, there have been no time and cost overruns due to reasons attributable
to our Company in setting up projects by our Company since its incorporation. For further details on time or cost
over-runs in respect of any projects undertaken by our Company, please see the section titled “Risk Factors- Our
EPC and commissioning activities are exposed to risks relating to cost overruns, delays, dependence on third-
party contractors, unanticipated expenditures, adverse site or environmental conditions, regulatory and
community-related disruptions and challenges in converting construction projects into operational projects, any
of which may result in liquidated damages, project unviability or write-offs, and could materially and adversely
affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows” on page 55.
Significant financial or strategic partners
Our Company does not have any significant financial or strategic partners as on the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus.
Lock-out and strikes
There have been no lock-outs or strikes at any time of the offices or projects of our Company.
Details regarding material acquisitions or divestments of business or undertakings, mergers or
amalgamation, any revaluation of assets, etc. in the last 10 years
Except as disclosed below, there have been no material acquisitions or divestments of any business or
undertakings, mergers or amalgamation, any revaluation of assets, etc. in the last 10 years:
Mergers or amalgamations
Except as disclosed below, our Company has not been party to any merger or amalgamation in the last 10 years:
1. Scheme of amalgamation of Solantra Private Limited, Heliocore Private Limited, Insolexo Private Limited,
RFE Solar Private Limited with our Company i.e., Rays Power Infra Limited (the “Transferee Company”),
before the National Company Law Tribunal, Bench, at Mumbai (“NCLT”) (the “Scheme of
Amalgamation”)
Solantra Private Limited, Heliocore Private Limited, Insolexo Private Limited, RFE Solar Private Limited
(collectively referred to as “Transferor Companies”), merged with our Company pursuant to sections 230 to 232
of the Companies Act, 2013 under a scheme of amalgamation (the “Scheme of Amalgamation”) which was
approved by the National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai by an order dated November 28, 2022 (the “Order”).
The Transferor Companies and our Company were owned and controlled by the same management and our
Company was the ultimate parent company of all Transferor Companies. The Transferor Companies and our
Company were willing to merge into a single entity to eliminate and cancel of the cross holding of shares, and
other securities within the entities and also to eliminate the inter-corporate loans given by our Company to the
Transferor Companies. The Transferor Companies did not have significant plant capacity and the receivable
collection time was also long due to which our Company was to support to the Transferor Companies in meeting
their operational and financial costs. The amalgamation was undertaken to facilitate consolidation of all the
undertakings to enable effective management and unified control of operations for streamlining the activities and
reducing managerial overlaps by reducing the number of companies under the same management and thus leading
to a reduction in administration efforts. The appointed date for the merger was January 1, 2021 (“Appointed
Date”).
Pursuant to the Scheme of Amalgamation from the Appointed Date, all assets, properties (whether movable or
immovable, tangible or intangible), licenses, debts, liabilities (including contingent liabilities), duties and
obligations of the Transferor Companies were transferred to and vested in our Company. Upon Scheme becoming
effective, the Transferor Companies was dissolved without winding up. For the purpose of this Scheme of
Amalgamation, our Company had obtained a valuation report dated March 20, 2021 from a registered valuer to
compute the fair value of equity shares. The details of the transaction are as follows:
365Particulars Details
Name of the Transferors: Solantra Private Limited, Heliocore Private Limited, Insolexo
transferor/transferee Private Limited, RFE Solar Private Limited (“Transferor Companies”)
Transferee: Our Company
Relationship of the promoter or The Transferor Companies and our Company were owned and controlled by
directors of our Company with the same management and our Company was the ultimate parent company
the entities/person from whom of all Transferor Companies
our Company has acquired
Summarised Information about In terms of the valuation report dated March 20, 2021, for amalgamation of
the valuation our Company and the Transferor Companies:
(i) The fair value per share of our Company was determined to be ₹263.23
as on February 28, 2021;
(ii) The fair value per share of RFE Solar Private Limited was determined
to be ₹518.81as on February 28, 2021;
(iii) The fair value per share of Insolexo Private Limited was determined to
be ₹713.37 as on February 28, 2021;;
(iv) The fair value per share of Solantra Private Limited was determined to
be ₹954.36 as on February 28, 2021;; and
(v) The fair value per share of Heliocore Private Limited was determined
to be ₹1,555.57 as on February 28, 2021;
Discounting cash flow method was used to ascertain fair value the shares for
the purpose of the Scheme of Amalgamation.
On the basis of the foregoing, the Transferee Company issued and allotted
equity shares to the members of the Transferor Companies holding fully paid
up equity shares in the following ratio:
(i) 3.6255 Equity Share of ₹ 10 each for every 1 equity share of face value
of ₹ 10 each be issued to Solantra Private Limited;
(ii) 5.9093 equity share of ₹ 10 each for every 1 equity share of face value
of ₹ 10 each issued to Heliocore Private Limited;
(iii) 2.7100 equity share of ₹ 10 each for every 1 equity share of face value
of ₹ 10 each issued to Insolexo Private Limited; and
(iv) RFE Solar Private Limited was dissolved without winding up
Effective Date November 28, 2022
2. Scheme of merger of Kavit Green Energy Private Limited (the “Transferor Company”) with our Company
i.e., Rays Power Infra Limited (the “Transferee Company”), and their respective shareholders, before the
Regional Director, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Western Region, Mumbai (the “Scheme of Merger”)
Kavit Green Energy Private Limited merged with our Company pursuant to section 233 and other applicable
provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, read with Rule 25 of the Companies (Compromises, Arrangements and
Amalgamation) Rules, 2016 under a scheme of merger or amalgamation (the “Scheme”) which was approved by
Regional Director, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Western Region, Mumbai by an order dated September 24, 2024
(the “Order”). The Transferor Company was wholly owned subsidiary of the Transferee Company. The entire
paid-up share capital of the Transferor Company was held by the Transferee Company. Therefore, upon the
Scheme becoming effective, the entire issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital shall ipso facto, without any
further application, act or deed shall stand cancelled and no new shares of the Transferor Company was issued or
allotted in respect of equity shares held by the Transferee Company in Transferor Company in consideration of
merger and accordingly there was no requirement to obtain valuation report for valuation of the securities. The
authorized share capital of the Transferee Company shall automatically stand increased. The merger was
undertaken to facilitate consolidation of the businesses to reduce the administration efforts, leveraging operational
resources, enable cost savings, maximize the share-holders value, improve the competitive position of the
combined entity and enhance the ability of the Transferee Company to raise financial resources. The merger leads
to the consolidation of owned power plants, thus resulting in more synergy to the Transferee Company. The
appointed date for the merger was July 1, 2023 (“Appointed Date”).
366Pursuant to this Scheme, from the Appointed Date, all assets (whether tangible or intangible), properties (whether
movable or immovable), all debts, liabilities (including contingent liabilities), obligations, duties, cheques and
other negotiable instruments and payment orders of the Transferor Company to and vested in the Transferee
Company. Upon the Scheme becoming effective, the Transferor Company was dissolved without winding up.
Particulars Details
Name of the Transferor: Kavit Green Energy Private Limited
transferor/transferee
Transferee: Our Company
Relationship of the promoter or The Transferor Company was the wholly owned subsidiary of our Company
directors of our Company with
the entities/person from whom
our Company has acquired
Summarised Information about Since the said merger was with our wholly owned subsidiary i.e Kavit Green
the valuation Energy Private Limited, we have not obtained a valuation report.
Effective Date October 10, 2024
Divestments
S. Name of the Entity Details of Divestments Date of
No. Divestments
1. Ballupur Solar Sale of 2,950 equity shares of investment by our Company March 25,
Power Projects in Ballupur Solar Power Projects Private Limited to Pranam 2016 and June
Private Limited Ross, Rajeev Tyagi and Omkar Powertech India Private 26, 2016
Limited.
2. Chudiala Solar Sale of 2,950 equity shares of investment by our Company March 25,
Power Projects in Chudiala Solar Power Projects Private Limited to Pranam 2016 and June
Private Limited Ross, Rajeev Tyagi and Omkar Powertech India Private 26, 2016
Limited.
3. Shakumbhari Solar Sale of 2,950 equity shares of investment by our Company June 26, 2016
Power Projects in Shakumbhari Solar Power Projects Private Limited to and March 25,
Private Limited Omkar Powertech India Private Limited, Pranam Ross and 2016
Rajeev Tyagi.
4. RFE Belgaum Solar Sale of 10,000 equity shares of investment by Rays Future December 15,
Power Private Energy Private Limited along with its nominee in RFE 2017
Limited Belgaum Solar Power Private Limited to AMPSOLAR
Ventures Private Limited.
5. Belgaum Solar Sale of 10, 000 equity shares by our Company along with its January 22,
Power Private nominee of investment in Belgaum Solar Power Private 2018
Limited Limited to Razack Family Trust and KVN Enterprises LLP
6. Mamadapur Solar Sale of 10,000 equity shares of investment Shining Sun March 03,
Private Limited Power Private Limited along with its nominee in 2018
Mamadapur Solar Private Limited Razack Family Trust and
KVN Enterprises LLP.
7. Belgaum Renewable Sale of 10,000 equity shares of investment by Shining Sun January 30,
Energy Private Power Private Limited with its nominee in Belgaum 2018
Limited Renewable Energy Private Limited to Canadian Solar
Energy Holding Singapore 2 PTE Ltd.
8. Haridwar Solar Sale of 10,200 equity shares of investment by our Company April 19, 2018
Projects Private in Haridwar Solar Projects Private Limited to Eden
Limited Renewable India Private Limited
9. Kushtagi Solar Sale of 10,000 equity shares of investment by Rays Future December 27,
Private Limited Energy India Private Limited and Shining Sun Power 2019
Private Limited in Kushtagi Solar Private Limited to
Radiance Renewables Private Limited.
367S. Name of the Entity Details of Divestments Date of
No. Divestments
10. Lalganj Power Sale of 10,000 Equity Shares of investment by Shining Sun December 13,
Private Limited Power Jaipur Private Limited and Rays Future Energy India 2019
Private Limited in Lalganj Power Private Limited to Fourth
Partner Energy Private Limited.
11. Kondapuram Solar Sale of 10,000 Equity Shares of investment by Rays Future February 2,
Private Limited Energy India Private Limited and Shining Sun power Jaipur 2021
Pvt Ltd in Kondapuram Solar Private Limited to Ampsolar
Technology Private Limited.
12. RFE Electric Private Sale of 10,000 Equity Shares of investment by Rays Future May 31, 2021
Limited Energy India Private Limited in RFE Electric Private
Limited to Radiance Renewables Private Limited.
13. Mirzapur Power Sale of 10,000 Equity Shares of investment by Rays Future October 30,
Private Limited Energy India Private Limited along with its nominee in 2021
Mirzapur Power Private Limited to Radiance Renewables
Private Limited
14. Sunheti Solar Sale of 10,000 Equity Shares of investment by Shining Sun January 11,
Projects Private power Private Limited and Pawan Kumar Sharma in Sunheti 2022
Limited Solar Projects Private Limited to Purshotam Profiles Private
Limited.
15. Shining Sun Power Sale of 9,40,000 Equity Shares of investment by Shining April 20, 2022
(Telangana) Private Sun power Private Limited and Hilliard Energy Mauritius in
Limited Shining Sun power (Telangana) Private Limited to TEP
Solar India Mauritius.
16. International Solar Sale of 5,72,000 Equity Shares of investment by Shining March 10,
Corporation Private Sun Power Private Limited in International Solar 2022
Limited Corporation Private Limited to TEP Solar India Mauritius.
17. Earth Solar Power Sale of 4,64,286 Equity Shares of investment by Shining March 10,
Private Limited Sun Power Private Limited in Earth Solar Power Private 2022
Limited to TEP Solar India Mauritius
18. JRK Solar Projects Sale of 43,386 Equity Shares of investment by Shining Sun March 10,
Private Limited power Jaipur Pvt Ltd in JRK Solar projects Private Limited 2022
to TEP Solar India Mauritius.
19. Tirunveli Solar Sale of 2,35,267 equity shares, of investment by our April 13, 2022
Project Private Company and Shining Sun Power Private Limited in
Limited Tirunveli Solar Project Private Limited to Ayana Renewable
Power Private Limited
20. Parola Renewables Sale of 10,000 Equity Shares of investment by Rays Future July 5, 2022
Private Limited Energy India Private Limited in Parola Renewables Private
Limited to Radiance Renewables Private Limited.
21. Soraba Solar Power Sale of 10,000 Equity Shares of investment by our Company August 26,
Private Limited in Soraba Solar Power Private Limited to AMP Energy C&I 2022
Private Limited.
22. Raibag Solar Power Sale of 10,000 Equity Shares of investment by Rays Future December 08,
Private Limited Energy India Private Limited along with its nominee in 2023
Raibag Solar Power Private Limited to Radiance
Renewables Private Limited.
23. Hallur Solar Power Sale of 10,000 Equity Shares of investment by Rays Future November 21,
Private Limited Energy India Private Limited in Hallur Solar Power Private 2023
Limited to Blupine Energy Private Limited.
24. Athani Solar Power Sale of 10,000 Equity Shares of investment by Rays Future August 12,
Private Limited Energy India Private Limited along with its nominee in 2024
Athani Solar Power Private Limited to Blupine Energy
Private Limited
368S. Name of the Entity Details of Divestments Date of
No. Divestments
25. Khimsar Solar Sale of 10,000 Equity Shares of investment by Shining Sun August 13,
Power Private Power Private Limited along with its nominee in Khimsar 2024
Limited Solar Power Private Limited to Serentica Renewable India
9 Private Limited.
26. Tinfra Solar Energy Sale of 1,00,000 Equity Shares of investment by Shining November 25,
Private Limited Sun Power Private Limited along with its nominee in Tinfra 2024
Solar Energy Private Limited to AMPIN C&I Power Private
Limited
None of our Directors or Promoters are related to entities in any manner with the buyers of the disinvested entities.
Shareholders’ agreements
Except as disclosed below, there are no inter-se agreements, arrangements, deeds of assignment, acquisition
agreements, shareholders’ agreements, any agreements between our Company, our Promoters, and Shareholders,
or agreements of like nature or agreements comprising clauses/covenants which are material to our Company.
Further, there are no other clauses/covenants that are adverse or prejudicial to the interest of the minority/public
shareholders of our Company. There are no other agreements or arrangements entered into by our Company and
clauses or covenants applicable to our Company which are material, and which are required to be disclosed, or
the non-disclosure of which may have bearing on the investment decision of prospective investors in the Offer.
Further, there are no agreements entered into by the shareholders, Promoters, members of our Promoter Group,
related parties, Directors, Key Managerial Personnel, employees of our Company, among themselves or with our
Company or with a third party, solely or jointly, which, either directly or indirectly or potentially or whose purpose
and effect is to, impact the management or control of our Company or impose any restriction or create any liability
upon our Company, whether or not our Company is a party to such agreements.
Except as disclosed above, there are no material covenants in any agreements or arrangements entered into by our
Company pertaining to the primary and secondary transactions of securities of the Company including any
financial arrangements thereof.
None of our Promoters or Shareholders of our Company have any special rights or special rights for any
nominee/nomination rights and information rights
Agreements required under Clause 5A of paragraph A of part A of Schedule III of the SEBI Listing
Regulations
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, except as disclosed under “-Details of the shareholder’s
agreement and other material agreements”, there are no other agreements required to be disclosed under Clause
5A of paragraph A of part A of Schedule III of the SEBI Listing Regulations.
Promoters’ Inter-se Agreement
Our Promoters and one of our Promoter Group members, namely Ketan Mehta, Sweta Mehta, Mehta Family
Trustee Private Limited, Mehta Family Trust and Sonali Mehta (the “Mehta Family Group”), Pawan Kumar
Sharma, Richa Sharma and Sharma Family Trust (the “Sharma Family Group”), and Sanjay Garudapally,
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally and Garudapally Family Trust (the “Garudapally Family Group”), have entered into
a promoters’ inter-se agreement dated September 29, 2025 (“Promoters’ inter-se Agreement”), pursuant to
which, a promoter family group may subject to applicable laws and the regulatory lock-in restrictions, transfer (i)
up to 5% of their respective shareholding in a financial year after complying with the right of first refusal to other
promoter family groups as per the Promoters’ inter-se Agreement (“ROFR”); and (ii) beyond 5% of their
respective shareholding in a financial year, after seeking written consent from the other promoter family groups
and after following the ROFR mechanism. The Promoters’ inter-se Agreement also provides that in case the
shareholding of any of the promoter family groups fall below 10% of the paid up and issued share capital of the
Company, on a fully diluted basis, then such promoter family group would be required to resign from the Board
of Directors and Committees of the Board or KMP positions.
369Non-Compete Agreement
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, some of our Directors and Promoters are interested in certain
Group Companies, and Promoter Group Company that are engaged in the same business as ours. Sanjay
Garudapally, our Promoter and Whole-time Director is associated as a director with Garudapally Infrastructures
Private Limited, our Group Company and a member of the Promoter Group, which is engaged in the same line of
business as our Company. In order to avoid any instances of conflict of interest, our Company has entered into an
agreement dated September 29, 2025 (the “Non-Compete Agreement”) with Garudapally Infrastructures Private
Limited, Sanjay Garudapally, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally, Garudapally Family Trust, Ketan Mehta and Pawan
Kumar Sharma (collectively “Restricting Parties”). Pursuant to the Non-Compete Agreement, the parties to the
Non-Compete Agreement, have mutually decided to avoid overlap and commercial conflict, whether actual,
perceived or potential, pursuant to which, the Restricting Parties shall not undertake any business activities which
directly or indirectly in any manner whatsoever, competes with our Company.
Key terms of other subsisting material agreements
Except as disclosed below in “Our Joint Ventures” our Company has not entered into any subsisting material
agreements with strategic partners, joint venture partners and/or financial partners other than in the ordinary course
of business of our Company.
Other agreements
Agreements with Key Managerial Personnel, Senior Management, Promoters, Directors, or any other
employee
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no agreements entered into by a Key Managerial
Personnel or Senior Management or Promoters or Directors or any other employee of our Company, either by
themselves or on behalf of any other person, with any shareholder or any other third party with regard to
compensation or profit sharing in connection with dealings in the securities of our Company.
370Guarantees provided to third parties by our Promoters offering their Equity Shares in the Offer for Sale
Except as disclosed below, as on the Draft Red Herring Prospectus the Promoter Selling Shareholders have not given any guarantees to third parties. Details of guarantees
provided by our Promoter Selling Shareholders are as below:
Sr Guaran Name of Nature of the facility Fund based/ Amoun Security Available Period Consider Obliga Financi
. tees the Non-fund t of ation tion on al
N Given lender based sanctio Guara our Implica
o. By ned (In ntee Compa tion in
Mn.) ny case of
Default
Cash Credit Fund Based 100.00 Primary Security:
Limit First Pari Passu charge by way of hypothecation on all
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 900.00 current assets of the borrower, both present and future.
HDFC
1. Based Limit
Bank Ltd
Letter of Credit Non Fund 100.00 Immovable Fixed assets - Exclusive charge on
Based Limit immovable properties.
Cash Credit Fund Based 125.00 Primary Security:
Limit
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 575.00 First Pari Passu charge by way of hypothecation on all
ICICI
2. Based Limit current assets of the borrower, both present and future.
Bank Ltd
Ketan
Immovable Fixed assets - Exclusive charge on
Mehta,
immovable properties.
Pawan
Cash Credit Fund Based 50.00 Primary Security: Effectiv Invocati
Kumar
Limit e till on of
Sharma NA NA
Kotak Purchase Bill Fund Based 100.00 First Pari Passu charge by way of hypothecation on all revocati guarante
and
Mahindr Discounting Limit current assets of the borrower, both present and future. on e
3. Sanjay
a Bank Bank Guarantee Non Fund 500.00
Garudap
Ltd Based Limit Immovable Fixed assets - Exclusive charge on
ally
Letter of Credit Non Fund 150.00 immovable properties.
Based Limit
Cash Credit Fund Based 45.00 Primary Security:
Limit
Bank Guarantee/ Non Fund 350.00 First Pari Passu charge by way of hypothecation on all
4. IDBI Letter of Credit Based Limit current assets of the borrower, both present and future.
Bank Ltd WCDL Fund Based 5.00
Limit Immovable Fixed assets - Exclusive charge on
immovable properties.
Federal WCDL Fund Based 50.00 Primary Security:
5.
Bank Limit
371Sr Guaran Name of Nature of the facility Fund based/ Amoun Security Available Period Consider Obliga Financi
. tees the Non-fund t of ation tion on al
N Given lender based sanctio Guara our Implica
o. By ned (In ntee Compa tion in
Mn.) ny case of
Default
Bank Guarantee/ Non Fund 850.00
Letter of Credit Based Limit First Pari Passu charge by way of hypothecation on all
current assets of the borrower, both present and future.
Immovable Fixed assets - Exclusive charge on
immovable properties.
Fund Based 50.00 Primary Security:
WCDL Limit
Bank Guarantee/ 650.00 First Pari Passu charge by way of hypothecation on all
IndusInd
6. Letter of Credit current assets of the borrower, both present and future.
Bank Ltd
Non Fund Immovable Fixed assets - Exclusive charge on
Based Limit immovable properties.
Overdraft Fund Based 50.00 Primary Security:
Limit
AU Bank Guarantee Non Fund 450.00 First Pari Passu charge by way of hypothecation on all
Small Based Limit current assets of the borrower, both present and future.
7.
Finance Term Loan 1 Fund Based 100.20
Bank Ltd Limit Immovable Fixed assets - Exclusive charge on
Term Loan II Fund Based 115.00 immovable properties.
Limit
Combined Working 1,100.0 Primary Security:
Capital Limit (Fund 0
IDFC based + Non-fund First pari passu on entire current assets of the Company
Non- Fund
8. First based) both present and future.
Based Limit
Bank Ltd
Immovable Fixed assets - Exclusive charge on
immovable properties.
Cash Credit Fund Based 60.00 Primary Security:
Limit
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 300.00 First Pari-Passu charge with other working capital
Bandhan
9. Based Limit lenders under MBA on the entire current assets of the
Bank Ltd
Company both present and future.
Collateral Security: Fixed Deposit
10 Axis Overdraft Fund Based 10.00 Primary Security:
. Bank Ltd Limit
372Sr Guaran Name of Nature of the facility Fund based/ Amoun Security Available Period Consider Obliga Financi
. tees the Non-fund t of ation tion on al
N Given lender based sanctio Guara our Implica
o. By ned (In ntee Compa tion in
Mn.) ny case of
Default
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 340.00
Based Limit First Pari-Passu charge with other working capital
lenders under MBA on the entire current assets of the
company both present and future.
Collateral Security: Fixed Deposit
Cash Credit Fund Based 50.00 Primary Security:
Limit
Punjab First Pari-Passu charge with other working capital
11 National lenders under MBA on the entire current assets of the
. Bank company both present and future.
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 500.00
Collateral Security: Fixed Deposit
Based Limit
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 400.00 Primary Security:
Based Limit
WCDL Fund Based 60.00 First Pari-Passu charge with other working capital
12 CSB Limit lenders under MBA on the entire current assets of the
. Bank Ltd Cash Credit Fund Based 40.00 company both present and future.
Limit
Forward Contract Non Fund 45.00 Collateral Security: Fixed Deposit
Limit Based Limit
Cash Credit Fund Based 100.00 Primary Security:
Limit
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 120.00 First Pari Passu charge by way of hypothecation on all
State Based Limit current assets of the borrower, both present and future.
13
Bank of Letter of Credit Non Fund 80.00
.
India Based Limit Immovable Fixed assets - Exclusive charge on
immovable properties.
C ollateral Security: Fixed Deposit
14 Indian Overdraft Fund Based 100.00 Primary Security:
. Bank Limit
373Sr Guaran Name of Nature of the facility Fund based/ Amoun Security Available Period Consider Obliga Financi
. tees the Non-fund t of ation tion on al
N Given lender based sanctio Guara our Implica
o. By ned (In ntee Compa tion in
Mn.) ny case of
Default
Bank Guarantee/ Non Fund 300.00 First Pari Passu charge by way of hypothecation on all
Letter of Credit Based Limit current assets of the borrower, both present and future.
Immovable Fixed assets - Exclusive charge on
immovable properties.
Kotak Term Loan Fund Based 190.00 Primary Security:
Infrastru Limit 1. Exclusive charge over all movable and immovable
cture property, including land, equipment, and property.
Debt 2. Exclusive security interest on all Project Documents,
Fund Ltd including PPAs, O&M contracts (if applicable),
warranties, and insurance contracts.
3. Exclusive charge on the entire cash flows, receivables,
book debts and revenues of whatsoever nature and
15 wherever arising, both present and future.
. 4. Exclusive charge on the entire intangible assets,
including but not limited to, goodwill, intellectual
property rights and uncalled capital, both present and
future.
5. Exclusive charge on all bank accounts including the
escrow accounts, its sub-accounts and monies standing to
their credit.
6. Assignment of unsecured loans and NCDs if any
i nfused by the Promoter/Sponsor
9,110.2
TOTAL 0
For details in relation to risks associated with guarantees provided by our Promoter, see “Risk Factors - Our Promoters namely Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar Sharma, Sanjay
Garudapally and Richa Sharma along with few members of Promoter Groups and certain third parties, have provided guarantees in connection with our borrowings
aggregating to ₹5,132.38 million as on July 31, 2025. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected by the revocation of all
or any of the guarantees provided by our Promoters, members of Promoter Groups or third parties in connection with our Company’s borrowings.” on page 64.
374Our Holding Company
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have a holding company.
Our Associate Company
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has one associate company being HOP Electric
Manufacturing One Private Limited (“HEMOPL”).
Corporate Information
HEMOPL was incorporated as a private limited company on June 6, 2022, under the Companies Act, 2013
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre. The
CIN of HEMOPL is U34100RJ2022PTC081866, and its registered office is situated at Plot No. 1, Jhulelal Marg,
Shipra Path, Mansarovar, Jaipur, Jaipur, Rajasthan, India, 302020. The business of HEMOPL is to innovate
design, develop, integrate, assemble, manufacture electric vehicles and it various components and to carry on the
business related to its associated technologies.
Our Joint Ventures
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company is a party to two joint venture agreements.
These include (i) KLSR - RAYS (JV), formed pursuant to a joint venture agreement with KLSR Infratech Limited,
and (ii) JV Reneworld - Rays Power a joint venture with Reneworld Limited, a company incorporated under the
laws of Mauritius. The details of the unincorporated joint ventures are as follows:
Sl. Name of Joint Name of the Project Share in the Date of the
No Venture partners(s) of the Joint Venture joint
Joint Venture (%) venture
agreement
1. KLSR - RAYS (JV) KLSR Infratech Request for KLSR Infratech September 9,
Limited and Rays Proposals for Limited (Lead 2022
Power Infra Private empanelment of Partner) – 60%
Limited (presently contractors for
Rays Power Infra
known as Rays implementation
Private Limited
Power Infra of various Rural
(Second Party) –
Limited) water supply
40%
projects including
O&M for 10 years
in division Devi
Patan Uttar
Pradesh
2. JV Reneworld- Rays Rays Power between Undertaking EPC Reneworld November
Power Rays Power Infra contracts for the Limited (Lead 19, 2024
Limited and construction of 1 partner for
Reneworld Limited x 10 MWac and 1 administrative
x 8 MWac solar purposes of the
photovoltaic project) – 50%
projects in
Rays Power Infra
Mauritius, where
Limited – 50%
our participating
interest is 50%.
Other Confirmations
Common pursuits
375Except as disclosed below, there are no common pursuits among our Associate and our Company:
Our Associate, HEMOPL is authorized by its memorandum of association to carry on business of manufacturing
of electric vehicles and its various components and further carries on the business related to its associated
technologies. Further, our Company is also authorized by its memorandum of association to carry out the business
of trading of electrical vehicle EV. However, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company
is not engaged in trading of electrical vehicles.
Interest in our Company
Except as disclosed in the “Restated Consolidated Financial Information –Note no. 51– Related Party
Disclosures” on pages 549, there are no related business transactions among our Associate, our Joint Ventures
and our Company.
Our Subsidiaries
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has 55 Subsidiaries and 15 Step-down
Subsidiaries. For further details, please see the section titled “Our Subsidiaries” on page 377.
Confirmations
There are no material clauses of our Articles of Association that have been left out from disclosures having a
bearing on the Offer or this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
376OUR SUBSIDIARIES
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has 55 (fifty-five) Subsidiaries and 15 (fifteen)
Step-down Subsidiaries.
Subsidiaries
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus our Company has 55 Subsidiaries as set out below:
Sl. No. Particulars
1. Almora Solar Power Private Limited
2. Balasore Solar Power Private Limited
3. Belagere Solar Power Private Limited
4. Bhalki Prime Solar Power Private Limited
5. Bhinmal Solar Power Private Limited
6. Bidasar Solar Power Private Limited
7. Chittoor Prime Solar Power Private Limited
8. Dammur Solar Power Private Limited
9. Darur Solar Power Private Limited
10. Dasanur Solar Power Private Limited
11. Gadag Solar Power Private Limited
12. Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited
13. Hanur Solar Power Private Limited
14. Hassan Solar Power Private Limited
15. Haveri Solar Power Private Limited
16. Honavar Solar Power Private Limited
17. Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited
18. Jiribam Solar Power Private Limited
19. Jorhat Solar Power Private Limited
20. Kaduru Solar Power Private Limited
21. Kakulam Solar Power Private Limited
22. Kalgi Prime Solar Power Private Limited
23. Kalgi Solar Power Private Limited
24. Kengeri Prime Solar Power Private Limited
25. Kolar Solar Power Private Limited
26. Koncha Prime Solar Power Private Limited
27. Malda Solar Power Private Limited
28. Malur Renewables Private Limited
29. Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited
30. Mathkur Solar Power Private Limited
31. Metagal Solar Power Private Limited
32. Mulki Solar Power Private Limited
33. Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited
34. Nittur Solar Power Private Limited
35. Peelwa Solar Power Private Limited
36. Rays Future Energy India Private Limited
37. Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited
38. Rays Power Innovation & Development Ventures Private Limited
39. Rohat Solar Park Private Limited
40. RPIL Power One Private Limited
41. RPIL Power Three Private Limited
42. Runicha Solar Park Private Limited
43. Sayala Solar Power Private Limited
44. Sedam Solar Power Private Limited
377Sl. No. Particulars
45. Shining Sun Power Private Limited
46. Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited
47. Sindhanpur Solar Power Private Limited
48. Sindhari Prime Solar Power Private Limited
49. Sinnal Solar Power Private Limited
50. Solaksha Solar Power Private Limited
51. Tiptur Solar Power Private Limited
52. Tuticorin Solar Projects Private Limited
53. Vannur Prime Solar Power Private Limited
54. Wadki Solar Power Private Limited
55. Yadgir Solar Power Private Limited
Step-down Subsidiaries
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, Our Company has 15 Step-down Subsidiaries as set out
below:
Sl. No. Particulars
1. Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited
2. Bhalki Solar Power Private Limited
3. Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited
4. Chittoor Solar Power Private Limited
5. Dadur Solar Power Private Limited
6. Jagaluru Solar Power Private Limited
7. Kengeri Solar Power Private Limited
8. Koncha Solar Power Private Limited
9. Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited
10. Raysalfa Power Private Limited
11. Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited
12. Sira Solar Power Private Limited
13. Tumkur Solar Power Private Limited
14. Vannur Solar Power Private Limited
15. Vestin Solar Park Private Limited
Subsidiaries
The details of our Subsidiaries are as follows:
1. Almora Solar Power Private Limited (“Almora Solar”)
Corporate Information
Almora Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 20, 2025. The CIN of Almora Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102971, and its registered office is situated
at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Almora Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Almora Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Almora Solar
378develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Almora Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Almora Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Sanjay Dixit (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Almora Solar
Solar is not available as the company was incorporated on May 20, 2025.
2. Balasore Solar Power Private Limited (“Balasore Solar”)
Corporate Information
Balasore Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
April 16, 2025. The CIN of Balasore Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC101889, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Balasore Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Balasore Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Balasore
Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Balasore Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
379Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Balasore Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Balasore Solar
is not available as the company was incorporated on April 16, 2025.
3. Belagere Solar Power Private Limited (“Belagere Solar”)
Corporate Information
Belagere Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 21, 2025. The CIN of Belagere Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC103031, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Belagere Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Belagere Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Belagere
Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Belagere Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Belagere Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
380Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Sanjay Dixit (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Belagere Solar
is not available as the company was incorporated on May 21, 2025.
4. Bhalki Prime Solar Power Private Limited (“Bhalki Prime Solar”)
Corporate Information
Bhalki Prime Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013,
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration
Centre, dated April 21, 2025. The CIN of Bhalki Prime Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102059, and its
registered office is situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001,
Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Bhalki Prime Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of
designing, developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power
projects and parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Bhalki Prime Solar also
establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such
as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers,
EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, Bhalki Prime Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Bhalki Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Bhalki Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
381Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Bhalki Prime
Solar is not available as the company was incorporated on April 21, 2025.
5. Bhinmal Solar Power Private Limited (“Bhinmal Solar”)
Corporate Information
Bhinmal Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
April 30, 2025. The CIN of Bhinmal Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102356, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Bhinmal Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Bhinmal Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Bhinmal
Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Bhinmal Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Bhinmal Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Bhinmal Solar
is not available as the company was incorporated on April 30, 2025.
6. Bidasar Solar Power Private Limited (“Bidasar Solar”)
382Corporate Information
Bidasar Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 19, 2025. The CIN of Bidasar Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102961, and its registered office is situated
at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Bidasar Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Bidasar Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Bidasar Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Bidasar Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Bidasar Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Sanjay Dixit (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Bidasar Solar is
not available as the company was incorporated on May 19, 2025.
7. Chittoor Prime Solar Power Private Limited (“Chittoor Prime Solar”)
Corporate Information
Chittoor Prime Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013,
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration
Centre, dated June 05, 2025. The CIN of Chittoor Prime Solar is U35105RJ2025PTC103420, and its
registered office is situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001,
Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
383Chittoor Prime Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of
designing, developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power
projects and parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Chittoor Prime Solar also
establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such
as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers,
EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, Chittoor Prime Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Chittoor Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Chittoor Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Shashi Kant (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Chittoor Prime
Solar is not available as the company was incorporated on June 5, 2025.
8. Dammur Solar Power Private Limited (“Dammur Solar”)
Corporate Information
Dammur Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
April 29, 2025. The CIN of Dammur Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102335, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Dammur Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Dammur Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Dammur
Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
384connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Dammur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Dammur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Dammur Solar
is not available as the company was incorporated on April 29, 2025.
9. Darur Solar Power Private Limited (“Darur Solar”)
Corporate Information
Darur Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
January 29, 2025. The CIN of Darur Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC099686, and its registered office is
situated at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Darur Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Darur Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Darur Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Darur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
385Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Darur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Lalit Kumar Mehta (nominee of Rays Power 1 0.01%
Infra Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Darur Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations Nil - -
Total expenses 0.02 - -
Profit after tax (0.02) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
10. Dasanur Solar Power Private Limited (“Dasanur Solar”)
Corporate Information
Dasanur Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 16, 2025. The CIN of Dasanur Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102872, and its registered office is situated
at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Dasanur Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Dasanur Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Dasanur Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Dasanur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
386The shareholding pattern of Dasanur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Dasanur Solar
is not available as the company was incorporated on May 16, 2025.
11. Gadag Solar Power Private Limited (“Gadag Solar”)
Corporate Information
Gadag Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated May
21, 2025. The CIN of Gadag Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC103030, and its registered office is situated at
Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Gadag Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Gadag Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Gadag Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Gadag Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Gadag Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Sanjay Dixit (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
387As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Gadag Solar is
not available as the company was incorporated on May 21, 2025.
12. Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited (“Gorakhnath Solar Park”)
Corporate Information
Gorakhnath Solar Park was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013,
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration
Centre, dated August 9, 2021. The CIN of Gorakhnath Solar Park is U40106RJ2021PTC076378, and its
registered office is situated at P. No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur – 302 001,
Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Gorakhnath Solar Park is engaged in the business of designing, developing, executing, managing, and
operating solar power generation plant in the state of Uttar Pradesh, in accordance with the policy of the
State Government of Uttar Pradesh on solar energy. Gorakhnath Solar Park also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Gorakhnath
Solar Park develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for
evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power,
energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Gorakhnath Solar Park as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Gorakhnath Solar Park as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is
as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Devendra Dadhich (nominee of Rays Power 1 0.01%
Infra Limited)
Total 10000 100
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Gorakhnath Solar Park for the last 3 Fiscals:
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.06 0.01 0.01
388Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Profit after tax (0.06) (0.01) (0.01)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
(₹ in million)
13. Hanur Solar Power Private Limited (“Hanur Solar”)
Corporate Information
Hanur Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
August 7, 2024. The CIN of Hanur Solar is U35105RJ2024PTC096510, and its registered office is situated
at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Hanur Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing and
engineering, developing, procuring, supplying, constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining
solar powered energy projects/park for sale and supply of generated solar power energy to off-takers in
accordance with the policy of the State Government of Karnataka. Hanur Solar also establishes and
manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power,
water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies,
O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing,
commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally,
Hanur Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for
evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power,
energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Hanur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Hanur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Ashish Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Hanur Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 - -
Total expenses 0.35 - -
Profit after tax (0.35) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
14. Hassan Solar Power Private Limited (“Hassan Solar”)
389Corporate Information
Hassan Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
January 28, 2025. The CIN of Hassan Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC099682, and its registered office is
situated at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Hassan Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Hassan Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Hassan Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Hassan Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Hassan Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Lalit Kumar Mehta (nominee of Rays Power 1 0.01%
Infra Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Hassan Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations Nil - -
Total expenses 0.02 - -
Profit after tax (0.02) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
15. Haveri Solar Power Private Limited (“Haveri Solar”)
Corporate Information
Haveri Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
390December 21, 2021. The CIN of Haveri Solar is U40106RJ2021PTC078762, and its registered office is
situated at D-43, Janpath Shyam Nagar, Jaipur – 302 019, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Haveri Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and Rays Future Energy India Private Limited
and is engaged in in the business of designing, engineering, developing, procuring, supplying, constructing,
commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects with a capacity of up to 50 MW for the
sale and supply of solar energy to off-takers in accordance with the solar power policy of the State
Government of Karnataka, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Haveri Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Haveri Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Ashish Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Haveri Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.06 0.02 0.01
Profit after tax (0.06) (0.02) (0.01)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
16. Honavar Solar Power Private Limited (“Honavar Solar”)
Corporate Information
Honavar Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 20, 2022. The CIN of Honavar Solar is U40100RJ2022PTC081513, and its registered office is situated
at P. No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Honavar Solar was incorporated as an SPV by our Company and is engaged in the business to own and
develop large scale renewable energy parks for wind, solar or hybrid power plants to be connected to Power
Grid Corporation of India Limited or state transmission company owned grid substations in accordance
with the policy of State Government of Karnataka, as authorized under the objects clause of its
memorandum of association.
391Capital Structure
The capital structure of Honavar Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Honavar Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of
Number of equity the total equity
Sl. No. Name of the shareholder
shares held shareholding
(%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 5,099 50.99%
2. Ashish Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
3. Akanksha Singh 2,400 24.00%
4. Felicity Adobe LLP 2,500 25.00%
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Honavar Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.043 0.018 0.01
Profit after tax (0.043) (0.018) (0.01)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
17. Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited (“Jevargi Solar”)
Corporate Information
Jevargi Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated July
4, 2024. The CIN of Jevargi Solar is U35105RJ2024PTC095860, and its registered office is situated at 65,
Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Jevargi Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing and
engineering, developing, procuring, supplying, constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining
solar powered energy projects/park for sale and supply of generated solar power energy to off-takers in
accordance with the policy of the state Government of Karnataka and is involved in generating,
accumulating, distributing, and supplying solar energy for its own use or for sale to Governments, State
Electricity Boards, intermediaries in power transmission/distribution, companies, industrial units, and
other users or consumers of energy. Jevargi Solar also establishes and manages integrated solar and
renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water, roads, and related
services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics
providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial and community welfare
activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Jevargi Solar develops and operates
transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or
392CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized
under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Jevargi Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Jevargi Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Lalit Kumar Mehta (nominee of Rays Power 1 0.01%
Infra Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Jevargi Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 - -
Total expenses 1.54 - -
Profit after tax (1.54) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
18. Jiribam Solar Power Private Limited (“Jiribam Solar”)
Corporate Information
Jiribam Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
April 16, 2025. The CIN of Jiribam Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC101876, and its registered office is situated
at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Jiribam Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Jiribam Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Jiribam Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
393Capital Structure
The capital structure of Jiribam Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Jiribam Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Jiribam Solar is
not available as the company was incorporated on April 16, 2025.
19. Jorhat Solar Power Private Limited (“Jorhat Solar”)
Corporate Information
Jorhat Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated April
16, 2025. The CIN of Jorhat Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC101867, and its registered office is situated at
Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Jorhat Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Jorhat Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Jorhat Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Jorhat Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
394Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Jorhat Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Jorhat Solar is
not available as the company was incorporated on April 16, 2025.
20. Kaduru Solar Power Private Limited (“Kaduru Solar”)
Corporate Information
Kaduru Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
August 21, 2024. The CIN of Kaduru Solar is U35105RJ2024PTC096781, and its registered office is
situated at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Kaduru Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing and
engineering, developing, procuring, supplying, constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining
solar powered energy projects/park for sale and supply of generated solar power energy to off-takers in
accordance with the policy of the State Government of Karnataka. Kaduru Solar also establishes and
manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power,
water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies,
O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing,
commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally,
Kaduru Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for
evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power,
energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Kaduru Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Kaduru Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Ashish Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
395Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Kaduru Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 - -
Total expenses 0.08 - -
Profit after tax (0.08) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
21. Kakulam Solar Power Private Limited (“Kakulam Solar”)
Corporate Information
Kakulam Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 01, 2025. The CIN of Kakulam Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102395, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Kakulam Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Kakulam Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Kakulam
Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Kakulam Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Kakulam Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
396Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Kakulam Solar
is not available as the company was incorporated on May 01, 2025.
22. Kalgi Prime Solar Power Private Limited (“Kalgi Prime Solar”)
Corporate Information
Kalgi Prime Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
April 23, 2025. The CIN of Kalgi Prime Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102110, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Kalgi Prime Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Kalgi Prime Solar also establishes and
manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power,
water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies,
O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing,
commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally,
Kalgi Prime Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure
for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of
power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Kalgi Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Kalgi Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Kalgi Prime
Solar is not available as the company was incorporated on April 23, 2025.
23. Kalgi Solar Power Private Limited (“Kalgi Solar”)
Corporate Information
397Kalgi Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre dated
September 17, 2024. The CIN of Kalgi Solar is U35105RJ2024PTC097232, and its registered office is
situated at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, C.P.M.G, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Kalgi Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing and
engineering, developing, procuring, supplying, constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining
solar powered energy projects/park for sale and supply of generated solar power energy to off-takers in
accordance with the policy of the State Government of Karnataka. Kalgi Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Kalgi Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Kalgi Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Kalgi Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Ashish Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Kalgi Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 - -
Total expenses 0.65 - -
Profit after tax (0.65) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
24. Kengeri Prime Solar Power Private Limited (“Kengeri Prime Solar”)
Corporate Information
Kengeri Prime Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013,
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre
398dated April 21, 2025. The CIN of Kengeri Prime Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102060, and its registered
office is situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan,
India.
Nature of Business
Kengeri Prime Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of
designing, developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power
projects and parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Kengeri Prime Solar also
establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such
as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers,
EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, Kengeri Prime Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Kengeri Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Kengeri Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Kengeri Prime
Solar is not available as the company was incorporated on April 21, 2025.
25. Kolar Solar Power Private Limited (“Kolar Solar”)
Corporate Information
Kolar Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
August 21, 2024. The CIN of Kolar Solar is U35105RJ2024PTC096783, and its registered office is situated
at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Kolar Solar is engaged in the business of designing and engineering, developing, procuring, supplying,
constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining solar powered energy projects/park for sale and
399supply of generated solar power energy to off-takers anywhere in India. Kolar Solar also establishes and
manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power,
water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies,
O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing,
commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally,
Kolar Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for
evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power,
energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Kolar Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Kolar Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Vaibhav Roongta (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Kolar Solar for the last 3 Fiscals
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 - -
Total expenses 0.38 - -
Profit after tax (0.38) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
26. Koncha Prime Solar Power Private Limited (“Koncha Prime Solar”)
Corporate Information
Koncha Prime Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013,
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration
Centre, dated May 22, 2025. The CIN of Koncha Prime Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC103080, and its
registered office is situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001,
Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Koncha Prime Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of
designing, developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power
projects and parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Koncha Prime Solar also
establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such
as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers,
EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
400housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, Koncha Prime Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Koncha Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Koncha Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Shashi Kant (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Koncha Prime
Solar is not available as the company was incorporated on May 22, 2025.
27. Malda Solar Power Private Limited (“Malda Solar”)
Corporate Information
Malda Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated July
02, 2025. The CIN of Malda Solar is U35105RJ2025PTC104089, and its registered office is situated at
Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Malda Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Malda Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Malda Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Malda Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
401Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Malda Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited (Ketan Mehta as 9,999 99.99%
authorised representative)
2. Sanjay Dixit (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Malda Solar is
not available as the company was incorporated on July 02, 2025.
28. Malur Renewables Private Limited (“Malur Renewables”)
Corporate Information
Malur Renewables was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013,
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration
Centre, dated March 7, 2022. The CIN Malur Renewables is U40106RJ2022PTC080021, and its registered
office is situated at D-43, Janpath Shyam Nagar, Jaipur - 302 019, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Malur Renewables was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and Rays Future Energy India Private
Limited and is engaged in the business of designing and engineering, developing, procuring, supplying,
constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining solar powered energy projects up to 50 MW of
capacity for sale and supply of generated solar power energy to off-takers anywhere in India, as authorized
under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Malur Renewables as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Malur Renewables as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
402Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Vaibhav Roongta (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Malur Renewables for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.17 26.63 0.02
Profit after tax (0.17) (26.63) (0.02)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
29. Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited (“Mandawa Solar”)
Corporate Information
Mandawa Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
April 19, 2022. The CIN of Mandawa Solar is U40100RJ2022PTC080861, and its registered office is
situated at P. No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Mandawa Solar was incorporated as an SPV by our Company and is engaged in the business of owning
and developing large scale renewable energy parks for wind, solar or hybrid power plants to be connected
to Power Grid Corporation of India Limited or state transmission company owned grid substations in
accordance with the policy of the State Government of Rajasthan, as authorized under the objects clause
of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Mandawa Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Mandawa Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Devendra Dadhich (nominee of Rays Power 1 0.01%
Infra Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
403Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Mandawa Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.06 1.46 0.03
Profit after tax (0.06) (1.46) (0.03)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
30. Mathkur Solar Power Private Limited (“Mathkur Solar”)
Corporate Information
Mathkur Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
April 30, 2025. The CIN of Mathkur Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102359, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Mathkur Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Mathkur Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Mathkur
Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Mathkur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Mathkur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Mathkur Solar
is not available as the company was incorporated on April 30, 2025.
40431. Metagal Solar Power Private Limited (“Metagal Solar”)
Corporate Information
Metagal Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 20, 2025. The CIN of Metagal Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC103005, and its registered office is situated
at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Metagal Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Metagal Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Metagal Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Metagal Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Metagal Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Sanjay Dixit (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Metagal Solar
is not available as the company was incorporated on May 20, 2025.
32. Mulki Solar Power Private Limited (“Mulki Solar”)
Corporate Information
Mulki Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
August 21, 2024. The CIN of Mulki Solar is U35105RJ2024PTC096782, and its registered office is
situated at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
405Nature of Business
Mulki Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Mulki Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Mulki Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Mulki Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Mulki Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Ashish Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Mulki Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 - -
Total expenses 0.06 - -
Profit after tax (0.06) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
33. Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited (“Nadbai Solar”)
Corporate Information
Nadbai Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
August 12, 2022. The CIN of Nadbai Solar is U40108RJ2022PTC083147, and its registered office is
situated at D-43, Janpath Shyam Nagar, Jaipur – 302 019, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Nadbai Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing and
engineering, developing, procuring, supplying, constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining
solar powered energy projects up to 50 MW of capacity for sale and supply of generated solar power energy
406to off-takers in accordance with the policy of the State Government of Karnataka. Nadbai Solar also
establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such
as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers,
EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, Nadbai Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Nadbai Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Nadbai Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Shashi Kant (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Nadbai Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.08 0.02 0.02
Profit after tax (0.08) (0.02) (0.02)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
34. Nittur Solar Power Private Limited (“Nittur Solar”)
Corporate Information
Nittur Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013 pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated May
01, 2025. The CIN of Nittur Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102393, and its registered office is situated at Plot
No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Nittur Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks across India to off-takers for the supply of solar energy. Nittur Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
407and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Nittur Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Nittur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Nittur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Nittur Solar is
not available as the company was incorporated on May 01, 2025.
35. Peelwa Solar Power Private Limited (“Peelwa Solar”)
Corporate Information
Peelwa Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
April 16, 2025. The CIN of Peelwa Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC101877, and its registered office is situated
at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Peelwa Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Peelwa Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Peelwa Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Peelwa Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
40810,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Peelwa Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Peelwa Solar is
not available as the company was incorporated on April 16, 2025.
36. Rays Future Energy India Private Limited (“Rays Future Energy”)
Corporate Information
Rays Future Energy was originally incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act,
2013, under the name “Rays Solar Kart Private Limited” pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued
by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated May 14, 2016. The name of the company
was subsequently changed to “Rays Future Energy India Private Limited” pursuant to a certificate of
incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Rajasthan at Jaipur, dated May 17, 2017. The CIN of
Rays Power Innovation is U40106RJ2016PTC054937, and its registered office is situated at D - 43,
Janpath, Shyam Nagar, Jaipur - 302019, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Rays Future Energy is engaged in the business as manufacturers, developers, assemblers, dealers,
importers, exporters, traders, purchases, sellers, hire purchases, hires, contractor, sub-contractor, repairs of
power generating and distributing plants, turnkey power project, roof top solar projects, SPV, solar park,
equipment, operating including power from renewable energy sources and solar products. Rays Future
Energy is also engaged in research, design and develop, patent and publish novel concept design, develop
and manufacture the innovative energy generation and consumption products and install on-grid or off-
grid power plants using renewables sources. Additionally, Rays Future Energy also carries out business as
manufacturers, fabricators, processors, refiners, stockiest, agents, importers, wholesalers, distributors or
dealers of all types of transformers, transformer parts, plant and machinery and other types of non-
conventional sources of energy, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Rays Future Energy as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
409Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Rays Future Energy as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder(s) total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Ketan Mehta jointly with Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Rays Future Energy for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations Nil Nil Nil
Total expenses 0.03 0.42 0.02
Profit after tax 2.32 1.27 1.29
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
37. Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited (“Rays Green Energy Manufacturing”)
Corporate Information
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing was originally incorporated as a private limited company under the
Companies Act, 2013, under the name “Savanur Solar Power Private Limited” pursuant to a certificate of
incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated April 5, 2022. The
name of the company was subsequently changed to “Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited”
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Processing Centre,
dated June 25, 2024. The CIN of Rays Green Energy Manufacturing is U27200RJ2022PTC080641, and
its registered office is situated at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Jaipur, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001,
Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing is engaged in the business to manufacture, design, develop, trade, buy,
sell, import, export, assemble, service, maintain and operate renewable energy modules, cells, solar power
projects, hybrid systems, Battery Energy Storage Systems (“BESS”), electrolysis systems, and related
products for various applications. Rays Green Energy Manufacturing also acts as principal, agent,
contractor, lessor, consultant, and provides technical, administrative, and financial services in relation to
these systems. Rays Green Energy Manufacturing carries on activities relating to the design, manufacture,
sale, and trade of electronic modules, cells, and fuel cells, including R&D, technical support, consulting,
and joint ventures and is also engaged in the manufacture and trading of batteries and energy storage
systems for use across industrial, commercial, domestic, automotive, e-mobility, aviation, drones, and
power sectors. Additionally, Rays Green Energy Manufacturing also undertakes remanufacturing,
assembling, trading, marketing, distilling, recycling, and distribution of automotive parts, BESS
components, lubricants, oils, and accessories. It is involved in the conversion of engines into electric or
alternate fuel-based systems, operates as an OEM, and sells products under its own and other brand names,
as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
410Capital Structure
The capital structure of Rays Green Energy Manufacturing as on the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Rays Green Energy Manufacturing as on the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Devendra Dadhich (nominee of Rays Power 1 0.01%
Infra Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Rays Green Energy Manufacturing for the last
3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 1,667.52 Nil 0.00
Total expenses 1,481.86 1.62 0.01
Profit after tax 140.96 0.14 (0.01)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
38. Rays Power Innovation & Development Ventures Private Limited (“Rays Power Innovation”)
Corporate Information
Rays Power Innovation was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013,
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration
Centre, dated May 17, 2016. The CIN of Rays Power Innovation is U74999MH2016PTC281282, and its
registered office is situated at shop no. 121, 1st Floor, Evershine Mall, Chincholi Bunder, Off link road,
Malad (West), Mumbai -400 064, Maharashtra, India.
Nature of Business
Rays Power Innovation is engaged in the business of undertaking the development, trade, sale, import and
export of computer software and all varieties of information technology services and skill development
activities in India like hardware technology, web designing, web applications, e-commerce solutions,
medical transcription, mapping data entries, data conversion, internet services, intranet services.
Additionally, Rays Power Innovation is engaged to establish, acquire, promote and undertake business of
educational institution, schools, colleges, institutes, academy, training centres, coaching as authorized
under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Rays Power Innovation as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
411Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
50,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 500,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Rays Power Innovation as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is
as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Devendra Dadhich jointly with Rays Power 1 0.01%
Infra Limited
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Rays Power Innovation for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations Nil 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.08 0.06 0.04
Profit after tax 2.47 (0.06) (0.04)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
39. Rohat Solar Park Private Limited (“Rohat Solar”)
Corporate Information
Rohat Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated May
17, 2022. The CIN of Rohat Solar is U40109RJ2022PTC081412, and its registered office is situated 65,
Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Jaipur-302001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Rohat Solar was incorporated as an SPV by Shining Sun Power Private Limited and is engaged in the
business of designing, developing, executing, managing, and operating solar power generation plant in the
state of Rajasthan, in accordance with the policy of the State Government of Rajasthan on solar energy.
Rohat Solar also establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting
infrastructure such as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to
manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes
training, education, housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with
government authorities. Additionally, Rohat Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution
systems, including infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged
in the trading and supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of
its memorandum of association.
412Capital Structure
The capital structure of Rohat Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Rohat Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Vaibhav Roongta (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Rohat Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.07 0.02 0.03
Profit after tax (0.07) (0.02) (0.03)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
40. RPIL Power One Private Limited (“RPIL Power One”)
Corporate Information
RPIL Power One was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
April 09, 2025. The CIN of RPIL Power One is U43222RJ2025PTC101693, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
RPIL Power One was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in designing, developing,
procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and parks to off-
takers across India for the supply of solar energy. RPIL Power One also establishes and manages integrated
solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water, roads, and
related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M contractors,
logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial and
community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, RPIL Power One
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
413Capital Structure
The capital structure of RPIL Power One as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of RPIL Power One as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for RPIL Power
One is not available as the company was incorporated on April 09, 2025.
41. RPIL Power Three Private Limited (“RPIL Power Three”)
Corporate Information
RPIL Power Three was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013,
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration
Centre, dated April 07, 2025. The CIN of RPIL Power Three is U43222RJ2025PTC101579, and its
registered office is situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001,
Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
RPIL Power Three was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of
designing, developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power
projects and parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. RPIL Power Three also
establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such
as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers,
EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, RPIL Power Three develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of RPIL Power Three as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
414Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of RPIL Power Three as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for RPIL Power
Three is not available as the company was incorporated on April 07, 2025.
42. Runicha Solar Park Private Limited (“Runicha Solar”)
Corporate Information
Runicha Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
October 22, 2019. The CIN of Runicha Solar is U74999RJ2019PTC066724, and its registered office is
situated at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Jaipur, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Runicha Solar was incorporated as an SPV by Shining Sun Power Private Limited and is engaged in the
business of designing, developing, executing, managing, and operating solar power generation plant in the
state of Rajasthan, in accordance with the policy of the State Government of Rajasthan on solar energy.
Runicha Solar also establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting
infrastructure such as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to
manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes
training, education, housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with
government authorities. Additionally, Runicha Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution
systems, including infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged
in the trading and supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of
its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Runicha Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Runicha Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
415Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Shashi Kant (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Runicha Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.06 0.02 0.01
Profit after tax (0.06) (0.02) (0.01)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
43. Sayala Solar Power Private Limited (“Sayala Solar”)
Corporate Information
Sayala Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
April 19, 2022. The CIN of Sayala Solar is U40106RJ2022PTC080864, and its registered office is situated
at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Sayala Solar was incorporated as an SPV by our Company and is engaged in the business of owning and
developing large scale renewable energy parks for wind, solar or hybrid power plants to be connected to
Power Grid Corporation of India Limited or state transmission company owned grid substations in
accordance with the policy of the State Government of Rajasthan, as authorized under the objects clause
of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Sayala Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Sayala Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Devendra Dadhich (nominee of Rays Power 1 0.01%
Infra Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
416Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Sayala Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.06 0.02 0.02
Profit after tax (0.06) (0.02) (0.02)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
44. Sedam Solar Power Private Limited (“Sedam Solar”)
Corporate Information
Sedam Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 16, 2025. The CIN of Sedam Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102862, and its registered office is situated
at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Sedam Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Sedam Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Sedam Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Sedam Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Sedam Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Sedam Solar is
not available as the company was incorporated on May 16, 2025.
41745. Shining Sun Power Private Limited (“Shining Sun Power”)
Corporate Information
Shining Sun Power was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013,
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Rajasthan at Jaipur, dated
November 19, 2014. The CIN of Shining Sun Power is U40104MH2014PTC267611, and its registered
office is situated at 1st-21, Evershine Mall North Meter Cabin Chincholi Bunder, Off Link Road, Malad
(West) Mumbai- 400 064, Maharashtra, India.
Nature of Business
Shining Sun Power is engaged in the business as manufacturers, developers, assemblers, dealers, importers,
exporters, traders, purchases, sellers, hire purchases, hires, contractor, sub-contractor, repairs of power
generating and distributing plants, turnkey power project, roof top solar projects, SPV, solar park,
equipment, operating including power from renewable energy sources and solar products. Shining Sun
Power is also engaged in research, design and develop, patent and publish novel concept design, develop
and manufacture the innovative energy generation and consumption products and install on-grid or off-
grid power plants using renewables sources. Additionally, Shining Sun Power also carries out business as
manufacturers, fabricators, processors, refiners, stockiest, agents, importers, wholesalers, distributors or
dealers of all types of transformers, transformer parts, plant and machinery and other types of non-
conventional sources of energy, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Shining Sun Power as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
1,000,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 10,000,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
444,607 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 4,446,070
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Shining Sun Power as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 444,597 99.99%
2. Ketan Mehta jointly with Rays Power Infra 10 0.01%
Limited
Total 444,607 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Shining Sun Power for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 887.30 1,125.86 248.72
Total expenses 823.79 898.83 126.55
Profit after tax 75.81 234.02 164.74
Equity share capital 4.45 5.92 5.92
41846. Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited (“Shining Sun Power Jaipur”)
Corporate Information
Shining Sun Power Jaipur was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013,
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration
Centre, dated May 26, 2017. The CIN of Shining Sun Power Jaipur is U40300RJ2017PTC058136, and its
registered office is situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur- 302 001,
Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Shining Sun Power Jaipur is engaged in the business of designing and engineering, developing, procuring,
supplying, constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining renewable and non-renewable energy
projects for electric power generation, solar power project, wind power plant, solar energy equipment and
thermal energy production, including industrial applications and uses and to promote, sponsor, incorporate,
hold and invest in subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures or collaborations in the form of companies, LLPs
and SPVs, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Shining Sun Power Jaipur as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
50,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 500,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Shining Sun Power Jaipur as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Ketan Mehta jointly with Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Shining Sun Power Jaipur for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations Nil 1.61 1.85
Total expenses 0.05 0.04 0.26
Profit after tax 0.01 1.64 17.85
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
41947. Sindhanpur Solar Power Private Limited (“Sindhanpur Solar”)
Corporate Information
Sindhanpur Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 16, 2025. The CIN of Sindhanpur Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102858, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Sindhanpur Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Sindhanpur Solar also establishes and
manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power,
water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies,
O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing,
commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally,
Sindhanpur Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for
evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power,
energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Sindhanpur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Sindhanpur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Sindhanpur
Solar is not available as the company was incorporated on May 16, 2025.
48. Sindhari Prime Solar Power Private Limited (“Sindhari Prime Solar”)
Corporate Information
Sindhari Prime Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013,
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration
Centre, dated April 20, 2025. The CIN of Sindhari Prime Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102029, and its
registered office is situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001,
Rajasthan, India.
420Nature of Business
Sindhari Prime Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of
designing, developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power
projects and parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Sindhari Prime Solar also
establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such
as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers,
EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, Sindhari Prime Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Sindhari Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Sindhari Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Sindhari Prime
Solar is not available as the company was incorporated on April 20, 2025.
49. Sinnal Solar Power Private Limited (“Sinnal Solar”)
Corporate Information
Sinnal Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
February 10, 2025. The CIN of Sinnal Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC099909, and its registered office is
situated at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Sinnal Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Sinnal Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
421and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Sinnal Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Sinnal Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Sinnal Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Lalit Kumar Mehta (nominee of Rays Power 1 0.01%
Infra Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Sinnal Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations Nil - -
Total expenses 0.02 - -
Profit after tax (0.02) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
50. Solaksha Solar Power Private Limited (“Solaksha Solar”)
Corporate Information
Solaksha Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 19, 2025. The CIN of Solaksha Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102925, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Solaksha Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Solaksha Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Solaksha
Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
422Capital Structure
The capital structure of Solaksha Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Solaksha Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Solaksha Solar
is not available as the company was incorporated on May 19, 2025.
51. Tiptur Solar Power Private Limited (“Tiptur Solar”)
Corporate Information
Tiptur Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated May
20, 2025. The CIN of Tiptur Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102992, and its registered office is situated at
Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Tiptur Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Tiptur Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Tiptur Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Tiptur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
42310,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Tiptur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Sanjay Dixit (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Tiptur Solar is
not available as the company was incorporated on May 20, 2025.
52. Tuticorin Solar Project Private Limited (“Tuticorin Solar”)
Corporate Information
Tuticorin Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 26, 2017. The CIN of Tuticorin Solar is U40100RJ2017PTC058130, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Tuticorin Solar is engaged in the business of designing and engineering, developing, procuring, supplying,
constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining renewable and non-renewable energy projects for
electric power generation and thermal energy production, including industrial applications and uses, as
authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Tuticorin Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
50,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 500,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Tuticorin Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Lalit Kumar Mehta jointly with Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited
Total 10,000 100.00%
424Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Tuticorin Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 1.81 0.53 0.00
Total expenses 0.35 0.02 0.01
Profit after tax 4.54 0.51 (0.01)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
53. Vannur Prime Solar Power Private Limited (“Vannur Prime Solar”)
Corporate Information
Vannur Prime Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013,
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration
Centre, dated May 22, 2025. The CIN of Vannur Prime Solar is U35105RJ2025PTC103078, and its
registered office is situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 30 2001,
Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Vannur Prime Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of
designing, developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power
projects and parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Vannur Prime Solar also
establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such
as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers,
EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, Vannur Prime Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Vannur Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Vannur Prime Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Shashi Kant (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
425Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Vannur Prime
Solar is not available as the company was incorporated on May 22, 2025.
54. Wadki Solar Power Private Limited (“Wadki Solar”)
Corporate Information
Wadki Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
April 29, 2025. The CIN of Wadki Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC102308, and its registered office is situated
at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 30 2001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Wadki Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Wadki Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Wadki Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Wadki Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Wadki Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Wadki Solar is
not available as the company was incorporated on April 29, 2025.
55. Yadgir Solar Power Private Limited (“Yadgir Solar”)
Corporate Information
Yadgir Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
426May 20, 2025. The CIN of Yadgir Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC103002, and its registered office is situated
at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 30 2001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Yadgir Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Yadgir Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Yadgir Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Yadgir Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Yadgir Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rays Power Infra Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Sanjay Dixit (nominee of Rays Power Infra 1 0.01%
Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the selected financial information for Yadgir Solar is
not available as the company was incorporated on May 20, 2025.
Step-down Subsidiaries
The details of our Step-down Subsidiaries are as follows:
1. Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited (“Annigeri Solar”)
Holding Company
Kolar Solar Power Private Limited is the holding company of Annigeri Solar.
Corporate Information
Annigeri Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
June 26, 2024. The CIN of Annigeri Solar is U35105RJ2024PTC095628, and its registered office is
situated at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
427Nature of Business
Annigeri Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing
and engineering, developing, procuring, supplying, constructing, commissioning, operating and
maintaining solar powered energy projects/park for sale and supply of generated solar power energy to off-
takers in accordance with the policy of the State Government of Karnataka. Annigeri Solar also establishes
and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land,
power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC
companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, Annigeri Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Annigeri Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Annigeri Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Kolar Solar Power Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Vaibhav Roongta (nominee of Kolar Solar 1 0.01%
Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Annigeri Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 - -
Total expenses 0.19 - -
Profit after tax (0.19) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
2. Bhalki Solar Power Private Limited (“Bhalki Solar”)
Holding Company
Kalgi Solar Power Private Limited is the holding company of Bhalki Solar.
Corporate Information
Bhalki Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
428August 7, 2024. The CIN of Bhalki Solar is U35105RJ2024PTC096511, and its registered office is situated
at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Bhalki Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing and
engineering, developing, procuring, supplying, constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining
solar powered energy projects/park for sale and supply of generated solar power energy to off-takers in
accordance with the policy of the State Government of Karnataka. Bhalki Solar also establishes and
manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power,
water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies,
O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing,
commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally,
Bhalki Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for
evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power,
energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Bhalki Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Bhalki Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Kalgi Solar Power Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Vaibhav Roongta (nominee of Kalgi Solar 1 0.01%
Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Bhalki Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 - -
Total expenses 0.65 - -
Profit after tax (0.65) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
3. Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited (“Bhankrota Solar”)
Holding Company
Rohat Solar Park Private Limited is the holding company of Bhankrota Solar.
429Corporate Information
Bhankrota Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 13, 2022. The CIN of Bhankrota Solar is U40106RJ2022PTC081384, and its registered office is
situated at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Jaipur-302001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Bhankrota Solar was incorporated as an SPV by Shining Sun Power Private Limited and is engaged in the
business to develop, execute, manage and run solar power generation plant, in the state of Rajasthan in
accordance with the policy of the State Government of Rajasthan on solar energy. Bhankrota Solar also
establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such
as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers,
EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, Bhankrota Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Bhankrota Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Bhankrota Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Rohat Solar Park Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Vaibhav Roongta (nominee of Rohat Solar Park 1 0.01%
Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Bhankrota Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.04 0.02 0.03
Profit after tax (0.04) (0.02) (0.03)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
4. Chittoor Solar Power Private Limited (“Chittoor Solar”)
Holding Company
430Chhittoor Prime Solar Power Private Limited is the holding company of Chittoor Solar.
Corporate Information
Chittoor Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
January 29, 2025. The CIN of Chittoor Solar is U35105RJ2025PTC099702, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Chittoor Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks to off-takers across India for the supply of solar energy. Chittoor Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Chittoor Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Chittoor Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Chittoor Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Chhittoor Prime Solar Power Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Lalit Kumar Mehta (nominee of Chhittoor 1 0.01%
Prime Solar Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Chittoor Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations Nil - -
Total expenses 0.04 - -
Profit after tax (0.04) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
4315. Dadur Solar Power Private Limited (“Dadur Solar”)
Holding Company
Hanur Solar Power Private Limited is the holding company of Dadur Solar.
Corporate Information
Dadur Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
December 21, 2021. The CIN of Dadur Solar is U40100RJ2021PTC078763, and its registered office is
situated at D-43, Janpath Shyam Nagar, Jaipur – 302 019, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Dadur Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and Rays Future Energy India Private Limited
and is engaged in the business of designing and engineering, developing, procuring, supplying,
constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining solar powered energy projects up to 50 MW of
capacity for sale and supply of generated solar power energy to off-takers in accordance with the policy of
the State Government of Karnataka, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Dadur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Dadur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Hanur Solar Power Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Yudhishthar Jalandra (nominee of Hanur Solar 1 0.01%
Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Dadur Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.09 0.02 0.02
Profit after tax (0.09) (0.02) (0.02)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
4326. Jagaluru Solar Power Private Limited (“Jagaluru Solar”)
Holding Company
Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited is the holding company of Jegaluru Solar.
Corporate Information
Jagaluru Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated July
4, 2024. The CIN of Jagaluru Solar is U35105RJ2024PTC095861, and its registered office is situated at
65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Jagaluru Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing
and engineering, developing, procuring, supplying, constructing, commissioning, operating and
maintaining solar powered energy projects/park for sale and supply of generated solar power energy to off-
takers in accordance with the policy of the State Government of Karnataka. Jagaluru Solar also establishes
and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land,
power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC
companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, Jagaluru Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Jagaluru Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Jagaluru Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited 9999 99.99%
2. Lalit Kumar Mehta (nominee of Jevargi Solar 1 0.01%
Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Jagaluru Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 - -
Total expenses 0.07 - -
Profit after tax (0.07) - -
433Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
7. Kengeri Solar Power Private Limited (“Kengeri Solar”)
Holding Company
Kenegri Prime Solar Private Limited is the holding company of Kengeri Solar.
Corporate Information
Kengeri Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
August 21, 2024. The CIN of Kengeri Solar is U35105RJ2024PTC096784, and its registered office is
situated at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Kengeri Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing
and engineering, developing, procuring, supplying, constructing, commissioning, operating and
maintaining solar powered energy projects/park for sale and supply of generated solar power energy to off-
takers in accordance with the policy of the State Government of Karnataka. Kengeri Solar also establishes
and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land,
power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC
companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, Kengeri Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Kengeri Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Kengeri Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Kenegri Prime Solar Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Kenegri Prime 1 0.01%
Solar Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Kengeri Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
434Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 - -
Total expenses 0.66 - -
Profit after tax (0.66) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
8. Koncha Solar Power Private Limited (“Koncha Solar”)
Holding Company
Koncha Prime Solar Power Private Limited is the holding company of Koncha Solar.
Corporate Information
Koncha Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
January 29, 2025. The CIN of Koncha Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC099701, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Koncha Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks across India for the supply of solar energy. Koncha Solar also establishes and manages integrated
solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water, roads, and
related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M contractors,
logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial and
community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Koncha Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Koncha Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Koncha Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Koncha Prime Solar Power Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Shashi Kant (nominee of Koncha Prime Solar 1 0.01%
Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Koncha Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
435(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations Nil - -
Total expenses 0.04 - -
Profit after tax (0.04) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
9. Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited (“Nilaj Solar”)
Holding Company
Nittur Solar Power Private Limited is the holding company of Nilaj Solar.
Corporate Information
Nilaj Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
November 17, 2021. The CIN of Nilaj Solar is U40200RJ2021PTC078205, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Jaipur - 302001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Nilaj Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and Rays Future Energy India Private Limited
and is engaged in the business of designing and engineering, developing, procuring, supplying,
constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining solar powered energy projects up to 300 MW of
capacity for sale and supply of generated solar power energy to off-takers in accordance with the policy
prevailing across India, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Nilaj Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Nilaj Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Nittur Solar Power Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Gangadhar Rao (nominee of Nittur Solar Power 1 0.01%
Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Nilaj Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.18 1.55 0.01
Profit after tax (0.18) 0.10 (0.01)
436Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
10. Raysalfa Power Private Limited (“Raysalfa Power”)
Holding Company
Wadki Solar Power Private Limited is the holding company of Raysalfa Power.
Corporate Information
Raysalfa Power was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
August 8, 2018. The CIN of Raysalfa Power is U40300DL2018PTC337333, and its registered office is
situated at 605, 6th Floor, Manjusha Building, 57, Nehru Place, South Delhi - 110 019, India.
Nature of Business
Raysalfa Power was incorporated as an SPV by our Company and is engaged in the business to undertake,
own, develop, build, finance, execute, commission, manage, operate and maintain solar photovoltaic and /
or renewable energy power plants under any Central or State government policy and/ or tenders in India at
any location in any state in India, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Raysalfa Power as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Raysalfa Power as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as
follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Wadki Solar Power Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Gangadhar Rao Undrakonda (nominee of Wadki 1 0.01%
Solar Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Raysalfa Power for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.16 0.02 0.01
Profit after tax (0.16) (0.02) (0.01)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
43711. Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited (“Sindhari Solar”)
Holding Company
Sindhari Prime Solar Power Private Limited is the holding company of Sindhari Solar.
Corporate Information
Sindhari Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
May 13, 2022. The CIN of Sindhari Solar is U40106RJ2022PTC081383, and its registered office is situated
at 27, Hare Krishna Regency, Rampura Road, Sukhiya, Sanganer, Jaipur - 302 029, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Sindhari Solar was incorporated as an SPV by Shining Sun Power Private Limited and is engaged in the
business to develop, execute, manage and run solar power generation plant, across India, in accordance
with the policy of the Government of India on solar energy. Sindhari Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Sindhari
Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Sindhari Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Sindhari Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Sindhari Prime Solar Power Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Vaibhav Roongta (nominee of Sindhari Prime 1 0.01%
Solar Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Sindhari Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.07 0.02 0.03
Profit after tax (0.07) (0.02) (0.03)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
43812. Sira Solar Power Private Limited (“Sira Solar”)
Holding Company
Dammur Solar Power Private Limited is the holding company of Sira Solar.
Corporate Information
Sira Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
August 7, 2024. The CIN of Sira Solar is U35105RJ2024PTC096524, and its registered office is situated
at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Sira Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing and
engineering, developing, procuring, supplying, constructing, commissioning, operating and maintaining
solar powered energy projects/park for sale and supply of generated solar power energy to off-takers in
accordance with the policy of the State Government of Karnataka. Sira Solar also establishes and manages
integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water,
roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M
contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial
and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Sira Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Sira Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Sira Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Dammur Solar Power Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Dharmendra Jain (nominee of Dammur Solar 1 0.01%
Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Sira Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 - -
Total expenses 0.18 - -
Profit after tax (0.18) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
43913. Tumkur Solar Power Private Limited (“Tumkur Solar”)
Holding Company
Sinnal Solar Power Private Limited is the holding company of Tumkur Solar.
Corporate Information
Tumkur Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
February 05, 2025. The CIN of Tumkur Solar is U43222RJ2025PTC099845, and its registered office is
situated at Plot No. 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Tumkur Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and is engaged in the business of designing,
developing, procuring, constructing, commissioning, operating, and maintaining solar power projects and
parks across India for the supply of solar energy. Tumkur Solar also establishes and manages integrated
solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such as land, power, water, roads, and
related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M contractors,
logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education, housing, commercial and
community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities. Additionally, Tumkur Solar
develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including infrastructure for evacuation
connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and supply of power, energy, and
carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Tumkur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Tumkur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Sinnal Solar Power Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Lalit Kumar Mehta (nominee of Sinnal Solar 1 0.01%
Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Tumkur Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations Nil - -
Total expenses 0.02 - -
Profit after tax (0.02) - -
Equity share capital 0.10 - -
44014. Vannur Solar Power Private Limited (“Vannur Solar”)
Holding Company
Vannur Prime Solar Power Private Limited is the holding company of Vannur Solar.
Corporate Information
Vannur Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to
a certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
April 27, 2021. The CIN of Vannur Solar is U40106RJ2021PTC074745, and its registered office is situated
at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Jaipur, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur - 302 001, Rajasthan, India.
Nature of Business
Vannur Solar was incorporated as an SPV of our Company and Rays Future Energy India Private Limited
and is engaged in the business to develop, execute, manage and run solar power generation plant, in the
state of Rajasthan in accordance with the policy of the State Government of Rajasthan on solar energy.
Vannur Solar also establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting
infrastructure such as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to
manufacturers, EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes
training, education, housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with
government authorities. Additionally, Vannur Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution
systems, including infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged
in the trading and supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of
its memorandum of association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Vannur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Vannur Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Vannur Prime Solar Power Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Shashi Kant (nominee of Vannur Prime Solar 1 0.01%
Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Vannur Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total expenses 0.06 0.02 0.01
Profit after tax (0.06) (0.02) (0.01)
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
44115. Vestin Solar Park Private Limited (“Vestin Solar”)
Holding Company
Shining Sun Power Private Limited is the holding company of Vestin Solar.
Corporate Information
Vestin Solar was incorporated as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013, pursuant to a
certificate of incorporation, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Central Registration Centre, dated
October 24, 2019. The CIN of Vestin Solar is U45309RJ2019PTC066762, and its registered office is
situated at 65, Sardar Patel Marg, C-Scheme, Jaipur, Ashok Nagar, Jaipur- 302 001, Rajasthan.
Nature of Business
Vestin Solar was incorporated as an SPV by Shining Sun Power Private Limited and is engaged in the
business to develop, execute, manage and run solar power generation plant, in the state of Rajasthan in
accordance with the policy of the State Government of Rajasthan on solar energy. Vestin Solar also
establishes and manages integrated solar and renewable energy parks with supporting infrastructure such
as land, power, water, roads, and related services, while providing ancillary facilities to manufacturers,
EPC companies, O&M contractors, logistics providers, and other users and undertakes training, education,
housing, commercial and community welfare activities in coordination with government authorities.
Additionally, Vestin Solar develops and operates transmission and distribution systems, including
infrastructure for evacuation connectivity to STU and/or CTU networks, and is engaged in the trading and
supply of power, energy, and carbon credits, as authorized under the objects clause of its memorandum of
association.
Capital Structure
The capital structure of Vestin Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Particulars Aggregate nominal value (in ₹)
Authorised share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital
10,000 equity shares of face value ₹ 10 each 100,000
Shareholding Pattern
The shareholding pattern of Vestin Solar as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as follows:
Percentage of the
Sl. Number of equity
Name of the shareholder total equity
No. shares held
shareholding (%)
1. Shining Sun Power Private Limited 9,999 99.99%
2. Lalit Kumar Mehta (nominee of Shining Sun 1 0.01%
Power Private Limited)
Total 10,000 100.00%
Selected Financial Information
Set out below are certain selected financial information of Vestin Solar for the last 3 Fiscals:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Revenue from operations 0.20 0.20 0.20
Total expenses 0.07 0.03 1.02
Profit after tax 0.05 0.16 0.83
442Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Equity share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
Accumulated Profits or Losses
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no accumulated profits or losses of any of our
Subsidiaries or Stepdown subsidiaries that have not been accounted for by our Company in the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information.
Common pursuits
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures are engaged in a similar
line of business as that of our Company and our Subsidiaries and Joint Venture sand accordingly there are certain
common pursuits amongst our Subsidiaries and our Company. However, there is no conflict of interest amongst
our Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures and our Company. Our Company will adopt necessary procedures and
practices as permitted by law and regulatory guidelines to address any conflict situations as and when they arise.
Business Interest in our Company
Except as disclosed in the sections titled “Our Business”, “History and Certain Corporate Matters”, and “Restated
Consolidated Financial Information” 317, 361 and 484, respectively, none of our Subsidiaries or step-down
subsidiaries have any business interest in our Company.
Other Confirmations
Listing
The equity shares of our Subsidiaries are not listed on any stock exchanges. Further, none of the securities of our
Subsidiaries have been refused listing by any stock exchange in India or abroad, and none of our Subsidiaries
failed to meet the listing requirements of any stock exchange in India or abroad.
Conflict of Interest
There is no conflict of interest between the lessors of immovable properties of our Company (which are crucial
for the operations of our Company) and any of our Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors.
There is no conflict of interest between the suppliers of raw materials and third-party service providers of our
Company (which are crucial for the operations of our Company) and any of our Subsidiaries or any of their
respective directors.
443OUR MANAGEMENT
In compliance with the Companies Act and our Articles of Association, our Company is required to have a
minimum of three Directors and not more than fifteen Directors, provided that our Company may appoint more
than fifteen directors after passing a special resolution in a general meeting of our Shareholders. As on the date of
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Board comprises of 6 (six) directors of which 1 (one) is the Chairperson
and Managing Director, 2 (two) are Whole-time Directors and 3 (three) are Independent Directors of which 1
(one) is a woman Independent Director. Our Company is in compliance with the corporate governance norms
prescribed under the SEBI Listing Regulations and the Companies Act, 2013 in relation to the composition of our
Board and constitution of committees thereof:
Details regarding our Board of Directors as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are set forth below:
Sr. Name, designation, address, occupation, Age Other Directorships
No date of birth, current term, period of (years)
directorship and DIN
(1) Ketan Mehta 37 Indian Companies
Designation: Chairperson and Managing • HOP Electric Mobility Private
Director Limited; and
• Mehta Family Trustee Private
Address: D- 43, Janpath, Shyam Nagar, Jaipur
Limited
302 019, Rajasthan, India
Foreign companies:
Occupation: Business
Date of birth: September 5, 1988 NIL
Current Term: Appointed for a period of five
years with effect from January 22, 2022 to
January 21, 2027, liable to retire rotation
Period of Directorship: Director since January
5, 2012
DIN: 03044292
(2) Pawan Kumar Sharma 38 Indian Companies
Designation: Whole-time Director • Radiantpeak Homes Private Limited
• Purehigh Homes Private Limited
Address: 64, Uday Nagar - B, Nirman Nagar,
• Enviablehomes Private Limited
Mansarover Metro Station, Jaipur 302 019,
• Mehta Family Trustee Private
Rajasthan, India
Limited
Occupation: Business
Date of birth: October 1, 1986 Foreign companies:
Current Term: Appointment for a period of NIL
five years with effect from January 22, 2022 to
January 21, 2027 and liable to retire by rotation
Period of Directorship: Director since
incorporation.
DIN: 02590092
(3) Sanjay Garudapally 45 Indian Companies
Designation: Whole-time Director • Garudapally Infrastructures Private
Limited; and
Address: 3-5-696, Flat No-103, Shivsadan
• Vibecoderz Labs Private Limited
Apts, Vittal Wadi, Behind Telegu Academy,
444Sr. Name, designation, address, occupation, Age Other Directorships
No date of birth, current term, period of (years)
directorship and DIN
Himayathnagar, Hyderabad 500 029, Andhra
Pradesh, India Foreign companies:
Occupation: Business NIL
Date of birth: January 5, 1980
Current Term: Appointment for a period of
five years with effect from January 22, 2022 to
January 21, 2027
Period of Directorship: Director since January
5, 2012
DIN: 02329378
(4) Rashmi Bafna 56 Indian Companies
Designation: Independent Director NIL
Address: P 39, Madhuvan West II, Kisan Foreign companies:
Marg, In lane opposite Ankit Medical Store,
NIL
Tonk Road, Jaipur 302 015, Rajasthan, India
Occupation: Professional
Date of birth: April 15, 1969
Current Term: For a term of 5 years with
effect from October 16, 2023
Period of Directorship: Director since
October 16, 2023
DIN: 10326490
(5) Mahendra Kumar Singh 62 Indian Companies
Designation: Independent Director • Shining Sun Power Private Limited.
Address: Flat No. 703, Tower No. C-5, PWO
Foreign companies:
Housing Society, Sector- 43, Gurgaon 122
009, Haryana, India NIL
Occupation: Professional
Date of birth: October 7, 1962
Current Term: For a term of 5 years with
effect from October 16, 2023
Period of Directorship: Director since
October 16, 2023
DIN: 08989333
(6) Akhilesh Kumar Jain 65 Indian Companies
Designation: Independent Director • Insolation Energy Limited;
• RMC Green Energy Private
Address: 93/9, Tulsi Marg, Vijay Path,
Limited;
Mansarover, Jaipur, 302 020, Rajasthan, India
• RMC Solar Park Private Limited;
• RMC Switchgears Limited; and
445Sr. Name, designation, address, occupation, Age Other Directorships
No date of birth, current term, period of (years)
directorship and DIN
Occupation: Business • GP ECO Solutions India Limited.
Date of Birth: March 15, 1960
Foreign companies:
Term: For a term of 5 years commencing from
October 16, 2023 NIL
Period of Directorship: Director since
October 16, 2023
DIN: 03466588
Brief profiles of our Directors
Ketan Mehta, aged 37 years, is the Chairperson and Managing Director of our Company. He has been associated
with our Company since January 5, 2012. He was appointed as the Managing Director of the Company on January
23, 2017 and was appointed as the Chairperson of the Company pursuant to a resolution passed by our Board in
its meeting dated December 23, 2023 with effect from December 14, 2023. He holds a bachelors’ degree in
technology in civil engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee. He is responsible for the
strategic planning, design, and development activities of projects, stakeholder engagement by building and
maintaining partnerships with clients, contractors, suppliers, and investors; supervising financial and banking
matters including project financing, budgeting, fund management and maintaining strong relationships with
financial institutions and performance monitoring by setting performance benchmarks, monitoring progress, and
implementing corrective actions of our Company. He has an experience of more than 13 years in the solar power
industry. Prior joining our Company, he was not associated with any other organisation. He has been conferred
the accolade of “30 Under 30 – Asia - Industry, Manufacturing & Energy” by Forbes Magazine in 2017. He has
also been awarded the “Young Entrepreneur Award”, and “Entrepreneur of the Year” award by the Indian
Achievers Forum in the year 2016 and “CEO of the Year” award by Business Leader of the Year in the 2021.
Pawan Kumar Sharma, aged 38 years, is a Whole-time Director on the Board of our Company. He has been
associated with our Company since its incorporation. He holds a bachelors’ degree of technology in civil
engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee. He has over 14 years of experience in execution
of solar projects. He is responsible in leading the planning and development activities, and implementation of
several renewable energy projects in our Company. Prior joining our Company, he was not associated with any
other organisation. He has been conferred the “Business and Leadership Award” in 2024 at the Rajasthan Annual
Solar Awards 2024, “Entrepreneur of the Year Award” by Silicon India in the year 2017 and the “Most Influential
Leader” award by Solar Quarter and Visionary of the year-2022 by Solar Quarter.
Sanjay Garudapally, aged 45 years, is a Whole-time Director on the Board of our Company. He has been
associated with our Company since January 5, 2012. He has completed a bachelors in commerce from the Osmania
University. He is responsible for the site operations for solar projects, and water pipeline projects, leading
installation, commissioning, and maintenance activities and communicating with clients, contractors, and
suppliers of our Company. He has over 13 years of experience in the solar industry. Prior joining our Company,
he was not associated with any other organisation.
Rashmi Bafna, aged 56 years, is an Independent Director of the Company. She has passed the bachelors’ degree
in science (honours) and master’s degree in commerce from University of Rajasthan. She is an associate member
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. She has been associated with our Company since October 16,
2023. Currently, she is also associated with M L Mehta & Co. as partner and has more than 19 years of experience
in the field of audit, taxation etc.
Mahendra Kumar Singh, aged 62 years, is an Independent Director of the Company. He holds a bachelors’
degree in engineering (electrical branch in electronics and power) from Nagpur University, Nagpur. He has been
associated with our Company since October 16, 2023. Previously, he was deputed to Bihar Grid Company Limited
as the managing director by the Power Grid Corporation of India Limited for two years.
Akhilesh Kumar Jain, aged 65 years, is an Independent Director of the Company. He has been a Director of the
Company since October 16, 2023. He holds a bachelors’ degree in engineering (electrical branch) from University
446of Rajasthan, Jaipur, a doctorate in business administration (Honoris Causa) from Commonwealth University,
Belize City and a diploma in marketing and sales management from Rajendra Prasad Institute of Communication
and Management, Bhartiya Vidya Bhavan, Bombay. Previously, he was associated with Rajasthan Electronics &
Instruments Limited, Jaipur (REIL) as managing director and was superannuated from the post of the managing
director on March 31, 2020. Additionally, he was also entrusted with an additional charge to be appointed as the
CMD, HSL/SSL for six months with effect from April 1, 2019 and additional charge as the chairman and
managing director, Instrumentation Limited, Kota for three months. He has over 10 years of experience.
Relationship between our Promoters, Directors, Promoter Group and Key Managerial Personnel or Senior
Management
Except as disclosed below, none of the Directors are related to each other, or to any of our Promoters and members
of our Promoter Group, Key Managerial Personnel or Senior Management of the Company.
Sr. No. Name of Promoters Relationship
1. Ketan Mehta and Sweta Mehta Husband-wife
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma and Richa Sharma Husband-wife
3. Sanjay Garudapally and Shruthi Gupta Garudapally Husband-wife
For relationship between our Directors and members of our Promoter Group, please see section titled “Our
Promoter- Promoter Group” on page 468.
None of the other shareholders other than the Promoter Group, are related to our Promoters, members of our
Promoter Group, Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management.
Terms of appointment of the Executive Directors of our Company.
Managing Director
Terms of appointment of Ketan Mehta:
Ketan Mehta is the Chairperson and Managing Director of our Company and has been associated with our
Company since January 5, 2012. He was appointed as the Managing Director of our Company pursuant to the
resolution passed by our Board in its meeting dated January 23, 2017 and was further re-appointed as the
Managing Director of our Company on December 31, 2021 for a period of five years with effect from January 22,
2022 to January 21, 2027. He was appointed as the Chairperson of the Company pursuant to a resolution passed
by our Board in its meeting dated December 23, 2023 with effect from December 14, 2023. The terms and
conditions were approved by the Board in their meeting held on December 31, 2021. Thereafter, the particulars
of his remuneration were revised pursuant to an agreement entered into between the Company and Ketan Mehta
dated December 23, 2023, which was effective from April 1, 2023. The details of remuneration and perquisites
payable to him during the term of his office, include the following with effect from April 1, 2023:
Category Annual remuneration (₹in millions)
Basic Salary 2.11
HRA 1.06
Gratuity 0.10
Group Medical 0.02
Insurance
Other Special 2.11
Allowance
Total CTC 5.40
Other Perquisites and • Medical benefits: Payments / reimbursement of medical expenses incurred
Benefits for self and family (including premium paid on mediclaim/health insurance
policies, whether in India or abroad) in accordance with the rules of the
Company;
• Leave travel allowance/assistance: Two paid holidays foreign trips for self
and family per year;
• Club fees: Actual (maximum of three clubs including admission fees and life
membership fees if any);
447• Insurance premium: The Company will pay insurance premium on life,
health, personal accidental and travel in India or abroad;
• Contribution to provident fund and superannuation Fund: As per the rules
framed under the Company’s relevant schemes and applicable statutory
provisions, if any, from time to time;
• Gratuity: As per the rules of the Company as applicable time to time
• Leave encashment: 30 days annual leave with full pay and allowance with all
benefits and amenities as per the rules of the Company. Accumulation as well
as encashment of un-availed earned privilege leave will be permissible in
accordance with the rules of the Company;
• Accommodation: Accommodation in five star hotels;
• Other perquisites, benefits & allowance(s): As per rules of the Company as
may be available to other senior executives of the Company and/or as may be
decided by the Board of Directors based on approval, if any, accorded by the
Nomination and Remuneration Committee;
• Car/communication facilities: Two cars, driver and fuel paid by the
Company.
Explanation(s):
a) Family mentioned above means the spouse and dependant children of the
Managing Director.
b) The said perquisites and allowances shall be evaluated, wherever applicable,
as per the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and rules framed thereunder
or any statutory modification(s) or re-enactment(s) thereof. In the absence of
any such rules, perquisites and allowances shall be evaluated at actual cost.
c) The Company’s contribution to or provision for provident fund, pension
including National Pension Scheme (NPS), superannuation or annuity fund, to
the extent these either singly or put together are not taxable under the Income
Tax Act, 1961, gratuity payable at the rate not exceeding half a month’s salary
for each completed year of service and encashment of un availed accumulated
privilege leave at the end of the tenure, as per the relevant rules of the
Company, shall not be included in the computation of the ceiling on
remuneration which includes basic salary, performance linked bonus and/or
special allowance, allowances and perquisites/benefits, etc.
d) For the purpose of payment of gratuity, Company’s contribution to
superannuation or annuity fund and leave encashment benefits, the services of
Ketan Mehta will be considered continuous service with the Company from
the date he joined the services of associate/sister concern(s) or this Company
in any capacity from time to time and termination of this agreement followed
by an immediate renewal thereof or execution of a fresh agreement will not be
considered as any break in the service.
• The Managing Director shall be entitled to be paid/reimbursed by the
Company all travelling, board and lodging during business trips not below the
five star hotel accommodation, entertainment and other out of pocket business
promotion expenses, costs, charges and expenses as may be incurred by him
for the purpose of or on behalf of the Company. Expenses including travelling,
board and lodging relating to spouse accompanying on any official domestic
and overseas business trips or other facilities, if any, shall be dealt with in
accordance with practices and rules of the Company as applicable from time
to time. The Managing Director would also be entitled to any other benefits or
privileges as may be available to other senior executives of the Company
including but not limited to Social/housing loan(s) as per rules of the Company
as applicable from time to time. The Company has Directors’ and Officers’
liability insurance and shall maintain such cover for the entire term of
Managing Director’s appointment.
448Whole- time Directors
Pawan Kumar Sharma:
Pawan Kumar Sharma is the Whole-time Director of our Company and has been associated with our Company
since its incorporation. He was appointed as the Whole-time Director of our Company pursuant to the resolution
passed by our Board in its meeting dated December 31, 2021 for a period of five years with effect from January
22, 2022 to January 21, 2027. Thereafter, the particulars of his remuneration were revised pursuant to an
agreement entered into between the Company and Pawan Kumar Sharma dated December 23, 2023 which was
effective from April 1, 2023. The details of remuneration and perquisites payable to him during the term of his
office, include the following with effect from April 1, 2023:
Category Annual Remuneration (₹in millions)
Basic Salary 3.16
HRA 1.58
Gratuity 0.15
Group Medical 0.02
Insurance
Other Special 1.58
Allowance
Total CTC 6.50
Other Perquisites and • Medical benefits: Payments / reimbursement of medical expenses incurred
Benefits for self and family (including premium paid on mediclaim/health insurance
policies, whether in India or abroad) in accordance with the rules of the
Company;
• Leave travel allowance/assistance: Two paid holidays foreign trips for self
and family per year;
• Club fees: Actual (maximum of three clubs including admission fees and life
membership fees if any);
• Insurance premium: The Company will pay insurance premium on life,
health, personal accidental and travel in India or abroad;
• Contribution to provident fund and superannuation fund: As per the rules
framed under the Company’s relevant schemes and applicable statutory
provisions, if any, from time to time;
• Gratuity: As per the rules of the Company as applicable time to time
• Leave encashment: 30 days annual leave with full pay and allowance with all
benefits and amenities as per the rules of the Company. Accumulation as well
as encashment of un-availed earned privilege leave will be permissible in
accordance with the rules of the Company;
• Accommodation: Accommodation in five star hotels;
• Other perquisites, benefits & allowance(s): As per rules of the Company as
may be available to other senior executives of the Company and/or as may be
decided by the Board of Directors based on approval, if any, accorded by the
Nomination and Remuneration Committee;
• Car/communication facilities: Two cars, driver and fuel paid by the
Company.
Explanation(s):
a) Family mentioned above means the spouse and dependant children of the
Whole-Time Director.
b) The said perquisites and allowances shall be evaluated, wherever applicable,
as per the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and rules framed thereunder
or any statutory modification(s) or re-enactment(s) thereof. In the absence of
any such rules, perquisites and allowances shall be evaluated at actual cost.
c) The Company’s contribution to or provision for provident fund, pension
including National Pension Scheme (NPS), superannuation or annuity fund, to
the extent these either singly or put together are not taxable under the Income
Tax Act, 1961, gratuity payable at the rate not exceeding half a month’s salary
for each completed year of service and encashment of un availed accumulated
449privilege leave at the end of the tenure, as per the relevant rules of the
Company, shall not be included in the computation of the ceiling on
remuneration which includes basic salary, performance linked bonus and/or
special allowance, allowances and perquisites/benefits, etc.
d) For the purpose of payment of gratuity, Company’s contribution to
superannuation or annuity fund and leave encashment benefits, the services of
Pawan Kumar Sharma will be considered continuous service with the
Company from the date he joined the services of associate/sister concern(s) or
this Company in any capacity from time to time and termination of this
agreement followed by an immediate renewal thereof or execution of a fresh
agreement will not be considered as any break in the service.
• The Whole-Time Director shall be entitled to be paid/reimbursed by the
Company all travelling, board and lodging during business trips not below the
five star hotel accommodation, entertainment and other out of pocket business
promotion expenses, costs, charges and expenses as may be incurred by him
for the purpose of or on behalf of the Company. Expenses including travelling,
board and lodging relating to spouse accompanying on any official domestic
and overseas business trips or other facilities, if any, shall be dealt with in
accordance with practices and rules of the Company as applicable from time
to time. The Whole-Time Director would also be entitled to any other benefits
or privileges as may be available to other senior executives of the Company
including but not limited to social/housing loan(s) as per rules of the Company
as applicable from time to time. The Company has Directors’ and Officers’
liability insurance and shall maintain such cover for the entire term of Whole-
Time Director’s appointment.
Sanjay Garudapally:
Sanjay Garudapally is the Whole-time Director our Company and has been associated with our Company since
January 5, 2012. He was appointed as the Whole-time Director of our Company pursuant to the resolution passed
by our Board in its meeting dated December 31, 2021 for a period of five years with effect from January 22, 2022
to January 21, 2027. Thereafter, the particulars of his remuneration were revised pursuant to an agreement entered
into between the Company and Sanjay Garudapally dated December 23, 2023 which was effective from April 1,
2023. The details of remuneration and perquisites payable to him during the term of his office, include the
following with effect from April 1, 2023:
Category Annual Remuneration (₹in millions)
Basic Salary 3.16
HRA 1.58
Gratuity 0.15
Medical Insurance 0.02
Other Special 1.58
Allowance
Total CTC 6.50
Perquisites • Medical benefits: Payments / reimbursement of medical expenses incurred
for self and family (including premium paid on mediclaim/health insurance
policies, whether in India or abroad) in accordance with the rules of the
Company;
• Leave travel allowance/assistance: Two paid holidays foreign trips for self
and family per year;
• Club fees: Actual (maximum of three clubs including admission fees and life
membership fees if any);
• Insurance premium: The Company will pay insurance premium on life,
health, personal accidental and travel in India or abroad;
• Contribution to provident fund and superannuation fund: As per the rules
framed under the Company’s relevant schemes and applicable statutory
provisions, if any, from time to time;
• Gratuity: As per the rules of the Company as applicable time to time
• Leave encashment: 30 days annual leave with full pay and allowance with all
benefits and amenities as per the rules of the Company. Accumulation as well
450as encashment of un-availed earned privilege leave will be permissible in
accordance with the rules of the Company;
• Accommodation: Accommodation in five star hotels;
• Other perquisites, benefits & allowance(s): As per rules of the Company as
may be available to other senior executives of the Company and/or as may be
decided by the Board of Directors based on approval, if any, accorded by the
Nomination and Remuneration Committee;
• Car/communication facilities: Two cars, driver and fuel paid by the
Company.
Explanation(s):
a) Family mentioned above means the spouse and dependant children of the
Whole-Time Director.
b) The said perquisites and allowances shall be evaluated, wherever applicable,
as per the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and rules framed thereunder
or any statutory modification(s) or re-enactment(s) thereof. In the absence of
any such rules, perquisites and allowances shall be evaluated at actual cost.
c) The Company’s contribution to or provision for provident fund, pension
including National Pension Scheme (NPS), superannuation or annuity fund, to
the extent these either singly or put together are not taxable under the Income
Tax Act, 1961, gratuity payable at the rate not exceeding half a month’s salary
for each completed year of service and encashment of un availed accumulated
privilege leave at the end of the tenure, as per the relevant rules of the
Company, shall not be included in the computation of the ceiling on
remuneration which includes basic salary, performance linked bonus and/or
special allowance, allowances and perquisites/benefits, etc.
d) For the purpose of payment of gratuity, Company’s contribution to
superannuation or annuity fund and leave encashment benefits, the services of
Sanjay Garudapally will be considered continuous service with the Company
from the date he joined the services of associate/sister concern(s) or this
Company in any capacity from time to time and termination of this agreement
followed by an immediate renewal thereof or execution of a fresh agreement
will not be considered as any break in the service.
• The Whole-Time Director shall be entitled to be paid/reimbursed by the
Company all travelling, board and lodging during business trips not below the
five star hotel accommodation, entertainment and other out of pocket business
promotion expenses, costs, charges and expenses as may be incurred by him
for the purpose of or on behalf of the Company. Expenses including travelling,
board and lodging relating to spouse accompanying on any official domestic
and overseas business trips or other facilities, if any, shall be dealt with in
accordance with practices and rules of the Company as applicable from time
to time. The Whole-Time Director would also be entitled to any other benefits
or privileges as may be available to other senior executives of the Company
including but not limited to social/housing loan(s) as per rules of the Company
as applicable from time to time. The Company has Directors’ and Officers’
liability insurance and shall maintain such cover for the entire term of Whole-
Time Director’s appointment.
Terms of appointment of our Independent Directors
Pursuant to the resolution passed by our Board of Directors on October 16, 2023, our Independent Directors are
entitled to receive (i) sitting fees of ₹ 35,000 for attending each meeting of our Board, and (ii) sitting fees of ₹
25,000/- for attending each meeting of the committees of the Board of Directors with effect from October 16,
2023.
451Payment or benefit to Directors of our Company
In Fiscal 2025, our Company has not paid any compensation or granted any benefit on an individual basis to any
of our Directors other than the remuneration in terms of their appointment as disclosed below and sitting fees paid
to them for such period. The remuneration that was paid to our Directors in Fiscal 2025 is as follows:
a) Executive Directors
The details of the remuneration paid to our Executive Directors in Fiscal 2025 is set forth below:
(₹ in million)
Sl. No. Name of the Executive Directors Total remuneration
1. Ketan Mehta 5.30
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma 6.35
3. Sanjay Garudapally 6.35
b) Independent Directors
The details of the sitting fees paid to our Independent Director in Fiscal 2025 is set out below:
(₹ in million)
Sl. No. Name of the Independent Directors Sitting fees
1. Rashmi Bafna 0.75
2. Mahendra Kumar Singh 0.72
3. Akhilesh Kumar Jain 0.55
Remuneration paid or payable to our Directors by our Subsidiaries
Except for Mahendra Kumar Singh, the Independent Director of our Company, who is also a Director in our
Material Subsidiary i.e, Shining Sun Power Private Limited, none of our Directors have received or were entitled
to receive any remuneration, sitting fees or commission including contingent or deferred compensation from any
of our Subsidiaries for Fiscal 2025.
Bonus or profit-sharing plan of the Directors
Our Company does not have any performance linked bonus or a profit-sharing plan for our Directors.
Contingent and deferred compensation payable to our Directors
There is no contingent or deferred compensation payable to our Directors for Fiscal 2025, which does not form
part of their remuneration.
Arrangement or understanding with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others
None of our Directors have any arrangement or understanding with our major shareholders, customers, suppliers
or others pursuant to which any of our Directors were appointed on our Board.
Shareholding of Directors in our Company
Our Articles of Association do not require our Directors to hold any qualification shares.
Except as disclosed below, as on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, none of our Directors hold any Equity
Shares in our Company:
S.No. Name of Director Number of Equity Shares of Percentage of shareholding on a
face value of ₹2 held fully diluted basis (%)
1. K etan Mehta 86,290,162 30.15
2. P awan Kumar Sharma 46,740,505 16.33
3. S anjay Garudapally 46,740,505 16.33
Service contracts with Directors
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the Company has not entered into any service contracts with
any of its Directors, which provide for benefits upon termination of employment.
452Appointment of relatives of our Directors to any office or place of profit
Except as stated below, none of the relatives of our Directors hold any office or place of profit in our Company.
S. Name of the relative Relationship with our Director Designation in our Company
No.
1. Shweta Mehta Spouse of Ketan Mehta (Chairperson and Deputy General Manager –
Managing Director) Contracts
2. Richa Sharma Spouse of Pawan Kumar Sharma Manager – General Management
(Whole-time Director)
3. Prashant Sharma Brother-in-law of Pawan Kumar Sharma Manager – Project Management
(Whole-time Director) Office
4. Sonali Mehta Sister of Ketan Mehta (Chairperson and Senior Manager – Contracts
Managing Director)
Interests of Directors
All our Independent Directors may be deemed to be interested to the extent of sitting fees and commission, if any,
payable to them for attending meetings of our Board of Directors and committees thereof. Our Executive Director
may be deemed to be interested to the extent of remuneration and reimbursement of expenses, if any, payable to
them.
As of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, some of our Directors and Promoters are interested in certain
Group Companies, and Promoter Group Company that are engaged in the same business as ours. Sanjay
Garudapally, our Promoter and Whole-time Director is associated as directors of Garudapally Infrastructures
Private Limited, our Group Company and a member of the Promoter Group, which is engaged in the same line of
business as our Company. In order to avoid any instances of conflict of interest, our Company has entered into an
agreement dated September 29, 2025 (the “Non-Compete Agreement”) with Garudapally Infrastructures Private
Limited, Sanjay Garudapally, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally, Garudapally Family Trust, Ketan Mehta and Pawan
Kumar Sharma (collectively “Restricting Parties”). Pursuant to the Non-Compete Agreement, the parties to the
Non-Compete Agreement, have mutually decided to avoid overlap and commercial conflict, whether actual,
perceived or potential, pursuant to which, the Restricting Parties shall not undertake any business activities which
directly or indirectly in any manner whatsoever, competes with our Company.
Except as disclosed above, none of our Directors may be deemed to be interested in the contracts, transactions,
agreements or arrangements entered into or to be entered into by our Company with any company in which they
hold directorships or partnership firm in which they are partners as declared in their respective capacity.
Our Directors may also be regarded as interested in the Equity Shares held by them or by their relatives, if any,
or held by the entities in which they are associated as partners, promoter, directors, proprietors, members or
trustees, or that may be subscribed by or allotted to the companies, firms and trusts, in which they are interested
as directors, members, partners, trustees and promoter, pursuant to this Offer. Our Directors may also be deemed
to be interested to the extent of any dividend payable to them and other distributions in respect of such Equity
Shares, if any, held by them.
No sum has been paid or agreed to be paid to our Directors or to firms or companies in which they may be
members, in cash or shares or otherwise by any person either to induce him/ her to become, or to qualify him / her
as a Director, or otherwise for services rendered by him/ her or by such firm or company, in connection with the
promotion or formation of our Company.
(i) Interest in the promotion or formation of our Company
Except for Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar Sharma and Sanjay Garudapally who are the Promoters of our Company,
none of our Directors have interest in the promotion or formation of our Company as of the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus.
(ii) Interest in Property
Other than our Corporate Office situated at Imperia Mindspace Office 2A, 6th Floor, Sector 62, Gurugram- 122
101, Haryana, India which is acquired from one of our Promoter and Whole-time Director i.e Sanjay Garudapally
in the Fiscal 2025, none of our Promoters have any interest, whether direct or indirect, in any property acquired
by our Company within the preceding three years from the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or proposed
453to be acquired by it as on the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or in any transaction by our
Company for acquisition of land, construction of building or supply of machinery.
Further, except as disclosed below, our Directors do not have any direct or indirect interest in any property that
our Company has taken on lease:
Sl. Office Address Name of the Nature of interest Amount of
No. lessor lease rent paid
for the Fiscal
2025
(₹ in million)
1. D-43, Janpath Shyam Nagar, Jaipur – Sarita Mehta Lessor is mother of our 1.5
302 019, Rajasthan, India Chairperson and Managing
Director, Ketan Mehta
2. Plot No 64, Uday Nagar B, Richa Spouse of our Whole-time 0.6
Mansarovar, Jaipur 302020 Sharma Director, Pawan Kumar
Sharma
3. Flat No PH 1b, (Triplex), on 19th, SC Land Our Chairperson and 5.1
20th and 21st Tower C-01 (also Facilitator Managing Director, Ketan
known as Tower FE-01), initially and Mehta and one of our
known as MGE-2, TW-01) Aggregators Promoter, Sweta Mehta are
LLP designated partners in SC
Land Facilitator and
Aggregators LLP
(iii) Loans to Directors
Our Directors have not availed any loans from our Company.
(iv) Business Interest
Except as disclosed in “Restated Consolidated Financial Information – Note 51– Related Party Disclosures” on
page 549, and to the extent of shareholding in our Company, if any, our Directors do not have any other interest
in the business of our Company.
(v) Payment of benefits (non-salary related)
Other than as disclosed in “Restated Consolidated Financial Information – Note 51 – Related Party Disclosures”
on page 549, no amount or benefit has been paid or given within the two years preceding the filing of this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus or is intended to be paid to pay or give to any of our Directors except the normal
remuneration for services rendered as Directors.
Changes in our Board in the last three years
The changes in our Board during the three years immediately preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus are set forth below:
Date of appointment/
Sl. No. Name Reason for change
change/ cessation
1. Rashmi Bafna October 16, 2023 Appointment as an Independent Director
2. Mahendra Kumar October 16, 2023 Appointment as an Independent Director
Singh
3. Akhilesh Kumar Jain October 16, 2023 Appointment as an Independent Director
Borrowing Powers of our Board
In accordance with the Articles of Association and section 180 (1) (c) of the Companies Act, 2013 and pursuant
to a resolution of our Board of Directors dated September 30, 2024 and a special resolution passed by our members
at the Annual General Meeting dated September 30, 2024, our Board is authorized to borrow any sum or sums of
money(ies) from any one or more banks, Indian and foreign financial institutions and other persons, firms, bodies
corporate for the purposes of the Company's business upon such terms and conditions and with or without security
as the Board may in its discretion think fit, notwithstanding that the money or monies to be borrowed by the
454Company together with the money already borrowed (apart from the temporary loans obtained or to be obtained
from time to time from the Company's bankers in the ordinary course of business) and remaining outstanding at
any point of time may exceed the aggregate of the Company's paid-up share capital, free reserves and its security
premium that is to say, reserves not set apart for any specific purpose(s), provided that the total amount of money
or monies so borrowed by the Company and which shall remain outstanding at any given point of time shall not
exceed ₹ 15,000 million.
Confirmations
None of our Directors is or was a director of any listed company during the five years immediately preceding the
date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, whose shares have been or were suspended from being traded on any
stock exchange during the term of their directorship in such company.
None of our Directors is or was a director of any listed company which has been or was delisted from any stock
exchange during the term of their directorship in such company.
None of our Directors have been identified as wilful defaulters or fraudulent borrowers, as defined under the SEBI
ICDR Regulations.
None of our Directors is or was a director of any company whose name was or has been struck off from the
registrar of companies under Section 248 of the Companies Act, 2013.
There is no conflict of interest between the suppliers of raw materials and third-party service providers (which are
crucial for operations of our Company) and our Directors.
There is no conflict of interest between the lessor of immovable properties (which are crucial for operations of
our Company) leased to the Company and our Directors:
Corporate Governance
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Board comprises of 6 (six) directors of which 3 (three)
are Executive Directors and 3 (three) are Independent Directors of which 1 (one) is a woman Independent Director.
The provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 along with the SEBI Listing Regulations with respect to corporate
governance will be applicable to our Company immediately upon the listing of our Equity Shares with the Stock
Exchanges. Our Company is in compliance with the corporate governance norms prescribed under the SEBI
Listing Regulations, the Companies Act, 2013, in respect of the constitution of the Board of Directors and
committees thereof, and formulation and adoption of policies, as applicable. Our Company undertakes to take all
necessary steps to continue to comply with all applicable requirements of the SEBI Listing Regulations and the
Companies Act, 2013.
Committees of our Board
In terms of the SEBI Listing Regulations and the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, our Company has
constituted the following committees of the Board:
1. Audit Committee;
2. Nomination and Remuneration Committee;
3. Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee; and
4. Corporate Social Responsibility Committee.
5. Risk Management Committee
For the purposes of the Offer, our Board has also constituted an IPO Committee.
(1) Audit Committee
The Audit Committee was constituted by way of circular resolution passed by our Board of Directors on
November 6, 2023. The composition and terms of reference are in compliance with Section 177 of the Companies
Act, 2013 and Regulation 18 of the SEBI Listing Regulations.
The members of the Audit Committee are:
Sl. Name of Director Designation Category
No.
1. R ashmi Bafna Chairperson Independent Director
4552. M ahendra Kumar Singh Member Independent Director
3. K etan Mehta Member Chairperson and Managing Director
The Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of our Company shall act as secretary to the Audit Committee.
The terms of reference of the Audit Committee are as follows:
Powers of the Audit Committee
The powers of the Audit Committee shall include the following:
a. to investigate any activity within its terms of reference;
b. to seek information from any employee;
c. to obtain outside legal or other professional advice;
d. to secure attendance of outsiders with relevant expertise, if it considers necessary; and
e. such other powers as may be prescribed under the Companies Act and SEBI Listing Regulations.
Role of the Audit Committee
The role of the Audit Committee shall include the following:
a. oversight of financial reporting process and the disclosure of financial information relating to the Company
to ensure that the financial statements are correct, sufficient and credible;
b. recommendation for appointment, re-appointment, replacement, remuneration and terms of appointment
of auditors of the Company and the fixation of the audit fee;
c. approval of payment to statutory auditors for any other services rendered by the statutory auditors;
d. formulation of a policy on related party transactions, which shall include materiality of related party
transactions;
e. reviewing, at least on a quarterly basis, the details of related party transactions entered into by the Company
pursuant to each of the omnibus approvals given;
f. examining and reviewing, with the management, the annual financial statements and auditor's report
thereon before submission to the Board for approval, with particular reference to:
1. Matters required to be included in the director’s responsibility statement to be included in the
Board’s report in terms of clause (c) of sub-section 3 of section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013;
2. Changes, if any, in accounting policies and practices and reasons for the same;
3. Major accounting entries involving estimates based on the exercise of judgment by management;
4. Significant adjustments made in the financial statements arising out of audit findings;
5. Compliance with listing and other legal requirements relating to financial statements;
6. Disclosure of any related party transactions; and
7. Modified opinion(s) in the draft audit report.
g. reviewing, with the management, the quarterly, half-yearly and annual financial statements before
submission to the Board for approval;
h. reviewing, with the management, the statement of uses / application of funds raised through an issue (public
issue, rights issue, preferential issue, etc.), the statement of funds utilized for purposes other than those
stated in the Offer document / prospectus / notice and the report submitted by the monitoring agency
monitoring the utilisation of proceeds of a public or rights issue, and making appropriate recommendations
to the Board to take up steps in this matter;
i. reviewing and monitoring the auditor’s independence and performance, and effectiveness of audit process;
456j. approval of any subsequent modification of transactions of the Company with related parties and omnibus
approval for related party transactions proposed to be entered into by the Company, subject to the
conditions as may be prescribed;
Explanation: The term “related party transactions” shall have the same meaning as provided in Clause
2(zc) of the SEBI Listing Regulations and/or applicable Accounting Standard and/or the Companies Act.
k. scrutiny of inter-corporate loans and investments;
l. valuation of undertakings or assets of the Company, wherever it is necessary;
m. evaluation of internal financial controls and risk management systems;
n. reviewing with the management, performance of statutory and internal auditors, adequacy of the internal
control systems;
o. reviewing the adequacy of internal audit function, if any, including the structure of the internal audit
department, staffing and seniority of the official heading the department, reporting structure coverage and
frequency of internal audit;
p. discussion with internal auditors of any significant findings and follow up there on;
q. reviewing the findings of any internal investigations by the internal auditors into matters where there is
suspected fraud or irregularity or a failure of internal control systems of a material nature and reporting the
matter to the Board;
r. discussion with statutory auditors before the audit commences, about the nature and scope of audit as well
as post-audit discussion to ascertain any area of concern;
s. recommending to the board of directors the appointment and removal of the external auditor, fixation of
audit fees and approval for payment for any other services;
t. looking into the reasons for substantial defaults in the payment to depositors, debenture holders, members
(in case of non-payment of declared dividends) and creditors;
u. reviewing the functioning of the whistle blower mechanism;
v. monitoring the end use of funds raised through public offers and related matters;
w. overseeing the vigil mechanism established by the Company, with the chairman of the Audit Committee
directly hearing grievances of victimization of employees and directors, who used vigil mechanism to
report genuine concerns in appropriate and exceptional cases;
x. approval of appointment of chief financial officer (i.e., the whole-time finance Director or any other person
heading the finance function or discharging that function) after assessing the qualifications, experience and
background, etc. of the candidate;
y. reviewing the utilization of loans and/or advances from / investment by the holding company in the
subsidiary exceeding ₹ 1,000,000,000 or 10% of the asset size of the subsidiary, whichever is lower
including existing loans / advances / investments existing;
z. carrying out any other functions required to be carried out as per the terms of reference of the Audit
Committee as contained in the SEBI Listing Regulations or any other applicable law, as and when amended
from time to time;
aa. consider and comment on rationale, cost-benefits and impact of schemes involving merger, demerger,
amalgamation etc., on the Company and its members;
457bb. to review compliance with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of
Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015, at least once in a financial year and shall verify that the systems for
internal control under the said regulations are adequate and are operating effectively;
cc. Such roles as may be prescribed under the Companies Act, SEBI Listing Regulations and other applicable
provisions and/ or delegated by the Board of the Company.
dd. Approve all related party transactions and subsequent material modifications
ee. Approve and adopt the key performance indicators (“KPIs”) of the Company to be disclosed in the draft
red herring prospectus, red herring prospectus and prospectus to be filed for the proposed initial public
offering of the Company.
ff. Further, the Audit Committee shall mandatorily review the following information:
(a) Management discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;
(b) Management letters / letters of internal control weaknesses issued by the statutory auditors;
(c) Internal audit reports relating to internal control weaknesses;
(d) The appointment, removal and terms of remuneration of the chief internal auditor;
(e) Statement of deviations in terms of the SEBI Listing Regulations;
(i) quarterly statement of deviation(s) including report of monitoring agency, if applicable,
submitted to stock exchange(s) where the Equity Shares are proposed to be listed in terms of
Regulation 32(1) of the SEBI Listing Regulations; and
(ii) annual statement of funds utilised for purposes other than those stated in the offer
document/prospectus/notice in terms of Regulation 32(7) of the SEBI Listing Regulations.
(f) Review the financial statements, in particular, the investments made by any unlisted subsidiary.
(2) Nomination and Remuneration Committee
The Nomination and Remuneration committee was constituted by way of circular resolution passed by our Board
of Directors on November 6, 2023. The composition and terms of reference are in compliance with Section 178
of the Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation 19 of the SEBI Listing Regulations.
The members of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee are:
Sl. No. Name of Director Designation Category
1. Mahendra Kumar Singh Chairperson Independent Director
2. Rashmi Bafna Member Independent Director
3. Akhilesh Kumar Jain Member Independent Director
The Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of our Company shall act as secretary to the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee. The composition, scope and function and terms of reference of the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee are in accordance with Section 178 of the Companies Act, 2013, read with Regulation
19 of the SEBI Listing Regulations. Its terms of reference are as follows:
1. Formulation of the criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a director
and recommend to the board of directors of the Company (the “Board” or “Board of Directors”) a policy
relating to the remuneration of the directors, key managerial personnel and other employees
(“Remuneration Policy”).
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee, while formulating the above policy, should ensure that:
a. the level and composition of remuneration be reasonable and sufficient to attract, retain and
motivate directors of the quality required to run our Company successfully;
458b. relationship of remuneration to performance is clear and meets appropriate performance
benchmarks; and
c. remuneration to directors, key managerial personnel and senior management involves a balance
between fixed and incentive pay reflecting short-term and long-term performance objectives
appropriate to the working of the Company and its goals.
2. Formulation of criteria for evaluation of performance of independent directors and the Board;
3. Devising a policy on Board diversity;
4. Identifying persons who are qualified to become directors and who may be appointed as senior
management in accordance with the criteria laid down, and recommend to the Board their appointment and
removal and carrying out effective evaluation of performance of Board, its committees and individual
directors (including independent directors) to be carried out either by the Board, by the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee or by an independent external agency and review its implementation and
compliance;
5. Analysing, monitoring and reviewing various human resource and compensation matters;
6. Deciding whether to extend or continue the term of appointment of the independent director, on the basis
of the report of performance evaluation of independent directors;
7. Determining the Company’s policy on specific remuneration packages for executive directors including
pension rights and any compensation payment, and determining remuneration packages of such directors;
8. Recommending to the board, all remuneration, in whatever form, payable to senior management and other
staff, as deemed necessary;
9. Reviewing and approving the Company’s compensation strategy from time to time in the context of the
then current Indian market in accordance with applicable laws;
10. Perform such functions as are required to be performed by the compensation committee under the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations,
2021, if applicable;
11. Frame suitable policies, procedures and systems to ensure that there is no violation of securities laws,
amended from time to time, including:
a. the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015; and
b. the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices
relating to the Securities Market) Regulations, 2003, by the trust, the Company and its employees, as
applicable.
12. Administering monitoring and formulating detailed terms and conditions the employee stock option
scheme/ plan approved by the Board and the members of the Company in accordance with the terms of
such scheme/ plan (“ESOP Scheme”), if any;
13. Construing and interpreting the ESOP Scheme and any agreements defining the rights and obligations of
the Company and eligible employees under the ESOP Scheme, and prescribing, amending and/ or
rescinding rules and regulations relating to the administration of the ESOP Scheme;
14. Perform such other activities as may be delegated by the Board or specified/ provided under the Companies
Act, 2013 to the extent notified and effective, as amended or by the Securities and Exchange Board of
India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, as amended or by any other
applicable law or regulatory authority.
15. For every appointment of an independent director, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee shall
evaluate the balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board and on the basis of such evaluation,
prepare a description of the role and capabilities required of an independent director. The person
459recommended to the Board for appointment as an independent director shall have the capabilities identified
in such description. For the purpose of identifying suitable candidates, the Committee may:
a. use the services of an external agencies, if required;
b. consider candidates from a wide range of backgrounds, having due regard to diversity; and
c. consider the time commitments of the candidates.
16. Carrying out any other functions required to be carried out by the Nomination and Remuneration
Committee as contained in the SEBI Listing Regulations or any other applicable law, as and when amended
from time to time.
(3) Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee
The Stakeholders’ Relationship committee was constituted by way of circular resolution passed by our Board of
Directors on November 6, 2023. The composition and terms of reference of the Stakeholders’ Relationship
Committee are in compliance with Section 178 of the Companies Act, 2013 and Regulation 20 of the SEBI Listing
Regulations.
The members of the Stakeholders Relationship Committee are:
Sl. No. Name of Director Designation Category
1. Akhilesh Kumar Jain Chairperson Independent Director
2. Ketan Mehta Member Chairperson and Managing Director
3. Sanjay Garudapally Member Whole-time Director
The terms of reference of the Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee are as follows:
a. Resolving the grievances of the security holders of the listed entity including complaints related to transfer
/ transmission of shares, non-receipt of annual report, non-receipt of declared dividends, issue of
new/duplicate certificates, general meetings etc.;
b. Review of measures taken for effective exercise of voting rights by members;
c. Reviewing adherence to the service standards adopted by the Company in respect of services rendered by
the Registrar & Share Transfer Agent;
d. Review of the various measures and initiatives taken by the Company to reduce the quantum of unclaimed
dividends and ensure timely receipt of dividend warrants/annual reports/statutory notices by the
shareholders; and
e. Resolving grievances of debenture holders related to creation of charge, payment of interest/principal,
maintenance of security cover, and any other covenants.
(4) Corporate Social Responsibility Committee
The Corporate Social Responsibility Committee was constituted by our Board at their meeting held on June 4,
2016 and reconstituted on November 16, 2023. and its composition and terms of reference are in compliance with
Section 135 and other applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. The Corporate Social Responsibility
Committee currently comprises of:
Sl. No. Name of Director Designation Category
1. Ketan Mehta Chairperson Chairperson and Managing Director
2. Rashmi Bafna Member Independent Director
3. Sanjay Garudapally Member Whole-time Director
4. Pawan Kumar Sharma Member Whole-time Director
The Corporate Social Responsibility Committee shall be authorised to perform the following functions:
a. formulate and recommend to the Board, a “Corporate Social Responsibility Policy” which shall indicate
the activities to be undertaken by the Company as specified in Schedule VII of the Companies Act, 2013
460and the rules made thereunder, as amended, monitor the implementation of the same from time to time,
and make any revisions therein as and when decided by the Board;
b. identify corporate social responsibility policy partners and corporate social responsibility policy
programmes;
c. review and recommend the amount of expenditure to be incurred on the activities referred to in clause (a)
and the distribution of the same to various corporate social responsibility programs undertaken by the
Company;
d. delegate responsibilities to the corporate social responsibility team and supervise proper execution of all
delegated responsibilities;
e. review and monitor the implementation of corporate social responsibility programmes and issuing
necessary directions as required for proper implementation and timely completion of corporate social
responsibility programmes;
f. any other matter as the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee may deem appropriate after approval
of the Board or as may be directed by the Board, from time to time; and
g. exercise such other powers as may be conferred upon the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee in
terms of the provisions of Section 135 of the Companies Act.
(5) Risk Management Committee
The Risk Management Committee was constituted by the circular resolution passed by our Board on September
13, 2025 and pursuant to the provisions of Regulation 21 of the SEBI Listing Regulations. The Risk Management
Committee currently comprises of:
Sl. No. Name of Director Designation Category
1. Ketan Mehta Chairperson Chairperson and Managing Director
2. Akhilesh Kumar Jain Member Independent Director
3. Sanjay Garudapally Member Whole-time Director
4. Pawan Kumar Sharma Member Whole-time Director
The Risk Management Committee shall be authorised to perform the following functions:
(1) Review, assess and formulate the risk management system and policy of the Company from time to time
and recommend for an amendment or modification thereof, which shall include:
(a) A framework for identification of internal and external risks specifically faced by the listed entity, in
particular including financial, operational, sectoral, sustainability (particularly ESG-related risks),
information, cyber security risks or any other risk as may be determined by the Committee;
(b) measures for risk mitigation including systems and processes for internal control of identified risks;
(c) business continuity plan.
(1) To ensure that appropriate methodology, processes and systems are in place to monitor and evaluate risks
associated with the business of the Company.
(2) To monitor and oversee implementation of the risk management policy, including evaluating the adequacy
of risk management systems;
(3) To periodically review the risk management policy, at least once in two years, including by considering the
changing industry dynamics and evolving complexity;
(4) To implement and monitor policies and/or processes for ensuring cyber security
(5) To coordinate its activities with other committees, in instances where there is any overlap with activities of
other committees constituted by the Board, as per the framework laid down by the Board;
461(6) To keep the board of directors informed about the nature and content of its discussions, recommendations
and actions to be taken;
(7) To keep the board of directors informed about the nature and content of its discussions, recommendations
and actions to be taken;
(8) The appointment, removal and terms of remuneration of the Chief Risk Officer (if any) shall be subject to the
review by the Risk Management Committee.
(9) To perform such other activities as may be delegated by the Board and/or prescribed under any law to be
attended to by the Risk Management Committee.
Management Organization Chart
Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management
In addition to Ketan Mehta, who is the Managing Director, Pawan Kumar Sharma and Sanjay Garudapally who
are the Whole-Time Directors of the Company, the following are the details of our Key Managerial Personnel as
on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. For details of the brief profile of our Executive Director please
see “- Brief Profiles of our Directors” on page 446.
Brief Profiles of the Key Managerial Personnel
Ashish Jain, aged 38 years, is the Chief Financial Officer of our Company. He has been associated with our
Company since June 10, 2015. He holds a bachelor’s degree in commerce from the Commerce College, Jaipur,
University of Rajasthan. He is an associate member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. He has
over 13 (thirteen) years of experience in accounts and finance. He is responsible for leading the finance
department, overseeing financial planning, reporting, compliance, and risk management. His role ensures
profitability, transparency, and supports strategic decision-making through accurate financial insights. Prior to
joining our Company, he was associated with Exicom Tele-Systems Limited, Jaipur Textile Industries, Back
Office IT Solutions Private Limited and Videocon Industries Limited. The remuneration paid to him during Fiscal
2025 was ₹ 3.36 million.
Deepak Jangid, aged 31 years, is the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of the Company. He has been
associated with our Company since December 15, 2017, and was appointed as the Company Secretary and
Compliance Officer of the Company with effect from September 21, 2023. He is responsible in overseeing
462statutory and regulatory compliance, supports the Board in governance matters, and manages legal and secretarial
functions. His role includes handling board/committee meetings, regulatory filings, and advising on corporate
governance and compliance frameworks. He is an associate member of the Institute of Company Secretaries of
India and has passed the bachelors’ degree in commerce and bachelor’s degree in law from the University of
Rajasthan, Jaipur*. He has over 7 (seven) years of experience in secretarial and legal compliance department of
our Company. Prior to joining our Company, he was associated with Teamlease Services Limited. The
remuneration paid to him during Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 1.91 million.
*Deepak Jangid has not been able to locate his degree certificate and has provided the marksheet and an affidavit in relation to his degree.
Senior Management of our Company
In addition to Ashish Jain, the Chief Financial Officer of our Company and Deepak Jangid, the Company Secretary
and Compliance Officer of our Company, whose details are provided in “- Brief Profiles of our Directors Key
Managerial Personnel of our Company” on page 462, the details of our other Senior Management as of the date
of this date of Draft Red Herring Prospectus are set forth below:
Vaibhav Roongta, aged 44 years, is the Chief Business Officer - Business Development and Sales of the
Company. He has been associated with our Company since July 2, 2018. He is responsible for leading the business
development strategy to drive revenue growth and market expansion. The role focuses on client acquisition,
strategic partnerships, and building strong stakeholder relationships. He also ensures achievement of business
targets while guiding and mentoring the business development team. He holds a bachelors’ degree in commerce
from Narsee Monjee College of Commerce and Economics, University of Mumbai. He has completed a post
graduate programme in management from Indian School of Business, Hyderabad. He is also an associate member
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India*. The remuneration paid to him during Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 7.71
million.
* Vaibhav Roongta has not been able to locate his certificate of membership and has provided the final examination certificate and an affidavit
in relation to his degree.
Rajneesh Kushwaha Singh, aged 42 years, is the Vice President - SAP & IT department of the Company. He
has been associated with our Company since August 1, 2018. He is responsible for leading the technology, ERP
(SAP), and administrative operations, ensuring efficient IT systems, digital transformation, and smooth office
management. His role aligns information technology and administrative functions with business objectives while
optimizing cost and productivity He holds a bachelor’s degree in engineering (civil) from Amravati University,
Amravati. He has completed the post graduate programme in project management from National Institute of
Construction Management and Research and has also completed Internal Auditors Training Programme on
Integrated Management System (ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007) organised by TUV
India Private Limited. Prior to joining our Company, he was associated with Mahindra Industrial Park Private
Limited, Sobha Developers Limited and N. G. Sheshagiri Rao & Associates. The remuneration paid to him during
Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 2.82 million.
Rajan Mukesh Balani, aged about 38 years, is the Assistant Vice President - Supply Chain Management of the
Company. He has been associated with our Company since November 20, 2024. He is responsible for overseeing
end-to-end supply chain operations, including procurement, logistics, inventory, and distribution. His role focuses
on optimizing cost, efficiency, and service levels while ensuring compliance and aligning operations with business
objectives. He holds a bachelor’s degree in engineering (electrical) from A. D. Patel Institute of Technology,
Sardar Patel University and holds a masters’ degree in business administration from the Institute of Chartered
Financial Analysts of India University (ICFAI), Tripura. He has over 16 years of experience. Prior to joining our
Company, he was associated with Sunsure Energy Private Limited, CB&I India Private Limited McDermott
International Limited and Mundra Petrochem Limited. The remuneration paid to him during Fiscal 2025 was ₹
1.84 million.
Narendra Singh Gohil, aged 37 years, is the Assistant Vice President – Electrical of the Company. He has been
associated with our Company since April 1, 2011. He is responsible for leading the design and electrical teams,
overseeing project designs, technical specifications, and compliance with industry standards. His role ensures
timely, cost-effective project delivery while implementing quality, safety, and engineering best practices. He holds
a bachelor’s degree in technology (electronics and communication engineering) from Arya, College of
Engineering and Information Technology, Jaipur, Rajasthan Technical University, Kota. He has over 14 (fourteen)
years of experience. He has not worked in any organisation prior to joining our Company. The remuneration paid
to him during Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 3.40 million.
Vijay Singh, aged 42 years, is the Assistant Vice President - Projects – HO of the Company. He has been
463associated with our Company since July 21, 2025. He is responsible for overseeing on-site project execution,
ensuring timely, cost-effective, and quality delivery. His role manages coordination among teams, monitors
progress, ensures compliance, and mentors site staff for efficient project completion. He holds a technician
engineers membership, from the Institution of Civil Engineers, India. Further, he also holds the project
management professional credential from Project Management Institute and has completed course on Green Belt
program on Lean Six Sigma Methodology from StarAgile. He has over 13 (thirteen) years of experience. Prior
joining our Company, he was associated with Mahindra Susten Private Limited, Clean Max Enviro Energy
Solutions Private Limited and Larsen & Toubro, Saudi Arabia LLC. Since he joined in Fiscal 2026, the
remuneration paid to him during Fiscal 2025 was ₹ Nil.
Parikshit Tripathy, aged about 51 years, is the Head-Engineering, Project Management & Construction – Project
Construction (HO) of the Company. He has been associated with our Company since October 22, 2024. His role
oversees planning, execution, risk management, and compliance while mentoring teams and coordinating with
stakeholders. He holds a bachelors’ degree in electrical engineering from Sambalpur University, Odisha. He has
over 30 (thirty) years of experience. Prior joining our Company, he was associated with Larsen & Toubro Limited,
ABB Limited, ABB Substation Contracting India Private Limited and Linxon India Private Limited (previously
known as KHEOPS EPC Substation Projects India Private Limited). The remuneration paid to him during Fiscal
2025 was ₹ 3.02 million.
Sanjay Dixit, aged about 53 years, is the Vice President – Project Construction (HO) of the Company. He has
been associated with our Company since August 6, 2024. He is responsible for leading engineering and
construction projects, ensuring timely, cost-effective, and quality delivery. His role oversees project planning,
execution, risk management, and coordination with cross-functional teams while mentoring project managers. He
holds a bachelor’s degree in engineering (mechanical) from Amravati University, Amravati. He holds a post
graduate diploma in plastics engineering from Central Institute of Plastic Engineering and Technology and holds
a masters’ degree in business administration from Sikkim Manipal University, Gangtok, Sikkim. He has over 6
(six) years of experience. Prior joining our Company, he was associated with H.G. Infra Engineering Limited,
Falcon Technologies International LLC, Moser Baer India Limited, Jackson Engineer Limited, Set Sanyi Elentrik-
Tesisat Taahut Ve Ticaret India Private Limited and ETA Engineering Private Limited. The remuneration paid to
him during Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 2.38 million.
Jitendra Mishra, aged about 42 years, is the Assistant Vice President – Projects (HO) of the Company. He has
been associated with our Company since April 30, 2015. He is responsible for leading assigned projects, ensuring
timely, cost-effective, and quality delivery. The role oversees project planning, execution, risk management, and
coordination with cross-functional teams while mentoring project managers and teams. He holds a diploma in
electrical engineering from the Board of Technical Education, Rajasthan, Jodhpur. He has over 6 (six) years of
experience. Prior to joining our Company, he was associated with DS Engineering. The remuneration paid to him
during Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 3.21 million.
Lalit Kumar Mehta, aged about 65 years, is the Vice President - Corporate Affairs of the Company. He has been
associated with our Company since September 10, 2011. He is responsible for leading engineering and
construction projects, ensuring timely, cost-effective, and quality delivery. His role oversees project planning,
execution, risk management, and coordination with cross-functional teams while mentoring project managers. He
holds a bachelor’s degree in commerce from University of Indore. He has over 19 (nineteen) years of experience.
Prior joining our Company, he was associated with Genpact India. The remuneration paid to him during Fiscal
2025 was ₹ 2.53 million.
Mukul Mathur, aged about 47 years, is the CHRO - Human Resources of the Company. He has been associated
with our Company since November 18, 2024. He is responsible for overseeing talent acquisition, employee
engagement, performance management, learning & development, and compliance. His role drives HR strategies
aligned with business goals, fosters a positive work culture, and ensures organizational growth and workforce
capability. He holds a certificate in planning and industrial entrepreneurship from Indian Institute of Planning and
Management, Delhi. Further, he has also completed certificate program on strategic human resources leadership
from Cornell University, a certificate examination on mutual fund distributors from National Institute of Securities
Market, and senior executive development program from XLRI. He has over 2 (two) years of experience. Prior
joining our Company, he was associated with VRKP Ispat Private Limited and CJ Darcl Logistics Limited. The
remuneration paid to him during Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 1.98 million.
Baiju Sainul Abdeen, aged about 41 years, is the Assistant General Manager - Quality of the Company. He has
been associated with our Company since July 11, 2024. He is responsible for leading quality, health, safety, and
464environmental functions, ensuring compliance with standards and regulations. His role drives continuous
improvement, risk management, training, and integration of QHSE practices across the Company. He holds a
bachelor’s degree in technology (electrical and electronics) from Faculty of Engineering and Technology,
Mahatma Gandhi University, Kottayam. He has 14 (fourteen) years of experience. Prior joining our Company, he
was associated with Kerala State Electricity Board, Spanberk Contractors & Consultants Private Limited, Larsen
& Toubro . The remuneration paid to him during Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 1.69 million.
Om Dutt Vashisht, aged about 40 years, is the Chief Procurement Officer of the Company. He has been
associated with our Company since May 1, 2024. He is responsible for leading procurement for the manufacturing
unit, overseeing sourcing of materials, vendor management, contract negotiations, and cost optimization. The role
ensures supply chain efficiency, compliance, and alignment with production and business objectives. He holds a
bachelors’ degree in technology (mechanical engineering) from Sri Sai College of Engineering & Technology,
Badhani, Punjab Technical University and has completed post graduate programme in general management from
Bahratiya Vidya Bhavan’s S. P. Jain Institute of Management and Research, Mumbai, India. He has 14 (fourteen)
years of experience. Prior joining our Company, he was associated with International Tractors Limited and Honda
Cars India Limited. The remuneration paid to him during Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 4.15 million.
Relationship among Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management
None of the Key Managerial Personnel or Senior Management are related to each other.
Contingent or deferred compensation payable to Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management
There is no contingent or deferred compensation payable to our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior
Management, which does not form a part of their remuneration.
Status of Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management
All the Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management are permanent employees of our Company.
Shareholding of Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management
Except as disclosed below, none of our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management hold any Equity Shares
as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
S.No. Name of KMP/SMP Number of Equity Shares of Percentage of shareholding on a
face value of ₹2 held fully diluted basis (%)
1. Deepak Jangid 6,375 Negligible
For shareholding of our Executive Directors, please see “- Shareholding of Directors in our Company” on page
452.
Arrangement or understanding with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others
None of our Key Managerial Personnel or Senior Management have been selected pursuant to any arrangement
or understanding with our major shareholders, customers, suppliers of our Company, or others.
Remuneration paid or payable to our Key Managerial Personnel or Senior Management by our
Subsidiaries
None of our Key Managerial Personnel or Senior Management have received or were entitled to receive any
remuneration, including contingent or deferred compensation from any of our Subsidiaries for Fiscal 2025.
Bonus or profit-sharing plans
None of the Key Managerial Personnel or Senior Management are party to any bonus or profit-sharing plan of our
Company and its Subsidiaries.
Service contracts with Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management
No officer of our Company, including the Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management have entered into
a service contract with our Company pursuant to which they are entitled to any benefits upon termination of
employment.
465There is no conflict of interest between the suppliers of raw materials and third-party service providers (which are
crucial for operations of our Company) and our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management except as
disclosed “- Confirmations” on page 455.
There is no conflict of interest between the lessor of the immovable properties (which are crucial for operations
of our Company) and our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management. Except as disclosed “-
Confirmations” on page 455, for Ketan Mehta, who is the Managing Director, as well as for Pawan Kumar Sharma
and Sanjay Garudapally who are the Whole-Time Directors of our Company.
Loans to Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management
Except as disclosed below, none of our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management have availed any loans
from our Company as of July 31, 2025.
(₹ millions)
Name and Designation Amount of loan availed
Deepak Jangid, Company Secretary and Compliance Officer ₹ 0.41 million
Retirement and termination benefits
Except applicable statutory benefits, none of our Key Managerial Personnel or Senior Management would receive
any benefits on their retirement or on termination of their employment with our Company.
Interests of Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management
Except as disclosed in the “- Interests of Directors” on page 453, our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior
Management of our Company do not have any interests in our Company other than of the extent of the
remuneration or benefits to which they are entitled to as per the terms of appointment and reimbursement of
expenses incurred by them during the ordinary course of business. The Key Managerial Personnel and Senior
Management may also be deemed to be interested to the extent of any dividend payable to them and other
distributions in respect of Equity Shares held by them in our Company. Our Key Managerial Personnel, and Senior
Management may be interested to the extent of employee stock options that may be granted to them from time to
time under the Rays Power Infra Limited Employee Stock Option Scheme-2020 and any other employee stock
option schemes that may be formulated by our Company from time to time.
None of the Key Managerial Personnel or Senior Management have been paid any consideration of any nature
from our Company on whose rolls they are employed, other than their remuneration.
Changes in our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management in the three immediately preceding
years
Except as below and as disclosed in the “- Changes in our Board in the last three years” on page 454, the changes
in our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management in the three immediately preceding years to the date of
this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are as follows:
Sl. Designation
Name Date of Change Reason for change
No.
1. Deepak Jangid Company Secretary and September 21, Change in designation
Compliance officer 2023
2. Ashish Jain Chief Financial Officer September 21, 2023 Appointment
3. Rajan Mukesh Assistant Vice President – November 20, 2204 Appointment
Balani Supply Chain Management
4. Vijay Singh Assistant Vice President - July 21, 2025 Appointment
Projects (HO)
5. Om Dutt Chief Procurement Officer May 1, 2024 Appointment
Vashisht
6. Baiju Sainul Assistant General Manager - July 11, 2024 Appointment
Abdeen Quality
466Sl. Designation
Name Date of Change Reason for change
No.
7. Parikshit Head of Engineering, Project October 22, 2024 Appointment
Tripathy Management & Construction –
Project Construction (HO)
8. Sanjay Dixit Vice President – Project August 6, 2024 Appointment
Construction (HO)
9. Mukul Mathur Chief Human Resources Officer November 18, 2024 Appointment
Attrition of Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management vis-à-vis industry
The attrition rate of our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management of our Company is not as high as
compared to our peers.
Payment or Benefit to Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management of our Company
No non-salary amount or benefit has been paid or given or is intended to be paid or given to any of our Company’s
employees including the Key Managerial Personnel or Senior Management within the two preceding years.
Employee Stock Option
For details on the ESOP Scheme and employee stock options held by our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior
Management, see the section titled “Capital Structure – Equity shares issued under employee stock option
schemes” on page 136.
467OUR PROMOTERS AND PROMOTER GROUP
The Promoters of our Company are Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar Sharma, Sanjay Garudapally, Sweta Mehta,
Richa Sharma, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally, Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited, Mehta Family Trust, Sharma
Family Trust and Garudapally Family Trust.
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Promoters’ shareholding in our Company is as follows:
Sl. Name of the Promoter No. of Equity Shares held % of Pre-Offer
No. (Face Value of ₹2 each) Equity Share Capital
on a fully diluted
basis
1. Ketan Mehta 86,290,162 30.15
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma 46,740,505 16.33
3. Sanjay Garudapally 46,740,505 16.33
4. Sweta Mehta 75 Negligible
5. Richa Sharma 75 Negligible
6. Shruthi Gupta Garudapally 75 Negligible
7. Mehta Family Trust 36,981,498 12.92
8. Sharma Family Trust 20,031,645 7.00
9. Garudapally Family Trust 20,031,645 7.00
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, one of our Promoter i.e. Mehta Family Trustee Private
Limited, do not hold any Equity Shares in our Company, and accordingly, the shareholding of Mehta Family
Trustee Private Limited has not been shown in above table.
For details of the build-up of the Promoters’ shareholding in our Company, see the section titled “Capital
Structure-History of the share capital held by our Promoters and members of Promoter Group” on page 140.
A. Details of Our Individual Promoters
Ketan Mehta
Ketan Mehta (DIN: 03044292), aged 37 (thirty-seven) years, is
one of our Promoters and is also the Chairperson and Manging
Director of our Company.
Date of birth: September 5, 1988.
Address: D- 43, Janpath, Shyam Nagar, Jaipur 302 019,
Rajasthan, India
His permanent account number is AOWPM7556F.
For complete profile of Ketan Mehta, along with details of his
educational qualifications, professional experience, position /
posts held in the past, directorships held, and business and
financial activities, other directorships, other ventures and
special achievements, please see the section titled “Our
Management – Brief profiles of our Directors” on page 446.
468Pawan Kumar Sharma
Pawan Kumar Sharma (DIN: 02590092), aged 38 (thirty-eight)
years, is one of our Promoter and is a Whole-time Director of our
Company.
Date of birth: October 1, 1986
Address: 64, Uday Nagar - B, Nirman Nagar, Mansarovar Metro
Station, Jaipur 302 019, Rajasthan, India
His permanent account number is BRZPS5244R.
For complete profile of Pawan Kumar Sharma along with details
of his educational qualifications, professional experience,
position / posts held in the past, directorships held, and business
and financial activities, other directorships, other ventures and
special achievements, please see the section titled “Our
Management – Brief profiles of our Directors” on page 446.
Sanjay Garudapally
Sanjay Garudapally (DIN: 02329378), aged 45 (forty-five)
years, is one of our Promoter and a Whole-time Director our
Company.
Date of birth: January 5, 1980
Address: 3-5-696, Flat No-103, Shivsadan Apts, Vittal Wadi,
Behind Telegu Academy, Himayathnagar, Hyderabad 500029,
Andhra Pradesh, India.
His permanent account number is AIOPG2124K.
For complete profile of Sanjay Garudapally along with details of
his educational qualifications, professional experience, position
/ posts held in the past, directorships held, and business and
financial activities, other directorships, other ventures and
special achievements, please see the section titled “Our
Management – Brief profiles of our Directors” on page 446.
Sweta Mehta
Sweta Mehta, aged 32 (thirty-two) years, is one of the Promoter
of our Company. She holds a bachelors’ degree in commerce
from University of Mumbai and is an associate member of the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. She has been
associated with our Company since September 01, 2017, in the
capacity of deputy general manager.
Date of birth: September 7, 1993
Address: D- 43, Janpath, Shyam Nagar, Sodala, near Sanganer
Road, Jaipur, Rajasthan 302 019, India.
Her permanent account number is AONPT6902R.
Other Directorship: RE Capital India Private Limited
469Richa Sharma
Richa Sharma, aged 40 (forty) years, is one of the Promoter of
our Company. She holds a bachelor’s degree in technology in
computer science and engineering from Mody Institute of
Technology and Science, Rajasthan. She has been associated
with our Company since October 1, 2023 in the capacity of
manager.
Date of birth: March 31, 1985
Address: 64, Uday Nagar - B, Nirman Nagar, Mansarovar Metro
Station, Jaipur 302 019, Rajasthan, India
Her permanent account number is CIYPS3670L.
Other Directorship:
(i) Radiantpeak Homes Private Limited;
(ii) Purehigh Homes Private Limited;
(iii) Enviablehomes Private Limited; and
(iv) RE Capital India Private Limited
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally, aged 33 (thirty-three) years, is one
of the Promoter of our Company.* She has been associated with
Garudapally Infrastructures Private Limited since June 6, 2021
in the capacity of the general manager.
Date of birth: October 11, 1991
Address: Unit A2 8-2-269/A Space and More, Road Not 2, Opp
Ebony Hotel, Khairatabad, Banjara Hills, Hyderabad,
Telangana, India.
Her permanent account number is AZHPG7733J.
Other Directorship: Iyeva Software Solutions Private Limited
*The bachelor’s degree certificate in computer science from St.
Josephs College, Hyderabad of Shruthi Gupta Garudapally, is
not traceable. While she has taken the requisite steps to obtain
the relevant supporting documentation, including by making a
written application through email to the aforementioned college,
she has not been able to procure the same. For detail of the risks
associated with the non-availability of these documents, see
“Risk Factors- Our Promoter, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally is
unable to trace her educational degrees/certificates, and we
have relied on undertakings furnished by her for the details of
her educational background as disclosed in this DRHP. In
absence of the documentary evidence, we are unable to
independently confirm the correctness and veracity of the
information in respect of education qualification provided by
our Promoter, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally.” on page 90.
470Further, our Company confirms that the permanent account number, Aadhar card number, bank account number,
driving license number and passport number of Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar Sharma, Sanjay Garudapally, Sweta
Mehta, Richa Sharma and Shruthi Gupta Garudapally will be submitted to the Stock Exchanges at the time of
filing this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
B. Details of the Corporate Promoter:
Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited (“MFTPL”)
Corporate information
MFTPL was incorporated on July 22, 2025, as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 2013 pursuant
to a certificate of incorporation issued by the Central Registration Centre, Ministry of Corporate Affairs.
The CIN of Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited is U66190RJ2025PTC104540. The registered office of Mehta
Family Trustee Private Limited is situated at D-43, Janpath, Shyam Nagar (Jaipur), Jaipur, Jaipur- 302019,
Rajasthan under the jurisdiction of RoC Rajasthan at Jaipur.
Promoter of Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited
Ketan Mehta is the Promoter of the MFTPL.
Nature of business of Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, MFTPL is incorporated to provide trusteeship services and
act as trustee, advisor, consultant, or manager to various entities, undertaking all actions necessary to fulfil these
roles. There have been no changes to the primary business activities undertaken by MFTPL.
Board of directors of Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited
The board of directors of MFTPL as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are as follows:
Sl. No. Name of Director Designation
1. Ketan Mehta Director
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma Additional Director
Shareholding pattern of Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited
The shareholding pattern of MFTPL as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is as provided below:
Sl. Name of Shareholder Number of equity shares Percentage of shareholding (%)
No. bearing face value of ₹10 each
1. Ketan Mehta 9,900 99.00
2. Pawan Kumar Sharma 100 1.00
Total 10,000 100.00
Details of change in control of Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited
There has been no change in the control of MFTPL since its incorporation i.e. July 22, 2025.
Our Company confirms that the permanent account number, bank account number, corporate identification
number and the address of the registrar of companies where MFTPL is registered, will be submitted to the Stock
Exchanges at the time of filing the Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
471Details of our Promoter Trusts
Mehta Family Trust
Trust Information
Mehta Family Trust was formed pursuant to a trust deed dated August 22, 2025 (“Mehta Family Trust Deed”).
The principal office of Mehta Family Trust is D-43, Janpath, Shyam Nagar, Jaipur – 302 019, Rajasthan, India.
Objects of the Trust
The extracts of the objects from trust deed of Mehta Family Trust are as follows:
(1) To provide, inter-alia, a suitable succession planning structure to ensure seamless intergenerational transfer
of the trust fund amongst the beneficiaries and to ensure harmony and avoid conflicts between the
beneficiaries of the Mehta Family Trust;
(2) To provide for different needs and requirements of the beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Mehta
Family Trust Deed depending upon changing circumstances of life style and their varying needs including,
as applicable, but not limited to (i) maintenance; (ii) education; (iii) marriage expenses; (iv) medical expenses;
(v) residence; and (vi) other expenses and contingencies of the beneficiaries which the trustee/s may in his/
her/its/their absolute discretion deem fit;
(3) To provide for consolidation and preservation of all assets of the Mehta Family Trust; and
(4) To ensure that the Mehta Family Trust fund is properly managed and administered in accordance with the
provisions of this the Mehta Family Trust Deed and to undertake other activities of any nature whatsoever,
in accordance with the powers available to the trustee/s under the Mehta Family Trust Deed and applicable
law.
Board of Trustees
The trustee of Mehta Family Trust as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is Mehta Family Trustee
Private Limited.
Beneficiaries of the Trust
Sweta Mehta, Himank Mehta and any future child/children of Ketan Mehta are the primary beneficiaries, and the
lineal descendants of Himank Mehta and the lineal descendants of any future child/children of Ketan Mehta are
the secondary beneficiaries of the Mehta Family Trust.
Settlor of the Trust
Ketan Mehta
Change in control of the Mehta Family Trust
There has been no change in control of the Mehta Family Trust, since its formation till the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus.
Our Company confirms that the permanent account number, bank account number and address of Mehta Family
Trust will be submitted to the Stock Exchanges at the time of filing this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Sharma Family Trust
Trust Information
Sharma Family Trust was formed as a private, irrevocable and discretionary pursuant to a trust deed dated
September 2, 2025 (“Sharma Family Trust”). The principal office of Sharma Family Trust is 64, Uday Nagar -
B, Nirman Nagar, Mansarover Metro Station, Jaipur 302019, Rajasthan, India.
Objects of the Trust
472The extracts of the objects from trust deed of Sharma Family Trust are as follows:
(1) To provide, inter alia, a suitable succession planning structure to ensure seamless intergenerational transfer
of the trust fund amongst the beneficiaries and to ensure harmony and avoid conflicts between the
beneficiaries of the Sharma Family Trust;
(2) To provide for different needs and requirements of the beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the
Sharma Family Trust Deed depending upon changing circumstances of life style and their varying needs
including, as applicable, but not limited to (i) maintenance; (ii) education; (iii) marriage expenses; (iv)
medical expenses; (v) residence; and (vi) other expenses and contingencies of the beneficiaries which the
trustee/s may in his/ her/its/their absolute discretion deem fit;
(3) To provide for consolidation and preservation of all assets of the Sharma Family Trust; and
(4) To ensure that the Sharma Family Trust fund is properly managed and administered in accordance with the
provisions of this the Sharma Family Trust Deed and to undertake other activities of any nature whatsoever,
in accordance with the powers available to the trustee/s under the Sharma Family Trust Deed and applicable
law.
Board of Trustees
The trustee of Sharma Family Trust as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is Pawan Kumar Sharma.
Beneficiaries of the Trust
Richa Sharma, Rishi Sharma and any future child / children of Pawan Kumar Sharma are the primary beneficiaries,
and the lineal descendants of Rishi Sharma and the lineal descendants of any future child/children of Pawan Kumar
Sharma are the secondary beneficiaries of the Sharma Family Trust.
Settlor of the Trust
Pawan Kumar Sharma
Change in control of the Sharma Family Trust
There has been no change in control of the Sharma Family Trust since its formation till the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus.
Our Company confirms that the permanent account number, bank account number and address of Sharma Family
Trust will be submitted to the Stock Exchanges at the time of filing this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Garudapally Family Trust
Trust Information
Garudapally Family Trust was formed as a private, irrevocable and discretionary pursuant to a trust deed dated
September 4, 2025 (“Garudapally Family Trust”). The principal office of Garudapally Family Trust is 3-5-696,
Flat No. 103, Shiva Sadan Apts, Vittal Wadi, Behind Telugu Academy, Himayathnagar, Hyderabad 500029,
Telangana, India.
Objects of the Trust
The extracts of the objects from trust deed of Garudapally Family Trust are as follows:
(1) To provide, inter alia, a suitable succession planning structure to ensure seamless intergenerational transfer
of the trust fund amongst the beneficiaries and to ensure harmony and avoid conflicts between the
beneficiaries of the Garudapally Family Trust;
(2) To provide for different needs and requirements of the beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the
Garudapally Family Trust Deed depending upon changing circumstances of life style and their varying needs
including, as applicable, but not limited to (i) maintenance; (ii) education; (iii) marriage expenses; (iv)
473medical expenses; (v) residence; and (vi) other expenses and contingencies of the beneficiaries which the
trustee/s may in his/ her/its/their absolute discretion deem fit;
(3) To provide for consolidation and preservation of all assets of the Garudapally Family Trust; and
(4) To ensure that the Garudapally Family Trust fund is properly managed and administered in accordance with
the provisions of this the Garudapally Family Trust Deed and to undertake other activities of any nature
whatsoever, in accordance with the powers available to the trustee/s under the Garudapally Family Trust Deed
and applicable law.
Board of Trustees
The trustee of Garudapally Family Trust as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is Sanjay Garudapally.
Beneficiaries of the Trust
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally, Ram Tejas Garudapally, Sahasra Varsha Garudapally and any future child / children
of Sanjay Garudapally are the primary beneficiaries, and the lineal descendants of Ram Tejas Garudapally, lineal
descendants of Sahasra Varsha Garudapally and the lineal descendants of any future child/children of Sanjay
Garudapally are the secondary beneficiaries of the Garudapally Family Trust.
Settlor of the Trust
Sanjay Garudapally
Change in control of the Garudapally Family Trust
There has been no change in control of the Garudapally Family Trust since its formation till the date of this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus.
Our Company confirms that the permanent account number, bank account number and address of Garudapally
Family Trust will be submitted to the Stock Exchanges at the time of filing this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Experience of the Promoters in the business of our Company
Our Promoters who are also our Directors namely Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar Sharma and Sanjay Garudapally
have adequate experience in the line of business, including the proposed line of business, of our Company. Sweta
Mehta is the Deputy General Manager (Contracts), and Richa Sharma is a Manager in our Company, both have
relevant experience in the line of business, including the proposed line of business, of our Company. Further,
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally, is a General Manager in our group company, Garudapally Infrastructures Private
Limited and possesses relevant experience in the line of business, including the proposed line of business, of our
Company. For details in relation to experience of our Promoters in the business of our Company, please see to the
section titled “Our Management - Brief profiles of our Directors” and “Our Promoters and Promoter Group -
Details of our Individual Promoters” on page 446 and 468.
Change in Control of our Company
There has not been any change in the control of our Company during the last five years preceding the date of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus. However, pursuant to a resolution of our Board dated September 25, 2025, our
Company has identified Sweta Mehta, Richa Sharma, Shruti Gupta Garudapally, Mehta Family Trustee Private
Limited, Mehta Family Trust, Sharma Family Trust and Garudapally Family Trust as the Promoters of our
Company.
For details in relation to the shareholding of our Promoters and Promoter Group and changes in the shareholding
of our Promoters, please see the section titled “Capital Structure - Build-up of the shareholding of our Promoters
in our Company” on page 140.
Interests of our Promoters
Interest in the promotion of our Company
474Except for Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited, which does not hold any Equity Shares in our Company, our
Promoters are interested in our Company to the extent (a) of their respective shareholding in our Company
Subsidiaries and Associate, the shareholding of their relatives and entities in which our Promoters are interested
and which hold the Equity Shares, and the dividends payable upon such shareholding, if any and (b) any other
distributions in respect of the Equity Shares held by them, their relatives or such entities, if any;
Our Promoters are interested in our Company to the extent (a) that they are the promoters of our Company; (b)
that our Company has undertaken transactions with them, or their relatives or entities in which our Promoters hold
shares or have an interest, if applicable. For further details, please see sections titled “Capital Structure”, “Our
Management” and “Restated Consolidated Financial Information –Note no. 51– Related Party Disclosures” on
pages 123, 444 and 549, respectively.
Our Promoters may also be deemed to be interested to the extent of their remuneration / sitting fees and
reimbursement of expenses, payable to them, if any in their capacity as Directors or employee of our Company.
For further details, see “Our Management” beginning on page 444.
Interest in the property (including acquisition of land, construction of building and supply of machinery) of our
Company
Other than our Corporate office situated at Imperia Mindspace Office 2, 6th Floor, Sector 62, Gurugram- 122 101,
Haryana, India which is acquired from one of our Promoter and Executive Director i.e Sanjay Garudapally in the
Fiscal 2025, none of our Promoters have no interest, whether direct or indirect, in any property acquired by our
Company within the preceding three years from the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or proposed to be
acquired by it as on the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or in any transaction by our Company
for acquisition of land, construction of building or supply of machinery
Further, except as disclosed below, our Promoters do not have any direct or indirect interest in any property that
our Company has taken on lease:
Sl. Office Address Name of the Nature of interest Amount of
No. lessor lease rent paid
for the Fiscal
2025
(₹ in million)
1. D-43, Janpath Shyam Nagar, Jaipur – Sarita Mehta Lessor is mother of Ketan 1.5
302 019, Rajasthan, India Mehta
2. Plot No 64, Uday Nagar B, Richa Promoter 0.6
Mansarovar, Jaipur 302020 Sharma
3. Flat No PH 1b, (Triplex), on 19th, SC Land Ketan Mehta and Sweta 5.1
20th and 21st Tower C-01 (also Facilitator Mehta are designated
known as Tower FE-01), initially and partners in SC Land
known as MGE-2, TW-01) Aggregators Facilitator and Aggregators
LLP LLP
Interest in our Company arising out of being a member of a firm or company
Except to the extent of our promoters acting in the capacity of trustees and beneficiaries to the promoter trusts,
our Promoters are not interested as a member of a firm or company which has any interest in our Company.
No sum has been paid or agreed to be paid to them or to such firm or company in cash or shares or otherwise by
any person either to induce any of our Promoters to become, or qualify them as a director, or otherwise for services
rendered by any of our Promoters or by such firm or company in connection with the promotion or formation of
our Company.
Interest of our Promoters in the promotion of our Subsidiaries
Our Promoters are interested in our Company (i) to the extent of the equity shares held by them in our Subsidiaries,
directly or indirectly and the benefits accruing therefrom; (ii) to the extent that they are a director on the board of
directors of our Subsidiaries. For further details, please see the sections titled “Our Subsidiaries” and “Our
Management” on pages 377 and 444.
475Other interests
Our Promoters are interested to the extent of personal guarantees given, against loans availed by our Company.
For further information, please see “History and Certain Corporate Matters-Guarantees provided to third parties
by our Promoters offering their Equity Shares in the Offer for Sale” and “Financial Indebtedness” on pages 373
and 652, respectively
There is no conflict of interest between the lessors of immovable properties (crucial for operations of our
Company) and our Promoters and members of our Promoter Group.
Except for Garudapally Infrastructures Private Limited, which is in the same line of business as our Company,
there is no conflict of interest between our Promoters and members of our Promoter Group. For more details,
please see section titled “History and Certain Corporate Matters- Non-Compete Agreement” on page 370.
There is no conflict of interest between the suppliers of raw materials and third parties, service providers (which
are crucial for operations of our Company.
Companies or firms from which our Promoters have disassociated in the last three years.
Except as disclosed below, none of our Promoters have disassociated themselves from any company or firm in
the three years immediately preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus:
Name of the Name of Company or Firm from Reasons for and Date of
Promoter which the Promoter has Disassociated circumstances leading to disassociation
Disassociation
Ketan Mehta Hop Electric Manufacturing Private Resignation from Directorship April 25, 2024
Limited
Hop Electric Manufacturing One Resignation from Directorship September 23,
Private Limited 2024
Hop Electric Manufacturing Two Resignation from Directorship September 23,
Private Limited 2024
Sanjay V Standard Food Tech Private Limited Strike-off June 11, 2024
Garudapally Gearmonkey Automobile Services Strike-off August 16, 2023
Private Limited
Sweta Mehta Mehta Family Trustee Private Limited Resignation from Directorship August 12, 2025
Shining Technologies Venture Private Resignation from Directorship January 3, 2025
Limited
Dadur Solar Power Private Limited Resignation from Directorship January 3, 2025
Sayala Solar Power Private Limited Resignation from Directorship December 30,
2024
Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited Resignation from Directorship December 31,
2024
Rohat Solar Park Private Limited Resignation from Directorship December 31,
2024
Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited Resignation from Directorship December 31,
2024
Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited Resignation from Directorship December 30,
2024
Rays Power Consultants Private Resignation from Directorship November 14,
Limited 2024
Brewer Energy Private Limited Resignation from Directorship December 18,
2023
Rays Future Energy Solar Park Private Strike-off June 11, 2024
Limited
Robertsganj Solar Private Limited Strike-off June 11, 2024
Jaunpur Solar Private Limited Strike-off April 13, 2024
Kumbhari Renewables Private Limited Strike-off February 19,
2024
476Material Guarantees given by our Promoters with respect to the Equity Shares
Our Promoters have not given any material guarantee to any third party with respect to the Equity Shares, as on
the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Payment of benefits to our Promoters or the Promoter Group
Except in the ordinary course of business and as disclosed in the sections titled “Restated Consolidated Financial
Information – Note no. 51 - Related Party Disclosures” and “Our Management” on pages 549 and 444
respectively, no amount or benefit has been paid or given to our Promoters or members of our Promoter Group
during the two years preceding the filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus nor is there any intention to pay or
give any amount or benefit to our Promoters or members of our Promoter Group.
Litigations involving our Promoters
Except as disclosed under the section titled “Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments” on page 668,
there is no litigation or legal and regulatory proceedings involving our Promoter as on the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus.
Other ventures of our Promoter
Other than as disclosed in “Entities forming part of our Promoter Group” and “Our Management” on pages 479
and 444, our Promoters are not involved in any other ventures.
Confirmations
None of our Promoters and members of our Promoter Group have been declared as Wilful Defaulter or Fraudulent
Borrower by any bank or financial institution or consortium thereof, in accordance with the guidelines on wilful
defaulters or fraudulent borrower issued by Reserve Bank of India.
None of our Promoters have been declared as Fugitive Economic Offenders.
None of our Promoters and members of our Promoter Group have been debarred or prohibited from accessing or
operating in capital markets or restrained from buying, selling or dealing in securities under any order or direction
passed by SEBI or any other regulatory or governmental authority.
None of our Promoters are and have been a promoter, director or person in control of any other company which
is debarred or prohibited from accessing capital markets under any order or direction passed by SEBI.
None of our Promoters are related to any of the sundry debtors or beneficiaries of loans and advances of our
Company.
Our Promoter Group
In addition to the Promoters named above, the following individuals and entities form part of our Promoter Group
of the Company in terms of Regulation 2(1)(pp) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
A. Natural persons who are part of the Promoter Group
The natural persons who are part of our Promoter Group are as follows:
Name of the Promoter Name of the Immediate relative Relationship
Ketan Mehta Sweta Mehta Spouse
Kamal Mehta Father
Sarita Mehta Mother
Sonali Mehta Sister
Himank Mehta (Minor) Son
Ashok Manoharlal Tater Spouse’s father
Maya Ashok Tater Spouse’s mother
Subham Ashok Tater Spouse’s brother
477Name of the Promoter Name of the Immediate relative Relationship
Pawan Kumar Sharma Richa Sharma Spouse
Jagdish Prasad Sharma Father
Sarada Devi Mother
Usha Sharma Sister
Lalita Sharma Sister
Rishi Sharma (Minor) Son
Brij Lal Sharma Spouse’s father
Urmila Sharma Spouse’s mother
Prashant Sharma Spouse’s brother
Medha Sharma Spouse’s sister
Sanjay Garudapally Shruthi Gupta Garudapally Spouse
Hanumanth Rao Garudapally Father
Padmavathi Garudapally Mother
Badresha Garudapally Brother
B M Rohini Sister
Ram Tejas Garudapally (Minor) Son
Sahasra Varsha Garudapally (Minor) Daughter
Talanki Padma Spouse’s mother
Talanki Sandeep Kumar Spouse’s brother
Sweta Mehta Ketan Mehta Spouse
Ashok Manohar Lal Tater Father
Maya Ashok Tater Mother
Himank Mehta (Minor) Son
Kamal Mehta Spouse’s father
Sarita Mehta Spouse’s mother
Sonali Mehta Spouse’s sister
Richa Sharma Pawan Kumar Sharma Spouse
Brij Lal Sharma Father
Urmila Sharma Mother
Prashant Sharma Brother
Medha Sharma Sister
Rishi Sharma (Minor) Son
Jagdish Prasad Sharma Spouse’s father
Sarada Devi Spouse’s mother
Usha Sharma Spouse’s sister
Lalita Sharma Spouse’s sister
Shruthi Gupta Garudapally Sanjay Garudapally Spouse
Talanki Padma Mother
Talani Sandeep Kumar Brother
Ram Tejas Garudapally (Minor) Son
Sahasra Varsha Garudapally (Minor) Daughter
Hanumanth Rao Garudapally Spouse’s father
Padmavathi Garudapally Spouse’s mother
Badresha Garudapally Spouse’s brother
B M Rohini Spouse’s sister
B. Entities forming part of the Promoter Group
Except as disclosed below, there are no other entities forming part of the Promoter Group:
Sr. No Name of Promoter Group Entities
1. Cocoon Technologies LLP
2. GAG Homes LLP
3. Red Elephant Productions LLP
4. Ziptech Labs LLP
5. Rays Power Consultants Private Limited
6. Shining Technologies Venture Private Limited
478Sr. No Name of Promoter Group Entities
7. Asian Aero-Edu Aviation Private Limited
8. Kushal Education Foundation
9. Kushal Global Private Limited
10. Kushal Realinfracon Private Limited
11. Mehta Realhome Developers Private Limited
12. Enviablehomes Private Limited
13. Garudapally Infrastructures Private Limited
14. HOP Electric Mobility Private Limited
15. HOP Energy Network Private Limited
16. Iyeva Software Solutions Private Limited
17. Kamal Mehta HUF
18. Kushal Education Society
19. Kushal Education Trust
20. Kushal Welfare Society
21. Lyros Technologies Private Limited
22. Marudhar Foundation
23. Mhari Lado Foundation
24. PureHigh Homes Private Limited
25. Rajputana Education Society
26. RadiantPeak Homes Private Limited
27. RE Capital India Private Limited
28. SC Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP
29. Sevra Landcon Private Limited
30. Sevra Realcon Private Limited
31. Suryanagari Solar Society
32. Unilink Visa Consultants Private Limited
33. Space Prime LLP
479DIVIDEND POLICY
The declaration and payment of dividends will be recommended by the Board of Directors and approved by the
Shareholders, at their discretion, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Association and the Companies Act.
Our Board approved the formal dividend distribution policy of the Company, at the Board meeting held on
September 25, 2025, which includes parameters to be considered by the Board for declaration of dividend, with
an objective of rewarding the shareholders of our Company.
The dividend, if any, will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited, consolidated net operating
profit after tax, working capital requirements, capital expenditure requirements, cash flow required to meet
contingencies, outstanding borrowings, and applicable taxes including dividend distribution tax payable by our
Company. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be impacted by a number of factors, including restrictive
covenants under loan or financing arrangements our Company is currently availing of or may enter into to finance
our fund requirements for our business activities. For further details, please see the section titled “Financial
Indebtedness” on page 652. For details in relation to the risks involved in this regard, please see the section titled
“Risk Factors – Our ability to pay dividends in the future will depend upon our earnings, financial condition, cash
flows and capital requirements. While we have paid dividend in past; however, we cannot assure payment of
dividends on the Equity Shares in the future.” on page 89.
Details of the dividend declared and paid by our Company on the Equity Shares during the last three Fiscals are
set forth below:
For the Financial Years Ended March 31
Particulars
2025 2024 2023
Number of Equity Shares as at 284,688,330 54,215,324 10,269,351
Face value of Equity Shares (in ₹) 2.00 10.00 10.00
Dividend per Equity share (in ₹) Nil Nil Nil
Total amount of dividend paid Nil Nil Nil
Dividend rate (%) Nil Nil Nil
Mode of payment of Dividend NA NA NA
Dividend distribution tax (%)* Nil Nil Nil
Dividend Distribution Tax (in ₹) Nil Nil Nil
Provision of section 115-O being payment of Dividend Distribution Tax on declaration, distribution or payment
of Dividend by the Companies has been abolished as per the Finance Act, 2020, w.e.f. April 01, 2020, i.e. Fiscal
2022.
Further, the details of the dividend declared and paid by our Company on the Preference Shares during the last
three Fiscals are set forth below:
For the Financial Years Ended March 31
Particulars
2025 2024 2023*
Number of preference shares as at Nil Nil Nil
Face value per preference share (in ₹) Nil Nil Nil
Amount Dividend paid Nil Nil Nil
Dividend per preference share (in ₹) Nil Nil Nil
Rate of dividend (%) Nil Nil Nil
Mode of payment of Dividend Nil Nil Nil
Dividend Tax (%) Nil Nil Nil
*The Board of Directors in their meeting held on June 11, 2022 approved payment of Dividend on 20% Optionally
Convertible Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares (OCCRPS) for the financial year 20-21 and 21-22 at the
rate of 20% i.e. Rs. 2 per share for the financial year 20-21 and 21-22 aggregating to Rs. 1.41 millions, which
was paid during the year ended 2022-23. The 20% Optionally Convertible Cumulative Redeemable Preference
Shares (OCCRPS) were redeemed as on June 13, 2022.The details of dividend distributed are as under:
480Financial years Number of Outstanding Amount of Dividend (₹ Millions)
OCCRPS
As on March 31, 2021 3,27,927 0.66
As on March 31, 2022 3,75,606 0.75
Total 1.41
Further, our Company has not declared or paid any dividend on the Equity Shares for the period April 1, 2025 till
the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
The amount of dividend paid in the past is not necessarily indicative of the dividend policy of our Company or
dividend amounts, if any, in the future. Investors are cautioned not to rely on past dividends as an indication of
the future performance of our Company or for an investment in the Equity Shares offered in the Offer.
481SECTION VI: FINANCIAL INFORMATION
RESTATED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
[The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank]
482Independent Auditor’s Examination Report on Restated Consolidated Financial
Information in connection with the Proposed Initial Public Offer of Equity Shares and
offer for sale by selling shareholder(s) of Rays Power Infra Limited
To,
The Board of Directors
Rays Power Infra Limited
Evershine Mall, North Meter, Cabin 1
Malad (West) Mumbai,
Maharashtra - 400064, India
1. We have examined the attached Restated Consolidated Financial Information of Rays
Power Infra Limited (the “Company” or the “Issuer”) and its subsidiaries (the
Company and its subsidiaries together referred to as the “Group") and its associates,
comprising:
a) the Restated Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as at March 31, 2025,
March 31, 2024 and March 31 2023;
b) the Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other
Comprehensive Income) for the years ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and
March 31, 2023;
c) the Restated Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended March
31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023;
d) the Restated Consolidated Cash Flows Statement for the years ended March 31, 2025,
March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023;
e) the Summary Statement of Material Accounting Policies, and other explanatory
information for the years ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023;
and
f) the Statement of Adjustments to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for
the years ended and as at March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 and Audited Special
Purpose Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2023.
(collectively, the “Restated Consolidated Financial Information”), prepared by the
Management of the Company in connection with its proposed Initial Public Offer of equity
shares and the offer for sale by selling shareholder(s) (the “Offer”) in terms of the
requirements of:
a) Section 26 of Part I of Chapter III of the Companies Act, 2013, as amended (the
“Act");
483b) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2018, as amended (the "ICDR Regulations"); and
c) The Guidance Note on Reports in Company Prospectuses (Revised 2019) issued by
the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (the “ICAI”) (the “Guidance Note”).
The said Restated Consolidated Financial Information have been approved by the Board
of Directors of the Company at their meeting held on September 25, 2025 for the purpose
of its inclusion in the Draft Red Herring Prospectus (“DRHP”), Red Herring Prospectus
(“RHP”) and the Prospectus (collectively, the “Offer Documents”).
2. The Board of Directors and the Management of the Company are responsible for the
preparation of the Restated Consolidated Financial Information for the purpose of
inclusion in the Offer Documents to be filed with Securities and Exchange Board of India
(“SEBI”), BSE Limited (“BSE”) and National Stock Exchange of India Limited (“NSE”),
as applicable, (BSE and NSE collectively referred to as the “Stock Exchanges”) and the
Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra at Mumbai (the “ROC”), as required, in connection
with the proposed Offer. The Restated Consolidated Financial Information have been
prepared on the basis of preparation stated in Note 2.A. to the Restated Consolidated
Financial Information. The responsibility of respective Governing bodies of the entities
included in the Group and of its associates includes designing, implementing and
maintaining adequate internal control relevant to the preparation and presentation of the
Restated Consolidated Financial Information. The respective Governing bodies are also
responsible for identifying and ensuring that the Group and its associates comply with the
Act, the ICDR Regulations and the Guidance Note.
3. We have examined such Restated Consolidated Financial Information taking into
consideration:
a) The terms of reference and terms of our engagement agreed upon with you in
accordance with our engagement letter dated November 06, 2024 and amendment
thereto dated May 03, 2025 in connection with the proposed Offer of equity shares of
the Company;
b) The Guidance Note requires that we comply with the ethical requirements of the Code
of Ethics issued by the ICAI;
c) Concept of test checks and materiality to obtain reasonable assurance based on
verification of evidences supporting the Restated Consolidated Financial Information;
and
d) The requirements of section 26 of the Act and the ICDR Regulations. Our work was
performed solely to assist you in meeting your responsibilities in relation to your
484compliance with the Act, the ICDR Regulations and the Guidance Note in connection
with the proposed Offer.
4. These Restated Consolidated Financial Information have been compiled by the
Management from:
a) Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and its associates as at and
for the years ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 prepared in accordance with
Indian Accounting Standards (“Ind AS”) as prescribed under section 133 of the Act
read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended, and
other accounting principles generally accepted in India, which have been approved by
the Board of Directors at their meetings held on August 18, 2025, and September 30,
2024 respectively; and
b) Audited Special Purpose Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and its
associates as at and for the year ended March 31, 2023 prepared in accordance with
Ind AS and other accounting principles generally accepted in India, which have been
approved by the Board of Directors at their meetings held on December 29, 2023.
5. The Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and its associates as at and
for the year ended March 31, 2024 were prepared after consolidating the financial
statements / financial information of Sixteen subsidiaries, based on their respective
unaudited Ind AS financial statements.
The Audited Special Purpose Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and its
associates as at and for the year ended March 31, 2023, were prepared after consolidating
the financial statements / financial information of Seven subsidiaries based on their
respective unaudited Ind AS financial statements.
As per the Management, the unaudited Ind AS financial statements of such subsidiaries
are not material for the Group as at and for the years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31,
2023 and accordingly, the same have been certified by the Management of the Company.
6. For the purpose of our examination, we have relied on:
a) Auditor’s report issued by us dated August 18, 2025 on the Audited Consolidated
Financial Statements as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025 as referred to in
Paragraph 4(a) above;
b) Auditor’s report issued by S S Kothari Mehta & Co. LLP, Chartered Accountants (the
“Predecessor Auditor”) dated September 30, 2024 on the Audited Consolidated
Financial Statements as at and for the year ended March 31, 2024 as referred to in
Paragraph 4(a) above; and
485c) Auditor’s report issued by M/s Shah Patni & Co., Chartered Accountants (the “Other
Auditor”) dated December 29, 2023 on the Audited Special Purpose Consolidated
Financial Statements as at and for the year ended March 31, 2023 as referred to in
Paragraph 4(b) above; and
d) Audit report issued by the Predecessor Auditor dated September 20, 2023 on the
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, prepared in conformity with the
Accounting Standards prescribed under section 133 of the Act read with Companies
(Accounting Standards) Rules, 2021, as amended, as at and for the year ended March
31, 2023 (hereinafter referred to as “General Purpose Consolidated Financial
Statements”) in so far as it relates to items relating to Emphasis of matter, Other
matters and qualifications/adverse remarks under the Companies (Auditors Report)
Order, 2020 (“CARO, 2020”) for our reporting.
Such Audited Consolidated Financial Statements/ Audited Special Purpose Consolidated
Financial Statements for the respective years and the Auditor’s reports thereon issued by
the Predecessor Auditor and the Other Auditor have been furnished to us by the Company.
Upon specific request by the Company, we have examined and reported on the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information for the financial years ended and as at March 31, 2025,
March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 relying on such audit reports. The adjustments in so
far as it relates to the amounts, disclosures, material errors, regroupings, reclassifications
etc., included for the said years is based solely on the such Audited Consolidated Financial
Statements and auditor’s reports thereon issued by the Predecessor Auditor and the Other
Auditor. We have not performed any additional procedures other than those stated herein.
7. As indicated in our audit report dated August 18, 2025 relating to Audited Consolidated
Financial Statements as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025, referred to above in the
Paragraph 6(a) above,
a) We did not audit the financial statements of the Forty Five subsidiaries whose total
assets, total revenues and net cash inflows / (outflows) included in the Audited
Consolidated Financial Statements, for the said year tabulated below, which have been
audited by their respective auditors, also stated below, and whose reports have been
furnished to us by the Company’s Management and our opinion on the Audited
Consolidated Financial Statements, in so far as it relates to the amounts and
disclosures included in respect of these components, is based solely on the reports of
their respective auditors:
(Rs in Millions)
As at and for the year Name of the
Particulars
ended March 31, 2025 Component Auditors
Total Assets Rs.2,919.79 million
486Total Revenues Rs.2,556.82 million M/s Gupta Bhandari &
Co., M/s S R Goyal &
Net cash inflows/ (outflows) Rs.68.61 million Co. and M/s Shah Patni
& Co.
Our opinion on the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements is not modified in
respect of this matter.
b) We did not audit the financial statements of the One associate whose share of net
profit/(loss) included in the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, for the said
year tabulated below, which have been audited by their respective auditors, also stated
below, and whose reports have been furnished to us by the Company’s Management
and our opinion on the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, in so far as it
relates to the amounts and disclosures included in respect of these associates, is based
solely on the report of other auditor:
(Rs in Millions)
As at and for year Name of the Auditor
Particulars
ended March 31, 2025 of the associates
M/s Gupta Bhandari &
Share of net profit/(loss) Rs.0.02 million
Co.
8. The audit report dated September 30, 2024 issued by the Predecessor Auditor in respect of
the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as at and for the year ended on March 31,
2024, referred to above, included following paragraph in “Other Matters” section of the
said report:
Extract from the Predecessor Auditor’s report dated September 30, 2024:
“Other Matters:
a) We did not audit the financial statements and other financial information of the thirty
(30) subsidiaries including step down subsidiaries whose financial statements reflect
total assets of Rs. 979.55 million (before consolidated adjustment) as at March 31,
2024, total revenues of Rs. 1,127.65 million (before consolidated adjustment) and net
profit after tax of Rs. 203.68 million (before consolidated adjustment), and net cash
outflows amounting to Rs. 1.91 million (before consolidated adjustment) for the year
ended on that date, as considered in these consolidated financial statements. These
financial statements and other financial information have been audited by other
auditors whose financial statements and auditor's reports have been furnished to us by
the Management and our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, in so far as
it relates to the amounts and disclosures included in respect of the subsidiaries
including step down subsidiaries, and our report in terms of sub-sections (3) and (11)
487of Section 143 of the Act, in so far as it relates to the aforesaid subsidiaries including
step down subsidiaries, is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, and our report on Other Legal
and Regulatory Requirements below, is not modified in respect of the above matters
with respect to our reliance on the work done and the reports of the other auditors.
b) We did not audit the financial statement of three (3) associates wherein the Group's
shares of net profit of Rs. 0.18 million (before consolidated adjustment) for the year
ended March 31, 2024, as considered in the consolidated financial statement. These
financial Statements and other financial information have been audited by other
auditors whose financial statements and auditor's reports have been furnished to us by
the management and our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, in so far as
it relates to the amounts and disclosures included in respect of the associates, and our
report in terms of sub-sections (3) and (11) of Section 143 of the Act, in so far as it
relates to the aforesaid associates, is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, and our report on Other Legal
and Regulatory Requirements below, is not modified in respect of the above matters
with respect to our reliance on the work done and the reports of the other auditors.
c) The financial statements of Sixteen (16) subsidiaries including step down subsidiaries,
whose financial statements reflect total revenues of Rs. 2,187.52 million (before
consolidated adjustment) and profit/(loss) after tax (93.19) million (before
consolidated adjustment) for the year ended March 31, 2024, as considered in the
consolidated financial statements, have not been audited either by us or by other
auditors. These unaudited management certified financial information have been
furnished to us by the management and our opinion on the consolidated financial
Statements, in so far as it relates to the amounts and disclosures included in respect of
these subsidiaries including step down subsidiaries and our report in terms of sub-
section (3) of Section 143 of the Act in so far as it relates to the aforesaid subsidiaries,
is based solely on such unaudited management certified financial statements. In our
opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us by the
management, these financial statements are not material to the Group.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, and our report on Other Legal
and Regulatory Requirements below, is not modified in respect of above matters with
respect to the financial statements certified by the management.”
9. The audit report dated September 20, 2023 issued by the Predecessor Auditor in respect of
the General Purpose Consolidated Financial Statements as at and for the year ended on
488March 31, 2023, referred to above, included following paragraph in “Other Matters”
section of the said report:
Extract from the Predecessor Auditor’s report dated September 20, 2023:
“Other Matters
a) We did not audit the financial statements and other financial information of the 48
subsidiaries/step down subsidiaries and five (5) LLP's whose standalone/consolidated
financial statements/financial information reflect total assets of Rs. 35107.63 lakhs
(before consolidated adjustment) as at March 31, 2023, total revenues of Rs. 82,66.47
lakhs (before consolidated adjustment) and net profit after tax of Rs. 1243.68 lakhs
(before consolidated adjustment) as at March 31, 2023, and net cash inflows
amounting to Rs. 451.78 lakhs (before consolidated adjustment) for the year ended on
that date, as considered in these consolidated financial statements. These financial
statements and other financial information have been audited by other auditors whose
financial statements, other financial information and auditor's reports have been
furnished to us by the Management and our opinion on the consolidated financial
statements, in so far as it relates to the amounts and disclosures included in respect of
the subsidiaries and its associate, and our report in terms of sub-sections (3) and (11)
of Section 143 of the Act, in so far as it relates to the aforesaid subsidiaries and its
associate, is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, and our report on Other Legal
and Regulatory Requirements below, is not modified in respect of the above matters
with respect to our reliance on the work done and the reports of the other auditors.
b) We did not audit the financial statement of an associate wherein the Group's shares
of net loss of Rs. 0.07 Lakhs (before consolidated adjustment) for the year ended
March 31, 2023, as considered in the consolidated financial statement. These financial
statements and other financial information have been audited by other auditors whose
financial statements, other financial information and auditor's reports have been
furnished to us by the Management and our opinion on the consolidated financial
statements, in so far as it relates to the amounts and disclosures included in respect of
the associate, and our report in terms of sub-sections (3) and (11) of Section 143 of
the Act, in so far as it relates to the aforesaid associate, is based solely on the reports
of the other auditors.
c) The financial statements of 7 subsidiaries, whose financial statements reflect total
revenues of Rs. 495.27 lakhs (before consolidated adjustment) and profit/(loss) after
tax (41.12) lakhs (before consolidated adjustment) for the period ended March 31,
2023, as considered in the consolidated financial statements, have not been audited
489either by us or by other auditors. These unaudited management certified financial
statements have been furnished to us by the Management and our opinion on the
consolidated financial statements, in so far as it relates to the amounts and disclosures
included in respect of this subsidiaries and our report in terms of sub-section (3) of
Section 143 of the Act in so far as it relates to the aforesaid subsidiaries, is based solely
on such unaudited management certified financial statements. In our opinion and
according to the information and explanations given to us by the Management, these
financial statements are not material to the Group and its associate.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, and our report on Other Legal
and Regulatory Requirements below, is not modified in respect of this matter with
respect to the financial statements certified by the Management.
Our opinion is not modified in respect of the above matter.”
10. Based on our examination and according to the information and explanations given to us,
we report that the Restated Consolidated Financial Information:
a) have been prepared after incorporating adjustments for the changes in accounting
policies, material errors and regrouping / reclassifications retrospectively in the
financial years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023, as applicable, to reflect
the same accounting treatment as per the accounting policies and grouping /
classifications followed as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025;
b) does not contain any qualifications requiring adjustments
(i) however, those unfavourable remarks, qualifications or adverse remarks in the
Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2020 issued by the Central Government of
India in terms of sub section (11) of the section 143 of the Act which do not
require any corrective adjustments in the Restated Consolidated Financial
Information and have been disclosed in Part C of Note 59 of the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information.
(ii) furthermore, the Auditor’s report on the Audited Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Group and an associate as at and for the year ended March 31,
2025 included a modified comment, as reproduced below:
“As stated in Note No. 63 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements
and based on our examination which included test checks, and that performed by
the respective auditors of the subsidiaries and associate which are companies
incorporated in India whose financial statements have been audited under the Act,
the Holding company, its subsidiaries and associate, in respect of financial year
commencing on 1 April, 2024, has used accounting software for maintaining its
books of account which has a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and
490the same has operated throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded
in respective software, except that, in case of Holding Company the audit trail
feature was not enabled at database level for accounting software to log any direct
data changes. Further, during the course of our audit, we and the respective
auditors of the above referred subsidiaries and its associate have not come across
any instance of audit trail feature being tampered with and except for the periods
where the audit trail feature was not enabled for the databases, the Group and its
associate have preserved the audit trial in accordance with statutory record
retention requirements.”
The above modified comment do not require any corrective adjustments in the
Restated Consolidated Financial Information and have been disclosed in Part C
of Note 59 of the Restated Consolidated Financial Information.
(iii) furthermore, the Auditor’s report on the Audited Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Group and its associates as at and for the year ended March 31,
2024 included a modified comment, as reproduced below:
“Based on our examination, which included test checks, and that performed by
the respective auditors of the subsidiaries including step down subsidiaries and
associates which are companies incorporated in India whose financial statements
have been audited under the Act, except for the instances mentioned below, the
Holding Company and its subsidiaries including step down subsidiaries and its
associates companies have used accounting software for maintaining its books of
account which has a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and the same
has operated throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded in the
respective software's:
(a) Based on our examination, which included test checks, the Holding
Company has used accounting software for maintaining its books of
account which have a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and
that has operated throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded
in the software, except that the audit log was not enabled to capture any
direct changes at the database level. Further, during the course of our audit,
we did not notice any instance of audit trail feature being tampered with.
(b) In respect of one (1) subsidiary, the subsidiary has used an accounting
software for maintaining its books of account for the financial year ended
March 31, 2024, which has a feature of recording audit trail (edit log)
facility. However, due to the inherent limitation of the accounting software,
we are unable to comment whether there were any instances of the audit
trail feature been tempered during the audit period.
491As proviso to Rule 3(1) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 is applicable
from April 1, 2023, reporting under Rule 11 (g) of the Companies (Audit and
Auditors) Rules, 2014 on preservation of audit trail as per the statutory
requirements for record retention is not applicable for the financial year ended
March 31, 2024.”
The above modified comment do not require any corrective adjustments in the
Restated Consolidated Financial Information and have been disclosed in Part C
of Note 59 of the Restated Consolidated Financial Information;
(iv) furthermore, the Auditor’s report on the General Purpose Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Group and its associates as at and for the year ended March 31,
2023 included an Emphasis of matter, as reproduced below:
“Emphasis of matter
Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to Note 35 to the consolidated
financial statements wherein one vendor has filed case for recovery of its dues
aggregating to 797 Lakhs in National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) against the
holding Company. However, Holding company has denied the vendor's claim as
vendor has not performed its obligations as per agreed terms. We have relied on
the management contention. However, our opinion is not modified in respect of
above matter.”
The above matter do not require any corrective adjustments in the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information and have been disclosed in Part C of Note 59
of the Restated Consolidated Financial Information;
c) have been prepared in accordance with the Act, the ICDR Regulations and the
Guidance Note.
11. We have not audited any consolidated financial statements of the Group as of any date or
for any period subsequent to March 31, 2025. Accordingly, we express no opinion on the
financial position, results of the operations, cash flows and statement of changes in equity
of the Group as of any date or for any period subsequent to March 31, 2025.
12. The Restated Consolidated Financial Information do not reflect the effects of events that
occurred subsequent to the respective dates of the reports on the Audited Consolidated
Financial Statements mentioned in Paragraph 4 above.
13. This report should not in any way be construed as a reissuance or re-dating of any of the
previous audit reports issued by us or the Predecessor Auditor and Other Auditor, nor
should this report be construed as a new opinion on any of the financial statements referred
to herein.
49214. We have no responsibility to update our report for events and circumstances occurring after
the date of the report.
15. Our report is intended solely for use of the Board of Directors for inclusion in the Offer
Document to be filed with SEBI, BSE, NSE and Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra at
Mumbai, as required, in connection with the proposed Offer. Our report should not be used,
referred to, or distributed for any other purpose except with our prior consent in writing.
Accordingly, we do not accept or assume any liability or any duty of care for any other
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may
come without our prior consent in writing.
For G. M. Kapadia & Co.
Chartered Accountants
Firm Registration No. 104767W
Atul Shah
Partner
Place: Mumbai Membership No. 039569
Date: September 25, 2025 UDIN: 25039569BMLNJD8721
493RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Restated Consolidated Balance Sheet
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Note As at As at As at
Particulars
no March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
A. Assets
(1) Non-current assets
(a) Property, plant and equipment 3 590.44 565.09 590.83
(b) Right-of-use assets 4 1,780.41 487.52 4.91
(c) Capital work-in-progress 3 328.62 21.46 1,851.11
(d) Investment properties 5 61.30 54.33 46.14
(e) Goodwill 7 1.83 1.83 1 .39
(f) Other intangible assets 6 7.85 9.68 37.93
(g) Investments accounted for using the equity method 8 0.01 0.32 0 .03
(h) Financial assets
(i) Investments 9 99.20 1 19.70 1 9.20
(ii) Other financial assets 10 565.72 3 03.90 7 7.57
(i) Other non-current assets 11 150.91 42.05 4 0.38
Total non-current assets 3 ,586.29 1 ,605.88 2 ,669.49
(2) Current assets
(a) Inventories 12 210.43 1 19.21 3 98.62
(b) Financial assets
(i) Trade receivables 13 5 ,528.02 2 ,006.27 1 ,621.69
(ii) Cash and cash equivalents 14 1 ,005.67 6 32.69 2 02.54
(iii) Bank balances other than (ii) above 15 1 ,427.48 8 98.68 3 14.36
(iv) Loans 16 178.40 31.22 3 3.15
(v) Other financial assets 17 163.10 69.41 1 18.06
(c) Other current assets 18 2 ,227.66 2 ,143.27 1 ,167.51
Total current assets 1 0,740.76 5 ,900.75 3 ,855.93
Total assets (1+2) 1 4,327.05 7 ,506.63 6 ,525.42
B. Equity and liabilities
(1) Equity
(a) Equity share capital 19 5 69.38 5 42.15 1 02.69
(b) Other equity 20 5 ,588.48 2 ,945.73 1 ,757.57
Equity attributable to owners of the Holding Company 6 ,157.86 3 ,487.88 1 ,860.26
Non-controlling interests 0.01 0.01 2 8.46
Total equity 6 ,157.87 3 ,487.89 1 ,888.72
Liabilities
(2) Non-current liabilities
(a) Financial liabilities
(i) Borrowings 21 263.44 2 78.50 9 35.95
(ii) Lease liabilities 22 1578.86 431.85 3.66
(b) Deferred grant 23 96.32 -
(c) Provisions ` 24 24.69 15.12 1 6.83
(d) Deferred tax liabilities (net) 25 76.98 1 11.49 5 6.85
Total non-current liabilities 2 ,040.29 8 36.96 1 ,013.29
(3) Current liabilities
(a) Financial liabilities
(i) Borrowings 26 2 ,441.05 1 ,114.72 1 67.07
(ii) Lease liabilities 22 51.52 43.59 2.15
(iii) Trade payables 27
total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and small enterprises 339.36 41.96 1 5.06
total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprises and 1 ,127.04 1 ,155.17 1 ,259.93
small enterprises
(iv) Other financial liabilities 28 191.42 1 53.60 1 ,853.09
(b) Other current liabilities 29 1 ,807.24 6 37.93 3 10.36
(c) Provisions 30 11.24 10.30 2 .58
(d) Current tax liabilities (net) 31 160.02 24.51 1 3.17
6 ,128.89 3 ,181.78 3 ,623.41
Total current liabilities
Total liabilities (2+3) 8 ,169.18 4 ,018.74 4 ,636.70
Total equity and liabilities (1+2+3) 1 4,327.05 7 ,506.63 6 ,525.42
Material accounting policies 2
See accompanying notes form an integral part of these Restated consolidated financial statements from Note No. 1 and Note No. 3 to 65.
As per our report of even date attached.
For and on behalf of For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
G. M. Kapadia & Co. Rays Power Infra Limited
Chartered Accountants
Firm Regn. No. 104767W
Atul Shah Ketan Mehta Pawan Kumar Sharma
Partner Managing Director Whole Time Director
DIN: 02590092
Membership No: 039569 DIN: 03044292
Place: Mumbai Ashish Jain Deepak Jangid
Date: September 25, 2025 Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary and Compliance Officer
Membership No: A45923
494RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
Particulars Note no March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Income:
Revenue from operations 32 1 2,206.41 1 0,487.99 7 ,765.81
Other income 33 1 74.90 2 37.07 1 ,139.29
Total income 1 2,381.31 1 0,725.06 8 ,905.10
Expenses:
Cost of materials consumed 34 6 ,374.55 5 ,849.62 4 ,727.22
Engineering, procurement and construction project expenses 35 2 ,603.75 1 ,778.76 1 ,439.91
Purchases of stock-in-trade 5 58.18 1 ,064.55 3 86.29
Changes in inventories of finished goods, stock-in-trade and work in progress 36 3 .69 24.27 1 3.15
Employee benefit expense 37 4 31.17 2 94.36 2 82.64
Depreciation and Amortisation expense 38 4 0.58 82.30 5 1.73
Finance costs 39 2 09.41 1 80.73 2 05.79
Other expense 40 2 93.02 2 75.46 2 15.75
Total expenses 1 0,514.35 9 ,550.05 7 ,322.48
Profit before share of net profit/(loss) of associates 1 ,866.96 1 ,175.01 1 ,582.62
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates ( 0.23) 0 .19 ( 0.01)
Profit before tax 1 ,866.73 1 ,175.20 1 ,582.61
Tax expense:
(1) Current tax expense 5 04.27 1 86.65 1 75.37
(2) Tax relating to earlier years ( 0.40) ( 16.78) -
(3) Deferred tax (credit)/charge ( 30.64) 91.47 1 17.34
Total tax expense 4 73.23 2 61.34 2 92.71
Profit for the year 1 ,393.50 9 13.86 1 ,289.90
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Re-measurement of defined benefit plans gain/ (loss) ( 4.21) ( 5.05) ( 0.52)
Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 1 .06 1.27 0 .13
Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss
Exchange differences on translating the financial statements of a foreign ( 11.16) - -
operation gain/ (loss)
Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified to profit or loss 2 .81 - -
Other comprehensive loss for the year (net of tax) ( 11.50) ( 3.78) ( 0.39)
Total comprehensive income for the year 1 ,382.00 9 10.08 1 ,289.51
Profit /(Loss) for the year attributable to :
Attributable to Owners of Holding Company 1 ,393.52 9 39.63 1 ,312.04
Attributable to Non-controlling interests ( 0.02) ( 25.77) ( 22.14)
Profit for the year 1 ,393.50 9 13.86 1 ,289.90
Other comprehensive income/ (loss) for the year attributable to:
Attributable to Owners of the Holding company ( 11.50) ( 3.78) ( 0.41)
Attributable to Non-controlling interests - - 0.02
Other comprehensive income for the year ( 11.50) ( 3.78) ( 0.39)
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:
Attributable to Owners of the Holding company 1382.02 935.85 1311.63
Attributable to Non-controlling interests (0.02) (25.77) (22.12)
Total comprehensive income for the year 1382.00 910.08 1289.51
Earnings per equity share (face value of Rs. 2/- per share):
Basic (Rs) 41 4 .96 3.61 5 .11
Diluted (Rs) 41 4 .95 3.61 5 .10
Material accounting policies 2
See accompanying notes form an integral part of these Restated consolidated financial statements from Note No. 1 and Note No. 3 to 65.
As per our report of even date attached.
For and on behalf of For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
G. M. Kapadia & Co. Rays Power Infra Limited
Chartered Accountants
Firm Regn. No. 104767W
Atul Shah Ketan Mehta Pawan Kumar Sharma
Partner Managing Director Whole Time Director
Membership No: 039569 DIN: 03044292 DIN: 02590092
Place: Mumbai Ashish Jain Deepak Jangid
Date: September 25, 2025 Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary and Compliance Officer
Membership No: A45923
495RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Restated Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
Particulars
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
A:CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Restated Profit before tax 1,866.73 1,175.20 1,582.61
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and Amortisation expense 40.58 82.30 51.73
Finance cost 209.41 180.73 205.79
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates 0.23 ( 0.19) 0.01
Fair valuation loss/(gain) from investments designated at FVTPL(net) 18.86 ( 0.61) (9.09)
Liabilities no longer required written back (0.00) ( 1.12) (85.76)
Employee share based payment 14.89 1.78 3.90
Profit on sale of Investments (21.37) - -
Interest income (110.63) ( 40.93) (40.34)
Allowance for expected credit loss (1.81) - 27.71
Balances written off 7.53 0.86 -
Unrealised foreign exchange (gain)/ loss (5.34) ( 5.20) (42.07)
Gain on account of loss of control of subsidiary ( 12.75) ( 150.15) (953.63)
Profit on sale of property, plant, equipment and investment properties (15.07) ( 10.51) -
Operating profit before working capital changes 1,991.26 1,232.16 740.86
Adjusted for:
(Increase)/decrease in inventories (91.22) 57.16 (6.28)
(Increase) in trade receivables (3,525.77) ( 974.87) (845.01)
(Increase) in other financial assets and other assets (196.01) ( 1,605.82) (999.13)
Increase in trade payables 277.35 871.33 345.44
Increase in other financial liabilities and other liabilities 1,212.19 348.19 219.21
Increase in provisions 4.38 1.44 5.35
Cash flow (used in) operations (327.82) ( 70.41) (539.56)
Less: Income tax (paid) (net of refund) (368.36) ( 158.53) (162.80)
Net cash (used in) operating activities (A) (696.18) ( 228.94) (702.36)
B:CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (291.76) ( 936.21) (185.87)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 30.98 17.52 -
Purchase of investment properties (18.85) ( 1.01) (1.89)
Proceeds from investment properties 16.79 - -
Proceeds from sale of investments 589.79 0.11 -
Investment in LLP's (refer note 58) - ( 10.60) -
Investement in associates - ( 0.03) -
Net proceeds on loss of control of subsidiary (net of cash and cash equivalents ) (refer (0.11) ( 22.19) 538.50
note 58)
Loan Received back 26.29 19.62 69.74
Loan granted (173.47) ( 58.51) (22.39)
Investment in others (566.71) - (10.11)
Net investment in fixed deposits (850.62) ( 807.10) 112.80
Interest received 79.55 40.47 37.52
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities (B) (1,158.12) ( 1,757.93) 538.30
C:CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds of long term borrowings 24.03 1,145.37 2,171.08
(Repayment) of long term borrowings (52.19) ( 210.80) ( 1,121.18)
Proceeds/(Repayment) of short term borrowings (net) 1,368.63 997.37 (536.80)
Proceeds from issue of equity share 1,255.00 689.99 -
Proceeds from issue of warrants convertible into equity share 20.00 - -
Redemption of preference share - - (98.41)
Finance cost paid (203.82) ( 155.71) (298.16)
Repayment of lease liabilities (184.37) ( 49.20) (2.32)
Net cash generated from financing activities(C) 2,227.28 2,417.02 114.21
NET CHANGES IN CASH & CASH EQUIVALENT (A+B+C) 372.98 430.15 (49.85)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 632.69 202.54 252.40
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 1,005.67 632.69 202.54
For the year ended For the year ended For the Year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Cash and cash equivalent includes:
(a) Balances with banks
- In current accounts 419.07 236.44 138.97
- In cash credit 583.46 393.21 7.69
(b) Cash on hand 3.14 3.04 0.70
(c) Cheque in hand - - 2.69
(d) Bank deposits with original maturity of up to three months - - 52.49
1,005.67 632.69 202.54
496RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Restated Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
This section sets out the movements in net debt for each of the year presented:
For the year ended For the year ended For the Year ended
Movement of debt*
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Opening outstanding 1,393.22 1,103.02 6,263.60
Adjustment on account of loss of control (refer note 58) (29.20) ( 1,641.74) ( 5,673.68)
Cash flows:
Proceeds from long term borrowings 24.03 1,145.37 2,171.08
Repayment of long term borrowings (52.19) ( 210.80) ( 1,121.18)
Proceeds/(repayment) of short term borrowings (net) 1,368.63 997.37 (536.80)
Non cash changes - - -
Closing balance 2,704.49 1,393.22 1,103.02
* For movement of lease liabilities refer note no. 56
Note:1. Figures in bracket indicates cash out flow.
2. The above cash flow statement has been prepared under the indirect method as set out in IND AS - 7 'Statement of Cash Flows'.
Material accounting policies 2
See accompanying notes form an integral part of these Restated consolidated financial statements from Note No. 1 and Note No. 3 to 65.
As per our report of even date attached.
For and on behalf of For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
G. M. Kapadia & Co. Rays Power Infra Limited
Chartered Accountants
Firm Regn. No. 104767W
Atul Shah Pawan Kumar Sharma Ketan Mehta
Partner Whole Time Director Managing Director
Membership No: 039569 DIN: 02590092 DIN: 03044292
Place: Mumbai Ashish Jain Deepak Jangid
Date: September 25, 2025 Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary and Compliance Officer
Membership No: A45923
497RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Restated Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
A. Equity share capital* No of shares Amount
As at April 1, 2022 10,269,351 102.69
Changes in equity shares capital during the year - -
As at March 31, 2023 10,269,351 102.69
Changes in equity shares capital during the year 43,945,973 439.46
As at March 31, 2024 54,215,324 542.15
Changes in equity shares capital during the year 2,722,342 27.23
Impact of share split 227,750,664 -
As at March 31, 2025 284,688,330 569.38
* Also refer note 19
B. Other equity*
Other Equity
Particulars Reserves and Surplus Other comprehensive income
Retained Securities Capital Capital Share Money Exchange
earnings premium reserve on redemption based received differences on Remeasuremen Non-
consolidation reserve payment against translating the t of defined Total controlling Total
reserve share financial benefit plans interests
warrants statements of
foreign
operations
Balance as at April 1, 2022 61.97 3 95.61 34.03 35.58 0.76 - - 1 .82 5 29.77 125.24 655.01
Add: Profit for the year 1,312.04 - - - - - - - 1 ,312.04 (22.14) 1,289.90
Less: On account of sale of subsidiary - - (34.03) - - - - - (34.03) (122.94) ( 156.97)
Less: On account of Purchase of
subsidiary - - - - - - - - - 48.28 48.28
Less: Remeasurement loss on defined
- - - - -
benefit obligations (net) - - ( 0.41) (0.41) 0.02 ( 0.39)
Less: Adjustment on consolidation ( 53.70) - - - - - - - (53.70) - ( 53.70)
Add : Share based payments - - - - 3.90 - - - 3 .90 - 3.90
Balance as at March 31, 2023 1,320.31 3 95.61 - 35.58 4.66 - - 1 .41 1 ,757.57 28.46 1,786.03
Add: Profit for the year 939.63 - - - - - - - 9 39.63 (25.77) 913.86
Less: On account of sale of subsidiary - - - - - - - - - (2.68) ( 2.68)
Less: Remeasurement loss on defined
- - - - - ( 3.78) (3.78) -
benefit obligations (net) - - ( 3.78)
Add: Premium on shares issued during
the year - 6 70.09 - - - - - - 6 70.09 - 670.09
Less: Bonus share issued during the
year - (419.56) - - - - - - (419.56) - ( 419.56)
Add : Share based payments - - - - 1.78 - - - 1 .78 - 1.78
Balance as at March 31, 2024 2,259.94 6 46.14 - 35.58 6.44 - - ( 2.37) 2 ,945.73 0.01 2,945.74
Add: Profit for the year 1,393.52 - - - - - - - 1 ,393.52 (0.02) 1,393.50
Less: Remeasurement loss on defined
benefit obligations (net) - - - - - - - ( 3.15) (3.15) - ( 3.15)
Less: Exchange differences on - - - - - - (8.35) - (8.35) - ( 8.35)
translating the financial statements of a
foreign operation gain/ (loss)
Add: Other adjustments 0.28 - - - - - - ( 0.30) (0.02) 0.02 ( 0.00)
Add: Premium on shares issued during - 1 ,227.78 - - - - - - -
the year 1 ,227.78 1,227.78
Add: Received during the year - - - - - 20.00 - - 2 0.00 - 20.00
Less: Bonus share issued during the
year - - - - - - - - - - -
Add : Share based payments - - - - 12.97 - - - 1 2.97 - 12.97
Balance as at March 31, 2025 3,653.74 1 ,873.92 - 35.58 19.41 20.00 (8.35) ( 5.82) 5 ,588.48 0.01 5,588.49
* Also refer note 20
Material accounting policies 2
See accompanying notes form an integral part of these Restated consolidated financial statements from Note No. 1 and Note No. 3 to 65.
As per our report of even date attached.
For and on behalf of For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
G. M. Kapadia & Co. Rays Power Infra Limited
Chartered Accountants -
Firm Regn. No. 104767W
Atul Shah Ketan Mehta Pawan Kumar Sharma
Partner Managing Director Whole Time Director
Membership No: 039569 DIN: 03044292 DIN: 02590092
Place: Mumbai Ashish Jain Deepak Jangid
Date: September 25, 2025 Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary and Compliance Officer
Membership No: A45923
498Rays Power Infra Limited
Summary Statement of Material Accounting Policies and Other Explanatory Information to Restated
Consolidated Financial Information
(Amount in INR million, unless otherwise stated)
1. Corporate Information
The Rays Power Infra Limited (the “Holding Company”/ “Company”) is a Public Company domiciled in India
and is incorporated under the provisions of the Companies Act applicable in India. The registered office of the
Company is located at 1st -21 Evershine Mall North Meter Cabin 1, Malad West Mumbai, Mumbai City
Maharashtra 400064. The Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the Group) and an associate primarily
engaged in offering design, consulting, turnkey Engineering Procurement and Construction (EPC) and
Operation and Management (O&M) services and has involved in co-development and sale of photovoltaic
(PV) solar modules, for extending its services to its client, translating to benefit of shared infrastructure and
engineering cost.
2. Summary of material accounting policies
A. Basis of preparation:
The Restated Consolidated Financial Information of the Group and an associate comprises the Restated
Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as at March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31 2023
and Restated Consolidated Statements of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), Restated
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Restated Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, for the years
ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 and Summary Statement of Material Accounting
Policies, and other explanatory information to the Restated Consolidated Financial Statements and the
Statement of Adjustments to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended and as at
March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 and Audited Special Purpose Consolidated Financial Statements for the
years ended March 31, 2023 (hereinafter referred to as ‘Restated Consolidated Financial Information’) has
been approved by the board of directors on September 25, 2025.
These Restated Consolidated Financial Information have been prepared by the Management for the
purpose of inclusion in the Draft Red Herring Prospectus (“DRHP”) to be filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”), BSE limited (“BSE”) and National Stock Exchange of
India Limited (“NSE”) (collectively the “Stock Exchanges” ) and the Registrar of Companies,
Maharashtra at Mumbai (“ROC”) in connection with its proposed Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) of
equity shares of face value of INR 2 each of the Company comprising a fresh issue of equity shares and
an offer for sale of equity shares held by the selling shareholders (collectively, the “Offering”).
The Restated Consolidates Financial Information have been prepared for the Group as a going concern on
the basis of relevant Ind AS that are effective as at March 31, 2025, in accordance with the requirements of:
a) Section 26 of Part I of Chapter III of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act");
b) Relevant provisions of The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2018, as amended (“the SEBI ICDR Regulations”) issued by the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) on September 11, 2018 as amended from time to
time in pursuance of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992.
499Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
c) The Guidance Note on Reports in Company Prospectuses (Revised 2019) issued by the Institute of
Chartered Accountants of India (the “ICAI”), as amended from time to time (the “Guidance Note”).
The Restated Consolidated Financial Information have been compiled by the Management from:
a) Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and its associates as at and for the years ended
March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 prepared in accordance with Ind AS as prescribed under section
133 of the Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended, and
other accounting principles generally accepted in India, which have been approved by the Board of
Directors at their meetings held on August 18, 2025, and September 30, 2024 respectively; and
b) Audited Special Purpose Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and its associates as at and for
the year ended March 31, 2023 prepared in accordance with Ind AS as prescribed under section 133 of
the Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended, and other
accounting principles generally accepted in India, which have been approved by the Board of Directors at
their meeting held on December 29, 2023.
The Restated Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and its associate have been prepared to comply
in all material respects with the Indian Accounting Standards (“Ind AS”) as prescribed under Section 133 of
the Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 (as amended from time to time),
presentation requirements of Division II of Schedule III to the Act, as applicable to the Restated consolidated
financial statements and other relevant provisions of the Act.
The Restated consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the
following assets and liabilities which have been measured at fair value or revalued amount:
Certain financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value (refer accounting policy regarding financial
instruments) and
Defined benefit assets / liability – fair value of plan assets less present value of defined benefit
obligations
The Restated Consolidated Financial Information are presented in Indian Rupees (₹), which is also the
functional currency of the Group and its associates. All amounts are rounded off to the nearest millions
except, unless otherwise indicated.
These Restated Consolidated Financial Information do not reflect the effects of events that occurred
subsequent to the date of board meeting approving these Restated Consolidated Financial Information.
The Restated Consolidated Financial Information:
a) have been prepared after incorporating adjustments for the changes in accounting policies, material errors
and regrouping / reclassifications retrospectively in the financial years ended March 31, 2024 and March
31, 2023, as applicable, to reflect the same accounting treatment as per the accounting policies and
grouping / classifications followed as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025;
500Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
b) does not require any adjustment for modification as there is no modification in the underlying audit
reports on audited consolidated financial statements/ special purpose consolidated interim financial
statements.
B. Basis of consolidation
Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the
investee and has ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Specifically, the Group
controls an investee if and only if the Group has: -
Power over the investee (i.e., existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities
of the investee),
Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and
The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.
Generally, there is a presumption that a majority of voting rights result in control. To support this presumption
and when the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers
all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:
The contractual arrangement with the other vote holders of the investee
Rights arising from other contractual arrangements
The Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights
The size of the group’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of the holdings of the
other voting rights holders
The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are
changes to one or more of the three elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group
obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Assets,
liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the
restated consolidated financial information from the date the Group gains control until the date the Group
ceases to control the subsidiary.
Restated Consolidated financial information are prepared using uniform accounting policies for like
transactions and other events in similar circumstances. If a member of the Group uses accounting policies other
than those adopted in the restated consolidated financial information for like transactions and events in similar
circumstances, appropriate adjustments are made to that Group member’s financial statements in preparing the
restated consolidated financial information to ensure conformity with the Group’s accounting policies.
The financial statements of all entities used for the purpose of consolidation are drawn up to same reporting
date as that of the parent Company, i.e., year ended on March 31. When the end of the reporting period of the
parent is different from that of a subsidiary, the subsidiary prepares, for consolidation purposes, additional
financial information as of the same date as the financial statements of the parent to enable the parent to
consolidate the financial information of the subsidiary, unless it is impracticable to do so.
Consolidation procedure:
(a) The financial statements of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries are combined on a line-by-line basis
by adding together like items of assets, liabilities, equity, incomes, expense and cash flows, after fully
eliminating intra-group balances and intragroup transactions.
(b) Combine like items of assets, liabilities, equity, income, expense, and cash flows of the parent with those
501Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
of its subsidiaries. For this purpose, income and expenses of the subsidiary are based on the amounts of the
assets and liabilities recognised in the restated consolidated financial information at the acquisition date.
(c) Offset (eliminate) the carrying amount of the parent’s investment in each subsidiary and the parent’s
portion of equity of each subsidiary. Business combinations policy explains how to account for any related
goodwill.
(d) Eliminate in full intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expense, and cash flows relating to
transactions between entities of the group (profits or losses resulting from intragroup transactions that are
recognised in assets, such as inventory and fixed assets, are eliminated in full). Intragroup losses may
indicate an impairment that requires recognition in the restated consolidated financial information. Ind AS
12 Income Taxes applies to temporary differences that arise from the elimination of profits and losses
resulting from intragroup transactions.
(e) Investment in Associates and Joint Ventures are accounted under the Equity Method as per Ind AS 28 –
Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures.
(f) The difference between the proceeds from disposal of investment in subsidiaries and the carrying amount
of its assets less liabilities as on the date of disposal is recognised in the Restated Consolidated Statement
of Profit and Loss being the Gain on loss of control of subsidiary.
(g) The Group accounts for its share of post-acquisition changes in net assets of associates and joint ventures,
after eliminating unrealised profits and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and its
associates and joint ventures.
(h) Non-Controlling Interest’s share of profit / loss of restated consolidated subsidiaries for the year is
identified and adjusted against the income of the Group in order to arrive at the net income attributable to
shareholders of the Company.
Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income (OCI) are attributed to the equity holders of
the parent of the Group and to the non-controlling interests, even if this results in the non-controlling interests
having a deficit balance. When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to
bring their accounting policies into line with the Group’s accounting policies.
A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted as an equity
transaction. If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it:
Derecognises the assets (including goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiary at their carrying amounts
at the date when control is lost
Derecognises the carrying amount of any non-controlling interests
Derecognises the cumulative translation differences recorded in equity
Recognises the fair value of the consideration received
Recognises the fair value of any investment retained
Recognises any surplus or deficit in profit or loss
Recognise that distribution of shares of subsidiary to Group in Group’s capacity as owners
Reclassifies the parent’s share of components previously recognised in OCI to profit or loss or
transferred directly to retained earnings, if required by other Ind ASs as would be required if the
Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities
502Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
C. Foreign Currency Transactions
Functional & presentational currency
The financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries, which are consolidated into the restated consolidated
financial information of the Group, are prepared and the items included in the financial statements are
measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates ("the
functional currency"). The restated consolidated financial information are prepared in the Indian Rupees
which is the Group`s presentation currency.
The Group has deemed the cumulative translation differences for foreign operations at the date of
transition to be zero. Adjustments to give effect to this are recorded against opening equity. After the date
of transition, translation differences arising on translation of foreign operations are recognised in other
comprehensive income and included in a separate translation reserve within equity.
Transactions and balances
On initial recognition, all foreign currency transactions are recorded by applying to the foreign currency
amount the exchange rate between the functional currency and the foreign currency at the date of the
transaction. Gains/Losses arising out of fluctuation in foreign exchange rate between the transaction date
and settlement date are recognised in the Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss.
All monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are at the year end at the exchange rate prevailing
at the year end and the exchange differences are recognised in the Restated Consolidated Statement of
Profit and Loss.
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated
using the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions.
Translation of financial statements of foreign operations
Assets and liabilities of the foreign operations are translated at the closing exchange rate at the reporting
date, Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period, equity items are
translated at historical exchange rates and exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in
the restated consolidated other comprehensive income.
D. Current vs Non-Current classifications :
An operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation in
cash and cash equivalents. The Group has identified twelve months as its operating cycle. The projects
business comprises long-term contracts which have an operating cycle exceeding one year. For
classification of current assets and liabilities related to projects business, the Group uses the duration of
the contract as its operating cycle.
The Group presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheet based on current/ non-current
classification.
503Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
An asset is treated as current when it satisfies below criteria:
1. Expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle;
2. Held for primary purpose of trading;
3. Expected to be realised within twelve months after reporting period; or
4. Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at
least twelve months after the reporting period
All other assets are classified as non-current assets.
A liability is classified as current when it satisfies below criteria:
1. Expected to settle the liability in normal operating cycle;
2. Help primarily for the purpose of trading;
3. Due to be settled within twelve months after reporting period; or
4. There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of liability for at least twelve months after
reporting period.
All other liabilities are classified as non-current liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.
E. Property, plant and equipment (PPE)
Property, Plant and Equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and accumulated
impairment losses, if any. Cost comprises the purchase price, including import duties and non- refundable
purchase taxes, and any directly attributable cost of bringing the asset to its working condition for its
intended use. Such cost includes the cost of replacing part of the plant and equipment and borrowing costs
for long-term construction projects if the recognition criteria are met.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as
appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to
the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component
accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are
charged to Statement of Profit and Loss during the year in which they are incurred.
Gains or losses arising from de-recognition of a property, plant and equipment are measured as the
difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in
the Statement of Profit and Loss when the asset is derecognized.
PPE not ready for the intended use on the date of the Balance Sheet are disclosed as “capital work-in-
progress”.
F. Intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible
assets acquired in a business combination is their fair value at the date of acquisition. Following initial
recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated
impairment losses.
504Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
Gains or losses arising from de-recognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference
between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the
statement of profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.
G. Depreciation/amortization
Depreciable amount for assets is the cost of an asset, or other amount substituted for cost, less its estimated
residual value which is taken as nil.
The Group and an associate provide depreciation on the Straight Line Method (SLM) based on the life
of assets estimated by the management which is in line with Schedule II of Companies Act, 2013.
Depreciation has been provided on pro-rata basis from the date the assets are put to use during the
financial year. In respect of asset sold or disposed off during the year, depreciation is provided till the
date of sale/disposal/adjustments of the assets.
The estimated useful lives of assets and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and, when
necessary, and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate
An item of property, plant and equipment and any significant part initially recognised is derecognised
upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or
loss arising on de-recognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the income statement when the asset is
derecognised.
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lease period, which corresponds with the useful lives of
the assets.
The Group amortizes intangible assets over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method
(SLM).
H. Lease
The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract
conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for
consideration.
Group as a lessee
The Group applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short-term
leases and leases of low-value assets. The Group recognises lease liabilities to make lease payments and
right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets.
i) Right-of-use assets
The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the
underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated
depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any re-measurement of lease liabilities. The cost of
right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and
lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use
assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis from the commencement date over the shorter of the lease
505Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
term and the estimated useful lives of the assets.
If ownership of the leased asset transfers to the Group at the end of the lease term or the cost reflects the
exercise of a purchase option, depreciation is calculated using the estimated useful life of the asset.
The right-of-use assets are also subject to impairment. Refer to the accounting policies in section (J)
Impairment of non-financial assets.
ii) Lease liabilities
At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present
value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments
(including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that
depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. The lease
payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the
Group and payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising
the option to terminate. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as
expenses (unless they are incurred to produce inventories) in the period in which the event or condition
that triggers the payment occurs.
In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the
lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After
the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and
reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is re-measured if
there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the lease payments (e.g., changes to future
payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine such lease payments) or a change
in the assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset.
Lease liabilities and Right-of-use assets have been presented as a separate line in the balance sheet. Lease
payments have been classified as cash used in financing activities.
iii) Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases of all
assets that have a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets. The Group recognises
the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease.
Group as a lessor
Lease income from operating leases where the Group is a lessor is recognised in income on a straight-line basis
over the lease term unless the receipts are structured to increase in line with expected general inflation to
compensate for the expected inflationary cost increases. The respective leased assets are included in the
balance sheet based on their nature.
506Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
I. Investment Property
Property that is held for long-term rental yields or for capital appreciation or both, and that is not occupied
by the Group, is classified as investment property. Investment property is measured initially at its cost,
including related transaction costs and where applicable borrowing costs. Subsequent expenditure is
capitalised to the asset’s carrying amount only when it is probable that future economic benefits
associated with the expenditure will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
All other repairs and maintenance costs are expensed when incurred. When part of an investment property
is replaced, the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised. Investment properties are
subsequently measured at cost less depreciation. Investment properties are depreciated using the straight-
line method over their estimated useful lives.
J. Financial instruments
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial
liability or equity instrument of another entity.
1. Financial asset
a) Initial recognition and measurement
All financial assets are initially recognized at fair value. Transaction costs will be considered as part
of the cost of acquisition that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets,
which are measured through Fair Value Through Profit and Loss (FVTPL). Purchase and sale of
financial assets are recognised using trade date accounting.
Fair value Measurement
The Group measures financial instruments, such as, derivatives at fair value at each balance sheet date.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value
measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability
takes place either:
► In the principal market for the asset or liability, or
► In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability
accessible to the Company.
The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual
cash flow characteristics and the Group business model for managing them. All financial assets are
recognised initially at fair value plus transaction costs that are attributable to the acquisition of the
financial assets in the case of financial assets not recorded at fair value through profit or loss, however
transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets at fair value through profit
and loss are immediately recognised in the statement of profit and loss. Purchases or sales of financial
assets that require delivery of assets within a time frame established by regulation or convention in the
market place (regular way trades) are recognised on the trade date, i.e., the date that the Group
commits to purchase or sell the asset.
507Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
b) Subsequent measurement
Financial assets measured at amortised cost
A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it is held within a business model whose
objective is to hold the asset in order to collect contractual cash flows and the
Contractual terms of the Financial Asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely
payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
Financial assets measured at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (FVTOCI)
A financial asset is measured at FVTOCI if it is held within a business model whose objective is
achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets and the contractual
terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
For Equity investments the Group has elected to recognize changes in the fair value of certain
investments in equity securities in other comprehensive income. These changes are accumulated
within the FVOCI equity investments reserve within equity.
Financial Assets measured at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (FVTPL)
A financial asset which is not classified in any of the above categories is measured at FVTPL.
Investment in equity instruments issued by subsidiary, associate and joint venture companies are
measured at cost less impairment.
c) Loans to employees and other entities
Loans given to employees and other entities are repayable to the company on demand and hence are
carried at cost in the financial statements.
d) Impairment of financial assets
In accordance with Ind-AS 109, the Group applies Expected Credit Loss (ECL) model for
evaluating impairment of financial assets. Expected credit losses are measured through a loss
allowance at an amount equal to:
The 12-months expected credit losses (expected credit losses that result from those default events on
the financial instrument that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date); or
Full lifetime expected credit losses (expected credit losses that result from all possible default events
over the life of the financial instrument)
For Trade Receivables the Group applies ‘simplified approach’ which requires expected lifetime
losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. The Company uses historical
508Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
default rates to determine impairment loss on the portfolio of trade receivables. At all reporting date
these historical default rates are reviewed and changes in the forward-looking estimates are
analysed. For other assets, the Group uses 12-month ECL to provide for impairment loss where
there is no significant increase in credit risk. If there is significant increase in credit risk full lifetime
ECL is used.
The Group has used a practical expedient by computing the Expected Credit Loss allowance based
on a provision matrix.
2. Financial liabilities
a) Financial liabilities: initial recognition and measurement
All financial liabilities are recognized at fair value and in case of borrowings, net of directly
attributable cost. Fees of recurring nature are directly recognised in the Statement of Profit and
Loss as finance cost.
b) Financial liabilities: subsequent measurement
Financial liabilities are carried at amortized cost using the Effective interest rate (EIR) method.
For trade and other payables maturing within one year from the balance sheet date, the carrying
amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments.
c) Loans and borrowings
This is the category most relevant to the Group. After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans
and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. Gains and
losses are recognised in statement of profit and loss when the liabilities are derecognised as well
as through the EIR amortization process.
Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and
fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included as finance
costs in the statement of profit and loss.
3. De-recognition of financial instruments
The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the
financial asset expire or it transfers the financial asset and the transfer qualifies for de-recognition
under Ind AS 109. A financial liability (or a part of a financial liability) is derecognized from the
Company’s balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged or cancelled or
expires.
4. Offsetting
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is presented in the balance
sheet when, and only when, the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the amount and it
intends, either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability
simultaneously.
509Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
K. Employee benefits:
1. Short term employee benefits
Employee benefits such as salaries, wages, short-term compensated absences, bonus, ex-gratia and
performance-linked rewards falling due wholly within twelve months of rendering the service are classified
as short-term employee benefits and are expensed in the period in which the employee renders the service.
2. Post-employment benefits
a) Defined contribution plan:
(i) Provident fund
The Group superannuation scheme, state governed provident fund scheme, and employee pension
scheme are defined contribution plans. The contribution paid/payable under the schemes is
recognised during the period in which the employee renders the service. The Group has no
obligation, other than the contribution payable to the provident fund. If the contribution payable to
the scheme for service received before the balance sheet date exceeds the contribution already paid,
the deficit payable to the scheme is recognized as a liability after deducting the contribution already
paid. If the contribution already paid exceeds the contribution due for services received before the
balance sheet date, then excess is recognized as an asset to the extent that the pre-payment will lead
to, for example, a reduction in future payment or a cash refund.
b) Defined benefits plan:
The Group provides for gratuity, a defined benefit plan (the 'Gratuity Plan") covering eligible
employees in accordance with the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972.Gratuity liability is a defined
benefit obligation and is provided on the basis of its actuarial valuation based on the projected unit
credit method made at each Balance Sheet date.
Remeasurements, comprising of actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the asset ceiling, excluding
amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability and the return on plan assets
(excluding amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability), are recognised
immediately in the balance sheet with a corresponding debit or credit to retained earnings through
OCI in the period in which they occur. Remeasurements are not reclassified to profit or loss in
subsequent periods.
c) Other long-term employee benefit obligations
L. Compensated absences: The employees can carry-forward a portion of the unutilised accrued
compensated absences and utilise it in future service periods or receive cash compensation on
termination of employment. Since, the compensated absences do not fall due wholly within twelve
months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service and are also not
expected to be utilised wholly within twelve months after the end of such period, the benefit is
classified as a long-term employee benefit. The Group records an obligation for such compensated
absences in the period in which the employee renders the services that increase their entitlement. The
510Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
obligation is measured on the basis of independent actuarial valuation using the projected unit credit
method on the Balance Sheet date.Income taxes
Tax expenses comprise of current and deferred tax.
A. Current Tax:
Current income tax is measured at the amount expected to be paid to the tax authorities in accordance
with the Income-tax Act, 1961 enacted in India. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the
amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted, at the reporting date.
Current income tax relating to items recognised outside profit or loss is recognised outside profit or
loss (either in other comprehensive income or in equity). Current tax items are recognised in
correlation to the underlying transaction either in OCI or directly in equity. Management periodically
evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax
regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.
B. Deferred Tax:
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary difference between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities in the Financial Statements and the corresponding tax based used in computation of
taxable profit.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent it is probable that taxable profit will be available
against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax losses can
be utilized.
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the
period in which the liability is settled or the asset realised, based on tax rates(and tax laws) that have
been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The carrying amount of
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are reviewed at the end of each reporting period.
M. Inventories
Inventories are valued after providing for obsolescence, as under:
(i) Raw materials, components, construction materials, stores, spares and loose tools at lower of
weighted average cost or net realisable value. However, these items are considered to be realisable
at cost if the finished products in which they will be used, are expected to be sold at or above cost.
Cost includes cost of purchase and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present
location and condition
(ii) Finished goods and stock-in-trade (in respect of goods acquired for trading) at lower of weighted
average cost or net realisable value. Cost includes costs of purchases, costs of conversion and other
costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location. Taxes which are subsequently
recoverable from taxation authorities are not included in the cost.
511Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
Assessment of net realisable value is made at each reporting period end and when the circumstances
that previously caused inventories to be written-down below cost no longer exist or when there is
clear evidence of an increase in net realisable value because of changed economic circumstances,
the write-down, if any, in the past period is reversed to the extent of the original amount written-
down so that the resultant carrying amount is the lower of the cost and the revised net realisable
value.
N. Revenue recognition:
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the goods or services are
transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects
to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.
For performance obligation satisfied over time, the revenue recognition is done by measuring the
progress towards complete satisfaction of performance obligation. The progress is measured in terms of
a proportion of actual cost incurred to date, to the total estimated cost attributable to the performance
obligation.
The Group transfers control of a good or service over time and therefore satisfies a performance
obligation and recognises revenue over a period of time if one of the following criteria is met:
the customer simultaneously consumes the benefit of the Group’s performance or
the customer controls the asset as it is being created/enhanced by the Group’s performance or
there is no alternative use of the asset and the Group has either explicit or implicit right of payment
considering legal precedents,
In all other cases, performance obligation is considered as satisfied at a point in time.
Revenue from sale of products is recognised on transfer of control of the products to the customers as
per terms of the contract.
Revenue from operation & maintenance is recognized as the proportion of the total period of services
contract that has elapsed at the end of the reporting period
Revenue from works contracts and Income from designing and engineering services , where the
outcome can be estimated reliably, is recognised over time based on the input method. Under the input
method, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to
date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. Revenue, including
estimated fees or profits, are recorded proportionally as costs are incurred. The related costs are
recognised in consolidated profit or loss when they are incurred.
When the Group satisfies a performance obligation by delivering the promised goods or services it
creates a contract asset based on the amount of consideration to be earned by the performance. Where
the amount of consideration received from a customer exceeds the amount of revenue recognised this
gives rise to a contract liability.
512Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
Any variations in contract work, claims, incentive payments are included in the transaction price if it is
highly probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not occur once associated uncertainties are
resolved.
Consideration is adjusted for the time value of money if the period between the transfer of goods or
services and the receipt of payment exceeds twelve months and there is a significant financing benefit
either to the customer or the group.
Revenue from sale of power is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fee
is fixed or determinable, energy kilowatts are supplied and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue
is based on the energy kilowatts actually supplied to customers (including the energy kilowatts
supplied and not billed on reporting date) multiplied by the rate per kilo-watt agreed to in the respective
PPAs. The energy kilowatts supplied by the Group are validated by the customer prior to billing and
recognition of revenue.
The revenue is recognised to the extent of transaction price allocated to the performance obligation
satisfied. Transaction price is the amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in
exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer excluding amounts collected on behalf of a
third party. The Group includes variable consideration as part of transaction price when there is a basis
to reasonably estimate the amount of the variable consideration and when it is probable that a
significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the uncertainty associated
with the variable consideration is resolved. Variable consideration is estimated using the expected value
method or most likely amount as appropriate in a given circumstance. Payment terms agreed with a
customer are as per business practice and the financing component, if significant, is separated from the
transaction price and accounted as interest income. Costs to obtain a contract which are incurred
regardless of whether the contract was obtained are charged-off in profit or loss immediately in the
period in which such costs are incurred. Incremental costs of obtaining a contract, if any, and costs
incurred to fulfil a contract are amortised over the period of execution of the contract in proportion to
the progress measured in terms of a proportion of actual cost incurred to-date, to the total estimated cost
attributable to the performance obligation.
Significant judgments are used in:
Determining the revenue to be recognised in case of performance obligation satisfied over a period
of time; revenue recognition is done by measuring the progress towards complete satisfaction of
performance obligation.
Determining the expected losses, which are recognised in the period in which such losses become
probable based on the expected total contract cost as at the reporting date.
Determining the method to be applied to arrive at the variable consideration requiring an adjustment
to the transaction price.
(i) Other income
Interest income on investments and loans is accrued on a time basis by reference to the
principal outstanding and the effective interest rate including interest on investments classified
as fair value through profit or loss or fair value through other comprehensive income. Interest
receivable on customer dues is recognised as income in the Restated Consolidated Statement of
Profit and Loss on accrual basis provided there is no uncertainty of realisation.
513Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
Dividend income is accounted in the period in which the right to receive the same is
established.
Government grants, which are revenue in nature and are towards compensation for the
qualifying costs incurred by the Group, are recognised as other income/reduced from
underlying expenses in profit or loss in the period in which such costs are incurred.
Government grants related to an asset are reduced from the cost of an asset until the asset is
ready to use and the grant post that is presented as deferred income. Subsequently the grant is
recognised as income in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the expected useful life of the
related asset. Government grant receivable in the form of duty credit scrips is recognised as
other income in the Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss in the period in which
the application is made to the government authorities and to the extent there is no uncertainty
towards its receipt.
Other items of income are accounted as and when the right to receive such income arises and it
is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of income can be
measured reliably.
O. Onerous Contract
If the Group has a contract that is onerous, the present obligation under the contract is recognized and
measured as a provision. However, before a separate provision for an onerous contract is established, the
Group recognizes any impairment loss that has occurred on assets dedicated to that contract. An onerous
contract is a contract under which the unavoidable costs (i.e. the costs that the Group cannot avoid because
it has the contract) of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to
be received under it. The unavoidable costs under a contract reflect the least net cost of exiting from the
contract, which is the lower of the cost of fulfilling it and any compensation or penalties arising from
failure to fulfil it.
P. Borrowing costs:
Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a
qualifying asset are capitalized as a part of the cost of assets during the period of time that is required to
complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or sale. Qualifying assets are assets that necessarily
take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale.
Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their
expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalization.
Borrowing cost consist of interest (calculated using effective rate of interest method) and other cost that
an entity incurred in connection with the borrowing cost.
Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.
514Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
Q. Provisions, contingent liabilities & contingent assets
General
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a
past event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate
can be made of the amount of the obligation. The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate
of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking
into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation.
Long-term provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. Short term provisions are carried at their
redemption value and are not offset against receivables from reimbursements.
Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities are disclosed when there is a possible obligation arising from past events, the
existence of which will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain
future events not wholly within the control of the Group or a present obligation that arises from past
events where it is either not probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle or a reliable
estimate of the amount cannot be made.
Contingent Assets
A contingent asset is not recognized unless it becomes virtually certain that an inflow of economic
benefits will arise. When an inflow of economic benefits is probable, contingent assets are disclosed in
the financial statements.
R. Impairment of Assets:
As at the end of each financial year, the carrying amounts of PPE, investment property, intangible assets
and investments in subsidiary are reviewed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets
have suffered an impairment loss. If such indication exists, PPE, investment property and intangible
assets are tested for impairment so as to determine the impairment loss, if any. Intangible assets with
indefinite life are tested for impairment each year. Impairment loss is recognised when the carrying
amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount.
Recoverable amount is determined:
in the case of an individual asset, at the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value-in-
use; and
in the case of a cash generating unit (the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates
independent cash flows), at the higher of the cash generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell and
the value-in-use.
The amount of value-in-use is determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows from the
continuing use of an asset, which may vary based on the future performance of the Group and from its
disposal at the end of its useful life. For this purpose, the discount rate (pre-tax) is determined based on
the weighted average cost of capital of the Group suitably adjusted for risks specified to the estimated
cash flows of the asset. If recoverable amount of an asset (or cash generating unit) is estimated to be less
than its carrying amount, such deficit is recognised immediately in the Restated Consolidated Statement
of Profit and Loss as impairment loss and the carrying amount of the asset (or cash generating unit) is
reduced to its recoverable amount. When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount
515Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
of the asset (or cash generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, such
that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been
determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or cash generating unit) in prior years.
A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in the Restated Consolidated Statement of
Profit and Loss.
S. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalent in the balance sheet comprise cash at banks and on hand and short-term
deposits with an original maturity of three months or less, that are readily convertible to a known
amount of cash and subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
For the purpose of the Restated consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist
of cash and short-term deposits, as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts as they are
considered an integral part of the Group’s cash management.
T. Segment reporting
Operating segments are those components of the business whose operating results are regularly
reviewed by the chief operating decision making body in the Group to make decisions for performance
assessment and resource allocation. The reporting of segment information is the same as provided to the
management for the purpose of the performance assessment and resource allocation to the segments.
Segment accounting policies are in line with the accounting policies of the Company. In addition, the
following specific accounting policies have been followed for segment reporting:
Segment revenue includes sales and other operational revenue directly identifiable with/allocable to
the segment including inter segment revenue.
Expenses that are directly identifiable with/allocable to segments are considered for determining the
segment result.
Most of the common costs are allocated to segments mainly on the basis of the respective segment
revenue estimated at the beginning of the reporting period.
Income which relates to the Group as a whole and not allocable to segments is included in
“unallocable corporate income/ (expenditure)(net)”.
Segment result represents profit before interest and tax and includes margins on inter-segment
capital jobs, which are reduced in arriving at the profit before tax of the Group.
Segment result includes the finance costs incurred on interest bearing advances with corresponding
credit included in “unallocable corporate income/(expenditure)(net).
Segment results have not been adjusted for any exceptional item.
Segment assets and liabilities include those directly identifiable with the respective segments.
Unallocable corporate assets and liabilities represent the assets and liabilities that relate to the
Company as a whole.
Segment non-cash expenses forming part of segment expenses and is allocated to the segment.
Segment revenue resulting from transactions with other business segments is accounted on the basis
of transfer price which are either determined to yield a desired margin or agreed on a negotiated
basis.
U. Earnings per share
516Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit or loss [excluding other comprehensive
income] for the period attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number of equity
shares outstanding during the period. Earnings considered in ascertaining the Group’s earnings per share
are the net profit after tax for the year. The weighted average numbers of equity shares outstanding
during the period are adjusted for events of bonus issue and sub-division of shares.
For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, the net profit or loss for the period attributable
to equity shareholders and the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period are
adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential equity shares. Dilutive potential equity shares are deemed
converted as of the beginning of the period, unless they have been issued at a later date. In computing
the dilutive earnings per share, only potential equity shares that are dilutive and that either reduces the
earnings per share or increases loss per share are included.
V. Share-based payments
The stock options granted to employees in terms of the Holding Company’s Stock Options Schemes, are
measured at the fair value of the options at the grant date. The fair value of stock options granted under the
ESOP Scheme is determined using the Black Scholes option pricing model and is recognized as an
expense over the vesting period on a straight-line basis. The fair value of the options. The amount
recognised as expense in each year is arrived at based on the number of grants expected to vest.
Eligible Employees receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments, whereby employees render
services as consideration for equity instruments (equity-settled transactions).
Upon exercise of share options, the proceeds received, net of any directly attributable transaction costs, are
allocated to share capital up to the nominal (or par) value of the shares issued with any excess being
recorded as security premium.
W. Joint Operation
A joint operation is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement
have rights to the assets, and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. The Company has
Joint Operations in the nature of Revenue Sharing Contracts with the other body corporates. The
Company’s share in the assets and liabilities along with attributable income and expenditure of the Joint
Operations is merged on line by line basis with the similar items in the Restared Consolidated Financial
Information of the Group in accordance with the accounting policies of the Group.
X. Government Grants
Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with
the conditions attached to them and that the grants will be received.
Government grants are recognised in the Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss on a
systematic basis over the years in which the Group recognises as expenses the related costs for which the
grants are intended to compensate or when performance obligations are met.
517Rays Power Infra Limited
Notes forming parts of Ind AS Restated consolidated financial statement for the year ended March
31, 2025
Where the Group receives non-monetary grants, the asset and the grant are accounted at fair value and
recognised in the restated consolidated statement of profit and loss over the expected useful life of the
asset.
Government Grant relating to asset is recognised as deferred income and amortised in restated
consolidated statement of profit and loss on a systematic basis over the useful life of the asset
Y. Recent accounting pronouncements and changes in accounting standards
Ministry of Corporate Affairs (“MCA”) notifies new standard or amendments to the existing standards
under Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules as amended from time to time. There are no such
recently issued standards or amendments to the existing standards for which the impact on the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information is required to be disclosed.
Z. Use of judgements, estimates and assumptions
In preparing these Restated Consolidated Financial Information, management has made judgements,
estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and
underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are
recognised prospectively.
Assumptions and estimation uncertainties
Assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material
adjustment recognised in the standalone financial statements are as under :
measurement of useful life, residual values and impairment of property, plant and equipment,
recognition of deferred tax assets: availability of future taxable profit against which temporary
differences shall be deductible,
measurement of defined benefit obligations and planned assets: key actuarial assumptions,
recognition and measurement of provisions and contingencies: key assumptions about the likelihood
and magnitude of an outflow of resources,
impairment of financial assets and non-financial assets,
revenue and margin recognition on construction and / or long term service contracts and related
provision.
(This space is intentionally left blank)
518RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Note 3:- Property, plant and equipment and Capital work-in-progress
Particulars Land Building Plant Office Motor Computer Furniture Vehicles Total (A) Capital work Total (A+B)
equipment vehicles for lease in progress
(B)*
Gross carrying amount:
Balance as at April 1, 2022 88.72 4 7.81 6,824.23 6 .38 1 0.03 10.02 7.96 - 6,995.15 1 .42 6,996.57
Add: Additions during the year - - 7.71 2 .07 1 .61 2 .31 0.76 - 14.46 1 ,849.69 1,864.15
Less: Disposals during the year - - - - - - - - - - -
Add/(Less): Disposals on account of
subsidiary ( 81.00) (1.87) ( 5,852.69) (0.00) 0 .49 0 .04 0.00 - ( 5,935.03) - (5,935.03)
Balance as at March 31, 2023 7.72 4 5.94 979.25 8 .45 1 2.13 12.37 8.72 - 1,074.58 1 ,851.11 2,925.69
Add: Additions during the year - - 1,832.47 1 .11 9 .94 3 .80 0.88 1 0.63 1,858.83 3 78.82 2,237.65
Less: Disposals during the year - ( 9.99) - - (0.99) - - - ( 10.98) - (10.98)
Less: Capitalization during the year - - - - - - - - - (1,831.28) (1,831.28)
Add/(Less): Disposals on account of
subsidiary - - ( 1,844.53) (1.37) (0.76) (2.49) ( 5.56) - ( 1,854.71) (377.19) (2,231.90)
Balance as at March 31, 2024 7.72 3 5.95 967.19 8 .19 2 0.32 13.68 4.04 1 0.63 1,067.72 2 1.46 1,089.18
Add: Additions during the year - 4 1.09 - 1 .09 3 0.95 6 .52 0.95 - 80.60 3 36.21 416.81
Less: Disposals during the year (27.85) ( 5.11) (5.54) (6.61) (8.05) ( 2.76) - ( 55.92) - (55.92)
Add/(Less): Disposals on account of
subsidiary - - - - - - - - (29.05) (29.05)
Balance as at March 31, 2025 7.72 4 9.19 962.08 3 .74 4 4.66 12.15 2.23 1 0.63 1,092.40 3 28.62 1,421.02
Accumulated depreciation -
Balance as at April 1, 2022 - 1 9.34 1,454.29 5 .29 8 .80 8 .22 3.84 - 1,499.78 - 1,499.78
Add: Depreciation for the year - 0 .46 37.39 0 .77 0 .39 1 .47 1.12 - 41.60 - 41.60
Less: Disposals during the year - - - - - - - - - - -
Add/(Less): Disposals on account of
subsidiary - - ( 1,057.63) - - - - - ( 1,057.63) - (1,057.63)
Balance as at March 31, 2023 - 1 9.80 434.05 6 .06 9 .19 9 .69 4.96 - 483.75 - 483.75
Add: Depreciation for the year - 0 .38 50.33 0 .72 0 .64 1 .86 0.92 0 .01 54.86 - 54.86
Less: Disposals during the year - ( 3.12) - - (0.94) - - - ( 4.06) - (4.06)
Add/(Less): Disposals on account of
subsidiary - - ( 26.62) (0.86) (0.31) (1.79) ( 2.34) - ( 31.92) - (31.92)
Balance as at March 31, 2024 - 1 7.06 457.76 5 .92 8 .58 9 .76 3.54 0 .01 502.63 - 502.63
Add: Depreciation for the year - 0 .03 25.31 0 .65 3 .10 2 .17 0.15 1 .26 32.67 - 32.67
Less: Disposals during the year (8.99) ( 2.86) (5.26) (6.02) (7.65) ( 2.56) - ( 33.34) - (33.34)
Add/(Less): Disposals on account of
subsidiary - - - - - - - - - - -
Balance as at March 31, 2025 - 8 .10 480.21 1 .31 5 .66 4 .28 1.13 1 .27 501.96 - 501.96
Carrying amounts (net) -
Balance as at March 31, 2023 7.72 2 6.14 545.20 2 .39 2 .94 2 .68 3.76 - 590.83 1 ,851.11 2,441.94
Balance as at March 31, 2024 7.72 1 8.89 509.43 2 .27 1 1.74 3 .92 0.50 1 0.62 565.09 2 1.46 586.55
Balance as at March 31, 2025 7.72 4 1.09 481.87 2 .43 3 9.00 7 .87 1.10 9 .36 590.44 3 28.62 919.06
*Refer Note 49 for ageing of capital work in progress
Note:
(i) Refer Note 42 and Note 43 for information on Property, plant and equipment pledged as security by the Holding Company.
(ii) Refer Note 44 for contractual commitments with respect to property, plant and equipments.
(iii) The title deeds of all immovable properties (other than immovable properties where the Group is the lessee and the lease agreements are duly executed in favor of the lessee) as disclosed in the Note 3
are held in the name of the Company except for below.
Description of item of property Gross Gross Gross Title deeds held in the Whether title deed Property Reason for not being held in the name of the
carrying carrying carrying name of holder is a promoter, held since Company
value value value director or relative of
As as March As as As as March promoter/director or
31, 2025 March 31, 31, 2023 employee of
2024 promoter/director
Building - 25.77 25.77 Rajputana Education Society NA 2016-17 Asperthetermsoftheagreement,thesellerwas
required to obtain certain clearances, pending
which the Company continued to enjoy the
benefit of the property. However due to the
seller'sfailuretoobtaintherequisiteclearances,
thepartieshavemutuallyagreed,incurrentyear,
torescindthetransactionsand accordinglythe
seller has returned the consideration, and
consequently,theCompanyvacatedtheproperty
during the current year.
Land 3.78 3.78 3.78 Kavit Green Energy Private NA 2023-24 Assets acquired by the Holding company on
Limited accountofmergerandisinnameoferstwhile
company.
Building 41.04 - - Roorkie Facilitator And NA 2024-25 Assets is acquired during the year and
Aggregators LLP registration was done post Balance Sheet date.
519RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Note 4 : Right-of-use assets
Particulars Building Land Total
Gross carrying amount:
Balance as at April 1, 2022 6.48 55.88 62.36
Additions during the year 2.96 - 2 .96
Deletions during the year - 55.88 5 5.88
Balance as at March 31, 2023 9.44 - 9.44
Additions during the year 5.09 492.45 497.54
Deletions during the year (4.71) - ( 4.71)
Balance as at March 31, 2024 9.82 492.45 502.27
Additions during the year - 1,505.07 1,505.07
Deletions during the year (4.72) (177.76) ( 182.48)
Balance as at March 31, 2025 5.10 1,819.76 1,824.86
Accumulated Amortisation
Balance as at April 1, 2022 2.47 7.26 9.73
Additions during the year 2.06 - 2.06
Disposals during the year 7.26 7 .26
Balance as at March 31, 2023 4.53 - 4.53
Additions during the year 3.04 8.95 11.99
Disposals during the year (1.77) - ( 1.77)
Balance as at March 31, 2024 5.80 8.95 14.75
Additions during the year 2.26 35.59 37.85
Disposals during the year (4.72) (3.43) ( 8.15)
Balance as at March 31, 2025 3.34 41.11 44.45
Carrying amounts (net):
As at March 31, 2023 4.91 - 4.91
As at March 31, 2024 4.02 483.50 487.52
As at March 31, 2025 1.76 1,778.65 1,780.41
Note:- Out of the total depreciation of Rs. 37.85 million, Rs. 33.58 million has been capitalized under Capital Work in Progress
*Refer note 56 & 64
(This space is intentionally left blank)
520RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Note 5 Investments properties
Particulars Freehold land Buildings Total
Cost or deemed cost
Balance as at April 1, 2022 26.59 26.81 53.40
Add: Additions during the year - - -
Balance as at March 31, 2023 26.59 26.81 53.40
Add: Additions during the year 1 0.15 - 10.15
Balance as at March 31, 2024 36.74 26.81 63.55
Add: Additions during the year 1 8.85 - 18.85
Less : Disposals during the year (10.12) - ( 10.12)
Balance as at March 31, 2025 45.47 26.81 72.28
Accumulated depreciation
Balance as at April 1, 2022 - 5.09 5 .09
Add: Depreciation for the year - 2.17 2 .17
Balance as at March 31, 2023 - 7.26 7 .26
Add: Depreciation for the year - 1.96 1 .96
Balance as at March 31, 2024 - 9 .22 9 .22
Add: Depreciation for the year - 1.76 1 .76
Balance as at March 31, 2025 - 1 0.98 10.98
Carrying amount (net)
Balance as at March 31, 2023 26.59 19.55 46.14
Balance as at March 31, 2024 36.74 17.59 54.33
Balance as at March 31, 2025 45.47 15.83 61.30
Fair value of the Group's investment properties
DuringtheyearendedMarch31,2025,theGrouphasdeterminedfairvalueofsixinvestmentpropertiesatRs.159.22million,basedonvaluationcarriedoutbyindependentvaluers.
The independent valuers are Registered valuers, as defined under Rule 2 of the Companies (Registered Valuers and Valuation) Rules, 2017.
Further,thefairvalueofthe twoinvestmentpropertiesasatMarch31,2025hasbeendeterminedatRs.21.60millionbasedonthevaluepublishedbytherelevantauthority
for the purpose of levy of stamp duty.
DuringthepreviousyearendedMarch31,2024&March31,2023,theGrouphaddeterminedfairvalueofitsinvestmentpropertiesatRs.89.40million&69.19millionrespectively
based on valuation carried out by independent valuers. The independent valuers are Registered valuers and have appropriate qualification and experience in the
valuation of properties.
Fair value measurements are categorized as level 3 measurement in the fair value hierarchy.
Future Minimum Lease rental receivable as follows:
As at As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Within one year 0.19 0.19 0.19
After one year but Less then five years 0.76 0.76 0.76
More then five year 3 .60 3.79 3.98
Total 4 .55 4.74 4 .93
As at As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Rental income derived from investment properties 0.19 0.19 0 .19
Direct operating expenses (including repairs and maintenance) generating rental - - 1 .01
income
Profit arising from investment properties before depreciation and indirect expenses
0 .19 0.19 (0.82)
Less: Depreciation 1 .76 1.96 2 .17
Loss from leasing of investment properties ( 1.57) ( 1.77) (2.99)
(This space is intentionally left blank)
521RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Note 6 : Other intangible assets
Particulars Trademark Product design and Software Total
development
Gross carrying amount:
Balance as at April 1, 2022 0.04 - 18.04 18.08
Additions during the year - 27.17 3.28 30.45
Deletions during the year - - - -
Balance as at March 31, 2023 0.04 27.17 21.32 48.53
Additions during the year - 4.46 0.08 4.54
Less: Disposals on account of subsidiary ( 0.04) (31.63) (3.28) (34.95)
Balance as at March 31, 2024 - - 18.12 18.12
Additions during the year - - 0.05 0.05
Deletions during the year - - - -
Balance as at March 31, 2025 - - 18.17 18.17
Accumulated amortisation
Balance as at April 1, 2022 0.01 - 4.69 4.70
Charge for the year 0.02 2.88 3.00 5.90
Deletions during the year - - - -
Balance as at March 31, 2023 0.03 2.88 7.69 10.60
Charge for the year 0.01 10.07 3.41 13.49
Less:Disposals on account of subsidiary ( 0.04) (12.95) (2.66) (15.65)
Balance as at March 31, 2024 - - 8.44 8.44
Charge for the year - - 1.88 1.88
Deletions during the year - - - -
Balance as at March 31, 2025 - - 10.32 10.32
Carrying amounts(net):
As at March 31, 2023 0.01 24.29 13.63 37.93
As at March 31, 2024 - - 9.68 9.68
As at March 31,2025 - - 7.85 7.85
(This space is intentionally left blank)
522RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
As at As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
7 Goodwill*
Balance at beginning 1 .83 1 .39 4.08
on acquisition - 1 .83 -
on cessation - (1.39) ( 2.69)
Balance at year ended 1 .83 1.83 1.39
* Refer note 58.
Goodwillistestedforimpairmentannually.Therecoverableamountofthecashgeneratingunitwasdeterminedbasedonvalueinuse.Valueinusewas
determinedbased onfuturecash flows,whichrequires useofassumptionssuchasgrowth inthesales,gross marginandoperatingincomemargin.The
assumptionsarebuildbasisthe pastexperience,theexistingeconomicconditionsandtrends,estimatedfuturegrowthratesandanticipatedfuture
economicconditions.Noneofthekeyassumptionsaresensitivetoanyofthe recoverableamount.Asaresultofgoodwillimpairmenttestfortheyear
mentionedabove,nogoodwillimpairmentwasidentifiedastherecoverablevalueoftheCGU'stowhomgoodwillwasallocatedexceededtheircarrying
amounts at all the periods reported above.
8 Investments Accounted for using the Equity Method
Investment in associates (unquoted) measured at cost
Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited, - 0 .05 0.05
Nil(March31,2024,5000,andMarch31,2023,5000)fullypaidupequityshare
of face value of Rs 10 each
HOPElectricManufacturingPrivateLimited**Nil(March31,2024,2,600,and - 0.03 -
March 31, 2023, Nil) equity shares of face value of Rs 10 each
HOP Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited** 0 .05 0 .05 -
4,900 (March 31, 2024, 4900 and March 31, 2023 Nil ) equity shares of face value
of Rs 10 each
Add: Profit/(loss) accounted on equity method (0.04) 0.19 (0.02)
Total 0.01 0.32 0.03
**Refer note 58(B)
Financial assets : non current
9 Investments
Unquoted investment (measured at fair value through statement of profit and loss)
Investment in other entity
HOP Electric Mobility Private Limited* 8 4.43 1 00.00 -
9,935 (March 31, 2024, 9,935, and March 31, 2023, Nil ) equity shares of face
value of Rs 10 each
Investment in venture capital fund
Venture capital fund 1 4.77 1 9.70 19.20
91.69 (March 31, 2024, 100, and March 31, 2023, 100) units of face value of Rs
100,000 each of cornstone venture capital fund
99.20 119.70 19.20
*Refer note 58
Aggregate amount of quoted investments - - -
Aggregate amount of unquoted investments 99.20 119.70 19.20
Aggregate Market Value of quoted investments - - -
Aggregate Amount of Impairment to be added. - - -
10 Other financial assets
Unsecured, considered good, unless otherwise stated
Bank deposits with more than twelve months maturity* 5 65.72 2 43.90 77.57
Insurance Assets - 6 0.00 -
Total 5 65.72 303.90 7 7.57
*Bank deposits Rs 530.47 millions( March 31, 2024, : 243.90 millions, March 31, 2023: 77.57 millions ) Pledged against working capital limits and Debt
Service Reserve Account (DSRA) for term loans taken from banks and financial institutions.
523RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
As at As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
11 Other non current assets
Unsecured, considered good, unless otherwise stated
Recoverable from/ balances with government authorities - 27.35 27.02
Amount paid under protest 5 6.28 1 4.70 13.36
Deffered Income 0 .50 - -
Advances for supply of capital goods 9 4.13 - -
Total 1 50.91 42.05 4 0.38
12 Inventories
Carried at cost or net realisable value which ever less
Raw materials - - 2 70.80
Construction material 2 09.75 114.84 9 9.18
Work-in progress - - 2.03
Finished goods - - 2 0.72
Stock-in-trade 0 .68 4.37 5.89
Total 2 10.43 119.21 3 98.62
Financial assets : current
13 Trade receivables*
(Unsecured, considered good, unless stated otherwise)
Trade receivable - billed 4 ,738.58 1 ,791.85 1,449.56
Trade receivable - unbilled 6 82.02 2 1.85 69.19
Trade receivable - from related parties 1 32.77 1 92.57 102.94
Trade receivable - credit impaired - 2 7.71 27.71
5 ,553.37 2,033.98 1 ,649.40
Less; Impairment Allowance (allowance for bad and doubtful debts)
Allowance for bad and doubtful debts ( 25.35) - -
Trade receivables - credit impaired - (27.71) ( 27.71)
Total 5 ,528.02 2,006.27 1 ,621.69
Abovetradereceivablesincludeduebydirectorsorotherofficersofthecompany
oranyofthemeitherseverallyorjointlywithanyotherpersonsoramountdueby
firms or private companies respectivelyin which anydirector is a partner or a 132.77 192.57 102.94
director or a member (Refer note 51)
* Refer note 48 for ageing of trade receivables
Reconciliation of loss allowance provision of trade receivables:
Loss allowance at beginning of the year 2 7.71 2 7.71 -
Increase in loss allowance recognised in profit or loss during the year 25.35 - 27.71
Decrease in loss allowance on receivables written off during the year as uncollectible ( 27.71) - -
Loss allowance at closing of the year 25.35 27.71 2 7.71
14 Cash and cash equivalents
Balances with Banks
in Current accounts 4 19.07 2 36.44 138.97
in Cash credit 5 83.46 3 93.21 7.69
in Fixed deposit with maturity of upto 3 months - - 52.49
Cheque in hand - - 2.69
Cash on hand 3 .14 3 .04 0.70
Total 1 ,005.67 632.69 2 02.54
15 Bank balance other than above*
Bank deposits with less than twelve months maturity 1 ,427.48 8 98.68 314.36
Total 1 ,427.48 898.68 3 14.36
*BankdepositsRs1359.02millions(March31,2024897.20millions,March31,2023Rs.259.43million)arepledgedagainstworkingcapitallimitsand
Debt Service Reserve Account (DSRA) for term loans taken from banks and financial institutions.
524RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
As at As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
16 Loans
Unsecured, considered good, unless otherwise stated*
Loan to KMP 0.15 - -
Loan to Related Parties (refer note 51) 0 .00 0 .00 15.19
Loans to Employees - 0 .76 2.55
Loan to Others 1 78.25 3 0.46 15.41
Considered doubtful
Loan to Others - - 1.64
Less: Provision for Impairement - - ( 1.64)
Total 1 78.40 31.22 3 3.15
* Repayable on demand
17 Other financial assets
Unsecured, considered good, unless otherwise stated
Interest Accrued but not due on fixed deposits 3 8.50 7 .42 6.95
Receivable towards sale of investment 6 0.52 4 3.29 97.95
Insurance Assets 6 0.60 - -
Earnest money deposits 1 .00 1 7.00 11.53
Other receivables 2 .30 - -
Less: Provision for expected credit loss ( 0.55) - -
Security deposit 0 .73 1 .70 1.63
Total 1 63.10 69.41 1 18.06
18 Other current assets
Unsecured, considered good, unless otherwise stated
Prepaid expenses 1 20.63 2 7.03 5.51
Contract assets 9 59.90 1 ,188.34 -
CSR surplus 0 .29 - -
Recoverable from/ balances with government authorities 8 8.42 2 40.99 544.44
Advances for supply of goods and services 9 77.99 5 98.97 466.70
Imprest to employees 1 0.47 8 .30 4.46
Contract in progress 6 7.50 7 6.32 142.83
Other current assets 2 .46 3 .32 3.57
Total 2 ,227.66 2,143.27 1 ,167.51
(This space is intentionally left blank)
525RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Particulars As at As at As at
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
19 Equity share capital
Issued, subscribed and fully paid up
284,688,330 equity shares of Rs. 2 each ( March 31, 2024, 54,215,324 and March 5 69.38 5 42.15 1 02.69
31, 2023, 10,269,351 equity shares of Rs. 10 each) *
5 69.38 5 42.15 102.69
*PursuanttoaresolutionpassedinextraordinarygeneralmeetingoftheHoldingCompanydatedJanuary27,2025,shareholdershaveapprovedsplitofeachequity
share having face value of Rs. 10 each into Five equity shares of face value of Rs. 2 each.("the Split").
19.1 The rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of shares including restrictions on the distribution of dividends and the repayment of capital:
i) TheHoldingCompanyhasonlyoneclassofsharesreferredtoasequityshareshavingafacevalueofRs2.Eachholderofequitysharesisentitledtoonevoteper
share and dividend as and when declared by the Holding Company.
ii) IntheeventofliquidationoftheHoldingCompany,theholdersofequityshareswillbeentitledtoreceiveanyoftheremainingassetsoftheHoldingCompanyin
proportion to the number of equity shares held by shareholders, after the distribution of all preferential amounts.
19.2 Reconciliation of the number of shares outstanding at the beginning and at the end of the reporting period
No of share Amount
Reconciliation of number and amount of equity shares outstanding:
As at April 1, 2022 1 0,269,351 1 02.69
Movement during the year - -
As at March 31, 2023 1 0,269,351 1 02.69
Issue during the year 1,990,101 1 9.90
Bonus Issue during the year 41,955,872 4 19.56
As at March 31, 2024 54,215,324 5 42.15
Movement during the year 2 ,722,342 27.23
Impact of share split 227,750,664 -
As at March 31, 2025 284,688,330 5 69.38
19.3 Details of shareholders holding more than 5% shares in the Holding Company
As at As at As at
March 31, 2025 March 31,2024 March 31,2023
Particulars
% of holding No. of % of holding No. of shares % of holding No. of shares held
shares held held
Equity shares of Rs. 2/- each fully paid (March
31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 Equity shares of
Rs. 10/- each fully paid)
Ketan Mehta 43.30% 123,271,660 45.32% 24,570,000 47.85% 4,914,000
Pawan Kumar Sharma 23.45% 66,772,150 24.55% 13,308,750 25.92% 2,661,763
Sanjay Garudapallly 23.45% 66,772,150 24.55% 13,308,750 25.92% 2,661,750
19.4 Details of shareholding held by promoter and promoter group at the end of the year.
(i) As at 31 March 2025
As at As at % change during
March 31,2025 March 31,2024 the year March 31,
Particulars 2025
No. of shares No. of shares
% of holding % of holding
held held
Promoter
Ketan Mehta 43.30% 123,271,660 45.32% 24,570,000 -2.02%
Pawan Kumar Sharma 23.45% 66,772,150 24.55% 13,308,750 -1.09%
Sanjay Garudapallly 23.45% 66,772,150 24.55% 13,308,750 -1.09%
(ii) As at 31 March 2024
% change during
As at As at
the year March 31,
March 31,2024 March 31,2023
Particulars 2025
No. of shares No. of shares
% of holding % of holding
held held
Promoter
Ketan Mehta 45.32% 24,570,000 47.85% 4,914,000 -2.53%
Pawan Kumar Sharma 24.55% 13,308,750 25.92% 2,661,763 -1.37%
Sanjay Garudapallly 24.55% 13,308,750 25.92% 2,661,750 -1.37%
526RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
(iii) As at 31 March 2023
% change during
As at As at
the year March 31,
March 31,2023 March 31,2022
Particulars 2025
No. of shares No. of shares
% of holding % of holding
held held
Promoter
Ketan Mehta 47.85% 4,914,000 47.85% 4,914,000 0.00%
Pawan Kumar Sharma 25.92% 2,661,763 25.92% 2,661,763 0.00%
Sanjay Garudapallly 25.92% 2,661,750 25.92% 2,661,750 0.00%
19.5 (i) NoshareswereissuedforconsiderationotherthancashduringtheperiodoffiveyearsimmediatelyprecedingtheyearendedMarch31,2025andthegrouphasnot
undertaken any buy back of shares during the period of five years immediately preceding the year ended March 31, 2025, except for the following:
(a) Bonus Shares issued during 2023-24. (Refer note (19.6)).
(b) Split Issue during 2024-25.
(c)31,851numberofsharesissuedforacquisitionofsharesofthecompaniesmergedduring2021-22,InsolexoPrivateLimited,HeliocorePrivateLimitedand
Solantra Private Limited.
19.6 Equity shares movement during five years preceding March 31, 2025
Equity shares issued as bonus
(i) OnOctober04,2023,theHoldingCompanyhasissuedbonusshares4,19,55,872equitysharesofRs.10/-each intheproportionof4:1,i.e.4(Four)bonusequity
sharesofRs.10/-eachforevery1(one)fullypaid-upequityshareofRs.10/-eachheldbytheexistingshareholdersoftheHoldingCompanyandthesamehasbeen
approved in extraordinary general meeting dated September 30, 2023.
19.7 Equity shares issued by Right and Private Placement basis
(i) OnSeptember01,2023,theHoldingCompanyhasalloted2,19,617EquitySharesoffacevalueofRs.10/-each,ontherightissueoffertotheexistingshareholders
which were further renounced by them.
(ii) OnMarch28,2024,theHoldingCompanyhasalloted17,70,484equitysharesoffacevalueofRs.10/-each,ontherightissueoffertotheexistingshareholders
which were further renounced by them.
(iii) On July 9, 2024, the Holding Company has alloted 27,22,342 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each, on the private placement basis.
(This space is intentionally left blank)
527RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
As at As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
20 Other equity
(a) Securities premium account
Opening balance 646.14 395.61 395.61
Add: Premium on shares issued during the year 1,227.78 670.09 -
Less: Bonus share issued during the year - (419.56) -
Closing balance 1 ,873.92 646.14 3 95.61
(b) Retained earning
Opening balance 2 ,259.94 1,320.31 6 1.97
Profit/(Loss) for the year 1 ,393.52 939.63 1 ,312.04
Other adjustments 0 .28 - ( 53.70)
Closing balance 3 ,653.74 2,259.94 1 ,320.31
(c) Other comprehensive income
Remeasurement of Defined Benefit Plan
Opening balance (2.37) 1.41 1.82
Other comprehensive income (net of tax) for the year (3.15) (3.78) (0.41)
Other adjustments (0.30) - -
Closing balance ( 5.82) (2.37) 1.41
Exchange differences on translating the financial statements of foreign operations
Opening balance - - -
Exchange Gain/(Loss) (net of tax) for the year ( 8.35) - -
Closing balance ( 8.35) - -
(d) Capital reserve on consolidation
Opening balance - - 34.03
Less: Transfer due to sale of subsidiary - - ( 34.03)
Closing balance - - -
(e) Capital redemption reserve
Opening balance 35.58 35.58 35.58
Add: Transferred from retained earnings during the year - - -
Closing balance 35.58 35.58 35.58
(f) Share based payment reserve
Opening balance 6 .44 4.66 0.76
Add : Share based payments for the year 1 2.97 1.78 3.90
Closing balance 19.41 6.44 4.66
(g) Money received against share warrants
Money received against share warrants 2 0.00 - -
20.00 - -
Total other equity (a+b+c+d+e+f+g) 5588.48 2945.73 1757.57
Notes to reserves :
SecuritiesPremium:Securitiespremiumisusedtorecordthepremiumonissueofshares.ThereserveisutilisedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsofSection52
of the Companies Act, 2013.
Retainedearnings:Retainedearningareprofit/lossthattheGrouphasearnedtilldatelesstransfertootherreserve,dividendorotherdistributionortransaction
with shareholder.
Capitalreserve:Thecapitalreserverepresentstheexcessoftheidentifiableassetsandliabilitiesovertheconsiderationpaid/receivedorviceversainacommon
control sale/transfer of business/investment.
Capital redemptionreserve:TheIndian CompaniesAct,2013(the requiresthatwhereaCompanypurchasesitsown sharesout offree
reservesorsecuritiespremiumaccount,asumequaltothenominalvalueofthesharessopurchasedshallbetransferredtoacapitalredemptionreserveaccountand
detailsofsuchtransfershallbedisclosedinthebalancesheet.ThecapitalredemptionreserveaccountmaybeappliedbytheCompany,inpayingupunissuedshares
of the Company to be issued to shareholders of the company as fully paid bonus shares.
Sharebasedpaymentreserve:Sharebasedpaymentreserverepresentsamountoffairvalue,asonthedateofgrant,ofunvestedoptionsandvestedoptionsnot
exercised till date, that have been recognised as expense in the statement of profit and loss till date.
528RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
As at As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Other comprehensive income :Other comprehensive income consists of remeasurement gains/ (loss) ondefined benefit plansand Exchange differenceson
translating the financial statements of a foreign operation gain/ (loss).
Moneyreceivedagainstsharewarrants:Pursuanttotheapprovaloftheshareholders,theHoldingCompanyhadissued2,16,920warrantsofRs.461each(Post
split10,84,600warrantsofRs.92.20each)onSeptember25,2024tobeconvertedintofullypaidequitysharesoftheHoldingCompanyintheratioof1:1before/at
nextroundoffundingintheholdingcompanyor2monthsbeforeRHPfillingwhicheverisearlierattheoptionofthewarrantholders.Thewarrantholderhaspaid
20%oftheissuepriceonallotmentofwarrantsduringtheyear.SubsequenttoMarch31,2025,thewarrantholderpaidthebalance80%towardstheexerciseof
their option, and accordingly, the warrants have been converted into equity shares on September 2, 2025.
21 Non Current Borrowings*
Secured Borrowings
-From banks
Term loan 1 05.75 1 44.09 194.21
-From Financial Institutions
Term loan 1 93.67 1 83.49 156.24
Total secured (A) 2 99.42 327.58 3 50.45
Unsecured Borrowings
-From others
0.1% Compulsory Convertible Debentures - - 8.00
9,935 Preference shares of Rs. 10/- each - - 100.00
From other parties - - 556.51
Total Unsecured (B) - - 6 64.51
Total non current borrowings (including current maturities) 2 99.42 327.58 1 ,014.96
Less : Current maturities of non-current borrowings (35.98) (49.08) (79.01)
Total (A+B) 2 63.44 278.50 9 35.95
* Refer note 42 for term and condition of borrowing
22 Lease liabilities: non current
Lease liabilities 1 ,630.38 4 75.44 5.81
Less : Current maturity of lease liabilities ( 51.52) (43.59) ( 2.15)
Total 1 ,578.86 431.85 3.66
* Refer note 56 & 50
23 Deferred Grant
Deferred Grant 9 6.32 - -
9 6.32 - -
24 Non current provision
Provision for employee benefits- refer note 53
Gratuity* 1 8.89 1 2.39 12.58
Compensated absence 5 .80 2 .73 4.25
Total 2 4.69 15.12 1 6.83
* Scheme is non funded and the liability for gratuity is recognized on the basis of actuarial valuation.
(This space is intentionally left blank)
529RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Note : 25 Deferred tax assets/ (liability)
a. Amount recognised in statement of profit and loss
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Current income tax
Current year 504.27 1 86.65 175.37
Earlier year tax ( 0.40) ( 16.78) -
Total 503.87 169.87 1 75.37
Deferred tax (30.64) 91.47 117.34
Total 4 73.23 261.34 2 92.71
b. Income taxes on other comprehensive income
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Deferred tax
Re-measurements of defined benefit plans 1.06 1.27 0.13
Exchange differences on translating the financial statements of a foreign operation 2.81 - -
Total 3.87 1.27 0.13
c. Reconciliation of tax expense
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Profit before tax 1 ,866.73 1 ,175.20 1 ,582.61
Enacted income tax rate* 25.17% 25.17% 25.17%
Tax amount 4 69.82 295.77 3 98.31
Add/(deduct) impact of:
Tax relating to earlier years (3.42) (16.78) -
Expenses not deductible in determining taxable profits 0.92 ( 17.65) ( 105.60)
Deferred tax not recognised in componennts on brought forward losses ( 1.96) - -
Diffrence arising due to lower tax rate on certain incomes 7.87 - -
Tax Expense 4 73.23 261.34 2 92.71
* Tax rate of 25.17% includes corporate tax of 22%, surcharge 10% and health and education cess of 4% on the tax amount.
d. Movement in deferred tax balances
The major components of deferred tax (liabilities) / assets arising on account of timing differences are as follows:
As at Sale of Recognised in profit As at
Particulars March 31, 2025 Reclassification subsidiary and loss Recognised in OCI March 31, 2024
Deferred tax (liabilities)/asset :
Provision for employee benefits 9.05 - - 1 .59 1.06 6 .40
Provision for expenses - - - (20.65) - 2 0.65
Deferred Grant & Income 23.23 2 3.23 -
Brought forward loss 19.99 1 9.99 -
Right of use assets and lease liabilities (24.22) - - (24.30) - 0 .08
Dues to MSME 26.55 2 6.55 -
Fair value of borrowings 0.01 - - - - 0 .01
Investment measured at FVTPL 2.51 - - 4 .02 - (1.51)
Expected Credit loss 6.52 (0.45) 6 .97
Prepaid insurance (15.25) - - (0.15) - (15.10)
Foreign operation translation reserve 2.81 - - - 2.81 -
Property, plant, equipments and intangible assets (128.18) - - 0 .81 - (128.99)
Deferred tax asset /(liabilities) (net) (76.98) - - 3 0.64 3.87 (111.49)
As at Sale of Recognised in profit As at
Reclassification Recognised in OCI
Particulars March 31, 2024 subsidiary and loss March 31, 2023
Deferred tax (liabilities)/asset :
Provision for employee benefits 6.40 - - (0.41) 1.27 5 .54
Provision for expenses 20.65 - - 2 0.65 - -
Employee share based payment - - - (0.11) - 0 .11
Right of use assets and lease liabilities 0.08 - - (0.14) - 0 .22
Fair value of borrowings 0.01 - - 0 .01 - -
MAT credit entitlement - - - (0.21) - 0 .21
Expected Credit loss 6.97 - 6 .97
Investment measured at FVTPL (1.51) - - (2.93) - 1 .42
Prepaid insurance (15.10) - - (15.10) - -
Property, plant, equipments and intangible assets (128.99) - 35.56 (93.23) - (71.32)
Deferred tax asset /(liabilities) (net) (111.49) - 35.56 (91.47) 1.27 (56.85)
Particulars As at Sale of Recognised in profit As at
Reclassification Recognised in OCI
March 31, 2023 subsidiary and loss March 31, 2022
Deferred tax (liabilities)/asset :
Employee share based payment 0.11 - - 0 .06 - 0 .05
Timing difference on carry forward of losses - - - (80.45) - 8 0.45
Right of use assets and lease liabilities 0.22 - - (4.68) - 4 .90
MAT credit entitlement 0.21 (0.69) - - - 0 .90
Provision for employee benefits 5.54 - - (17.05) 0.13 2 2.46
Investment measured at FVTPL 1.42 - - 1 .42 - -
Expected Credit loss 6.97 6.97 -
Property, plant, equipments and intangible assets (71.32) - - (23.61) - (47.71)
Deferred tax asset /(liabilities) (net) (56.85) (0.69) (117.34) 0.13 61.05
530RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
As at As at As at
Particulars
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Financial liabilities: current
26 Current borrowings*
Secured Borrowings
Loan repayable on demand
From Banks: Cash Credit Facility - 1 8.05 29.31
From Banks: Overdraft Facility 100.75 6 2.09 21.56
Current maturities of non-current borrowings (Refer Note 21) 35.98 4 9.08 79.01
Total secured (A) 136.73 129.22 129.88
Unsecured
Loan from Financial Institutions 2,304.05 9 83.17 35.43
Loan from Others 0.27 2 .33 1.76
Total unsecured (B) 2 ,304.32 985.50 3 7.19
Total (A+B) 2,441.05 1,114.72 1 67.07
* Refer note 42 for term and condition of borrowings
27 Trade payables
total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises 339.36 41.96 15.06
total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro and small enterprises 1122.25 1155.17 1181.05
total outstanding dues to related parties 4.79 - 78.88
Total 1,466.40 1,197.13 1 ,274.99
* Refer note 47 for ageing of trade payables
28 Other financial liabilities
Creditor for capital goods 4.57 3 .07 1,706.84
Other liabilities 155.29 1 25.00 118.32
Employee benefits payable 31.56 25.53 27.93
Total 191.42 153.60 1 ,853.09
29 Other current liabilities
Advance from customer 364.64 4 23.51 272.56
Contract Liabilities - EPC Contracts 1,392.51 1 73.72
Statutory dues 50.09 4 0.70 37.80
Total 1,807.24 637.93 3 10.36
30 Provision: current
Provision for employee benefits- refer note 53
Gratuity * 7.36 7.73 1.35
Compensated absence 3.88 2.57 1.23
Total 11.24 10.30 2 .58
* Scheme is non funded and the liability for gratuity is recognized on the basis of actuarial valuation.
31 Current tax liabilities (net)
Opening balances 24.51 13.17 0.60
Add : Current tax payable for the year 503.87 169.87 175.37
Less : Advance Income Tax Paid and tax deducted at source (368.36) (158.53) (162.80)
Total 160.02 24.51 1 3.17
(This space is intentionally left blank)
531RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
Particulars March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
32 Revenue from operations
Revenue from contracts with customers
(i) Disaggregated revenue information
Set out below is the disaggregation of the Group revenue from contracts with customers
Revenue from Co-Development Business 3,106.48 859.11 3 ,609.57
Revenue from EPC (engineering, procurement and construction) business 8,015.27 6,491.66 2 ,944.39
Other operating revenue 1,084.66 3,137.22 1,211.85
Total revenue from contracts with customers 12,206.41 1 0,487.99 7 ,765.81
Disclosure under Ind AS 115, revenue from contracts with customers
A) TheGroupundertakesengineering,procurementandconstructionbusiness.Theongoingcontractswithcustomersareforsolarutilityproject.Thetypeofworkin
these contracts involve construction, engineering, designing, supply of materials, development of system, installation, project management, operations and
maintenance etc.
B) The following table provides information about contract asset and contract liabilities from contract with customers:
Contract Balances*
Particulars For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Contract Assets 959.90 1,188.34 -
Less: Allowance for expected credit loss - - -
Net Contract Assets 959.90 1,188.34 -
Trade Receivables (Ind AS 109) 5,528.02 2,006.27 1,621.69
Contract Liabilities 1,757.15 597.23 272.56
*ThecontractassetsprimarilyrelatetotheGroup'srightstoconsiderationforperformanceobligationsatisfiedbutnotbilledatthereportingdate.Thecontract
assetsaretransferredtoreceivableswhentherightsbecomeunconditional.Invoicesareraisedonthecustomersbasedontheagreedcontractualtermsandare
collected within 30-60 days from the date of invoicing.
*Thecontractliabilitiesincludesunearnedrevenueandadvancesfromcustomertowardson-goingEPCprojects.Revenueisrecognisedfromthecontractliabilityas
and when such performance obligations are satisfied.
(This space is intentionally left blank)
532RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Particulars For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
33 Other income
Interest income on
Fixed deposits with bank 105.11 32.30 22.45
From income tax refund 1.45 0.02 0.16
From others 4.07 8.62 17.73
Other non-operating income
Gain on foreign exchange 5.34 5.20 42.07
Insurance claim 4.64 10.67 -
Profit on sale of property, plant, equipment and investment properties 15.07 10.51 -
Gain on account of loss of control of subsidiary 12.75 150.15 953.63
Profit on sale of investment 21.37 - -
Fair valuation gain from investments designated at FVTPL (net) - 0.61 9.09
Liabilities no longer required written back 0.00 1.12 85.76
Other non-operating income 5.10 17.87 8.40
Total 174.90 237.07 1,139.29
34 Cost of material consumed
Opening stock 114.84 9 9.18 268.81
Purchases 6,469.46 5,865.28 4,557.59
Less: Closing stock 209.75 1 14.84 99.18
Total 6374.55 5849.62 4727.22
35 Engineering, procurement and construction project expenses
Engineering, procurement and construction project expenses 2,603.75 1,778.76 1,439.91
Total 2603.75 1778.76 1439.91
36 Changes in inventories of finished goods, stock-in-trade and work in progress
Inventories at the beginning of the year
Finished goods - 2 0.72 3 1.24
Work-in progress - 2.03 2.58
Stock in Trade 4.37 5 .89 7.97
4 .37 2 8.64 4 1.79
Less: Inventories at the end of the year
Finished goods - - 2 0.72
Work-in progress - - 2 .03
Stock in Trade 0 .68 4 .37 5 .89
0 .68 4 .37 2 8.64
Changes in inventories of finished goods, stock-in-trade & work in progress 3.69 2 4.27 13.15
37 Employee benefit expenses
Salaries, wages and bonus 400.67 274.56 265.23
Gratuity expenses (Refer note no- 53) 5.07 3.93 3.31
Contribution to provident and other funds 8.23 8.39 6.39
Employee share based payment (Refer to note no. 54) 12.97 1.78 3.90
Staff welfare expenses 4.23 5.70 3.81
Total 431.17 294.36 282.64
38 Depreciation and amortisation expenses
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 32.67 54.86 41.60
Depreciation on investment properties 1.76 1.96 2.17
Amortisation of intangible assets 1.88 13.49 5.90
Depreciation on right of use assets 4.27 11.99 2.06
Total 40.58 82.30 51.73
533RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Particulars For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
39 Finance cost
Interest on:
Term loan 37.21 37.61 56.77
Working capital loan 72.06 61.78 39.03
Debenture - - 85.08
Late payment of statutory dues 0.09 4.27 1.37
Lease liabilities 5.59 25.02 0.73
Others 10.84 - 0.66
Dividend on preference share - - 1.41
Other borrowing cost:
Bank and finance charges 83.62 52.05 20.74
Total 209.41 180.73 205.79
40 Other expenses
Electricity and water expenses 1.41 2.35 3.74
Repairs and maintenance:
-Machinery 14.31 8.03 13.78
Rent for office 44.97 17.10 19.89
Allowance / (reversal) for expected credit loss on receivables (1.81) - 27.71
Advertisement expenses 17.58 18.40 42.51
Insurance expenses 23.50 11.77 11.80
Lease charges - 5.35 2.94
Travelling & conveyance 29.89 33.10 19.52
Legal and professional expenses 86.13 98.21 24.39
Donation 5.81 2.37 0.32
Payment to auditor 2.63 6.02 2.06
Corporate social responsibility expenses 2.51 6.15 11.53
Balances written off 7.53 0.86 -
Printing and stationery expenses 3.80 10.55 5.96
Fair valuation loss from investments designated at FVTPL(net) 18.86 - -
Freight and forwarding expenses - 11.12 15.37
Miscellaneous expenses 35.90 44.08 14.23
Total 2 93.02 2 75.46 2 15.75
41 Earnings per share (EPS) computed in accordance with Ind AS 33 "Earnings Per Share"
The following is a reconciliation of the equity shares used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per equity share:
Particulars For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Net profit for the year 1 ,393.52 9 39.63 1 ,312.04
Number of equity share at the end of the year 2 84,688,330 2 71,076,620 2 56,733,775
Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the year- Basic 2 80,996,387 2 60,025,770 2 56,733,775
Weighted average number of equity shares arising out of grant of employee stock options 3 22,787 3 18,647 298,876
Add: Weighted average number of potential equity shares on account of share warrants 18,079 - -
Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the year- Diluted 281,337,253 260,344,417 257,032,651
Face value of equity shares (Rs. per share) 2 2 2
Earning per share (Basic) (Rs.)* 4.96 3.61 5.11
Earning per share (Diluted) (Rs.)* 4.95 3.61 5.10
*Restated retrospectively to give effect to the share split and bonus issue.
Notes
(i)Pursuanttotheapprovaloftheshareholders,theCompanyhadissued2,16,920warrantsofRs.461eachonSeptember25,2024tobeconvertedintofullypaidequity
sharesoftheCompanyintheratioof1:1before/atnextroundoffundingintheHoldingcompanyor2monthsbeforeRHPfillingwhicheverisearlierattheoptionof
thewarrantholders.Thewarrantholdershavepaid20%oftheissuepriceonallotmentandbalance80%isrequiredtobepaidonorbeforeexercisingtheoption.
Unexercised warrants to be converted into equity are potentially dilutive in nature and have been considered in the diluted earnings per share computation above.
(ii)PursuanttoaresolutionpassedinextraordinarygeneralmeetingoftheCompanydatedJanuary27,2025,shareholdershaveapprovedsplitofeachequitysharehaving
face value of Rs. 10 each into equity shares of face value of Rs. 2 each.("the Split").
(This space is intentionally left blank)
534RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
42 Borrowings terms & conditions (Non current borrowings)
42.1 Detailed Breakdown of Borrowings (Term Loans from Banks and FIs)
Borrowing Terms Maturity Date Interest Rate (%) As at March 31, As at March 31, As at March 31,
2025 2024 2023
Secured Borrowings
From Banks
Term Loan 1 Nov-25 8.14% - - 0.60
Term Loan 2 Dec-26 MCLR+2.40% - - 7.14
Term Loan 3 Jan-25 9.25% - 3 .03 6.37
Term Loan 4 Jun-25 MCLR+1.05% 4.50 22.50 40.50
Term Loan 5 Jan-26, Prepaid 9.25% - 2 .75 4.08
in March-25
Term Loan 6 May-29 9.25% 4.19 5.02 -
Term Loan 7 Apr-32 14.40% 32.01 37.08 41.67
Term Loan 8 Apr-32 14.40% 32.54 36.56 41.05
Term Loan 9 Apr-32 14.40% 32.51 37.15 52.80
Total Secured Borrowing from Banks 105.75 1 44.09 194.21
From Financial Institutions
Term Loan 10 Sep-29 8.85% 9.92 - -
Term Loan 11 Dec-29 8.90% 12.69
Term Loan 12 Dec-36 9.50% 171.06 1 83.49 -
Term Loan 13 Dec-36 9.75% on Part-A - - 156.24
11.40% on Part-B
Total Secured Borrowing from Financial Institutions 193.67 1 83.49 156.24
Security Details:
Term Loan 6, 10 and 11: Secured by hypothecation of a car.
TermLoan3and4:Securedbyanextensionofchargeoverprimaryandcollateralsecurities,includingmortgageinfavorofbanks.Lienonspecificfixed
deposits.
Term Loan 5: Secured by an extension of charge over primary and collateral securities, including a floating charge over inventory and book debts.
TermLoan7,8and9:Securedbyhypothecationofplantandmachinery,buildings,Projectlandandallfixedassetsoftheplant,PPAagreements,andbank
deposits.Additionalsecurityincludesafirstchargeonallcurrentassets,receivables,cashflows,insurancecontracts,andassignmentofPPAagreementsin
favor of the lender.
TermLoan12: Exclusivechargeoverallmovable andimmovable properties,project-related assets,book debts,and bankaccountsincludingescrow
accounts.
TermLoan13:Securedbyexclusivefirst chargeon theHolding immovable properties(leasehold orfreehold),includingthe projectsite,
buildings,structures,andalltangiblemovableassets(suchascashflows,receivables,plant&machinery,tools,furniture,vehicles,andcurrentassets),both
presentandfuture.Italsoincludesafirstchargeonallbankaccounts,trustandretentionaccounts,andsub-accounts(suchasthedebtservicereserve
account and IRR), as specified in the Trust and Retention Account Agreement. This security ranks equally with the working capital lenders.
Guarantees Provided:
Corporate Guarantees:
Corporate guarantee provided by M/s Suryanagari Solar Society for Term Loans 7, 8, and 9.
Personal Guarantees:
Personal guarantees from key directors for Term Loans 7, 8, 9, and 12.
Share Pledges:
Pledge of 30% promoter-held equity shares for Term Loan 12. (Pledge fall off post merger)
Repayment Terms:
Loans with structured quarterly installments: Term Loans 7, 8, 9, 12.
Loans with structured monthly installments: Term Loans 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 and 11.
Loans with a moratorium period before repayment: Term Loans 3, 4, 5 (12 months moratorium before 48 monthly repayments commence).
42.2 Terms of Loan from Related Parties and Others
Particulars Interest Rate (%) As at March 31, As at March 31, As at March 31,
2025 2024 2023
Unsecured Loan from Others 12% - - 556.51
Total - - - 556.51
Repayment Details:
Repayable within 3 years from the date of disbursal of ICD.
535RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
42.4 Unsecured Debentures & Preference shares
Particulars Number of As at March 31, As at March 31, As at March 31,
Shares/ 2025 2024 2023
0.1% Compulsory Convertible Debentures* having par value of Rs. 10/- 8 00,000 - - 8.00
each*
9,935 Compulsorily convertible cumulative preference shares having par 9 ,935 - - 100.00
Total - - 108.00
Terms at the time of issue
*The debenture holder & the ShiningTechnologiesVenture Private Limited shall have an option for anyearlyconversion at "Fair Value"as maybe
determinebyavaluerappointedbythecompany,atanytimeafterthedateofallotmentofthecompulsoryconvertibledebenturesbygivingonemonthnotice
totheotherparty.TheCompanywillredeemtheoutstandingcompulsoryconvertibledebenturesafter10years.However,theCompanyandthedebenture
holder may mutually agree to redeem the debentures earlier. During the year the ending March 31, 2023 has taken waiver in EGM for payment of interest due
to weak revenue stream.
**Eachcompulsoryconvertiblecumulativepreferencesharesshallconvertinto1(One)equityshare("ConversionRatio").Theinvestormayconvertthe
compulsoryconvertiblecumulativepreferencesharesinwholeorpartintoequitysharesattheconversionratioatanytimebeforeexpiryof5yearsfromthe
date of allotment of the compulsory convertible cumulative preference shares.
.(This space is intentionally left blank)
536RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
43 Borrowings terms & conditions (Current borrowings)
43.1 Terms of Security of Overdraft Facility and Cash Credit Facility from Banks, and Loans repayable on demand from others
Particulars Sanctioned Sanctioned Sanctioned Interest Terms As at March As at March As at March
Amount As at Amount As at Amount As at 31, 2025 31, 2024 31, 2023
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
(Rs. in million) (Rs. in million) (Rs. in million)
Working Capital Credit Limit 1 150.00 20.00 20.00 6 m MCLR+ 0.8% - 18.05 7.20
Working Capital Credit Limit 2 100.00 400.00 100.00 10.50% - - 21.17
Working Capital Credit Limit 3 100.00 100.00 100.00 9.60% - - 0.93
Working Capital Credit Limit 4 - 30.00 30.00 1 yr MCLR+ 0.33% - - 0.01
Working Capital Credit Limit 5 50.00 50.00 - MCLR+ 2.45% - - -
Working Capital Credit Limit 6 125.00 50.00 - 6m MCLR+ 1.25% - - -
Working Capital Credit Limit 7 50.00 50.00 - 6m MCLR+ 0.50% - - -
Working Capital Credit Limit 8 100.00 100.00 - 1 yr MCLR+ 2.40% 1 00.49 50.02 -
Working Capital Credit Limit 9 50.00 50.00 - 10.00% 0 .26 12.07 -
Working Capital Credit Limit 10 400.00 400.00 - 1 yr MCLR+ 0.25% - - -
Working Capital Credit Limit 11 60.00 - - EBR+ 4.00% - - -
Working Capital Credit Limit 12 10.00 - - Repo+ 2.50% - - -
Working Capital Credit Limit 13 100.00 - - 6m MCLR+ 0.50% - - -
Working Capital Credit Limit 14 - - 20.00 13.40% 21.56
Total 1,295.00 1,250.00 270.00 1 00.75 80.14 50.87
Security Details:
WorkingCapitalCreditLimit1-ParipassuchargeonCurrentassets,LienonFDandcollateralofmultiplepropertiesinJaipurownedby(AnujaSingh,
DharamPalSingh,SCKRLandFacilitator&AggregatorsLLP,HariDuttRaiSharam,RichaSharma,)personalguaranteeofdirectorsandothers(i.e.,Anuja
Singh, Dharam Pal Singh, Richa Sharma & Hari Dutt Rai Sharma,) Corporate guarantee of M/s.SCKR Land Facilitator and Aggregator LLP.
WorkingCapitalCreditLimit2-ParipassuchargeonCurrentassetsandspecificpropertiesinJaipur,Telengana&Jodhpurinthenameof SmtKamla
Sharma,HanumanthRaoGarudapallyandKushalGlobalLimited,PersonalGuaranteeofdirectors&PersonalGuaranteeofPropertyOwners(KamlaSharma&
Hanumantha Rao Garudapally) and Corporate guarantee of M/s.Kushal Global Limited and M/s.RC Land Facilitator and Aggregator LLP.
Working Capital Credit Limit 3- Pari passu charge on assetsand propertyowned bySurya Nagri Solar Society,Personal Guarantee of Directorsand
Corporate Guarantee of Surya Nagri Solar Society.
WorkingCapitalCreditLimit4Pari-passuchargeonexistingandfuturecurrentassets,exclusivemortgagechargeonaplotinJaipurandFDlien,Personal
Guarantee of Directors, Mrs. Anna Sharma.
Working Capital Credit Limit 5 -Pari passu charge on current assets, multiple properties in Jaipur, and FD lien, Personal Guarantee of Directorsand
Corporate Guarantees of CASA Prime LLPs 204,205,304 and 305.
WorkingCapitalCreditLimit6-Paripassuchargeoncurrentassets,propertyownedbySonaliMehta,andFDlien,andPersonalGuaranteeofDirectorsand
Mrs. Sonali Mehta.
WorkingCapitalCreditLimit7-Paripassuchargeoncurrentassets,commercial propertyownedatHaryanaandPersonalGuaranteeofDirectorsand
Corporate Guarantees of M/s. KR Land Facilitators and Aggregators LLP and M/s. Roorkee Facilitators and Aggregators LLP.
WorkingCapitalCreditLimit8-Paripassuchargeoncurrentassets,residentialpropertyownedatHaryana,PersonalGuaranteeofDirectorsandCorporate
Guarantee of M/s. SC Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP.
Working Capital Credit Limit 9, 10, 11, 12 & 13 - Pari passu charge on existing and future current assets, Personal Guarantees of Directors, and FD liens.
Working Capital Credit Limit 14 - Hypothecation(pari passu) of stocks, book debts and fixed and movable assets.
43.2 Unsecured loans from financial institutions
Borrower & Financial Sanctioned Sanctioned Sanctioned Interest Terms As at March As at March As at March
Institution Amount As at Amount As at Amount As at 31, 2025 31, 2024 31, 2023
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
(Rs. in million) (Rs. in million) (Rs. in million)
Unsecured Loan from FI 1 2,621.25 1,620.00 50.00 7.49% to 8.40% 2 ,172.70 9 77.62 35.43
Unsecured Loan from FI 2 152.00 30.00 - 7.70% to 8.05% 1 31.35 5 .55 -
Total 2,773.25 1,650.00 50.00 2 ,304.05 9 83.17 35.43
Repayment Terms:
Unsecured Loan from FI 1: 90 days from the date of withdrawal.
Unsecured Loan from FI 1: 90 days from the date of withdrawal.
537RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
43.3 Unsecured Terms of Loan from others
Particulars Sanctioned Sanctioned Sanctioned Interest Terms As at March As at March As at March
Amount As at Amount As at Amount As at 31, 2025 (Rs. 31, 2024 (Rs. 31, 2023 (Rs.
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023 in million) in million) in million)
(Rs. in million) (Rs. in million) (Rs. in million)
Unsecured Loan from others 1 - - 1.76 Interest free - - 1.76
Unsecured Loan from others 2 - 2.33 - Interest free - 2 .33 -
Unsecured Loan from others 3 0.27 - - Interest free 0 .27 - -
Total 0.27 2.33 1.76 0 .27 2 .33 1.76
Repayment Terms:
Unsecured Loan from others 1, 2 and 3 : Repayable on demand
.(This space is intentionally left blank)
538RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
44 Capital and other commitments
Particulars As at As at As at
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Capital commitments 204.95 - -
Other commitments-outstanding letters of credit 763.76 75.14 249.87
45 Contingent Liabilities**
Particulars As at As at As at
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Short deduction of PF* 7.28 7.28 7.28
Demand relating to income tax 78.80 88.33 112.55
GST Demand under section 73 of GST Act, 2017 15.74 12.96 -
Custom Duty*** 74.69 74.69 74.69
Amountsaboverepresentthemaximumpotentialexposure;actualliabilitymaydifferdependingonoutcomeofproceedings.Groupbelieves,basedonlegaladvice,thatithas
strong grounds in the above cases and no provision is required under Ind AS 37
*ThePFdepartmenthadissuedanoticeforshortdeductionofprovidentfundbythesecurityguardcompaniesand sub-contractorsandtheHoldingCompanywasworkingasa
maincontractorforthissitesoonbehalfofthemademandhasbeenraisedagainstthecompanyofRs7.28millionagainstwhichtheHoldingCompanyhassubmitteda
response to the department to seek detail and working of amount demanded by the PF department.
**The Group generally,while participatinginthe tenders, providesBank Guarantees and SuretyBondsfrom insurancecompaniestothird partiesviz. ProjectOwners/
EmployersasagainstEMDsorSureties.Since,thesearetowardstheownperformanceobligationoftheGroup,hencedonotqualifytobeclassifiedascontingentliability,
same has been excluded from above disclosure.
***TheHoldingCompanyhasfiledtwowritpetitionsbeforetheHighCourtchallengingthelevyofsafeguarddutyof milliononimportofsolarcellsandmodules.
WhiletheHighCourtgrantedinterimreliefforreleaseofgoodsagainstBankGuaranteeandBond,theRespondentschallengedtheorderbeforetheSupremeCourt,whichhas
granted an interim stay pending final hearing.
Other cases details:
Below are legal cases out of which some have been filed by the Group & some other are against the Group:
Particulars Amount Current Status Considered as Contingent Liabilities
Involved As at As at As at
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1. Polycab India Ltd. (PIL) During FY 2021-22, the 79.70 The matter was amicably No No Yes
CompanypurchasedundergroundcablesfromPIL.Certain settled during FY 2023-24.
cables were found to be defective and damaged.
Accordingly, the Company withheld an amount of
millionandraisedwarrantyclaimsalongwithadebitnoteof
million on PIL. However, PIL did not accept the
claimandsubsequentlyapproachedtheNCLTforrecovery
of its dues.
2. Bijal Electricals (BE) The Company subcontracted 25.24 The matter was amicably No No No
project work to BE. As the work was not performed as settled during FY 2022-23.
agreed,theCompanyraisedadebitnoteof million
andwithheldaamountof million.BEsubsequently
approached the NCLT for recovery of the amount.
3.RGSSolarPowerPvt.Ltd.(RGS) LandDispute RGS 10.52 Case is pending before the Yes Yes Yes
filed a case before the Civil Court Telangana seeking Civil Court.
possession,injunction,andrecoveryofdamagesduetothe
interchangingof Khasra/Surveynumbersbetween the land
ofRaysPowerInfraPvt.Ltd.andRGSbytheGovernment
Department.
4.GangesInternationalePvt.Ltd. Achequeissuedbythe 1.93 The matter was amicably No No Yes
Company was alleged dishonoured. The Company settled during FY 2023-24.
contended payment was already made via RTGS.
Proceedings were initiated under Section 138 of the NI Act.
5.LandmarkInfonetPvt.Ltd. LeaseDispute Following 15.80 The Court, vide interim order No Yes Yes
COVID-19lockdowns,adisputearoseoverunpaidrentof dated 02.09.2020, referred it
million,withthelandlorddemanding million to arbitration. The arbitrator
forthelock-inperioddespiteholdingasecuritydeposit.FIR passed an award against the
lodgedbythelandlordisunderchallengebeforethePunjab Company, and provision has
& Haryana High Court. beenmadeinthebooksasper
Order in FY 2024-25.
539RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
6. Ambica Hanuma Alapati Contractual Dispute An - Application dismissed by the No No Yes
application under Section 9 of the Arbitration and CourtduringFY2023-
Conciliation Act, 1996 was filed in 2018 regarding a 24.
contractualdispute.Theapplicanthasnotactivelypursued
the matter since filing.
5.00 The Court passed an award No Yes Yes
Dispute The Company had filed a petition under the against the Company, and
Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 to restrain provisionhasbeenmadeinthe
encashment of a million bank guarantee. The dispute books as per Award in FY
arosefromallegednon-fulfilmentofcontractualobligations, 2024-25.
with FPEPL threatening invocation of the guarantee on
frivolousgroundsbeyondthescopeoftheDefectLiability
Period (DLP).
8. Brewer Energy Pvt. Ltd. (Ambica Family) Cheque 15.00 Matter pending before Court. Yes No No
Dishonour A cheque of million issued under a
Guarantee Compensation Agreement was dishonoured.
Accordingly,acasewasfiledunderSections138/142ofthe
Negotiable Instruments Act.
46 Foreign currency exposure*
a. Details of unhedged foreign currency exposure are as under
Particulars As at As at As at
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
(i.) Foreign currency receivables
Trade receivables
- in INR 242.56 418.46 225.36
- in USD 2.83 5.02 2.74
(ii.) Foreign currency payables
Trade payables
- in INR 190.28 66.56 270.32
- in USD 2.22 0.80 3.29
Net Exposure
- in INR 52.28 351.90 (44.96)
- in USD 0.61 4.22 (0.55)
* The Group does not have any hedged foreign currency exposure as at March 31, 2025, as at March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023.
47 Trade payable ageing
(i) Trade payable ageing schedule as at March 31, 2025 is as follows:-
Outstanding for following periods from the transation date Total
Particulars Not Due Less than 1 1-2 years 2-3 years More than 3 years
year
(i) MSME 69.21 197.03 46.98 13.58 12.56 339.36
(ii) Others 15.03 969.32 106.72 22.12 13.85 1,127.04
(iii) Disputed dues - MSME - - - - - -
(iv) Disputed dues - others - - - - - -
Total 84.24 1 ,166.35 153.70 35.70 2 6.41 1,466.40
(i) Trade payable ageing schedule as at March 31, 2024 is as follows:-
Outstanding for following periods from the transation date Total
Particulars Not Due Less than 1 1-2 years 2-3 years More than 3 years
year
(i) MSME - 41.63 0.18 - 0.15 41.96
(ii) Others 305.94 542.55 129.98 161.80 14.90 1,155.17
(iii) Disputed dues - MSME - - - - - -
(iv) Disputed dues - others - - - - - -
Total 305.94 5 84.18 130.16 161.80 1 5.05 1,197.13
(ii) Trade payable ageing schedule as at March 31, 2023 is as follows:-
Outstanding for following periods from the transation date Total
Particulars Not Due Less than 1 1-2 years 2-3 years More than 3 years
year
(i) MSME - 14.70 0.02 0.31 0.03 15.06
(ii) Others 38.07 991.35 169.33 36.24 24.94 1,259.93
(iii) Disputed dues - MSME - - - - - -
(iv) Disputed dues - others - - - - - -
Total 38.07 1 ,006.05 169.35 36.55 2 4.97 1,274.99
540RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
48 Trade receivable ageing
(i) Trade receivable ageing schedule as at March 31, 2025 is as follows:-
Outstanding for following periods from the transaction date Total
Particulars Not due Less than 6 6 months- 1 1-2 years 2-3 years More than 3 years
months year
(i) Undisputed trade receivables -
considered good 1,663.59 3,139.44 27.04 21.99 19.29 - 4,871.35
(ii) Undisputed trade receivables - which
have significant increase in credit risk - - - - - - -
impaired - - - - - - -
(iv) Disputed trade receivables - considered
good - - - - - - -
(v) Disputed trade receivables - which have
significant increase in credit risk - - - - - - -
impaired - - - - - - -
Total ageing of receivables 1,663.59 3,139.44 27.04 21.99 19.29 - 4,871.35
Add: Unbilled revenue 682.02
Less: Allowances for expected credit losses (25.35)
Total trade receivable 1,663.59 3,139.44 27.04 21.99 19.29 - 5,528.02
(ii) Trade receivable ageing schedule as at March 31, 2024 is as follows:-
Outstanding for following periods from the transaction date Total
Particulars Not due Less than 6 6 months- 1 1-2 years 2-3 years More than 3 years
months year
(i) Undisputed trade receivables -
considered good 990.95 498.69 271.94 200.57 7.21 15.06 1,984.42
(ii) Undisputed trade receivables - which
have significant increase in credit risk
- - - - - - -
impaired - - - - 27.71 - 27.71
(iv) Disputed trade receivables - considered
good
- - - - - - -
(v) Disputed trade receivables - which have
significant increase in credit risk - - - - - - -
impaired - - - - - - -
Total ageing of receivables 990.95 498.69 271.94 200.57 34.92 15.06 2,012.13
Add: Unbilled revenue 21.85
Less: Allowances for expected credit losses (27.71)
Total trade receivable 990.95 498.69 271.94 200.57 34.92 15.06 2,006.27
(iii) Trade receivable ageing schedule as at March 31, 2023 is as follows:-
Outstanding for following periods from the transaction date
Particulars Less than 6 6 months- 1 1-2 years 2-3 years
Not due
months year More than 3 years Total
(i) Undisputed trade receivables -
considered good 608.16 664.10 255.79 8.46 11.31 4.68 1,552.50
(ii) Undisputed trade receivables - which
have significant increase in credit risk - - - - - - -
impaired
- - - 27.71 - - 27.71
(iv) Disputed trade receivables - considered
good - - - - - - -
(v) Disputed trade receivables - which have
significant increase in credit risk - - - - - - -
impaired - - - - - - -
Total ageing of receivables 608.16 664.10 255.79 36.17 11.31 4.68 1,580.21
Add: Unbilled revenue 69.19
Less: Allowances for expected credit losses (27.71)
Total trade receivable 608.16 664.10 255.79 36.17 11.31 4.68 1,621.69
541RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
49 Capital work in progress :
(a) Ageing of CWIP
(i) Capital work in progress (CWIP) ageing schedule as at March 31, 2025 is as follows:-
Amount in CWIP for a period of
Particulars Less than 1 1-2 years 2-3 years More than 3 years Total
year
Project in progress 322.09 4.64 1.89 - 328.62
Projects temporarily suspended - - - - -
Total 322.09 4.64 1.89 - 3 28.62
(ii) Capital work in progress (CWIP) ageing schedule as at March 31, 2024 is as follows:-
Amount in CWIP for a period of
Particulars Less than 1 1-2 years 2-3 years More than 3 years Total
year
Project in progress 11.79 8.37 1.30 - 21.46
Projects temporarily suspended - - - - -
Total 11.79 8.37 1.30 - 2 1.46
(iii) Capital work in progress (CWIP) ageing schedule as at March 31, 2023 is as follows:-
Amount in CWIP for a period of
Particulars Less than 1 1-2 years 2-3 years Total
More than 3 years
year
Project in progress 1,849.69 1.42 - - 1,851.11
Projects temporarily suspended - - - - -
Total 1,849.69 1.42 - - 1 ,851.11
(b) Completion schedule for Capital work in Progress Whose Completion is Overdue or has Exceeded its Cost campared to Original Plan - Nil
(This space is intentionally left blank)
542RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
50 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
50.1 Classification Of Measurements Of Financial Instruments
Methods & assumptions used to estimate the fair values
Thefairvaluesofthefinancialassetsandliabilitiesareincludedattheamountatwhichtheinstrumentcouldbeexchangedinacurrenttransactionbetweenwillingparties,otherthanin
a forced or liquidation sale.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:
(a) Thecarryingamountsofreceivablesandpayableswhichareshortterminnaturesuchastradereceivables,securitydepositsgiven,loansgiventorelatedpartiesandothers,cashand
cashequivalents,otherbankbalances,securitydepositstaken,othercurrentfinancialassets,short-termborrowings,tradepayables,payablesforacquisitionofnon-currentassets
and other current financial liabilities are considered to be the same as their fair values.
(b) Thefairvaluesforlongterminsuranceassetswerecalculatedbasedoncashflowsdiscountedusinginternalrateofreturn.Theyareclassifiedaslevel3fairvaluesinthefairvalue
hierarchy due to the inclusion of unobservable inputs.
(c) Thefairvaluesforlongtermborrowingsandleaseliabilitieswerecalculatedbasedoncashflowsdiscountedusingacurrentlendingrate.Theyareclassifiedaslevel3fairvaluesin
the fair value hierarchy due to the inclusion of unobservable inputs.
(d) For financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value, the carrying amounts are equal to the fair values.
CATERGORY-WISE CLASSIFCATION OF FINANCIALS INTRUMENTS
As at March 31, 2025 FVTPL FVTOCI Amortised cost Total
A. Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - 1,005.67 1 ,005.67
Bank balance other than cash and cash equivalents - - 1,427.48 1 ,427.48
Trade receivables - - 5,528.02 5 ,528.02
Other financial assets 6 0.60 - 668.22 7 28.82
Loans - - 178.40 1 78.40
Investments
Venture Capital Fund 1 4.77 - - 1 4.77
Equity instruments 8 4.43 - - 8 4.43
Total 159.80 - 8,807.79 8 ,967.59
B. Financial liabilities
Borrowings - - 2,704.49 2 ,704.49
Lease liabilities - - 1,630.38 1 ,630.38
Trade payables - - 1,466.40 1 ,466.40
Other financial liabilities - - 191.42 1 91.42
Total - - 5,992.69 5,992.69
As at March 31, 2024 FVTPL FVTOCI Amortised cost Total
A. Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - 632.69 6 32.69
Bank balance other than cash and cash equivalents - - 898.68 8 98.68
Trade receivables - - 2,006.27 2 ,006.27
Other financial assets 6 0.00 - 313.31 3 73.31
Loans - - 31.22 3 1.22
Investments
Venture Capital Fund 1 9.70 - - 1 9.70
Equity instruments 1 00.00 - - 1 00.00
Total 179.70 - 3,882.17 4 ,061.87
B. Financial liabilities
Borrowings - - 1,393.22 1 ,393.22
Lease liabilities - - 475.44 4 75.44
Trade payables - - 1,197.13 1 ,197.13
Other financial liabilities - - 153.60 1 53.60
Total - - 3,219.39 3,219.39
543RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
As at March 31, 2023 FVTPL FVTOCI Amortised cost Total
A. Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents - - 202.54 2 02.54
Bank balance other than cash and cash equivalents - - 314.36 3 14.36
Trade receivables - - 1,621.69 1 ,621.69
Other financial current assets - - 195.63 1 95.63
Loans - - 33.15 3 3.15
Investments
Venture Capital Fund 1 9.20 - - 1 9.20
Total 19.20 - 2,367.37 2 ,386.57
B. Financial liabilities
Borrowings - - 1,103.02 1 ,103.02
Lease liabilities - - 5.81 5 .81
Trade payables - - 1,274.98 1 ,274.98
Other financial liabilities - - 1,853.09 1 ,853.09
Total - - 4,236.90 4,236.90
Fair value hierarchy:
The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:
Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly
Level 3: techniques which use inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data
For assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value as at balance sheet date, the classification of fair value calculations by category is summarised below:
Particulars Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
As at March 31, 2025
Financial Assets measured at FVTPL
Venture Capital Fund - - 14.77 14.77
Insurance assets - - 60.60 60.60
Equity Instruments - - 84.43 84.43
As at March 31, 2024
Financial Assets measured at FVTPL
Venture Capital Fund - - 19.70 19.70
Equity Instruments - - 100.00 100.00
Insurance assets 60.00 60.00
As at March 31, 2023
Financial Assets measured at FVTPL
Venture Capital Fund - - 19.20 19.20
There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the year ended March 31, 2025 , March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 .
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost
As at March 31, 2025 As at March 31, 2024 As at March 31, 2023
Particulars
Carrying Cost Fair value Carrying Cost Fair value Carrying Cost Fair value
A Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 1,005.67 1,005.67 632.69 632.69 202.54 202.54
Bank balance other than cash and
1,427.48 1,427.48 898.68 898.68 314.36 314.36
cash equivalents
Trade receivables 5,528.02 5,528.02 2,006.27 2,006.27 1,621.69 1,621.69
Other financial assets 668.22 668.22 313.31 313.31 195.63 195.63
Loans 178.40 178.40 31.22 31.22 33.15 33.15
8,807.79 8,807.79 3,882.17 3,882.17 2,367.37 2,367.37
B Financial Liabilities
Borrowings 2,704.49 2,704.49 1,393.22 1,393.22 1,103.02 1,103.02
Trade payables 1,466.40 1,466.40 1,197.13 1,197.13 1,274.98 1,274.98
Other financial liabilities 191.42 191.42 153.60 153.60 1,853.09 1,853.09
4,362.31 4,362.31 2,743.95 2,743.95 4,231.09 4,231.09
544RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Valuation techniques used to determine fair value
Particulars Venture Capital Fund Equity Instruments Insurance assets
Financial Assets measured at measured at Closing Value of Paid in Income approach - Surrender Value
FVTPL Capital Discounted Cash flow
As at March 31, 2025 Techniques
As at March 31, 2024
As at March 31, 2023
50.2 Financial Risk Management
TheChiefOperatingDecisionMaker(CODM)beingtheBoardofDirectors(Board)hasoverall responsibilityfortheestablishment andoversightoftheGroupriskmanagement
framework.TheBoardofDirectorsregularlyreviewsthechangesinthemarketconditions,managementpoliciesandproceduresandtheadequacyofriskmanagementframeworkin
relationtotherisksfacedbytheGroup.Theframeworkseekstoidentify,assessandmitigatefinancialriskinordertominimizepotentialadverseeffectsontheGroup'sfinancial
performance.
The Group has exposure to the following risks arising from financial instruments:
- Credit risk
- Liquidity risk; and
- Market risk
1) Credit risk
CreditriskistheriskoffinanciallosstotheGroupifacustomerorcounterpartytoafinancialinstrumentfailstomeetitscontractualobligation,andarisesfromtheoperatingactivities
primarily(tradereceivables)andinvestingactivitiesincludingdeposits,loanstorelatedpartiesorothers,insuranceassetsandotherfinancialassets.TheGroupestablishesanallowance
forimpairmentthatrepresentsitsestimateofexpectedlossesinrespectoffinancialassets.Adefaultoffinancialassetsiswhenthereisasignificantincreaseinthecreditriskwhichis
evaluated based on the business environment. The assets are written off when the Group is certain about the non- recovery. The credit risk exposure is given in note no.
8,9,10,13,14,15,16,17.
(i) Investment in Loans given, Venture Capital Funds, Cash and cash equivalents and Other Bank balances:
The Group provides for expected credit loss based on lifetime expected credit loss mechanism for loans and advances, deposits and other investments-
CreditRiskfrominvestmentinVentureCapitalFunds,cashandcashequivalentsandOtherBankbalancesaremanagedaspreGrouppolicy.Thecreditriskforcashdepositswithbanks
andcashandcashequivalentsisconsiderednegligible,sincethecounterpartiesarereputablebankswithhighqualityexternalcreditratings.Also,noimpairmentlosshasbeenrecorded
inrespectoffixeddepositsthatarewithrecognizedcommercialbanksandarenotpastdue.TheHoldingCompanyconsidersthatitscashandcashequivalentsandotherbankbalances
have low credit risk
Other financial assets being security deposits and others are also due from several counter parties and based on historical information about defaults from the counter parties,
managementconsidersthequalityofsuchassetsthatarenotpastduetobegood.Thecarryingamountsdisclosedabovearethe maximumpossiblecreditriskexposurein
relation to these deposits.
Impairmentoncashandcashequivalents,depositsandotherfinancialinstrumentshasbeenmeasuredonthe12-monthexpectedcreditlossbasisandreflectstheshortmaturitiesofthe
exposures. Based on the assessment there is no impairment in the cash and cash equivalents and Other Bank balances.
The exposure to credit risk for above financial assets as at the reporting dates was as follows:
March 31, 2025
Particulars Gross carrying Expected credit Carrying amount
amount losses net of impairment
Cash & cash equivalents 1,005.67 - 1,005.67
Bank balance other than cash and cash equivalents 1,427.48 - 1,427.48
Other financial assets 729.37 0.55 728.82
Loans 178.40 - 178.40
Investments 99.20 - 99.20
Total 3,440.12 0.55 3,439.57
March 31, 2024
Particulars Gross carrying Expected credit Carrying amount
amount losses net of impairment
provision
Cash & cash equivalents 632.69 - 632.69
Bank balance other than cash and cash equivalents 898.68 - 898.68
Other financial assets 373.31 - 373.31
Loans 31.22 - 31.22
Investments 119.70 - 119.70
Total 2,055.60 - 2,055.60
545RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
March 31, 2023
Particulars Gross carrying Expected credit Carrying amount
amount losses net of impairment
provision
Cash & cash equivalents 202.54 - 202.54
Bank balance other than cash and cash equivalents 314.36 - 314.36
Other financial assets 195.63 - 195.63
Loans 33.15 - 33.15
Investments 19.20 - 19.20
Total 764.88 - 764.88
(ii) Trade Receivables:
CustomercreditriskismanagedbasedonGroup'sestablishedpolicy,proceduresandcontrols.TheGroupassessesthecreditqualityofthecounterparties,takingintoaccounttheir
financial position, past experience and other factors.
Creditriskisreducedbyreceivingpre-payments.TheGrouphasawelldefinedsalespolicytominimizeitsriskofcreditdefaults.Theoutstandingcustomerreceivablesareregularly
monitoredandassessed.Impairmentanalysisisperformedbasedonhistoricaldataateachreportingdate.Howeveralargenumberofminorreceivablesaregroupedintohomogenous
groups and assessed for impairment collectively.
Expected credit loss under simplified approach for trade receivables:
Gross Carrying Expected Loss Expected Credit Carrying amount of
As at March 31, 2025 Amount Rate Loss trade receivables
(net of impairment)
Ageing of gross carrying amount
Not Due 1,663.59 - - 1 ,663.59
Unbilled revenue 682.02 - - 6 82.02
less than 1 Year 3 ,166.48 0.61% 19.19 3 ,147.29
1-2 years past due 21.99 12.56% 2.76 1 9.23
2-3 years past due 19.29 17.62% 3.40 1 5.89
Net carrying amount 5,553.37 25.35 5 ,528.02
As at March 31, 2024 Gross Carrying Expected Loss Expected Credit Carrying amount of
Amount Rate Loss trade receivables
(net of impairment)
Ageing of gross carrying amount
Not Due 990.95 - - 9 90.95
Unbilled revenue 21.85 - - 2 1.85
less than 1 Year 7 70.63 - - 7 70.63
1-2 years past due 200.57 - - 2 00.57
2-3 years past due 34.92 79.35% 27.71 7 .21
More than 3 years past due 15.06 - - 1 5.06
Net carrying amount 2,033.98 27.71 2 ,006.27
Gross Carrying Expected Loss Expected Credit Carrying amount of
As at March 31, 2023 Amount Rate Loss trade receivables
(net of impairment)
Ageing of gross carrying amount
Not Due 608.16 - - 6 08.16
Unbilled revenue 69.19 - - 6 9.19
less than 1 Year 9 19.89 - - 9 19.89
1-2 years past due 36.17 76.61% 27.71 8 .46
2-3 years past due 11.31 - - 1 1.31
More than 3 years past due 4.68 - - 4 .68
Net carrying amount 1,649.40 27.71 1 ,621.69
2)Liquidity risk
LiquidityriskistheriskthattheGroupwillencounterdifficultyinmeetingtheobligationsassociatedwithitsfinancialliabilitiesthatareproposedtobesettledbydeliveringcashor
otherfinancialasset.The financialplanninghasensured,asfaraspossible,thatthereissufficientliquiditytomeettheliabilitieswheneverdue,underbothnormalandstressed
TheGroupregularlymonitorstherollingforecaststoensureithassufficientcashonanon-goingbasistomeetoperationalneeds.Anyshort-termsurpluscashgenerated,overandabove
theamountrequiredforworkingcapitalmanagementandotheroperationalrequirements,isretainedascashandcashequivalents(totheextentrequired)andanyexcessisinvestedin
interest bearing term deposits with appropriate maturities to optimise the cash returns on investments while ensuring sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities.
546RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Maturities profile of financial liabilities
The table below provides details regarding the remaining contractual maturities of financial liabilities at the reporting date based on contractual undiscounted payments.
Less than 1 year 1-5 years More than 5 Total
years
As at March 31, 2025 -
Borrowings 2,488.33 250.25 235.47 2 ,974.05
Lease Liability 4 5.19 5 80.48 5,091.70 5 ,717.37
Trade Payables 1,466.40 - - 1 ,466.40
Other Financial Liabilities 191.42 - - 1 91.42
Total 4,191.34 830.73 5,327.17 1 0,349.24
As at March 31, 2024 -
Borrowings 1,149.28 214.56 223.46 1 ,587.30
Lease Liability 43.17 172.17 1,352.24 1 ,567.58
Trade Payables 1,197.13 - - 1 ,197.13
Other Financial Liabilities 153.60 - - 1 53.60
Total 2,543.18 386.73 1,575.70 4 ,505.61
As at March 31, 2023 -
Borrowings 172.10 887.72 233.09 1 ,292.91
Lease liabilities 2.73 4.67 - 7 .40
Trade payables 1,274.98 - - 1 ,274.98
Other financial liabilities 1,853.09 - - 1 ,853.09
Total 3,302.90 8 92.39 233.09 4,428.38
Financing arrangements
TheHoldingcompanypaysspecialattentiontothenetoperatingworkingcapitalinvestedinthebusiness.Inthisregard,asinpreviousyears,considerableworkhasbeenperformedto
control and reduce collection periods for trade and other receivables, as well as to optimise accounts payable with the support of banking arrangements to mobilise funds.
3)Market risk
Marketriskistheriskoflossoffutureearnings,fairvaluesorfuturecashflowsthatmayresultfromadversechangesinmarketratesandprices(suchasinterestrates,foreigncurrency
exchangerates)orinthepriceofmarketrisk-sensitiveinstrumentsasaresultofsuchadversechangesinmarketratesandprices.Marketriskisattributabletoallmarketrisk-sensitive
financialinstruments,allforeigncurrencyreceivablesandpayablesandallshorttermandlongtermdebt.TheGroupisexposedtomarketriskprimarilyrelatedtoforeignexchangerate
risk,interestrateriskandthemarketvalueofitsinvestments.Thus,the exposuretomarketriskisafunctionofinvestingandborrowingactivitiesandrevenuegeneratingand
operating activities in foreign currencies.
a)Currency risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk on account of its operating activities. The functional currency of the Group is Indian Rupee. The exposure to currency risk is given in Note no. 46.
Sensitivity analysis
A5%strengthening/weakeningoftherespectiveforeigncurrencieswithrespecttofunctionalcurrencyoftheGroupwouldresultinincreaseordecreaseinprofitorlossandequityas
shownintablebelow.Thisanalysisassumesthatallothervariables,inparticularinterestrates,remainconstantandignoresanyimpactofforecastsalesandpurchases.Thefollowing
analysis has been worked out based on the exposures as of the date of statements of financial position.
Impact on Profit or Loss and As at As at As at
Other equity March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
USD
5% Increase 2.61 17.59 (2.25)
5% Decrease (2.61) (17.59) 2.25
(This space is intentionally left blank)
547RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
b) Price Risk
TheGroupismainlyexposedtothepriceriskduetoitsinvestmentinventurecapitalfundandotherequityinstruments.Thepriceriskarisesduetouncertaintiesaboutthefuturemarket
valuesoftheseinvestments.TheGrouphaslaidpoliciesandguidelineswhichitadherestoinordertominimisepriceriskarisingfrominvestmentsinventurecapitalfundandother
equityinstruments.inordertominimisepriceriskarisingfrominvestmentsinventurecapitalfunds,theGrouppredominatelyinvestsinthoseventurecapitalfunds,whichonalong
termbasishaveprovidedgoodreturns,havegoodratings andnodemonstratedtrackrecordofpricevolatility.Further,inordertominimisepriceriskinbonds,theGroupinvestsinhigh
rated debt instrument issued by entities.
Particulars March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Investments 99.20 119.70 19.20
Total 99.20 119.70 19.20
Sensitivity analysis
Impact on profit or loss and other equity
1% Increase in price - profit and loss impact 0.99 1.20 0.19
1% Decrease in price - profit and loss impact (0.99) (1.20) (0.19)
Sensitivity analysis
1% Increase in price - equity net of tax 0.84 1.02 0.16
1% Decrease in price - equity net of tax (0.84) (1.02) (0.16)
c) Interest rate risk
Interestrateriskreferstothepotentialforchangesinmarketinterestratestocausefluctuationsinthefairvalueorfuturecashflowsofafinancialinstrument.TheGroupexposureto
market risk for changes in interest rates relates borrowings from banks and financial institutions.
For details of the short-term and long-term loansand borrowings, including interest rate profiles, refer toNote 42and 43of these Restated ConsolidatedFinancial
Information.
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Particulars
Variable rate instruments
Financial liabilities 2 ,704.49 1,393.22 1,103.02
2 ,704.49 1,393.22 1,103.02
Interest rate sensitivity - variable rate borrowings
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Particulars
Impact on profit or loss and other equity
Variable-rate instruments
1% increase 27.04 13.93 1 1.03
1% decrease (27.04) (13.93) ( 11.03)
Theriskestimatesprovidedassumeachangeof1%interestratefortheinterestratebenchmarkasapplicabletotheborrowingssummarisedabove.Thiscalculationalsoassumes
that the change occurs at the balance sheet date and has been calculated based on risk exposures outstanding as at that date. The period end balances are not necessarily
representative of the average debt outstanding during the period.
50.3 Capital management
TheGrouppolicyistomaintainastrongcapitalbasesoastomaintaininvestor,creditorandmarketconfidenceandtosustainfuturedevelopmentofthebusiness.Theprimaryobjective
oftheGroupcapitalmanagementstrategyistomaximiseshareholdervalue.TheGroupmanagesitscapital,makingadjustmentsasnecessaryinresponsetochangingeconomicand
market conditions.
In alignment with industry practices, the Group monitors its capital structure using the following gearing ratio
Net Debt: Defined as total borrowings and lease liabilities, net of cash and cash equivalents (classified under financial liabilities in accordance with Ind AS 109).
Total Equity: Including equity attributable to the shareholders of the parent and non-controlling interests as presented in the balance sheet.
Gearing Ratio: Defined as net debt divided by total capital (sum of net debt and equity).
The Group confirms that during the reported period, there have been no breaches of the financial covenants associated with any interest-bearing loans and borrowings.
As at As at As at
Particulars March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Borrowings (non current) 1,842.30 710.34 9 39.61
Borrowings (current) 2,492.57 1,158.32 1 69.22
Less: cash and cash equivalents (1,005.67) (632.69) (202.54)
Net debt (A) 3,329.20 1,235.97 906.29
Total equity (B) 6,157.87 3,487.89 1,888.72
Capital and net debt(C=A+B) 9,487.07 4,723.86 2,795.01
Gearing ratio A/C 35.09% 26.16% 32.43%
548RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
51 Disclosure under Ind AS 24 - Related Party Disclosures:
A)List of Related Parties with Relationship
Subsidiaries Edirays Infrastructure Private Limited (Struck off on 13-04-2024)
Honavar Solar Power Private Limited
Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited
Rays Future Energy India Private Limited
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited (Formerly known as Savanur Solar Power Private Limited)
Rays Power Innovation and Development Ventures Private Limited
Soraba Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 02-09-2022)
Sayala Solar Power Private Limited
Shining Sun Power Private Limited
Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited (w.e.f 03-06-2024)
Shining Technologies Ventures Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024)
Tuticorin Solar Projects Private Limited
Dadur Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f 03-06-2024)
Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited
Jagaluru Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 05-09-2024)
Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited
Bhalki Solar Power Private Limited
Sira Solar Power Private Limited
Hanur Solar Power Private Limited
Kengeri Solar Power Private Limited
Mulki Solar Power Private Limited
Kalgi Solar Power Private Limited
Raysalfa Power Private Limited
Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited
Haveri Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f 12-06-2024)
Kaduru Solar Power Private Limited
Tirunveli Solar Project Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f 12-06-2024)
Hassan Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 28-01-2025)
Darur Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 29-01- 2025)
Chittoor Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 29-01- 2025)
Koncha Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 29-01- 2025)
Sinnal Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 10-02-2025)
Tumkur Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 05-02-2025)
Step Down Subsidiaries Athani Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 12-08-2024)
Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited
Earth Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 20-04-2022)
Dadur Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 03-06-2024)
Hangal Renewables Private Limited(Ceased w.e.f 10-10-2022)
Haveri Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 12-06-2024)
HOP Energy Network Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024)
International Solar Corporation Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 20-04-2022)
Shining Sun Power (Telangana) Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 20-04-2022)
JRK Solar Projects Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 29-04-2022)
Khimsar Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 13-08-2024)
Kumbhari Renewables Private Limited (Struck off on 19-02-2024)
Malur Renewables Private Limited
Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 12-06-2024)
Parola Renewables Private Limited(Ceased w.e.f 07-07-2022)
Tirunveli Kadambur Project Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
Tirunveli Kayathar Project Private Limited(Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
\ Tirunveli Kothali Project Private Limited(Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
Tirunveli Kudiraikulam Project Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
Tirunveli Onamakulam Project Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
Tirunveli Ottanatham Project Private Limited(Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
Tirunveli Thennanpatti Project Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
Tirunveli Vanchi Project Private Limited(Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
Urena Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 22-12-2023)
Vannur Solar Power Private Limited
Vestin Solar Park Private Limited
549HOP Electric Manufacturing Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024)
HOP Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024)
Jagaluru Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f. 05-09-2024)
Kolar Solar Power Private Limited
Brewer Energy Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 22-12-2023)
Hallur Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 21-12-2023)
HOP Electric Mobility Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024)
Hop Electric Manufacturing Two Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024)
Jaunpur Solar Private Limited (Struck off on 13-04-2024)
Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited
Osian Solar Power Private Limited (Struck off on 13-04-2024)
Raibag Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 07-12-2023)
Rays Future Energy Solar Park Private Limited (Struck off on 13-04-2024)
Rohat Solar Park Private Limited
Robertsganj Solar Private Limited (Struck off on 13-04-2024)
Runicha Solar Park Private Limited
Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited
Tinfra Solar Energy Private Limited (ceased w.e.f, 20-12-2024)
Entities Over Which Holding CASA Prime Flat 204 LLP
Company Exercises Control CASA Prime Flat 205 LLP
CASA Prime Flat 304 LLP
CASA Prime Flat 305 LLP
SCKR Land Facilitator And Aggregators LLP
RC Land Facilatator And Aggregators LLP (w.e.f. 30-03-2024)
Associates HOP Electric Manufacturing Private Limited (w.e.f. 30-03-2024) & (ceased 30-03-2025)
HOP Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited (w.e.f. 30-03-2024)
Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024)
Key management personnel Particulars Designation Date of Appointment
Mr. Ketan Mehta Managing Director 1/5/2012
Mr. Pawan Kumar Sharma Whole Time Director 6/13/2011
Mr. Sanjay Garudapally Whole Time Director 5/1/2012
Mr. Deepak Jangid Company Secretary 7/15/2019
Mr. Ashish Jain CFO 9/21/2023
Mr. Akhilesh kumar Jain Director 10/16/2023
Mr. Mahendra Kumar Singh Director 10/16/2023
Ms. Rashmi Bafna Director 10/16/2023
Relatives of key managementMs. Sarita Mehta
personnel with whom transactions
Ms. Richa Sharma
have occurred
Ms. Sweta Mehta
Ms. Sonali Mehta
Entities over which key managerialMehta RealHome Developers Private Limited
personnel or their relatives exerciseRays Power Consultants Private Limited
control andwithwhomtransactionsRE Capital India Private Limited
have occurred Shining Sun Power (Karnataka) Private Limited
Shining Technologies Ventures Private Limited (w.e.f 31-03-2024)
SC Land Facilitator And Aggregators LLP
Enviable Homes Private Limited
Kushal Realinfracon Private Limited
HOP Electric Mobility Private Limited (w.e.f. 30-03-2024)
Rajputana Education Society
Garudapally Infrastructure Private Limited
(This space is intentionally left blank)
550RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
B) Related Party Transactions and Balances
Transactions with related parties post eliminations .
In The Books of Rays Power Infra Limited
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Shining Technologies Ventures Private Limited Loan and advance given 0.00 - -
Closing balances:
Other receivables 0.07 0.07
2 HOP Electric Manufacturing Private Limited Closing Balances:
Other receivables - 0.00 -
Investment - 0.03 -
3 Ketan Mehta Redemption of Preference share - - 58.10
Sale of investments - 0.11 -
Remuneration paid 5 .30 5.25 5.30
Closing Balances:
Other payables - 0.02 0.16
4 Pawan Kumar Sharma Redemption of Preference share - - 29.68
Sale of investments - 0.53 -
Remuneration paid 6 .35 6.30 4.70
Closing Balances:
Other payables - 0.13 -
5 Sanjay Garudapally Redemption of Preference share - - 10.63
Remuneration paid 6 .35 6.30 4.67
Sale of investments - 0.53 -
Rent paid 0 .71 - -
Closing Balances:
Other payables - 0.13 -
6 Sweta Mehta Salary and other Allowance 2 .14 1.74 1.85
7 Richa Sharma Rent Paid 0 .60 0.55 0.60
Salary and other Allowance 1 .08 0.54 -
Closing Balances:
Advance to suppliers - 0.05 -
8 Sarita Mehta Rent Paid 1 .50 1.38 1.28
Closing Balances:
Advance to suppliers - 0.13 -
9 Deepak Jangid Remuneration paid 1 .91 1.18 1.10
Loan and Advance given 0 .50 - -
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 0 .35 - -
Employee share based expenses 0 .34 0.03 0.04
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 0 .15 - -
Other payables - 0.03 0.01
10 Sonali Mehta Salary and other Allowance 1 .53 0.79 -
Professional services received - 0.10
11 Mehta RealHome Developers Private Limited Closing Balances:
Advance to suppliers - 0.34 0.31
12 Rays Power Consultants Private Limited Loan and Advance given 0 .00 0.00 0.01
Closing Balances:
Other receivables 0 .09 0.09 0.09
13 RE Capital India Private Limited Loan and Advance given 0 .28 0.01 0.56
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 0 .29 - 1.07
Loan and advance taken - - 10.00
Loan and advance (repaid) - - 10.00
Interest on loan (paid) - - 0.95
Closing Balances:
Other receivables 0.02 0.01
14 Garudapally Infrastructure Private Limited Loan and Advance given - - 16.47
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - - 16.47
Sale of goods and services - - 191.50
Cost of bought in goods 3 1.03 119.13 94.04
Closing Balances:
Trade receivables 0 .00 31.21 102.94
Trade payables 4 .79 - 78.88
Retention money 7 7.00 77.00 77.00
15 HOP Electric Mobility Private Limited Sale of goods and services 0 .80 - -
Purchase of Fixed Assets 4 .31 - -
Other Expenses 0 .04 - -
Closing Balances:
Trade receivables 5 5.77 150.64 -
Investment 8 4.43 100.00 -
551RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
B) Related Party Transactions and Balances
Transactions with related parties post eliminations .
In The Books of Rays Power Infra Limited
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
16 Kushal Realinfracon Private Limited Other Expenses 0 .86 0.86 -
Closing Balances:
Trade payables - - -
17 Shining Sun Power (Karnataka) Private Limited Loan and Advance given - 0.00 0.01
Closing Balances:
Other receivables - 0.02 0.02
18 Ashish Jain Remuneration paid 3 .36 3.34 1.10
Employee share based expenses 0 .92 0.70 0.24
Closing Balances:
Other payables - - 0.01
19 Akhilesh Jain Director Sitting Fees 0 .55 0.10 -
Closing Balances:
Other payables 0 .09 - -
20 Mahendra Kumar Singh Director Sitting Fees 0 .72 0.12 -
Closing Balances:
Other payables 0 .19 - -
21 Rashmi Bafna Director Sitting Fees 0 .75 0.12 -
Closing Balances:
Other payables 0.16 - -
22 SC Land Facilitator And Aggregators LLP Loan and Advance given 0 .00 0.05 1.27
Rent Paid 5 .10 - -
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - 1.04 -
Closing Balances:
Other receivables - 0.01 0.01
Advance to suppliers 6 .28 6.73 7 .71
23 Enviable Homes Private Limited Purchase of investments 6 6.70 - -
Sale of investments 6 6.70 - -
Interest Income 4 .02 - -
Loan and Advance given 0 .65 - -
Loan and Advance Repayment Received 0 .65 - -
24 Rajputana Education Society Sale of fixed assets 3 0.98 - -
25 HOP Electric Manufacturing One Private Closing Balances:
Limited Investment 0.05 0 .05 -
All the above related party transactions are carried at arm's length price and in the ordinary course of business
C) The remuneration of Key management personnel during the year was as follows:
Particulars For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Short-term benefits* 23.27 22.36 16.87
Share base payment** 1 .26 0.74 0.28
* Gratuity and leave benefits which are actuarially determined on an overall basis are not separately disclosed.
** Employee share based payment pertains to options vested during the year.
(This space is intentionally left blank)
552RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In The Books of Rays Power Infra Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 49.05 280.56 116.74
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 49.05 280.56 186.65
Borrowings (repaid) 43.69 - 2.52
Purcahse of Goods and Services 2.17 8.40 9.17
Redemption of Debenture (Loan repayment) 97.13 68.73 70.74
Paid to creditors - 9.22 -
Redemption of Debenture (investment) - 161.88 321.17
Purchase of investments 0.20 21.24 -
Sale of investments 76.61 - -
Closing Balances:
Borrowings - 43.69 43.69
Trade payables - - 9.22
Debenture Issued - 97.13 165.86
Investment 187.47 249.54 411.43
2 Rays Power Innovation and Development Loan and Advance given 0.06 0.02 3.97
Ventures Private Limited
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 0.76 - 3.93
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 0.00 0.70 0.68
Investment 0.10 0.10 0.10
3 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Loan and Advance given 0.00 0.00 7.70
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 4.38 5.70 2.00
Purchase of investments 0.20 - -
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 2.24 6.62 12.32
Investment 0.10 0.10 0.10
4 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Loan and Advance given 0.45 0.00 3.55
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 1.25 - 20.95
Other Services Taken - - 1.67
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances - 4.02 4.02
Other payables - 1.67 1.67
Other receivables 1.56 - -
Investment 0.10 0.10 0.10
5 Tirunveli Solar Project Private Limited Loan and Advance given - - 0.12
Sale of goods and services - - 2.17
6 Tuticorin Solar Projects Private Limited Loan and Advance given 0.00 0.00 3.08
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 3.91 - 3.07
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances - 3.91 3.90
Investment 0.10 0.10 0.10
7 Edirays Infrastructure Private Limited Loan and Advance given - 0.01 0.00
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - 0.02 -
Closing Balances: -
Advance to suppliers - - 0.01
Investment - 0.06 0.06
8 Raysalfa Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 41.74 0.00 0.01
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 41.80 0.06 0.05
Investment 0.10 0.09 0.10
9 Shining Technologies Ventures Private Loan and Advance given - 0.00 0.01
Limited Closing Balances:
Other receivables - - 0.07
Investment - - 1.18
10 Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 2.45 5.79 0.02
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 0.11 1.59 0.10
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 6.55 4.21 0.02
Investment 0.10 0.10 0.10
11 Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Loan and Advance given - 0.00 0.00
Limited (Formerly Known As Savanur Solar Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 0.01 - -
Power Private Limited) Cost of bought in goods 372.71 - -
Purchase of investments - - 0.10
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances - 0.01 0.00
Investment 0.10 0.10 0.10
553RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
12 Honavar Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 0.27 6.25 0.00
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - 6.26 -
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 0.27 - 0.00
Investment 0.05 0.05 0.10
13 Sayala Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 1.80 0.00 0.00
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - 0.01 -
Purchase of investments - - 0.10
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 1.80 - 0.00
Investment 0.10 0.10 0.10
14 Soraba Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given - - 38.37
Purchase of investments - - 0.10
15 Earth Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given - - 0.00
16 Brewer Energy Private Limited Loan and Advance given - 0.00 1.91
Closing Balances:
Borrowings - - 2.33
17 International Solar Corporation Private Loan and Advance given - - 0.00
Limited Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - - 1.50
18 Khimsar Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 0.03 18.95 0.00
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 0.64 7.67 -
Closing Balances:
Loan and Advance - 11.28 0.00
19 Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 7.41 0.00 0.00
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 1.13 0.00 -
Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 6.28 - 0.00
Investment 0.10 - -
20 Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 1.77 1.42 0.00
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 3.19 1.42 0.00
21 Shining Sun Power (Telangana) Private Loan and Advance given - - 0.00
Limited Loan and advance (repaid) - - 8.17
22 Rays Future Energy Solar Park Private Loan and Advance given - 0.00 0.00
Limited Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - 0.02 -
Closing Balances:
Other receivables - 0.00 0.02
23 Jaunpur Solar Private Limited Loan and Advance given - 0.02 0.00
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - 0.65 -
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances - - 0.63
24 Robertsganj Solar Private Limited Loan and Advance given - 0.00 0.00
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - 0.01 -
Closing Balances:
Other receivables - - 0.44
27 Runicha Solar Park Private Limited Loan and Advance given 5.33 0.00 0.00
Closing Balances:
Other receivables - 0.01 0.01
Loans and advances 5.34 - -
28 Tinfra Solar Energy Private Limited Loan and Advance given 22.11 0.00 0.00
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - 0.01 -
Closing Balances:
Loan and Advance given - - 0.01
29 Vestin Solar Park Private Limited Loan and Advance given 0.03 0.00 0.00
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 0.03 0.41 -
Closing Balances:
Other receivables - 0.00 0.41
30 Tirunveli Kudiraikulam Project Private Loan and Advance given - 0.00
Limited
31 Tirunveli Kadambur Project Private Limited Loan and Advance given - - 0.00
32 Tirunveli Kothali Project Private Limited Loan and Advance given - - 0.00
33 Tirunveli Kayathar Project Private Limited Loan and Advance given - - 0.08
34 Tirunveli Ottanatham Project Private Loan and Advance given - 0.09
Limited
35 Tirunveli Onamakulam Project Private Loan and Advance given - - 0.09
Limited
554RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
36 Tirunveli Vanchi Project Private Limited Loan and Advance given - - 0.00
37 Tirunveli Thennanpatti Project Private Loan and Advance given - - 0.00
Limited
Interest on loan (paid) - 0.00
38 Vannur Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 17.30 0.00 0.00
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 18.49 1.19 1.18
39 Hallur Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given - 20.48 6.58
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - 20.48 -
Advance to suppliers - 6.71 -
Closing Balances:
Advance to suppliers - - 6.71
40 Raibag Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given - 8.32 5.02
Closing Balances:
Loan and Advance - - 5.14
41 Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited Loan and Advance given 0.00 0.00 0.00
Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Closing Balances:
Investment 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given 0.01 0.01 0.00
42 Athani Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given - 8.32 6.49
Closing Balances:
Loan and Advance - 14.93 6.61
43 Urena Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given - 0.00 0.00
Closing Balances:
Loan and Advance - 0.01 0.00
44 Osian Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given - 0.02 0.00
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - 0.03 0.10
Closing Balances:
Advance to suppliers - - 0.01
45 Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 9.33 0.00 0.00
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 9.34 0.01 0.00
46 Haveri Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 12.74 0.00 0.00
Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Closing Balances:
Investment 0.10 - -
Loans and advances 12.75 0.01 0.01
47 Kumbhari Renewables Private Limited Loan and Advance given - 0.02 0.00
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - 0.02 -
Closing Balances:
Advance to suppliers - - 0.01
48 Dadur Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 17.02 0.00 0.00
Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 0.01 -
Closing Balances:
Investment 0.10 - -
Loans and advances 17.02 - 0.01
49 Hangal Renewables Private Limited Loan and Advance given - - 0.00
50 Rohat Solar Park Private Limited Loan and Advance given 28.63 1.96 0.00
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 30.60 1.96 0.00
51 Malur Renewables Private Limited Loan and Advance given 35.53 29.64 1.89
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 67.07 31.54 1.89
52 CASA Prime Flat 204 LLP Loan and Advance given 0.01 0.00 0.00
Loan transferred to capital 0.28 - -
Closing Balances:
Other receivables 0.02 0.28 0.28
Investment 11.26 10.98 10.98
53 CASA Prime Flat 205 LLP Loan and Advance given 0.01 0.00 0.00
Loan transferred to capital 0.28 - -
Closing Balances:
Other receivables 0.02 0.28 0.28
Investment 12.17 11.90 11.90
54 CASA Prime Flat 304 LLP Loan and Advance given 0.01 0.01 0.00
Loan transferred to capital 0.03 - -
Closing Balances:
Other receivables 0.03 0.04 0.03
Investment 11.01 10.98 10.98
555RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
55 CASA Prime Flat 305 LLP Loan and Advance given 0.01 0.01 0.00
Loan transferred to capital 0.03 - -
Closing Balances:
Other receivables 0.03 0.04 0.03
Investment 11.95 11.95
11.97
56 SCKR Land Facilatator and Agreegators Loan and Advance given 0.05 24.69 25.25
LLP Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 0.04 67.71 -
Purchase of investments - 35.40 -
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 0.01 - 43.02
Investment 35.40 35.41 0.01
57 RC Land Facilatator And Aggregators LLP Loan and Advance given 0.03 0.00 -
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) 0.03 10.50 -
Purchase of investments - 10.60 -
Closing Balances:
Investment 10.60 10.60 -
58 HOP Electric Manufacturing Private LimitedLoan and Advance given - - 0.00
Closing Balances:
Others Recevables - - 0.00
Investment - - 0.03
59 HOP Electric Mobility Private Limited Loan and Advance given - - 30.45
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - - 25.06
Sale of goods and services - 85.18 289.36
Purchase of Fixed Assets - 14.43 0.08
Other Expenses - 0.14 -
Purchase of investments - - 100.00
Closing Balances:
Trade receivables - - 173.96
Advance to suppliers - - 5.70
Investment - - 100.00
60 Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited Loan and Advance given 1.77 1.00 0.00
Loan and Advance given (repayment received) - 1.01 -
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 1.77 - 0.00
61 Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given - -
2.02
Closing Balances: - -
Loan and Advance 2.02
Investment 0.10 - -
62 Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Sale of investment 0.20
Loan and Advance given 5.29 - -
Closing Balances: - -
Loans and advances 5.29
Investment 0.10 - -
63 Jagaluru Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 15.49 - -
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 15.49
64 Bhalki Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments - -
0.10
Loan and Advance given 0.60 - -
Closing Balances: - -
Loans and advances 0.60
Investment 0.10 - -
65 Hanur Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given 17.90 - -
Closing Balances: - -
Loans and advances 17.90
Investment 0.10 - -
66 Sira Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given 27.89 - -
Loan and Advance Repayment Received 1.29 - -
Closing Balances: - -
Loans and advances 26.60
Investment 0.10 - -
67 Kolar Solar Power Private Limited Loan and Advance given 4.57 - -
Loan and Advance Repayment Received 2.36 - -
Closing Balances: - -
Loans and advances 2.21
556RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
68 Kaduru Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given 1.81 - -
Closing Balances: - -
Loans and advances 1.81 - -
Investment 0.10 - -
69 Kengeri Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given 5.47 - -
Loan and Advance Repayment Received 1.20
Closing Balances: - -
Loans and advances 4.28 - -
Investment 0.10 - -
70 Mulki Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given 1.81 - -
Closing Balances: - -
Loans and advances 1.81
Investment 0.10 - -
71 Kalgi Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given 18.87 - -
Closing Balances: - -
Loans and advances 18.87
Investment 0.10 - -
72 Darur Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given 4.03 - -
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 4.03 - -
Investment 0.10 - -
73 Chittoor Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given 0.63 - -
Closing Balances:
Loans and advances 0.63 - -
Investment 0.10 - -
74 Koncha Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given 2.72 - -
Closing Balances:
Loan and Advance 2.72 - -
Investment 0.10 - -
75 Sinnal Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Closing Balances:
Investment 0.10 - -
76 Tumkur Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given 3.00 - -
Closing Balances:
Loan and Advance 3.00 - -
Investment 0.10 - -
77 Hassan Solar Power Private Limited Purchase of investments 0.10 - -
Loan and Advance given 9.01 - -
Closing Balances:
Loan and Advance 9.01 - -
Investment 0.10 - -
In The Books of Athani Solar Power Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Reimbursement of expenses - 0.00 0.00
Reimbursement for capital work in progress - 8.32 6.49
Closing Balances:
Creditor For Expenses - 0.01 0.00
Creditors for Capital Work in Progress - 14.93 6.61
2 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Closing Balances:
Share Capital - 0.10 0.10
In The Books of Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Equity Shares Issued 0.10 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 2.02 - -
Closing Balances : -
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Creditor for expense 2.02 - -
2 Shining sun power jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.04 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.04 - -
557RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In The Books of Bhalki Solar Power Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 0.60 - -
Equity Share Issued 0.10 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Creditor for exp 0.60 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.03 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.03 - -
In The Books of Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan/advances taken - 1.00 -
Repayment of Loan to party - 1.00 -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 1.77 0.00 0.00
Reimbursement of expenses paid to party - 0.01 -
Closing Balances :
Creditor for Expenses 1.77 - 0.00
2 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - 0.10
payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Closing Balances:
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
In The Books of Dadur Solar Power Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan/advances taken 13.49 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 3.53 0.00 0.00
Reimbursement of expenses paid to party - 0.01 -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Loan Taken 3.53 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Reimbursement of expenses paid to party - -
0.03
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.03 - -
3 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Closing Balances :
Share Capital - 0.10 0.10
In The Books of Darur Solar Power Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2025 March 31, 2025
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Equity Shares Issued 0.10 - -
Exp incurred by party 4.03 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Creditor for exp 4.03 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
In The Books of Chittoor Solar Power Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited
Equity Shares Issued 0.10 0.10 0.10
Exp incurred by party 0.63 0.63 0.63
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
Creditor for exp 0.63 0.63 0.63
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.01 0.01 0.01
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.01 0.01 0.01
558RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In The Books of Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Equity Shares Issued 0.10 0.00 0.00
Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Creditor for Expense 0.01 - -
2 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditor for exp 0.00 - -
3 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited - -
Exp incurred by party 0.03
Closing Balances :
Creditor for exp 0.03 0.01 -
In The Books of Hanur Solar Power Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Equity Share Issued 0.10 - -
Loan Taken 11.71 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 6.19 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Loan Taken 11.71 - -
Exp incurred by party 6.19 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
In The Books of Hassan Solar Power Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Equity Share Issued
0.10 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 9.01 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Creditor for exp 9.01 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditor for exp 0.01 - -
In The Books of Haveri Solar Power Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Creditor for exp 12.74 0.00 0.00
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Creditor for Expense 12.75 0.01 0.01
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
3 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Closing Balances :
Share Capital - 0.10 0.10
In The Book of Honavar Solar Power Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan/advances taken 0.27 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 0.00 6.25 0.00
Reimbursement of expenses paid to party - 6.26 -
Closing Balances :
Loans and advances taken 0.27 - 0.00
Share capital 0.05 0.05 0.10
Creditor for exp 0.00 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
559RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In The Books of Jagaluru Solar Power Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan/advances taken 13.76 - -
Equity Shares Issued 0.10 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 1.73 - -
Closing Balances :
Loans and advances taken 13.76 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 1.73 - -
2 Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
3 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
payment against exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
In The Books of Khimsar Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 13-08-2024)
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Reimbursement of expenses - 0.62 0.00
Loan received 0.03 18.33 -
Loan repaid 0.64 7.67 -
Closing Balances: -
Loan payable - 10.66 -
Creditor For Expenses - 0.62 0.00
2 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Equity Share Issued - - 0.10
Closing Balances:
Share Capital - 0.10 0.10
In The Books of Shining Sun Power Private Limited
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Receipt against Loan given 30.00 280.56 116.74
Exp incurred by party 30.00 280.56 186.65
Sale of goods 0.40 8.40 9.17
Redemption of Debenture ( Investment) 0.00 68.73 321.17
Redemption of Debenture ( Loan Repayment) 97.13 161.88 70.74
Sale of Service 1.76 - -
Buy back of Equity share 76.61 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 19.05 - -
Reimbursement of expenses paid to party 19.05 - -
Receipt from Debtor - 9.22
Sale of investments 0.20 21.24 -
Loans and advances given- repaid by party 43.69 - 2.52
Closing Balances :
Trade receivables - - 9 .22
Debentures issued - 97.13 161.89
Debentures issued (Investment) - - 165.86
Other Receivable - 0.03 -
Loans and advances given 0.00 43.69 43.69
Share Capital Issued (Equity+ Securities Premium) 172.93 249.54 249.54
2 Brewer Energy Private Limited Redemption of Debenture ( Investment) - - 206.97
Closing Balances :
Investments - - 0.10
Loans and advances given - 0.09
3 International Solar Corporation Private Redemption of Debenture ( Investment) - 45.70
Limited
4 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Loans and advances given- repaid by party 0.23 - -
Closing Balances :
Loans and advances given - 0.23 0.23
5 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Loans and advances given- repaid by party 0.00 - 35.60
Redemption of Debenture ( Investment) - - 400.00
6 Tuticorin Solar Projects Private Limited Loans and advances given- repaid by party 0.14 - -
Closing Balances :
Loans and advances given - 0.14 0.14
7 Runicha Solar Park Private Limited Closing Balances :
Investments 0.10 0.10 0.10
8 Tinfra Solar Energy Private Limited Closing Balances :
Investments - 0.10 0.10
9 Vestin Solar Park Private Limited Receipt against Loan & Advance given - 2.00 -
Closing Balances :
Investments 0.10 0.10 0.10
Loans and advances given 1.93 1.93 3.93
560RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
10 Osian Solar Power Private Limited Investments - 0.10
11 Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Equity Share Issued 0.10
Closing Balances :
Investment 0.10 0.10 0.10
12 Khimsar Solar Power Private Limited Investment in Equity share - - 0.10
Closing Balances :
Investment - 0.10 0.10
13 Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited Investment in Equity share - - 0.10
Closing Balances :
Investment - 0.10 0.10
14 Rohat Solar Park Private Limited Investment in Equity share - - 0.10
Closing Balances :
Investment 0.10 0.10 0.10
15 Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited Investment in Equity share - - 0.10
Closing Balances :
Investment 0.10 0.10 0.10
In The Books of Urena Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 22-12-2023)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and advance taken - 0.00 0.00
Closing Balances:
Trade payables - 0.01 0 .00
2 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Equity Share Issued - - -
Closing Balances:
Share Capital - - 0.10
In The Books of Kaduru Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Equity Share Issued 0.10 - -
Loan Taken 1.80 - -
Creditor for exp 0.01 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Loan Taken 1.80 - -
Creditor for exp 0.01 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
In The books of Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Equity Share Issued 0.10 - -
Loan Taken 2.50 - -
Investment Purchased 0.20 - -
Exp incurred by party 2.79 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Loan Taken 2.50 - -
Creditor for exp 2.79 - -
2 Kolar Solar Power Private Limited Closing Balances :
Investment 0.10 - -
3 Jagaluru Solar power Private Limited Closing Balances :
Investment 0.10 - -
4 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
payment against exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
In The Books of Kengeri Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Equity Share Issued 0.10 - -
Exp incurred by party 5.47 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 1.20 - -
Closing Balance
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Creditor for exp 4.28 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
561RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In The Books of Kalgi Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party - - -
Equity Share Issued 0.10 0.10 0.10
Creditor for exp 18.87 18.87 18.87
Closing Balance
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
Creditor for exp 18.87 18.87 18.87
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 0.00 0.00
payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 0.00 0.00
Closing Balance
Creditor for exp - - -
In The Books of Kolar Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
2 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan Taken 3.60 - -
Repayment Loan Taken 2.36 - -
Equity Share Issued 0.10 - -
Creditor for exp 0.97 - -
Closing Balances :
Loan Taken 1.24 - -
Creditor for exp 0.97 - -
3 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
In The Books of Koncha Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Equity Share Issued 0.10 - -
Creditor for exp 2.72 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Loan Taken 2.72 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
payment against exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
In The Books of Malur Renewables Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan/advances taken 32.45 27.14 -
Expenses incurred by party 3.08 2.50 1.89
Closing Balances :
Loans taken 59.59 27.14 -
Creditor for exp 7.48 4.40 1.89
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
3 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Equity Share Issue - - 0.10
Closing Balances:
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
In The Books of Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan Taken 1.20 5.50 -
Repayment of Loan to party 0.11 1.57 0.10
Exp incurred by party 1.25 0.29 0.02
Reimbursement of expenses paid to party - 0.02 -
Closing Balances :
Share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
Creditor for Exp 1.54 0.29 0.02
Loans and advances taken 5.01 3.92 -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.03 - -
payment against exp incurred by party 0.03 - -
3 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Loan/advances given - 0.04 -
Repayment of Loan to party 0.04 - -
Closing Balances :
Loans and advances given 562 - 0.04 -RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In the Books of Mulki Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan/advances taken 1.80 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 0.01 - -
Equity Share Issued 0.10 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Loan Taken 1.80 - -
Creditor for exp 0.01 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
In The Books of Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan/advances taken 4.60 0.00 -
Expenses incurred by party 2.81 - 0.00
Reimbursement of expenses paid to party 1.13 0.00 -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Loan/advances taken 4.60 - -
Creditor for exp 1.68 - 0.00
2 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Equity Share Issued - - 0.10
Closing Balances :
Investment - 0.10 0 .10
3 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 0.03 - -
payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditor for exp 0.03 - -
In The Books of Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 9.33 0.00 0.00
Closing Balances :
Creditor for Expense 9.34 0.01 0.00
2 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Professional services taken - 1.53 -
Payment to Trade Payable 1.38 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
Trade Payable - 1.38 -
3 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party - -
0.00
Equity Shares Issued 0.00 - -
In The Books Of Raysalfa Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 28.86 0.00 0.01
Loans and advances taken 12.88 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditor for expenses 28.92 0.06 0.05
Share Capital 0.10 0.09 0.10
Loans and advances taken 12.87 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00
Payment against exp incured by party 0.00
In the Books of Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited (Formerly known as Savanur Solar Power Private Limited)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited payment against exp incurred by party 0.01 0.00 0.00
Sale of goods 372.71 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditor for exp - 0.01 0.00
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Professional Services taken 0.00 16.06 -
Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Exp incurred by party (Paid) 0.00 - -
Payment for creditor 1.45 - -
Closing Balances : 563
Creditor for exp - 1.45 -RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In The Books of Rays Power Innovation & Development Ventures Private Limited
Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Exp incurred by party 0.06 0.02 3.97
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.76 - 3.93
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 0 .10 0 .10
Creditor for Expenses - 0.70 0.68
2 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
3 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
In The Bokks of RC Land Facilitator And Aggregators LLP
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Capital Contribution - 10.60 -
Loan and Advance given (repaid) 0.03 10.50 -
Payment against exp incured by party 0.03 0.00 -
Closing Balances :
Contribution 10.60 10.60 -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited
Exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
Payment against exp incured by party 0.01 - -
In The Book of Rays Future Energy India Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan/advances taken - - 7.70
Repayment of Loan to party 4.38 5.70 2.00
Investment sold 0.20 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 0.00 0.00 0.00
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
Creditor for Expense 0.12 0.12 0.12
Loans and advances taken 2.12 6.50 12.20
2 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Repayment of Loan to party 0.23 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditor for exp - 0.23 0.23
3 Dadur Solar Power Private Limited Closing Balances :
Investments - 0.10 0.10
4 Athani Solar Power Private Limited Closing Balances :
Investments - 0.10 0.10
5 Hallur Solar Power Private Limited Closing Balances :
Investments - - 0.10
6 Hangal Renewables Private Limited Investment in Equity share - - 0.10
Closing Balances :
Investments - - -
7 Haveri Solar Power Private Limited Closing Balances :
Investments - 0.10 0.10
8 Jaunpur Solar Private Limited (Striked off Investment in Equity share - - -
w.e.f. 15.04.2024)
Closing Balances :
Investments - - 0.10
9 Kumbhari Renewables Private Limited Sale of service - 0.05 -
(Striked off w.e.f. 15.04.2024)
Receipt against sale of service - 0.05 -
Closing Balances :
Investments - - 0.10
10 Rays Future Energy Solar Park Private Sale of service - 0.01 -
Limited (Striked off w.e.f. 11.06.2024)
Receipt against sale of service - 0.01 -
Closing Balances :
Investments - - 0.10
11 Robertsganj Solar Private Limited (Striked Closing Balances :
off w.e.f. 11.06.2024)
Investments - - 0.10
12 Malur renewables Private Limited Investment in Equity share - - 0.10
Closing Balances :
Investments 0.10 0.10 0.10
564RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
13 Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited Professional services given - 1.53 -
Receipt from Debtors 1.38 - -
Closing Balances :
Trade receivables - 1.38 -
Investments 0.10 0.10 0.10
14 Urena Solar Power Private Limited Closing Balances :
Investments - - 0.10
15 Edirays Infrastructure Private Limited Sale of service - 0.05 -
Receipt against sale of service - 0.05 -
Closing Balances :
Investments - - -
16 Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited Loans and advances taken - 0.04 -
Loan & Advance (Repaid) 0.04 - -
Closing Balances :
Borrowings - 0.04 -
17 Osian Solar Power Private Limited Sale of service - 0.05 -
Receipt against sale of service - 0.05 -
18 Rays Power Innovation & Development Sale of service - - -
Ventures Private Limited Reimbursemet of expense made 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incured by party 0.00 - -
19 Vannur Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement Expenses 0.00 - -
Closing Balances :
Investment 0.10 0.10 0.10
Creditors for expenses 0.00 - -
20 Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited Reimbursement Exps 0.00 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditors for Exps 0.00 - -
22 Raibag Solar Power Private Limted Closing Balances :
Investment - - 0.10
23 Parola Renewables Private Limted Closing Balances :
Investment - - -
24 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Reimbursemet of expense made 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incured by party 0.00 - -
In The Books of Hangal Renewables Private Limited(Ceased w.e.f 10-10-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan Taken 0.00 - 0.00
2 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Equity Share Issue - - 0.10
In The Books of Rohat Solar Park Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan Taken 23.75 1.96 0.00
Creditor for exp 4.88 - -
Closing Balances :
Loan Taken 23.75 1.96 0.00
Creditor for exp 6.85 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Equity Share Issue - - 0.10
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
3 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.03 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditors for Exps 0.03 - -
In the Books of Runicha Solar Park Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan Taken 3.32 0.00 0.00
Creditor for exp 2.01 - -
Closing Balances :
Loan Taken 3.32 - -
Creditor for exp 2.02 0.01 0.01
2 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
3 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incured by party 0.00 - -
565RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In the Books of SAYALA SOLAR POWER PRIVATE LIMITED
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan/advances taken 1.77 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 0.03 0.00 0.00
Reimbursement of expenses paid to party - 0.01 -
Equity Shares Issued - - 0.10
Closing Balances :
Share capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
Loan/advances taken 1.77 - -
Creditor for Expenses 0.03 - 0.00
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incured by party 0.00 - -
In the Books of SCKR Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan Taken 0.01 0.01 0.00
Expenses incurred by party 0.04 0.63
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.04 24.68 25.25
Unsecured Loan Taken - 67.08 -
Rapayment of Unsecured Loan - 35.40 -
Closing Balances:
Contribution 35.40 35.41 0.01
Loan Taken 0.01 - 42.41
Creditor for Expenses - - 0.61
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
In The Books of Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Expenses incurred by party 1.77 1.42 0.00
Equity Share Issue - - -
Closing Balances :
Creditor for Expenses 3.19 1.42 0.00
2 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Equity Share Issue - 0.10
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
3 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.03 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.03 - -
In the Books of Sira Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan/advances taken - - -
Equity Shares Issued 0.10 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 27.89 - -
Reimbursement of expenses paid to party 1.29 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Creditor for expense 26.60 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
In the Books of Sinnal Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Equity Shares Issued 0.10 0.10 0.10
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.01 0.01 0.01
Closing Balances :
Creditor for expense 0.01 0.01 0.01
566RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In the Books of Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan Taken 0.45 - 0.10
Loan Repayment 1.25 - 15.58
Exp incurred by party 0.00 - 1.67
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 0.00 0.00 3.45
Received against sale of service 1.67 -
Payment made against reimbursement of expense - - 5.38
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
Loan Taken 1.56 0.00 -
Receivable against sale of service - 1.67 1.67
Creditor for exp 0.00 4.02 4.02
2 Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private 1.45 - -
Limited Receipt from Debtors
Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment 0.00 - -
Received)
Sale os Services - 16.06 -
Closing Balances :
Receipt from Debtors - 1.45 -
3 Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.04 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.04
4 Bhalki Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.03 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.03
5 Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
6 Casa Prime Flat 204 LLP Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
7 Casa Prime Flat 205 LLP Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
8 Casa Prime Flat 304 LLP Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
9 Casa Prime Flat 305 LLP Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
10 Chittoor Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.01 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.01
11 Dadur Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.03 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.03
12 Hanur Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
13 Haveri Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
14 Honavar Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
15 Jagaluru Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.01 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.01
16 Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.01 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.01
17 Kaduru Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
18 Kalgi Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
19 Kengeri Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
20 Kolar Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
567RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
21 Koncha Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.01 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.01
22 Malur Renewables Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
23 Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.03 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.03
24 Mulki Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
25 Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
26 Raysalfa Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
27 Rays Power Innovation & Development Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Ventures Private Limited Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
28 RC Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.01 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.01
29 Runicha Solar Park Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
30 Sayala Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
31 Sckr Land Facilitator And Aggregators LLP Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.01 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.01
32 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Reimbursement Exps 0.00 - -
Repayment of debenture - - 400.00
Repayment of Loan to party 35.60
33 Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.03 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.03
34 Sira Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
35 Tumkur Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.01 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.01
36 Vestin Solar Park Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.03 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.03
37 Darur Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.01 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.01
38 Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.03 - -
Closing Balances :
Other Receivable 0.03 - -
39 Hassan Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.01 - -
Closing Balances :
Other Receivable 0.01 - -
40 Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.03 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditors for expenses 0.03 - -
41 Rohat Solar Park Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.03 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditors for expenses 0.03 - -
42 Sinnal Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.01 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditors for expenses 0.01 - -
43 Rays Future Energy Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
44 Tuticorin Solar Projects Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.00 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred (Payment - -
Received) 0.00
45 Vannur Solar Power Private Limited Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred 0.03 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditors for expenses 0.03 - -
568RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In the books of Tumkur Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Equity Share Issued 0.10 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party 3.00 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 - -
Creditor for Expense 3.00 - -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
Exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
In the books of Tuticorin Solar Projects Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 0.00 0.00
Borrowings (repaid) 3.48 - 3.07
Loan and advance taken - - 3.07
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.43 - -
Closing Balances :
Unsecured Loan - 3.48 3.48
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
Creditors for Expenses - 0.43 0.42
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00
3 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Borrowings (repaid) 0.14 - -
Closing Balances : - -
Borrowings - 0.14 0.14
In The Books Of Vannur Solar Power Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Reimbursement for Expenses incurred by party 17.30 0.00 0.00
Closing Balances :
Creditor For Expenses 18.49 1.19 1.18
2 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Reimbursement for Expenses incurred by party 0.00 - -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
Creditor For Expenses 0.00 - -
3 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.03 - -
Closing Balances :
Creditor For Expenses 0.03 - -
In the books of VESTIN SOLAR PARK PRIVATE LIMITED
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Exp incurred by party 0.03 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.03 0.00 0.00
Reimbursement of expenses paid to party - 0.41 -
Closing Balances :
Creditor for Expense - 0.00 0.41
2 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Exp incurred by party - 2.00 -
Closing Balances :
Share Capital 0.10 0.10 0.10
Loans and advances taken 1.93 1.93 3.93
3 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.03 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.03 - -
In the books of CASA Prime Flat 204 LLP
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Exp incurred by party 0.01 0.00 0.00
Closing Balance
Contribution 11.26 11.26 11.26
Creditor for exp 0.02 0.01 -
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
569RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In the books of CASA Prime Flat 205 LLP
S.No. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Contribution - 0.00 0.00
Exp incurred by party 0.01 - -
Closing Balance
Contribution 12.17 12.17 12.18
Creditor for Expenses 0.02 0.01 0.00
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
In the books of CASA Prime Flat 304 LLP
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Contribution - - -
Exp incurred by party 0.01 0.01 0.00
Closing Balance
Contribution 11.01 11.01 11.01
Creditor for Expenses 0.02 0.01 0.00
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Closing Balance
Creditor for Expenses - - -
In the books of CASA Prime Flat 305 LLP
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Contribution - - -
Exp incurred by party 0.01 0.01 0.00
Closing Balance
Contribution 11.97 11.97 11.97
Creditor for Expenses 0.03 0.02 0.01
2 Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
Payment against exp incurred by party 0.00 - -
In the books of Tinfra Solar Energy Private Limited (ceased w.e.f, 20 December 2024)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan/advances taken 22.11 - -
Reimbursement of expenses incurred by party - 0.00 0.00
Reimbursement of expenses paid to party - 0.01 -
Closing Balances :
Creditor for Expense - - 0.01
2 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Closing Balances :
Share Capital - 0.10 0.10
In the books of Edirays Infrastructure Private Limited (Struck off on 13-04-2024)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and Advance given - 0.01 0.00
Loan and advances repaid - 0.02 -
Closing Balances:
Share Capital - 0.06 0.06
Advance to suppliers - 0.01
2 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Professional Services - 0.05 -
Payment Against Services - 0.05 -
In the books of Jaunpur Solar Private Limited (Struck off on 13-04-2024)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan repaid - 0.65 -
Loan and advance taken - 0.02 0.00
Closing Balances:
Borrowings - - 0.41
Trade Payables - - 0.22
2 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Equity Shares Issued - - -
Closing Balances:
Share Capital - - 0.10
570RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In the books of Kumbhari Renewables Private Limited (Struck off on 19-02-2024)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Lona and advance repaid - 0.02 -
Loan and advance taken - 0.02 0.00
Closing Balances:
Advance to suppliers - - 0.01
2 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Professional Services - 0.05 -
Payment Against Services - 0.05 -
Closing Balances:
Share Capital - - 0.10
In the books of Osian Solar Power Private Limited (Struck off on 13-04-2024)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and advance taken - 0.02 0.00
Loan & Advance (Repaid) - 0.03 0.10
Closing Balances:
Loan & Advance (payable) - - 0.01
2 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Professional Services - 0.05 -
Payment Against Services - 0.05 -
3 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Equity Shares Issued - - -
Closing Balances:
Share Capital - - 0.10
In the books of Rays Future Energy Solar Park Private Limited (Struck off on 13-04-2024)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and advance taken - 0.00 0.00
Loan and advance (Repaid) - 0.02 -
Closing Balances:
Borrowings - - 0.02
2 Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Professional Services - 0.01 -
Payment Against Services - 0.01 -
Closing Balances:
Share Capital - - 0.10
In the books of Robertsganj Solar Private Limited (Struck off on 13-04-2024)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and Advance (Repaid) - 0.01 -
Loan and advance taken - 0.00 0.00
Closing Balances:
Trade Payables - - 0.44
2 Rays Future Energy india Private Limited Equity Shares issued - - -
Closing Balances:
Share Capital - - 0.10
In the books of Shining Technologies Ventures Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 HOP Electric Mobility Private Limited Closing Balances:
Investment - - 9.78
2 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and Advance given - 0.00 0.01
Closing Balances:
Share Capital - - 1.18
Other receivables - - 0.07
2 Hop Energy Network Private Limited Closing Balances:
Investment - - 0.10
In the books of Brewer Energy Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 22-12-2023)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Redemption of Debenture (Loan repayment) - - 206.97
Closing Balances:
Borrowings - - 0.09
Share Capital - - 0.10
2 Rays Power Infra Limited Reimbursement of Expenses - - 1.91
Closing Balances:
Loans & Advances - - 2.33
571RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In the books of Hallur Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 21-12-2023)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan & Advance taken - 20.48 6.58
Loan & Advance (Repaid) - 27.18 -
Closing Balances:
Trade payable - - 6.71
2 Rays Future Energy india Private Limited Closing Balances:
Share Capital - - 0.10
In the books of Raibag Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 07-12-2023)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan & Advance Taken - 7.62 4.72
Reimbursement of Expenses - 0.70 0.30
Closing Balances:
Other current Liability - - -
Borrowings - - 4.72
Creditors for Expenses - - 0.42
2 Rays Future Energy india Private Limited Closing Balances:
Share Capital - - 0.10
In the books of HOP Electric Mobility Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Hop Electric Manufacturing Private Limited Interest on loan Received - 0.10 0.19
Cost of bought in goods - 286.18 52.49
Sale of goods and services - 193.68 142.55
Rental income - 3.84 -
Loans & Advances taken - - 0.05
Professional income - 0.20 -
Loans and advances given - - 1.50
Closing Balances:
Trade Receivables - - 127.44
Loans & Advances - - 1.77
2 Rays Power Infra Limited Rembusrement of expenses - - 30.45
Rembusrement of expenses (Paid) - - 25.06
Sale of goods and services - 14.57 0.08
Cost of bought in goods - 85.18 289.36
Closing Balances:
(Share Capital+Security premium) - - 100.00
Trade Payable - - 179.66
3 Shining Technologies Venture Private Closing Balances:
Limted
Share Capital & Securities Premium - - 9.78
4 Hop Energy Network Private Limited Loan and advance given - - 0.00
Closing Balances:
Loan and advance - - 0.00
In the books of HOP Energy Network Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
2 Hop Electric Mobility Private Limited Loan and advance taken - - 0.00
Closing Balances:
Loans Taken - - 0.00
3 Shining Technologies Venture Private Closing Balances:
Limted
Share Capital - - 0.10
In the books of HOP Electric Manufacturing Private Limited
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Hop Electric Mobility Private Limited Interest on loan - 0.10 0.19
Cost of bought in goods - 193.68 142.55
Sale of goods and services - 286.18 52.49
Rent expenses - 3.84 -
Other service - 0.20 -
Loan and advance taken - - 1.50
Loan and advance given - - 0.05
Closing Balances:
Trade Payable 572 - - 127.44
Loans & Advances - - 1.77RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
2 Rays Power Infra Limited Loans & Advances taken - - 0.00
Closing Balances:
Loans taken - - 0.00
Share Capital - - 0.03
3 Hop Electric Manufacturing One Private Purchase of investments - - 0.05
Limited
Closing Balances:
Investment - - 0.05
4 Hop Electric Manufacturing Two Private Purchase of investments - - 0.05
Limited
Closing Balances:
Investment - - 0.05
In the books of HOP Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Hop Electric Manufacturing Private Limited Equity Shares Issued - - 0.05
Closing Balances:
Share Capital - - 0.05
In the books of HOP Electric Manufacturing Two Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Hop Electric Manufacturing Private Limited Equity Shares Issued - - 0.05
Closing Balances:
Share Capital - - 0.05
In the books of Tirunveli Solar Project Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and advance taken - - 0.12
O&M Expenses - - 2.17
2 Tirunveli Kadambur Project Private Limited Interest on loan (received) - - 0.04
Closing Balances:
Trade payables - - 0.00
3 Tirunveli Kayathar Project Private Limited Interest on loan (received) - - 0.01
Closing Balances:
Investment - - 0.00
4 Tirunveli Kothali Project Private Limited Interest on loan (received) - - 0.01
9 Tirunveli Vanchi Project Private Limited Interest on loan (received) - - 0.05
In the books of Tirunveli Vanchi Project Private Limited(Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and advance taken - - 0.00
2 Tirunveli Solar Project Private Limited Interest on loan - - 0.05
In the books of Tirunveli Thennanpatti Project Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and advance taken - - 0.00
Interest on loan - - 0.00
In the Books of Tirunveli Ottanatham Project Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and advance taken - - 0.09
Loan and advance taken-repaid - - -
In the books of Tirunveli Kudiraikulam Project Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and advance taken - - 0.00
573RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
D)Related Party transaction prior to elimination (As per Schedule VI (Para 11(I)(A)(i)(g)) of ICDR Regulations).
The following are the details of the transactions eliminated during the year ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 :
In the books of Tirunveli Kothali Project Private Limited(Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and advance taken - - 0.00
2 Tirunveli Solar Project Private Limited Interest on loan - - 0.01
In the books of Tirunveli Kayathar Project Private Limited(Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and advance taken - - 0.08
2 Tirunveli Solar Project Private Limited Interest on loan - - 0.01
Closing Balances:
Trade receivables - - 0.00
In the books of Tirunveli Kadambur Project Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 30-04-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Interest on Loan - - 0.04
2 Tirunveli Solar Project Private Limited Interest on loan - - 0.04
Closing Balances:
Trade receivables - - 0.00
In the Books of International Solar Corporation Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 20-04-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Shining Sun Power Private Limited Loan and advance (repaid) - - 45.70
2 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan and advance repaid - - 1.50
Loan and advance taken - - -
In the books of Earth Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 20-04-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited O&M Expenses - - 0.00
In the Books of Shining Sun Power (Telangana) Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 20-04-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Loan taken - - 0.00
Loan and advance (Repayment received) - - 8.17
In the books of Soraba Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 02-09-2022)
S.NO. Particulars Nature of Transaction For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Rays Power Infra Limited Equity Shares Issued - - 0.10
Loan and advance taken - - 38.37
All the above related party transactions are carried at arm's length price.
(This space is intentionally left blank)
574RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
52
(Apreparation of Restated Consolidated financial statement
Net Assets i.e., total assets Share in profit/(loss) Share in other comprehensive Share in Total comprehensive
As at March 31, 2025
minus total liabilities income income
Name of the entity in the Group As % of Amount As % of Amount As % of Amount As % of Amount
consolidated consolidated consolidated consolidated
net assets profit/(loss) other Total
comprehensive comprehensive
income income
Holding Company
Rays Power Infra Limited 97.68% 6,014.75 82.66% 1,151.81 100.17% ( 11.52) 82.51% 1,140.29
Subsidiary Company
Shining Sun Power Private Limited 4.04% 248.93 5.44% 75.84 -0.17% 0.02 5.49% 75.86
Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited 0.04% 2.16 0.00% 0.01 0.00% 0.01
Rays Power Innovation and Development Ventures
Private Limited 0.04% 2.27 0.18% 2.47 0.18% 2.47
Rays Future Energy India Private Limited -0.01% ( 0.65) 0.17% 2.32 0.17% 2.32
Tuticorin Solar Projects Private Limited 0.06% 3.68 0.33% 4.55 0.33% 4.55
Raysalfa Power Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.15) -0.01% ( 0.16) -0.01% ( 0.16)
Vannur Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.00) 0.00% ( 0.06) 0.00% ( 0.06)
Athani Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% - 0.00% ( 0.03) 0.00% ( 0.03)
Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.01) -0.01% ( 0.18) -0.01% ( 0.18)
Haveri Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.00) 0.00% ( 0.06) 0.00% ( 0.06)
Dadur Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.03) -0.01% ( 0.09) -0.01% ( 0.09)
SCKR Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP 0.57% 34.96 -0.01% ( 0.09) -0.01% ( 0.09)
Malur Renewables Private Limited -0.43% ( 26.72) -0.01% ( 0.17) -0.01% ( 0.17)
Runicha Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.03) 0.00% ( 0.06) 0.00% ( 0.06)
Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.06) 0.00% ( 0.06)
Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited -0.02% ( 1.45) 0.00% ( 0.06) 0.00% ( 0.06)
Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.02) -0.01% ( 0.08) -0.01% ( 0.08)
Khimsar Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% - -0.38% ( 5.23) -0.38% ( 5.23)
Sayala Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.00) 0.00% ( 0.06) 0.00% ( 0.06)
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited
(Formerly known as Savanur Solar Power Private
Limited) 2.29% 141.19 10.12% 140.97 10.20% 140.97
Honavar Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.03 0.00% ( 0.04) 0.00% ( 0.04)
Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% 0.02 0.00% ( 0.04) 0.00% ( 0.04)
Rohat Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.06) 0.00% ( 0.06)
Hop Electric Mobility Private Limited 0.00% - 0.00% ( 0.00) 0.00% ( 0.00)
Vestin Solar Park Private Limited 0.01% 0.35 0.00% 0.05 0.00% 0.05
Tinfra Solar Energy Private Limited 0.00% - -0.15% ( 2.11) -0.15% ( 2.11)
CASA Prime Flat 204 LLP 0.06% 3.75 -0.03% ( 0.45) -0.03% ( 0.45)
CASA Prime Flat 205 LLP 0.07% 4.07 -0.04% ( 0.49) -0.04% ( 0.49)
CASA Prime Flat 304 LLP 0.06% 3.73 -0.03% ( 0.45) -0.03% ( 0.45)
CASA Prime Flat 305 LLP 0.07% 4.07 -0.04% ( 0.49) -0.04% ( 0.49)
RC Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP 0.14% 8.69 0.00% ( 0.06) 0.00% ( 0.06)
Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.09) -0.01% ( 0.19) -0.01% ( 0.19)
Bhalki Solar Power Private Limited ( 0.00) ( 0.55) -0.05% ( 0.65) -0.05% ( 0.65)
Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited ( 0.00) ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.06) 0.00% ( 0.06)
HANUR Solar Power Private Limited ( 0.00) ( 0.25) -0.03% ( 0.35) -0.03% ( 0.35)
Jagaluru Solar Power Private Limited 0.00 0.03 0.00% ( 0.07) -0.01% ( 0.07)
KADURU Solar Power Private Limited 0.00 0.02 -0.01% ( 0.08) -0.01% ( 0.08)
KENGERI Solar Power Private Limited ( 0.00) ( 0.56) -0.05% ( 0.66) -0.05% ( 0.66)
Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited ( 0.00) ( 1.44) -0.11% ( 1.54) -0.11% ( 1.54)
MULKI Solar Power Private Limited 0.00 0.04 0.00% ( 0.06) 0.00% ( 0.06)
Kalgi Solar Power Private Limited ( 0.00) ( 0.55) -0.05% ( 0.65) -0.05% ( 0.65)
SIRA Solar Power Private Limited ( 0.00) ( 0.08) -0.01% ( 0.18) -0.01% ( 0.18)
Kolar Solar Power Private Limited ( 0.00) ( 0.28) -0.03% ( 0.38) -0.03% ( 0.38)
Chittoor Solar Power Private Limited 0.00 0.07 0.00% ( 0.03) 0.00% ( 0.03)
Darur Solar Power Private Limited 0.00 0.08 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Hassan Solar Power Private Limited 0.00 0.08 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Koncha Solar Power Private Limited 0.00 0.07 0.00% ( 0.03) 0.00% ( 0.03)
Sinnal Solar Power Private Limited 0.00 0.08 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Tumkur Solar Power Private Limited 0.00 0.08 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Non-controlling interest in all subsidiaries 0.00 0.01 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Associates
HOP Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Eliminated on account of consolidation -4.59% ( 282.48) 2.23% 31.13 2.25% 31.13
Total as per Restated Consolidated Financial 100.00% 6,157.87 100.00% 1,393.50 100.00% (11.50) 100.00% 1 ,382.00
Statement
575RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Net Assets i.e., total assets Share in other comprehensive Share in Total comprehensive
As at March 31, 2024 Share in profit/(loss)
minus total liabilities income income
Name of the entity in the Group As % of Amount As % of Amount As % of Amount As % of Amount
consolidated consolidated consolidated consolidated
net assets profit/(loss) other Total
comprehensive comprehensive
income income
Holding Company
Rays Power Infra Limited
102.20% 3,564.47 72.55% 662.98 100.00% ( 3.78) 72.43% 659.20
Subsidiary Company
Shining Sun Power Private Limited 7.16% 249.69 25.61% 234.02 25.71% 234.02
Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited 0.06% 2.15 0.18% 1.64 0.18% 1.64
Rays Power Innovation and Development Ventures
Private Limited -0.01% ( 0.20) -0.01% ( 0.06) -0.01% ( 0.06)
Rays Future Energy India Private Limited -0.09% ( 2.97) 0.14% 1.27 0.14% 1.27
Tuticorin Solar Projects Private Limited -0.02% ( 0.87) 0.06% 0.51 0.06% 0.51
Raysalfa Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.01 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Edirays Infrastructure Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.00) -0.01% ( 0.07) -0.01% ( 0.07)
Shining Technologies Ventures Private Limited 0.00% - -0.01% ( 0.06) -0.01% ( 0.06)
Brewer Energy Private Limited 0.00% - 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Robertsganj Solar Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.00) 0.05% 0.41 0.05% 0.41
Jaunpur Solar Private Limited 0.00% - 0.07% 0.62 0.07% 0.62
Rays Future Energy Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% 0.00 0.00% ( 0.03) 0.00% ( 0.03)
Vannur Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.05 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Hallur Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% - -1.13% ( 10.34) -1.14% ( 10.34)
Raibag Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% - 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Athani Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.05 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Urena Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% - 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Osian Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.00) -0.01% ( 0.07) -0.01% ( 0.07)
Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.17 0.01% 0.10 0.01% 0.10
Haveri Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.05 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Kumbhari Renewables Private Limited 0.00% - -0.01% ( 0.07) -0.01% ( 0.07)
Dadur Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.05 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
SCKR Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP 1.01% 35.06 0.16% 1.50 0.17% 1.50
Malur Renewables Private Limited -0.76% ( 26.55) -2.91% ( 26.63) -2.93% ( 26.63)
Runicha Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% 0.03 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.06 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited -0.04% ( 1.39) -0.16% ( 1.46) -0.16% ( 1.46)
Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.06 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Khimsar Solar Power Private Limited -0.15% ( 5.16) -0.57% ( 5.24) -0.58% ( 5.24)
Sayala Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.06 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited
(Formerly known as Savanur Solar Power Private
Limited) 0.01% 0.22 0.02% 0.14 0.02% 0.14
Honavar Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Hop Electric Manufacturing Private Limited 0.00% - 0.06% 0.59 0.06% 0.59
Hop Energy Network Private Limited 0.00% - 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Hop Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited 0.00% - 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Hop Electric Manufacturing Two Private Limited 0.00% - 0.00% ( 0.04) 0.00% ( 0.04)
Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% 0.06 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Rohat Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% 0.06 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Hop Electric Mobility Private Limited 0.00% - -9.22% ( 84.21) -9.25% ( 84.21)
Vestin Solar Park Private Limited 0.01% 0.31 0.02% 0.16 0.02% 0.16
Tinfra Solar Energy Private Limited 0.00% 0.03 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
CASA Prime Flat 204 LLP 0.12% 4.20 -0.05% ( 0.49) -0.05% ( 0.49)
CASA Prime Flat 205 LLP 0.13% 4.56 -0.06% ( 0.53) -0.06% ( 0.53)
CASA Prime Flat 304 LLP 0.12% 4.19 -0.05% ( 0.49) -0.05% ( 0.49)
CASA Prime Flat 305 LLP 0.13% 4.56 -0.06% ( 0.54) -0.06% ( 0.54)
RC Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP 0.25% 8.76 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
576RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Non-controlling interest in all subsidiaries 0.00% 0.01 -2.82% ( 25.77) -2.83% ( 25.77)
Associates
HOP Electric Manufacturing Private Limited 0.02% 0.19 0.02% 0.19
Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Eliminated on account of consolidation -10.15% ( 353.97) 18.18% 166.11 18.25% 166.11
Total as per Restated Consolidated Financial
100.00% 3 ,487.89 100.00% 9 13.86 100.00% (3.78) 100.00% 9 10.08
Statement
As at March 31, 2023 Net Assets i.e., total assets Share in profit/(loss) Share in other comprehensive Share in Total comprehensive
minus total liabilities income income
Name of the entity in the Group As % of Amount As % of Amount As % of Amount As % of Amount
consolidated consolidated consolidated consolidated
net assets profit/(loss) other Total
comprehensive comprehensive
income income
Holding Company
Rays Power Infra Limited 116.22% 2,195.06 38.48% 496.32 100.00% ( 0.39) 38.46% 495.93
Subsidiary Company
Shining Sun Power Private Limited 0.83% 15.68 12.77% 164.74 12.78% 164.74
Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited 0.03% 0.51 1.38% 17.85 1.38% 17.85
Rays Power Innovation and Development Ventures
Private Limited -0.01% ( 0.14) 0.00% ( 0.04) 0.00% ( 0.04)
Tirunveli Solar Project Private Limited 0.00% - 0.49% 6.34 0.49% 6.34
Rays Future Energy India Private Limited -0.22% ( 4.24) 0.10% 1.29 0.10% 1.29
Tuticorin Solar Projects Private Limited -0.07% ( 1.38) 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Raysalfa Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.03 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Edirays Infrastructure Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Shining Technologies Ventures Private Limited 0.12% 2.26 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Tirunveli Kudiraikulam Project Private Limited 0.00% - 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Tirunveli Thennanpatti Project Private Limited 0.00% - 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
International Solar Corporation Private Limited 0.00% - 0.41% 5.24 0.41% 5.24
Brewer Energy Private Limited 0.00% 0.02 0.00% ( 0.04) 0.00% ( 0.04)
Earth Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% - 0.38% 4.94 0.38% 4.94
Shining Sun Power (Telangana) Private Limited 0.00% - 0.81% 10.47 0.81% 10.47
JRK Solar Projects Private Limited 0.00% - 1.38% 17.81 1.38% 17.81
Robertsganj Solar Private Limited -0.02% ( 0.41) 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Jaunpur Solar Private Limited -0.03% ( 0.62) 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Rays Future Energy Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% 0.03 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Tirunveli Kadambur Project Private Limited 0.00% - 0.00% ( 0.05) 0.00% ( 0.05)
Tirunveli Kothali Project Private Limited 0.00% - -0.01% ( 0.08) -0.01% ( 0.08)
Tirunveli Kayathar Project Private Limited 0.00% - -0.01% ( 0.07) -0.01% ( 0.07)
Tirunveli Ottanatham Project Private Limited 0.00% - -0.01% ( 0.07) -0.01% ( 0.07)
Tirunveli Onamakulam Project Private Limited 0.00% - -0.01% ( 0.07) -0.01% ( 0.07)
Tirunveli Vanchi Project Private Limited 0.00% - 0.00% ( 0.06) 0.00% ( 0.06)
Vannur Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Hallur Solar Power Private Limited -0.12% ( 2.22) -0.17% ( 2.18) -0.17% ( 2.18)
Raibag Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Athani Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Urena Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.06 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Osian Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.01% 0.09 0.01% 0.09
Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Haveri Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Kumbhari Renewables Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Parola Renewables Private Limited 0.00% - -0.09% ( 1.13) -0.09% ( 1.13)
Dadur Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
SCKR Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP -0.10% ( 1.84) 0.00% 0.06 0.00% 0.06
Hangal Renewables Private Limited 0.00% 0.08 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Malur Renewables Private Limited 0.00% 0.08 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Runicha Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% 0.05 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.08 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.00% ( 0.03) 0.00% ( 0.03)
Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.08 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Khimsar Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.08 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Sayala Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.00% ( 0.03) 0.00% ( 0.03)
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited 0.00% 0.09 0.00% ( 0.01)
(Formerly known as Savanur Solar Power Private
Limited) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Honavar Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% 0.09 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Hop Electric Manufacturing Private Limited 0.14% 2.62 0.21% 2.66 0.21% 2.66
Hop Energy Network Private Limited 0.00% 0.01 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Hop Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited 0.00% 0.09 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Hop Electric Manufacturing Two Private Limited 0.00% 0.09 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% 0.08 0.00% ( 0.02) 0.00% ( 0.02)
Rohat Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% 0.07 0.00% ( 0.03) 0.00% ( 0.03)
Hop Electric Mobility Private Limited 8.25% 155.87 -4.41% ( 56.83) -4.41% ( 56.83)
Vestin Solar Park Private Limited 0.01% 0.15 -0.06% ( 0.83) -0.06% ( 0.83)
Soraba Solar Power Private Limited 0.00% - -1.05% ( 13.51) -1.05% ( 13.51)
577RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Tinfra Solar Energy Private Limited 0.00% 0.05 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
CASA Prime Flat 204 LLP 0.25% 4.69 -0.04% ( 0.54) -0.04% ( 0.54)
CASA Prime Flat 205 LLP 0.27% 5.08 -0.04% (0.58) -0.04% (0.58)
CASA Prime Flat 304 LLP 0.25% 4.68 -0.04% ( 0.54) -0.04% ( 0.54)
CASA Prime Flat 305 LLP 0.27% 5.10 -0.05% ( 0.58) -0.05% ( 0.58)
Non-controlling interest in all subsidiaries 1.51% 28.46 -1.71% ( 22.12) -1.72% ( 22.12)
Associates
Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited 0.00% ( 0.01) 0.00% ( 0.01)
Eliminated on account of consolidation -27.66% ( 522.49) 51.32% 661.95 51.33% 661.94
Total as per Restated Consolidated Financial
100.00% 1,888.72 100.00% 1,289.90 100.00% (0.39) 100.00% 1 ,289.51
Statement
(This space is intentionally left blank)
578RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
52(B) Interests in other entities
Details of Group Subsidiaries as at March 31,2025, March 31,2024 and March 31, 2023 are as follows
Proportion of ownership interest and voting power held
Place of
Name of Subsidiary Principal Activity
Incorporation
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Athani Solar Power Private Limited (ceased Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India - 100.00% 100.00%
w.e.f., 12 August 2024 ) business
Bhankrota Solar Park Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Dadur Solar Power Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Haveri Solar Power Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Honavar Solar Power Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 50.99% 50.99% 100.00%
business
Jaunpur Solar Private Limited (Struck off on 13 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India - 100.00% 100.00%
April 2024) business
Khimsar Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India - 100.00% 100.00%
w.e.f 13 August 2024) business
Malur Renewables Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Mandawa Solar Power Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Nadbai Solar Power Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Rays Future Energy India Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Rays Future Energy Solar Park Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India - 100.00% 100.00%
(struck off w.e.f., 11 June 2024) business
Rays Power Innovation And Development Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
Ventures Private Limited business
Raysalfa Power Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 90.00% 100.00%
business
Robertsganj Solar Private Limited (struck off Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India - 100.00% 100.00%
w.e.f., 11 June 2024) business
Rohat Solar Park Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Runicha Solar Park Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Manufacturing and sale of solar modules India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
Limited (Savanur Solar Power Private Limited) & Cells
Sayala Solar Power Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Shining Sun Power Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business and trading of goods
Shining Sun Power Jaipur Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Sindhari Solar Power Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Tinfra Solar Energy Private Limited (ceased w.e.f, Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India - 100.00% 100.00%
20 December 2024) business
Tuticorin Solar Projects Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Vannur Solar Power Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Vestin Solar Park Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%
business
Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
business -
'Jevargi Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 04 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
July 2024) business -
'Hanur Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f, 07 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
August 2024) business -
'Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 26 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
June 2024) business -
'Mulki Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 21 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
August 2024) business -
Kaduru Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 21 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
August 2024) business -
Kengeri Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 21 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
August 2024) business -
Bhalki Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f, 07 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
August 2024) business -
Kalgi Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 17 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
September 2024) business -
Sira Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 07 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
August 2024) business -
579RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Hassan Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 28 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
January 2025) business -
Darur Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 29 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
January 2025) business -
Chittoor Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 29 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
January 2025) business -
Koncha Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 29 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
January 2025) business -
Sinnal Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 10 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
February 2025) business -
Tumkur Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f., 05 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India 100.00% -
February 2025) business -
'Jagaluru Solar Power Private Limited (w.e.f. 05 Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP
India 100.00% -
September 2024) business -
Edirays Infrastructure Private Limited (struck off Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP India - 60.00% 60.00%
w.e.f., 13 April 2024) business
Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP
Kolar Solar Power Private Limited India 100.00% -
business -
Osian Solar Power Private Limited (Struck off on Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP
India - 100.00% 100.00%
13 April 2024) business
Leasing 99.99% 99.99% 99.99%
Casa Prime Flat 204 LLP India
Leasing 99.99% 99.99% 99.99%
Casa Prime Flat 205 LLP India
Leasing 99.99% 99.99% 99.99%
Casa Prime Flat 304 LLP India
Leasing 99.99% 99.99% 99.99%
Casa Prime Flat 305 LLP India
Leasing 99.99% 99.99%
RC Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP India
-
Leasing 99.99% 99.99% 99.99%
SCKR Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP India
Shining Technologies Ventures Private Limited Electric vehicle value chain including - - 51.11%
India
(Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024) OEMs, batteries, and charging
Brewer Energy Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f 22- Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP - - 100.00%
India
12-2023) business
Hallur Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP - - 100.00%
India
21-12-2023) business
Raibag Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP - - 100.00%
India
07-12-2023) business
Urena Solar Power Private Limited (Ceased w.e.f Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP - - 100.00%
India
22-12-2023) business
Kumbhari Renewables Private Limited (Struck off Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) for IPP - - 100.00%
India
on 19-02-2024) business
HOP Electric Manufacturing Private Limited EV ecosystem & manufacturing of Electric - - 51.71%
India
(Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024) vechile, small batteries
HOP Energy Network Private Limited (Ceased Manufacturing of advanced chemistry - - 51.10%
w.e.f 30-03-2024) cells, batteries, charging equipment and India
related technologies.
HOP Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited Manufacturing of advanced chemistry - - 75.37%
(Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024) cells, batteries, charging equipment and India
related technologies.
Hop Electric Manufacturing Two Private Limited Manufacturing of advanced chemistry - - 52.61%
(Ceased w.e.f 30-03-2024) cells, batteries, charging equipment and India
related technologies.
HOP Electric Mobility Private Limited (Ceased EV ecosystem & manufacturing of Electric - - 53.55%
India
w.e.f 30-03-2024) vechile, small batteries
Non-Controlling Interests
The Group doesn't have any material subsidiary warranting a disclosure in respect of individual subsidiaries
Details of Associates
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Name of Associates Proportion of Carrying Proportion of Carrying Proportion of Carrying
ownership Amount ownership Amount ownership Amount
HOP Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited 49% 0.01 49% 0.05 - -
Gorakhnath Solar Park Private Limited, - - 50% 0.05 50% 0 .03
HOP Electric Manufacturing Private Limited - - 26% 0.22 - -
Information of associate that is material to the Group
The Group doesn't have any material associate warranting a disclosure in respect of individual associate
Individually immaterial associates
Commitments and Contingent liabilities in respect of immaterial and associates
Particulars March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Capital and Other commitments Nil Nil Nil
Contingent liabilities
Share in associates' contingent liabilities Nil Nil Nil
580RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Particulars March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Share of profits/ (losses) from associate (0.23) 0.19 (0.01)
Total share of profits / (losses) from associates (0.23) 0.19 (0.01)
Summary of carrying amount of Group's interest in associates accounted for using equity method
Particulars March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2024
Carrying amount of immaterial associates 0.01 0.32 0.03
Total 0.01 0.32 0.03
(This space is intentionally left blank)
581RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
53Post employment benefit plans: The Group company has the following defined benefit plans.
Gratuity:Inaccordancewiththeapplicablelaws,theGroupCompaniesprovidesforgratuity,adefinedbenefitretirementplan Gratuity coveringeligible
employees.Thegratuityplanprovidesforalumpsumpaymenttovestedemployeesonretirement,death,incapacitationorterminationofemploymentthatarebasedonlast
drawn salary and tenure of employment. Liabilities with regard to the gratuity plan are determined by actuarial valuation on the reporting date.
As at As at As at
Particulars March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
I. Change in present value of obligation
Reconciliation of present value of defined benefit obligation
Present value of the obligation at the beginning of the year
20.12 13.93 10.11
Benefits paid ( 3.15) ( 2.30) -
Current service cost 3.63 2.93 2.58
Interest cost 1.44 1.00 0.73
Liability transferred out - ( 0.49) -
Change in demographic assumptions 0.97 ( 2.86) (0.01)
Changes in financial assumptions 0.45 5.09 2.06
Experience adjustments 2.79 2.82 (1.53)
Present value of the obligation at the end of the year 2 6.25 2 0.12 13.93
Reconciliation of (net assets)/liability recognised
Provision for gratuity recognised as per actuarial valuation report
2 6.25 2 0.12 13.93
Add: Additional provision retained for employees transferred
within the Group - - -
Add: Additional provision on account of terminal benefits done
under arithmetic calculation - - -
Liability/ (assets) recognised in the balance sheet 2 6.25 2 0.12 13.93
II. Amount recognised in the Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss under Employee Benefits Expense
(i) Expense recognised in the Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss
Particulars For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Current service cost 3.63 2 .93 2.58
Interest cost 1.44 1 .00 0.73
Reconciliation of (net assets)/liablity recognised
Provision for gratuity recognised as per actuarial valuation report
5.07 3 .93 3.31
Add: Additional provision retained for employees transferred
within the Group - - -
Add: Additional provision on account of terminal benefits done
under arithmetic calculation - - -
Liability/ (assets) recognised in the Restated Consolidated
Statement of profit and loss account 5 .07 3.93 3.31
-
(ii) Remeasurement recognised in other comprehensive income
Expense recognised in the Restated Consolidated Statement of other comprehensive income
Particulars For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Acturial gain/(loss) on obligation for the year 4.21 5 .05 0.52
(iii) Actuarial assumptions for Holding Company and its subsidiaries in India:
Particulars As at As at As at
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Discount rate 6.50% 7.15% 7-8%
Salary escalation 10.00% 10.00% 7.83%
Employee Turnover
0 - 30 years 27% 36% 10%
More than 30 years 27% 36% 3% - 6%
100% of IALM 2012-
100% of IALM 2012-
Mortality 14 100% of IALM 2012-14
14
Weighted average duration of the projected benefit obligation 2.99 2 13
TheHoldingCompanyanditssubsidiarieshavedeterminedactuarialassumptions(suchasdiscountrate,salaryescalationrate,attritionrate,etc.)formeasuringemployee
benefitobligationsbasedontheirrespectivepolicies,businessenvironments,andactuarialevaluations.Accordingly,theassumptionsusedbythesubsidiariesmaydifferfrom
those used by the Holding Company.
582RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
(iv) Sensitivity analysis
Particulars As at As at As at
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Decrease Increase Decrease Increase Decrease Increase
Discount rate (100 basis point movement) 2 7.24 25.31 20.66 19.60 15.69 12.61
Salary escalation rate (100 basis point movement) 2 5.49 27.02 19.69 20.54 12.78 20.44
Employee turnover (100 basis point movement) 2 9.13 24.69 21.26 19.48 13.74 14.03
Mortality rate (100 basis point movement) 26.10 26.10 20.12 20.12 13.93 13.93
(v) Maturity profile of defined benefit obligation
Particulars As at As at As at
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Within next 12 months 7 .36 7.73 0.45
Between 1 year to 5 years 1 6.10 13.10 1.34
Above 5 years 1 0.87 3.88 11.53
(This space is intentionally left blank)
583RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
54 Employee Share Based Payment:
54.1 Employee Stock Option Scheme of Holding Company
OnJanuary23,2020,theBoardofDirectorsapprovedthe"RaysPowerInfraEmployeesStockOptionScheme-2020"(referredtoasthe"ESOPScheme")toincentivize
employeesfortheircontributiontothe growthandtoretaintalent.TheESOPSchemewasapprovedbyshareholdersattheExtraordinaryGeneralMeeting(EGM)
heldonJanuary30,2020.TheNominationandRemunerationCommitteeoftheBoardhasgrantedstockoptionsundertheschemeaspereligibilitycriteria.Thefairvalueof
stockoptionsgrantedundertheESOPSchemeisdeterminedusingtheBlack-Scholesoptionpricingmodelandisrecognizedasanexpenseoverthevestingperiodonastraight-
line basis
The ESOP Scheme details as of March 31, 2025, are summarized below:
Particulars Details
Name of the Plan Rays Power Infra Employee Stock Option Scheme- 2020
Method used to account for the Employee share Fair value
based payment plan
Stock Options approved (Refer Note (iii) below) 12796875
Persons Entitled Eligible Employees as per Scheme - 2020
Vesting Period 1-4 years from the date of grant as prescribed by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee
Exercise Period Upon occurrence of exercise events as prescribed by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee
Lock -in- period No lock in period after exercise.
I. The position of the ESOP Schemes is summarized as under:-
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
S.no Particulars
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Date of Grant 01-04-2024, 01-06-2024, 01-10- 01-08-2023 01-07-2022, 01-08-2022 and 12-08-
2024, 18-11-2024 and 20-11-2024 2022
2 Total number of options granted
Pre Split of shares 80859 2377 12843
Post Split of shares (Refer Note below) 404295 11885 64215
3 Exercise price (Refer Note below) 2 2 2
Primary- Fresh equity allotment by Primary- Fresh equity allotment by the Primary- Fresh equity allotment by
4 Source of shares (Refer Note below)
the Holding Company Holding Company the Holding Company
5 Modifications in terms of ESOP scheme Refer Note (iii) below Refer Note (iii) below Refer Note (iii) below
II. Options movement during the year
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
S.no Particulars
No. of options Weighted average No. of options Weighted average No. of options Weighted
exercise price exercise price average exercise
(Rs.) (Rs.) price (Rs.)
1 Outstanding at the beginning of the year 440,150.00 2.00 86,945.00 2.00 43,185.00 2.00
2 Option granted during the year 404,295.00 2.00 11,885.00 2.00 64,215.00 2.00
3 Number of original options outstanding before 844,445.00 2.00 98,830.00 2.00 NA NA
issuance of bonus
4 Add : Bonus impact ( Ratio 1 : 4 ) - - 395,320.00 2.00 - -
5 Option forfeit/surrender during the year - - 54,000.00 2.00 20,455.00 2.00
6 Total number of shares arising as a result of - - - - - -
exercise of options during the year
7 Number of options outstanding at the end of the 844,445.00 2.00 440,150.00 2.00 86,945.00 2.00
year
8 Exercisable at the end of the year Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil
Fair value of option granted during the year has been calculated using the Black Scholes Option Pricing model
Particulars For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Weighted avearge fair value of the options granted 88.57 25.42 16.09
The assumptions used in the model are as follows:
S.no Variables For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
1 Risk free interest rate 6.35 % to 6.41% 6.77 % to 6.81% 6.61 % to 6.92%
2 Expected life 3.5 years to 6.5 years 3.5 years to 6.5 years 3.5 years to 6.5 years
3 Expected volatility 32.34 % to 35.73% 27.90 % to 33.08% 27.95 % to 33.26%
4 Dividend yield Nil Nil Nil
Notes
(i) PursuanttoaresolutionpassedinextraordinarygeneralmeetingoftheHoldingCompanydatedJanuary27,2025,shareholdershaveapprovedsplitofeachequityshare
havingfacevalueofRs.10eachintoequitysharesoffacevalueofRs.2each("theSplit").Accordingly,thenumberofoptionsapprovedundertheESOPScheme,
options granted and exercise price of Rs.10 to Rs 2 are modified.
(ii) During the year ended March 31, 2025, the ESOP Scheme was modified for the purpose of change in route of the Scheme from Trust Route to Direct Route.
(iii) DuringtheyearendedMarch31,2024,theESOPSchemewasmodifiedinordertoaligntheSchemewiththeprovisionsofSecuritiesandExchangeBoardofIndia
(Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021
584RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
55 A. Basis for segmentation
TheGroupisprimarilyengagedinthebusinessof designing,consulting,TurnkeysolutionforEngineering,Procurement,Construction,Operationand maintenance of Solar
Power projects,generationofelectricityandsaleofotherproducts.TheGrouphasidentified theaboveasthesinglesegmentwhichisconsistentwiththeinternalreporting
providedtotheBoardofDirectors,whohasbeenidentifiedasthechiefoperatingdecisionmaker(CODM).TheCODMallocatesresourcesandassessesperformanceofthe
operating segment of the Group.
B. Geographical information
Particulars For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Revenue from customers
Revenue generated within India 12,067.92 10,153.30 7,096.59
Revenue generated outside India 138.49 334.69 669.22
Total revenue 12,206.41 10,487.99 7 ,765.81
Particulars As at As at As at
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Non current assets* 3,020.57 1,301.98 2,591.92
Within India 3,018.70 1,300.06 2 ,590.01
Outside India 1.87 1.92 1.91
*Non-current assets exclude loans, other financial assets, and deferred tax assets.
C. Information about major customers
Duringtheyearended31March2025,revenuesfromtransactionswithfourcustomerseachexceeded10%oftotalrevenue.Therevenuesfromthesecustomersamountedto
approximately Rs. 2,243.79, Rs. 2,231.39, Rs. 1,764.43 and Rs. 1,355.95 million, respectively.
Duringthepreviousyearended31March2024,revenuesfromtransactionswiththree customerseach exceeded10% oftotal revenue.The revenuesfrom thesecustomers
amounted to approximately Rs. 3,234.64, Rs. 1,681.14, and Rs. 1,120.76 million, respectively.
Duringthepreviousyearended31March2023,revenuesfromtransactionswiththree customerseach exceeded10% oftotal revenue.The revenuesfrom thesecustomers
amounted to approximately Rs. 1,958.23, Rs. 1,524.47, and Rs.1,211.25 million, respectively.
(This space is intentionally left blank)
585RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
56 Lease liabilities
56.1 The following is the movement in lease liabilities
As at As at As at
Lease liabilities
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
As at beginning of the year 475.44 5.81 7 2.12
Additions 1,408.17 497.54 2 .96
Deletions (165.97) (3.73) (67.68)
Accretion of interest * 97.11 25.02 0 .73
Payments (184.37) (49.20) (2.32)
As at end of the year 1,630.38 475.44 5 .81
Current 51.52 43.59 2 .15
Non current 1,578.86 431.85 3 .66
* Note:- Out of the total interest of Rs. 97.11 million, Rs. 91.52 million has been capitalized under Capital Work in Progress
56.2Amount Recognised in Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
Particulars
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Depreciation expense on right of use assets 4.27 11.99 2 .06
Interest expense on lease liabilities 5.59 25.02 0 .73
Expense relating to short term lease 44.97 17.10 1 9.89
Total amount recognised in statement of profit or loss 54.83 54.11 2 2.68
The following are the amount disclosed in the cash flow statements
Particulars For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Cash outflow from leases 184.37 49.20 2 .32
Cash outflow from leases 184.37 49.20 2 .32
* Refer Note 50 for maturity profiles of lease liabilities.
(This space is intentionally left blank)
586RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
57 Disclosure of Interests in Joint Operations
57.1 TheHoldingCompany hasenteredintoaJointOperation(JO)arrangementdatedSeptember09,2022,styledKLSR-Rays(JV),withaBodyCorporatenamelyKLSR
InfratechLimited,forimplementationofvariouswatersupplyprojectsincludingO&MProjectsunderStateWaterandSanitationMissionintheStateofUttarPradesh,in
which their Participating Interest (PI) are as under:
Holding Company's PI in the JO Others Partners and their PI in the JO
Joint operation name As at As at As at As at
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024
Rays Operated JO
KLSR Rays JV 40% 40% 60% 60%
57.2
ThefinancialstatementsofJOhavebeenauditedbyotherauditorandinassets,liabilities,income,expenditureandprofit/(loss)beforetaxincorporatedintheseaccounts
are detailed as under.
As at March 31, 2025
Particulars Current Assets Current Revenue Profit / (Loss)
Liabilities during the year
KLSR-Rays (JV) 1 13.05 1 13.05 925.10 (0.22)
Total amount recognised in statement of profit or loss 1 13.05 1 13.05 925.10 (0.22)
As at March 31, 2024
Current Assets Current Revenue Profit / (Loss)
Particulars Liabilities during the year
KLSR-Rays (JV) 2 3.25 2 3.25 1,787.26 (1.37)
Total amount recognised in statement of profit
or loss 2 3.25 2 3.25 1,787.26 (1.37)
As at March 31, 2023
Current Assets Current Revenue Profit / (Loss)
Particulars Liabilities during the year
KLSR-Rays (JV) - - - -
Total amount recognised in statement of profit
or loss - - - -
Note: During the financial year ended March 31, 2023, joint operation has no transactions to report.
587RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
58Business combination
A) Transactions during the year ended March 31, 2024
Acquisition of RC Land Facilitator And Aggregators LLP
OnMarch30,2024,theHoldingCompanyhasenteredintoagreementwithM/S"RCLandFacilitatorAndAggregatorsLLP"toacquire100%investmentandconsequently
control over ""RC Land Facilitator And AggregatorsLLP".Total purchase consideration of Rs10.60 millionwasdischarged fullyincash.The excessof thepurchase
consideration paid over the fair value of assets acquired has been attributed to goodwill.
Calculation of goodwill :
The excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated to goodwill computed as below:
Amount (Rs. in million)
Particulars March 31,2024
Total Fair value of the consideration transferred for the purpose of goodwill 10.60
Net identifiable assets acquired (8.77)
Goodwill on acquisition 1.83
B) Loss of control
Transactions during the year ended March 31, 2023
OnApril20,2022 theShiningSunPower PrivateLimited(subsidiaryofHoldingCompany)soldthe100%equitysharesoffacevalueofRs10eachofEarthSolarPower
PrivateLimited,InternationalSolarCorporationPrivateLimitedand51%equityshareoffacevalueRs10eachofShiningSunPower(Telangana)PrivateLimited resulting
ceased from investment in subsidiaries category.
OnApril302022 theHoldingCompany andShiningSunPower PrivateLimited(subsidiaryofHoldingCompany)soldthe51%&49%equitysharesoffacevalueofRs10
eachofTirunveliSolarProjectPrivateLimitedresultingTirunveliKadamburProjectPrivateLimited,TirunveliKayatharProjectPrivateLimited,TirunveliKothaliProject
Private Limited,Tirunveli Kudiraikulam Project Private Limited,Tirunveli Onamakulam Project Private Limited, Tirunveli Ottanatham Project Private Limited,Tirunveli
OttanathamProjectPrivateLimited,TirunveliThennanpattiProjectPrivateLimited,TirunveliVanchiProjectPrivateLimitedresultingceasedfrominvestmentinsubsidiaries
category.
OnOctober10,2022 the RaysFuture Energy Private Limited ( subsidiaryof HoldingCompany) sold the 100% equitysharesof face value of Rs 10 each ofHangal
RenewablesPrivateLimitedandDatedJuly07,2022soldthe100%equityshareoffacevalueRs10eachofParolaRenewablesPrivateLimitedresultingceasedfrom
investment in subsidiaries category.
OnApril29,2022 theShiningSunPowerJaipur PrivateLimited(subsidiaryofHoldingCompany)soldthe100%equitysharesoffacevalueofRs10eachofJRKSolar
Project Private Limited resulting ceased from investment in subsidiaries category.
OnSeptember2,2022 theHoldingCompanysoldthe100% equitysharesofface valueof Rs10 eachof SorabaSolar PowerPrivate Limitedresultingceasedfrom
investment in subsidiaries category.
The carrying amounts of assets and liabilities as at the date of Group lost of control were as follows :
Amount (Rs. in million)
Particulars March 31,2023
Non current assets 5 ,431.02
Cash and cash equivalent 538.50 -
Other current assets 7 93.80
Total assets 6 ,224.82
Borrowings 5 ,675.19
Trade payable 3 2.14
Non current liabilities 9 .38
Other current liabilities 2 82.48
Total liabilities 5 ,999.19
Net liabilities 2 25.63
Details of the gain on loss of the control of subsidiary
Particulars March 31,2023
Fair value of retained investment -
Net proceeds on loss of control of subsidiary (net of cash and cash equivalents ) 538.50
Less:
Non controlling interest derecognized (122.94)
Goodwill 31.35
Capita Reserve (34.03)
Unrealisation Profit on Fixed assets (515.14)
Carrying value of net liabilities 225.63
Gain on loss of control of subsidiary 953.63
Transactions during the year ended March 31, 2024
OnMarch30,2024,theHoldingCompanysoldthe117,553equitysharesoffacevalueofRs10eachofShiningTechnologiesVenturesPrivateLimited,resultingHOP
ElectricManufacturingPrivateLimited,HOPElectricManufacturingOnePrivateLimited,HOPElectricManufacturingTwoPrivateLimited,HOPEnergyNetworkPrivate
Limited and HOP Electric Mobility Private Limited ceased from investment in subsidiaries category.
Further, in HOP Electric Manufacturing Private Limited and HOP Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited investment now retained as interest in a associate entity.
OnDecember22,2023,ShiningSunPowerPrivateLimited(subsidiaryofHoldingCompany)soldthe100%equitysharesoffacevalueofRs10eachofBrewerEnergy
Private Limited resulting ceased from investment in subsidiaries category.
OnDecember07,2023theRaysFutureEnergyPrivateLimited(subsidiaryofHoldingCompany)soldthe100%equitysharesoffacevalueofRs10eachofRaibagSolar
PowerPrivateLimitedandonDecember22,2023RaysFutureEnergyPrivateLimited(subsidiaryofHoldingCompany)soldthe100%equitysharesoffacevalueofRs10
each of Hallur Solar Power Private Limited and Urena Solar Power Private Limited resulting ceased from investment in subsidiaries category.
588RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Consequently,theGroupderecognisedtheassetsandliabilitiesofShiningTechnologiesVenturesPrivateLimited,HOPElectricManufacturingPrivateLimited,HOPElectric
ManufacturingOnePrivateLimited,HOPElectricManufacturingTwoPrivateLimited,HOPEnergyNetworkPrivateLimited,HOPElectricMobilityPrivateLimited,
Brewer Energy Private Limited ,Hallur Solar Power Private Limited ,Urena Solar Power Private Limited and Raibag Solar Power Private Limited from its Restated
consolidated financials statements. The resultant gain on the disposal of above subsidiaries had been recognised in profit & loss account.
The carrying amounts of assets and liabilities as at the date of Group lost of control were as follows :
Amount (Rs. in million)
Particulars March 31,2024
Non current assets 2 ,312.19
Other current assets 1 ,441.86
Total assets 3 ,754.05
Borrowings 1 ,641.24
Trade payable 9 50.28
Non current liabilities 1 ,215.01
Other current liabilities 1 8.46
Total liabilities 3 ,824.99
Net liabilities (70.94)
Details of the gain on loss of the control of subsidiary
Particulars March 31,2024
Fair value of retained investment 100.06
Net proceeds on loss of control of subsidiary (net of cash and cash equivalents ) (22.19)
Less:
Non controlling interest derecognized (2.71)
Goodwill 1.36
Carrying value of net liabilities (70.94)
Gain on loss of control of subsidiary 150.15
Transactions during the year ended March 31, 2025
OnAugust13,2024 theShiningSunPower PrivateLimited(subsidiaryofHoldingCompany)soldthe100%equitysharesoffacevalueofRs10eachofKhimsarSolar
PowerPrivateLimitedandDecember20,2024soldthe100%equityshareoffacevalueRs10eachofTinfraSolarEnergyPrivateLimited resultingceasedfrominvestment
in subsidiaries category.
OnAugust12,2024RaysFutureEnergyPrivateLimited(subsidiaryofHoldingCompany)soldthe100%equitysharesoffacevalueofRs10eachof AthaniSolarPower
Private Limited resulting ceased from investment in subsidiaries category.
Amount (Rs. in million)
Particulars March 31,2025
Non current assets 203.38
Other current assets 0.16
Total assets 2 03.54
Borrowings 2 9.19
Trade payable 1 5.60
Non current liabilities 1 57.21
Other current liabilities 1 4.40
Total liabilities 216.40
Net liabilities (12.86)
Details of the gain on loss of the control of subsidiary
Particulars March 31,2025
Fair value of retained investment
Net proceeds on loss of control of subsidiary (net of cash and cash equivalents ) (0.11)
Less:
Carrying value of net liabilities (12.86)
Gain on loss of control of subsidiary 12.75
C) Impact of Merger of wholly owned subsidiary
The Regional Director (WR), Mumbai, vide its order dated September 24, 2024 has approved the Scheme of Amalgamation of Kavit Green Energy Private Limited
awhollyownedsubsidiary,withtheHoldingCompany.ConsequenttothesaidorderandfilingofthefinalcertifiedorderwiththeRegistraroftheCompanies,
Maharashtra on October 10, 2024, the Scheme has become effective with effect from the Appointed Date of July 01, 2023.
UponcomingintoeffectoftheScheme,KGEPLstandstransferredtoandvestedintheCompanywitheffectfromtheAppointedDate.Asthisisabusinesscombination
involvingentityundercommoncontrol,theamalgamationhasbeenaccountedintermsofIndAS103onBusinessCombinationsusingthe of method(in
accordance with the approved Scheme).
(This space is intentionally left blank)
589RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
59 Restated adjustments to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements/Audited Special Purpose Consolidated Financial Statements:
Part A(a) - ReconciliationbetweenTotalEquityasperAuditedConsolidatedFinancialStatements/AuditedSpecialPurposeConsolidatedFinancialStatementsand
Restated Consolidated Financial Information:
Particulars As at As at As at
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
TotalEquityasperAuditedConsolidatedFinancialStatements/AuditedSpecialPurpose
6 ,157.87 3 ,559.18 1 ,959.20
Consolidated Financial Statements (A)
Restatement Adjustments:
(i) Audit Qualification - - -
(ii) Adjustments due to prior period items, material errors and other adjustments:
(a) Derecognition of Goodwill pursuant to scheme of arrangement ((Refer Part B-
(33.31) ( 33.31)
(ii)(a)) -
(b) Goodwill on Consolidation written off (Refer Part B-(ii)(b)) - (16.39) (16.39)
(c) Other adjustments (net of deferred tax) (Refer Part B-(ii)(c) to (f)) - (21.59) (20.78)
Total Adjustments (i+ii) (B) - ( 71.29) ( 70.48)
Total Equity as per Restated Consolidated Financial Information (A+B) 6,157.87 3,487.89 1,888.72
0.00 109.76 108.13
Part A(b) - ReconciliationbetweenTotal comprehensiveincome asper AuditedConsolidatedFinancialStatement/AuditedSpecialPurpose ConsolidatedFinancial
Statements and Restated Consolidated Financial Information:
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
Particulars March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Total comprehensive income(after tax) as per Audited Consolidated Financial
Statements/Audited Special Purpose Consolidated Financial Statements (A) 1,360.50 9 10.02 1,309.99
Restatement Adjustments:
(i) Audit Qualification - - -
(ii) Adjustments due to prior period items, material errors and other adjustments:
(a) Expected Credit Loss on Trade receivables (Refer Part B-(ii)(c)) 2 7.71 - (27.71)
(b) Share based payment expenses (Refer Part B-(ii)(d)) - 0 .87 1.71
(c) Reclassification of Preference share dividend to finance cost ((Refer Part B-(ii)(e)) - - (1.41)
(d) Other adjustments ((Refer Part B-(ii)(f)) 0 .76 (0.81) (0.04)
(iii) Deferred tax impact on above adjustment wherever applicable (6.97) - 6.97
Total impact on adjustments (B) 2 1.50 0 .06 (20.48)
RestatedTotalcomprehensiveincome(aftertax)asperRestatedConsolidatedFinancial
Information (A+B) 1,382.00 910.08 1,289.51
(43.00) (0.12) 40.95
Part B - Notes to restatement adjustments
(i) Adjustments for Audit Qualification : None
(ii) Adjustments due to prior period items, material errors and other adjustments
(a) Onamalgamationofwholly-ownedsubsidiaryKavitGreenEnergyPrivateLimitedwithHoldingCompany,effectivefromtheappointeddateofJuly01,2023,
(b) DerecognitionofGoodwillpursuanttoschemeofamalgamtionofInsolexoPrivateLimitedandHeliocorePrivateLimited,witheffectfromtheAppointedDateof
January01,2021.GoodwillonConsolidationcarriederroneouslyinconsolidatedfinancialstatementssince2021-22beingeliminated,pursuanttothemergerofthe
entities into the Holding Company:
(c) Expectedcreditloss(ECL)wasrequiredtoberecognisedintermsofprinciplelaiddownbyIndAS109onFinancialInstrumentsinrespectofTradeReceivables
which were deemed credit-impaired, accordingly ECL recognised as under:
(d) Error in recognition of Share Based Payment Expenses rectified as under:
(e) Rectification in recognition of preference share dividend from retained earnings to statement of profit and loss as finance cost:
DuringtheFinancialYear2022-23,thedividendpaidonRedeemablePreferenceSharesof millionwaserroneouslyadjustedfromretiainedearningsunderthe
head Other Equity, instead of recognising as finance cost in Statement of Profit and Loss. This adjustment has no impact on Total Equity.
(f) Expenses charged in Statement of Profit and Los for rectification of errors in previous years:
IntheFinancialYear2022-23, millionischargedasexpensestowards millionforwrite-offbalancesandotherpriorperioderrors.Suchexpenseshave
been recognised in the respective years.
IntheFinancialYear2023-24, millionischargedasexpensestowards millionforlanddevelopmentexpensesand millionforwrite-offbalances
and other prior period errors. Such expenses have been recognised in the respective years.
590Part C - Non-adjusting events
(A)MattersincludedunderReportonOtherLegalandRegulatoryRequirementsintheIndependentConsolidatedAuditor'sReportofRaysPowerInfra
Limited which do not requires corrective adjustments in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
For the year ended March 31, 2025
11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014
Based on our examination which included test checks, and that performed bythe respective auditors of the subsidiaries and associate which are companies
incorporatedinIndiawhosefinancialstatementshavebeenauditedundertheAct,theHoldingcompany,itssubsidiariesandassociate,inrespectoffinancialyear
commencingon1April,2024,hasusedaccountingsoftwareformaintainingitsbooksofaccountwhichhasafeatureofrecordingaudittrail(editlog)facilityand
thesamehasoperatedthroughouttheyearforallrelevanttransactionsrecordedinrespectivesoftware,exceptthat,incaseofHoldingCompanytheaudittrail
featurewasnotenabledatdatabaselevelforaccountingsoftwaretologanydirectdatachanges.Further,duringthecourseofouraudit,weandtherespective
auditorsoftheabovereferredsubsidiariesanditsassociatehavenotcomeacrossanyinstanceofaudittrailfeaturebeingtamperedwithandexceptfortheperiods
where the audit trail feature was not enabled for the databases, the Group and its associate have preserved the audit trial in accordance with statutory record retention
requirements.
For the year ended March 31, 2024
Basedonourexamination,whichincludedtestchecks,andthatperformed bytherespectiveauditorsofthesubsidiariesandassociates which arecompanies
incorporatedinIndiawhosefinancialStatements/financialinformationhavebeenauditedundertheAct,exceptfortheinstancesmentionedbelow,theHolding
Companyanditssubsidiariesanditsassociatescompanieshaveusedaccountingsoftwaresformaintainingitsbooksofaccountwhichhasafeatureofrecording
(a) Basedonourexamination,whichincludedtestchecks,theHoldingCompanyhasusedaccountingsoftwareformaintainingitsbooksofaccountwhichhavea
featureofrecordingaudittrail(editlog)facilityandthathasoperatedthroughouttheyearforallrelevanttransactionsrecordedinthesoftware,exceptthattheaudit
logwasnotenabledtocaptureanydirectchangesatthedatabaselevel.Further,duringthecourseofouraudit,wedidnotnoticeanyinstanceofaudittrailfeature
being tampered with.
(b) Inrespectofone(1)subsidiary,thesubsidiaryhasusedanaccountingsoftwareformaintainingitsbooksofaccountforthefinancialyearendedMarch31,
2024whichhasafeatureofrecordingaudittrail(editlog)facility.However,duetotheinherentlimitationoftheaccountingsoftware,weareunabletocomment
whether there were any instances of the audit trail feature been tempered during the audit period.
AsprovisotoRule3(1)oftheCompanies(Accounts)Rules,2014isapplicable fromApril1,2023,reportingunderRule11(g)of thecompanies(Auditand
Auditors)Rules,2014onpreservationofaudittrailasperthestatutoryrequirementsforrecordretentionisnotapplicableforthefinancialyearendedMarch31,
2024.
(B)MattersincludedunderEmphasisofmatterintheIndependentConsolidatedAuditor'sReportofRaysPowerInfraLimitedwhichdonotrequires
corrective adjustments in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
For the year ended March 31, 2023
Withoutqualifyingouropinion,wedrawattentiontoNote35totheconsolidatedfinancialstatementswhereinonevendorhasfiledcaseforrecoveryofitsdues
aggregatingto797LakhsinNationalCompanyLawTribunal(NCLT)againsttheholdingcompany.However,Holdingcompanyhasdeniedthe claimas
vendorhasnotperformeditsobligationsasperagreedterms.Wehavereliedonthemanagementcontention.Howeverouropinionisnotmodifiedinrespect
of above matter.
(C) Matters included in the Annexure A to Independent Consolidated Auditor's Report with respect to matters specified in clause (xxi) Companies
(Auditor'sReport)Order,2020ofRaysPowerInfraLimitedwhichdonotrequireanycorrectiveadjustmentsintheRestatedConsolidatedFinancial
Information are as follows:
For the year ended March 31, 2024
Accordingtotheinformationandexplanationgiventous,andbasedontheCAROreportsissuedbyusandtheauditorsofrespectivecompaniesincludedinthe
consolidatedfinancialstatementstowhichreportingunderCAROisapplicable,asprovidedtousbythemanagementoftheHoldingCompany,wereportthereare
noqualificationoradverseremarkbytherespectiveauditorsintheCAROreportofthesaidrespectivecompaniesincludedintheConsolidatedFinancialStatements
except for the following:
S. Name CIN Holding Company/ Clause number of
No subsidiary including the CARO report
step down which is qualified or
subsidiaries is adverse
1Rays Power Infra Limited U40106MH2011PLC267684 Holding Company 3i (c), 3ii(b), 3vii(b)
2Shining Sun Power Private Limited U40104MH2014PTC267611 Subsidiary 3(vii)(a), 3(vii)(b)
3Hop Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited U34100RJ2022PTC081866 Associate 3(vii) (a)
For the year ended March 31, 2023
Accordingtotheinformationandexplanationgiventous,andbasedontheCAROreportsissuedbyusandtheauditorsofrespectivecompaniesincludedinthe
consolidatedfinancialstatementstowhichreportingunderCAROisapplicable,asprovidedtousbythemanagementoftheHoldingCompany,wereportthereare
noqualificationoradverseremarkbytherespectiveauditorsintheCAROreportofthesaidrespectivecompaniesincludedintheRestatedConsolidatedFinancial
Statements except for the following:
591S. Name CIN Holding Company/ Clause number of
No subsidiary the CARO report
which is qualified or
is adverse
1Rays Power Infra Limited U40106MH2011PLC267684 Holding Company ii (b)
2Hop Electric Mobility Private Limited U74999RJ2020PTC068051 Wholly owned iii(c), iii(d), iii(e),
subsidiary vii(a)
(D)MattersincludedintheCompanies(Auditor'sReport)Order,2020ofIndependentStandaloneAuditor'sReportofRaysPowerInfraLimitedwhichdo
not require any corrective adjustments in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
For the Financial Year Ended March 31, 2024
Clause (i)(c) of CARO, 2020
AccordingtotheinformationandexplanationsgiventousandonthebasisofourexaminationoftherecordsoftheCompany,the titledeedsofimmovable
properties(otherthanimmovablepropertieswheretheCompanyisthelesseeandtheleasesagreementsaredulyexecutedinfavorofthelessee)disclosedinthe
standalone Financial Statements are held in the name of the Company, except for the following which are not held in the name of the Company.
Description of property Gross Carrying Value as on Held in a name of Whether promotor, Period Held Reason for not held
31.03.2024 (Rs. In Lakhs) director or their in a name of
relative or employee company
Rajputana
Building 257.72 Related to director 6.5 Years Registry is pending
Educational Society
Clause (ii)(b) of CARO, 2020
TheCompanyhasbeensanctionedworkingcapitallimitsinexcessofRs.fivecroresinaggregatefrombanksand/orfinancialinstitutionsduringtheyearonthe
basis of securityof current assets of the Company. The quarterlyreturns/ statements filedbythe Companywithsuch banksand financial Institutions are in
agreement with books of accounts of the Company except certain variances which has been explained in the Note No. 56 to the Standalone Financial Statements.
Clause (vii)(b) of CARO, 2020
Accordingtotheinformationandexplanationsgiventous,theduesoutstandinginrespectofIncome-tax,Goods&ServiceTax,Sales-tax,Service-tax,Customs
Duty, Excise Duty and Value added tax which have not been deposited on account of any dispute are as follows:
Name of the statute Nature of the Dues Amount (Rs. In Period to which the Forum where Name of the statute
Millions) amount relates dispute is pending
lncome Tax Act, 1961 Demand under section 156 of 0.131 AY 2015-16 Commissioner of lncome Tax Act,
lncome Tax Act,1961 lncome Tax 1961
(Appeals)
lncome Tax Act, 1961 Demandundersection153Aof 1.98 AY 2017-18 Commissioner of lncome Tax Act,
lncome Tax Act,1961 lncome Tax 1961
(Appeals)
lncome Tax Act, 1961 Demandundersection153Aof 4.898 AY 2018-19 Commissioner of lncome Tax Act,
lncome Tax Act,1961 lncome Tax 1961
(Appeals)
lncome Tax Act, 1961 Demand under section 143(3) 9.958 AY 2019-20 Commissioner of lncome Tax Act,
of lncome Tax Act,1961 lncome Tax 1961
(Appeals)
lncome Tax Act, 1961 Demand under section 143(3) 3.902 AY 2020-21 Commissioner of lncome Tax Act,
of lncome Tax Act,1961 lncome Tax 1961
(Appeals)
The Provident Funds andShort deduction of Provident 7.278 - Provident fund
Miscellaneous Provisions act, 1952 fund department Provident Funds and
Miscellaneous
Provisions act, 1952
For the Financial Year Ended March 31, 2023
Clause (ii)(b) of CARO, 2020
TheCompanyhasbeensanctionedworkingcapitallimitsinexcessofRs.fivecroresinaggregate frombanksand/orfinancialinstitutionsduringtheyearonthe
basisofsecurityofcurrentassets oftheCompany.Thequarterlyreturns/statementsfiledbytheCompanywithsuchbanksandfinancialinstitutionsarein
(E)MattersincludedintheCompanies(Auditor'sReport)Order,2020ofIndependentStandaloneAuditor'sReportofShiningSunPowerPrivateLimited
which do not require any corrective adjustments in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
For the Financial Year Ended March 31, 2024
Clause (vii)(a) of CARO, 2020
In our opinion, and according to the information and explanations given to us, undisputed statutory dues including goods and services tax, provident fund,
stateinsurance,income-tax,sales-tax,servicetax,dutyofcustoms,dutyofexcise,valueaddedtax,cessandotherstatutorydues,asapplicable,have
generallybeenregularlydepositedwiththeappropriateauthoritiesbythecompany,thoughtherehavebeenslightdelaysinafewcases.Further,noundisputed
amountspayableinrespectthereofwereoutstandingattheyear-endforaperiodofmorethansixmonthsfromthedatetheybecamepayable.Theoperationofthe
Company during the year do not give rise to the liabilities of sales tax, service tax, duty of custom, duty of excise and value added tax.
592Clause (vii)(b) of CARO, 2020
Accordingtotheinformationandexplanationsgiventous,therearenostatutoryduesreferredtoinsubclause(a)abovethathavenotbeendepositedwiththe
appropriate authorities on account of any dispute, except for the following pending matter of Income tax.
S. Assessment Year Amount of Demand Amount of Deposit Forum where
No. pending
12016-17 96,196,956 5,995,354 CIT (Appeals)
(F)MattersincludedintheCompanies(Auditor'sReport)Order,2020 ofIndependentStandaloneAuditor'sReportofHOPElectricMobilityPrivate
Limited which do not require any corrective adjustments in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
For the Financial Year Ended March 31, 2023
Clause (iii)(c) of CARO, 2020
Inrespectofloangrantedbythecompany,thescheduleofrepaymentofprincipalandthepaymentoftheinteresthasnotbeenstipulatedandaccordingly,weare
unable to comment as to whether the repayments/ receipts of principal interest are regular.
Clause (iii)(d) of CARO, 2020
Intheabsenceofstipulatedscheduleofrepaymentofprincipalandpaymentofinterestinrespectofloansoradvancesinthenatureofloans,weareunableto
commentastowhetherthereisanyamountwhichisoverdueofmorethan90days.Reasonablestepshavebeentakenbythecompanyforrecoveryodsuchprincipal
amount and interest.
Clause (iii)(e) of CARO, 2020
Inrespectofloanandadvancesinthenatureofloansgrantedbythecompany,thescheduleofrepaymentofprincipalhasnotbeenstipulated.Accordingtothe
information and expalanation given to us, such loan have not been demanded for repayment as on date.
Clause (vii)(a) of CARO, 2020
In our opinion, and according to the information and explanations given to us, undisputed statutory dues including goods and services tax, provident fund,
employees'stateinsurance,incometax,salestax,servicetax,dutyofcustoms,dutyofexcise,valueaddedtax,cessandothermaterialstatutorydues,asapplicable,
havegenerallybeenregularlydepositedwiththeappropriateauthoritiesbythecompany,thoughtherehavebeenslightdelayinfewcases.Further,noundisputed
amount payable in respect thereof were outstanding at the year end for a period of more than six months from the date they became payable.
(G)MattersincludedintheCompanies(Auditor'sReport)Order,2020ofIndependentStandaloneAuditor'sReportofHopElectricManufacturingOne
Private Limited which do not require any corrective adjustments in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
For the Financial Year Ended March 31, 2024
Clause (vii)(a) of CARO, 2020
In our opinion, and according to the information and explanations given to us, undisputed statutory dues including goods and services tax, provident fund,
employees'stateinsurance,incometax,salestax,servicetax,dutyofcustoms,dutyofexcise,valueaddedtax,cessandothermaterialstatutorydues,asapplicable,
havegenerallybeenregularlydepositedwiththeappropriateauthoritiesbythecompany,thoughtherehavebeenslightdelayinfewcases.Further,noundisputed
amountpayableinrespectthereofwereoutstandingattheyearendforaperiodofmorethansixmonthsfromthedatetheybecamepayable.Theoperationofthe
company do not give rise to the liabilities of sales tax, duty of custom, duty of excise and value added tax.
Part D- Material regrouping/reclassification
Appropriateregrouping/reclassificationhavebeenmadeintheRestatedConsolidatedStatementofAssetsandLiabilities,RestatedConsolidatedStatementofProfit
andLossandRestatedConsolidatedStatementofCashflows,whereverrequired,byreclassificationofthecorrespondingitemsofincome,expenses,assetsand
liabilitiesandcashflows,inordertoaligntheminlinewiththeaccountingpoliciesandclassificationaspertheAuditedconsolidatedfinancialstatementsasatand
foryearendedonMarch31,2025preparedinaccordancewithScheduleIIIoftheAct,asamended,requirementsofIndAS1-'Presentationoffinancialstatements'
and other applicable Ind AS principles and requirements of SEBI ICDR Regulations, as amended.
Following table shows the material regrouping made in these Restated Financials Statements:
Particulars Notes Reported as per Regrouping Reported as per
audited statutory adjustments made restated
consolidated financial consolidated
statements as at financial
March 31, 2024 information as at
March 31, 2024
Current Assets:
Trade Receivables 1 3 ,020.89 (1,014.62) 2,006.27
Other non current assets - Contract assets 1 - 1 ,188.34 1,188.34
Current Liabilities:
Other current liabilities - Contract Liabilities - EPC Contracts 1 - 1 73.72 173.72
Notes
1.Thebalancesrelatingtocontractassetsandcontractliabilities,whichwerepreviouslypresentedundertradereceivables,havebeenregroupedanddisclosed
separately under contract assets and contract liabilities.
(This space is intentionally left blank)
593RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
60 Relationship with Struck off Companies
Details of struck off companies with whom the Group has outstanding balance during the current year as well as previous year:
Name of Struck off Company Nature of transactions Relationship with the Balance as at March Balance as at Balance as at
struck off Company 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Rays Power Infra Developer Private Limited Other current assets NA - 0.01 0.01
Asvasidh Rays Infra Private Limited Other current assets NA - 0.01 0.01
Rays Solar Energy Private Limited Other current assets NA - 0.04 0.04
N Power Infrastructures Private Limited Trade Payables NA - 0.01 0.01
Vastu Buildicn India Private Limited Trade Payables NA - 0.07 0.14
Osian Solar Power Private Limited Advance to vendor Step down Subsidiaries - - 0.01
Edirays Infrastructure Private Limited Advance to vendor Subsidiaries - - 0.01
Kumbhari Renewables Private Limited Other current assets Step down Subsidiaries - - 0.01
Jaunpur Solar Private Limited Loan to related party Step down Subsidiaries - - 0.63
Robertganj Solar Private Limited Loan to related party Step down Subsidiaries - 0.44 0.44
Rays Future Energy Solar Park Private Limited Loan to related party Step down Subsidiaries - 0.00 0.02
61 Other statutory Information
i) The Group do not have any benami property, where any proceeding has been initiated or pending against the Group for holding any benami property.
ii) TheGrouphasnotadvancedorloanedorinvested(eitherfromborrowedfundsorsharepremiumoranyothersourcesorkindoffunds)toanyotherperson(s)orentity(ies),
(b) provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the ultimate beneficiaries
iii) TheGrouphasnotreceivedanyfundfromanyperson(s)orentity(ies),includingforeignentities withtheunderstanding,whetherrecordedinwritingor
otherwise, that the Group shall :
(b) provide any guarantee, security or the like on behalf of the ultimate beneficiaries.
iv) TheHoldingCompanyhadsanctionedworkingcapitallimitsinexcessofRs.5croresinaggregatefrombanksand/orfinancialinstitutionsinthepreviousyearsonthebasisof
securityofcurrentassetsoftheHoldingCompany.Thequarterlyreturns/statementsfiledbytheHoldingCompanywithsuchbanksandfinancialinstitutionsaregenerallyin
agreement with the unaudited books of accounts of the Holding Company except given as below -
Summary for the statements submitted for the year ended March 31, 2025
Period ended Financial year Name of bank Nature of current Amount as per books of Amount reported in Difference
assets offered as accounts return/statement
security
30th June, 2024 2024-25 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Inventory (Including 386.39 387.96 -1.58
DCB,Federal,ICICIWIP)
Bank, AU Bank,
Indusind Bank
2024-25 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Debtors (net of 529.16 428.90 100.26
DCB,Federal,ICICIadvances)
Bank, AU Bank,
Indusind Bank
2024-25 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Creditors (net of 322.50 399.18 -76.67
DCB,Federal,ICICIadvances)
Bank, AU Bank,
Indusind Bank
30th September, 2024 2024-25 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Inventory (Including 401.28 400.79 0.49
DCB,Federal,ICICIWIP)
Bank
2024-25 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Debtors (net of 198.31 349.24 -150.93
DCB,Federal,ICICIadvances)
Bank
2024-25 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Creditors (net of 491.54 147.57 343.97
DCB,Federal,ICICIadvances)
Bank
31st December, 2024 2024-25 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Inventory (Including 736.15 731.36 4.79
DCB,Federal,ICICIWIP)
Bank
2024-25 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Debtors (net of 1 56.83 365.32 -208.49
DCB,Federal,ICICIadvances)
Bank
2024-25 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Creditors (net of 421.94 648.29 -226.36
DCB,Federal,ICICIadvances)
Bank
594RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
31st March, 2025 2024-25 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Inventory (Including 209.75 269.57 -59.82
DCB,Federal,ICICIWIP)
Bank
2024-25 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Debtors (net of 2,689.98 2,775.81 -85.83
DCB,Federal,ICICIadvances)
Bank
2024-25 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Creditors (net of 580.56 1,799.97 -1,219.41
DCB,Federal,ICICIadvances)
Bank
Note: Following are the nature of reconciling items between amounts reported as per quarterly statements and amounts as per books of accounts
1.Aswehavesubmittedtheagewisedebtorstobanksafternettingitofffromcreditorswhereveradjustmentsarerequiredincaseofthirdpartypaymentswhereasthebalancesas
per books are net debtors which includes credit balances of customers.
2.FurtherthedifferenceappearingisduetofundraisedthroughTradeReceivableDiscountingSystem(TReDS)areconsideredaspartofnetcreditorsinreturnfilledtobankwhere
the same is classified in books as short term borrowings.
3.Furtherthedifferenceappearingisduetobalancesofinventory,netdebtorsandnetcreditorsofBangladeshBranchisnotconsideredinreturnfilledtobankwherethesameis
included in books of accounts.
4.WehaveconsideredalladjustmentsandtheireffectsintheMarchendfinancialsandanotherreasonfordifferencesisofftheeffectofMerger,aswehaveconsideredthemerger
effect from 1 April 2022 where the adjustment is not considered in DP.
Summary for the statements submitted for the year ended March 31, 2024
Period Ended Financial year Name of Bank Nature of Current Amount as per books of Amount reported in Difference
Assets offered as accounts Return/Statement
security
June 30, 2023 2023-24 BOB,HDFC,Kotak,Inventory (Including 346.04 259.18 86.86
SBI, DCB, Federal,WIP)
ICICI Bank
2023-24 BOB,HDFC,Kotak,Net Debtors 467.91 632.86 (164.95)
SBI, DCB, Federal,
ICICI Bank
2023-24 BOB,HDFC,Kotak,Net Creditors 262.86 268.57 (5.71)
SBI, DCB, Federal,
ICICI Bank
September 30, 2023 2023-24 BOB,HDFC,Kotak,Inventory (Including 352.93 349.72 3.21
SBI, DCB, Federal,WIP)
ICICI Bank
2023-24 BOB,HDFC,Kotak,Debtors (net of 674.09 630.42 43.67
SBI, DCB, Federal,advances)
ICICI Bank
2023-24 BOB,HDFC,Kotak,Creditors (net of (186.99) 51.39 (238.38)
SBI, DCB, Federal,advances)
ICICI Bank
December 31, 2023 2023-24 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Inventory (Including 760.04 776.60 (16.56)
DCB,Federal,ICICI,WIP)
IndusInd Bank
2023-24 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Debtors (net of 1,200.54 985.35 215.20
DCB,Federal,ICICI,advances)
IndusInd Bank
2023-24 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Creditors (net of 200.90 753.56 (552.65)
DCB,Federal,ICICI,advances)
IndusInd Bank
March 31, 2024 2023-24 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Inventory (Including 114.34 115.77 (1.42)
DCB,Federal,ICICI,WIP)
IndusInd and AU
Bank
2023-24 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Debtors (net of 1,662.56 1,758.72 (96.16)
DCB,Federal,ICICI,advances)
IndusInd and AU
Bank
2023-24 HDFC, Kotak, SBI,Creditors (net of 142.78 890.83 (748.05)
DCB,Federal,ICICI,advances)
IndusInd and AU
Bank
Note: Following are the nature of reconciling items between amounts reported as per quarterly statements and amounts as per books of accounts
1.Aswehavesubmittedtheagewisedebtorstobanksafternettingitofffromcreditorswhereveradjustmentsarerequiredincaseofthirdpartypaymentswhereasthebalancesas
per books are net debtors which includes credit balances of customers.
2.FurtherthedifferenceappearingisduetofundraisedthroughTradeReceivableDiscountingSystem(TReDS)areconsideredaspartofnetcreditorsinreturnfilledtobankwhere
the same is classified in books as short term borrowings.
3.Furtherthedifferenceappearingisduetobalancesofinventory,netdebtorsandnetcreditorsofBangladeshBranchisnotconsideredinreturnfilledtobankwherethesameis
included in books of accounts.
4 WehaveconsideredalladjustmentsandtheireffectsintheMarchendfinancialsandanotherreasonfordifferencesisofftheeffectofMerger,aswehaveconsideredthemerger
effect from 1 April 2022 where the adjustment is not considered in DP.
595RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
Summary for the statements submitted for the year ended March 31, 2023
Period ended Financial yearName of Bank Nature of CurrentAmount asperbooksofAmount reported in Difference
Assets offered asaccounts Return/Statement
security
June 30, 2022 2022-23 SBI Inventory (Including 268.82 269.93 (1.10)
WIP)
2022-23 SBI Net Debtors 1,145.38 1,111.52 33.86
2022-23 SBI Net Creditors 534.40 410.48 123.93
September 30, 2022 2022-23 SBI Inventory (Including 1,207.07 1,207.03 0.04
WIP)
2022-23 SBI Net Debtors 1,861.55 1,845.91 15.64
2022-23 SBI Net Creditors 1,566.42 1,570.74 (4.32)
December 31, 2022 2022-23 SBI Inventory (Including 362.30 362.43 (0.13)
WIP)
2022-23 SBI Net Debtors 1,296.85 1,285.93 10.91
2022-23 SBI Net Creditors 608.21 522.96 85.25
March 31, 2023 2022-23 SBI Inventory (Including 99.18 94.98 4.20
WIP)
2022-23 SBI Net Debtors 653.31 576.64 76.67
2022-23 SBI Net Creditors 76.44 124.37 (47.93)
Note: Following are the nature of reconciling items between amounts reported as per monthly statements and amounts as per books of accounts
1.Aswehavesubmittedtheagewisedebtorstobanksafternettingitofffromcreditorswhereveradjustmentsarerequiredincaseofthirdpartypaymentswhereasthebalancesas
per books are net debtors which includes credit balances of customers.
2.WehaveconsideredalladjustmentsandtheireffectsintheMarchendfinancialsandanotherreasonfordifferencesisofftheeffectofmerger,aswehaveconsideredthemerger
effect from Jan'21 where the adjustment is not considered in DP.
3.FurtherthedifferencefortheperiodendingMarch31,2023appearingisduetosubmissionofstatementtobankforthedateofMarch30,2023andtransactionoccurredon
March 31, 2023 including the adjustment of merger was not reflecting in the statement submitted to bank.
In the books of Hop Electric Mobility Private Limited- Summary for statements submitted for year ended March 31, 2023
Month Financial yearName of Bank Nature of current Amount as per books of Amount reported in Difference
assets offered as accounts monthly return/
security statement
Apr-22 2022-23 SBI Inventory 68.67 60.72 7 .95
May 2022 2022-23 SBI Inventory 65.91 60.38 5 .52
June 2022 2022-23 SBI Inventory 58.31 54.15 4 .17
July 2022 2022-23 SBI Inventory 71.01 70.84 0 .17
August 2022 2022-23 SBI Inventory 93.15 91.95 1 .20
September 2022 2022-23 SBI Inventory 92.82 99.80 - 6.99
October 2022 2022-23 SBI Inventory 82.87 85.00 - 2.14
November 2022 2022-23 SBI Inventory 126.90 123.12 3 .78
December 2022 2022-23 SBI Inventory 87.54 83.23 4 .31
January 2023 2022-23 SBI Inventory 95.83 96.75 - 0.93
February 2023 2022-23 SBI Inventory 146.41 145.81 0 .59
March 2023 2022-23 SBI Inventory 130.19 69.81 6 0.39
Note:FollowingarethenatureofreconcilingitemsbetweenamountsreportedaspermonthlystatementsandamountsasperbooksofaccountsAdjustmentsonaccountofsales
returnsandprovisionforslowmoving/non-movingitems(finalisedatthetimeofaudit/reviewcompletion)Theaboveinformationhasbeendeterminedtotheextentinformation
available with the Company, which has been relied upon by the auditors. No Loan has been sanctioned in previous period.
v) TheGroupdonothaveanysuchtransactionwhichisnotrecordedinthebooksofaccountsthathasbeensurrenderedordisclosedasincomeduringtheyearinthetaxassessments
under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (such as, search or survey or any other relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961).
vi) TheGrouphavenotbeendeclaredawillfuldefaulterbyanybankorfinancialinstitutionorotherlender(asdefinedundertheCompaniesAct,2013)orconsortiumthereof,in
accordance with the guidelines on willful defaulters issued by the Reserve Bank of India.
vii) The Group do not have any charges or satisfaction which is yet to be registered with ROC beyond the statutory period.
viii) The Group has not traded or invested in Crypto currency or any other virtual currency during the financial year.
xi) TheGrouphascompliedwiththenumberoflayersprescribedunderclause(87)ofsection2oftheCompaniesActreadwiththeCompanies(Restrictiononnumberoflayers)
Rules, 2017.
x) The Group has not revalued its property, plant and equipment (including right-of-use assets) or intangible assets or both during the current or previous year.
xi) TheGrouphadgrantedloansoradvancesinthenatureofloanstotherelatedparties(asdefinedunderCompaniesAct,2013),eitherseverallyorjointlywithanyotherperson,that
are repayable on demand or without specifying any terms or period of repayment.
Type of borrower Amount of loan or Percentage to the Amount of loan or Percentage to the Amount of loan or Percentage to the
advance in the total of loans & advance in the nature of total of loans & advance in the total of loans &
nature of loan advances in the loan outstanding as at advances in the nature of loan advances in the
outstanding as at nature of loans as at March 31, 2024 nature of loans as at outstanding as at nature of loans as
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023 at March 31, 2023
Related parties - 0.00 0.00% 15.19 45.82%
-
KMP 0.15 0.08% 0.00 - -
596RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
CIN: U40106MH2011PLC267684
Notes and other explanatory information to Restated Consolidated Financial Information
(Amounts are in INR million unless otherwise stated)
62 TheOperationoftheHoldingCompanyareclassifiedas'infrastructurefacilities'asdefinedunderScheduleVIoftheAct.Accordinglythedisclosurerequirementsspecifiedinsub
section4ofsection186oftheActinrespectofloangivenorguaranteegivenorsecurityprovidedandtherelateddisclosureonpurposes/utilizationbyrecipientcompanies,arenot
applicabletotheHoldingcompanyexceptdetailsofInvestmentmadeduringtheyearaspersection186(4)oftheAct.ForthedetailsofInvestmentmadeduringtheyearrefernote
9.
63 TheprovisionsoftheCompaniesAct,2013andrulesmadethereunderrequiresthattheCompanyusesonlysuchaccountingsoftwareformaintainingitsbooksofaccountwhich
hasafeatureofrecordingaudittrailforeachandeverytransaction,creatinganeditlogofeachchangemadeinbooksofaccountalongwiththedatewhensuchchangesweremade
andensuringthattheaudittrailcannotbedisabledortamperedandaudittrailhasbeenpreservedwitheffectfromApril1,2023.TheHoldingCompanyhastakenallnecessary
stepstobecompliantwiththeaboverequirementofaudittrailfunctionalitysince effectivedate,exceptthefeatureofrecordingaudittrail(editlog)facilitywasnotenabledfor
direct changes to database.
64 TheCompany(RaysGreenEnergyManufacturingPrivateLimited) hasbeenallottedlandonaconcessionalleaseforaperiodofninety-nineyearsbyMadhyaPradeshIndustrial
Development Corporation Limited, a Government of Madhya Pradesh undertaking. In accordance with Ind AS 20 Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of
GovernmentAssistance,thedifferencebetweenthefairvalueoftheRight-of-Use(ROU)asset,determinedwithreferencetoprevailingmarketleaserates,andthepresentvalueof
theleasepaymentspayableunderthearrangement,hasbeenrecognizedasadeferredgovernmentgrant.Suchgrantisamortizedtoprofitorlossonasystematicbasis,overthelease
term, in proportion to the amortization of the related ROU asset.
65 These Restated Consolidated Financial Information were approved by BOD in its meeting held on September 25, 2025.
Material accounting policies 2
See accompanying notes form an integral part of these Restated consolidated financial statements from Note No. 1 and Note No. 3 to 65.
As per our report of even date
For and on behalf of For and on behalf of the Board
G. M. Kapadia & Co. Rays Power Infra Limited
Chartered Accountants 0.00
Firm Regn. No. 104767W
Atul Shah Ketan Mehta Pawan Kumar Sharma
Partner Managing Director Whole Time Director
Membership No: 039569 DIN: 03044292 DIN: 02590092
Place: Mumbai
Date: September 25, 2025 Ashish Jain Deepak Jangid
Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary and Compliance Officer
Membership No: A45923
597OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The accounting ratios required under Clause 11 of Part A of Schedule VI of the SEBI ICDR Regulations are given
below:
(₹ in millions, except as otherwise stated)
For the year ended For the year ended For the year ended
Particulars
March 31, 2025 March 31, 2024 March 31, 2023
Earnings per equity share (Face
Value of ₹ 2 /- each)
Basic EPS (in ₹)1 4.96 3.61 5.11
Diluted EPS (in ₹)2 4.95 3.61 5.10
Return on Net Worth (%)3 28.89% 33.99% 97.48%
Net asset value per equity share (₹)4 21.89 13.40 7.35
Reserves (Other equity), as restated
5,588.48 2,945.73 1,757.57
(₹ in millions)
Net worth, as restated (5) (₹ in 6,157.87 3,487.89 1,888.72
millions)
EBITDA5 1,942.05 1,200.97 700.86
Notes:
1. Basic Earnings per share (₹): Net profit as restated, attributable to equity shareholders divided by weighted average
number of equity shares
2. Diluted Earnings per share (₹): Net profit as restated, attributable to equity shareholders divided by Weighted average
number of dilutive equity shares
3. Return on Net Worth (%): Net profit after tax, as restated / Average Net worth as restated as at year end.
4. Net Asset Value (NAV) per equity share (₹): Computed as Total equity divided by weighted average number of shares
considered for computing Diluted EPS.
5. Net worth means the aggregate value of the paid-up share capital and all reserves created out of the profits
and securities premium account and debit or credit balance of profit and loss account, after deducting the
aggregate value of the accumulated losses, deferred expenditure and miscellaneous expenditure not written
off, as per the audited balance sheet, but does not include reserves created out of revaluation of assets, write-
back of depreciation and amalgamation.
4. EBITDA: calculated as restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional
items and Tax minus other Income plus Finance Costs and Depreciation & Amortization expense
In accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations the audited standalone financial statements of the Company and
our material Subsidiaries, Shining Sun Power Private Limited and Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private
Limited for the financial years ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 (collectively, the
“Audited Financial Statements”) are available on our website at https://rayspowerinfra.com/standalone-
financials/
Our Company is providing a link to this website solely to comply with the requirements specified in the SEBI
ICDR Regulations. The Audited Financial Statements do not constitute, (i) a part of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus; or (ii) a prospectus, a statement in lieu of a prospectus, an offering circular, an offering memorandum,
an advertisement, an offer or a solicitation of any offer or an Offer Document to purchase or sell any securities
under the Companies Act, 2013, the SEBI ICDR Regulations, or any other applicable law in India or elsewhere
in the world. The Audited Financial Statements should not be considered as part of information that any investor
should consider subscribing to or purchase any securities of our Company and should not be relied upon or used
as a basis for any investment decision. Due caution is advised when accessing and placing reliance on any historic
or other information available in the public domain. None of our Company or any of its advisors, nor any BRLMs,
nor any of their respective employees, directors, affiliates, agents or representatives accept any liability
whatsoever for any loss, direct or indirect, arising from any information presented or contained in the Audited
Financial Statements, or the opinions expressed therein.
598RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
For further details of the related party transactions, as per the requirements under applicable Accounting Standards
i.e. Ind AS24 ‘Related Party Transactions’ read with SEBI ICDR Regulations for the Fiscals March 31, 2025,
March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 as reported in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information, please see
the section titled “Restated Consolidated Financial Information – Note No. 51 - Related Party Disclosures” on
page 549.
599MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Some of the information in this section, including information with respect to our business plans and strategies,
contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Prospective investors should read
“Forward-Looking Statements” beginning on page 25 for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties related to
those statements along with sections titled “Risk Factors”, “Industry Overview”, “Restated Financial
Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
beginning on pages 43, 205, 482 and 600, respectively, for a discussion of certain factors that may affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those
expressed in or implied by these forward-looking statements.
Unless the context otherwise requires, in this section, references to ‘we’, ‘us’, ‘our’ or ‘Group’ refer to Rays
Power Infra Limited along with its Subsidiaries, Joint Ventures and Associate, as applicable and ‘the Company’,
‘our Company’ or ‘Rays Infra’ refers to Rays Power Infra Limited
Our Company’s financial year commences on April 1 and ends on March 31 of the immediately subsequent year,
and references to a particular fiscal year are to the 12 months period ended March 31 of that particular year.
Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the financial information for Fiscal 2025, Fiscal
2024 and Fiscal 2023, included herein is based on or derived from our Restated Consolidated Financial
Information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. For further information, see “Restated Consolidated
Financial Information” beginning on page 482. Please also refer to “Definitions and Abbreviations” on page 1
for certain terms used in this section. Our Restated Consolidated Financial Information is based on our audited
financial statements, which have been prepared and presented in accordance with Ind AS and restated in
accordance with Section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013, the SEBI ICDR Regulations and the Guidance Note. Ind
AS differs in certain material respects from IFRS and U.S. GAAP. See “Risk Factors - Significant differences exist
between Ind AS and other accounting principles, such as US GAAP and IFRS, which may be material to investors’
assessments of our financial condition.” on page 97.
Unless otherwise indicated, industry and market data used in this section has been derived from the industry
report titled “India’s renewable energy market” dated September 2025 (the “CRISIL Report”, and the date of
the CRISIL Report the “Report Date”) which is exclusively prepared for and released the purpose of the Offer
and issued by CRISIL Limited (“CRISIL”) for the purpose of confirming our understanding of the industry we
operate in and the Offer is exclusively commissioned for an agreed fee and paid for by the Company in connection
with the Offer. CRISIL was appointed pursuant to an engagement letter entered into with our Company dated July
1, 2025. CRISIL is not related to our Company, subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates, our Promoters, our
Directors, our Key Managerial Personnel, our Senior Management, Selling Shareholders or the Book Running
Lead Managers appointed in relation to the Offer. The data included herein includes excerpts from the CRISIL
Report and may have been re-ordered by us for the purposes of presentation. Further, the CRISIL Report was
prepared on the basis of information as of specific dates and opinions in the CRISIL Report may be based on
estimates, projections, forecasts and assumptions that may be as of such dates. CRISIL has prepared this study in
an independent and objective manner, and it has taken all reasonable care and to ensure its accuracy and has
further advised that it has taken due care and caution in preparing the CRISIL Report based on the information
obtained by it from sources which it considers reliable. Unless otherwise indicated, financial, operational,
industry and other related information derived from the CRISIL Report and included herein with respect to any
particular year refers to such information for the relevant calendar year. A copy of the CRISIL Report will be
available on the website of our Company from the date of the Red Herring Prospectus until the Bid/ Offer Closing
Date. Further, the CRISIL Report is not a recommendation to invest or disinvest in any company covered in the
report. Prospective investors are advised not to unduly rely on the CRISIL Report. The views expressed in the
CRISIL Report are that of CRISIL. For more information and risks in relation to commissioned reports, see “Risk
Factors – Industry information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been derived from an industry
report exclusively commissioned and paid for by us for the purposes of the Offer. Any reliance on such information
for making an investment decision in the Offer is subject to inherent risks. Accordingly, prospective investors
should not place undue reliance on or base their investment decision solely on this information” on page 91. Also
see, “Certain Conventions, Presentation of Financial, Industry and Market Data – Industry and Market Data”
on page 22.
600OVERVIEW
We are engaged in the business of providing utility scale end-to-end renewable energy solutions with a focus on
solar energy solutions. We specialize in the development of ‘ready-to-build’ infrastructure for renewable power
projects under our Co-Development Business model and providing engineering, construction and procurement
(“EPC”) services for renewable power projects. We are among the leading players in the Indian solar industry
with a demonstrated track record, along with being one of the pioneers of the Co-Development Business model
in India. (Source: CRISIL Report)
As of July 31, 2025, we have successfully executed and commissioned 50 renewable power projects with an
aggregate installed capacity of 1,771.18 MWp across both of our business models. Further, as of July 31, 2025,
we have a robust order book of ₹ 80,342.61 million, which includes 30 Contracted Projects under various stages
of execution. We serve reputed developers in the private sector, such as Serentica Renewables India Limited,
Radiance KA Sunshine Seven Private Limited, Ampin Energy Transition Private Limited, as well as prominent
public sector undertakings (“PSUs”) such as Indore Municipal Corporation and SJVN Green Energy Limited.
For Fiscal 2025, our revenue from operations was ₹ 12,206.41 million, Operating EBITDA was ₹ 1,942.05 million
and PAT was ₹ 1,393.50 million representing an Operating EBITDA Margin and PAT margin of 15.91% of
11.42% respectively.
A brief on the two key business models are as follows:
i. Co-Development Business: Our Co-Development Business involves creating ‘ready-to-build’
infrastructure for renewable power project developers. Our typical scope of work includes land
aggregation, securing grid connectivity (both inter-state and intra-state as the case maybe), and assisting
with approvals such as connectivity permissions, bay allocation, captive arrangements, and power
purchase agreements (“PPAs”) (collectively referred to as “Solar Power Asset”) tailored to our
customer’s requirements in a separate special purpose vehicle (“SPV”), followed by transferring these
SPVs to our customers and further undertaking EPC and O&M activities, basis the contractual
arrangements with our customers. As of July 31, 2025, we have commissioned 36 solar projects under
this model, with an aggregate capacity of 824.03 MWp across 6 states in India including Karnataka,
Tamil Nadu, Rajasthan, Telangana, Uttar Pradesh and Uttarakhand. As of July 31, 2025, we have
2,300.00 MWp of State Transmission Utility (“STU”) and Inter-State Transmission System (“ISTS”)
connectivity under the granted / agreed to be granted status. Additionally, as of July 31, 2025, we have
applied for connectivity approvals aggregating to 3,565.00 MWp across solar, wind and hybrid
renewable energy sources with Scheduled Commercial Operation Date (“SCOD”) extending to Fiscal
2031 in Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and Rajasthan.
ii. EPC Business - In our EPC Business, we offer a complete range of EPC solutions from designing
engineering, procurement, construction, testing and commissioning of renewable energy (“RE”) power
projects for customers who own Solar Power Asset. In this model, our customers are typically responsible
for undertaking the entire capital expenditure in respect of the project, and the ownership of the project
also remains with them. As of July 31, 2025, we have commissioned 14 solar EPC projects with an
aggregate capacity of 947.15 MWp across 7 states in India including Karnataka, Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh,
Punjab, Uttarakhand, Odisha and Arunachal Pradesh and two international projects in Bangladesh and
Vietnam. Based on our Company’s technical and financial capabilities, we can bid independently for
tenders floated by PSUs having single contract value of ₹ 50,000 million.
The image below sets out the value chain of the RE projects undertaken by us along with our roles and
the outcomes:
601(Source: CRISIL Report)
While the typical EPC related scope of work includes plant construction and basic site preparation, a select group
of experienced players offer additional value-added services such as land aggregation, securing statutory
approvals, grid connectivity, evacuation permissions and development of core site infrastructure. These activities
demand project management capabilities, sectoral expertise and established stakeholder networks. With years of
proven experience, private EPC players are well positioned to provide such integrated services making them key
enablers of the co-development model (Source: CRISIL Report).
We commenced our operations in 2011 and commissioned our first project under the Co-Development Business
model in Fiscal 2013, which is expected to remain our focus going forward. The efficiency and execution
capability required to create a solar power asset directly impact project cost, timeline and performance. As of July
31, 2025, we have divested 39 SPVs to our customers which includes 36 SPVs under our Co-Development
Business model and 3 SPVs under EPC Business model to reputed renewable energy players.
Key details of our total portfolio and commissioned capacity across our two key business models as on July 31,
2025 are presented below:
Note: As certified by independent chartered engineer, Sher Singh (registration number: AM129702-6) vide
certificate dated September 27, 2025.
‘Commissioned Capacity’ refers to renewable power projects that are commissioned and handed over to the
customer since incorporation of our Company. ‘Contracted Capacity’ refers to the capacity of renewable power
602projects for which we have entered into contracts or received term sheets or received letters of awards (“LOAs”)
with our customers and execution has begun. ‘Advanced Stage’ refers to capacity for which, as on July 31, 2025,
we have been granted and / or agreed to grant ISTS or STU connectivity. ‘Under Development’ capacity refers
to capacity for which as on July 31, 2025, we have applied for ISTS or STU connectivity.
As a part of both of our key business models, we also offer operations and maintenance (“O&M”) services for a
period ranging from 2 to 25 years during subsistence of the contractual defects liability period or as per the
requirements of our customers. These services are designed to provide support services to ensure long term
performance of the solar power projects.
The table below sets out the revenue contribution of our business models to our revenue from operations for the
Fiscals 2025, 2024, and 2023:
(in ₹ million)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount Percentage Amount Percentage Amount Percentage
of Revenue of Revenue of Revenue
from from from
Operations Operations Operations
Co-Development 3,106.48 25.45 859.11 8.19 3,609.57 46.49
Business
EPC Business 8,015.27 65.66 6,491.66 61.90 2,944.39 37.91
Other Operating 1,084.66 8.89 3,137.22 29.91 1,211.85 15.60
Revenue*
Total Revenue 12,206.41 100.00 10,487.99 100.00 7,765.81 100.00
from Operations
*Other Operating Revenue includes revenue from sale of electricity, O&M and our discontinued EV business
which contributed revenue in Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023
Across our two key business models, we have executed and / or are executing projects across 13 States and 1
Union Territory in India including Madhya Pradesh, Assam, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Telangana, Gujarat, Odisha,
Rajasthan, Punjab, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Arunachal Pradesh and Jammu & Kashmir. In
addition, we have also executed solar EPC projects with a cumulative capacity of 320.00 MWp in Bangladesh
and Vietnam. A detailed representation of the geography wise commissioned capacity as of July 31, 2025, is
indicated by the map below:
As of July 31, 2025, our order book comprised of (i) ₹ 46,572.03 million from our Co-Development Business
model; and (ii) ₹ 32,834.18 million from our EPC Business model and (iii) ₹ 936.40 million from others which
603includes O&M and sale of electricity. Our Order Book is computed as the value of solar power projects or other
projects for which we have entered into contracts, received term sheets or received letters of award (“LOA”) from
our customers reduced by the revenue already recognized from such projects. The table below sets forth the state
wise order book as of July 31, 2025:
(in ₹ million)
State Co-Development EPC Business Total*
Business
Karnataka 44,482.53 1,573.70 46,056.23
Rajasthan 2,089.50 9,577.39 11,666.89
Madhya Pradesh - 10,539.40 10,539.40
Maharashtra - 4,327.81 4,327.81
Gujarat - 2,912.43 2,912.43
Uttar Pradesh - 2,854.05 2,854.05
Odisha - 636.90 636.90
Assam - 412.50 412.50
Grand Total 46,572.03 32,834.18 79,406.21*
* In addition to above, our order book from other business comprise of sale of electricity and O&M is ₹ 936.40 million.
The graphic below shows the customer type and business model wise break-up of our order book as on July 31,
2025:
*Others include revenue from sale of electricity and O&M
Our customers include both private sector and PSU customers. PSU contracts are typically awarded through a
reverse bidding process, wherein a pre-qualified group of bidders are first shortlisted based on technical and
financial criteria, following which the selected bidders participate in a reverse auction. Eligibility requirements,
legal and litigation checks, financial thresholds, proven experience, and past performance benchmarks filter out
smaller or inexperienced players, allowing only established firms to qualify (Source: CRISIL Report).
Based on our Company’s technical and financial capabilities, we can bid independently for tenders floated by
PSUs having single contract value of ₹ 50,000.00 million. While we independently execute the projects where we
are pre-qualified to bid on an independent basis, we also form project specific consortiums with other
infrastructure and power companies, pertinently, where project requires us to meet specific eligibility
requirements in relation to certain large strategic projects. For instance, in respect of our Bangladesh project, we
entered into a consortium with a major supplier of mechanical and structural components for solar projects, where
our participating interest is 50.00%. We have also entered into consortium arrangements with (i) KLSR Infratech
Limited, for undertaking the rural water supply EPC projects including O&M for 10 years in Uttar Pradesh, where
our participating interest is 40.00%; and (ii) Reneworld Limited for undertaking EPC contracts for the construction
of 1 x 10 MWac and 1 x 8 MWac solar photovoltaic projects in Mauritius, where our participating interest is
50.00%.
For private sector customers, our team actively engages in the sourcing, design, and customization of renewable
energy solutions, ensuring they are tailored to meet the specific operational needs and sustainability goals of each
client. We offer a consultative approach to our customers’ renewable energy needs and capabilities, which enables
us to provide customized solutions to meet their requirements.
604Some of our customers include private sector companies like Serentica Renewables India Limited, Radiance KA
Sunshine Seven Private Limited, Ampin Energy Transition Private Limited, as well as prominent and prominent
PSUs like Indore Municipal Corporation and SJVN Green Energy Limited. The table below sets out the
contribution by customer type to our Revenue from Operations in Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023:
(in ₹ million)
Customer Category Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount Percentage Amount Percentage Amount Percentage
of revenue of revenue of revenue
from from from
operations operations operations
(%) (%) (%)
PSUs 3,064.80 25.11% 113.72 1.08% 223.05 2.87%
Private 9,141.61 74.89% 10,374.27 98.92% 7,542.76 97.13%
Total Revenue from 12,206.41 100.00% 10,487.99 100.00% 7,765.81 100.00%
Operations
We utilize our in-house team of 31 civil engineers and 53 electrical engineers, with demonstrated project
development and project management capabilities to develop and monitor our projects. Further, our team of 4
project managers, allow us to simultaneously execute multiple Pan-India projects and respond to changing
situations during the construction phase of a project, ensuring effective on-site decision-making. Our project
managers are supported by an in-house projects team of 107 members and a 13 member supply chain team,
allowing us to track the pricing trends of raw materials, monitor established milestones during the construction
phase, strengthen our design expertise and maintain quality of build when we develop a project. With a team of
26 personnel in land acquisition and development, having experience in state laws for land acquisition, we have
established a track record of aggregating over 20,000 acres of land for our customers across India, as of July 31,
2025.
We intend to establish the cell manufacturing plant in Madhya Pradesh, India, through our wholly owned
subsidiary, Rays Green Energy with a capacity of 1.5 GW of Solar PV n-Type TOPCon G12R cells. In order to
backward integrate our business and foray into cell manufacturing, we have been allotted land aggregating to
41.30 acres in Mohasa-Babai, Industrial Area, Narmadapuram district, Madhya Pradesh - 461 661, (“Project
Land”) and have entered into an arrangement with Shenzhen S.C. New Energy Technology Corporation, which
will serve as our turnkey technology provider and support us in the supply, installation, and commissioning of a
TOPCon PV cell turnkey production line with a minimum annual output capacity of 1.5 GW for our proposed cell
manufacturing plant. For further details on our proposed cell manufacturing plant, please refer to sections titled
“Our Business- Our Strategies - Capitalizing on industry tailwinds by backward integrating by establishing into
solar cell manufacturing” on page 331 and “Objects of the Offer - Investment in our Wholly Owned Subsidiary,
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited (“Rays Green Energy”) for part-financing the establishment
of a 1.5 GW PV Solar n-type TOPCon G12R cell manufacturing plant at Manufacturing Zone for Power and
Energy Equipment, Plot no. P-23, Mohasa- Babai Industrial Area, Narmadapuram, Madhya Pradesh, India
(“Project”)” on page 161.
We have obtained accreditations, such as the ISO 14001:2015, ISO 9001:2015 and ISO 45001:2018 certification
for environment management systems, quality management systems, and occupational health and safety
management systems, respectively, issued by TNV Certification Private Limited. In 2019, we were awarded the
“Best Ground mount Solar PV company of the Year” award by ET Now at the Stars of the Industry Awards and
were also ranked “among top 5 Global Solar EPC Companies” by IHS Markit. We have also achieved various
milestone that bear testimony to our ability to successfully meet customer requirements. For further details on
award and accreditation of our Company, please refer to the section titled “History and Certain Corporate Matters
- Awards, accreditations and recognitions received by our Company” on page 363.
Our Promoters and who are also our Executive Directors Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar Sharma and Sanjay
Garudapally – bring both technical and managerial expertise, with Ketan Mehta and Pawan Kumar Sharma being
alumni of the Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee and Sanjay Garudapally an alumni from Osmania
University. With a cumulative experience of over 40 years in the renewable energy industry, they have played a
pivotal role in driving our Co-Development and EPC Business models. Their experience spans the complete
project lifecycle from conceptualization, land aggregation, design and engineering to regulatory clearances. For
further details, please see the section titled “Our Management- Brief profiles of our Directors” on page 446.
605Our Key Financial and Operational Performance Indicators
Our customer centric approach, valuing relationships with our customers and relying on our management’s
experience, has led to our growth over the years. We have a track record of revenue growth and profitability with
a credit rating of CARE A-; Positive for long-term bank facilities and CARE A-; Positive / CARE A2+ for long
term / short term bank facilities and CARE A2+ for short term bank facilities. For further details of Our Key
Financial and Operational Performance Indicators, please see the section titled – “Basis for Offer Price”. Set out
below are certain of our financial and operating metrics for the periods indicated:
Operational KPIs of our Company
Particulars Units As at and for the Fiscal
FY25 FY24 FY23
Operational KPIs
Total Projects Commissioned(1) No. 49 47 45
- India No. 47 45 44
- Overseas No. 2 2 1
Total Commissioned Capacity(2) MWp 1,747.18 1,312.26 970.26
- India MWp 1,427.18 992.26 920.26
- Overseas MWp 320.00 320.00 50.00
Total Order Book(3) ₹ Mn 63,871.26 21,608.21 11,290.50
Total Order Book Capacity / Contracted Capacity(4) MWp NA NA NA
Projects Under Execution(5) No. 27 16 6
Order Book to Revenue from operations ratio(6) No. of Times 5.23 2.06 1.45
1. Total Projects Commissioned: Represents the cumulative number of projects commissioned by the company both in India
& Overseas at the end of the period.
2. Total Commissioned Capacity: Represents the cumulative capacity of the projects commissioned by the company both in
India & Overseas at the end of the period. Commissioned Capacity refers to renewable power projects that are commissioned
and handed over to the customer since incorporation of our Company.
3. Total Order Book: Computed as the value of solar power projects or other projects for which we have entered into contracts
or received term sheets or received letters of award (“LOA”) from our customers reduced by the revenue already recognized
from such projects
4. Total Order Book Capacity / Contracted Capacity: Computed as the total capacity of solar power projects for which we
have entered into contracts or received term sheets or received letter of awards (“LOA”) in our order book being executed at
a given time.
5. Projects Under Execution: Represents the total number of projects for which we have entered into contracts or received
term sheets or received (“LOA”) and are being executed at a given time.
6. Order Book to Revenue from operations ratio: Computed by dividing Total Order Book with Revenue from operations
Financial KPIs of our Company
(in ₹ million, except percentages and ratios)
Particulars Units As at and for the Fiscal
FY 25 FY 24 FY 23
Financial KPIs
Revenue from Operations ₹ Mn 12,206.41 10,487.99 7,765.81
Revenue from Operations Growth* % 16.38% 35.05% NA
Operating EBITDA ₹ Mn 1,942.05 1,200.97 700.86
Operating EBITDA Margin % 15.91% 11.45% 9.02%
PBT ₹ Mn 1,866.96 1,175.01 1,582.62
PBT Margin % 15.29% 11.20% 20.38%
Adjusted PBT ₹ Mn NA NA 628.99
Adjusted PBT Margin % NA NA 8.10%
PAT ₹ Mn 1,393.50 913.86 1,289.90
PAT Margin % 11.42% 8.71% 16.61%
Adjusted PAT ₹ Mn NA NA 336.28
Adjusted PAT Margin % NA NA 4.33%
Fixed Asset Turnover Ratio No. of 5.44 7.90 1.91
Times
Total Equity (including NCI) ₹ Mn 6,157.87 3,487.89 1,888.72
606Particulars Units As at and for the Fiscal
FY25 FY24 FY23
Net Debt ₹ Mn 271.34 -138.15 586.12
Net Debt to Operating EBITDA No. of 0.14 -0.12 0.84
Times
Net Debt to Total Equity No. of 0.04 -0.04 0.31
Times
Return on Average Equity (ROE) % 28.89% 33.99% 97.48%
Adjusted Return on Average Equity (Adj. % NA NA 25.41%
ROE)
Return on Average Capital Employed (ROCE) % 29.80% 33.72% 35.52%
Basic EPS ₹ per share 4.96 3.61 5.11
Diluted EPS ₹ per share 4.95 3.61 5.10
Net Asset Value per Share ₹ per share 21.89 13.40 7.35
Net Working Capital Days No. of days 138 80 -6
*While total revenue from operations grew by 16.38% in Fiscal 2025 as compared to Fiscal 2024, our Company’s core
business activities (i.e. revenue from the Co-Development Business and EPC Business) increased from ₹7,350.77 million in
Fiscal 2024 to ₹11,121.75 million in Fiscal 2025, representing a growth of 51.30%.
Notes:
1. Revenue from Operations: Computed as the sum of Revenue from Co-Development Business, Revenue from EPC Business
and Revenue from Other Operating Income
2. Revenue from Operations Growth: Computed by dividing increase in Revenue from Operations in the current period with
Revenue from Operations for the previous period *100
3.Operating EBITDA: Operating EBITDA is calculated as restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures
& Associates, Exceptional items and Tax minus other Income plus Finance Costs and Depreciation & Amortization expense
4. Operating EBITDA Margin: Computed by dividing Operating EBITDA with revenue from operations * 100
5. PBT: Restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax as
per restated consolidated financial information
6. PBT Margin: Restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and Tax
divided by revenue from operations *100
7. Adjusted PBT: Restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional items and
Tax as per restated consolidated financial information minus one time gain recognised on account of loss of
control of subsidiary
8. Adjusted PBT Margin: Restated Profit / (Loss) before share of profit / loss of Joint Ventures & Associates, Exceptional
items and Tax as per restated consolidated financial information minus one time gain recognised on account of loss of control
of subsidiary divided by revenue from operations * 100
9. PAT: Restated profit for the year/period as per restated consolidated financial information without considering Other
comprehensive income.
10. PAT Margin: Restated consolidated profit for the year without other comprehensive income divided by revenue from
operations * 100
11. Adjusted PAT: Restated profit for the year/period as per restated consolidated financial information minus one time gain
recognised on account of loss of control of subsidiary.
12. Adjusted PAT Margin: Restated profit for the year/period as per restated consolidated financial information minus one
time gain recognised on account of loss of control of subsidiary divided by revenue from operations * 100
13. Fixed Asset Turnover Ratio: Computed as Revenue from operations divided by average gross tangible Property, plant and
equipment (PPE) plus average gross tangible Right of Use (ROU) Assets.
Average Gross tangible PPE and ROU is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balance of total tangible gross
PPE and tangible gross ROU.
14. Total Equity (including NCI): Total Equity including Non-Controlling Interests as per restated consolidated financial
information
15. Net Debt: Computed as long-term borrowing plus short-term borrowings minus cash and cash equivalents and bank
balances other than cash and cash equivalents.
16. Net Debt to Operating EBITDA: Computed as Net Debt divided by Operating EBITDA
17. Net Debt to Total Equity: Computed as Net Debt divided by Total Equity
18. Return on Average Equity (ROE): Computed by dividing PAT by the Average Total Equity * 100
Average Total Equity is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balances of the Total Equity.
19. Adjusted Return on Average Equity (Adj. ROE): Computed by dividing Adjusted PAT by the Average Total Equity * 100.
607Average Total Equity is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balances of the Total Equity.
20. Return on Average Capital Employed (ROCE): Computed as EBIT as a % of average capital employed. EBIT is calculated
by adding finance cost to restated Profit / (Loss) before Exceptional items and Tax (but after share of profit / loss of Joint
Ventures & Associates).
Average Capital Employed is calculated by averaging the opening and closing balance of capital employed. Capital employed
is calculated by adding Total Equity, Long Term Borrowings, Short term borrowings and Deferred Tax Liabilities.
21. Basic EPS: Computed as Restated Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the company divided by the
weighted average number of equity shares outstanding.
22. Diluted EPS: Computed as Restated Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the company divided by the
weighted average number of diluted equity shares outstanding
23. Net Asset Value per Share: Computed as Total equity divided by weighted average number of shares considered for
computing Diluted EPS
24. Net Working Capital Days - Computed as 365 days divided by Net working capital turnover ratio.
Net Working capital turnover ratio is calculated as Revenue from operations divided by closing net working capital.
Closing Net working capital is calculated as Total Current Assets (excluding Cash and Cash Equivalents and Bank balances
other than cash and cash equivalents) minus Total current liabilities (excluding short term borrowings) as at the end of
financial year
SIGNIFICANT FACTORS AFFECTING OUR RESULTS OF OPERATION
The results of our operations and our financial conditions are affected by numerous factors and uncertainties,
many of which may be beyond our control, including as discussed in “Our Business” and “Risk Factors”, on
pages 316 and 43. Set forth below is a discussion of certain factors that we believe may be expected to have a
significant effect on our financial condition and results of operations:
Our customer relationships and revenue dependence
A substantial portion of our revenue is generated from a limited number of customers. These customers include
private sector companies as well as Public Sector Undertakings (“PSUs”). Set forth below are details of the
revenue from operations attributable to our top three customer, our top five customer and our top ten customers
(determined on the basis of their contribution to our revenue from operations), for the periods indicated:
Customer Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount Percentage of Amount Percentage of Amount Percentage
(₹ our total (₹ our total (₹ of our total
million) revenue from million) revenue from million) revenue from
operations operations operations
Top three customer 6,239.61 51.12 6,036.53 57.56 4,694.05 60.45
Top five customer 8,383.31 68.68 7,813.41 74.50 5,816,70 74.90
Top ten customer 10,652.34 87.27 9,356.25 89.21 6,739.58 86.79
*Our top three, top five and top ten customers have not remained the same and have changed between Fiscal
2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023.
Our business involves providing utility-scale solar energy solutions through customized Co-Development and
EPC services. Maintaining strong engagement with key customers supports recurring business and helps in
planning project execution and resource allocation. Changes in the purchasing patterns, strategic priorities, or
operational requirements of these customers can influence our revenues, working capital, and margins.
We monitor our portfolio and project pipeline closely to manage reliance on a few customers and to identify
opportunities to diversify our client base. The table below sets forth the contribution of our top ten customers for
the Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, determined based on the revenue contribution from such customer
for the periods stated:
608Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023
Amount Percentage of Amount (₹ Percentage of Amount (₹ Percentage
(₹ million) revenue from million) revenue from million) of revenue
operations operations from
operations
Customer 1 2,243.79 18.38 3,234.64 30.84 19,958.23 25.22
Customer 2 2,231.39 18.28 1,681.14 16.03 1,524.57 19.63
Customer 3 1,764.43 14.45 1,120.76 10.69 1,211.25 15.60
Customer 4 1,355.95 11.11 974.93 9.30 565.22 7.28
Customer 5 787.76 6.45 801.95 7.65 557.42 7.18
Customer 6 525.17 4.30 428.30 4.08 249.14 3.21
Customer 7 495.85 4.06 374.63 3.57 204.25 2.63
Customer 8 453.02 3.71 304.71 2.91 191.50 2.47
Customer 9 447.46 3.67 238.63 2.28 166.09 2.14
Customer 10 347.53 2.85 196.57 1.87 111.90 1.44
Top 10 10,652.34 87.27 9,356.25 89.21 6,739.58 86.79
customers
* These customers represent the top 10 customers for each of the respective Fiscals and may not necessarily be the same
customer across the Fiscals. Our top 10 customers include Ampin Energy Transition Private Limited, Garudapally
Infrastructures Private Limited, KLSR - Rays JV, KR Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP, Mirzapur Power Private Limited,
Parola Renewables Private Limited, Radiance KA Sunshine Three Private Limited, Radiance KA Sunshine Five Private
Limited, Radiance KA Sunshine Six Private Limited, Radiance KA Sunshine Seven Private Limited, Roorkee Facilitator and
Aggregators LLP, Serentica Renewables India Limited and SJVN Green Energy Limited. Names of other customers have not
been disclosed, in view of confidentiality obligations and absence of their consent.
^These customers represent the top 10 customers for each of the respective Fiscals and may not necessarily be
the same customer across the Fiscals.
If we lose one or more of our key customers or experience a significant reduction in their demand, it may result
in a material decrease in our revenue, operating margins, and cash flows. Such a loss could also affect the
utilization of operational capacity and may require additional efforts and costs to secure new customers. In
addition, delays in onboarding new customers or entering new markets could impact the our ability to maintain
growth and achieve its financial targets. Further, also see “Risk Factors - A majority of our revenue from
operations is from our top three customers (which accounted for 51.12%, 57.56% and 60.45% of our total revenue
from operations in Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, respectively). Loss of any such customers or
reduction in business or demand from such customers may have a significant adverse impact on our business and
results of operation.” on page 44, for a discussion on risk associated to customer concentration.
Execution efficiency under the asset-light model and expansion
Our business follows an asset-light model in both our Co-Development Business and our EPC Business. This
approach lowers capital expenditure and operating costs while enabling us to expand operations through project-
specific structures. Our EPC Business, which accounted for 65.66%, 61.90% and 37.91% of our revenue from
operations in Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, is carried out under fixed-price models for our customer
contracts with an average term of 12 to 18 months. This model helps us limit the capital outlay and operating
costs, while also providing the ability to scale and adapt to customer requirements.
Our margins under the EPC Business are dependent on project execution efficiency and cost control. Contracts
under our EPC Business are awarded through competitive bidding, profitability is determined by accuracy of cost
estimation, procurement practices, and management of subcontractors. Any delay in execution, increase in input
costs, or deviation from budgeted timelines may not be recoverable from customers and could reduce margins.
Conversely, completion of projects within estimated costs and timelines supports margin improvement.
Our financial results over the last three Fiscals reflect this linkage. Our Operating EBITDA margin increased from
9.03% in Fiscal 2023 to 11.45% in Fiscal 2024 and to 15.91% in Fiscal 2025, supported by project execution
within estimated costs. As per CRISIL, our Company had Net Debt to Total Equity ratio of 0.04 times and Net
Debt to Operating EBITDA ratio of 0.14 times which is significantly lower than the listed peer average of 0.10
times and 0.51 times respectively in Fiscal 2025. For further details, see “Our Strengths – Consistent financial
performance backed by an asset light business model” on page 329.
609Our plans of capacity expansion are based on demand forecasts shaped by industry trends, weather patterns,
seasonality, and customer preferences, all of which are influenced by prevailing economic conditions. If these
assumptions prove inaccurate, our expanded capacities may remain underutilized. The efficient use of our
expanded project capacities also depends on factors beyond our control. In the event of industry oversupply or
reduced demand, we may face challenges in fully utilizing these capacities. Any underutilization of our existing,
expanded, or proposed capacities could negatively affect our business operations and financial performance.
Additionally, our future performance under the asset-light model will depend on our ability to maintain cost
estimation practices, procurement management, subcontractor oversight, and timely completion of projects. Any
inefficiency in these areas may adversely affect our margins, business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Regulatory landscape and market demand for renewable energy
The renewable energy industry in which we operate is subject to continuous change, and our business is
significantly influenced by the policies of the Government of India (“GoI”) and various state governments that
promote the development and adoption of renewable energy projects, including the solar energy industry. For
further details, see “Risk Factors – The regulatory environment in which we operate is evolving and subject to
change. Changing laws, rules and regulations and legal uncertainties, including adverse application of corporate,
labour and tax laws, may adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects.” on page 93.
In particular, the renewable energy sector and the solar energy industry benefits from a range of incentives and
policy support extended by the GoI. For instance, Further, the regulatory framework for renewable energy has
been strengthened by the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Connectivity and General Network Access
to the inter-State Transmission System) Regulations, 2022 (“CERC Regulations”). The recent amendments to
the CERC Regulations, including provisions restricting change of control of a connectivity grantee until the
commissioning of the project, place additional compliance requirements on entities holding connectivity and may
influence how we structure projects, secure connectivity, or carry out transactions. These measures have played
an important role in enabling growth of the renewable energy industry and in supporting our operations. However,
any adverse amendment, withdrawal, or reduction in such benefits, policies, or funding, or our inability to comply
with the eligibility requirements to avail these incentives, or a reduction in governmental support for the solar
industry, may adversely impact our business and financial condition.
If any of the incentives or policies are adversely amended, eliminated or not extended beyond their current
expiration dates, or if funding for solar incentives is reduced, or if governmental support of renewable energy
development, particularly solar energy, is discontinued or reduced, it could have an adverse effect on the viability
of new solar energy projects based on current tariff and cost assumptions. Any changes and related uncertainties
in application, interpretation or implementation of any new regulations or policies introduced require us to assess
its implications on our business operations, obtain additional approvals and licences, and may require us to alter
our business strategy, or implement onerous requirements and conditions on our operations. This may result in
increased compliance costs as well as divert significant management time and other resources.
In addition to policy support, market demand is a critical driver of growth for the solar industry. Increasing
awareness of climate change, global and domestic commitments, and rising energy requirements have accelerated
the demand for renewable energy in India. India has set an ambitious target of achieving 500 GW of renewable
energy capacity by 2030 as a cornerstone of its broader climate commitments. At the 2021 United Nations COP26
summit, India updated its Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs), pledging to reduce the emissions
intensity of GDP by 45% by 2030, ensure 50% of cumulative power capacity comes from non-fossil fuel sources
by 2030 and reach Net Zero emissions by 2070. Sectoral pathways include phasing down coal after 2040, scaling
up solar and wind to multi-thousand-gigawatt levels by 2070, electrifying transport with a strong EV ecosystem
and green hydrogen adoption, and cutting industrial coal use by over 95% by mid-century. To realise these goals,
the government has launched several policies and programmes, most notably the National Action Plan on Climate
Change (NAPCC) and the National Solar Mission. (Source: CRISIL Report). To promote renewable power, the
government has undertaken measures such as allowing FDI up to 100% under the automatic route, extending
waivers of inter-state transmission system charges and setting up Ultra Mega Renewable Energy Parks. It has
introduced schemes such as PM-KUSUM, Solar Rooftop Phase II, and the Green Energy Corridor Scheme to
facilitate the growth of renewable energy. The government has also notified standards for deployment of solar PV
systems, set up a project development cell and established standard bidding guidelines for the tariff-based
competitive bidding processes. Timely payment by distribution licensees to renewable energy generators has been
mandated through the Electricity (Late Payment Surcharge and Related Matters) Rules, 2002. Renewable energy
is being promoted through the Green Energy Open Access Rules, 2022. These efforts aim to support India's
610transition to RE and achieve its climate change targets. (Source: CRISIL Report) For further details, please see
section “Industry Overview” on page 205 for a discussion of macroeconomic conditions in the global economy
and Indian economy and trends in the sector in which we operate.
Geographic mix of projects
Across our two key business segment, we have executed and are executing projects across 13 States in India and
one Union Territory covering Madhya Pradesh, Assam, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Telangana, Gujarat, Odisha,
Rajasthan, Punjab, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Arunachal Pradesh and Jammu and Kashmir.
Notably, a significant portion of our ongoing and contracted projects are primarily concentrated in the states of
Karnataka, Rajasthan, and Madhya Pradesh, accounting for 58.00%, 14.69% and 13.27% of our order book. This
geographic concentration exposes our results of operations and financial performance to the regulatory, policy,
and market conditions specific to these states, including variations in tariffs, state-level incentives, and local
operational requirements. For further details on risk associated to geographic concentration, see “Risk Factor -
Our Projects Under Execution as on July 31, 2025, are primarily concentrated in the states of Karnataka,
Rajasthan, and Madhya Pradesh, accounting for 58.00%, 14.69% and 13.27% of our order book (excluding order
book from other business comprising of sale of electricity and O&M of ₹ 936.40 million), respectively. Any
disruptions in our operations for our contracted projects due to adverse change in the economic conditions of
these states could materially and adversely impact our business, financial performance, and results of
operations.” on page 350. In addition to our domestic footprint, we have also executed solar EPC projects with a
cumulative capacity of 320.00 MWp across two countries i.e. Bangladesh and Vietnam.
Our profit margins are influenced by the regulatory and tax regimes of each state and the countries, as well as by
differences in permitting processes, grid connectivity, and local market dynamics. We manage costs associated
with entering new markets through a disciplined expansion strategy that we customize for each market with a
view to enhancing our bidding abilities in these geographies. This approach allows us to participate in emerging
markets and optimize capital deployment without committing significant fixed assets in each new location.
Land acquisition challenges and stakeholder management
One of the key factors influencing our operational outcomes in our Co-Development Business during the reporting
period was the complexity of land acquisition and management of stakeholder agreements. Co-development
projects often require acquiring multiple, fragmented land parcels from several small landowners. In such cases,
extensive coordination and negotiation are required to secure the land necessary for project development.
Convincing farmers to allocate agricultural land for project use posed a substantial challenge, both from a socio-
economic and regulatory standpoint. To address these issues, we implemented a phased land acquisition strategy,
established transparent communication channels with landowners, and offered fair compensation aligned with
market and community expectations. Additionally, farmer education programs were conducted to build trust and
highlight long-term benefits. These efforts not only enabled the timely securing of land but also ensured
community support, which was crucial for project execution. The management of land acquisition and stakeholder
agreements is directly linked to project timelines and cost planning in our Co-Development Business. Delays or
challenges in this area can affect project scheduling, cost efficiency, and overall operational outcomes.
Our ability to win bids and manage capital expenditure for new projects
As per CRISIL Report, our primary competitors are traditional global and domestic EPC solutions providers and
solar power companies such as Waaree Renewable Technologies Limited, Sterling and Wilson Renewable Energy
Limited, KPI Green Energy Limited, Oriana Power Limited, Jakson Green Limited. The competitive environment
is influenced by factors such as the size, nature, and complexity of projects; proximity of materials to project sites;
availability of skilled subcontractors and construction workers; local economic conditions; and regulatory and
policy frameworks. Some competitors may have greater resources in areas such as capital, labor, equipment,
technology, or marketing, which may allow them to execute projects more efficiently or secure contracts more
successfully. Our ability to bid for and win projects depends on factors such as:
• Demonstrated experience in executing large-scale projects;
• Technical and engineering capabilities for complex solar projects;
• Cost management and operational efficiency; and
611• Meeting performance and delivery targets under contract terms
Our profitability is affected by our ability to control costs for project execution. Our most significant cost is the
cost of material consumed, engineering, procurement and construction project expenses and purchase of stock-in-
trade.
In addition, renewable power projects typically involve significant upfront capital expenditure for procurement,
installation and commissioning, which is often financed through a mix of debt and equity. The cost and availability
of such financing, fluctuations in interest rates, and our ability to secure timely funding on competitive terms
directly affect our capacity to bid for and execute projects. Higher financing costs or delays in securing funding
may reduce the competitiveness of our bids and impact the profitability of projects. Further, the requirement to
invest in new facilities or expand our existing capacity to deliver larger or more complex projects may increase
our overall capital expenditure, which could adversely impact our financial condition and cash flows.
Our total portfolio and commissioned capacity further reflects our ability to compete and win bids. As of July 31,
2025, we have a significant portion of renewable power projects already commissioned and delivered to
customers, while a substantial portion is under execution through contracted and advanced-stage projects, with
additional capacity under development. This portfolio demonstrates both our track record in delivering projects
and our ongoing engagement in competitive bidding for new projects, which is critical to maintaining and growing
our revenue. The images below sets out the key details of our total portfolio and commissioned capacity for our
two key segments / business models as on July 31, 2025:
Note: As certified by independent chartered engineer, Sher Singh (registration number: AM129702-6) vide
certificate dated September 27, 2025.
‘Commissioned Capacity’ refers to renewable power projects that are commissioned and handed over to the
customer since incorporation of our Company. ‘Contracted Capacity’ refers to the capacity of renewable power
projects for which we have entered into contracts or received term sheets or received letters of awards (“LOAs”)
with our customers and execution has begun. ‘Advanced Stage’ refers to capacity for which, as on July 31, 2025,
we have been granted and / or agreed to grant ISTS or STU connectivity. ‘Under Development’ capacity refers
to capacity for which as on July 31, 2025, we have applied for ISTS or STU connectivity.
Our ability to compete successfully in bids is critical to maintaining and growing our revenue. However, it is
difficult to predict whether and when we will be awarded a new renewable power project. In addition, the rules
of the auction process may change. Going forward, our results of operations will depend on us successfully
competing for renewable energy projects by selectively participating in bids for renewable energy projects. There
can be no assurance that we can continue to effectively compete with our competitors in the future, and failure to
compete effectively may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, and results of
operations.
Competition
We operate in the business of providing utility-scale end-to-end solar energy solutions, including the development
of ‘ready-to-build’ renewable energy infrastructure under our Co-Development Business model and providing
engineering, procurement, and construction services for renewable power projects. We face competition from
multiple players in the markets in which we operate, and the success of our operations depends on our ability to
612compete effectively.
In India, solar power developers include both public and private sector entities. Established private sector
developers often maintain in-house EPC teams capable of executing large-scale projects, whereas public sector
developers generally engage EPC contractors for project execution. This competitive environment results in
pricing pressures, which may limit the margins available on EPC contracts. Our ability to maintain profitability
depends on winning contracts, executing projects efficiently, managing costs, and delivering end-to-end solutions
that meet customer requirements. The competitive environment and project award practices directly influence the
pricing, scope, and volume of projects awarded to us, which in turn may affect our revenue and margins. With
over 14 years of operating history in the solar energy segment, with our ability of project execution, our project
development capability and our range of solar solutions, we aim to compete effectively with our industry peers.
However, some competitors may have access to greater financial resources, stronger marketing capabilities, larger
or more specialized teams, and other advantages that enable them to expand more aggressively. These factors
could allow them to capture additional market share, invest more heavily in product development, or compete
more effectively on pricing. As competition within the industry increases, our market share, profit margins, and
overall profitability could be negatively affected. For further details, see “Risk Factor – We operate in a
competitive industry and face certain competitive pressures from the existing competitors and new entrants in
both public and private sector and we may not be successful in bidding and winning for solar power projects to
grow our business which could have material impact on our business operations,” “Industry Overview,” and
“Business – Competition” on pages 72, 205, and 345, respectively.
NON-GAAP MEASURES
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains certain non-GAAP financial measures and certain other statistical
information relating to our operations and financial performance Revenue from Operations Growth, Operating
EBITDA, Operation EBITDA Margin, PBT Margin, PAT Margin, Adjusted PAT, Adjusted PAT Margin, Fixed
Asset Turnover Ratio, Net Debt to Operating EBITDA, Net Debt to Total Equity, Return on Average Equity,
Adjusted Return on Average Equity, Return on Average Capital Employed and Net Working Capital Days
(together, “Non-GAAP Measures”), that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, Ind AS, Indian
GAAP, or IFRS. Further, these non-GAAP measures are not a measurement of our financial performance or
liquidity under Ind AS, Indian GAAP, IFRS or U.S. GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or construed
as an alternative to cash flows, profit/ (loss) for the years/ period or any other measure of financial performance
or as an indicator of our operating performance, liquidity, profitability or cash flows generated by operating,
investing or financing activities derived in accordance with Ind AS, Indian GAAP, IFRS or U.S. GAAP. We
compute and disclose such non-Indian GAAP financial measures and such other statistical information relating to
our operations and financial performance as we consider such information to be useful measures of our business
and financial performance. These non-Indian GAAP financial measures and other statistical and other information
relating to our operations and financial performance may not be computed on the basis of any standard
methodology that is applicable across the industry and therefore may not be comparable to financial measures and
statistical information of similar nomenclature that may be computed and presented by other companies and are
not measures of operating performance or liquidity defined by Ind AS and may not be comparable to similarly
titled measures presented by other companies. For the risks relating to our Non-GAAP Measures, see “Risk
Factors –We have included certain financial and operational performance indicators, non-GAAP measures and
certain other industry measures related to our operations and financial performance. These operational metrics,
non-GAAP measures and industry measures may not be comparable with financial or industry related statistical
information of similar nomenclature computed and presented by other peer companies” on page 92.
MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Set forth below is a summary of our most material accounting policies adopted in preparation of the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information.
1. Corporate Information
The Rays Power Infra Limited (the “Holding Company”/ “Company”) is a Public Company domiciled in India
and is incorporated under the provisions of the Companies Act applicable in India. The registered office of the
Company is located at 1st -21 Evershine Mall North Meter Cabin 1, Malad West Mumbai, Mumbai City
Maharashtra 400064. The Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the Group) and an associate primarily
engaged in offering design, consulting, turnkey Engineering Procurement and Construction (EPC) and Operation
613and Management (O&M) services and has involved in co-development and sale of photovoltaic (PV) solar
modules, for extending its services to its client, translating to benefit of shared infrastructure and engineering cost.
2. Summary of material accounting policies
A. Basis of preparation:
The Restated Consolidated Financial Information of the Group and an associate comprises the Restated
Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as at March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31 2023 and
Restated Consolidated Statements of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), Restated
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Restated Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, for the years
ended March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023 and Summary Statement of Material Accounting
Policies, and other explanatory information to the Restated Consolidated Financial Statements and the Statement
of Adjustments to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended and as at March 31, 2025
and March 31, 2024 and Audited Special Purpose Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended March
31, 2023 (hereinafter referred to as ‘Restated Consolidated Financial Information’) has been approved by the
board of directors on September 25, 2025.
These Restated Consolidated Financial Information have been prepared by the Management for the purpose
of inclusion in the Draft Red Herring Prospectus (“DRHP”) to be filed by the Company with the Securities
and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”), BSE limited (“BSE”) and National Stock Exchange of India Limited
(“NSE”) (collectively the “Stock Exchanges” ) and the Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra at Mumbai
(“ROC”) in connection with its proposed Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) of equity shares of face value of
INR 2 each of the Company comprising a fresh issue of equity shares and an offer for sale of equity shares
held by the selling shareholders (collectively, the “Offering”).
The Restated Consolidates Financial Information have been prepared for the Group as a going concern on
the basis of relevant Ind AS that are effective as at March 31, 2025, in accordance with the requirements of:
a) Section 26 of Part I of Chapter III of the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act");
b) Relevant provisions of The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2018, as amended (“the SEBI ICDR Regulations”) issued by the Securities
and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) on September 11, 2018 as amended from time to time in
pursuance of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992.
c) The Guidance Note on Reports in Company Prospectuses (Revised 2019) issued by the Institute of
Chartered Accountants of India (the “ICAI”), as amended from time to time (the “Guidance Note”).
The Restated Consolidated Financial Information have been compiled by the Management from:
a) Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and its associates as at and for the years ended
March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 prepared in accordance with Ind AS as prescribed under section 133
of the Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended, and other
accounting principles generally accepted in India, which have been approved by the Board of Directors at
their meetings held on August 18, 2025, and September 30, 2024 respectively; and
b) Audited Special Purpose Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and its associates as at and for the
year ended March 31, 2023 prepared in accordance with Ind AS as prescribed under section 133 of the Act
read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended, and other accounting
principles generally accepted in India, which have been approved by the Board of Directors at their meeting
held on December 29, 2023.
The Restated Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and its associate have been prepared to comply in
all material respects with the Indian Accounting Standards (“Ind AS”) as prescribed under Section 133 of the Act
read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 (as amended from time to time), presentation
requirements of Division II of Schedule III to the Act, as applicable to the Restated consolidated financial
statements and other relevant provisions of the Act.
The Restated consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the
following assets and liabilities which have been measured at fair value or revalued amount:
614• Certain financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value (refer accounting policy regarding financial
instruments) and
• Defined benefit assets / liability – fair value of plan assets less present value of defined benefit obligations
The Restated Consolidated Financial Information are presented in Indian Rupees (₹), which is also the
functional currency of the Group and its associates. All amounts are rounded off to the nearest millions except,
unless otherwise indicated.
These Restated Consolidated Financial Information do not reflect the effects of events that occurred
subsequent to the date of board meeting approving these Restated Consolidated Financial Information.
The Restated Consolidated Financial Information:
a) have been prepared after incorporating adjustments for the changes in accounting policies, material errors
and regrouping / reclassifications retrospectively in the financial years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31,
2023, as applicable, to reflect the same accounting treatment as per the accounting policies and grouping /
classifications followed as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025;
b) does not require any adjustment for modification as there is no modification in the underlying audit reports
on audited consolidated financial statements/ special purpose consolidated interim financial statements.
B. Basis of consolidation
Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the
investee and has ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Specifically, the Group
controls an investee if and only if the Group has: -
• Power over the investee (i.e., existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant
activities
of the investee),
• Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and
• The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.
Generally, there is a presumption that a majority of voting rights result in control. To support this presumption
and when the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers
all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:
• The contractual arrangement with the other vote holders of the investee
• Rights arising from other contractual arrangements
• The Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights
• The size of the group’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of the
holdings of the other voting rights holders
The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are
changes to one or more of the three elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group
obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities,
income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the restated
consolidated financial information from the date the Group gains control until the date the Group ceases to
control the subsidiary.
Restated Consolidated financial information are prepared using uniform accounting policies for like transactions
and other events in similar circumstances. If a member of the Group uses accounting policies other than those
adopted in the restated consolidated financial information for like transactions and events in similar
circumstances, appropriate adjustments are made to that Group member’s financial statements in preparing the
restated consolidated financial information to ensure conformity with the Group’s accounting policies.
The financial statements of all entities used for the purpose of consolidation are drawn up to same reporting date
as that of the parent Company, i.e., year ended on March 31. When the end of the reporting period of the parent
is different from that of a subsidiary, the subsidiary prepares, for consolidation purposes, additional financial
information as of the same date as the financial statements of the parent to enable the parent to consolidate the
financial information of the subsidiary, unless it is impracticable to do so.
Consolidation procedure:
(a) The financial statements of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries are combined on a line-by-line basis
by adding together like items of assets, liabilities, equity, incomes, expense and cash flows, after fully
eliminating intra-group balances and intragroup transactions.
615(b) Combine like items of assets, liabilities, equity, income, expense, and cash flows of the parent with those of
its subsidiaries. For this purpose, income and expenses of the subsidiary are based on the amounts of the
assets and liabilities recognised in the restated consolidated financial information at the acquisition date.
(c) Offset (eliminate) the carrying amount of the parent’s investment in each subsidiary and the parent’s portion
of equity of each subsidiary. Business combinations policy explains how to account for any related goodwill.
(d) Eliminate in full intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expense, and cash flows relating to
transactions between entities of the group (profits or losses resulting from intragroup transactions that are
recognised in assets, such as inventory and fixed assets, are eliminated in full). Intragroup losses may
indicate an impairment that requires recognition in the restated consolidated financial information. Ind AS
12 Income Taxes applies to temporary differences that arise from the elimination of profits and losses
resulting from intragroup transactions.
(e) Investment in Associates and Joint Ventures are accounted under the Equity Method as per Ind AS 28 –
Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures.
(f) The difference between the proceeds from disposal of investment in subsidiaries and the carrying amount
of its assets less liabilities as on the date of disposal is recognised in the Restated Consolidated Statement
of Profit and Loss being the Gain on loss of control of subsidiary.
(g) The Group accounts for its share of post-acquisition changes in net assets of associates and joint ventures,
after eliminating unrealised profits and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and its
associates and joint ventures.
(h) Non-Controlling Interest’s share of profit / loss of restated consolidated subsidiaries for the year is identified
and adjusted against the income of the Group in order to arrive at the net income attributable to shareholders
of the Company.
Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income (OCI) are attributed to the equity holders of
the parent of the Group and to the non-controlling interests, even if this results in the non-controlling interests
having a deficit balance. When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to
bring their accounting policies into line with the Group’s accounting policies.
A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted as an equity
transaction. If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it:
• Derecognises the assets (including goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiary at their carrying amounts
at the date when control is lost
• Derecognises the carrying amount of any non-controlling interests
• Derecognises the cumulative translation differences recorded in equity
• Recognises the fair value of the consideration received
• Recognises the fair value of any investment retained
• Recognises any surplus or deficit in profit or loss
• Recognise that distribution of shares of subsidiary to Group in Group’s capacity as owners
• Reclassifies the parent’s share of components previously recognised in OCI to profit or loss or
transferred directly to retained earnings, if required by other Ind ASs as would be required if the Group
had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities
C. Foreign Currency Transactions
Functional & presentational currency
The financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries, which are consolidated into the restated consolidated
financial information of the Group, are prepared and the items included in the financial statements are
measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates ("the
functional currency"). The restated consolidated financial information are prepared in the Indian Rupees
which is the Group`s presentation currency.
The Group has deemed the cumulative translation differences for foreign operations at the date of transition
to be zero. Adjustments to give effect to this are recorded against opening equity. After the date of transition,
translation differences arising on translation of foreign operations are recognised in other comprehensive
income and included in a separate translation reserve within equity.
Transactions and balances
616On initial recognition, all foreign currency transactions are recorded by applying to the foreign currency
amount the exchange rate between the functional currency and the foreign currency at the date of the
transaction. Gains/Losses arising out of fluctuation in foreign exchange rate between the transaction date
and settlement date are recognised in the Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss.
All monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are at the year end at the exchange rate prevailing
at the year end and the exchange differences are recognised in the Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit
and Loss.
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using
the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions.
Translation of financial statements of foreign operations
Assets and liabilities of the foreign operations are translated at the closing exchange rate at the reporting
date, Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period, equity items are
translated at historical exchange rates and exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the
restated consolidated other comprehensive income.
D. Current vs Non-Current classifications :
An operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation in cash
and cash equivalents. The Group has identified twelve months as its operating cycle. The projects business
comprises long-term contracts which have an operating cycle exceeding one year. For classification of
current assets and liabilities related to projects business, the Group uses the duration of the contract as its
operating cycle.
The Group presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheet based on current/ non-current classification.
An asset is treated as current when it satisfies below criteria:
1. Expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle;
2. Held for primary purpose of trading;
3. Expected to be realised within twelve months after reporting period; or
4. Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least
twelve months after the reporting period
All other assets are classified as non-current assets.
A liability is classified as current when it satisfies below criteria:
1. Expected to settle the liability in normal operating cycle;
2. Help primarily for the purpose of trading;
3. Due to be settled within twelve months after reporting period; or
4. There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of liability for at least twelve months after
reporting period.
All other liabilities are classified as non-current liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.
E. Property, plant and equipment (PPE)
Property, Plant and Equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and accumulated
impairment losses, if any. Cost comprises the purchase price, including import duties and non- refundable
purchase taxes, and any directly attributable cost of bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended
use. Such cost includes the cost of replacing part of the plant and equipment and borrowing costs for long-
term construction projects if the recognition criteria are met.
617Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as
appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to
the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component
accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are
charged to Statement of Profit and Loss during the year in which they are incurred.
Gains or losses arising from de-recognition of a property, plant and equipment are measured as the
difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in
the Statement of Profit and Loss when the asset is derecognized.
PPE not ready for the intended use on the date of the Balance Sheet are disclosed as “capital work-in-
progress”.
F. Intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible
assets acquired in a business combination is their fair value at the date of acquisition. Following initial
recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated
impairment losses.
Gains or losses arising from de-recognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between
the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the statement of profit
or loss when the asset is derecognised.
G. Depreciation/amortization
Depreciable amount for assets is the cost of an asset, or other amount substituted for cost, less its estimated
residual value which is taken as nil.
The Group and an associate provide depreciation on the Straight Line Method (SLM) based on the life of
assets estimated by the management which is in line with Schedule II of Companies Act, 2013.
Depreciation has been provided on pro-rata basis from the date the assets are put to use during the financial
year. In respect of asset sold or disposed off during the year, depreciation is provided till the date of
sale/disposal/adjustments of the assets.
The estimated useful lives of assets and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and, when
necessary, and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate
An item of property, plant and equipment and any significant part initially recognised is derecognised
upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss
arising on de-recognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and
the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the income statement when the asset is derecognised.
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lease period, which corresponds with the useful lives of the
assets.
The Group amortizes intangible assets over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method
(SLM).
H. Lease
The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract
conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.
Group as a lessee
The Group applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short-term leases
and leases of low-value assets. The Group recognises lease liabilities to make lease payments and right-of-
use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets.
i) Right-of-use assets
618The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the underlying
asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and
impairment losses, and adjusted for any re-measurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets
includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at
or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on
a straight-line basis from the commencement date over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful
lives of the assets.
If ownership of the leased asset transfers to the Group at the end of the lease term or the cost reflects the
exercise of a purchase option, depreciation is calculated using the estimated useful life of the asset.
The right-of-use assets are also subject to impairment. Refer to the accounting policies in section (J)
Impairment of non-financial assets.
ii) Lease liabilities
At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value
of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-
substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an
index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. The lease payments also
include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the Group and payments
of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising the option to terminate.
Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expenses (unless they are
incurred to produce inventories) in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment
occurs.
In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease
commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the
commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and
reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is re-measured if
there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the lease payments (e.g., changes to future
payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine such lease payments) or a change in
the assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset.
Lease liabilities and Right-of-use assets have been presented as a separate line in the balance sheet. Lease
payments have been classified as cash used in financing activities.
iii) Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases of all
assets that have a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets. The Group recognises the
lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease.
Group as a lessor
Lease income from operating leases where the Group is a lessor is recognised in income on a straight-line basis
over the lease term unless the receipts are structured to increase in line with expected general inflation to
compensate for the expected inflationary cost increases. The respective leased assets are included in the balance
sheet based on their nature.
I. Investment Property
Property that is held for long-term rental yields or for capital appreciation or both, and that is not occupied
by the Group, is classified as investment property. Investment property is measured initially at its cost,
including related transaction costs and where applicable borrowing costs. Subsequent expenditure is
capitalised to the asset’s carrying amount only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated
with the expenditure will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other
repairs and maintenance costs are expensed when incurred. When part of an investment property is replaced,
the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised. Investment properties are subsequently measured
at cost less depreciation. Investment properties are depreciated using the straight-line method over their
estimated useful lives.
J. Financial instruments
619A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability
or equity instrument of another entity.
1. Financial asset
a) Initial recognition and measurement
All financial assets are initially recognized at fair value. Transaction costs will be considered as part
of the cost of acquisition that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets,
which are measured through Fair Value Through Profit and Loss (FVTPL). Purchase and sale of
financial assets are recognised using trade date accounting.
Fair value Measurement
The Group measures financial instruments, such as, derivatives at fair value at each balance sheet date.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based
on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:
► In the principal market for the asset or liability, or
► In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability
accessible to the Company.
The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual
cash flow characteristics and the Group business model for managing them. All financial assets are
recognised initially at fair value plus transaction costs that are attributable to the acquisition of the
financial assets in the case of financial assets not recorded at fair value through profit or loss, however
transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets at fair value through profit and
loss are immediately recognised in the statement of profit and loss. Purchases or sales of financial assets
that require delivery of assets within a time frame established by regulation or convention in the market
place (regular way trades) are recognised on the trade date, i.e., the date that the Group commits to
purchase or sell the asset.
b) Subsequent measurement
➢ Financial assets measured at amortised cost
A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it is held within a business model whose objective
is to hold the asset in order to collect contractual cash flows and the
Contractual terms of the Financial Asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely
payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
➢ Financial assets measured at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (FVTOCI)
A financial asset is measured at FVTOCI if it is held within a business model whose objective is
achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets and the contractual
terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
For Equity investments the Group has elected to recognize changes in the fair value of certain
investments in equity securities in other comprehensive income. These changes are accumulated
within the FVOCI equity investments reserve within equity.
➢ Financial Assets measured at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (FVTPL)
A financial asset which is not classified in any of the above categories is measured at FVTPL.
Investment in equity instruments issued by subsidiary, associate and joint venture companies are
measured at cost less impairment.
620c) Loans to employees and other entities
Loans given to employees and other entities are repayable to the company on demand and hence are
carried at cost in the financial statements.
d) Impairment of financial assets
In accordance with Ind-AS 109, the Group applies Expected Credit Loss (ECL) model for evaluating
impairment of financial assets. Expected credit losses are measured through a loss allowance at an
amount equal to:
The 12-months expected credit losses (expected credit losses that result from those default events on
the financial instrument that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date); or
Full lifetime expected credit losses (expected credit losses that result from all possible default events
over the life of the financial instrument)
For Trade Receivables the Group applies ‘simplified approach’ which requires expected lifetime
losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. The Company uses historical default
rates to determine impairment loss on the portfolio of trade receivables. At all reporting date these
historical default rates are reviewed and changes in the forward-looking estimates are analysed. For
other assets, the Group uses 12-month ECL to provide for impairment loss where there is no significant
increase in credit risk. If there is significant increase in credit risk full lifetime ECL is used.
The Group has used a practical expedient by computing the Expected Credit Loss allowance based on
a provision matrix.
2. Financial liabilities
a) Financial liabilities: initial recognition and measurement
All financial liabilities are recognized at fair value and in case of borrowings, net of directly
attributable cost. Fees of recurring nature are directly recognised in the Statement of Profit and
Loss as finance cost.
b) Financial liabilities: subsequent measurement
Financial liabilities are carried at amortized cost using the Effective interest rate (EIR) method.
For trade and other payables maturing within one year from the balance sheet date, the carrying
amounts approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments.
c) Loans and borrowings
This is the category most relevant to the Group. After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans
and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. Gains and
losses are recognised in statement of profit and loss when the liabilities are derecognised as well
as through the EIR amortization process.
Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and
fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included as finance costs
in the statement of profit and loss.
3. De-recognition of financial instruments
The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the
financial asset expire or it transfers the financial asset and the transfer qualifies for de-recognition
under Ind AS 109. A financial liability (or a part of a financial liability) is derecognized from the
Company’s balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged or cancelled or
expires.
4. Offsetting
621Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is presented in the balance sheet
when, and only when, the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the amount and it intends,
either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
K. Employee benefits:
1. Short term employee benefits
Employee benefits such as salaries, wages, short-term compensated absences, bonus, ex-gratia and
performance-linked rewards falling due wholly within twelve months of rendering the service are classified as
short-term employee benefits and are expensed in the period in which the employee renders the service.
2. Post-employment benefits
a) Defined contribution plan:
(i) Provident fund
The Group superannuation scheme, state governed provident fund scheme, and employee pension
scheme are defined contribution plans. The contribution paid/payable under the schemes is recognised
during the period in which the employee renders the service. The Group has no obligation, other than
the contribution payable to the provident fund. If the contribution payable to the scheme for service
received before the balance sheet date exceeds the contribution already paid, the deficit payable to the
scheme is recognized as a liability after deducting the contribution already paid. If the contribution
already paid exceeds the contribution due for services received before the balance sheet date, then
excess is recognized as an asset to the extent that the pre-payment will lead to, for example, a reduction
in future payment or a cash refund.
b) Defined benefits plan:
The Group provides for gratuity, a defined benefit plan (the 'Gratuity Plan") covering eligible employees
in accordance with the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972.Gratuity liability is a defined benefit obligation
and is provided on the basis of its actuarial valuation based on the projected unit credit method made at
each Balance Sheet date.
Remeasurements, comprising of actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the asset ceiling, excluding
amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability and the return on plan assets
(excluding amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability), are recognised
immediately in the balance sheet with a corresponding debit or credit to retained earnings through OCI
in the period in which they occur. Remeasurements are not reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent
periods
c) Other long-term employee benefit obligations
Compensated absences: The employees can carry-forward a portion of the unutilised accrued
compensated absences and utilise it in future service periods or receive cash compensation on termination
of employment. Since, the compensated absences do not fall due wholly within twelve months after the
end of the period in which the employees render the related service and are also not expected to be utilised
wholly within twelve months after the end of such period, the benefit is classified as a long-term employee
benefit. The Group records an obligation for such compensated absences in the period in which the
employee renders the services that increase their entitlement. The obligation is measured on the basis of
independent actuarial valuation using the projected unit credit method on the Balance Sheet date.
L. Income taxes
Tax expenses comprise of current and deferred tax.
622A. Current Tax:
Current income tax is measured at the amount expected to be paid to the tax authorities in accordance
with the Income-tax Act, 1961 enacted in India. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount
are those that are enacted or substantively enacted, at the reporting date.
Current income tax relating to items recognised outside profit or loss is recognised outside profit or loss
(either in other comprehensive income or in equity). Current tax items are recognised in correlation to
the underlying transaction either in OCI or directly in equity. Management periodically evaluates
positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject
to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.
B. Deferred Tax:
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary difference between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities in the Financial Statements and the corresponding tax based used in computation of taxable
profit.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent it is probable that taxable profit will be available
against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax losses can be
utilized.
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period
in which the liability is settled or the asset realised, based on tax rates(and tax laws) that have been
enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The carrying amount of Deferred
tax liabilities and assets are reviewed at the end of each reporting period.
M. Inventories
Inventories are valued after providing for obsolescence, as under:
(i) Raw materials, components, construction materials, stores, spares and loose tools at lower of weighted
average cost or net realisable value. However, these items are considered to be realisable at cost if the
finished products in which they will be used, are expected to be sold at or above cost. Cost includes
cost of purchase and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and
condition
(ii) Finished goods and stock-in-trade (in respect of goods acquired for trading) at lower of weighted
average cost or net realisable value. Cost includes costs of purchases, costs of conversion and other
costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location. Taxes which are subsequently
recoverable from taxation authorities are not included in the cost.
Assessment of net realisable value is made at each reporting period end and when the circumstances
that previously caused inventories to be written-down below cost no longer exist or when there is clear
evidence of an increase in net realisable value because of changed economic circumstances, the write-
down, if any, in the past period is reversed to the extent of the original amount written-down so that
the resultant carrying amount is the lower of the cost and the revised net realisable value.
N. Revenue recognition:
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the goods or services are transferred
to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled
in exchange for those goods or services.
For performance obligation satisfied over time, the revenue recognition is done by measuring the progress
towards complete satisfaction of performance obligation. The progress is measured in terms of a
proportion of actual cost incurred to date, to the total estimated cost attributable to the performance
obligation.
623The Group transfers control of a good or service over time and therefore satisfies a performance obligation
and recognises revenue over a period of time if one of the following criteria is met:
• the customer simultaneously consumes the benefit of the Group’s performance or
• the customer controls the asset as it is being created/enhanced by the Group’s performance or
• there is no alternative use of the asset and the Group has either explicit or implicit right of payment
considering legal precedents,
In all other cases, performance obligation is considered as satisfied at a point in time.
Revenue from sale of products is recognised on transfer of control of the products to the customers as
per terms of the contract.
Revenue from operation & maintenance is recognized as the proportion of the total period of services
contract that has elapsed at the end of the reporting period
Revenue from works contracts and Income from designing and engineering services , where the
outcome can be estimated reliably, is recognised over time based on the input method. Under the input
method, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date
to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. Revenue, including estimated
fees or profits, are recorded proportionally as costs are incurred. The related costs are recognised in
consolidated profit or loss when they are incurred.
When the Group satisfies a performance obligation by delivering the promised goods or services it creates
a contract asset based on the amount of consideration to be earned by the performance. Where the amount
of consideration received from a customer exceeds the amount of revenue recognised this gives rise to a
contract liability.
Any variations in contract work, claims, incentive payments are included in the transaction price if it is
highly probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not occur once associated uncertainties are
resolved.
Consideration is adjusted for the time value of money if the period between the transfer of goods or
services and the receipt of payment exceeds twelve months and there is a significant financing benefit
either to the customer or the group.
Revenue from sale of power is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fee
is fixed or determinable, energy kilowatts are supplied and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue
is based on the energy kilowatts actually supplied to customers (including the energy kilowatts supplied
and not billed on reporting date) multiplied by the rate per kilo-watt agreed to in the respective PPAs. The
energy kilowatts supplied by the Group are validated by the customer prior to billing and recognition of
revenue.
The revenue is recognised to the extent of transaction price allocated to the performance obligation
satisfied. Transaction price is the amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in
exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer excluding amounts collected on behalf of a third
party. The Group includes variable consideration as part of transaction price when there is a basis to
reasonably estimate the amount of the variable consideration and when it is probable that a significant
reversal of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable
consideration is resolved. Variable consideration is estimated using the expected value method or most
likely amount as appropriate in a given circumstance. Payment terms agreed with a customer are as per
business practice and the financing component, if significant, is separated from the transaction price and
accounted as interest income. Costs to obtain a contract which are incurred regardless of whether the
contract was obtained are charged-off in profit or loss immediately in the period in which such costs are
incurred. Incremental costs of obtaining a contract, if any, and costs incurred to fulfil a contract are
amortised over the period of execution of the contract in proportion to the progress measured in terms of
a proportion of actual cost incurred to-date, to the total estimated cost attributable to the performance
obligation.
Significant judgments are used in:
624• Determining the revenue to be recognised in case of performance obligation satisfied over a period of
time; revenue recognition is done by measuring the progress towards complete satisfaction of
performance obligation.
• Determining the expected losses, which are recognised in the period in which such losses become
probable based on the expected total contract cost as at the reporting date.
• Determining the method to be applied to arrive at the variable consideration requiring an adjustment
to the transaction price.
(i) Other income
• Interest income on investments and loans is accrued on a time basis by reference to the principal
outstanding and the effective interest rate including interest on investments classified as fair value
through profit or loss or fair value through other comprehensive income. Interest receivable on
customer dues is recognised as income in the Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss
on accrual basis provided there is no uncertainty of realisation.
• Dividend income is accounted in the period in which the right to receive the same is established.
• Government grants, which are revenue in nature and are towards compensation for the qualifying
costs incurred by the Group, are recognised as other income/reduced from underlying expenses
in profit or loss in the period in which such costs are incurred. Government grants related to an
asset are reduced from the cost of an asset until the asset is ready to use and the grant post that is
presented as deferred income. Subsequently the grant is recognised as income in profit or loss on
a systematic basis over the expected useful life of the related asset. Government grant receivable
in the form of duty credit scrips is recognised as other income in the Restated Consolidated
Statement of Profit and Loss in the period in which the application is made to the government
authorities and to the extent there is no uncertainty towards its receipt.
• Other items of income are accounted as and when the right to receive such income arises and it
is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of income can be
measured reliably.
O. Onerous Contract
If the Group has a contract that is onerous, the present obligation under the contract is recognized and
measured as a provision. However, before a separate provision for an onerous contract is established, the
Group recognizes any impairment loss that has occurred on assets dedicated to that contract. An onerous
contract is a contract under which the unavoidable costs (i.e. the costs that the Group cannot avoid because it
has the contract) of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be
received under it. The unavoidable costs under a contract reflect the least net cost of exiting from the contract,
which is the lower of the cost of fulfilling it and any compensation or penalties arising from failure to fulfil
it.
P. Borrowing costs:
Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying
asset are capitalized as a part of the cost of assets during the period of time that is required to complete and
prepare the asset for its intended use or sale. Qualifying assets are assets that necessarily take a substantial
period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale.
Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure
on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalization.
Borrowing cost consist of interest (calculated using effective rate of interest method) and other cost that
an entity incurred in connection with the borrowing cost.
Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.
Q. Provisions, contingent liabilities & contingent assets
General
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a
past event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can
625be made of the amount of the obligation. The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the
consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account
the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation.
Long-term provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. Short term provisions are carried at their
redemption value and are not offset against receivables from reimbursements.
Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities are disclosed when there is a possible obligation arising from past events, the
existence of which will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain
future events not wholly within the control of the Group or a present obligation that arises from past events
where it is either not probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle or a reliable estimate
of the amount cannot be made.
Contingent Assets
A contingent asset is not recognized unless it becomes virtually certain that an inflow of economic benefits
will arise. When an inflow of economic benefits is probable, contingent assets are disclosed in the financial
statements.
R. Impairment of Assets:
As at the end of each financial year, the carrying amounts of PPE, investment property, intangible assets
and investments in subsidiary are reviewed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets
have suffered an impairment loss. If such indication exists, PPE, investment property and intangible assets
are tested for impairment so as to determine the impairment loss, if any. Intangible assets with indefinite
life are tested for impairment each year. Impairment loss is recognised when the carrying amount of an
asset exceeds its recoverable amount.
Recoverable amount is determined:
• in the case of an individual asset, at the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value-in-use;
and
• in the case of a cash generating unit (the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates
independent cash flows), at the higher of the cash generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell and the
value-in-use.
The amount of value-in-use is determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows from the
continuing use of an asset, which may vary based on the future performance of the Group and from its
disposal at the end of its useful life. For this purpose, the discount rate (pre-tax) is determined based on the
weighted average cost of capital of the Group suitably adjusted for risks specified to the estimated cash
flows of the asset. If recoverable amount of an asset (or cash generating unit) is estimated to be less than
its carrying amount, such deficit is recognised immediately in the Restated Consolidated Statement of
Profit and Loss as impairment loss and the carrying amount of the asset (or cash generating unit) is reduced
to its recoverable amount. When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the
asset (or cash generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, such that the
increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no
impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or cash generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an
impairment loss is recognised immediately in the Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss.
S. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalent in the balance sheet comprise cash at banks and on hand and short-term deposits
with an original maturity of three months or less, that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash
and subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
For the purpose of the Restated consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of
cash and short-term deposits, as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts as they are considered
an integral part of the Group’s cash management.
T. Segment reporting
626Operating segments are those components of the business whose operating results are regularly reviewed
by the chief operating decision making body in the Group to make decisions for performance assessment
and resource allocation. The reporting of segment information is the same as provided to the management
for the purpose of the performance assessment and resource allocation to the segments. Segment
accounting policies are in line with the accounting policies of the Company. In addition, the following
specific accounting policies have been followed for segment reporting:
• Segment revenue includes sales and other operational revenue directly identifiable with/allocable to
the segment including inter segment revenue.
• Expenses that are directly identifiable with/allocable to segments are considered for determining the
segment result.
• Most of the common costs are allocated to segments mainly on the basis of the respective segment
revenue estimated at the beginning of the reporting period.
• Income which relates to the Group as a whole and not allocable to segments is included in “unallocable
corporate income/ (expenditure)(net)”.
• Segment result represents profit before interest and tax and includes margins on inter-segment capital
jobs, which are reduced in arriving at the profit before tax of the Group.
• Segment result includes the finance costs incurred on interest bearing advances with corresponding
credit included in “unallocable corporate income/(expenditure)(net).
• Segment results have not been adjusted for any exceptional item.
• Segment assets and liabilities include those directly identifiable with the respective segments.
Unallocable corporate assets and liabilities represent the assets and liabilities that relate to the
Company as a whole.
• Segment non-cash expenses forming part of segment expenses and is allocated to the segment.
• Segment revenue resulting from transactions with other business segments is accounted on the basis
of transfer price which are either determined to yield a desired margin or agreed on a negotiated basis.
U. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit or loss excluding other comprehensive
income for the period attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number of equity shares
outstanding during the period. Earnings considered in ascertaining the Group’s earnings per share are the
net profit after tax for the year. The weighted average numbers of equity shares outstanding during the
period are adjusted for events of bonus issue and sub-division of shares.
For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, the net profit or loss for the period attributable to
equity shareholders and the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period are adjusted
for the effects of all dilutive potential equity shares. Dilutive potential equity shares are deemed converted
as of the beginning of the period, unless they have been issued at a later date. In computing the dilutive
earnings per share, only potential equity shares that are dilutive and that either reduces the earnings per
share or increases loss per share are included.
V. Share-based payments
The stock options granted to employees in terms of the Holding Company’s Stock Options Schemes, are
measured at the fair value of the options at the grant date. The fair value of stock options granted under the
ESOP Scheme is determined using the Black Scholes option pricing model and is recognized as an expense
over the vesting period on a straight-line basis. The fair value of the options. The amount recognised as
expense in each year is arrived at based on the number of grants expected to vest.
Eligible Employees receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments, whereby employees render
services as consideration for equity instruments (equity-settled transactions).
Upon exercise of share options, the proceeds received, net of any directly attributable transaction costs, are
allocated to share capital up to the nominal (or par) value of the shares issued with any excess being recorded
as security premium.
W. Joint Operation
A joint operation is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have
rights to the assets, and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. The Company has Joint
627Operations in the nature of Revenue Sharing Contracts with the other body corporates. The Company’s share
in the assets and liabilities along with attributable income and expenditure of the Joint Operations is merged
on line by line basis with the similar items in the Restared Consolidated Financial Information of the Group
in accordance with the accounting policies of the Group.
X. Government Grants
Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the
conditions attached to them and that the grants will be received.
Government grants are recognised in the Restated Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss on a systematic
basis over the years in which the Group recognises as expenses the related costs for which the grants are
intended to compensate or when performance obligations are met.
Where the Group receives non-monetary grants, the asset and the grant are accounted at fair value and
recognised in the restated consolidated statement of profit and loss over the expected useful life of the asset.
Government Grant relating to asset is recognised as deferred income and amortised in restated consolidated
statement of profit and loss on a systematic basis over the useful life of the asset
Y. Recent accounting pronouncements and changes in accounting standards
Ministry of Corporate Affairs (“MCA”) notifies new standard or amendments to the existing standards under
Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules as amended from time to time. There are no such recently
issued standards or amendments to the existing standards for which the impact on the Restated Consolidated
Financial Information is required to be disclosed.
Z. Use of judgements, estimates and assumptions
In preparing these Restated Consolidated Financial Information, management has made judgements,
estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and
underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised
prospectively.
Assumptions and estimation uncertainties
Assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment
recognised in the standalone financial statements are as under :
• measurement of useful life, residual values and impairment of property, plant and equipment,
• recognition of deferred tax assets: availability of future taxable profit against which temporary
differences shall be deductible,
• measurement of defined benefit obligations and planned assets: key actuarial assumptions, recognition
and measurement of provisions and contingencies: key assumptions about the likelihood and
magnitude of an outflow of resources,
• impairment of financial assets and non-financial assets,
• revenue and margin recognition on construction and / or long term service contracts and related
provision.
KEY COMPONENTS OF OUR STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
Set forth below are the key components of our statement of profit and loss from our continuing operations:
Total Income
Our total income comprises of (i) revenue from operations; and (ii) other income.
Revenue from operations
Revenue from operations majorly comprises of revenue from contracts with customers pursuant to (i) Revenue
628from Co-Development Business and (ii) Revenue from EPC (engineering, procurement and construction)
business. Further, our revenue from operations also includes other operating revenue which comprises of sale of
electricity, operations and maintenance and sale of parts of solar park development system. Additionally, in Fiscal
2023 and Fiscal 2024, other operating income comprised revenue from the EV Business earned through our
erstwhile subsidiary engaged in this business. As this entity ceased to be our subsidiary with effect from March
30, 2024, no such revenue has been recognized in Fiscal 2025.
Other income
Other income comprises of (i) interest income on fixed deposits with bank, from income tax refund and others;
and (ii) other non-operating incomes such as gain on foreign exchange, insurance claim, profit on sale of property
plant and equipments, gain on account of loss of control of subsidiary, profit on sale of investment, fair valuation
gain from investments designated at FVTPL (net), liabilities no longer required written back and other non-
operating income.
Expenses
Our expenses comprise (i) cost of materials consumed; (ii) engineering, procurement and construction project
expenses; (iii) purchases of stock-in-trade; (iv) changes in inventories of construction material, stock-in-trade and
work-in-progress; (v) employee benefit expense; (vi) depreciation and amortisation expense; (vii) finance costs;
and (viii) other expenses.
Cost of material consumed
Cost of materials comprises of opening stock and purchase.
Changes in inventories of construction material, stock-in-trade and work-in-progress
This expense line item comprises of inventories at the beginning and at the end of the year.
Employee benefit expense
Employee benefit expense comprises of (i) salaries, wages and bonus; (ii) gratuity expenses; (iii) contribution to
provident and other funds; (iv) employee share-based payment; and (v) staff welfare expenses.
Depreciation and amortisation expenses
Depreciation and amortisation expense primarily comprise (i) depreciation on property, plant and equipment; (ii)
depreciation on investment properties; (iii) amortization of intangible assets; and (iv) depreciation on right of use
assets.
Finance cost
Finance costs comprises of (i) interests on (a) term loan, (b) working capital loan, (c) debenture, (d) late payment
of statutory dues, (e) lease liabilities (f) dividend of preference share; and (g) interest on others; and (ii) other
borrowing cost such as bank and finance charges.
Other expense
Other expenses comprises of electricity and water expenses, repairs and maintenance (including machinery), rent
for office premises, allowance/(reversal) for expected credit loss on receivables, advertisement expenses,
insurance expenses, lease charges, travelling and conveyance, legal and professional expenses, donations,
payments to auditors, corporate social responsibility expenses, balances written off, printing and stationery
expenses, fair valuation loss from investments designated at FVTPL (net), freight and forwarding expenses, and
miscellaneous expenses.
Tax expense
Tax expense comprises of current tax, tax relating to earlier years and deferred tax (credit)/charge.
629RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following tables set forth our selected financial data from our restated consolidated statement of profit and
loss for Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023, the components of which are also expressed as a percentage of
total income for such years:
(₹ in million, except otherwise states)
Particulars Fiscals
2025 2024 2023
Amounts % of Amounts % of Amounts % of
Total Total Total
Income Income Income
Income
Revenue from operations 12,206.41 98.59 10,487.99 97.79 7,765.81 87.21
Other income 174.90 1.41 237.07 2.21 1,139.29 12.79
Total Income 12,381.31 100.00 10,725.06 100.00 8,905.10 100.00
Expenses
Cost of materials 6,374.55 51.49 5,849.62 54.54 4,727.22 53.08
consumed
Engineering, procurement 2,603.75 21.03 1,778.76 16.59 1,439.91 16.17
and construction project
expenses
Purchases of stock-in- 558.18 4.51 1,064.55 9.93 386.29 4.34
trade
Changes in inventories of 3.69 0.03 24.27 0.23 13.15 0.15
construction material,
stock-in-trade and work-
in-progress
Employee benefit 431.17 3.48 294.36 2.74 282.64 3.17
expense
Depreciation and 40.58 0.33 82.30 0.77 51.73 0.58
amortization expense
Finance costs 209.41 1.69 180.73 1.69 205.79 2.31
Other Expenses 293.02 2.37 275.46 2.57 215.75 2.42
Total Expenses 10,514.35 84.92 9,550.05 89.04 7,322.48 82.23
Profit before share of 1,866.96 15.08 1,175.01 10.96 1,582.62 17.77
net profit/(loss) of
associates
Share of net profit/(loss) (0.23) (0.00) 0.19 0.00 (0.01) (0.00)
of associates
Profit before tax 1,866.73 15.08 1,175.20 10.96 1,582.61 17.77
Tax expenses
Current tax expense 504.27 4.07 186.65 1.74 175.37 1.97
Tax relating to earlier (0.40) (0.00) (16.78) (0.16) - -
years
Deferred tax (30.64) (0.25) 91.47 0.85 117.34 1.32
(credit)/charge
Total tax expense 473.23 3.82 261.34 2.44 292.71 3.29
Profit for the year 1,393.50 11.25 913.86 8.52 1,289.90 14.48
Fiscal 2025 compared with Fiscal 2024
(₹ in million, except otherwise states)
Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Change (%)
Amounts Amounts
(₹ in million) (₹ in million)
Income
Revenue from operations 12,206.41 10,487.99 16.38
Other income 174.90 237.07 (26.22)
630Particulars Fiscal 2025 Fiscal 2024 Change (%)
Amounts Amounts
(₹ in million) (₹ in million)
Total Income 12,381.31 10,725.06 15.44
Expenses
Cost of materials consumed 6,374.55 5,849.62 8.97
Engineering, procurement and construction project 2,603.75 1,778.76 46.38
expenses
Purchases of stock-in-trade 558.18 1,064.55 (47.57)
Changes in inventories of construction material, 3.69 24.27 (84.80)
stock-in-trade and work-in-progress
Employee benefit expense 431.17 294.36 46.48
Depreciation and amortization expense 40.58 82.30 (50.69)
Finance costs 209.41 180.73 15.87
Other Expenses 293.02 275.46 6.37
Total Expenses 10,514.35 9,550.05 10.10
Profit before share of net profit/(loss) of associates 1,866.96 1,175.01 58.89
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates (0.23) 0.19 (221.05)
Profit before tax 1,866.73 1,175.20 58.84
Tax expenses
Current tax expense 504.27 186.65 170.17
Tax relating to earlier years (0.40) (16.78) (97.62)
Deferred tax (credit)/charge (30.64) 91.47 (133.50)
Total tax expense 473.23 261.34 81.08
Profit for the year 1,393.50 913.86 52.49
Set forth below is a discussion of our results of operations, on the basis of amounts derived from Restated
Consolidated Financial Information for Fiscal 2025 and Fiscal 2024.
Total Income
Our total income increased by ₹ 1,656.25 million i.e 15.44 %, from ₹ 10,725.06 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹
12,381.31 million in Fiscal 2025. Our total income comprises the following:
Revenue from operations
Our revenue from operations for the Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 12,206.41 million as compared to ₹ 10,487.99 million for
Fiscal 2024, representing an increase by ₹ 1,718.42 million i.e 16.38 %. This was primarily due to increase in our
Company’s core business activities i.e. revenue from Co-Development Business and revenue from EPC
(engineering, procurement and construction) business representing the growth of 51.30%. Further, this was
primarily due to:
(i) Revenue from Co-Development Business: Our revenue from Co-Development Business increased from ₹
859.11 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 3,106.48 million in Fiscal 2025 primarily due to an increase in the
number and scale of projects executed in Fiscal 2025. In Fiscal 2024, we executed three projects with an
aggregate capacity of 212.83 MWp compared to five projects undertaken in Fiscal 2025, including two
new large-scale projects with capacities of 900 MWp and 500 MWp respectively, which contributed to the
increased revenue during the year.
(ii) Revenue from EPC (engineering, procurement and construction) business: Our revenue from EPC
Business increased from ₹ 6,491.66 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 8,015.27 million in Fiscal 2025, primarily
due to an increase in EPC projects which we undertook in Fiscal 2025. In Fiscal 2024, we executed three
solar EPC projects contributing a cumulative revenue of ₹ 3,689.76 million and one water EPC project
contributing revenue of ₹ 2,801.90 million. In Fiscal 2025, we executed 11 solar EPC projects with revenue
contribution of ₹ 6,702.34 million and one water EPC project with revenue contribution of ₹ 1,312.93
million, resulting in an overall increase in revenue from this business segment.
Further, there was a decrease in other operating revenue, which declined from ₹ 3,137.22 million in Fiscal 2024
to ₹ 1,084.66 million in Fiscal 2025. In Fiscal 2024, other operating revenue included revenue from our erstwhile
631subsidiaries, which were engaged in the EV business. As these entities ceased to be our subsidiary from March
30, 2024, no such revenue was recognized in Fiscal 2025.
Other income
Our other income for the Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 174.9 million as compared to ₹ 237.07 million for Fiscal 2024,
representing a decrease by ₹ 62.17 million i.e of 26.22 %. This was primarily due to decrease in (i) gain on account
of loss of control of subsidiary from ₹ 150.15 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 12.75 million in Fiscal 2025, as our
subsidiary involved in EV business ceased to be our subsidiary in Fiscal 2024, (ii) fair valuation gain from
investments designated at fair value through profit and loss (“FVTPL”) (net) from ₹ 0.61 million in Fiscal 2024
to ₹ Nil in Fiscal 2025, (iii) liabilities no longer required written back from ₹ 1.12 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ Nil
in Fiscal 2025 and (iv) other non-operating income from ₹ 17.87 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 5.10 million in Fiscal
2025.
These decreases were partially offset by increase in (i) interest income on fixed deposits with banks from ₹ 32.30
million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 105.11 million in Fiscal 2025 due to higher deployment of funds in bank deposits, (ii)
interest income from income tax refund from ₹ 0.02 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 1.45 million in Fiscal 2025, (iii)
profit on sale of property, plant and equipments from ₹ 10.51 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 15.07 million in Fiscal
2025 and (iv) profit on sale of investment from ₹ Nil in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 21.37 million in Fiscal 2025.
Expenses
Our total expenses increased by ₹ 964.30 million i.e. by 10.10 % to ₹ 10,514.35 million in Fiscal 2025 from ₹
9,550.05 million in Fiscal 2024. The increase in our total expenses was primarily attributable to the following:
Cost of materials consumed
Our cost of materials consumed for the Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 6,374.55 million as compared to ₹ 5,849.62 million for
Fiscal 2024, representing an increase of ₹ 524.93 million i.e. 8.97 % in the ordinary course of business. Our cost
of materials consumed is primarily linked to the number and scale of EPC projects executed in a given year, as
compared to Co-Development projects which typically involve lower material consumption. Further, given the
nature of our business, project timelines generally span 12 to 18 months, and the type and proportion of expenses
recognized vary depending on the stage of execution. In Fiscal 2024, several projects were at an early stage,
resulting in higher recognition of cost of materials consumed as compared to EPC project expenses. In Fiscal
2025, these projects progressed to advanced stages of execution, leading to a higher proportion of EPC expenses
while the share of cost of materials consumed was lower.
Engineering, procurement and construction project expenses
Our engineering, procurement and construction project expenses for the Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 2,603.75 million as
compared to ₹ 1,778.76 million for Fiscal 2024, represented an increase of ₹ 824.99 million i.e. 46.38 %. This
increase was primarily attributable to the stage of execution of ongoing projects. Given the nature of our business,
project timelines typically extend over 12 to 18 months, and the mix of expenses recognized varies depending on
whether a project is at an early or advanced stage of execution. In Fiscal 2024, our EPC project expenses increased
as several projects were in their initial phases, resulting in a higher recognition of cost of materials consumed and
lower EPC project expenses due to capital expenditure for beginning new projects. In Fiscal 2025, as these projects
advanced towards completion, the proportion of EPC project expenses increased, leading to a higher charge under
this head.
Purchases of stock-in-trade
Our purchases of stock-in-trade for the Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 558.18 million as compared to ₹ 1,064.55 million for
Fiscal 2024, representing a decrease by ₹ 506.37 million i.e. 47.57 %. These purchases were primarily incurred at
the subsidiary level by entities engaged in the EV business. However, with effect from March 30, 2024, the entities
involved in the EV business ceased to be our subsidiary. Consequently, no such purchases were recognized at the
consolidated level in Fiscal 2025, resulting in the decline.
Changes in inventories of construction material, stock-in-trade and work-in-progress
Changes in inventory of finished goods, stock-in-trade and work-in-progress for the Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 3.69 million
632as compared to ₹ 24.27 million for Fiscal 2024, representing a decrease by ₹ 20.58 million i.e. 84.80 %. This was
primarily due to decrease in opening inventory of finished goods from ₹ 20.72 million in Fiscal 2024 to Nil in
Fiscal 2025, opening inventory of work-in-progress from ₹ 2.03 million in Fiscal 2024 to Nil in Fiscal 2025,
opening inventory of stock in trade from ₹ 5.89 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 4.37 million in Fiscal 2025 and closing
inventory of stock in trade from ₹ 4.37 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 0.68 million in Fiscal 2025.
Employee benefit expense
Our employee benefit expense for Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 431.17 million as compared to ₹ 294.36 million for Fiscal
2024, representing an increase of ₹ 136.81 million i.e 46.48 %. This was primarily due to increase in (i) salaries,
wages and bonus from ₹ 274.56 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 400.67 million in Fiscal 2025, due to increase in
number of employees from 263 employees in Fiscal 2024 to 358 employees in Fiscal 2025; (ii) Gratuity expenses
from ₹ 3.93 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 5.07 million in Fiscal 2025; and (iii) Employee share based payment from
₹ 1.78 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 12.97 million in Fiscal 2025. These increases were partially offset by decrease
in staff welfare expenses from ₹ 5.70 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 4.23 million in Fiscal 2025.
Depreciation and amortization expense
Our depreciation and amortization expense for Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 40.58 million as compared to ₹ 82.3 million for
Fiscal 2024, representing a decrease by ₹ 41.72 million i.e 50.69 %. This was primarily due to decrease in (i)
depreciation on property, plant and equipment from ₹ 54.86 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 32.67 million in Fiscal
2025 which was mainly on account of the cessation of subsidiaries engaged in the EV business. Upon such
cessation, the property, plant and equipment held in the name of these subsidiaries were derecognized from our
consolidated balance sheet, resulting in a lower depreciation charge in Fiscal 2025; (ii) depreciation on investment
properties from ₹ 1.96 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 1.76 million in Fiscal 2025; (iii) amortisation of intangible assets
from ₹ 13.49 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 1.88 million in Fiscal 2025 which was also due to the cessation of
subsidiaries engaged in the EV business. As the intangible assets related to the EV operations, were held in the
names of these subsidiaries, they were derecognized from our consolidated financial statements upon cessation.
Consequently, the amortisation charge reduced in Fiscal 2025; and (iv) depreciation on right of use assets from ₹
11.99 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 4.27 million in Fiscal 2025. This was mainly because a substantial portion of the
depreciation expense relating to lease-linked assets was capitalized under capital work-in-progress (CWIP) during
Fiscal 2025, resulting in a lower charge to the statement of profit and loss.
Finance costs
Our finance costs expense for the Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 209.41 million as compared to ₹ 180.73 million for Fiscal
2024, representing an increase of ₹ 28.68 million i.e 15.87 %. This was primarily due to increase in (i) Interest on
working capital from ₹ 61.78 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 72.06 million in Fiscal 2025 due to increase in utilization
of working capital limits, (ii) bank and finance charges from ₹ 52.05 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 83.62 million in
Fiscal 2025 due to higher processing charges incurred in connection with new sanctions and enhancement of
existing credit facilities and an increase in bank guarantee commission on account of a higher number of projects
executed during the year, which necessitated issuance of additional bank guarantees; (iii) Interest on others from
₹ Nil in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 10.84 million in Fiscal 2025.
These increases were partially offset by decrease in (i) interest on late payment of statutory dues from ₹ 4.27
million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 0.09 million in Fiscal 2025 and (ii) interest on lease liability from ₹ 25.02 million in
Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 5.59 million in Fiscal 2025, primarily because a majority of the interest cost on lease liabilities
was capitalized under capital work-in-progress during Fiscal 2025.
Other expenses
Our other expense for the Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 293.02 million as compared to ₹ 275.46 million for Fiscal 2024,
representing an increase of ₹ 17.56 million i.e 6.37 %. This was primarily due to increase in (i) repairs and
maintenance (including machinery) from ₹ 8.03 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 14.31 million in Fiscal 2025 in the
ordinary course of business; (ii) rent for office from ₹ 17.10 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 44.97 million in Fiscal
2025 which was primarily due to change of our corporate office premises with increased seating capacity during
Fiscal 2024, which was operational only for part of that year. In Fiscal 2025, the full-year impact of rent for this
office was recognized; (iii) insurance expenses from ₹ 11.77 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 23.50 million in Fiscal
2025; and (iv) fair valuation loss from investments designated at FVTPL (net) from ₹ Nil in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 18.86
million in Fiscal 2025 which was primarily on account of an entity, which until March 30, 2024 was our
633subsidiary. Post March 30, 2024, it ceased to be a subsidiary and was retained as an investment, requiring fair
valuation in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Consequently, a fair valuation loss was recognized
in Fiscal 2025.
These increases were partially offset by decrease in (i) allowance / (reversal) for expected credit loss on
receivables from ₹ Nil in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ (1.81) million in Fiscal 2025, (ii) travelling and conveyance from ₹
33.10 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 29.89 million in Fiscal 2025; (iii) legal and professional expenses from ₹ 98.21
million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 86.13 million in Fiscal 2025, (iv) freight and forwarding expenses from ₹ 11.12 million
in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ Nil in Fiscal 2025; and (v) miscellaneous expenses from ₹ 44.08 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹
35.90 million in Fiscal 2025.
Profit before share of net profit/(loss) of associates
For the reasons discussed above our profit before share of net profit/(loss) of associates for the Fiscal 2025 was ₹
1,866.96 million as compared to ₹ 1,175.01 million for the Fiscal 2024, representing an increase of ₹ 691.95
million i.e 58.89 %.
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates
Our share of net profit/(loss) of associates for the Fiscal 2025 was ₹ (0.23) million as compared to ₹ 0.19 million
for Fiscal 2024, representing a decrease of ₹ (0.42) million i.e (221.05) %.
Profit before tax
For the reasons discussed above, profit before tax was ₹ 1,866.73 million in Fiscal 2025 as compared to restated
consolidated profit before tax of ₹ 1,175.20 million in Fiscal 2024, representing an increase of ₹ 691.53 million
i.e 58.84 %.
Tax expense
Total tax expense for the Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 473.23 million as compared to ₹ 261.34 million for the Fiscal 2024,
representing an increase of ₹ 211.89 million i.e 81.08 %. The increase in tax expense is due to increase in (i)
current tax expenses from ₹ 186.65 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ 504.27 million in Fiscal 2025; (ii) tax relating to
earlier years from ₹ (16.78) million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ (0.40) million in Fiscal 2025 which was partially offset by
decrease in deferred tax change from ₹ 91.47 million in Fiscal 2024 to ₹ (30.64) million in Fiscal 2025.
Profit for the year
Profit for the Fiscal 2025 was ₹ 1,393.50 million as compared to ₹ 913.86 million for the Fiscal 2024. Our profit
margin increased by 52.49 % in Fiscal 2025 due to the factors mentioned hereinabove.
Fiscal 2024 compared with Fiscal 2023
Particulars Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023 Change
Amounts Amounts (%)
(₹ in million) (₹ in million)
Income
Revenue from operations 10,487.99 7,765.81 35.05
Other income 237.07 1,139.29 (79.19)
Total Income 10,725.06 8,905.10 20.44
Expenses
Cost of materials consumed 5,849.62 4,727.22 23.74
Engineering, procurement and construction project expenses 1,778.76 1,439.91 23.53
Purchases of stock-in-trade 1,064.55 386.29 175.58
Changes in inventories of construction material, stock-in- 24.27 13.15 84.56
trade and work-in-progress
Employee benefit expense 294.36 282.64 4.15
Depreciation and amortization expense 82.30 51.73 59.10
Finance costs 180.73 205.79 (12.18)
634Particulars Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2023 Change
Amounts Amounts (%)
(₹ in million) (₹ in million)
Other Expenses 275.46 215.75 27.68
Total Expenses 9,550.05 7,322.48 30.42
Profit before share of net profit/(loss) of associates 1,175.01 1,582.62 (25.76)
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates 0.19 (0.01) (2,000.00)
Profit before tax 1,175.20 1,582.61 (25.74)
Tax expenses
Current tax expense 186.65 175.37 6.43
Tax relating to earlier years (16.78) - -
Deferred tax (credit)/charge 91.47 117.34 (22.05)
Total tax expense 261.34 292.71 (10.72)
Profit for the year 913.86 1,289.90 (29.15)
Set forth below is a discussion of our results of operations, on the basis of amounts derived from Restated
Consolidated Financial Information for Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023.
Total Income
Our total income increased by ₹ 1,819.96 million i.e 20.44 %, from ₹ 8,905.10 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹
10,725.06 million in Fiscal 2024. Our total income comprises of the following:
Revenue from operations
Our revenue from operations for the Fiscal 2024 was ₹ 10,487.99 million as compared to ₹ 7,765.81 million for
Fiscal 2023, representing an increase by ₹ 2,722.18 million i.e 35.05 %. This was primarily due to increase in our
Company’s core business activities i.e. revenue from Co-Development Business and revenue from EPC
(engineering, procurement and construction) business representing the growth of 51.30%. Further, this was
primarily due to:
(i) Revenue from EPC (engineering, procurement and construction) business: Our revenue from EPC
Business increase from ₹ 2,944.39 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 6,491.66 million in Fiscal 2024. In Fiscal
2023, we executed one solar EPC project generating revenue of ₹ 2,944.39 million. In Fiscal 2024, we
executed three solar EPC projects with revenue contribution of ₹ 3,689.76 million and one water EPC
project with revenue contribution of ₹ 2,801.90 million, resulting in an overall increase in revenue from
this business segment.
(ii) Other operating revenue from ₹ 1,211.85 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 3,137.22 million in Fiscal 2024 which
was primarily due to recognition of revenue of ₹ 2,780.03 million from subsidiaries engaged in the electric
vehicle business, which was recorded only in Fiscal 2024.
This increase was partially offset by decrease in revenue from Co-Development Business from ₹ 3,609.57 million
in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 859.11 million in Fiscal 2024. The revenue from Co-Development Business decreased in Fiscal
2024, since during the said Fiscal, most of projects under execution were in the nature of EPC Business rather
than Co-Development Business. In Fiscal 2024, we also undertook three projects with an aggregate capacity of
212.83 MWp respectively, which contributed to the higher revenue during the year.
Other income
Our other income for the Fiscal 2024 was ₹ 237.07 million as compared to ₹ 1,139.29 million for Fiscal 2023,
representing a decrease of ₹ 902.22 million i.e. 79.19%. This was primarily due to decrease in (i) interest income
on others from ₹ 17.73 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 8.62 million in Fiscal 2024; (ii) gain on foreign exchange from
₹ 42.07 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 5.20 million in Fiscal 2024. This was primarily attributable to our project with
Teesta Solar Limited in Bangladesh, where revenue from exports declined from ₹ 512.85 million in Fiscal 2023
to ₹ 65.67 million in Fiscal 2024. As a result of the lower volume of export transactions, the corresponding foreign
exchange gain also reduced during the period; (iii) gain on account of loss of control of subsidiary from ₹ 953.63
million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 150.15 million in Fiscal 2024. This decrease was primarily on account of the sale of
our independent power producer (IPP) assets during Fiscal 2023, which resulted in a higher gain being recognised
in that year. In Fiscal 2024, only limited transactions of a similar nature occurred, leading to a lower gain being
635recorded; (iv) fair valuation gain from investments designated at FVTPL (net) from ₹ 9.09 million in Fiscal 2023
to ₹ 0.61 million in Fiscal 2024; and (v) liabilities no longer required written back from ₹ 85.76 million in Fiscal
2023 to ₹ 1.12 million in Fiscal 2024 as higher one-time reversals were recognized in Fiscal 2023, which did not
recur to the same extent in Fiscal 2024.
These were partially offset by increase in (i) interest income on fixed deposits with bank from ₹ 22.45 million in
Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 32.30 million in Fiscal 2024 due to higher deployment of funds in bank deposits; (ii) insurance
claim from ₹ Nil in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 10.67 million in Fiscal 2024, (iii) Profit on sale of property, plant and
equipments from ₹ Nil in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 10.51 million in Fiscal 2024; and (iv) other non-operating income from
₹ 8.40 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 17.87 million in Fiscal 2024.
Expenses
Our total expenses increased by ₹ 2,227.57 million i.e. by 30.42 % to ₹ 9,550.05 million in Fiscal 2024 from ₹
7,322.48 million in Fiscal 2023. The increase in our total expenses was primarily attributable to the following:
Cost of materials consumed
The cost of materials consumed increased by 23.74%, from ₹ 4,727.22 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 5,849.62 million
in Fiscal 2024. Purchases of stock-in-trade, which predominantly relating to the EV business, amounted to ₹
1,064.55 million in Fiscal 2024 as compared to ₹ 386.29 million in Fiscal 2023, reflecting a growth of 175.58%.
As costs relating to the EV business are presented under purchases of stock-in-trade as well as under cost of
material consumed, a more representative analysis is obtained by considering the cost of materials consumed and
purchases of stock-in-trade together. On this combined basis, the increase in overall costs is broadly in line with
the growth in revenue.
Engineering, procurement and construction project expenses
Our engineering, procurement and construction project expenses for the Fiscal 2024 was ₹ 1,778.76 million as
compared to ₹ 1,439.91 million for Fiscal 2023, representing an increase of ₹ 338.85 million i.e 23.53 %. This
increase was primarily attributable to the stage of execution of ongoing projects. Given the nature of our business,
project timelines typically extend over 12 to 18 months, and the mix of expenses recognized varies depending on
whether a project is at an early or advanced stage of execution. In line with our increased revenue in our EPC
business, we recognized greater engineering, procurement and construction project expenses.
Purchases of stock-in-trade
Our purchases of stock-in-trade for the Fiscal 2024 was ₹ 1,064.55 million as compared to ₹ 386.29 million for
Fiscal 2023, representing an increase of ₹ 678.26 million i.e. 175.58 %. This was primarily due to increased
operations of subsidiaries engaged in the EV business.
Changes in inventories of construction material, stock-in-trade and work-in-progress
Changes in inventory of finished goods, stock-in-trade and work-in-progress for the Fiscal 2024 was ₹ 24.27
million as compared to ₹ 13.15 million for Fiscal 2023, representing an increase by ₹ 11.12 million i.e 84.56 %.
This was primarily due to opening inventory of finished goods from ₹ 31.24 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 20.72
million in Fiscal 2024, opening inventory of work in progress from ₹ 2.58 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹2.03 million
in Fiscal 2024, opening inventory of stock in trade ₹ 7.97 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 5.89 million in Fiscal 2024
and closing inventory of finished goods from ₹ 20.72 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ Nil in Fiscal 2024, closing
inventory of work in progress from ₹ 2.03 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ Nil in Fiscal 2024 and closing inventory of
stock in trade from ₹ 5.89 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 4.37 million in Fiscal 2024.
Employee benefit expense
Our employee benefit expense for the Fiscal 2024 was ₹ 294.36 million as compared to ₹ 282.64 million for Fiscal
2023, representing an increase of ₹ 11.72 million i.e 4.15 % in the ordinary course of business. This was primarily
due to increase in (i) salaries, wages and bonus from ₹ 265.23 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 274.56 million in Fiscal
2024 due to increase in number of employees from 260 employees in Fiscal 2023 to 263 employees in Fiscal
2024; (ii) gratuity expenses from ₹ 3.31 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 3.93 million in Fiscal 2024; (iii) contribution
to provident and other funds from ₹ 6.39 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 8.39 million in Fiscal 2024; and (iv) staff
636welfare expenses from ₹ 3.81 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 5.70 million in Fiscal 2024 which was partially offset by
decrease in Employee share based payment from ₹ 3.90 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 1.78 million in Fiscal 2024.
Depreciation and amortization expense
Our depreciation and amortization expense for Fiscal 2024 was ₹ 82.30 million as compared to ₹ 51.73 million
for Fiscal 2023, representing an increase of ₹ 30.57 million i.e 59.10 %. This was primarily due to increase in (i)
depreciation on property, plant and equipment from ₹ 41.60 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 54.86 million in Fiscal
2024. This increase was primarily due to the addition of new assets in our subsidiaries engaged in the EV business
during Fiscal 2024. Although these assets ceased to be part of our consolidated financials following the cessation
of these entities as our subsidiary on March 30, 2024, depreciation was charged for almost the entire year, resulting
in higher expense recognition for the period; (ii) Amortisation of intangible assets from ₹ 5.90 million in Fiscal
2023 to ₹ 13.49 million in Fiscal 2024. This increase was primarily on account of the addition of intangible assets
in one of the subsidiaries on March 31, 2023. Since the addition took place at the end of Fiscal 2023, no significant
amortisation expense was recorded in that year, whereas the full-year impact was recognised in Fiscal 2024,
resulting in a higher charge; and (iii) depreciation on right of use assets from ₹ 2.06 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹
11.99 million in Fiscal 2024. This increase was primarily due to recognition of depreciation on new land taken on
lease in the name of special purpose vehicles (SPVs) for new projects during the year. These increases were
partially offset by decrease in depreciation on investment properties from ₹ 2.17 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 1.96
million in Fiscal 2024.
Finance costs
Our finance cost expense for the Fiscal 2024 was ₹ 180.73 million as compared to ₹ 205.79 million for Fiscal
2023, representing a decrease by ₹ 25.06 million i.e 12.18%. This was primarily due to decrease in (i) interest on
term loans from ₹ 56.77 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 37.61 million in Fiscal 2024, primarily on account of a
reduction in outstanding term loans during the year; (ii) interest on debentures from ₹ 85.08 million in Fiscal 2023
to ₹ Nil in Fiscal 2024 which was primarily on account of the 0.1% Compulsory Convertible Debentures
outstanding in Fiscal 2023, which were fully redeemed or converted, resulting in no interest expense in Fiscal
2024 and (iii) interest on dividend on preference shares from ₹ 1.41 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ Nil in Fiscal 2024.
These increases were partially offset by increase in (i) interest on working capital loan from ₹ 39.03 million in
Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 61.78 million in Fiscal 2024; (ii) interest on late payment of statutory dues from ₹ 1.37 million
in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 4.27 million in Fiscal 2024; (iii) interest on lease liability from ₹ 0.73 million in Fiscal 2023
to ₹ 25.02 million in Fiscal 2024. This increase was primarily due to lease arrangements for land taken in the
name of special purpose vehicles (SPVs) for new projects during the year, which resulted in higher recognition of
interest expenses on such lease liabilities; and (iv) bank and finance charges from ₹ 20.74 million in Fiscal 2023
to ₹ 52.05 million in Fiscal 2024 which was primarily attributable to higher processing charges paid against new
sanctions and enhancement of existing facilities, as well as an increase in bank guarantee commission in line with
a higher number and scale of projects executed during the year.
Other expenses
Our other expense for the Fiscal 2024 was ₹ 275.46 million as compared to ₹ 215.75 million for Fiscal 2023,
representing an increase of ₹ 59.71 million i.e 27.68 %. This was primarily due to increase in (i) lease charges
from ₹ 2.94 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 5.35 million in Fiscal 2024; (ii) travelling & conveyance from ₹ 19.52
million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 33.10 in Fiscal 2024. This increase was primarily attributable to higher travel-related
costs incurred in connection with execution of an overseas project in Bangladesh; (iii) legal and professional
expense from ₹ 24.39 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 98.21 million in Fiscal 2024. This increase was primarily on
account of higher professional fees incurred in relation to new project engagements, including water EPC projects
and an international project, which required specialized legal, technical, and advisory support; (iv) payment to
auditor from ₹ 2.06 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 6.02 million in Fiscal 2024; (v) printing and stationary expenses
from ₹ 5.96 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 10.55 million in Fiscal 2024; and (vi) miscellaneous expenses from ₹ 14.23
million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 44.08 million in Fiscal 2024 which was primarily due to higher tender-related expenses
incurred during the year.
These were partially offset by decrease in (i) electricity and water expenses from ₹ 3.74 million in Fiscal 2023 to
₹ 2.35 million in Fiscal 2024; (ii) repair and maintenance (including machinery) from ₹ 13.78 million in Fiscal
2023 to ₹ 8.03 million in Fiscal 2024; (iii) allowance / (reversal) for expected credit loss on receivables from ₹
27.71 million in Fiscal 2023 to Nil in Fiscal 2024; (iv) advertisement expenses from ₹ 42.51 million in Fiscal
6372023 to ₹ 18.40 million in Fiscal 2024; and (v) corporate social responsibility expenses from ₹ 11.53 million in
Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 6.15 million in Fiscal 2024.
Profit before share of net profit/(loss) of associates
For the reasons discussed above our profit before share of net profit/(loss) of associates for the Fiscal 2024 was ₹
1,175.01 million as compared to ₹ 1,582.62 million for the Fiscal 2023, representing a decrease of ₹ (407.61)
million i.e 25.76 %.
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates
Our share of net profit/(loss) of associates for the Fiscal 2024 was ₹ 0.19 million as compared to ₹ (0.01) million
for Fiscal 2023, representing an increase by ₹ 0.20 million.
Profit before tax
For the reasons discussed above, profit before tax was ₹ 1,175.20 million in Fiscal 2024 as compared to profit
before tax of ₹ 1,582.61 million in Fiscal 2023 representing a decrease of ₹ (407.41) million i.e 25.74%.
Tax expense
Total tax expense for the Fiscal 2024 was ₹ 261.34 million as compared to ₹ 292.71 million for the Fiscal 2023,
representing a decrease by ₹ (31.37) million i.e 10.72 %. The decrease in tax expense is due to (i) tax relating to
earlier years from ₹ Nil in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ (16.78) million in Fiscal 2024; and (ii) deferred tax change from ₹
117.34 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 91.47 million in Fiscal 2024 which was partially offset by increase in current
year tax from ₹ 175.37 million in Fiscal 2023 to ₹ 186.65 million in Fiscal 2024.
Profit / Loss for the year
Profit for the Fiscal 2024 was ₹ 913.86 million as compared to ₹ 1,289.90 million for the Fiscal 2023. Our profit
margin decreased by 29.15 % in Fiscal 2024 due to the factors mentioned hereinabove.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCE
We finance our operations and capital requirements primarily through cash flows from operations and borrowings
under credit facilities from certain banks. We have historically met our liquidity requirements through the cash
flow generated through our business operations. We expect to meet our working capital needs and liquidity
requirements for the next 12 months primarily from the proceeds of the Offer, cash flows from our business
operations and borrowings, as determined by the management.
Cash Flows
The following table sets forth certain information relating to our cash flows in the period indicated:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscals
2025 2024 2023
Net cash generated/ (used in) operating activities (696.18) (228.94) (702.36)
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities (1,158.12) (1,757.93) 538.30
Net cash generated from financing activities 2,227.28 2,417.02 114.21
Net changes in cash and cash equivalent 372.98 430.15 (49.85)
Operating Activities
Fiscal 2025
In the Fiscal 2025, net cash generated/ (used) from operating activities was ₹ (696.18) million. Though our profit
before tax was ₹ 1,866.73 million, our operating profit before working capital changes was ₹ 1,991.26 million,
primarily due to depreciation and amortisation expense of ₹ 40.58 million, finance cost of ₹ 209.41 million, share
of net profit/ (loss) of associates was ₹ (0.23) million, fair valuation loss/ (gain) from investments designated at
FVTPL (net) of ₹ 18.86 million, employee share based payment of ₹ 14.89 million, profit on sale of investments
638of ₹ (21.37) million, interest income of ₹ (110.63) million, allowance for expected credit loss of ₹ (1.81) million,
balances written off of ₹ 7.53 million, unrealized foreign exchange (gain) / loss of ₹ (5.34) million, gain on account
of loss of control of subsidiary of ₹ (12.75) million and profit on sale of property, plant and equipment of ₹ (15.07)
million.
This was further adjusted for working capital changes, which primarily consisted increase in inventories of ₹ 91.22
million, increase in other assets and other financial assets of ₹ (196.01) million, increase in trade receivables of ₹
(3,525.77) million, increase in trade payables of ₹ 277.35 million, increase in other liabilities and other financial
liability of ₹ 1,212.19 million and increase in provisions of ₹ 4.38 million.
Fiscal 2024
In the Fiscal 2024, net cash generated/ (used) from operating activities was ₹ (228.94) million. Though our profit
before tax was ₹ 1,175.20 million, our operating profit before working capital changes was ₹ 1,232.16 million,
primarily due to depreciation and amortisation expense of ₹ 82.30 million finance cost of ₹ 180.73 million, share
of net profit/ (loss) of associates was ₹ (0.19) million, fair valuation loss/ (gain) from investments designated at
FVTPL (net) of ₹ (0.61) million, liabilities no longer required written back of ₹ (1.12) million, employee share
based payment of ₹ 1.78 million, interest income of ₹ (40.93) million, balances written off of ₹ 0.86 million,
unrealized foreign exchange (gain)/ loss of ₹ (5.20) million, gain on account of loss of control of subsidiary of ₹
(150.15) million and profit on sale of property, plant and equipment of ₹ (10.51) million.
This was further adjusted for working capital changes, which primarily consisted decrease in inventories of ₹
57.16 million, increase in other assets and other financial assets of ₹ (1,605.82) million, increase in trade
receivables of ₹ (974.87) million, increase in trade payables of ₹ 871.33 million, increase in other liabilities and
other financial liability of ₹ 348.19 million and increase in provisions of ₹ 1.44 million.
Fiscal 2023
In the Fiscal 2023, net cash generated/ (used) from operating activities was ₹ (702.36) million. Though our profit
before tax was ₹ 1,582.61 million, our operating profit before working capital changes was ₹ 740.86 million,
primarily due to depreciation and amortisation expense of ₹ 51.73 million, finance cost of ₹ 205.79 million, share
of net profit/ (loss) of associates was ₹ 0.01 million, fair valuation loss/ (gain) from investments designated at
FVTPL (net) of ₹ (9.09) million, liabilities no longer required written back of ₹ (85.76) million, employee share
based payment of ₹ 3.90 million, interest income of ₹ (40.34) million, allowance for expected credit loss of ₹
27.71 million, unrealized foreign exchange (gain)/ loss of ₹ (42.07) million and gain on account of loss of control
of subsidiary of ₹ (953.63) million.
This was further adjusted for working capital changes, which primarily consisted increase in inventories of ₹ 6.28
million, increase in other assets and other financial assets of ₹ 999.13 million, increase in trade receivables of ₹
845.01 million, increase in trade payables of ₹ 345.44 million, increase in other liabilities and other financial
liability of ₹ 219.21 million and increase in provisions of ₹ 5.35 million.
Investing Activities
Fiscal 2025
In the Fiscal 2025, net cash used in investing activities was ₹ (1,158.12) million primarily due to purchase of
property, plant and equipment of ₹ 291.76 million, purchase of investment properties of ₹ 18.85 million, proceeds
from investment properties of ₹ 16.79 million, proceeds from sale of investments of ₹ 589.79 million, net proceeds
on loss of control of subsidiary (net of cash and cash equivalents) of ₹ (0.11) million, loan received back of ₹
26.29 million, loan granted of ₹ 173.47 million, investment in others of ₹ 566.71 million, net investment in fixed
deposits of ₹ 850.62 million, and interest received of ₹ 79.55 million.
Fiscal 2024
In the Fiscal 2024, net cash used in investing activities was ₹ (1,757.93) million primarily due to purchase of
property, plant and equipment of ₹ 936.21 million, proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment of ₹ 17.52
million, purchase of investment properties of ₹ (1.01) million, proceeds from sale of investments of ₹ 0.11 million,
investment in LLPs of ₹ (10.60) million, investment in associates of ₹ (0.03) million, net proceeds on loss of
control of subsidiary (net of cash and cash equivalents) ₹ (22.19) million, loan received back of ₹ 19.62 million,
639loan granted of ₹ (58.51) million, net investment in fixed deposits of ₹ (807.10) million, and interest received of
₹ 40.47 million.
Fiscal 2023
In the Fiscal 2023, net cash used in investing activities was ₹ 538.30 million primarily due to purchase of property,
plant and equipment of ₹ 185.87 million, proceeds from investment properties of ₹ (1.89) million, net proceeds
on loss of control of subsidiary (net of cash and cash equivalents) of ₹ 538.50 million, loan received back of ₹
69.74 million, loan granted of ₹ 22.39 million, investment in others of ₹ (10.11) million, net investment in fixed
deposits of ₹ 112.80 million, and interest received of ₹ 37.52 million.
Financing Activities
Fiscal 2025
In the Fiscal 2025, net cash generated from financing activities was ₹ 2,227.28 million primarily due to proceeds
of long term borrowings of ₹ 24.03 million, repayment of long term borrowings of ₹ 52.19 million, proceeds /
repayment of short term borrowings (net) of ₹ 1,368.63 million, proceeds from issue of equity share of ₹ 1,255.00
million, proceeds from issue of warrants convertible into equity share of ₹ 20.00 million, finance cost paid of ₹
203.82 million and repayment of lease liability of ₹ 184.37 million.
Fiscal 2024
In the Fiscal 2024, net cash generated from financing activities was ₹ 2,417.02 million primarily due to proceeds
of long term borrowings ₹ 1,145.37 million, repayment of long term borrowings of ₹ (210.80) million, proceeds
from short term borrowings (net) of ₹ 997.37 million, proceeds from issue of equity share of ₹ 689.99 million,
finance cost paid of ₹ 155.71 million and repayment of lease liability of ₹ 49.20 million.
Fiscal 2023
In the Fiscal 2023, net cash generated from financing activities was ₹ 114.21 million primarily due to proceeds of
long term borrowings ₹ 2,171.08 million, repayment of long term borrowings of ₹ (1,121.18) million, repayment
of short term borrowings (net) of ₹ (536.80) million, redemption of preference share of ₹ (98.41) million, finance
cost paid of ₹ (298.16) million and repayment of lease liability of ₹ (2.32) million.
FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS
As of July 31, 2025, we had outstanding indebtedness of ₹ 6,929.29 million. The following table sets forth certain
information relating to our outstanding indebtedness as of July 31, 2025:
(₹ in million)
Amount Outstanding
Sanctioned as of July 31, 2025
Category of Borrowing
Amount (Negative Balance represents
debit or receivable balance)
Secured Loans
Fund based facilities (A)
Cash Credit 570.00 -
Term Loans 405.20 263.54
GECL - -
WCDL 165.00 -
Overdraft 160.00 -
Auto Premium Loans 29.03 25.17
Purchase Bill Discount 100.00
Total Fund Based Liabilities (A) 1,429.22 288.71
Non-fund based facilities (B)
Bank Guarantees and Letter of Credit 6,565.00 4,512.10
Forward Contract Limit 45.00 -
Combined Working Capital Limit 1,100.00 356.75
Total Non- Fund based Liabilities (B) 7,710.00 4,868.85
640Amount Outstanding
Sanctioned as of July 31, 2025
Category of Borrowing
Amount (Negative Balance represents
debit or receivable balance)
Total Secured Loans (C= A+B) 9,139.23 5,157.56
Unsecured Loans (D)*
Lender 1 (TREDs Limit) 3,056.20 1,713.40
Lender 2 (TREDs Limit) 127.00 58.06
Lender 3 0.27 0.27
Total Unsecured Loans (D) 3,183.47 1,771.73
Grand Total (C + D) 12,322.70 6,929.29
^As certified by MRM & Company, Chartered Accountants., by way of their certificate dated September 29, 2025.
*Names of these lenders have not been disclosed, in view of confidentiality obligations and absence of their
consent.
For further information on our indebtedness, see section titled “Financial Indebtedness” on page 652.
CONTINGENT LIABILITY AND CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
Contingent Liability
The following table sets forth certain information relating to our contingent liabilities disclosed in the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscals
2025 2024 2023
Short deduction of PF* 7.28 7.28 7.28
Demand relating to income tax** 78.80 88.33 112.55
GST Demand under section 73 of GST Act, 15.74 12.96 -
2017
Custom Duty*** 74.69 74.69 74.69
Note: Amounts above represent the maximum potential exposure; actual liability may differ depending on outcome
of proceedings. Our Company believes, based on legal advice, that it has strong grounds in the above cases and
no provision is required under Ind AS 37.
* The provident fund department had issued a notice for short deduction of provident fund by the security guard
companies and sub-contractors and our Company was working as a main contractor for this site so on behalf of
them a demand has been raised against our Company of ₹ 7.28 million against which our Company has submitted
a response to the department to seek detail and working of amount demanded by the provident fund
department.
** During the year, our Company generally, while participating in the tenders, provides bank guarantees and
surety bonds from insurance companies to third parties viz. project owners/ employers as against earnest money
deposits or sureties. Since, these are towards the own performance obligation of our Company, hence do not
qualify to be classified as contingent liability, same has been excluded from above disclosure.
*** Our Company has filed two writ petitions before the High Court challenging the levy of safeguard duty of
₹74.69 million on import of solar cells and modules. While the High Court granted interim relief for release of
goods against bank guarantee and bond. This has been challenged before the Supreme Court, which has granted
an interim stay pending final hearing.
Capital and other commitments
The following table sets forth certain information relating to our capital commitments as disclosed in the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information:
(₹ in million)
Particulars Fiscals
2025 2024 2023
Capital commitments 204.95 - -
Other commitments-outstanding letters of 763.76 75.14 249.87
credit
641OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no off-balance sheet arrangements as per the
Restated Consolidated Financial Information.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
We have engaged in the past, and may engage in the future, in transactions with related parties. For details of our
related party transactions, see “Restated Consolidated Financial Information –Note No. 51- Related Party
Disclosures” on page 549.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS OF MARKET RISKS
The Board of Directors (Board) has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group risk
management framework. The Board of Directors regularly reviews the changes in the market conditions,
management policies and procedures and the adequacy of risk management framework in relation to the risks
faced by the Group. The framework seeks to identify, assess and mitigate financial risk in order to minimize
potential adverse effects on the Group's financial performance.
The Group’s business activities expose it to credit risk, liquidity risk, market risk, price risk, currency risk and
interest rate risk arising from financial instruments. The management is responsible for developing and monitoring
the Group’s risk management policies to address and mitigate these exposures.
Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to
meet its contractual obligation and arises from the operating activities primarily (trade receivables) and investing
activities including deposits, loans to related parties or others and other financial assets. The Group establishes an
allowance for impairment that represents its estimate of expected losses in respect of financial assets. A default
of financial assets is when there is a significant increase in the credit risk which is evaluated based on the business
environment. The assets are written off when the Group is certain about the non- recovery. Credit risk is reduced
by receiving pre-payments. The Group has a well defined sales policy to minimize its risk of credit defaults. The
outstanding customer receivables are regularly monitored and assessed. Impairment analysis is performed based
on historical data at each reporting date. However, a large number of minor receivables are grouped into
homogenous groups and assessed for impairment collectively.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its
financial liabilities that are proposed to be settled by delivering cash or other financial asset. The Group’s financial
planning has ensured, as far as possible, that there is sufficient liquidity to meet the liabilities whenever due, under
both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s
reputation.
The Group regularly monitors the rolling forecasts to ensure it has sufficient cash on an on-going basis to meet
operational needs. Any short-term surplus cash generated, over and above the amount required for working capital
management and other operational requirements, is retained as cash and cash equivalents (to the extent required)
and any excess is invested in interest bearing term deposits with appropriate maturities to optimize the cash returns
on investments while ensuring sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities.
Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings, fair values or future cash flows that may result from adverse
changes in market rates and prices (such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates) or in the price of market
risk-sensitive instruments as a result of such adverse changes in market rates and prices. Market risk is attributable
to all market risk-sensitive financial instruments, all foreign currency receivables and payables and all short term
and long term debt. The Group is exposed to market risk primarily related to foreign exchange rate risk, interest
rate risk and the market value of its investments. Thus, the Group’s exposure to market risk is a function of
investing and borrowing activities and revenue generating and operating activities in foreign currencies.
642Price Risk
The Group is mainly exposed to the price risk due to its investment in venture capital fund and other equity
instruments. The price risk arises due to uncertainties about the future market values of these investments. The
Group has laid policies and guidelines which it adheres to in order to minimise price risk arising from investments
in venture capital fund and other equity instruments. in order to minimise price risk arising from investments in
venture capital funds, the Group predominately invests in those venture capital funds, which on a long term basis
have provided good returns, have good ratings and no demonstrated track record of price volatility. Further, in
order to minimise price risk in bonds, the Group invests in high rated debt instrument issued by entities.
Currency Risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk on account of its operating activities. The functional currency of the Group
is Indian Rupee. Our Company’s exchange rate risk primarily arises when revenue / costs are generated in a
currency that is different from the reporting currency (transaction risk). This foreign currency risk exposure of the
Company is mainly in U.S. Dollar (USD).
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk refers to the potential for changes in market interest rates to cause fluctuations in the fair value
or future cash flows of a financial instrument. The Group exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates
relates borrowings from banks and financial institutions.
SIGNIFICANT DEPENDENCE ON A SINGLE OR FEW SUPPLIERS OR CUSTOMERS
Except as disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors” and “Our Business” on
pages 43 and 316, respectively, there is no dependence on a single or few customers or suppliers.
UNUSUAL OR INFREQUENT EVENTS OR TRANSACTIONS
To our knowledge there have been no transactions or events which, in our judgment, would be considered unusual
or infrequent.
SIGNIFICANT ECONOMIC CHANGES
Except as disclosed in this section and the sections of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus titled “Risk Factors” and
“Industry Overview” on pages 43 and 205, respectively, there have been no significant economic changes that
materially affected or are likely to affect our Company’s income from operations.
KNOWN TRENDS OR UNCERTAINTIES THAT HAVE HAD OR ARE EXPECTED TO HAVE A
MATERIAL ADVERSE IMPACT ON SALES, REVENUE OR INCOME FROM CONTINUING
OPERATIONS
Our business has been subjected, and we expect it to continue to be subjected, to the trends identified above in
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Result of Operations – Significant Factors
Affecting our Results of Operations” and the uncertainties described in “Risk Factors”, beginning on pages 608
and 44, respectively. Further, except as disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no known trends
or uncertainties that have or had or are expected to have a material adverse impact on our revenues.
FUTURE CHANGES IN RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN COST AND REVENUE
Except as disclosed in “Risk Factors”, “Our Business” and above in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Conditions and Result of Operations – Significant Factors Affecting our Results of Operations” on
pages 43, 316 and 608, respectively, to our knowledge there are no known factors that may adversely affect our
business prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
EXTENT TO WHICH MATERIAL INCREASES IN NET SALES OR REVENUE FROM OPERATIONS
ARE DUE TO INCREASED SALES VOLUME, INTRODUCTION OF NEW PRODUCTS OR
SERVICES, OR INCREASED SALE PRICES
643Changes in revenue from operations are as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Conditions and Result of Operations - Significant Factors Affecting our Results of Operations” on page 608,
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Result of Operations – Fiscal 2025
compared with Fiscal 2024” on page 630 and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions
and Result of Operations – Fiscal 2024 compared with Fiscal 2023” on page 634.
TOTAL TURNOVER OF EACH MAJOR INDUSTRY SEGMENT
For the Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023, we operated in only a single reportable segment.
NEW PRODUCTS OR BUSINESS VERTICALS
Except as set out in this section and in the section titled “Our Business” beginning on page 316, there are no new
products or business verticals, categories or sectors in which we operate that have or are expected to have a
material impact on our business prospects, results of operations or financial condition.
SEASONALITY OF BUSINESS
Our business is subject to weather-related variations and is largely dependent on the weather conditions of the
location where the project to be executed is situated. Curtailed activity due to adverse weather conditions,
particularly unseasonal rains may restrict our ability to carry on project activities thereby adversely affecting our
revenues and business operations. For further details see the section titled “Risk Factors – Our business is subject
to weather-related variations and is largely dependent on the weather conditions of the location where the project
to be executed is situated. Curtailed activity due to adverse weather conditions, particularly unseasonal rains may
restrict our ability to carry on project activities thereby adversely affecting our revenues and business operations”
on page 61.
COMPETITIVE CONDITIONS
We operate in a competitive environment. For further details on our industry and competition that we face in our
business, see the sections titled “Industry Overview”, “Our Business”, and “Risk Factors” on pages 205, 316
and 43 respectively.
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Other than as required for the preparation of our Restated Consolidated Financial Information, there have been no
changes in our accounting policies during the Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023.
SUMMARY OF RESERVATION, QUALIFCATIONS, ADVERSE REMARKS AND EMPHASIS OF
MATTERS BY AUDITORS
Except as stated below there are no reservations, qualifications and adverse remarks included by the auditors in
the Restated Consolidated Financial Information during the Fiscals 2025, 2024 and 2023.
(A) Matters included under Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements in the Independent Consolidated
Auditor's Report of Rays Power Infra Limited (formerly known as Rays Power Infra Private Limited) which do
not requires corrective adjustments in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
Fiscal (consolidated Details of reservation, qualification or adverse remarks
financial information)
For the year ended With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance
March 31, 2025 with Rule 11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014.
Based on our examination which included test checks, and that performed by the
respective auditors of the subsidiaries and associate which are companies incorporated
in India whose financial statements have been audited under the Act, the Holding
company, its subsidiaries and associate, in respect of financial year commencing on 1
April, 2024, has used accounting software for maintaining its books of account which
has a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and the same has operated
644Fiscal (consolidated Details of reservation, qualification or adverse remarks
financial information)
throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded in respective software,
except that, in case of Holding Company the audit trail feature was not enabled at
database level for accounting software to log any direct data changes. Further, during
the course of our audit, we and the respective auditors of the above referred
subsidiaries and its associate have not come across any instance of audit trail feature
being tampered with and except for the periods where the audit trail feature was not
enabled for the databases, the Group and its associate have preserved the audit trial in
accordance with statutory record retention requirements.
For the year ended With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance
March 31, 2024 with Rule 11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014
Based on our examination, which included test checks, and that performed by the
respective auditors of the subsidiaries and associates which are companies
incorporated in India whose financial Statements/financial information have been
audited under the Act, except for the instances mentioned below, the Holding
Company and its subsidiaries and its associates companies have used accounting
softwares for maintaining its books of account which has a feature of recording audit
trail (edit log) facility and the same has operated throughout the year for all relevant
transactions recorded in the respective software’s:
(a) Based on our examination, which included test checks, the Holding
Company has used accounting software for maintaining its books of account which
have a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and that has operated
throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded in the software, except that
the audit log was not enabled to capture any direct changes at the database level.
Further, during the course of our audit, we did not notice any instance of audit trail
feature being tampered with.
(b) In respect of one (1) subsidiary, the subsidiary has used an accounting
software for maintaining its books of account for the financial year ended March 31,
2024 which has a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility. However, due to
the inherent limitation of the accounting software, we are unable to comment whether
there were any instances of the audit trail feature been tempered during the audit
period.
As proviso to Rule 3(1) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 is applicable from
April 1, 2023, reporting under Rule 11(g) of the companies (Audit and Auditors)
Rules, 2014 on preservation of audit trail as per the statutory requirements for record
retention is not applicable for the financial year ended March 31, 2024.
(B) Matters included under Emphasis of matter in the Independent Consolidated Auditor's Report of Rays Power
Infra Limited (formerly known as Rays Power Infra Private Limited) which do not requires corrective adjustments
in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
Fiscal (consolidated Details of reservation, qualification or adverse remarks
financial information)
For the year ended Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to Note 35 to the consolidated
March 31, 2023 financial statements wherein one vendor has filed case for recovery of its dues
aggregating to 797 Lakhs in National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) against the
holding company. However, Holding company has denied the vendor’s claim as
vendor has not performed its obligations as per agreed terms. We have relied on the
management contention. However, our opinion is not modified in respect of above
matter.
645(C) Matters included in the Annexure A to Independent Consolidated Auditor's Report with respect to matters
specified in clause (xxi) Companies (Auditor's Report) Order, 2020 of Rays Power Infra Limited (formerly known
as Rays Power Infra Private Limited) which do not require any corrective adjustments in the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
Fiscal (consolidated Details of reservation, qualification or adverse remarks
financial information)
For the year ended According to the information and explanation given to us, and based on the CARO
March 31, 2024 reports issued by us and the auditors of respective companies included in the
consolidated financial statements to which reporting under CARO is applicable, as
provided to us by the management of the Holding Company, we report there are no
qualification or adverse remark by the respective auditors in the CARO report of the
said respective companies included in the Consolidated Financial Statements except
for the following:
S. No Name CIN Holding Clause
Company/ number of the
subsidiary CARO report
including step which is
down qualified or is
subsidiaries adverse
U40106M
Rays Power Infra H2011PL Holding 3i (c), 3ii(b),
1 Limited C267684 Company 3vii(b)
U40104M
Shining Sun Power H2014PT 3(vii)(a),
2 Private Limited C267611 Subsidiary 3(vii)(b)
Hop Electric U34100RJ
Manufacturing One 2022PTC0
3 Private Limited 81866 Associate 3(vii) (a)
For the year ended According to the information and explanation given to us, and based on the CARO
March 31, 2023 reports issued by us and the auditors of respective companies included in the
consolidated financial statements to which reporting under CARO is applicable, as
provided to us by the management of the Holding Company, we report there are no
qualification or adverse remark by the respective auditors in the CARO report of the
said respective companies included in the Restated Consolidated Financial Statements
except for the following:
S. Name CIN Holding Clause
No Company/ number of the
subsidiary CARO report
which is
qualified or is
adverse
Rays Power Infra U40106MH2011P Holding
1 Limited LC267684 Company ii (b)
2 Hop Electric U74999RJ2020PT Wholly
Mobility Private C068051 owned iii(c), iii(d),
Limited subsidiary iii(e), vii(a)
(D) Matters included in the Companies (Auditor's Report) Order, 2020 of Independent Standalone Auditor's
Report of Rays Power Infra Limited (formerly known as Rays Power Infra Private Limited) which do not require
any corrective adjustments in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
646Fiscal (consolidated Details of reservation, qualification or adverse remarks
financial information)
For the year ended Clause (i)(c) of CARO, 2020
March 31, 2024 According to the information and explanations given to us and on the basis of our
examination of the records of the Company, the title deeds of immovable properties
(other than immovable properties where the Company is the lessee and the leases
agreements are duly executed in favor of the lessee) disclosed in the standalone
Financial Statements are held in the name of the Company, except for the following
which are not held in the name of the Company.
Descriptio Gross Held in a Whether Period Reason for
n of Carrying name of promotor, Held not held in
property Value as director or a name of
on their company
31.03.2024 relative or
(Rs. In employee
Lakhs)
Rajputana
Related to Registry is
Building 257.72 Educationa 6.5 Years
director pending
l Society
For the year ended Clause (ii)(b) of CARO, 2020
March 31, 2024
The Company has been sanctioned working capital limits in excess of Rs. five crores
in aggregate from banks and/or financial institutions during the year on the basis of
security of current assets of the Company. The quarterly returns/ statements filed by
the Company with such banks and financial Institutions are in agreement with books
of accounts of the Company except certain variances which has been explained in the
Note No. 56 to the Standalone Financial Statements.
For the year ended Clause (vii)(b) of CARO, 2020
March 31, 2024
According to the information and explanations given to us, the dues outstanding in
respect of Income-tax, Goods & Service Tax, Sales-tax, Service-tax, Customs Duty,
Excise Duty and Value added tax which have not been deposited on account of any
dispute are as follows:
Period to Forum Name of
Amount
Name of Nature of which the where the statute
(Rs. In
the statute the Dues amount dispute is
Millions)
relates pending
lncome Demand 0.131 AY 2015- Commissio lncome
Tax Act, under 16 ner of Tax Act,
1961 section lncome 1961
156 of Tax
lncome (Appeals)
Tax
Act,1961
lncome Demand 1.98 AY 2017- Commissio lncome
Tax Act, under 18 ner of Tax Act,
1961 section lncome 1961
153A of Tax
lncome (Appeals)
Tax
Act,1961
lncome Demand 4.898 AY 2018- Commissio lncome
Tax Act, under 19 ner of Tax Act,
1961 section lncome 1961
153A of Tax
lncome (Appeals)
Tax
Act,1961
647Fiscal (consolidated Details of reservation, qualification or adverse remarks
financial information)
lncome Demand 9.958 AY 2019- Commissio lncome
Tax Act, under 20 ner of Tax Act,
1961 section lncome 1961
143(3) of Tax
lncome (Appeals)
Tax
Act,1961
lncome Demand 3.902 AY 2020- Commissio lncome
Tax Act, under 21 ner of Tax Act,
1961 section lncome 1961
143(3) of Tax
lncome (Appeals)
Tax
Act,1961
The Short 7.278 - Provident The
Employees deduction fund Employees
’ Provident of department ’ Provident
Funds and Provident Funds and
Miscellane fund Miscellane
ous ous
Provisions Provisions
act, 1952 act, 1952
For the Financial Year Clause (ii)(b) of CARO, 2020
Ended March 31, 2023
The Company has been sanctioned working capital limits in excess of Rs. five crores
in aggregate from banks and/or financial institutions during the year on the basis of
security of current assets of the Company. The quarterly returns/ statements filed by
the Company with such banks and financial institutions are in agreement with books
of accounts of the Company except certain variances which has been explained in the
note no 53 to the standalone Financial Statements.
(E) Matters included in the Companies (Auditor's Report) Order, 2020 of Independent Standalone Auditor's
Report of Shining Sun Power Private Limited which do not require any corrective adjustments in the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
Fiscal (consolidated Details of reservation, qualification or adverse remarks
financial information)
For the Financial Year Clause (vii)(a) of CARO, 2020
Ended March 31, 2024
In our opinion, and according to the information and explanations given to us,
undisputed statutory dues including goods and services tax, provident fund,
employees’ state insurance, income-tax, sales-tax, service tax, duty of customs, duty
of excise, value added tax, cess and other statutory dues, as applicable, have generally
been regularly deposited with the appropriate authorities by the company, though
there have been slight delays in a few cases. Further, no undisputed amounts payable
in respect thereof were outstanding at the year-end for a period of more than six
months from the date they became payable. The operation of the Company during the
year do not give rise to the liabilities of sales tax, service tax, duty of custom, duty of
excise and value added tax.
For the Financial Year Clause (vii)(b) of CARO, 2020
Ended March 31, 2024
According to the information and explanations given to us, there are no statutory dues
referred to in subclause (a) above that have not been deposited with the appropriate
authorities on account of any dispute, except for the following pending matter of
Income tax.
S. No. Assessment Amount of Amount of Forum where
Year Demand Deposit pending
648Fiscal (consolidated Details of reservation, qualification or adverse remarks
financial information)
1 2016-17 96196956 5995354 CIT
(Appeals)
(F) Matters included in the Companies (Auditor's Report) Order, 2020 of Independent Standalone Auditor's Report
of HOP Electric Mobility Private Limited which do not require any corrective adjustments in the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
Fiscal (consolidated Details of reservation, qualification or adverse remarks
financial information)
For the Financial Year Clause (iii)(c) of CARO, 2020
Ended March 31, 2023
In respect of loan granted by the company, the schedule of repayment of principal and
the payment of the interest has not been stipulated and accordingly, we are unable to
comment as to whether the repayments/ receipts of principal interest are regular.
For the Financial Year Clause (iii)(d) of CARO, 2020
Ended March 31, 2023
In the absence of stipulated schedule of repayment of principal and payment of
interest in respect of loans or advances in the nature of loans, we are unable to
comment as to whether there is any amount which is overdue of more than 90 days.
Reasonable steps have been taken by the company for recovery od such principal
amount and interest.
For the Financial Year Clause (iii)(e) of CARO, 2020
Ended March 31, 2023
In respect of loan and advances in the nature of loans granted by the company, the
schedule of repayment of principal has not been stipulated. According to the
information and expalanation given to us, such loan have not been demanded for
repayment as on date.
For the Financial Year Clause (vii)(a) of CARO, 2020
Ended March 31, 2023
In our opinion, and according to the information and explanations given to us,
undisputed statutory dues including goods and services tax, provident fund,
employees' state insurance, income tax, sales tax, service tax, duty of customs, duty
of excise, value added tax, cess and other material statutory dues, as applicable, have
generally been regularly deposited with the appropriate authorities by the company,
though there have been slight delay in few cases. Further, no undisputed amount
payable in respect thereof were outstanding at the year end for a period of more than
six months from the date they became payable.
(G) Matters included in the Companies (Auditor's Report) Order, 2020 of Independent Standalone Auditor's
Report of Hop Electric Manufacturing One Private Limited which do not require any corrective adjustments in
the Restated Consolidated Financial Information are as follows:
Fiscal (consolidated Details of reservation, qualification or adverse remarks
financial information)
For the Financial Year Clause (vii)(a) of CARO, 2020
Ended March 31, 2024
In our opinion, and according to the information and explanations given to us,
undisputed statutory dues including goods and services tax, provident fund,
employees' state insurance, income tax, sales tax, service tax, duty of customs, duty
of excise, value added tax, cess and other material statutory dues, as applicable, have
generally been regularly deposited with the appropriate authorities by the company,
though there have been slight delay in few cases. Further, no undisputed amount
payable in respect thereof were outstanding at the year end for a period of more than
six months from the date they became payable. The operation of the company do not
give rise to the liabilities of sales tax, duty of custom, duty of excise and value added
tax.
649SIGNIFICANT DEVELOPMENTS AFTER MARCH 31, 2025, THAT MAY AFFECT OUR FUTURE
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Except as set out in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, to our knowledge, no circumstances have arisen since the
date of the last financial statements as disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus which materially or adversely
affect or are likely to affect, the trading or profitability of our Company, or the value of our assets or our ability
to pay our material liabilities within the next 12 months.
650CAPITALISATION STATEMENT
The following table sets forth our Company’s capitalization as at March 31, 2025, on the basis of our Restated
Consolidated Financial Information, and as adjusted for the Offer. This table should be read in conjunction with
the sections titled “Risk Factors”, “Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages 43, 482 and 600, respectively.
(in ₹ million, except ratio)
Particulars* As at March 31, 2025
Pre-Offer As adjusted for the
Offer#
Debt
Non-current Borrowings (including current maturities) [●]
299.42
(A)
Secured Borrowings 299.42 [●]
Unsecured Borrowings - [●]
Current Borrowings* (B) 2,405.07 [●]
Secured Borrowings 100.75 [●]
Unsecured Borrowings 2,304.32 [●]
Total Borrowings (C=A+B) 2,704.49 [●]
Equity Share Capital* (D) 569.38 [●]
Other Equity* (E) 5,588.48 [●]
Non-Controlling Interest (F) 0.01 [●]
Total Equity (G= D+E+F) 6,157.87 [●]
Debt / Equity Ratio (in times) (H= C/G) 0.44 [●]
–Total Non-Current Borrowings / Total Equity (I= A/G) 0.05 [●]
* These terms shall carry the meaning as per Schedule III of the Companies Act 2013 (as amended).
#The corresponding post Offer capitalization data in the above table is not determinable at this stage pending the
completion of the book building process for the Offer and hence, the same have not been provided in this statement.
651FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS
We have availed credit facilities in the ordinary course of business for purposes such as, inter alia, meeting the
capital expenditure / working capital requirements, and for general corporate purposes.
We have obtained the necessary consents required under the relevant financing documents for undertaking
activities in relation to the Offer, such as, inter alia, effecting changes in the capital structure, change in the
management / board composition and implementation of expansion, modernization, diversification and renovation
schemes.
For further details regarding the borrowing powers of our Board, please see section titled “Our Management –
Borrowing Powers of our Board” on page 454.
As on July 31, 2025, our aggregated outstanding borrowings amounted to ₹ 6,929.29 million, and a brief summary
of such borrowings is set forth below:
(in ₹ million)
Amount Outstanding
Sanctioned as of July 31, 2025
Category of Borrowing
Amount (Negative Balance represents
debit or receivable balance)
Secured Loans
Fund based facilities (A)
Cash Credit 570.00 -
Term Loans 405.20 263.54
GECL - -
WCDL 165.00 -
Overdraft 160.00 -
Auto Premium Loans 29.03 25.17
Purchase Bill Discount 100.00
Total Fund Based Liabilities (A) 1,429.22 288.71
Non-fund based facilities (B)
Bank Guarantees and Letter of Credit 6,565.00 4,512.10
Forward Contract Limit 45.00 -
Combined Working Capital Limit 1,100.00 356.75
Total Non- Fund based Liabilities (B) 7,710.00 4,868.85
Total Secured Loans (C= A+B) 9,139.23 5,157.56
Unsecured Loans (D)*
Lender 1 (TREDs Limit) 3,056.20 1,713.40
Lender 2 (TREDs Limit) 127.00 58.06
Lender 3 0.27 0.27
Total Unsecured Loans (D) 3,183.47 1,771.73
Grand Total (C + D) 12,322.70 6,929.29
^As certified by MRM & Company, Chartered Accountants., by way of their certificate dated September 29, 2025
*Names of these lenders have not been disclosed, in view of confidentiality obligations and absence of their
consent.
Set forth are the principal terms of the loans and advances of the Company and its Subsidiaries:
1. Interest: In terms of facilities availed by the company, the interest rate is typically the base rate of a
specified lender and spread per annum. The spreads are different for different facilities. In terms of the
borrowings availed by us, the interest rate is typically dependent on the guidelines of RBI and lenders and
ranges from 9.5% to 10.5% per annum either on a floating rate or linked to base rate, as specified by
respective lenders.
2. Tenor: The tenor of the short term borrowings availed by the Company ranges from 6 months to 12 months
before being considered for renewal and also some were on demand for repayment.
6523. Security: Under the financing arrangements for secured borrowings, the company is typically required to
create security by way of, among others, hypothecation of property, stock and book debts and other
movable, fixed assets and current assets of the Company both present and future corporate guarantees and
personal guarantees of some of the Promoters or Directors. Further, there may be additional requirements
for creation of security under the various borrowing arrangements entered into by the company.
4. Default Interest: The terms of certain financing facilities availed by the Company prescribe penalties for
non-compliance of certain obligations by the Company. These include, inter alia, overdue/ delays/ default
in payment of monies. Further, the default interest payable on the facilities availed by us is typically in the
range of 2% to 4% per annum.
5. Pre-payment: The terms of facilities availed by us typically have prepayment provisions which allow for
prepayment of the outstanding loan amount on giving notice to the concerned lender, subject to such
prepayment penalties as laid down in the facility agreements. The prepayment premium for the facilities
availed by us, where specified, is typically in the range of 2% to 4% of the principal amount being prepaid.
6. Repayment: The facilities availed by us are typically repayable on their respective due dates within the
maximum tenure or in structured monthly instalments.
7. Events of Default: Borrowing arrangements entered into by us contain standard events of default,
including: -
a. If any of the representations or statements or particulars are found to be incorrect or the Company
commits any breach of terms and/or conditions under the agreement.
b. If there is any deterioration or impairment of the secured assets or any part thereof or any decline or
depreciation in the value or market price thereof (whether actual or reasonably anticipated) which
causes the security in the judgment of the Bank to become unsatisfactory as to character or value.
c. If any attachment, distress, execution or other process, against the Company/ assets/bank accounts or
any of the secured assets is threatened, enforced or levied upon by any person.
d. The death, insolvency, winding up, failure in business, commission of an act of bankruptcy, general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, suspension of payments to any creditors or threats to do so,
filing of any petition of bankruptcy, by or against the Company under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy
Code, 2016 or a threat to do so or the death of any guarantor.
e. Upon the happening of any substantial change in the constitution or management of the Company
without previous written consent of the bank, or upon the Company or the management of the
Company ceasing to enjoy the confidence of the bank.
f. Non-adherence by the Company to financial ratios, parameters, financial covenants, as stipulated by
the bank from time to time.
8. Restrictive Covenants: Certain borrowing arrangements entered by us contain restrictive covenants which
require us to take prior written consent of the respective lender before undertaking certain activities
including:
a. Effect any change in the capital structure or shareholding pattern or effect any change in the
management set-up or ownership interest structure where the shareholding of the existing
shareholders or capital control or ownership interest of the partners, including the managing partners,
directly or indirectly, legally or beneficially, get diluted below the current level.
b. Undertake any new project, expansion of business, diversification or capital expenditure or acquired
fixed assets
c. Formulate any scheme of amalgamation or reconstitution.
d. Invest by way of share capital in or lend or advance funds to or place deposits with any other concern.
Normal trade credit or security deposits required to be extended in the normal course of business or
advances to employees, however, would not be covered.
e. Enter into additional borrowing arrangements (including securitisation of receivables or provide
escrow facilities), either secured or unsecured, with any Bank, Financial Institutions, Company/Firm
or otherwise other than the limits disclosed to us. Undertake guarantee obligations on behalf of any
other company/firm etc.
f. Repay monies brought in by promoters/directors, principal shareholders, friends and relatives in the
business by way of Loans/deposits/share application money etc. and pay interest on any unsecured
653loan brought in as a quasi-equity. All such loans/deposits/unsecured loans shall be subordinate to the
loans of Lender Banks.
g. Enter into long term obligation/s directly affecting the financial position of the company/fem Sell
assign, mortgage or otherwise dispose of any of the assets charged to Lenders.
The principal terms of the loans and assets charged as security by the Company and its Subsidiaries are as
below:
654Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
1 HDFC Bank Cash Credit Fund Based - 12 Personal Current Assets – First pari passu charge on entire 10%
Limited Limit Months Guarantee of Current Assets of the company, present and (Linked
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 603.80 Promoters:- future with 3M
Based Limit 1) Mr. Ketan Mehta Repo +
Letter of Credit Non Fund 22.49 2) Mr. Pawan Immovable Fixed assets - Exclusive charge on 4.0%)
Based Limit Kumar Sharma immovable properties located at:
3) Mr. Sanjay 1. Property in the name of KUSHAL GLOBAL
Garudapally PRIVATE LIMITED, situated at Plot no 3, near
Personal Mohanpura pulia, outside Sojati Gate, Jodhpur.
Guarantee of
Property 2. Property in the name of Smt Kamla Sharma,
Owners:- situated at Plot No A3, Vaishali Nagar, Jaipur.
1) Mr. Hanumantha
Rao Garudapally 3. Property in the name of Hanumanthu Rao
2) Mrs. Kamla Garudapally, situated at Feelkhanag, Hyderabad,
Sharma Telangana State.
Corporate 4. All that piece and parcel of Plot No.-02, Anant
Guarantee:- Infinity, Residential Converted Land at Village
1) M/s. Kushal Harsulia Thala, Gopal Nagar, Tehsil Phagi, Jaipur in
Global Limited the name of RC Land facilitator and aggregator LLP.
2) M/s. RC Land
Facilitator and 5. All that piece and parcel of Plot No.C – 2, Anant
Aggregators LLP Infinity, Residential Converted Land at Village
Harsulia Thala, Gopal Nagar, Tehsil Phagi, Jaipur in
the name of RC Land facilitator and aggregator LLP.
655Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
2 ICICI Bank Cash Credit Fund Based - 12 Personal Primary Security: First Pari Passu charge by way MCLR-
L td Limit Months Guarantee of of hypothecation on all current assets of the 6M and
Promoters:- borrower, both present and future Spread is
1) Mr. Ketan Mehta 1.25%.
2) Mr. Pawan Collateral Security:
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 432.19
Kumar Sharma
Based Limit
3) Mr. Sanjay Plot No 85, Umaid heritage, Khasra No. 426, Moti
Garudapally Chowk, Defence Lab Road,Jodhpur,Rajasthan, India
Exclusive Charge: Charge by way of hypothecation
Personal of Fixed Deposits of The Borrower
Guarantee of
Property
Owners:-
1) Mrs. Sonali
Mehta
3 Kotak Cash Credit Fund Based - 12 Personal Primary Security:Extension of First & pari-passu K
Mahindra Limit Months Guarantee of charge with HDFC Bank, SBI, Federal Bank, DCB MCLR-
B ank Ltd Promoters:- Bank, ICICI Bank, IndusInd Bank, Indian Bank, 6M +
1) Mr. Ketan Mehta Bandhan Bank, Axis Bank, IDFC First Bank, AU 0.80%
2) Mr. Pawan Small Finance, BNB Bank, Canara Bank and CSB (Spread)
Kumar Sharma on all existing and future current assets of the p .a.
3) Mr. Sanjay Borrower.
Garudapally
Collateral Security: Extension of Equitable
Personal Mortgage over following properties:
Purchase Bill Fund Based
Guarantee of 1. Plot No.72, Scheme Officers Campus, Vaishali
Discounting Limit
656Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 352.41 Property Nagar, Sirsi Road, Jaipur 302021 owned by Anuja
Based Limit Owners:- Singh & Dharm Pal Singh
Letter of Credit Non Fund 117.98 1) Mrs Anuja Singh
Based Limit & Mr. Dharampal 2. Plot No 3 to 11, Anant Infinity, Gram/Thala,
Singh Gopal Nagar, Harsuliya, Tehsil/Phagi, Dist.- Jaipur
2) Mr. Haridutt Rai owned by SCKR Land Facilitator & Aggregators
Sharma LLP
3) Mrs. Richa
Sharma 3. Plot No 371 to 376, Anant Infinity, Gram/Thala,
Gopal Nagar, Harsuliya, Tehsil/Phagi, Dist.- Jaipur
Corporate owned by SCKR Land Facilitator & Aggregators
Guarantee:- LLP
1) M/s. SCKR Land
Facilitator and 4. Plot No 1, Anant Infinity, Gram-Thala, Gopal
Aggregators LLP Nagar, Harsuliya, Tehsil-Phagi, Dist.- Jaipur owned
by SCKR Land Facilitator & Aggregators LLP
5. Plot No. C1, Anant Infinity, Gram-Thala, Gopal
Nagar, Harsuliya, Tehsil-Phagi, Dist.- Jaipur owned
by SCKR Land Facilitator & Aggregators LLP
6. Plot No 8/5-52 Sector 8, Pratap Nagar, Sanganer-
Jaipur owned by Hari dutt Rai Sharma
7. Plot No -6 D, Engineers Colony, Manyawas,
Sanganer, New Sanganer Road, Jaipur-302020
owned by Richa Sharma
657Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
4 IDBI Bank Cash Credit Fund Based - 12 Personal Primary security: MCLR +
Ltd Limit Months Guarantee of Hypothecation (Pari-passu first charge) over the 75bps
Promoters:- entire current assets (present & future) of the
1) Mr. Ketan Mehta company.
2) Mr. Pawan
Kumar Sharma Collateral security:
Bank Guarantee/ Non Fund 171.22
3) Mr. Sanjay Cash collateral in the form of FD or Equitable
Letter of Credit Based Limit
Garudapally mortgage of property on exclusive or pari-passu
WCDL Fund Based -
basis belonging to company, directors and their
Limit
relatives with collateral cover of 25%.
In case the property is owned by third party, personal
guarantee of the owner to be furnished to the extent
of value of the said property.
5 F ederal Bank WCDL Fund Based - 12 Personal Primary security: WCDL-
Limit Months Guarantee of First Pari-Passu charge on existing and future current Repo +
Promoters:- assets of the borrower to be shared along with other 2.45%
1) Mr. Ketan Mehta banks under multiple banking arrangements. spread
2) Mr. Pawan Collateral security:25% of the facility value in
Kumar Sharma form of land & building either owned by promoters CC- 6M
3) Mr. Sanjay or their friends & relatives subject to the satisfaction M CLR
Garudapally of bank OR FOR lien marked with bank Currently
we have a flats with value of Rs 3,742 and remaining
Corporate as FOR.
Guarantee:- Residential Flat No. B-204,205, 304 And 305 Group
658Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
Bank Guarantee/ Non Fund 784.13 1) CASA Prime Housing Project Known As “Shivgyan Casa Prime”
Letter of Credit Based Limit Flat 204 LLP Ashok Vatika, Jaipur, Rajasthan
2) CASA Prime
Flat 205 LLP
3) CASA Prime
Flat 304 LLP
4) CASA Prime
Flat 305 LLP
6 IndusInd Bank WCDL Fund Based - 12 Personal Primary Security: 6M
L td Limit Months Guarantee of Extension of First & pari-passu charge on all existing MCLR+
Promoters:- and future current assets of the Borrower. 0.5%
1) Mr. Ketan Mehta Spread
2) Mr. Pawan Collateral Security : p.a.
Kumar Sharma Office unit no. 2. 2A, &2B 6th floor Imperia mind
659Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
Bank Guarantee/ Non Fund 288.61 3) Mr. Sanjay space sector-62, gurugram owned by:
Letter of Credit Based Limit Garudapally 1. Mr. Sanjay Garudapally
2. KR Land Facilitator and Aggregators LLP
Corporate 3. Roorkee Facilitator and Aggregators LLP
Guarantee:-
1) KR Land
Facilitator and
Aggregators LLP
2) Roorkee
Facilitator and
Aggregators LLP
7 AU Small Overdraft Fund Based - 12 Personal Primary Security: 10.00%
Finance Bank Limit Months Guarantee of Extension of First & pari-passu charge with HDFC per
L td Promoters:- Bank, SBI, Federal Bank, DCB Bank, ICICI Bank, annum
1) Mr. Ketan Mehta IndusInd Bank, Indian Bank, Bandhan Bank, Axis
2) Mr. Pawan Bank, IDFC First Bank, Kotak Mahindra Bank,
Kumar Sharma Catholic Syrian Bank on all existing and future
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 435.00
3) Mr. Sanjay current assets of the Borrower.
Based Limit
Garudapally
Term Loan 1 Fund Based 94.29 108 Collateral Security: 10.05%
Limit Months Corporate Flat no. 102, JC Heights -18, Mansarover 302019, per
Guarantee:- Jaipur owned by Radiant peak homes private limited annum
Term Loan 2 Fund Based - 120 1) Radiantpeak Plot no. C-27, 6D Engineers colony, manyawas, 10.05%
Limit Months Homes Pvt Ltd jaipur, 302019 owned by Enviables homos private per
2) Enviable Homes limited annum
Pvt Ltd
660Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
8 IDFC First Combined Non- Fund 356.75 12 Personal First pari passu on entire current assets of the 12M
B ank Ltd Working Capital Based Limit Months Guarantee of company both present and future MCLR
Limit (Fund based Promoters:- Exclusive charge over the immovable properties/ + nil
+ Non-fund based) 1) Mr. Ketan Mehta cash to maintain minimum collateral cover of 15% Spread
2) Mr. Pawan p.a.p.m.
Kumar Sharma
3) Mr. Sanjay
Garudapally
9 Bandhan Bank Cash Credit Fund Based - 12 Personal Primary Security:
Ltd Limit Months Guarantee of First Pari-Passu charge with other working capital EBR(6.5
(WC 11) Promoters:- lenders under MBA on the entire current assets of the 0) + 4%
1) Mr. Ketan Mehta company both present and future. spread
2) Mr. Pawan p.a
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 291.12
Kumar Sharma Collateral Security:
Based Limit
3) Mr. Sanjay Exclusive charge by way of lien on FDR equivalent
Garudapally to 25% on FB facility of Rs. 6.00 Cr.
Exclusive charge by way of lien on FDR equivalent
to 25% on NFB facility of Rs. 30.00 Cr
Cash margin in the form of Lien on FDR @10% on
NFB facility of Rs. 30.00 Cr.
661Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
10 A xis Bank Ltd Overdraft Fund Based - 12 Personal Primary Security: Repo +
Limit Months Guarantee of Hypothecation of entire current assets of the 2.5%
Promoters:- borrower, both present and future
1) Mr. Ketan Mehta Ranking: First Pari Passu basis with HDFC Bank,
2) Mr. Pawan ICICI Bank, Kotak Mahindra Bank, SBI, Federal
Kumar Sharma Bank, DCB, IndusInd Bank and Indian Bank
3) Mr. Sanjay
Garudapally Others:
Bank Guarantee Non Fund 300.00 FDR maintaining overall collateral cover of 35%
Based Limit with Axis Bank including cash margin on LC/BG
11 Punjab Cash Credit Fund Based - 12 Personal Guarantee Primary Security:- MCLR +
National Bank Limit Months of Promoters:- 1.05%
1) Mr. Ketan Mehta Fund based- 1st pari-passu charge in favour of
662Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
Bank Guarantee Non Fund - 2) Mr. Pawan multiple lender banks over all the current assets of
Based Limit Kumar Sharma the company viz stocks of raw material, Stock in
3) Mr. Sanjay Process, Finished Goods, Consumable Stores &
Garudapally Spares, Packing Materials and entire Book Debts etc
Margin- Stock -25%, Book debts upto 90 days -25%,
Book debts 90-180 days (Govt. Departments) -40%
Non-fund based - 1st pari-passu charge in favour of
multiple lender banks over all the current assets of
the company viz stocks of raw material, Stock in
Process, Finished Goods, Consumable Stores &
Spares, Packing Materials and entire Book Debts etc.
10% Margin money on LC & BG in the form of
FDR's
Counter indemnity from borrower.
Collateral Security:
For FB and NFB limit: Minimum 25% collateral
security in the shape of FDR.
12 CSB Ba nk Ltd Bank Guarantee Non Fund 395.00 12 Personal Guarantee Primary Security:
Based Limit Months of Promoters:- First Pari-Passu charge on the entire current assets of
1) Mr. Ketan the company both present and future with other
Mehta working capital lenders
2) Mr. Pawan WCDL-
WCDL Fund Based -
Kumar Sharma Collateral Security: 6M
Limit
3) Mr. Sanjay Fixed deposit to the tune of 25% of total proposed MCLR
Cash Credit Fund Based -
Garudapally exposure excluding forward contract limit.
Limit
663Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
Forward Contract Non Fund - CC - 6M
Limit Based Limit MCLR
13 State Bank of Cash Credit Fund Based - 12 Personal Guarantee Collateral Security:
Ind ia Limit Months of Promoters:- Commercial Building bearing Survey Number: 6M
Bank Guarantee Non Fund - 1) Mr. Ketan Khasra No. 16/1, 16/1/1, 19, situated at Gram- MCLR+
Based Limit Mehta Kharda Mandu (Narnadi), Tehsil-Luni, Jodhpur, 1.3%
Letter of Credit Non Fund 18.16 2) Mr. Pawan 342023, (Rural), Admeasuring Total Area:
Based Limit Kumar Sharma 108941.20 Square Meters, registered in the name of
3) Mr. Sanjay Surya Nagari Solar Society.
Garudapally
Lien (1st Charge): Lien on bank deposit
Corporate Account number: 40209145839
Guarantee:- Account number: 40209145125
1) Surya Nagari Account number: 40227889822
Solar Society
14 Indian Bank Overdraft Fund Based - 12 Personal Guarantee Primary Security: 1 Y
Limit Months of Promoters:- Fund Based & Non fund based Limit: 1st Pari-passu MCLR +
1) Mr. Ketan charge on entire RM, WIP, Finished good, book 2.4%
664Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
Bank Guarantee/ Non Fund 300.00 Mehta debts and other current assets of the company’s with
Letter of Credit Based Limit 2) Mr. Pawan other MBA lender Banks. (Present & future)
Kumar Sharma Non - Fund Based: Margin on BG facility / LC
3) Mr. Sanjay facility (10.00%), Counter Guarantee from Borrower
Garudapally
4) Sweta Mehta Collateral Security :
Equitable mortgage over Apartment No. PH1b
Corporate (Triplex), on 19th, 20th and 21st Level in Tower C-
Guarantee:- 01 as per deed of declaration (also known as Tower
1) SC Land FE-01) (Initially known as MGE-2,TW-01) in
Facilitator and project “M3M Golf Estate Fairway East” at village
Aggregators LLP Maidawas in Sub Tehsil Badshahpur Sector
65,Tehsil & District Gurugram in the name of M/s
SC Land Facilitators and Aggregators LLP.
665Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
15 Kotak Fund Based 169.24 13.25 Personal Guarantee Primary Security: 9.50%
Infrastructure Limit years of Promoters:- 1. Exclusive charge over all movable and immovable per
Debt Fund Ltd Term Loan 1) Mr. Ketan property, including land, equipment, and property. month
Mehta 2. Exclusive security interest on all Project
2) Mr. Pawan Documents, including PPAs, O&M contracts (if
Kumar Sharma applicable), warranties, and insurance contracts.
3) Mr. Sanjay 3. Exclusive charge on the entire cash flows,
Garudapally receivables, book debts and revenues of whatsoever
nature and wherever arising, both present and future.
4. Exclusive charge on the entire intangible assets,
including but not limited to, goodwill, intellectual
property rights and uncalled capital, both present and
future.
5. Exclusive charge on all bank accounts including
the escrow accounts, its sub-accounts and monies
standing to their credit.
6. Assignment of unsecured loans and NCDs if any
infused by the Promoter/Sponsor
16 HDFC Bank Auto Premium Fund Based 3.89 60 Nil 9.25%
Ltd Loan Limit Months Exclusive charge: KIA EV6 GT LINE AWD per
annum
17 Mercedes Auto Premium Fund Based 9.31 60 8.85%
Benz Lo an Lim it Months Nil Mercedes Benz - GLE4504M (Exclusive charge) per
Financial annum
Services India
Limited
666Sr. Name of the Nature of the Fund Amount Tenure Guarantee Security Interest
No. lender facility (Term based/Non- outstanding (Personal and/or
Loan/Working fund based as on 31st Corporate)
Capital July, 2025 provided for the
Loan/Cash (₹ in Company
Credit/Buyers million)
Credit/Suppliers
Credit/OD/Debe
ntures (including
bonds, NCD's,
etc.)
18 Mercedes Auto Premium Fund Based 11. 97 60 8.90%
Benz Lo an Lim it Months Nil Mercedes Benz - GLS4504M (Exclusive charge) per
Financial annum
Services India
Limited
TOTAL SECURED LOANS (A) 5,157.56
1 Lender 1* Unsecured Loan Fund Based 1,71 3.40 N A 7.37% to
(TREDs Limit 8.40%
Limit) per
annum
2 Lender 2* Unsecur ed Loan Fund Based 58. 06 N A 7.50% to
(TREDs Lim it 7.70%
Limit) per
annum
3 Lender 3* Unsecured Loan Fund Based 0.27 NA NA
Limit
TOTAL UNSECURED LOANS (A) 1,771.73
TOTAL INDEBTEDNESS (A+B) 6,929.29
* Names of these lenders have not been disclosed, in view of confidentiality obligations and absence of their consent.
For further details of financial and other covenants required to be complied with in relation to our borrowings, please see the section titled “Risk Factors – Our Company’s
outstanding loans as of July 31, 2025, was ₹ 6,929.29 million and we are subject to certain restrictive covenants in our loan documents, which may restrict our operations and
ability to grow. Our inability to meet our obligations, including financial and other covenants under our debt financing arrangements and also our inability in obtaining timely
access to borrowings can have an adverse impact on our Company’s business, results of operations, liquidity and financial condition” on page 57.
667SECTION VII: LEGAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
OUTSTANDING LITIGATION AND OTHER MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS
Except as disclosed in this section, there are no outstanding: (i) criminal proceedings; (ii) actions taken by regulatory
authorities and statutory authorities; (iii) claims related to direct and indirect tax matters (disclosed in a consolidated manner
giving details of the number of cases and total amount involved); and (iv) other pending litigation as determined to be
material by our Board pursuant to its resolution dated September 25, 2025 (“Materiality Policy”) in each case involving our
Company, Subsidiaries, Promoters and Directors (“Relevant Parties”). Further, except as disclosed in this section, there
are no disciplinary actions including penalties imposed by the SEBI or the Stock Exchanges against our Promoters in the last
five Financial Years including any outstanding action. Further, except as disclosed in this section, there are no outstanding
(i) criminal proceedings; and (ii) actions by regulatory authorities and statutory authorities, against any Key Managerial
Personnel and Senior Management of our Company. Further there are no outstanding litigation involving our Group
Companies that have a material impact on our Company.
For the purposes of (iv) above in terms of the Materiality Policy adopted by a resolution of our Board dated December 23,
2023, and re-adopted by a resolution of our Board dated September 25, 2025. Any outstanding litigation / arbitration
proceedings (other than those covered in points (i) to (iii) above) involving our Company, its Directors, its Subsidiaries and
Promoters shall be considered “material” for the purposes of disclosure in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, if:
a. Monetary threshold: the monetary amount of claim or amount involved by or against the Relevant Parties in any such
pending proceeding (including civil and arbitration proceedings) exceeds (i) 2% of turnover, as per the latest annual
Restated Consolidated Financial Information of our Company; or (ii) 2% of net worth, as per the latest annual Restated
Consolidated Financial Information of our Company, except in case the arithmetic value of the net worth is negative; or
(iii) 5% of the average of absolute value of profit or loss after tax, as per the last three annual Restated Consolidated
Financial Information of our Company, whichever is lower or (iv) the threshold as decided by the Board. Accordingly,
our Board has considered the aggregate monetary amount of claim made by or against the entity or person in any such
pending proceeding which exceeds 1% of the net worth of our Company (on a consolidated basis), as per the latest fiscal
year covered in the Restated Consolidated Financial Information being ₹ 61.58 million, as the monetary threshold; or
b. Subjective threshold: the outcome of such litigation, irrespective of any amount involved in such litigation or wherein a
monetary liability is not quantifiable, could have a material adverse effect on the financial position, business, operations,
performance, prospects or reputation of our Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable; or
c. the decision in such litigation is likely to affect the decision in similar litigations, and the aggregate monetary claim
amount in all such litigation / arbitration proceedings is equal to or in excess of threshold set forth above even though
the amount involved in an individual litigation may not exceed the threshold set forth in (a) above.
d. Tax matters: In the event any tax matters involve an amount exceeding the monetary threshold proposed in (i) above, in
relation to the Relevant Parties, individual disclosures of such tax matters will be included.
e. Additional threshold: there are any findings or observations arising out of any of the inspections by the SEBI or by any
other regulator in or outside India, which are outstanding.
Pre-litigation notices received by the Relevant Parties from third parties (excluding those notices issued by governmental,
statutory, regulatory, judicial, quasi-judicial, taxation authorities, first information reports (“F.I.R.s”) (including F.I.R.’s
where no cognizance has been taken by court), police complaints or notices threatening criminal action) shall, in any event,
not be considered as litigation and evaluated for materiality, until such time that Relevant Parties or group companies are
impleaded as defendants in litigation proceedings before any judicial/arbitral forum or unless decided otherwise by the Board
of Directors of our Company.
Further, in accordance with the Materiality Policy, our Company has considered such creditors ‘material’ to whom the amount
due is equal to or in excess of 5% of the trade payables of our Company as of latest period covered in the Restated Consolidated
Financial Information. The trade payables of our Company as on March 31, 2025 was ₹ 1,466.40 million. Accordingly, a
creditor has been considered ‘material’ if the amount due to such creditor exceeds ₹ 73.32 million (being 5% of the total trade
payables) as on March 31, 2025. Further, for outstanding dues to any party which is a micro, small or a medium enterprise
(“MSME”), the disclosure is based on information available with our Company regarding status of the creditor under Section
2 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006, as amended.
Unless stated to the contrary, the information provided below is as of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. All terms
defined herein in a particular litigation disclosure pertain to that particular litigation only.
Litigation involving our Company
Litigation initiated by our Company
668a. Outstanding criminal litigations
Our Company had approached the police authority vide email dated June 19, 2020, and further
approached Commissioner in person through complaints dated June 26, 2020 and July 7, 2020
(collectively, the “Complaints”) seeking the registration of F.I.R. and initiation of investigations against
Landmark Infonet Private Limited (“Accused No. 1”), Rajeev Sharma (“Accused No. 2”), Satpal Singh
(“Accused No. 3”), Rajesh Grewal (“Accused No. 4”), Rahul Kapur (“Accused No. 5”), Anil Lakhra
(“Accused No. 6”) and Narender (“Accused No. 7”) (collectively, the “Accused Persons”) under
Section 156(3) of the Cr.P.C before the Chief Judicial Magistrate, Gurugram, Haryana (“Hon’ble
CJM”) to direct the police authority to lodge F.I.R. against the Accused Persons under sections under
sections 269, 270, 271, 321, 323, 329, 336, 341, 342, 347, 348, 352, 354, 357, 384, 358, 406 and 506 of
the IPC, for allegedly having (i) assaulting, causing hurt and wrongfully restraining and confining the
employees of our Company (ii) harassing women employees of our Company and (iii) causing damage
to our Company’s property, extorting under threat to life, and engaging in criminal intimidation and
criminal breach of trust. Despite the Complaints, F.I.R. was not lodged against the Accused Persons.
Being aggrieved, the Company has filed a criminal complaint bearing number 230/2020 against the
Accused Persons under Section 156(3) of the Cr.P.C before the Chief Judicial Magistrate, Gurugram,
Haryana (“Hon’ble CJM”) to direct the police authority to lodge F.I.R. against the Accused Persons for
the above-mentioned offences seeking the registration of the F.I.R. and to direct police authorities to
investigate in the matter. The matter is currently pending before the Hon’ble CJM.
b. Outstanding material civil litigations
1. Our Company, along with our subsidiaries, namely Raysalfa Power Private Limited, Kalgi Solar Power
Private Limited, Honavar Solar Power Private Limited, Sira Solar Power Private Limited, Dadur Solar
Power Private Limited, Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited, Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited,
Jagaluru Solar Power Private Limited, Hanur Solar Power Private Limited, Sindhari Solar Power Private
Limited, Bhalki Solar Power Private Limited and Kengeri Solar Power Private Limited (collectively, the
“Petitioners”), has filed a writ petition bearing number 9757/2025 against the State of Karnataka,
Department of Energy, Karnataka Renewable Energy Development Limited and the Union of India,
before the High Court of Karnataka (“Hon’ble High Court”). The petition seeks, inter-alia (i) quashing
and/or setting aside the provisions 1.2(d), 6.1 (c), 6.2 and 7.2 of the Karnataka Renewable Energy Policy
(2022-27) (“Impugned Provisions”); (ii) directing the authorities to frame appropriate regulations
governing the issuance of government orders (“GOs”) and the regular functioning and convening of the
State Level Allotment Committee; (iii) restraining the authorities from continuing to demand and collect
application fees for GOs, which is in contempt of the order dated July 25, 2024, passed in W.P. No.
15113/2022, wherein the Hon’ble High Court had stayed the Impugned Provisions. The Impugned
Provisions pertain to the applicability of the Karnataka Renewable Energy Policy 2022-27 and the
procedure for application and allotment of solar and energy storage projects, specifying the land
utilisation criteria and the applicable fees and charges payable. The matter is currently pending before
the Hon’ble High Court.
2. Kavit Green Energy Private Limited (since amalgamated with our Company pursuant to a Scheme of
Amalgamation) (“Petitioner”) filed a petition bearing number O.P. No. 104 of 2018 under Section 111
of the Electricity Act, 2003, against Gulbarga Electricity Supply Corporation Limited (“GESCOM”)
and others, (collectively, the “Respondents”) before Karnataka Electricity Regulatory Commission
(“KERC”) for seeking extension of time by GESCOM for completion of its solar project situated at
Challakere Tehsil in Chitradurga District, Karnataka and to direct the Respondents to make payments for
the delivered energy at the rate of ₹7.10 per unit. On July 23, 2021, KERC passed an order rejecting the
petition for approval of time extension and demanded it to deliver energy at a reduced rate lower than
₹7.10 per unit. Furthermore, KERC also held the Petitioner liable to pay liquidated damages
approximately amounting to ₹28.30 million along with interest (“Impugned Order”). Aggrieved by the
Impugned Order, the Petitioner has filed an appeal bearing number 239/2022 before the Appellate
Tribunal for Electricity, New Delhi. The matter is presently pending before the KERC Appellate Tribunal
for Electricity, New Delhi.
3. Our Company has filed a civil writ petition bearing number 14417/2025 against NTPC Green Energy
Limited, and Zuno General Insurance Company Limited (“Respondents”) before the High Court of
Delhi (“Hon’ble High Court”). Our Company had participated in the tender floated for the development
of 1,500 MW Grid Connected Solar PV Project at Rajasthan Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited’s
669Solar Park in Bikaner. While submitting the financial bid, our Company inadvertently entered the price
per MW in the column designated for the total project cost, which was communicated to the Respondents
vide an email dated September 9, 2025 along with the request to rectify the bid accordingly. However,
vide email dated September 10, 2025, the Respondent rejected the request, treated the clarification as an
impermissible modification of the bid, threatened forfeiture of the bid security of ₹100 million furnished
by way of surety bond, and stated that evaluation of the bid would be undertaken based on the erroneous
figure. Aggrieved by the same, the Respondents prayed for inter-alia (i) quashing of the decisions of the
Respondents in their email dated September 10, 2025 regarding treating the erroneous bid as a final bid
and forfeiture of bid security furnished for the bid (ii) directing the Respondents to treat the quoted figure
as a per MW rate and accordingly arrive at the correct project cost for the 250 MW block capacity (iii)
directing the Respondents to reject the bid of the Petition as non-performable and return of the bid
security and; (iv) restraining the Respondents from invoking the surety bond submitted by them. On
September 23, 2025, the Hon’ble High Court passed an order restraining the Respondents from enforcing
the surety bond on the condition that the same is kept alive and subsisting by the Petitioner. The matter
is currently pending before the Hon’ble High Court.
4. An arbitration bearing number ARB309/25/SPJ has been initiated by our Company (“Claimant No.1”)
and Zetwerk Manufacturing Business Private Limited (“Claimant No.2”) (collectively, “the
Claimants”) against Teesta Solar Limited (“Respondent”) before the Singapore International
Arbitration Centre (“Arbitral Tribunal”). The Claimants have entered into an EPC contract with the
Respondent for execution of construction of a Solar Photovoltaic Plant at Sundarganj, Bangladesh (“EPC
Contract”). Subsequently, disputes arose between the parties in relation to delayed payment of certain
outstanding dues pursuant to the EPC Contract. Aggrieved by the delayed payments, the Claimants
approached the Singapore International Arbitration Centre to direct the Respondents to inter-alia (i) pay
principal contractual dues of approximately USD 19 million amounting to ₹ 1,667.27 million (out of
which our Company’s claim amounting to ₹ 251.41 million) along with the penalty of approximately
USD 15 million amounting to ₹ 1,316.25 million; and (ii) to pay interest at 18% p.a. on the awarded
amount. In response to the same, the Respondent has submitted its response dated July 18, 2025, vide
which it requested the Arbitral Tribunal inter-alia to reject the Claimants claim and direct the Claimant
to pay USD 15.77 (₹ 1,383.81 million). The matter is currently pending before the Singapore
International Arbitration Centre.
5. A civil suit bearing number 1733 of 2018 has been filed by our Company against Mahadev Naruka Singh
(“Respondent”) before the Junior Civil Judge, Jaipur (“Hon’ble Court”). Our Company had agreed to
sell a plot of land to the Respondent for a total consideration of ₹2.52 million, comprising ₹0.01 million
in cash, ₹2.00 million by cheque, and the balance ₹0.51 million payable on January 25, 2016. Our
Company alleges that without payment of the full consideration the Respondent have registered the sale
deed. Being aggrieved, our Company has filed the present suit seeking cancellation of the said sale deed.
The matter is currently pending before the Hon’ble Court.
Litigation initiated against our Company
a. Outstanding criminal litigations
1. Pursuant to an order dated July 18, 2020, passed by the Chief Judicial Magistrate, Gurugram
(“Impugned Order”), an F.I.R. bearing number 144/2020 dated July 22, 2020 was lodged against Rays
Power Infra Limited (“Accused No. 1”), Ketan Mehta (“Accused No. 2”), Pawan Kumar Sharma
(“Accused No. 3”), Sanjay Garudapally (“Accused No. 4”), Deepak Jangid (“Accused No. 5”) and
others (collectively, the “Accused Persons”) on receipt of a complaint by Landmark Infonet Private
Limited (“LIPL”) under sections 323, 34, 352, 380, 406, 420, 506 of the IPC for having allegedly
committed offences such as theft, assault, cheating, mischief, criminal intimidation and criminal breach
of trust. Being aggrieved by the Impugned Order and the registration of the F.I.R., the Accused Persons
filed a petition bearing number CRM-M- 25555/2020 before High Court of Punjab & Haryana (“Hon’ble
High Court”) under Section 482 Cr.P.C for quashing of the F.I.R., setting aside of the Impugned Order,
stay of proceedings in F.I.R. 144 and to direct the investigation officer not to take coercive action against
the Accused Persons. The matters are pending before the Hon’ble High Court.
2. A complaint bearing number C.C. 100030/2019 has been filed by Alapati Ambica Hanuma
(“Complainant”), under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (“NI Act”), before
Hon’ble Court of the II-Additional Judicial I-Class Magistrate, Eluru (“Hon’ble Magistrate”), against
670Sanjay Garupapally (“Accused”) on the account of dishonour of cheque bearing no. 000531 of Kotak
Mahindra Bank, dated May 11, 2018, issued by the Accused for an aggregate amount of ₹15 million and
was dishonoured on May 15, 2018. Aggrieved by the same, the Complainant has filed this present
complaint praying the Hon’ble Magistrate to take the complaint on file; grant compensation under section
357 of Criminal Procedure Code, 1973 and penalise the Accused accordingly, the matter is currently
pending before Hon’ble Magistrate.
3. An interim application under section 340 of Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 has been filed by RGS
Solar Power Private Limited against our Company and before the Hon’ble Civil Court (Additional
District Judge VI, Siddipet, Telangana. For further details, see “Outstanding Litigations and Material
Developments –Litigation involving our Company –Litigation against our Company –Outstanding
material civil litigations” on page 671.
b. Actions by statutory or regulatory authorities
1. The Karnataka State Labour Department conducted an inspection at our Company’s site situated at
Kushtagi, Koppal, Karnataka and issued observations on non-extension of provident fund benefits to the
employees working at the site and issued a complaint letter to the regional provident fund commissioner,
Jyoti Nagar, Jaipur and the area enforcement officer, Ballari submitted his report dated September 8,
2022. Subsequently, the matter was transferred to the Jaipur Provident Fund Office vide provident fund
notice bearing no. KN/PF/RO/BLR/1910/2022-23 dated February 23, 2023. The dues calculated in
respect of the employees from April 2018 to March 2022 amounted to ₹7.27 million as per the area
enforcement officer’s report. Our Company filed a reply with the provident fund authority as on
November 28, 2023, providing clarification with respect to the observations in the Enforcement Officer’s
report. The matter is currently pending.
c. Outstanding material civil litigations
1. A civil suit bearing number 364/2023 has been filed by Lalganj Power Private Limited (“Plaintiff”)
against our Company, Anup Kumar (“Defendant No. 1”), Mangta (“Defendant No. 2”), and Sanjay
(“Defendant No. 3”) (collectively, the “Defendants”), before the Civil Judge (Junior Division),
Saharanpur, Uttar Pradesh (“Hon’ble Civil Court”). The Plaintiff alleged that it had entered into a
contract with our Company for setting up a power plant at Saharanpur (“Disputed Land”) and facilitating
the necessary lease arrangements.The Plaintiff was assured by Defendant No. 2 that Defendant No. 1,
the original owner of the Disputed Land, had entered into a registered agreement to transfer the Disputed
Land to him. Subsequently, lease deed was entered into between Defendant No. 2 and the Plaintiff on
October 30, 2020, pursuant to which the Plaintiff started paying lease amount to the Defendant No. 2.
Subsequently, a sale deed was executed between Defendant No. 1 and Defendant No. 3 without the
knowledge of the Plaintiff. Aggrieved by the same, the Plaintiff alleged that the Defendants conspired to
cheat the Plaintiff and usurp money from it and accordingly filed the instant suit seeking a permanent
injunction for restraining defendants from interfering with their solar power plant. Defendant No. 3 has
also filed a counterclaim bearing number 841/2023, denying the allegations of the Plaintiff and has, inter
alia, sought (i) possession of the Disputed Land, (ii) compensation of ₹0.025 million per month until the
date of actual possession of the Disputed Land, and (iii) dismissal of the Plaint on the ground that it is
time-barred. The matters are currently pending before the Hon’ble Civil Court.
2. A civil suit bearing number 20/2021 (“Suit”) has been filed by RGS Solar Power Private Limited
(“Plaintiff”) against our Company (“Defendant No. 1”) and Dubbak Solar Projects Private Limited
(“Defendant No. 2”) (collectively, the “Defendants”) before the Hon’ble Civil Court (Additional
District Judge VI, Siddipet, Telangana (“Hon’ble Civil Court”). The Plaintiff has alleged that our
Company has illegally occupied a parcel of land situated at Siddipet, Telangana (“Suit Property”) and
has erected its facilities thereon. Being aggrieved by the same, the Plaintiff has sought, inter-alia (i)
decree of possession in its favor with respect to the Suit Property; (ii) decree of permanent injunction
restraining the Defendants from creating third-party rights over the Suit Property; (iii) decree of
mandatory injunction directing demolition of the construction allegedly erected over the Suit Property;
and (iv) recovery of damages amounting to ₹10.51 million along with 18% interest per month for the
period from July 20, 2015 to July 19, 2021. An interim application under section 340 of Code of Criminal
Procedure, 1973 (“Interim Application”) has also been filed by the Plaintiff against our Company and
before the Hon’ble Court, seeking action against our Company, for allegedly committing perjury under
Sections 191, 193, 199, 200 and 209 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860. Our Company has filed a reply
671denying all the submissions made by the Plaintiff in the Interim Application. The matters are presently
pending before the Hon’ble Civil Court.
4. A writ appeal bearing number 1938/2024 has been filed by State of Karnataka, Department of Energy
(“Appellant”) against Raysalfa Power Private Limited, Dadur Solar Power Private Limited, Nilaj Solar
Power Private Limited, Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited, Sira Solar Power Private Limited and our
Company (“Respondents”), before the High Court of Karnataka (“Hon’ble High Court”). The Hon’ble
High Court in the proceedings of the writ petition bearing number 35002/2024 had passed an interim
order dated December 19, 2024, vide which it directed the Appellant to grant GNA authorization for the
projects of the Respondents, without insisting on a government order (“Impugned Order”). Aggrieved
by the same, the Appellant has filed this instant appeal seeking to set aside the Impugned Order. The
matter is currently pending before the Hon’ble High Court.
5. A civil suit bearing number 125/2025 has been filed by Swastik Pipe Limited (“Plaintiff”) against our
Company before the District and Sessions Judge, New Delhi (“Hon’ble Court”). The Plaintiff has filed
this present suit for recovery of the alleged outstanding dues in pursuance of the commercial transaction
between the parties for the supply of goods for our Company’s project situated in Karnataka. The Plaintiff
has prayed for the recovery of ₹ 11.46 million along with 18% p.a. till the actual realisation of the dues.
The matter is presently pending before the Hon’ble Court.
6. A civil miscellaneous application bearing number 34/2025 was filed by Easy Solar Urja Private Limited
(“Applicant”) against our Company and Serentica Renewables India Private Limited (collectively, the
“Non-Applicants”) before Civil Judge, Jaisalmer, District Jaisalmer (“Hon’ble Court”), seeking
permanent injunction restraining the Non-Applicants from laying a 400 kV transmission line on a land
situated at Village Toga, Tehsil Fatehgarh, Jaisalmer which is leased to the Applicant for a period of 35
years for developing a 300 MW solar project. The Applicant alleges that the Non-Applicants do not have
the necessary approvals under the Electricity Act, 2003 and other necessary approvals for laying of a
transmission line. The matter is presently pending before Hon’ble Court.
d. Material tax litigation
Nil
Litigation involving our Subsidiaries
Litigation initiated by our Subsidiaries
a. Outstanding criminal litigations
Nil
b. Outstanding material civil litigations
1. A writ petition bearing number 9757/2025 has been filed by Raysalfa Power Private Limited, Kalgi Solar
Power Private Limited, Honavar Solar Power Private Limited, Sira Solar Power Private Limited, Dadur
Solar Power Private Limited, Nilaj Solar Power Private Limited, Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited,
Jagaluru Solar Power Private Limited, Hanur Solar Power Private Limited, Sindhari Solar Power Private
Limited, Bhalki Solar Power Private Limited and Kengeri Solar Power Private Limited, against the State
of Karnataka, Department of Energy, Karnataka Renewable Energy Development Limited and the Union
of India. For further details, see “Outstanding Litigations and Material Developments –Litigation
involving our Company –Litigation filed by our Company –Outstanding material mcivil litigations” on
page 669.
Litigation initiated against our Subsidiaries
a. Outstanding criminal litigations
Nil
b. Actions by statutory or regulatory authorities
672Nil
c. Outstanding material civil litigations
1. A civil suit bearing number 243/2024 has been filed by Nethravati and others (the “Plaintiffs”) against
Dadur Solar Power Private Limited (“Subsidiary”) and certain other parties (“Other Defendants”)
(collectively, the “Defendants”), before the Hon’ble Senior Civil Judge & JFMC at Pavagada (“Hon’ble
Civil Court”). The Plaintiff and the Other Defendants are the joint owners of parcels of land situated in
Nagalamadike village, Karnataka (“Disputed Land”). The Plaintiff alleged that without their consent,
our Subsidiary and the Other Defendants entered into a lease dated July 16, 2024, pursuant to which the
Disputed Land was leased to our Subsidiary for a period of 30 years for the purpose of installation of
solar panels for generation of electricity for public use, and that the other Defendants are receiving an
annual lease rental of ₹1.89 million derived from the Disputed Land. Aggrieved by the same, the
Plaintiffs have prayed, inter-alia, for partition and separate possession of their share in the Disputed
Land. Our Subsidiary, being a lessee under the said lease, has been impleaded as one of the respondents
in the proceedings. The matter is currently pending before the Hon’ble Civil Court.
2. A civil suit bearing number 362/2025 has been filed by Manjunath (the “Plaintiff”) against Darur Solar
Power Private Limited (“Subsidiary”) and certain other parties (“Other Defendants”) (collectively, the
“Defendants”), before the Hon’ble senior civil judge & JFMC at Yelburga (“Hon’ble Civil Court”).
The Plaintiff and the Other Defendants are the joint owners of parcels of land situated in Yelburga,
Karnataka (“Disputed Land”). The Plaintiff alleges that without their consent, our Subsidiary and the
Other Defendants have executed an irrevocable power of attorney in our Subsidiary’s favour for the
purpose of establishing a solar unit on the Disputed Land. Aggrieved by the same, the Plaintiff has
prayed, inter-alia, for partition and separate possession of their share in the Disputed Land. Our
Subsidiary, being the party under the said irrevocable power of attorney, has been impleaded as one of
the respondents in the proceedings. The matter is currently pending before the Hon’ble Civil Court.
3. A civil suit bearing number 149/2025 has been filed by Karnataka Grameena Bank (“Bank”) against
Hanur Solar Power Private Limited (“Subsidiary”) and others (“Other Defendants”) (collectively, the
“Defendants”), before the Senior Civil Judge J.M.F.C. at Pavagada (“Hon’ble Civil Court”). The Bank
have alleged that the Other Defendants executed a registered simple mortgage deed dated May 27, 2013
(“Mortgage Deed”) in its favour in exchange for loan of ₹ 0.60 million and without repaying the said
loan amount along with the accrued interest, the Other Defendants executed Land Use Rights Agreements
for the property mortgaged under the Mortgage Deed in favour of our Subsidiary. The Plaintiff has prayed
for inter-alia: (i) preliminary decree of ₹1.60 million along with the interest of 14% per annum from the
date of the suit until repayment; (ii) final decree if the suit proceeds are insufficient to meet the decretal
amount and (iii) decree of permanent injunction restraining the Defendants from alienating the property
mortgaged under the Mortgage Deed. The matter is currently pending before the Hon’ble Civil Court.
4. A writ appeal bearing number 1938/2024 has been filed by State of Karnataka, Department of Energy
against Raysalfa Power Private Limited, Dadur Solar Power Private Limited, Nilaj Solar Power Private
Limited, Annigeri Solar Power Private Limited, Sira Solar Power Private Limited and our Company. For
further details, see “Outstanding Litigations and Material Developments –Litigation involving our
Company –Litigation filed against our Company –Outstanding material civil litigations” on page 672.
d. Material tax litigation
1. The Income Tax Department, vide order dated December 24, 2018, for the Assessment Year 2016-17,
held that Shining Sun Power Private Limited had allotted an aggregate of 341,831 equity shares during
the year under consideration, aggregating to ₹186.025 million. The Company had determined the fair
market value of shares based on the Discounted Cash Flow Method (“DCF Method”) in pursuance of
Section 56(2)(viib) read with Rule 11UA of the Income Tax Rules, 1962. The Assessing Officer rejected
the DCF Method adopted by the Company and treated the amount received over and above the face value
of shares as “income from other sources” under Section 56(2)(viib) of the Income Tax Act, 1961.
Accordingly, a tax demand of ₹85.49 millions was raised. The Company has filed an appeal against the
said order and has contended, inter alia, that the premium received on allotment of shares cannot be
considered as income under Section 56(2)(viib). Further, the Company has also submitted that certain
673TDS refunds pertaining to earlier financial years have already been adjusted against the said demand.
The matter is currently pending adjudication.
Litigation involving our Promoters
Litigation initiated by our Promoters
a. Outstanding criminal litigations
1. Pursuant to an order dated January 13, 2021, the Adjudicating Authority under Prevention of Money
Laundering Act, 2002 (“PMLA”) passed an order for the provisional attachment of certain properties
which were owned by Ketan Mehta alleging to have trail proceeds of crime as detailed in the order
(“Impugned Order”). Aggrieved by the Impugned Order, Ketan Mehta filed an appeal bearing number
3899/JP/2021 under section 26 of PMLA against the Impugned Order before the Appellate Tribunal,
PMLA, New Delhi (“Appeal”) citing arbitrary attachment of properties. Vide an order dated March 29,
2023, the Appeal was dismissed due to non-prosecution. Pursuant to the order of dismissal, a restoration
application was filed before the Appellate Tribunal, PMLA, New Delhi on August 11, 2023, the matter
is presently pending before Appellate Tribunal, PMLA, New Delhi.
2. A complaint bearing number CR 35233/2021 has been filed by Ketan Mehta (“Complainant”), under
Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (“NI Act”), before Hon’ble Court of Special
Metropolitan Magistrate No. 13, Jaipur Metro (“Hon’ble Court”), against Mukesh Mahawar
(“Accused”). A cheque for an aggregate amount of ₹5 million was issued by the Accused to the
Complainant towards consideration for the purchase of 50,000 shares of Shining Sun Power
(Mehaboobnagar) Private Limited. Upon presentation, the cheque was returned as dishonoured. Being
Aggrieved, the Complainant has filed this instant complaint, the matter is currently pending before
Hon’ble Court.
3. A criminal miscellaneous petition bearing number 25555/2020 has been filed by Ketan Mehta, Pawan
Kumar Sharma and Sanjay Garudapally before High Court of Punjab & Haryana, Chandigarh under
section 482 Cr.P.C for quashing of the F.I.R. No. 144. For further details, see “Outstanding Litigations
and Material Developments –Litigation involving our Company –Litigation filed against our Company
–Outstanding criminal litigations” on page 670.
b. Outstanding material civil litigations
Nil
Litigation initiated against our Promoters
a. Outstanding criminal litigations
1. A complaint bearing number 11596/2018 (“Complaint”) has been filed by Mukesh Kumar Mahawar
(“Complainant”), before the Hon’ble Special JM NI Act No-5 Jaipur Metropolitan I (“Hon’ble Special
Metropolitan Magistrate”), against Shining Sun Power (Mehaboobnagar) Private Limited (“Accused
No.1”), Ketan Mehta (“Accused No.2”), Pawan Kumar Sharma (“Accused No.3”) and Harshit Khatri
(“Accused No.4”) (collectively, the “Accused Persons”) on account of dishonour of cheque issued by
Accused No. 2 and 3 bearing cheque number 009231 of Axis Bank Limited dated January 27, 2018,
amounting to ₹87 million. Aggrieved by the same, the Complainant has filed this instant complaint
praying to the Hon’ble Special Metropolitan Magistrate, to accept the complaint, take cognizance of the
same and that the complainant be given double the amount of the said cheque. A criminal miscellaneous
petition bearing number CRLMP/6042/2025 has also been filed by Ketan Mehta and Pawan Kumar
Sharma (“Petitioners”), under 528 of the B.N.S.S, 2023, before the Jaipur Bench at the High Court of
Rajasthan (“Hon’ble High Court”), seeking quashing of Complaint and all subsequent proceedings
arising therefrom. In addition to the criminal miscellaneous petition, a stay application bearing number
RSTAY/7105/2025 has been filed by the Petitioners seeking to stay further proceedings in the Complaint.
The matter are currently pending before Hon’ble Special Metropolitan Magistrate and the Hon’ble High
Court.
6742. F.I.R. bearing number 144/2020 has been filed against our Promoters, Ketan Mehta, Pawan Kumar
Sharma and Sanjay Garudapally. For further details, see “Outstanding Litigations and Material
Developments –Litigation involving our Company –Litigation initiated against our Company –
Outstanding criminal litigations” on page 670.
3. F.I.R. bearing number 0043/2018 dated May 19, 2018 has been registered by Alapathi Ambica Hanuma
(“Complainant”) against our Promoters, Sanjay Garudapally (“Accused No.1”), Pawan Kumar Sharma
(“Accused No.2”) and Ketan Mehta (“Accused No.3”) (collectively, the “Accused Persons”) under
sections 406, 420 and 379 of the IPC for alleged misappropriation of the property belonging to the
Complainant and causing wrongful loss. The F.I.R. is currently pending.
4. An F.I.R. bearing number 351/2018 dated May 11, 2018, has been registered by Ambica Rama Chandra
Rao (“Complainant”) against Sanjay Garudapally (“Accused Person”) under sections 448, 323 and
506 of the IPC for allegedly trespassing in the office of the Complainant and causing hurt to an employee
of the Complainant. The F.I.R. is currently pending.
b. Actions by statutory or regulatory authorities
Nil
c. Outstanding material civil litigations
Nil
d. Material tax litigation
Nil
Litigation involving our Directors
Litigation initiated by our Directors
a. Outstanding criminal litigations
For details in relation to any outstanding criminal litigations initiated by our Directors, see “Outstanding
Litigations and Material Developments –Litigation involving our Promoters –Litigation initiated by our
Promoters –Outstanding criminal litigations” on page 674.
b. Outstanding material civil litigations
Nil
Litigation initiated against our Directors
a. Outstanding criminal litigations
For details in relation to any outstanding criminal litigations initiated against our Directors, see “Outstanding
Litigations and Material Developments –Litigation involving our Promoters –Litigation initiated against our
Promoters–Outstanding criminal litigations” on page 674
b. Actions by statutory or regulatory authorities
Nil
c. Outstanding material civil litigations
Nil
d. Material tax litigation
675Nil
Litigation involving our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Managerial Personnel
Litigations initiated by our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Managerial Personnel
a. Outstanding criminal litigations
1. For details in relation to any outstanding criminal litigations initiated by our Key Managerial Personnel
and Senior Managerial Personnel, see “Outstanding Litigations and Material Developments –Litigation
involving our Promoters –Litigation initiated by our Promoters –Outstanding criminal litigations” on
page 674.
Litigations initiated against our Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Managerial Personnel
a. Outstanding criminal litigations
1. A criminal case bearing number 17527/2021 has been filed by the State of Gujarat (“Petitioner”) against
Rajan Mukesh Balani (“Repondent No. 1”) and Mukeshbhai Kishanchand Balani (“Respondent No.
2”) under sections 498A, 323, 294A, 506(1) and 114 of the IPC and sections 3 and 4 of the Dowry
Prohibition Act, pursuant to an F.I.R. bearing number 1191045210921 being registered by Saumikaben
Raj. Rajan Mukesh Balani has filed a criminal miscellaneous application before the High Court of
Gujarat, seeking quashing, setting aside and stay of further proceedings in the F.I.R. No. 1191045210921
dated June 04, 2021. This matter is currently pending.
2. A criminal miscellaneous application bearing number 779/2021 has been filed by Saumikaben Raj
(“Applicant”) against Rajan Mukesh Balani (“Accused No. 1”), Mukeshbhai Kishanchand Balani
(“Accused No. 2”) and Vidyaben Mukeshbhai Balani (“Accused No. 3”) under section 12 of the
Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act. This matter is currently pending before the Hon’ble
Additional Senior Civil Judge & ACJM at Ahmedabad.
3. A criminal miscellaneous application – JMFC bearing number 1110/2021 has been filed Saumika Balani
(“Petitioner”) against Rajan Mukesh Balani (“Respondent”), under section 125 of the Cr.P.C., seeking
maintenance from the Respondent. This matter is currently pending.
4. For additional details in relation to any outstanding criminal litigations initiated against our Key
Managerial Personnel and Senior Managerial Personnel, see “Outstanding Litigations and Material
Developments –Litigation involving our Promoters –Litigation initiated against our Promoters –
Outstanding criminal litigations” on page 674.
b. Actions by statutory or regulatory authorities
1. Notice u/s 149(1)(a) for clarification was issued to Narendra Singh Gohil for the AY 2020-2021 by
income tax authority. However, the due date for submission for response has lapsed. The matter is
pending before the income tax authority.
2. The cash deposit of ₹1.09 million of Sanjay Dixit (“Assessee”) was treated as undisclosed income u/s 69
of the Income Tax Act, 1961, due to the assesses persistent non-compliance. For AY 2012-13, the total
income was assessed for ₹1.63 million (including declared income of ₹ 0.54 million) thereby creating a
tax demand of ₹0.98 million. The Assessee attempted to stay the demand of ₹0.98 million which was
rejected by Assessing Officer. The total demand and penalty are not abayed and still exist which are (i)
Penalty u/s 221 of the Income Tax Act, 1961 for non-payment of the established tax demand of ₹0.98
million (ii) Penalty u/s 271(1)(c) Income Tax Act, 1961, for the original act of concealing income by not
disclosing the source of the cash deposit of ₹1.09 million. The matter is currently pending.
3. An outstanding income tax demand of ₹0.11 million for Sanjay Dixit (“Assessee”) for AY 2016-17
remains unpaid. The demand arose from an order passed u/s 143(1)(a) of the Income Tax Act, 1961,
dated November 28, 2017. The Assessee was called upon to comply or provide documentary proof of
payment, appeal, stay, or revision. The matter is currently pending.
676Outstanding litigation involving our Group Companies which has a material impact on our Company
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus there are no outstanding litigation involving the Group
Companies which has a or will have a material impact on our Company.
Tax Proceedings
Except as disclosed below, there are no outstanding tax litigations involving our Company, Subsidiaries, Directors
or Promoters.
(in ₹ million)
Nature of cases Number of cases Amount involved*
Company
Direct Tax 14 29.81
Indirect Tax 28 163.69
Total 42 193.50
Subsidiaries
Direct Tax 6 85.49
Indirect Tax 9 5.53
Total 15 91.02
Directors (Other than Promoter Director)
Direct Tax Nil Nil
Indirect Tax Nil Nil
Total Nil Nil
Promoters
Direct Tax 11 0.09
Indirect Tax Nil Nil
Total 11 0.09
* Tax amount, interest, penalty to the extent quantifiable
Outstanding dues to Creditors
As per the Materiality Policy, creditors to whom an amount exceeding ₹ 73.32 million, which is 5% of the total
consolidated trade payables of our Company as of the end of the most recent period covered in the Restated
Consolidated Financial Information, were considered ‘material’ creditors.
Based on the above, there are 2 material creditors of our Company as on March 31, 2025, to whom an aggregate
amount of ₹ 190.77 million was outstanding. Based on this criterion, details of outstanding dues (trade payables)
owed to micro, small and medium enterprises (as defined under Section 2 of the Micro, Small and Medium
Enterprises Development Act, 2006), material creditors and other creditors, as at March 31, 2025, by our
Company, are set out below:
(in ₹ million)
Type of creditors No. of Creditors (Trade Amount outstanding
Payables)
Micro, small and medium enterprises 255 339.36
Dues to Material Creditor(s) (Trade Payables) 2 190.77
Dues to Creditors (Trade Payables) other than 637 936.27
Micro and Small enterprises
Total 894 1,466.40
The details pertaining to net outstanding dues towards our material creditors are available on the website of our
Company at https://www.rayspowerinfra.com/material-creditors/.
It is clarified that such details available on our website do not form a part of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
and should not be deemed to be incorporated by reference. Anyone placing reliance on any source of information
including our Company’s website at https://www.rayspowerinfra.com/material-creditors/ would be doing so at
their own risk.
Material Developments
677Other than as stated in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations” on page 600 , there have not arisen, since the date of the last financial information disclosed
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, any circumstances which materially and adversely affect, or are likely to
affect, our operations, our profitability taken as a whole or the value of our consolidated assets or our ability to
pay our liabilities within the next 12 months.
678GOVERNMENT AND OTHER APPROVALS
Our business requires various approvals, licenses, consents, registrations, and permits issued by relevant
regulatory authorities under various rules and regulations. Set out below is an indicative list of all material
approvals, licenses, consents, registrations, and permits obtained by our Company and its Material Subsidiaries,
i.e., Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited and Shining Sun Power Private Limited, which are
necessary for undertaking our business. In view of such approvals, our Company can undertake the Offer and its
current business activities. Additionally, unless otherwise stated, these approvals or licenses are valid as of the
date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, and in case of licenses and approvals which have expired, we have
either made an application for renewal, or are in the process of making an application for renewal. Certain
material approvals, licenses, consents, registrations, and permits may expire periodically in the ordinary course
and applications for renewal of such expired material approvals, licenses, consents, registrations, and permits
are submitted in accordance with applicable requirements and procedures.
For details of risk associated with not obtaining or delay in obtaining the requisite approvals, see the section
titled “Risk Factors – We are required to obtain various statutory and regulatory permits and approvals to operate
our business which requires us to comply with certain terms and conditions to continue our operations. Our
inability to obtain, renew or maintain our statutory and regulatory permits and approvals required to operate our
businesses may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operation and cash flows.” on page
80.
I. APPROVALS RELATING TO THE OFFER
For the approvals and authorisations obtained by our Company in relation to the Offer, see the section titled “Other
Regulatory and Statutory Disclosures – Authority for the Offer” on page 693.
II. INCORPORATION DETAILS OF OUR COMPANY AND ITS MATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES
(i) Certificate of incorporation dated June 13, 2011, issued by the Registrar of Companies, Rajasthan to our
Company under the name of ‘Rays Power Infra Private Limited’.
(ii) Certificate of incorporation dated September 21, 2023, issued by the RoC on account of conversion from a
private to a public limited company.
(iii) The corporate identity number of our Company is U40106MH2011PLC267684.
(iv) For incorporation details of our Material Subsidiaries, please see the section titled “Our Subsidiaries” on
page 377.
III. MATERIAL APPROVALS IN RELATION TO OUR COMPANY
A. Material approvals in relation to the business and operations of our Company and its Material
Subsidiaries
We require various approvals to carry on our business in India. Some of these may expire in the ordinary
course of business and applications for renewal of these approvals are submitted in accordance with
applicable procedures and requirements as disclosed below. We have received the following material
approvals pertaining to our business:
Sl. Particulars of license/ License/ Applicable Issuing Issue / Validity
No approval granted registration statute authority Renewal
number Date
Our Company
1. Approval of drawings CEIG/TEC/ The Central Office of the June 30, NA**
pertaining to electrical BS-224/17- Electricity Chief 2017
installation of 3MW 18/12238-43 Authority Electrical
Solar Power Plant under (Measures Inspector to
distributed power relating to Government,
generation through land Safety and Government
679Sl. Particulars of license/ License/ Applicable Issuing Issue / Validity
No approval granted registration statute authority Renewal
number Date
owned formers scheme of Electric of Karnataka
M/s Helicore Private Supply) (Electrical
Limited*, Sy. No: 59, Regulations, Inspectorate)
Kyathaganakere Village, 2010 .
Nagalamadike Hobli,
Pavagada Tq., Tumkur
District, comprising of a)
10326 numbers of 320
Wp Solar PV Modules,
3x1000KW, 400V
Inverters, 1x3000KVA,
400-400-400V/33KV
Inverter transformer (b)
33KV SC OH line for a
length of 400mtrs along
with 33KV metering
arrangement. .
Commissioning EEE/TL&SS July 15, NA**
certificate for the 3MW /TKR/AET- 2017
Capacity Solar Power 2/17-
Project bearing R.R.No: 18/2777-80
KGRMR - 130 of R.M
Rama (M/s Heliocore
Pvt. Ltd.)
2. Approval for electrical CEIG/TEC/ The Central Office of the July 3, NA**
installation pertaining to BS-222/17- Electricity Chief 2017
3MW Solar Power Plant 18/12884-90 Authority Electrical
under distributed power (Measures Inspector to
generation through land relating to Government,
owners formers scheme Safety and Government
of M/s Insolexo Private Electric of Karnataka
Limited*, Sy. No: 49, Supply) (Electrical
Kyathaganakere Village, Regulations, Inspectorate)
Nagalamadike Hobli, 2010 .
Pavgada Tq., Tumkur
District comprising of a)
10,290 Nos. of 320 Wp
Solar PV Modules,
3X1000kW, 400V Solar
Inverters, 1 x 3000kVA,
400-400-400V/33 kV
Inverter Transformer b)
33 kV SCOH line for a
length of 1 Km along
with 33 kV metering
arrangements (c) 33/66
kV Pooling station
comprising of 1x9 MVA,
33/66 kV power
Transformer and 1x25
kVA, 33kV /415V
Auxiliary Transformer
and associated
equipments (d) 66 kV SC
OH line on existing 66
kV RNS DC towers with
680Sl. Particulars of license/ License/ Applicable Issuing Issue / Validity
No approval granted registration statute authority Renewal
number Date
SC line from proposed
Solar power plant to
existing 66/11 kV
Nagalamadike KPTCL
sub-station for a length of
6.495 Kms and c) One
number of 66 kV terminal
bay at existing 66/11 kV
KPTCL Nagalamadike
sub-station
Commissioning EEE/TL&SS July 15, NA
certificate for 3MW /TKR/AET- 2017
capacity Solar Power 2/17-
Project bearing R.R.No: 18/2777-80
KGMM - 129 of M.
Muniraju (M/s Insolexo
Pvt. Ltd.)
3. The Electricity Act-2003 CEIG/TS/H Central The Chief March NA**
and Central Electricity T/MDK- Electricity Electrical 20, 2015
Authority (Measures 335/D.No./5 Authority inspector to
relating to safety and 15/15 (Measures Government
Electric Supply) relating to of
Regulations, 2010 - Safety and Telangana.
Installation of Voltage Electric Government
Exceeding 650 V of M/s Supply) of Telangana
Rays Power Infra Pvt Regulations, (Electrical
Ltd., (2 MW Solar power 2010 Inspectorate)
project), (in 10 MW Solar
Park) Dharamjipet (V)
Dubbak Mandal Medak
District – Statutory
Approval Under
Regulation 32 of CEA
(measures Relating to
Safety and Electric
Supply), Regulations
2010 - Accorded
Commissioning - March NA**
certificate for the 30, 2015
capacity of total 2MW
Solar PV Power Plant of
M/s. Rays Power Infra
Pvt. Ltd
4. Approval of electrical CEIG/TEC/ The Central Office of the July 3, NA**
installation pertaining to BS- Electricity Chief 2017
3 MW Solar Power Plant 223/2017-18 Authority Electrical
under distributed power (Measures Inspector to
generation through land relating to Government,
owned formers scheme of Safety and Government
M/s. Solantra Private Electric of Karnataka
Limited*, Sy. No:59, Supply) (Electrical
Kyathahganakere Regulations, Inspectorate)
Village, Nagalamadike 2010 .
Hobli, Pavgada Tq.,
Tumkur District
comprising of a) 10,316
681Sl. Particulars of license/ License/ Applicable Issuing Issue / Validity
No approval granted registration statute authority Renewal
number Date
Nos. of 320 Wp Solar PV
Modules, 3X1000kW,
400V Solar Inverters, 1 x
3000kVA,400-400-
400V/33 kV Inverter
Transformer b) 33 kV HT
UG Cable for a length of
300 mtrs along with 33
kV metering
arrangement.
Commissioning EEE/TL&SS July NA**
certificate for the /TKR/AET- 15,2017
capacity of 3MW Solar 2/17-
Power Project bearing 18/2777-80
R.R.No: KGEML -131 of
R.M Lakshmana (M/s
Solantara Pvt. Ltd.)
5. Electrical Safety approval CEIG/ACEI/ The Central Office of the February NA**
for electrical installation E1-1/AEI- Electricity Chief 6, 2017
pertaining to 5MW Solar 3/41114-20 Authority Electrical
Power Plant of a) 17200 (Measures Inspector to
Nos. of 320Wp Solar PV relating to Government,
Modules, 2X2500kW, Safety and Government
315V Solar Inverters, 1 x Electric of Karnataka
5500kVA, 315-315V/33 Supply) (Electrical
kV Inverter Transformer Regulations, Inspectorate)
along with 33KV 2010 .
metering arrangement at
Hunasihal Village
Koppal District b)33 kV
SC Power Evacuation
line from proposed Solar
power plant to existing
110/33/11 kV KPTCL
Bevoor sub-station for a
length of 4.3 Kms and c)
One number of 33 kV
terminal bay extension at
existing 110/33/11 kV
KPTCL Bevoor sub-
station of M/s Kavit
Green Energy Pvt Ltd*
Commissioning DEGUSFS- February NA**
certificate for the KGE-03 8, 2017
capacity of 5MW Solar
PV Power Plant of M/s.
Kavit Green Energy Pvt.
Ltd.
6. Regular interconnection CEE Central Karnataka Novemb NA**
approval for your (P&C)/SEE Electricity Power er 14,
proposed (3+3+3) = (Plg)/EE Regulatory Transmissio 2016
9MW solar power project (PSS)/ KCO- Commission n
proposed in 93/3655/F- (Connectivit Corporation
comprehensive manner at 839 y and Limited
Kyathaganakere village, General
Nagalamadike Hobli, Network
682Sl. Particulars of license/ License/ Applicable Issuing Issue / Validity
No approval granted registration statute authority Renewal
number Date
Pavagada taluk, Access to
Tumakuru district under the inter-
land owner farmer State
scheme reg. Transmissio
n System)
Regulations,
2022
Our Material Subsidiaries
1. Consent to Establish CTE-62920 The Water M.P. Septemb Valid
under section 25 of the (Prevention Pollution er 5, until
Water (Prevention & & Control of Control 2025 revoked
Control of Pollution) Act, Pollution) Board
1974 and under section Act,1974
21 of the Air (Prevention and the Air
& Control of Pollution) (Prevention
Act, 1981 for Rays Green & Control of
Energy Manufacturing Pollution)
Private Limited Act,1981
2. Certificate of DIPP43052 The Department October 10 years
Recognition for Shining Companies for 18, 2019
Sun Power Private Act, 2013 Promotion of
Limited Industry and
Internal
Trade,
Ministry of
Commerce
& Industry,
Government
of India
*Solantra Private Limited, Insolexo Private Limited, Kavit Green Energy Private Limited Energy Private Limited and Heliocore Private
Limited have been amalgamated with our Company. Request for execution of Supplemental PPA in respect of name change have been
filed before the applicable authorities.
** Since the approval obtained by the Company is with respect to the drawings of projects pertaining to electrical installation,
commissioning and interconnection of our solar power plants, the approval does not have a validity period.
B. Tax related approvals
Our Company
Set forth below are the details of material tax related approvals obtained by our Company:
1. Permanent Account Number issued by the Income Tax Department, Government of India is
AAFCR3720A.
2. Tax Deduction Account Number issued by the Income Tax Department, Government of India is
JPRR06481G.
3. Our Company has obtained goods and services tax registrations under the applicable provisions of the
goods and services tax legislations applicable in the states and union territories where our projects are
located.
4. Our Company has obtained professional tax certifications applicable in the states and union territories
where our projects are located.
Our Material Subsidiaries
683Shining Sun Power Private Limited
1. Permanent Account Number issued by the Income Tax Department, Government of India is
AAVCS1536M.
2. Tax Deduction Account Number issued by the Income Tax Department, Government of India is
JPRS15474E.
3. Shining Sun Power Private Limited has obtained goods and services tax registration number under the
applicable provisions of the goods and services tax legislations applicable in the state of Rajasthan.
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited
1. Permanent Account Number issued by the Income Tax Department, Government of India is ABICS2108P.
2. Tax Deduction Account Number issued by the Income Tax Department, Government of India is
JPRS24922C.
3. Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited has obtained goods and services tax registration
numbers under the applicable provisions of the goods and services tax legislations applicable in the state
and union territories where its projects are located.
C. Labour and employee related approvals
Our Company and its Material Subsidiaries have obtained registrations in the ordinary course of business
under various employee and labour related laws including Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous
Provisions Act, 1952, the Employees State Insurance Act, 1948 for the relevant states, and various Shops
and Commercial Establishments acts for the relevant states, as applicable. Further, the Company has also
obtained registration under the Contract Labour (Regulations and Abolitions) Act, 1970.
D. Material approvals in relation to our projects
Our Company obtains statutory approvals on behalf of its customers in connection with the projects we
develop for them. In the course of us carrying out such business activities, we are required to obtain various
consents, licenses, registrations, permissions, and approvals under applicable laws in relation to our
projects. Such licenses and approvals are obtained from time to time, based on the specific requirements of
each EPC contract undertaken by us. Post the completion of the Co-Development of the projects, the
projects are transferred to the customers and our Company may undertake EPC and O&M activities of these
projects on a contractual basis with the customers.
Our projects are undertaken by our Subsidiaries. There are various approvals and licenses are required to be
obtained at different stages of the projects. The material approvals in connection with our projects are as
follows:
Sl. Name of the Capacity Substation Stage of Approval
No project
1. Koncha Solar Power 300 MW Ananthpuram-III The connectivity application has been
Private Limited PS, Andhra Pradesh accepted by CTUIL pursuant to the 38th
CMETS SR held on June 2, 2025.*
2. Jagaluru Solar 300 MW Tumkur-II PS, The final approval for grant of connectivity
Power Private Karnataka dated March 19, 2025 has been obtained from
Limited CTUIL, and the Connectivity Agreement
(Cat-1) dated April 21, 2025 has been duly
executed with CTUIL.
3. Chittoor Solar 300 MW Ananthapuram-III The connectivity application has been
Power Private PS, Andhra Pradesh accepted by CTUIL pursuant to the 38th
Limited CMETS SR held on June 2, 2025.*
4. Sindhari Solar 300 MW Ananthpuram-II The connectivity application has been
Power Private PS, Andhra Pradesh accepted by CTUIL pursuant to the 37th
Limited CMETS SR held on April 17, 2025.*
684Sl. Name of the Capacity Substation Stage of Approval
No project
5. Bhalki Solar Power 300 MW Kurnool-IV, The connectivity application has been
Private Limited Karnataka accepted by CTUIL. pursuant to the 37th
CMETS SR, held on April 17, 2025.*
6. Vannur Solar Power 300 MW Barmer-IV PS, The connectivity application has been
Private Limited Rajasthan accepted by CTUIL pursuant to the 39th
CMETS NR held on July 18, 2025.*
7. Nadbai Solar Power 50 MW Yalaburga, Koppal, Capacity has been allocated for setting up
Private Limited Karnataka private solar park by order of Government of
Karnataka **
8. Haveri Solar Power 100 MW Doni, Gadag, Capacity has been allocated for setting up
Private Limited Karnataka private solar park by order of Government of
Karnataka.***
9. Rohat Solar Park 350 MW Barmer III PS, The in-principle grant of connectivity dated
Private Limited Rajasthan March 21, 2025 has been obtained from
CTUIL.
10. Malur Renewables 650 MW Bhadla - III PS, The in-principle grant of connectivity dated
Private Limited Rajasthan February 15, 2024 has been obtained from
CTUIL.
* The formal grant of approval letter is presently awaited.
** Vide Government Order No. Energy 286 NCE 2024 dated July 15, 2024, issued by the Government of Karnataka, M/s Nadbai Solar Power
Private Limited has been allotted 50 MW capacity in Yalaburga and Mudhola villages, Yalaburga Taluk, Koppal District
***Vide Government Order No. Energy 285 NCE 2024, Bengaluru, dated January 10, 2025, issued by the Government of Karnataka, M/s
Haveri Solar Power Private Limited has been allotted 100 MW in Doni village of Mundaragi taluk of Gadad district.
E. Other material approvals
Our Company
1. Importer and exporter code number issued by Director General of Foreign Trade, Government of India is
1312016132.
2. Legal Entity Identifier code 89450027AK4LSOGXGY18 issued by Legal Entity Identifier India Limited.
Our Material Subsidiaries
Shining Sun Power Private Limited
1. Importer and exporter code number issued by Director General of Foreign Trade, Government of India is
AAVCS1536M.
Rays Green Energy Manufacturing Private Limited
1. Importer and exporter code number issued by Director General of Foreign Trade, Government of India is
ABICS2108P.
2. Legal Entity Identifier code 98450080888D8BFEE407 issued by Legal Entity Identifier India Limited.
IV. MATERIAL APPROVALS PENDING TO BE OBTAINED BY OUR COMPANY
Material approvals applied for by our Company, its Material Subsidiaries and its projects but not received
We are required to obtain various approvals and licenses under various laws, rules and regulations in
relation to our projects forming part of our Co-Development Business model. The approvals and licenses
which have been applied for and are pending during the operations stage of the respective projects, as on
the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus, are listed below:
685Sl. No. Name of the project Application Issuing Authority
1. Annigeri Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, Central Transmission
Private Limited and 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System* Limited
2. Nilaj Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, Central Transmission
Private Limited and 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System* Limited
3. Dadur Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, Central Transmission
Private Limited and 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System* Limited
4. Honavar Solar Power Application for grant of Government order Additional Chief
Private Limited for development of 159.60 MW Wind Power Secretary, Energy
park in the state of Karnataka at 400/220 kV Department
substation connecting at Koppal I, Kuknoor
Taluk, Koppal district
5. Hanur Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, Central Transmission
Private Limited and 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System. Limited
Application for grant of Government order Karnataka
for development of 150 MW Solar Power Renewable Energy
park at BK Halli, Dalavaihalli, Vadderevu, Development
Pavagada Taluk, Tumkur district. In the state Limited
of Karnataka connecting at 400/220 kV
substation Tumkur II.
6. Sira Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, Central Transmission
Private Limited and 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System.* Limited
Submission of revised DPR and WTG Karnataka
locations for the grant of Government order Renewable Energy
for development of 168.3 MW Wind Power Development
Park Huvina Hadagali, Gaddekere Kodihalli, Limited
Hagaribommanahalli, Hampasagar villages,
Huvina Hadagali Taluk, Vijayanagar district
in the state of Karnatka, connecting 220 kV
SS at Koppal-PGCIL.
7. Kengeri Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, Central Transmission
Private Limited and 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System. Limited
Application regarding grant of Government Karnataka
order for development of 210 MW Wind Renewable Energy
Power Park in the state of Karnataka at Development
Hagalur, Hagalur Hosahall, Talur, Darur, Limited
Hirehadagali, Dammur Kaggal,
Chennanahalu (Chanahal), Gududur,
Handihal Villages in Taluk of Kurugoduu
and Bellary district and substation connecting
at 765/400/220 kV PGCIL Pooling Station at
Kurnool-IV, Andhra Pradesh.
8. Raysalfa Power Private Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, Central Transmission
Limited and 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System Limited
Application for grant of Government order Karnataka
for development of 214.20 MW Wind Power Renewable Energy
Park at Anguru, Thimmalapura, Birabbi, Development
Herehadagali, Magala, Ishapura, Manihalli, Limited
Hagaranuru, Shivalinganahalli, Ayyanahalli,
Hirekolache, Manyara, Masalaawada,
Sovinahalli, Koyliaragatta, Dasarahalli,
686Sl. No. Name of the project Application Issuing Authority
Hakkandi, Hiremallanakere, Kalvi,
Holagundha, Bhannikallu, Hampasagara,
Enigi, Basapura, Enigi, Gaddhekhare,
Gattikeri kodihalli, Gaddekere villages,
Huvina Hadagali and Hagari Bommanahalli
Taluk, Vijayanagar district in the state of
Karnataka, connecting at 400/220 kV SS at
Bellary PGCIL.
9. Balasore Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, Central Transmission
Private Limited and 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System Limited
10. Mathkur Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, Central Transmission
Private Limited and 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System Limited
11. Jorhat Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, Central Transmission
Private Limited and 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System Limited
12. Bhinmal Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, Central Transmission
Private Limited and 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System Limited
13. Vannur Solar Power Application under Regulation 4.1, 4.2, 5.6, Central Transmission
Private Limited and 5.7 for connectivity to the Interstate Utility of India
Transmission System Limited
*The allocation of connectivity remains pending, subject to the outcome of proceedings before the Hon’ble High Court of Karnataka
at Bengaluru in Writ Petition No. 35002 of 2024 (GM-RES) C/W Writ Petition No. 21533 of 2024.
Material approvals required but not obtained or applied for by our Company and its Material Subsidiary
Nil
Material approvals expired and not applied for renewal by our Company and its Material Subsidiary
Nil
V. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
As on the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company holds the following trademark
registrations:
Sl. No. Trademark Trademark Class of Valid/ Owner Status
Registratio Registra Renewed
n Number tions up to
1. 3629569 35 September Rays Power Registered
7, 2027 Infra Limited
Private
Limited*
2. 2730073 11 May 2, Rays Power Registered
2034 Infra Limited
Private
Limited*
3. 7012371 9 NA Rays Green Formalities
Energy Chk Pass
Manufacturing
Private
Limited
687Sl. No. Trademark Trademark Class of Valid/ Owner Status
Registratio Registra Renewed
n Number tions up to
4. 7012372 11 NA Rays Green Formalities
Energy Chk Pass
Manufacturing
Private
Limited
5. 7012373 35 NA Rays Green Formalities
Energy Chk Pass
Manufacturing
Private
Limited
6. 7012374 Think Clean Build 9 NA Rays Green Formalities
Green Energy Chk Pass
Manufacturing
Private
Limited
7. 7012375 Think Clean Build 11 NA Rays Green Formalities
Green Energy Chk Pass
Manufacturing
Private
Limited
8. 7012376 Think Clean Build 35 NA Rays Green Formalities
Green Energy Chk Pass
Manufacturing
Private
Limited
9. 6122789 9 NA Rays Power Hearing
Infra Limited fixed
10. 6122790 11 NA Rays Power Accepted
Infra Limited and
advertised
11. 6122791 35 NA Rays Power Accepted
Infra Limited and
advertised
12. 7190652 9 NA Rays Green Formalities
Energy Chk Pass
Manufacturing
Private
Limited
13. 7190653 11 NA Rays Green Formalities
Energy Chk Pass
Manufacturing
Private
Limited
14. 7190654 35 NA Rays Green Formalities
Energy Chk Pass
Manufacturing
Private
Limited
* An application for change of name to 'Rays Power Infra Limited' has been filed with the Trade Marks Registry, dated September 26,
2025 in accordance with applicable laws.
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the following copyrights in respect of the names of our
brand sand logos have been registered to protect our intellectual property:
688Diary Number Class of Work Title of Work Applicant Name Status
17179/2018-CO/A Artistic Rays Power Infra Rays Power Infra Registered
Private Limited
17180/2018-CO/A Artistic Rays Power Infra Rays Power Infra Registered
Private Limited
For further details, please see the section titled “Our Business – Intellectual Property” on page 348, and for risks
associated with intellectual property, please see the section titled “Risk Factor- Our word work “Rays Power
Infra” and logo are not registered as a trademark. Maintaining the reputation of our corporate
name, logo and the goodwill associated with these trademarks is material to our success. If we are unable to
protect our intellectual property rights, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be
adversely affected.” on page 60.
689OUR GROUP COMPANIES
For the purpose of disclosure in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the following shall be considered as Group
Companies of our Company, in accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations: (i) such companies (other than our
Promoters and Subsidiaries) with which there were related party transactions, during the period for which Restated
Consolidated Financial Information is disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, as covered under Ind AS
24; and (ii) any other companies considered material by our Board of Directors.
Further, for the purposes of (ii) above, such companies shall be considered ‘material’ and will be disclosed as a
group company in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus that are part of the Promoter Group in terms of Regulation
2(1)(pp) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations (other than the Subsidiaries and the companies covered at (i) above) and
have entered into one or more transactions with our Company during the most recent financial year or the stub
period, if any, as per the Restated Consolidated Financial Information of our Company disclosed in this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus, which individually or in the aggregate, exceed 10% of the total consolidated income of our
Company for such period.
Accordingly, based on the parameters outlined above, the following companies have been identified as our Group
Companies:
Sl. No. Group Companies Registered office
1. Shining Technologies Venture Private Plot No. 1, Jhulelal Marg, Shipra Path, Mansarovar,
Limited Jaipur - 302020, Rajasthan, India
2. Garudapally Infrastructures Private Unit #A2, 1st Floor, Spaces & More Business Park, 8-2-
Limited 269/A, Road # 2, Banjara Hills, Hyderabad - 500 034,
Telangana, India
3. Kushal Realinfracon Private Limited 65, Sardal Patel Marg, Jaipur - 302001, Rajasthan, India
4. Mehta Realhome Developers Private 65, Sardal Patel Marg, Jaipur - 302001, Rajasthan, India
Limited
5. Rays Power Consultants Private D-43, Janpath, Shyam Nagar, Jaipur - 302001, Rajasthan,
Limited India
6. RE Capital India Private Limited Plot No. 1, Jhulelal Marg, Shipra Path, Mansarovar,
Jaipur - 302020, Rajasthan, India
7. Enviablehomes Private Limited 64 Uday Nagar B, Near Mansorwar Metro Station,
Shyam Nagar, Jaipur - 302019, Rajasthan, India
8. Hop Electric Mobility Private Limited Plot No. 1 Jhulelal Marg, Shipra Path, Mansarovar, Jaipur
- 302020, Rajasthan, India
In accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, certain financial information in relation to our top five Group
Companies (based on turnover) for the previous three financial years, extracted from its audited financial
statements (as applicable) is available at the websites indicated below.
Details of our Group Companies
In accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, information with respect to: (i) reserves (excluding revaluation
reserve); (ii) sales; (iii) profit/(loss) after tax; (iv) earnings per share; (v) diluted earnings per share; and (vi) net
asset value, of our top five Group Companies determined on the basis of their annual turnover, extracted from
their respective audited financial statements for the preceding three years is available at our website as indicated
below:
Sl. No. Top five Group Companies Website
1. Mehta RealHome Developers Private Limited https://rayspowerinfra.com/group-company/
2. RE Capital India Private Limited https://rayspowerinfra.com/group-company/
3. Garudapally Infrastructures Private Limited https://rayspowerinfra.com/group-company/
4. Hop Electric Mobility Private Limited https://rayspowerinfra.com/group-company/
5. Kushal Realinfracon Private Limited https://rayspowerinfra.com/group-company/
Our Company has provided links to such websites solely to comply with the requirements specified under the
SEBI ICDR Regulations. Such financial information of the Group Companies and other information provided on
690the websites given above does not constitute a part of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. The information provided
on the websites given above should not be relied upon or used as a basis for any investment decision.
Neither our Company nor any of the BRLMs or the Selling Shareholder nor any of the Company’s, BRLMs’ or
any of their respective directors, employees, affiliates, associates, advisors, agents or representatives accept any
liability whatsoever for any loss arising from any information presented or contained in the websites given above.
Nature and extent of interest of our Group Companies
a. In the promotion of our Company
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Group Companies do not have any interest in the
promotion or formation of our Company.
b. In the properties acquired by us in the preceding three years before filing this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus or proposed to be acquired by our Company
Our Group Companies are not interested in any property acquired by our Company in the three years
preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or proposed to be acquired by our Company.
c. In transactions for acquisition of land, construction of building and supply of machinery
Our Group Companies are not interested in any transaction for acquisition of land, construction of building
or supply of machinery, etc entered into by our Company.
Common Pursuits between our Group Companies and our Company
Except as disclosed below, there are no common pursuits between our Group Companies and our Company as on
the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Garudapally Infrastructures Private Limited, with which we also share common promoter, i.e Sanjay Garudapally,
is engaged in similar line of business as that of our Company and may bid for the same tenders and / or projects
we might bid for. In order to avoid any instances of conflict of interest, our Company has entered into an agreement
dated September 29, 2025 (the “Non-Compete Agreement”) with Garudapally Infrastructures Private Limited,
Sanjay Garudapally, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally, Garudapally Family Trust, Ketan Mehta and Pawan Kumar
Sharma (collectively “Restricting Parties”). Pursuant to the Non-Compete Agreement, the parties to the Non-
Compete Agreement, have mutually decided to avoid overlap and commercial conflict, whether actual, perceived
or potential, pursuant to which, the Restricting Parties shall not undertake any business activities which directly
or indirectly in any manner whatsoever, competes with our Company.
Shining Technologies Ventures Private Limited is in same line of business as that of our Company as it deals to
operate both in India and internationally across the Electric Vehicles (EV) value chain by providing
comprehensive services including infrastructure development to support the EV ecosystem. It seeks to collaborate
through partnerships or joint ventures with various stakeholders such as auto OEMs, battery manufacturers, and
charging infrastructure providers.
Related Business Transactions with the Group Companies and significance on the financial performance
of our Company
Other than the transactions disclosed in the section titled “Restated Consolidated Financial Information – Note
no. 51 – Related Party Disclosures” on page 549, there are no other related business transactions with our Group
Companies.
Business interest of our Group Companies in our Company
Our Group Companies do not have any business interest in our Company.
Litigation
Except as disclosed in “Outstanding Litigation and Other Material Developments - Outstanding litigation
involving our Group Companies which has a material impact on our Company”, our Group Companies are not a
691party to any outstanding litigation which has or will have a material impact on our Company as on the date of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Utilisation of Offer Proceeds
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no material existing or anticipated transactions in
relation to utilisation of the Offer Proceeds with our Group Companies.
Other confirmations
None of our Group Companies or their directors have any conflict of interest with the suppliers of raw materials
or third-party service providers, crucial for operations of our Company.
None of our Group Companies or their directors have any conflict of interest with any lessor of the immovable
properties, crucial for operations of our Company.
692OTHER REGULATORY AND STATUTORY DISCLOSURES
Authority for the Offer
The Offer has been approved by our Board pursuant to its resolution passed at its meeting held on September 20,
2025 and our Shareholders have authorized the Fresh Issue pursuant to a special resolution passed at their meeting
held on September 20, 2025.
This Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been approved by our Board pursuant to their resolution dated September
29, 2025.
Further, our Board has taken on record the consents of the Selling Shareholders to participate in the Offer for Sale,
pursuant to its resolution dated September 25, 2025.
Our Company has received in-principle approvals from BSE and NSE for the listing of the Equity Shares pursuant
to their respective letters each dated [●].
For further details, please see the section titled “The Offer” on page 103.
Approvals by Selling Shareholders
Each of the Selling Shareholders has, severally and not jointly, confirmed and authorised the transfer of their
respective portion of the Offered Shares pursuant to the Offer for Sale, as set out below:
Sl.No Name of the Date of the Number of Number of Offered Shares and
Selling consent letter Equity Shares aggregate amount of Offer for Sale
Shareholders held
1 Ketan Mehta September 19, 86,290,162 Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹
2025 2 each, aggregating up to ₹ 982.00
million
2 Pawan Kumar September 19, 46,740,505 Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹
Sharma 2025 2 each, aggregating up to ₹ 736.00
million
3 Sanjay Garudapally September 19, 46,740,505 Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹
2025 2 each, aggregating up to ₹ 736.00
million
4 Vivek Jain September 19, 162,690 Up to [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹
2025 2 each, aggregating up to ₹ 46.00
million
Each Selling Shareholder specifically confirms that, as required under Regulation 8 of the SEBI ICDR
Regulations, it has held the Equity Shares proposed to be offered and sold by it in the Offer for a period of at least
one year prior to the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Prohibition by SEBI, RBI or any other securities market regulator or authority / court
Our Company, our Promoters, members of our Promoter Group and our Directors or persons in control of our
Company are not prohibited from accessing the capital market or debarred from buying, selling or dealing in
securities under any order or direction passed by SEBI or any securities market regulator in any other jurisdiction
or any other authority/court.
None of the companies with which our Promoters and Directors are associated with as promoters, directors or
persons in control have been debarred from accessing capital markets under any order or direction passed by SEBI
or any other authorities. None of our Promoters or Directors have been declared as fugitive economic offenders
under Section 12 of the Fugitive Economic Offenders Act, 2018.
Our Company, Selling Shareholders, Promoters or Directors have neither been declared as Wilful Defaulters nor
Fraudulent Borrowers by any bank or financial institution or consortium thereof in accordance with the guidelines
on wilful defaulters or fraudulent borrowers issued by the RBI.
693Compliance with the Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules, 2018
Our Company, Promoters, members of our Promoter Group and Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly,
confirm that they are in compliance with the Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules, 2018, to the extent
applicable, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Directors associated with the Securities Market
None of our Directors are, in any manner, associated with securities market. Further there has been no outstanding
actions initiated by the SEBI against our Directors in the five years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus.
Eligibility for the Offer
Our Company is eligible for the Offer in accordance with Regulation 6(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, and is
in compliance with the conditions specified therein in the following manner:
• Our Company has net tangible assets of at least ₹30 million, calculated on a restated and consolidated
basis, in each of the preceding three full financial years, i.e., as at and for Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and
Fiscal 2023, of which not more than 50% are held in monetary assets;
• Our Company has an average operating profit of at least ₹150 million, calculated on a restated and
consolidated basis, during the preceding three full financial years, i.e., Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal
2023, with operating profit in each of these preceding three financial years;
• Our Company has a Net Worth of at least ₹10 million, calculated on a restated and consolidated basis in
each of the preceding three full financial years, i.e., Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023; and
• Our Company has not changed its name in the last one year.
Our Company’s net tangible assets, monetary assets, monetary assets as a percentage of the net tangible assets,
restated pre-tax operating profit and Net Worth derived from the Restated Consolidated Financial Information
included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus as at, and for the Fiscal 2025, Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023 are set
out below:
Derived from our Restated Consolidated Financial Information:
(in ₹ million)
As at
March 31, March 31,
Particulars March 31, 2023
2025 2024
Restated net tangible assets(1) 6,050.83 3,548.76 1,901.64
Restated monetary assets (2) 1,109.38 634.17 257.47
% of monetary assets to net tangible assets 18.33% 17.87% 13.54%
Restated operating profit(3) 1,901.24 1,118.86 649.11
Average restated operating profit for Fiscals 2025, 1,223.07
2024 and 2023
Net worth (on a restated & consolidated basis)( (4) 6,157.87 3,487.89 1,888.72
(1) The restated net tangible assets mean the sum of all net assets of the Company as per the Restated Financial
Information excluding intangible assets, goodwill, prepaid expenses, right of use assets, lease liabilities,
deferred government grant, and deferred tax liabilities as defined under the Indian Accounting Standards
prescribed under Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with the Companies (Indian Accounting
Standards) Rules, 2015.
(2) Restated monetary assets means the aggregate of cash and cash equivalents and other bank balances
(including both current and non-current fixed deposit) reduced by fixed deposit under lien.
(3) Operating Profit means the profit before finance cost, other income, and exceptional items.
(4) Net worth means the aggregate value of the paid-up share capital and all reserves created out of the profits
and securities premium account and debit or credit balance of profit and loss account, after deducting the
aggregate value of the accumulated losses, deferred expenditure and miscellaneous expenditure not written
694off, but does not include reserves created out of revaluation of assets, write-back of depreciation and
amalgamation.
The status of compliance of our Company with the conditions as specified under Regulations 5 and 7(1) of the
SEBI ICDR Regulations are as follows:
(i) Our Company, our Promoters, Selling Shareholders, members of our Promoter Group and our Directors
are not debarred from accessing the capital markets by SEBI;
(ii) The companies with which our Promoters or our Directors are associated as promoter or director are not
debarred from accessing the capital markets by SEBI;
(iii) Neither our Company, nor our Promoters, or Directors have been identified as a Wilful Defaulters or
Fraudulent Borrowers (as defined in the SEBI ICDR Regulations) by any bank or financial institution or
consortium thereof in accordance with the guidelines on wilful defaulters issued by the RBI;
(iv) None of our Directors has been declared as a fugitive economic offender under Section 12 of the Fugitive
Economic Offenders Act, 2018;
(v) There are no outstanding convertible securities of our Company or any other right which would entitle
any person with any option to receive Equity Shares of our Company as on the date of filing of this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus;
(vi) Our Company, along with the Registrar to the Offer, has entered into tripartite agreements dated May
25, 2017, August 25, 2023, with NSDL and CDSL, respectively, for dematerialization of the Equity
Shares;
(vii) The Equity Shares of our Company held by our Promoters’ are in dematerialised form;
(viii) All the Equity Shares are fully paid-up and there are no partly paid-up Equity Shares as on the date of
filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus;
Our Company will ensure compliance with the conditions specified in Regulation 7(2) and 7 (3) of the SEBI
ICDR Regulations, to the extent applicable. Our Company shall not make an Allotment if the number or
prospective allottees is less than 1,000 in accordance with Regulation 49(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
DISCLAIMER CLAUSE OF SEBI
IT IS TO BE DISTINCTLY UNDERSTOOD THAT SUBMISSION OF THIS DRAFT RED HERRING
PROSPECTUS TO SEBI SHOULD NOT, IN ANY WAY, BE DEEMED OR CONSTRUED THAT THE
SAME HAS BEEN CLEARED OR APPROVED BY SEBI. SEBI DOES NOT TAKE ANY
RESPONSIBILITY EITHER FOR THE FINANCIAL SOUNDNESS OF ANY SCHEME OR THE
PROJECT FOR WHICH THE OFFER IS PROPOSED TO BE MADE OR FOR THE CORRECTNESS
OF THE STATEMENTS MADE OR OPINIONS EXPRESSED IN THIS DRAFT RED HERRING
PROSPECTUS. THE BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGERS, BEING ANAND RATHI ADVISORS
LIMITED AND PANTOMATH CAPITAL ADVISORS PRIVATE LIMITED (“BRLMS”), HAVE
CERTIFIED THAT THE DISCLOSURES MADE IN THIS DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS
ARE GENERALLY ADEQUATE AND ARE IN CONFORMITY WITH THE SEBI ICDR
REGULATIONS. THIS REQUIREMENT IS TO FACILITATE INVESTORS TO TAKE AN
INFORMED DECISION FOR MAKING AN INVESTMENT IN THE PROPOSED OFFER.
IT SHOULD ALSO BE CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD THAT WHILE THE COMPANY IS PRIMARILY
RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CORRECTNESS, ADEQUACY AND DISCLOSURE OF ALL RELEVANT
INFORMATION IN THIS DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS, THE BRLMS ARE EXPECTED TO
EXERCISE DUE DILIGENCE TO ENSURE THAT THE COMPANY DISCHARGES ITS
RESPONSIBILITIES ADEQUATELY IN THIS BEHALF AND TOWARDS THIS PURPOSE, THE
BRLMS HAVE FURNISHED TO SEBI, A DUE DILIGENCE CERTIFICATE DATED SEPTEMBER 29,
2025, IN THE FORMAT PRESCRIBED UNDER SCHEDULE V (FORM A) OF THE SEBI ICDR
REGULATIONS.
695THE FILING OF THIS DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS DOES NOT, HOWEVER, ABSOLVE
THE COMPANY FROM ANY LIABILITIES UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 2013, OR FROM THE
REQUIREMENT OF OBTAINING SUCH STATUTORY OR OTHER CLEARANCES AS MAY BE
REQUIRED FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE PROPOSED OFFER. SEBI FURTHER RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO TAKE UP AT ANY POINT OF TIME, WITH THE BRLMS, ANY IRREGULARITIES OR
LAPSES IN THIS DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS.
All legal requirements pertaining to this Offer will be complied with at the time of filing of the Red Herring
Prospectus with the RoC in terms of Section 32 of the Companies Act. All legal requirements pertaining to this
Offer will be complied with at the time of filing of the Prospectus with the RoC in terms of sections 26, 32, 33(1)
and 33(2) of the Companies Act.
Disclaimer from our Company, our Directors, our Promoters, the Selling Shareholders and the Book
Running Lead Managers
Our Company, our Directors, our Promoters, Selling Shareholders, and the BRLMs accept no responsibility for
statements made otherwise than in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or in the advertisements or any other material
issued by or at our instance and anyone placing reliance on any other source of information, including our
Company’s website at www.rayspowerinfra.com or any affiliate of our Company would be doing so at their own
risk.
The BRLMs accept no responsibility, save to the limited extent as provided in the Offer Agreement, and as will
be provided for in the Underwriting Agreement.
All information shall be made available by our Company, Selling Shareholders and the BRLMs to the Bidders
and the public at large and no selective or additional information would be made available for a section of the
investors in any manner whatsoever, including at road show presentations, in research or sales reports, at the
Bidding Centres or elsewhere.
Bidders will be required to confirm and will be deemed to have represented to our Company, the Selling
Shareholders, the Underwriters and their respective directors, partners, trustees, officers, employees, agents,
affiliates, and representatives that they are eligible under all applicable laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and
approvals to acquire the Equity Shares and will not issue, sell, pledge, or transfer the Equity Shares to any person
who is not eligible under any applicable laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals to acquire the Equity
Shares. Our Company, Selling Shareholders, the Underwriters and their respective directors, partners, trustees,
officers, employees, agents, affiliates, and representatives accept no responsibility or liability for advising any
investor on whether such investor is eligible to acquire the Equity Shares.
The BRLMs and their respective associates and affiliates in their capacity as principals or agents may engage in
transactions with, and perform services for, our Company, Subsidiaries, Joint Ventures, Associate, Group
Companies, Selling Shareholders, our Promoters, members of our Promoter Group, and their respective directors
and officers, group companies, affiliates or associates or third parties in the ordinary course of business and have
engaged, or may in the future engage, in commercial banking and investment banking transactions with our
Company, Subsidiaries, Joint Ventures, Associate, Group Companies, Selling Shareholders, the Promoters,
members of the Promoter Group, and their respective directors, officers, agents, group companies, affiliates or
associates or third parties, for which they have received, and may in the future receive, compensation.
Disclaimer in respect of Jurisdiction
This Offer is being made in India to persons resident in India (who are competent to contract under the Indian
Contract Act, 1872, including Indian nationals resident in India, HUFs, companies, other corporate bodies and
societies registered under the applicable laws in India and authorised to invest in shares, domestic Mutual Funds,
Indian financial institutions, commercial banks, regional rural banks, co-operative banks (subject to RBI
permission), or trusts under applicable trust law and who are authorised under their constitution to hold and invest
in equity shares, public financial institutions as specified under Section 2 (72) of the Companies Act, 2013, state
industrial development corporations, insurance companies registered with IRDAI, provident funds (subject to
applicable law) and pension funds, National Investment Fund, insurance funds set up and managed by army, navy
or air force of Union of India, insurance funds set up and managed by the Department of Posts, GoI, systemically
important NBFCs registered with the RBI) and permitted Non-Residents including FPIs and Eligible NRIs AIFs
and other eligible foreign investors, if any, provided that they are eligible under all applicable laws and regulations
696to purchase the Equity Shares. This Draft Red Herring Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or an
invitation to subscribe to Equity Shares offered hereby, in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful
to make an offer or invitation in such jurisdiction. Any person into whose possession this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus comes is required to inform him or herself about, and to observe, any such restrictions. Invitations to
subscribe to or purchase the Equity Shares in the Offer will be made only pursuant to the Red Herring Prospectus
if the recipient is in India or the preliminary offering memorandum for the Offer, which comprises the Red Herring
Prospectus and the preliminary international wrap for the Offer, if the recipient is outside India.
No action has been or will be taken to permit a public offering in any jurisdiction where action would be required
for that purpose, except that this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been filed with SEBI for its observations.
Accordingly, the Equity Shares represented hereby may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus may not be distributed, in any jurisdiction, except in accordance with the legal
requirements applicable in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus nor the
offer or sale hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the
affairs of our Company since the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or that the information contained
herein is correct as of any time subsequent to this date.
No person outside India is eligible to Bid for Equity Shares in the Offer unless that person has received the
preliminary offering memorandum for the Offer, which contains the selling restrictions for the Offer
outside India.
Any dispute arising out of this Offer will be subject to the jurisdiction of appropriate court(s) in Mumbai,
Maharashtra, only.
Eligibility and Transfer Restrictions
The Equity Shares offered in the Offer have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities
Act or any state securities laws in the United States, may not be offered or sold within the United States.
Accordingly, the Equity Shares are being offered and sold only outside the United States in ‘offshore
transactions’ as defined in, and in reliance on Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act and the applicable
laws of the jurisdictions where such offers and sales are made.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered, listed or otherwise qualified in any other
jurisdiction outside India and may not be offered or sold, and Bids may not be made by persons in any such
jurisdiction, except in compliance with the applicable laws of such jurisdiction.
Bidders are advised to ensure that any Bid from them does not exceed investment limits or the maximum
number of Equity Shares that can be held by them under applicable law. Further, each Bidder where
required must agree in the Allotment Advice that such Bidder will not sell or transfer any Equity Shares
or any economic interest therein, including any off-shore derivative instruments, such as participatory
notes, issued against the Equity Shares or any similar security, other than in accordance with applicable
laws.
Disclaimer Clause of BSE Limited
As required, a copy of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been submitted to BSE. The disclaimer clause as
intimated by BSE to our Company, post scrutiny of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, shall be included in the
Red Herring Prospectus and Prospectus prior to the filing with the RoC.
Disclaimer Clause of National Stock Exchange of India Limited
As required, a copy of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus has been submitted to NSE. The disclaimer clause as
intimated by NSE to our Company, post scrutiny of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, shall be included in the
Red Herring Prospectus and Prospectus prior to the filing with the RoC.
Listing
The Equity Shares proposed to be issued through the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus are proposed to
be listed on BSE and NSE. Applications will be made to the Stock Exchanges for obtaining permission for listing
and trading of the Equity Shares being offered and sold in the Offer and [●] is the Designated Stock Exchange,
697with which the Basis of Allotment will be finalized for the Offer.
If the permissions to deal in, and for an official quotation of, the Equity Shares are not granted by any of the Stock
Exchanges mentioned above, our Company will forthwith repay, without interest, all monies received from the
applicants in pursuance of the Red Herring Prospectus, in accordance with applicable law. Selling Shareholder
shall to the extent of their portion of the Offered Shares, be responsible to pay, or reimburse, as the case may be,
in the proportion that the size of their portion of Offered Shares in the Offer for Sale bears to the total size of the
Offer, any interest for such delays in making refunds only in the event any delay in making such refund is caused
solely by, and is directly attributable to an act or omission of Selling Shareholders and in such cases where any
delay is not attributable to Selling Shareholders, the Company shall solely be responsible to pay such interest in
the manner agreed under the Offer Agreement.
Our Company shall ensure that all steps for the completion of the necessary formalities for listing and
commencement of trading of the Equity Shares at the Stock Exchanges are taken within three Working Days from
the Bid/ Offer Closing Date or within such other period as may be prescribed. Each of Selling Shareholders,
severally and not jointly, confirms that it shall extend reasonable support and co-operation (to the extent of its
portion of the Offered Shares) as required by law for the completion of the necessary formalities for listing and
commencement of trading of the Equity Shares at the Stock Exchanges within three Working Days from the
Bid/Offer Closing Date, or within such other period as may be prescribed.
If our Company does not Allot the Equity Shares within three Working Days from the Bid/ Offer Closing Date or
within such timeline as prescribed by SEBI, it shall repay, without interest, all monies received from Bidders,
failing which interest shall be due to be paid to the Bidders at the rate of 15% per annum or such other rate as may
be prescribed by the SEBI from time to time, for the delayed period, subject to applicable law. For avoidance of
doubt, no liability to make any payment of interest or expenses shall accrue to any Selling Shareholder unless the
delay in making any of the payments/refund hereunder or the delay in obtaining listing or trading approvals or
any other approvals in relation to the Offer is caused solely by, and is directly attributable to, an act or omission
of such Selling Shareholder and to the extent of their portion of the Offered Shares.
Consents
Consents in writing of our Selling Shareholders, Directors, our Company Secretary and Compliance Officer, Legal
Counsel to the Company, Statutory Auditors, Bankers to our Company, the BRLMs, Registrar to the Offer, lenders
of our Company (wherever applicable) and CRISIL, in their respective capacities, have been obtained and all such
consents have not been withdrawn up to the time of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus; and consents in writing of
the Syndicate Member(s), Escrow Collection Bank/Refund Bank/ Public Offer Account/ Sponsor Banks and
Monitoring Agency to act in their respective capacities, will be obtained as required under the Companies Act.
Experts to the Offer
Except as stated below, our Company has not obtained any expert opinions:
Our Company has received written consent dated September 29, 2025 from our Statutory Auditor, G. M. Kapadia
& Co., Chartered Accountants, to include their name as required under Section 26(1) of the Companies Act, 2013
read with SEBI ICDR Regulations, in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus as an “expert” as defined under Section
2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013 to the extent and in its capacity as our Statutory Auditor and in respect of their
(i) examination report dated September 25, 2025, on our Restated Consolidated Financial Information, and (ii)
report dated September 29, 2025, on the statement of special tax benefits available to our Company and material
subsidiary, and included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and such consent has not been withdrawn as on the
date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Our Company has received written consent dated September 29, 2025, from MRM & Company, Chartered
Accountants, to include their name as required under Section 26 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with SEBI
ICDR Regulations, in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, and as an “expert” as defined under section 2(38) of the
Companies Act, 2013 to the extent and in their capacity as the Independent Chartered Accountant, and such
consent has not been withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. However, the term “expert”
shall not be construed to mean an “expert” as defined under Securities Act.
Our Company has received written consent pursuant to the certificate dated September 27, 2025 from the
independent chartered engineer, namely Sher Singh (registration number: AM129702-6), to include his name in
698this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and as an “expert” as defined under Section 2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013,
to the extent and in his capacity as a chartered engineer, in relation to his certificate dated September 27, 2025,
certifying Contracted Capacity and Commissioned Capacity of our Company and its Subsidiaries along with
certain other information included under “Our Business” beginning on page 316, and such consent has not been
withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. However, the term “expert” shall not be construed
to mean an “expert” as defined under Securities Act
Our Company has received written consent pursuant to the certificate dated September 29, 2025, from S.K. Joshi
and Associates, Practicing Company Secretaries, to include their name in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and
as an “expert” as defined under Section 2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013, to the extent that and in their capacity
as practising company secretary. However, the term “expert” shall not be construed to mean an “expert” as defined
under Securities Act.
Particulars regarding capital issues by our Company and listed group companies, or associate entities
during the last three years
Other than as disclosed in the section titled “Capital Structure” on page 123, our Company has not made any
capital issues during the three years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Our Company does
not have any listed group company or associate company.
Commission and Brokerage paid on previous issues of the Equity Shares in the last five years
Since this is the initial public issue of the Equity Shares, no sum has been paid or has been payable as commission
or brokerage by our Company for subscribing to or procuring or agreeing to procure subscription for any of the
Equity Shares for last five years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Particulars regarding public or rights issues by our Company during the last five years and performance
vis-à-vis objects
Other than as disclosed in the section titled “Capital Structure – Notes to the Capital Structure” on page 125, our
Company has not undertaken any public issue or rights issue in the last five years preceding the date of this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus.
Performance vis-à-vis objects – Public/ rights issue of the listed subsidiaries/listed Promoter of our
Company
As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus our Company does not have any listed subsidiaries or listed
corporate promoter.
699Price information of past issues handled by the Book Running Lead Managers
1) Anand Rathi Advisors Limited
1. Price information of past issues handled by Anand Rathi Advisors Limited(during the current Financial Year and two Financial Years preceding the current Financial
Year):
Sl. Issue Name Offer Size (₹ Offer Listing Date Opening +/- % change in +/- % change in +/- % change in closing
No. million) Price Price on closing price*, [+/- % closing price*, [+/- price*, [+/- % change in
(₹) Listing change in closing % change in closing closing benchmark]-
Date benchmark]- 30th benchmark]- 90th 180th calendar days from
calendar days from calendar days from listing
listing listing
1. Suraj Estate 4,000.00 360.00 December 26, 2023 340.00 -8.56% - 23.82% +22.03%
Developers [+0.06%] [+3.62%] [+9.61%]
Limited#
2. Azad 7,400.00 524.00 December 28, 2023 710.00 +29.06% +153.05% +269.24%
Engineering [-2.36%] [+0.08%] [6.81%]
Limited*
3. Unimech 5,000.00 785.00 December 31, 2024 1,491.00 +65.87% +23.08% +67.39%
Aerospace and [-2.06%] [-0.93%] [+7.58%]
Manufacturing
Limited*
4. Crizac 8,600.00 245.00 July 09, 2025 280.00 +22.90% N.A. N.A.
Limited* [-3.49%]
Source: www.nseindia.com and www.bseindia.com for price information and prospectus/basis of allotment for issue details.
* BSE as Designated Stock Exchange
# NSE as Designated Stock Exchange
Notes:
1. Opening price information as disclosed on the website of the Designated Stock Exchange
2. Change in closing price over the issue/offer price as disclosed on Designated Stock Exchange.
3. Change in closing price over the closing price as on the listing date, BSE SENSEX and NIFTY 50 is considered as the Benchmark Index as per the Designated
Stock Exchange disclosed by the respective Issuer at the time of the issue, as applicable.
4. In case of reporting dates falling on a trading holiday, values for the trading day immediately preceding the trading holiday have been considered.
5. 30th calendar day has been taken as listing date plus 29 calendar days; 90th calendar day has been taken as listing date plus 89 calendar days; 180th calendar
day has been taken as listing date plus 179 calendar days.
6. NA means Not Applicable, Period not completed.
7. No.1 (Suraj Estate Developers Limited)’s 90 day return is calculated as on 22 March, 2024 as 24 March, 2024 is a non-working day and 180 day return is
calculated as on 21st June, 2024 as 22nd June, 2024 was a non-working day.
7008. No.2 (Azad Engineering Limited)’s 30 day return is calculated as on 25 January, 2024 as 26 January, 2024 is a non-working day.
9. No.3 (Unimech Aerospace and Manufacturing)’s 90 day return is calculated as on 28 March, 2025 as 30 March, 2025 is a non-working day and 180 day return
is calculated as on 27th June, 2025 as 28th June, 2025 was a non-working day.
Summary statement of price information of past issues handled by Anand Rathi Advisors Limited (during the current Financial Year and two Financial Years preceding the
current Financial Year)
Financial Total Total funds Nos. of IPOs trading at Nos. of IPOs trading at Nos. of IPOs trading at Nos. of IPOs trading at
Year no. of raised (₹ discount on as on 30th premium on as on 30th discount as on 180th calendar premium as on 180th
IPOs Millions) calendar days from listing calendar days from listing days from listing date calendar days from listing
date date date
Over Betwee Less Over Betwee Less Over Betwee Less than Over Betwee Less than
50% n 25% than 50% n 25%- than 50% n 25%- 25% 50% n 25%- 25%
- 50% 25% 50% 25% 50% 50%
2025- 1 8,600.00 - - - - - 1 - - - - - -
2026*
2024-2025 1 5,000.00 - - - 1 - - 1 - -
2023-2024 2 11,400.00 - - 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - 1
*The information is as on the date of this Offer Document.
The information for each of the financial years is based on issues listed during such financial year.
2) Pantomath Capital Advisors Private Limited
1. Price information of past issues handled by Pantomath Capital Advisors Private Limited(during the current Financial Year and two Financial Years preceding the
current Financial Year):
Sl. Issue Name Offer Size Offer Listing Date Opening +/- % change in +/- % change in +/- % change in closing
No. (₹ million) Price Price on closing price*, [+/- % closing price*, [+/- price*, [+/- % change in
(₹) Listing change in closing % change in closing closing benchmark]-
Date benchmark]- 30th benchmark]- 90th 180th calendar days from
calendar days from calendar days from listing
listing listing
1. Transteel Seating 499.80 70.00 November 06, 88.90 3.82% (7.44%) 2.36% (12.58%) -25.42%
Technologies Limited 2023
(15.78%)
2. SAR Televenture 247.50 55.00 November 08, 105.00 78.67% (7.50%) 186.86% (11.97%) 101.48%
Limited 2023
(15.60%)
3. Kronox Lab Sciences 1,301.52 136.00 June 10, 2024 164.95 -3.61% (5.05%) 4.41% 23.00%
701Sl. Issue Name Offer Size Offer Listing Date Opening +/- % change in +/- % change in +/- % change in closing
No. (₹ million) Price Price on closing price*, [+/- % closing price*, [+/- price*, [+/- % change in
(₹) Listing change in closing % change in closing closing benchmark]-
Date benchmark]- 30th benchmark]- 90th 180th calendar days from
calendar days from calendar days from listing
listing listing
Limited (6.85%) (6.00%)
4. Sanstar Limited 5,101.50 95.00 July 26,2024 109.00 22.88% (-0.05%) 11.34% 3.94%
(-1.61%) (-7.29%)
5. SAR Televenture 4,499.93 210.00 July 29,2024 225.05 49.43% (0.73%) 38.30% 1.56%
Limited- Composite
(-2.64%) (-7.02%)
Issue
6. Quality Power 8,586.96 425.00 February 24, 2025 430.00 -22.06% -0.48% 83.42%
Electrical Equipments
(4.95%) (10.20%) (10.27%)
Limited
7. Highway 1,300.00 70.00 August 12, 2025 117.00 -24.47% - -
Infrastructure Limited
(1.48%)
8. Regaal Resources 3,059.95 102.00 August 20, 2025 141.80 -27.26% - -
Limited
(1.41%)
9. Vikran Engineering 7,720.00 97.00 September 03, 99.00 - - -
Limited 2025
10. Dev Accelerator 1,433.50 61.00 September 17, 61.00
Limited 2025
Source: www.nseindia.com and www.bseindia.com
*BSE as the designated stock exchange
#NSE as the designated stock exchange
Note:
1. The BSE Sensex and CNX Nifty are considered as the Benchmark Index.
2. Prices on BSE/NSE are considered for all of the above calculations.
3. 3. In case the 30th/90th/180th day is a holiday, closing price on BSE/NSE of the previous trading day has been considered.
4. 4. In case 30th/90th/180th days, scrips are not traded then closing price on BSE/NSE of the previous trading day has been considered.
2. Summary statement of price information of past issues handled by Pantomath Capital Advisors Private Limited (during the current Financial Year and two Financial
Years preceding the current Financial Year) :
702Fiscal Total Total funds No. of IPOs trading at No. of IPOs trading at No. of IPOs trading at discount No. of IPOs trading at
no. of raised discount on 30th Calendar premium on 30th Calendar day on 180th Calendar day from premium on 180th Calendar
IPOs (in ₹ million) day from listing date from listing date listing date day from listing date
Over Between Less Over Between Less Over Between Less Over Between Less
50% 25-50% than 50% 25-50% than 50% 25-50% than 50% 25-50% than
25% 25% 25% 25%
2023-2024 6 8,170.45 - 1 1 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 - 2
2024-2025 4 19,489.91 - - 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 - 3
2025-2026 4 13,513.45 - 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
*Up to 20th September, 2025.
* The information is as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus
Source: www.bseindia.com; www.nseindia.com
The information in each of the financial year is based on the issues listed during that financial year
Note: NA means Not Applicable.
703Track record of past issues handled by the Book Running Lead Managers
For details regarding the track record of the BRLMs, as specified in circular (reference CIR/MIRSD/1/2012) dated
January 10, 2012 issued by SEBI, please see the website of the Book Running Lead Managers, as set forth in the
table below:
Sl. Name of the BRLMs Website
No.
1. A nand Rathi Advisors Limited www.anandrathiib.com
2. P antomath Capital Advisors Private Limited www.pantomathgroup.com
Stock Market Data of Equity Shares
This being an initial public offer of Equity Shares of our Company, the Equity Shares are not listed on any stock
exchange and accordingly, no stock market data is available for the Equity Shares.
Mechanism for Redressal of Investor Grievances
The SEBI ICDR Master Circular streamlines the process to handle investor issues arising out of the UPI
Mechanism inter alia in relation to delay in receipt of mandates by Bidders for blocking of funds due to systemic
issues faced by Designated Intermediaries/SCSBs and failure to unblock funds in cases of partial allotment/non
allotment within prescribed timelines and procedures. Pursuant to the UPI Circulars, SEBI has set out specific
requirements for redressal of investor grievances for applications that have been made through the UPI
Mechanism. The requirements of the UPI Circular include, appointment of a nodal officer by the SCSB and
submission of their details to SEBI, the requirement for SCSBs to send short message service (“SMS”) alerts for
the blocking and unblocking of UPI mandates, the requirement for the Registrar to submit details of cancelled,
withdrawn or deleted applications, and the requirement for the bank accounts of unsuccessful Bidders to be
unblocked no later than one Working Day from the date on which the Basis of Allotment is finalised. Failure to
unblock the accounts within the timeline would result in the SCSBs being penalised under the relevant securities
law. Additionally, if there is any delay in the redressal of investors’ complaints, the relevant SCSB as well as the
post-Offer BRLMs will be required to compensate the concerned investor.
Separately, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Master Circular, the following compensation mechanism shall be
applicable for investor grievances in relation to Bids made through the UPI Mechanism for public issue, for which
the relevant SCSBs shall be liable to compensate the investor:
Scenario Compensation amount Compensation period
Delayed unblock for ₹ 100 per day or 15% per annum of From the date on which the request for
cancelled / withdrawn / the Bid Amount, whichever is higher cancellation / withdrawal / deletion is
deleted applications placed on the bidding platform of the
Stock Exchanges till the date of actual
unblock
Blocking of multiple 1. Instantly revoke the blocked funds From the date on which multiple
amounts for the same Bid other than the original Bid Amount; amounts were blocked till the date of
made through the UPI and actual unblock
Mechanism
2. ₹ 100 per day or 15% per annum of
the total cumulative blocked amount
except the original Bid Amount,
whichever is higher
Blocking more amount 1. Instantly revoke the difference From the date on which the funds to the
than the Bid Amount amount, i.e., the blocked amount less excess of the Bid Amount were blocked
the Bid Amount; and till the date of actual unblock
2. ₹ 100 per day or 15% per annum of
the difference amount, whichever is
higher
Delayed unblock for non – ₹ 100 per day or 15% per annum of From the Working Day subsequent to
Allotted/ partially the Bid Amount, whichever is higher the finalization of the Basis of
Allotted applications Allotment till the date of actual unblock
704Further, in the event there are any delays in resolving the investor grievance beyond the date of receipt of the
complaint from the investor, for each day delayed, the BRLMs shall be liable to compensate the investor ₹100 per
day or 15% per annum of the Bid Amount, whichever is higher. The compensation shall be payable for the period
ranging from the day on which the investor grievance is received till the date of actual unblock.
The Registrar Agreement provides for the retention of records with the Registrar to the Offer for a period of at
least eight years from the date of listing and commencement of trading of the Equity Shares on the Stock
Exchanges, to enable the investors to approach the Registrar to the Offer for redressal of their grievances.
Bidders can contact the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer and/or the Registrar to the Offer in
case of any pre-Offer or post-Offer related problems such as non-receipt of letters of Allotment, non-credit
of Allotted Equity Shares in the respective beneficiary account, non-receipt of unblocking intimation/
refund intimation, as applicable or non-receipt of funds by electronic mode, etc. For all Offer related
queries and for redressal of complaints, Bidders may also write to the BRLMs, in the manner provided
below.
All grievances in relation to the Bidding process may be addressed to the Registrar to the Offer with a copy to the
relevant Designated Intermediary to whom the Bid cum Application Form was submitted. The Bidder should give
full details such as name of the sole or first Bidder, Bid cum Application Form number, Bidder DP ID, Client ID,
UPI ID, PAN, date of the submission of Bid cum Application Form, address of the Bidder, number of the Equity
Shares applied for and the name and address of the Designated Intermediary where the Bid cum Application Form
was submitted by the Bidder.
All grievances relating to Bids submitted with Registered Brokers, may be addressed to the Stock Exchanges,
with a copy to the Registrar to the Offer. Further, Bidders shall also enclose a copy of the Acknowledgment Slip
received from the Designated Intermediaries in addition to the information mentioned hereinabove.
The Registrar to the Offer shall obtain the required information from the SCSBs and Sponsor Banks for addressing
any clarifications or grievances of ASBA Bidders. Our Company, Selling Shareholders, the BRLMs and the
Registrar to the Offer accept no responsibility for errors, omissions, commission, or any acts of SCSBs including
any defaults in complying with its obligations under applicable SEBI ICDR Regulations. Investors can contact
our Company Secretary and Compliance Officer or the Registrar to the Offer in case of any pre-Offer or post-
Offer related problems such as non-receipt of letters of Allotment, non-credit of allotted Equity Shares in the
respective beneficiary account, non-receipt of refund intimations and non-receipt of funds by electronic mode.
Anchor Investors are required to address all grievances in relation to the Offer to the BRLMs.
Further, the Bidder shall also enclose a copy of the Acknowledgment Slip duly received from the concerned
Designated Intermediary in addition to the information mentioned herein.
Our Company, the BRLMs and the Registrar to the Offer accept no responsibility for errors, omissions,
commission or any acts of the Designated Intermediaries including any defaults in complying with its obligations
under applicable SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Disposal of Investor Grievances by our Company
Our Company has obtained an authentication on the SCORES in compliance with the SEBI circular in relation to
redressal of investor grievances through SCORES, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Our Company has not received any investor complaint during the three years preceding the date of this Draft Red
Herring Prospectus, Further, no investor complaint in relation to our Company is pending as on the date of filing
of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Our Company estimates that the average time required by our Company or the Registrar to the Offer or the SCSB
in case of ASBA Bidders, for the redressal of routine investor grievances shall be 10 (ten) Working Days from
the date of receipt of the complaint. In case of non-routine complaints and complaints where external agencies are
involved, our Company will seek to redress these complaints as expeditiously as possible.
Our Company has appointed Deepak Jangid, the Company Secretary of our Company, as the Compliance Officer
for the Offer and she may be contacted in case of any pre-Offer or post-Offer related issues. For further details,
705please see the section titled “General Information” on page 112.
Our Company has also constituted a Stakeholders’ Relationship Committee, to review and redress shareholder
and investor grievances such as transfer of Equity Shares, non-recovery of balance payments, declared dividends,
approve subdivision, consolidation, transfer and Offer of duplicate shares. For further details, please see the
section titled “Our Management” on page 444.
Exemption from complying with any provisions of securities laws, if any, granted by SEBI
Our Company has not applied for an exemption from complying with any provisions of securities laws by SEBI
from complying with any provisions of securities laws, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
Other confirmations
Any person connected with the Offer shall not offer any incentive, whether direct or indirect, in any manner,
whether in cash or kind or services or otherwise to any person for making an application in the initial public offer,
except for fees or commission for services rendered in relation to the Offer.
706SECTION VIII: OFFER RELATED INFORMATION
TERMS OF THE OFFER
The Equity Shares being offered and allotted pursuant to the Offer shall be subject to the provisions of the
Companies Act, the SEBI ICDR Regulations, the SCRA, the SCRR, the MoA, the AoA, the SEBI Listing
Regulations, the terms of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus, the
Bid cum Application Form, the Revision Form, the Abridged Prospectus, the CAN (for Anchor Investors),
Allotment Advice and other terms and conditions as may be incorporated in the confirmation of allocation notes
(for Anchor Investors), Allotment Advice and other documents and certificates that may be executed in respect
of the Offer. The Equity Shares will also be subject to all applicable laws, guidelines, rules, notifications and
regulations relating to Offer and listing and trading of securities, issued from time to time, by the SEBI, the
Government of India, the Stock Exchanges, the RoC, the RBI and/or other authorities to the extent applicable or
such other conditions as may be prescribed by such governmental and/or regulatory authority while granting
approval for the Offer.
The Offer
The Offer consists of a Fresh Issue by our Company and an Offer for Sale by the Selling Shareholders. The fees
and expenses relating to the Offer shall be borne by each of our Company and the Selling Shareholders in the
manner agreed to among our Company and the Selling Shareholders and in accordance with applicable law. For
further details in relation to Offer expenses, please see the section titled “Objects of the Offer” on page 158.
Ranking of the Equity Shares
The Equity Shares being issued, Allotted and transferred pursuant to the Offer shall be subject to the provisions
of the Companies Act, SEBI ICDR Regulations, SEBI Listing Regulations, SCRA, SCRR, MoA and AoA and
shall rank pari passu in all respects with the existing Equity Shares including in respect of the right to receive
dividend, voting and other corporate benefits, if any, declared by our Company after the date of Allotment. For
further details, please see the section titled “Description of Equity Shares and Terms of Articles of Association”
on page 745.
Mode of Payment of Dividend
Our Company shall pay dividends, if declared, to the Shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the
Companies Act, our MoA and AoA and provisions of the SEBI Listing Regulations and any other applicable laws
including guidelines or directions which may be issued by the Government in this regard. Dividends, if any,
declared by our Company after the date of Allotment, will be payable to the Bidders who have been Allotted
Equity Shares in the Offer, for the entire year, in accordance with applicable laws. For further details in relation
to dividends, please see the sections titled “Dividend Policy” and “Description of Equity Shares and Terms of
Articles of Association” on pages 480 and 745, respectively.
Face Value, Offer Price, Floor Price and Price Band
The face value of each Equity Share is ₹ 2, and the Offer Price is ₹ [●] per Equity Share. The Floor Price is ₹ [●]
per Equity Share and at the Cap Price is ₹ [●] per Equity Share, being the Price Band. The Anchor Investor Offer
Price is ₹ [●] per Equity Share.
The Price Band and the minimum Bid Lot will be decided by our Company in consultation BRLMs and advertised
[●], which shall be published in all editions of [●], an English national daily newspaper, all editions of [●], a Hindi
national daily newspaper and [●] edition of [●], a Marathi newspaper, Marathi being the regional language of
Maharashtra where our Registered Office is located each with wide circulation, at least two Working Days prior
to the Bid/Offer Opening Date and shall be made available to the Stock Exchanges for the purpose of uploading
the same on their websites. The Price Band, along with the relevant financial ratios calculated at the Floor Price
and at the Cap Price, shall be pre-filled in the Bid cum Application Forms available on the websites of the Stock
Exchanges. The Offer Price shall be determined by our Company and the BRLMs, after the Bid/Offer Closing
Date on the basis of assessment of market demand for the Equity Shares issued by way of Book Building Process.
At any given point of time, there shall be only one denomination of Equity Shares.
707Jurisdiction
Any dispute arising out of this Offer will be subject to the jurisdiction of appropriate court(s) in Mumbai,
Maharashtra, only.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act and may not be
issued or sold within the United States except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject
to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable U.S. state securities laws.
Accordingly, the Equity Shares are only being issued and sold outside the United States in offshore
transactions in reliance on Regulation S and the applicable laws of the jurisdiction where those issue and
sales occur. The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered, listed or otherwise qualified in any
other jurisdiction outside India and may not be issued or sold, and Bids may not be made by persons in any
such jurisdiction, except in compliance with the applicable laws of such jurisdiction.
Compliance with disclosure and accounting norms
Our Company shall comply with all applicable disclosure and accounting norms as specified by SEBI from time
to time.
Rights of the Equity Shareholders
Subject to applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines and the provisions of our AoA, our Shareholders shall
have the following rights:
• Right to receive dividends, if declared;
• Right to attend general meetings and exercise voting rights, unless prohibited by law;
• Right to vote on a poll either in person or by proxy or “e-voting”, in accordance with the provisions of the
Companies Act;
• Right to receive offers for rights shares and bonus shares, if announced;
• Right to receive surplus on liquidation, subject to any statutory and preferential claim being satisfied;
• Right of free transferability of Equity Shares, subject to applicable laws; and
• Such other rights, as may be available to a shareholder of a listed public company under the Companies
Act, the SEBI Listing Regulations and our Articles of Association.
For a detailed description of the provisions of the AoA of our Company relating to voting rights, dividend,
forfeiture and lien, transfer, transmission, consolidation or sub-division, please see the section titled “Description
of Equity Shares and Terms of Articles of Association” on page 745.
Employee Discount
Employee Discount, if any, may be offered to Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion.
Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion at the Cut-Off Price have to ensure payment at
the Cap Price, less Employee Discount, as applicable, at the time of making a Bid.
Allotment of Equity Shares only in Dematerialised form
Pursuant to Section 29 of the Companies Act and the SEBI ICDR Regulations, the Equity Shares shall be Allotted
only in dematerialised form. As per the SEBI ICDR Regulations, the trading of the Equity Shares shall only be in
dematerialised form. In this context, two agreements have been signed amongst our Company, the respective
Depositories and the Registrar to the Offer:
• Tripartite agreement dated August 25, 2023 among our Company, CDSL and the Registrar to the Offer; and
• Tripartite agreement dated May 25, 2017 among our Company, NSDL and the Registrar to the Offer.
Market Lot and Trading Lot
Since trading of the Equity Shares is in dematerialised form, the tradable lot is one Equity Share. Allotment in the
Offer will be only in electronic form in multiples of one Equity Share subject to a minimum Allotment of [●]
Equity Shares. For further details, please see the section titled “Offer Procedure” on page 720.
708Joint Holders
Subject to the provisions contained in our AoA, where two or more persons are registered as the holders of the
Equity Shares, they shall be entitled to hold the same as joint tenants with benefits of survivorship.
Nomination facility to Bidders
In accordance with Section 72 of the Companies Act read with the Companies (Share Capital and Debentures)
Rules, 2014, as amended, the Sole Bidder, or the First Bidder along with other joint Bidders, may nominate any
one person in whom, in the event of the death of Sole Bidder or in case of joint Bidders, death of all the Bidders,
as the case may be, the Equity Shares Allotted, if any, shall vest. A person, being a nominee, entitled to the Equity
Shares by reason of the death of the original holder(s), shall be entitled to the same advantages to which he or she
would be entitled if he or she were the registered holder of the Equity Share(s). Where the nominee is a minor,
the holder(s) may make a nomination to appoint, in the prescribed manner, any person to become entitled to Equity
Share(s) in the event of his or her death during the minority. A nomination shall stand rescinded upon a sale,
transfer or alienation of Equity Share(s) by the person nominating. A nomination may be cancelled or varied by
nominating any other person in place of the present nominee by the holder of Equity Shares who has made the
nomination by giving a notice of such cancellation or variation to our Company in the prescribed form. A buyer
will be entitled to make a fresh nomination in the manner prescribed. Fresh nomination can be made only on the
prescribed form available on request at our Registered Office or to the registrar and transfer agents of our
Company.
Any person who becomes a nominee by virtue of the provisions of Section 72 of the Companies Act shall upon
the production of such evidence as may be required by our Board, elect either:
a) to register himself or herself as the holder of the Equity Shares; or
b) to make such transfer of the Equity Shares, as the deceased holder could have made.
Further, our Board may at any time give notice requiring any nominee to choose either to be registered himself or
herself or to transfer the Equity Shares, and if the notice is not complied with within a period of 90 days, our
Board may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, interests, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of
the Equity Shares, until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.
Since the Allotment of Equity Shares in the Offer will be made only in dematerialised mode there is no need to
make a separate nomination with our Company. Nominations registered with respective Depository Participant of
the Bidder would prevail. If the Bidder wants to change their nomination, they are requested to inform their
respective Depository Participant.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Offer is also subject to obtaining (i) the final listing and trading approvals of
the Stock Exchanges, which our Company shall apply for after Allotment; and (ii) filing of the Prospectus with
the RoC. If our Company, in consultation with the Book Running Lead Managers withdraws the Offer after the
Bid/Offer Closing Date and thereafter determines that it will proceed with an offer of the Equity Shares, our
Company shall file a fresh draft red herring prospectus with SEBI.
Bid/Offer Programme
BID/OFFER OPENS ON [●]*
BID/OFFER CLOSES ON [●]**#
* Our Company may, in consultation with the BRLMs, allocate up to 60% of the QIB Portion to Anchor Investors
on a discretionary basis, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The Anchor Investor Bidding Date shall
be one Working Day prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
** Our Company may, in consultation with the BRLMs, consider closing the Bid/Offer Period for QIBs one Working
Day prior to the Bid/Offer Closing Date in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
# UPI mandate end time and date shall be at 5.00 pm on Bid/Offer Closing Date.
An indicative timetable in respect of the Offer is set out below:
709Event Indicative Date
BID/OFFER CLOSES ON [●] (T)
Finalisation of Basis of Allotment with the Designated Stock Exchange On or about [●] (T+1)
Initiation of refunds (if any, for Anchor Investors)/unblocking of funds from On or about [●] (T+1)
ASBA Account*
Credit of Equity Shares to demat accounts of Allottees On or about [●] (T+2)
Commencement of trading of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges On or about [●] (T+3)
*In case of any delay in unblocking of amounts in the ASBA Accounts (including amounts blocked through the
UPI Mechanism) exceeding two Working Days from the Bid/OfferClosing Date, the Bidder shall be compensated
at a uniform rate of ₹100 per day or 15% per annum of the Bid Amount, whichever is higher from the date on
which the request for cancellation/ withdrawal/ deletion is placed in the Stock Exchanges bidding platform until
the date on which the amounts are unblocked (ii) any blocking of multiple amounts for the same ASBA Form (for
amounts blocked through the UPI Mechanism), the Bidder shall be compensated at a uniform rate ₹ 100 per day
or 15% per annum of the total cumulative blocked amount except the original application amount, whichever is
higher from the date on which such multiple amounts were blocked till the date of actual unblock; (iii) any
blocking of amounts more than the Bid Amount, the Bidder shall be compensated at a uniform rate of ₹ 100 per
day or 15% per annum of the difference in amount, whichever is higher from the date on which such excess
amounts were blocked till the date of actual unblock; (iv) any delay in unblocking of non-allotted/ partially allotted
Bids, exceeding two Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date, the Bidder shall be compensated at a uniform
rate of ₹ 100 per day or 15% per annum of the Bid Amount, whichever is higher for the entire duration of delay
exceeding two Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date by the SCSB responsible for causing such delay in
unblocking. Bidders shall be entitled to compensation in the manner specified in the SEBI ICDR Master Circular,
, in case of delays in resolving investor grievances in relation to blocking/ unblocking of funds, which for the
avoidance of doubt, shall be deemed to be incorporated in the deemed agreement of our Company with the SCSBs,
to the extent applicable, issued by SEBI.
The above timetable is indicative and does not constitute any obligation or liability on our Company or the
BRLMs. While our Company and Selling Shareholders shall ensure that all steps for the completion of the
necessary formalities for the listing and the commencement of trading of the Equity Shares on the Stock
Exchanges are taken within three Working Days of the Bid/Offer Closing Date or such other time as may
be prescribed by SEBI, the timetable may be subject to change due to various factors, such as extension of
the Bid/Offer Period by our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, revision of the Price Band or any
delay in receiving the final listing and trading approval from the Stock Exchanges or delay in receipt of
final certificates from SCSBs, etc. The commencement of trading of Equity Shares will be entirely at the
discretion of the Stock Exchanges and in accordance with the applicable laws. The Selling Shareholders
confirm that they shall extend reasonable co-operation, in relation to their respective portion of the Offered
Shares, as requested by our Company and/or the Book Running Lead Managers, for the timely completion
of the necessary formalities for listing and commencement of trading of the Equity Shares at the Stock
Exchanges within three Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date or such other time as may be
prescribed by SEBI.
The Registrar to the Offer shall submit the details of cancelled/withdrawn/deleted applications to the
SCSB’s on daily basis within 60 minutes of the Bid closure time from the Bid/ Offer Opening Date till the
Bid/Offer Closing Date by obtaining the same from the Stock Exchanges. The SCSBs shall unblock such
applications by the closing hours of the Working Day.
In terms of the UPI Circulars, in relation to the Offer, the BRLMs will be required to submit reports of compliance
with timelines and activities prescribed by SEBI in connection with the allotment and listing procedure within
three Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date, identifying non-adherence to timelines and processes and
an analysis of entities responsible for the delay and the reasons associated with it.
Submission of Bids (other than Bids from Anchor Investors):
Bid/Offer Period (except the Bid/Offer Closing Date)
Submission and Revision in Bids Only between 10.00 a.m. and 5.00 p.m. (Indian Standard Time (“IST”)
Bid/Offer Closing Date*
Submission of Electronic Only between 10.00 a.m. and up to 5.00 p.m. IST
Applications (Online ASBA
through 3-in-1 accounts) – For RIIs
including Eligible Employees
710bidding in the Employee
Reservation Portion, other than
QIBs and Non-Institutional
Investors
Submission of Electronic Only between 10.00 a.m. and up to 4.00 p.m. IST
Applications (Bank ASBA through
Online channels like Internet
Banking, Mobile Banking and
Syndicate ASBA applications
through UPI)
Submission of Electronic Only between 10.00 a.m. and up to 3.00 p.m. IST
Applications (Syndicate Non-
Retail, Non-Individual
Applications)
Submission of Physical Only between 10.00 a.m. and up to 1.00 p.m. IST
Applications (Bank ASBA)
Submission of Physical Only between 10.00 a.m. and up to 12.00 p.m. IST
Applications (Syndicate Non-
Retail, Non-Individual
Applications of QIBs and Non-
Institutional Investors
Revision/cancellation of Bids
Upward Revision of Bids by QIBs Only between 10.00 a.m. on the Bid/Offer Opening Date and up to 5.00
and Non-Institutional Investors p.m. IST on Bid/Offer Closing Date
categories#
Upward or downward Revision of Only between 10.00 a.m. on the Bid/Offer Opening Date and up to 5.00
Bids or cancellation of Bids by p.m. IST on Bid/Offer Closing Date
RIIs
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may decide to close the Bid/ Offer Closing Period for QIBs one
Working Day prior to the Bid/ Offer Closing Date, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations
*UPI mandate end time and date shall be at 05:00pm on [●]
# QIBs and Non-Institutional Investors can neither revise their bids downwards nor cancel/ withdraw their Bids
On the Bid/Offer Closing Date, the Bids shall be uploaded until:
(i) 4.00 p.m. IST in case of Bids by QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders, and
(ii) until 5:00 p.m. IST or such extended time as permitted by the Stock Exchanges, in case of Bids by RIBs
Bidding under Net Offer.
On Bid/Offer Closing Date, extension of time will be granted by Stock Exchanges only for uploading Bids
received by RIBs bidding under Net Offer, after taking into account the total number of Bids received and as
reported by the BRLMs to the Stock Exchanges.
The Registrar to the Offer shall submit the details of cancelled/withdrawn/deleted applications to the
SCSB’s on a daily basis within 60 minutes of the Bid closure time from the Bid/Offer Opening Date until
the Bid/ Offer Closing Date by obtaining the same from the Stock Exchanges. The SCSB’s shall unblock
such applications by the closing hours of the Working Day and submit the confirmation to the BRLMs and
the Registrar to the Offer on a daily basis.
It is clarified that Bids shall be processed only after the application monies are blocked in the ASBA
Account and Bids not uploaded on the electronic bidding system or in respect of which the full Bid Amount
is not blocked by SCSBs or not blocked under the UPI Mechanism in the relevant ASBA Account, as the
case may be, would be rejected.
Due to limitation of time available for uploading the Bids on the Bid/Offer Closing Date, Bidders are advised to
submit their Bids one day prior to the Bid/Offer Closing Date. Any time mentioned in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus is IST. Bidders are cautioned that, in the event a large number of Bids are received on the Bid/Offer
Closing Date, some Bids may not get uploaded due to lack of sufficient time. Such Bids that cannot be uploaded
will not be considered for allocation under the Offer. It is clarified that Bids not uploaded on the electronic bidding
711system or in respect of which the full Bid Amount is not blocked by the SCSBs would be rejected. Bids and any
revision in Bids will be accepted only during Working Days.
Investors may please note that as per letter no. List/SMD/SM/2006 dated July 3, 2006 and letter no.
NSE/IPO/25101- 6 dated July 6, 2006 issued by BSE and NSE respectively, Bids and any revision in Bids shall
not be accepted on Saturdays and public holidays as declared by the Stock Exchanges. Bids by ASBA Bidders
shall be uploaded by the relevant Designated Intermediary in the electronic system to be provided by the Stock
Exchanges. The Designated Intermediaries shall modify select fields uploaded in the Stock Exchange Platform
during the Bid/Offer Period till 5.00 pm on the Bid/Offer Closing Date after which the Stock Exchange(s) send
the bid information to the Registrar to the Offer for further processing.
In case of any discrepancy in the data entered in the electronic book vis-à-vis the data contained in the physical
Bid cum Application Form, for a particular Bidder, the details as per the Bid file received from the Stock
Exchanges shall be taken as the final data for the purpose of Allotment.
Our Company in consultation with the BRLMs, reserves the right to revise the Price Band during the Offer Period
in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. The revision in the Price Band shall not exceed 20% on either
side, i.e. the Floor Price can move up or down to the extent of 20% of the Floor Price and the Cap Price will be
revised accordingly, but the Floor Price shall not be less than the face value of the Equity Shares. In all
circumstances, the Cap Price shall be less than or equal to 120% of the Floor Price, provided that the Cap Price
shall be atleast 105% of the Floor Price.
In case of any revision to the Price Band, the Bid/Offer Period will be extended by at least three additional
Working Days following such revision of the Price Band, subject to the Bid/Offer Period not exceeding 10
Working Days. In cases of force majeure, banking strike or similar unforeseen circumstances, our
Company and the Selling Shareholders may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, extend the Bid/Offer
Period for a minimum of one Working Day, subject to the Bid/Offer Period not exceeding 10 Working
Days. Any revision in the Price Band and the revised Bid/Offer Period, if applicable, will be widely
disseminated by notification to the Stock Exchanges, by issuing a public notice, and also by indicating the
change on the respective websites of the BRLMs and at the terminals of the Syndicate Member(s) and by
intimation to Self-Certified Syndicate Banks (“SCSBs”), other Designated Intermediaries and the Sponsor
Bank(s), as applicable.
In case of discrepancy in the data entered in the electronic book vis-à-vis the data contained in the physical Bid
cum Application Form for a particular Bidder, the details as per the Bid file received from the Stock Exchanges
may be taken as the final data for the purpose of Allotment.
Minimum Subscription
If our Company does not receive (i) the minimum subscription of 90% of the Fresh Issue; and (ii) minimum
subscription in the Offer as specified under Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR, including devolvement of Underwriters,
if any, within 60 days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date, our Company shall forthwith refund the entire subscription
amount received in accordance with applicable law including the SEBI ICDR Master Circular dated November
11, 2024. If there is a delay beyond the prescribed time, our Company, to the extent applicable, shall pay interest
prescribed under the Companies Act, 2013, the SEBI ICDR Regulations and other applicable law. Subject to
applicable law, the Selling Shareholders shall not be responsible to pay interest for any delay, unless such delay
is solely and directly attributable to an act or omission of such Selling Shareholder, in which case such liability
shall be on a several and not joint basis.
The requirement of minimum subscription is not applicable to the Offer for Sale.
In case of undersubscription in the Offer, the Equity Shares in the Fresh Issue will be issued prior to the sale of
Equity Shares in the Offer for Sale.
In the event of an undersubscription in the Offer, the Equity Shares will be Allotted in the following order:
i. such number of Equity Shares will first be Allotted by our Company such that 100% of the Fresh Issue
portion is subscribed; and
712ii. ii. once Equity Shares have been Allotted as per (i) above, all the Equity Shares held by the Selling
Shareholders and offered for sale in the Offer for Sale will be Allotted (in proportion to the Offered
Shares being offered by each Selling Shareholder to the aggregate Offered Shares in the Offer for Sale).
Further, our Company shall ensure that the number of prospective Allottees to whom the Equity Shares will be
Allotted shall not be less than 1,000 in compliance with Regulation 49(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations failing
which the entire application money shall be unblocked in the respective ASBA Accounts of the Bidders, and
subscription money will be refunded, as applicable. In case of delay, if any, in unblocking the ASBA Accounts
within such timeline as prescribed under applicable laws, and our Company shall be liable to pay interest on the
application money in accordance with applicable laws.
Arrangements for Disposal of Odd Lots
Since the Equity Shares will be traded in dematerialised form only, and the market lot for our Equity Shares will
be one Equity Share, no arrangements for disposal of odd lots are required.
New Financial Instruments
Our Company is not issuing any new financial instruments through this Offer.
Restrictions, if any on Transfer and Transmission of Equity Shares
Except for the lock-in of the pre-Offer capital of our Company, lock-in of the Promoters’ contribution and the
Anchor Investor lock-in as provided in the section titled “Capital Structure” on page 123, there are no restrictions
on transfer of the Equity Shares. Further, there are no restrictions on transmission of the Equity Shares of our
Company and on their consolidation or splitting, except as provided in the Articles of Association. For further
details, please see the section titled “Description of Equity Shares and Terms of Articles of Association” on page
745.
Option to receive Equity Shares in Dematerialized Form
Allotment of Equity Shares to successful Bidders will only be in the dematerialized form. Bidders will not have
the option of Allotment of the Equity Shares in physical form. The Equity Shares on Allotment will be traded only
in the dematerialized segment of the Stock Exchanges. However, Allotees may get the Equity Shares
rematerialized subsequent to Allotment of the Equity Shares in the Offer, subject to applicable laws.
Withdrawal of the Offer
The Offer shall be withdrawn in the event that 90% (ninety percent) of the Fresh Issue portion of the Offer is not
subscribed. Our Company, in consultation with the Book Running Lead Managers, reserve the right not to proceed
with the Offer for Sale, in whole or in part thereof, after the Bid/Offer Opening Date but before the Allotment. In
such an event, our Company would issue a public notice in the newspapers in which the pre-Offer advertisements
were published, within two Working Days of the Bid/Offer Closing Date or such other time as may be prescribed
by SEBI, providing reasons for not proceeding with the Offer and inform the Stock Exchanges promptly on which
the Equity Shares are proposed to be listed. The Book Running Lead Managers through the Registrar to the Offer,
shall notify the SCSBs and the Sponsor Banks, in case of the UPI Bidders, to unblock the bank accounts of the
ASBA Bidders and shall notify the Escrow Collection Bank to release the Bid Amounts to the Anchor Investors,
within one Working Day from the date of receipt of such notification. Our Company shall also inform the same
to the Stock Exchanges on which Equity Shares are proposed to be listed. The notice of the withdrawal will be
issued in the same newspapers where the pre-Offer advertisements have appeared.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Offer is also subject to (i) obtaining the final listing and trading approvals of
the Stock Exchanges, which our Company shall apply for after Allotment, and (ii) filing of the prospectus with
ROC. If our Company, in consultation with the Book Running Lead Managers, withdraw the Offer after the
Bid/Offer Closing Date and thereafter determine that they will proceed with a public offering of the Equity Shares,
our Company shall file a fresh draft red herring prospectus with SEBI and the Stock Exchanges. If Allotment is
not made within the prescribed time period under applicable law, the entire subscription amount received will be
refunded/unblocked within the time prescribed under applicable law.
713OFFER STRUCTURE
The Offer of up to [●] Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 2 each for cash at a price of ₹ [●] per Equity Share
aggregating up to ₹ 11,500.00 million comprising a Fresh Issue of up to ₹ 9,000.00 million by our Company and
Offer for Sale up to [●] Equity Shares aggregating up to ₹ 2,500.00 million by the Selling Shareholders. The Offer
shall constitute [●]% of the post-Offer paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company.
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider a Pre-IPO Placement of specified securities as may
be permitted under the applicable law, aggregating upto ₹ 1,800.00 million, at its discretion, prior to filing of the
Red Herring Prospectus with the RoC. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, will be at a price to be decided by
our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs. If the Pre-IPO Placement is completed, the amount raised pursuant
to the Pre-IPO Placement will be reduced from the Fresh Issue, subject to compliance with Rule 19(2)(b) of the
SCRR. The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, shall not exceed 20% of the size of the Fresh Issue. The utilisation
of the proceeds raised pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement will be done towards the Objects in compliance with
applicable law. Prior to the completion of the Offer, our Company shall appropriately intimate the subscribers to
the Pre-IPO Placement, prior to allotment pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement, that there is no guarantee that our
Company may proceed with the Offer or the Offer may be successful and will result into listing of the Equity
Shares on the Stock Exchanges. Our Company shall report any Pre-IPO Placement to the Stock Exchanges, within
24 hours of such Pre-IPO Placement (in part or in entirety). Further, relevant disclosures in relation to such
intimation to the subscribers to the Pre-IPO Placement (if undertaken) shall be appropriately made in the relevant
sections of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus.
The Offer includes Employee Reservation Portion of up to [●] Equity Shares aggregating up to ₹[●] million and
a Net Offer of up to [●] Equity Shares. The Employee Reservation Portion shall not exceed 5.00% of our post-
Offer paid-up equity share capital. Our Company, in consultation the BRLMs, may offer a discount of up to [●]%
to the Offer Price (equivalent of ₹[●] per Equity Share) to Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee
Reservation. A discount of up to [●]% to the Offer Price equivalent of ₹[●] per Equity Share may be offered to
Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations
and details of which will be announced at least two Working Days prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date.
In terms of Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR, the Offer is being made through the Book Building Process, in compliance
with Regulation 6(1) and 31 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Particulars QIBs(1) Non-Institutional Retail Eligible Employees
Bidders Individual
Bidders
Number of Not more than [●] Not less than [●] Equity Not less than [●] Up to [●] Equity
Equity Shares Equity Shares of face Shares of face value ₹ 2 Equity Shares of Shares of face value
available for value ₹ 2 each each available for face value ₹ 2 of ₹ 2 each
Allotment/ allocation or Net Offer each available
allocation (2) less allocation to QIB for allocation or
Bidders and Retail Net Offer less
Individual Bidders allocation to QIB
Bidders and
Non-
Institutional
Bidders
Percentage of Not more than 50% of Not less than 15% Net Not less than The Employee
Offer size the Net Offer shall be Offer less allocation to 35% of the Net Reservation Portion
available for available for allocation QIBs and Retail Offer less shall not exceed 5%
Allotment/ to QIBs. However, up Individual Bidders will be allocation to of the post-Offer
allocation to 5% of the Net QIB available for allocation, QIBs and Non- paid-up Equity Share
Portion shall be out of which: Institutional capital of our
available for allocation one-third of the portion Bidders will be Company.
proportionately to available to Non- available for
Mutual Funds only. Institutional Bidders shall allocation
Mutual Funds be reserved for applicants
participating in the with an application size of
Mutual Fund Portion more than ₹0.20 million
will also be eligible for and up to ₹1.00 million;
714Particulars QIBs(1) Non-Institutional Retail Eligible Employees
Bidders Individual
Bidders
allocation in the and two-third of the
remaining Net QIB portion available to Non-
Portion. The Institutional Bidders shall
unsubscribed portion be reserved for applicants
in the Mutual Fund with application size of
Portion will be added more than ₹1.00 million
to Net QIB Portion provided that the
unsubscribed portion in
either of the sub-
categories specified
above may be allocated to
applicants in the other
sub-category of Non-
Institutional Bidders
Basis of Proportionate as The allotment of specified The allotment to Proportionate#;
Allotment/ follows (excluding the securities to each Non- each Retail unless the Employee
allocation if Anchor Investor Institutional Bidder shall Individual Reservation Portion
respective Portion): not be less than the Bidder shall not is undersubscribed,
category a.i s [●] Equity Shares of minimum application be less than the the value of
oversubscribed* face value ₹ 2 each size, subject to minimum Bid allocation to an
shall be available for availability in the Non- lot, subject to Eligible Employee
allocation on a Institutional Portion, and availability of shall not exceed
proportionate basis to the remainder, if any, Equity Shares in ₹200,000(net of
Mutual Funds only; shall be allotted on a the Retail Employee Discount,
and proportionate basis in Portion and the if any).In the event of
b. up to [●] Equity Shares accordance with the remaining undersubscription in
of face value ₹ 2 each conditions specified in the available Equity the Employee
shall be available for SEBI ICDR Regulations. Shares if any, Reservation Portion,
allocation on a For details see, “Offer shall be allotted the unsubscribed
proportionate basis to Procedure” on page 720. on a portion may be
all QIBs, including proportionate allocated, on a
Mutual Funds basis. For details, proportionate basis,
receiving allocation as see “Offer to Eligible
per (a) above. Procedure” on Employees for a
page 720. value exceeding
Up to 60% of the QIB ₹200,000(net of
Portion (of up to [●] Employee Discount,
Equity Shares of face if any),subject to total
value ₹ 2 each) may be Allotment to an
allocated on a Eligible Employee
discretionary basis to not exceeding
Anchor Investors of ₹500,000(net of
which one-third shall Employee Discount,
be available for if any).
allocation to Mutual
Funds only, subject to
valid Bid received
from Mutual Funds at
or above the Anchor
Investor Allocation
Price
Minimum Bid Such number of Equity For Non-Institutional [●] Equity [●] Equity Shares of
Shares so that the Bid Bidders applying under Shares of face face value of ₹ 2 each
Amount exceeds ₹0.20 (i) one-third of the Non- value ₹ 2 each
million and in Institutional Portion such
multiples of [●] Equity number of Equity Shares
Shares of face value ₹ 2 of face value of ₹ 2 each
715Particulars QIBs(1) Non-Institutional Retail Eligible Employees
Bidders Individual
Bidders
each in multiples of [●] Equity
Shares of face value of ₹
2 each such that the Bid
Amount exceeds ₹0.20
million
For Non-Institutional
Bidders applying under
(ii) two-thirds of the Non-
Institutional Bidders such
number of Equity Shares
in multiples of [●] Equity
Shares of face value of ₹
2 each.
Maximum Bid Such number of Equity Such number of Equity Such number of Such number of
Shares of face value ₹ 2 Shares in multiples of [●] Equity Shares of Equity Shares of face
each in multiples of [●] Equity Shares of face face value ₹ 2 value of ₹ 2 each in
Equity Shares so that value ₹10 each not each in multiples multiples of [●]
the Bid does not exceeding the size of the of [●] Equity Equity Shares of face
exceed the size of the Net Offer, (excluding the Shares so that the value of ₹2 each, so
Net Offer (excluding QIB portion) subject to Bid Amount that the maximum
the Anchor Portion), limits applicable to the does not exceed Bid Amount by each
subject to applicable Bidder ₹0.20 million Eligible Employee in
limits Eligible Employee
Portion does not
exceed ₹500,000 (net
of Employee
Discount, if any).
Mode of Compulsorily in dematerialised form
Allotment
Bid Lot [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹ 2 each and in multiples of [●] Equity Shares of face value
₹ 2 each thereafter
Allotment Lot A minimum of [●] Equity Shares of face value ₹ 2 each and thereafter in multiples of one
Equity Share of face value ₹ 2 each for QIBs and RIBs. The Allotment to NIBs shall not be
less than the Minimum Non-Institutional Bidder Application Size (i.e., ₹0.20 million)
Trading Lot One Equity Share of face value ₹ 2 each
Who can Apply Public financial Resident Indian Resident Indian Eligible Employees
institutions as specified individuals, Eligible individuals,
in Section 2(72) of the NRIs, HUFs (in the name Eligible NRIs,
Companies Act, of the karta), companies, and HUFs (in the
scheduled commercial corporate bodies, name of the
banks, mutual funds, scientific institutions, karta)
FPIs (other than societies, trusts, family
individuals, corporate offices, and FPIs who are
bodies, and family individuals, corporate
offices), VCFs, AIFs, bodies, and family offices
FVCIs registered with re-categorised as
SEBI, multilateral and Category II FPIs and
bilateral development registered with SEBI.
financial institutions,
state industrial
development
corporations, insurance
companies registered
with IRDAI, provident
funds (subject to
applicable law) with a
716Particulars QIBs(1) Non-Institutional Retail Eligible Employees
Bidders Individual
Bidders
minimum corpus of
₹250.00 million,
pension funds with a
minimum corpus of
₹250.00 million
registered with the
Pension Fund
Regulatory and
Development
Authority established
under Sub-Section (1)
of Section 3 of the
Pension Fund
Regulatory and
Development
Authority Act, 2013,
National Investment
Fund set up by the GoI
through resolution F.
No. 2/3/2005-DD-II
dated November 23,
2005, the insurance
funds set up and
managed by the army,
navy, or air force of the
Union of India,
insurance funds set up
and managed by the
Department of Posts,
India, and Systemically
Important NBFCs, in
accordance with
applicable laws.
Mode of Only through the Only through the ASBA Only through the Through ASBA
Bidding ASBA process (except process (including UPI ASBA process Process only
for Anchor Investors). Mechanism for Bids up to (including the (including the UPI
₹0.50 million). UPI Mechanism)
Mechanism).
Terms of In case of Anchor Investors: Full Bid Amount shall be payable by the Anchor Investors at
Payment the time of submission of their Bids(4)
In case of all other Bidders: Full Bid Amount shall be blocked by SCSBs in the bank account
of the ASBA Bidder (other than Anchor Investors) that is specified in the ASBA Form at the
time of submission of the ASBA Form
#Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion can bid up to a Bid Amount of ₹500,000 (net
of Employee Discount, if any). However, a bid by an Eligible Employee in the Employee Reservation Portion will
be considered for allocation, in the first instance, for a Bid Amount of up to ₹200,000 (net of Employee Discount,
if any). In the event of under-subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion, the unsubscribed portion will be
available for allocation and allotment, proportionately, to all Eligible Employees who have bid in excess of
₹200,000 (net of Employee Discount, if any), subject to the maximum value of allotment made to such Eligible
Employee not exceeding ₹500,000 (net of Employee Discount, if any). Further, an Eligible Employee bidding in
the Employee Reservation Portion can also bid in the Net Offer, and such bids will not be treated as multiple bids,
subject to applicable limits. The undersubscribed portion, if any, in the Employee Reservation Portion shall be
added back to the Net Offer. In case of under-subscription in the Net Offer, spill-over to the extent of such under-
subscription shall be permitted from the Employee Reservation Portion.
*Assuming full subscription in the Offer.
717(1) Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, may allocate up to 60% of the QIB Portion to Anchor
Investors on a discretionary basis in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations. One-third of the Anchor
Investor Portion shall be reserved for domestic Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received from
domestic Mutual Funds at or above the price Anchor Investor Allocation Price. In the event of under -
subscription or non-Allotment in the Anchor Investor Portion, the balance Equity Shares in the Anchor
Investor Portion shall be added to the Net QIB Portion. For details, see “Offer Structure” on page 714.
(2) Subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price. This is an Offer in terms of Rule 19(2)(b) of
the SCRR read with Regulation 45 and in compliance with Regulation 6(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations
wherein not more than 50% of the Net Offer shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to
QIBs. Such number of Equity Shares representing 5% of the Net QIB Portion shall be available for allocation
on a proportionate basis to Mutual Funds only. The remainder of the Net QIB Portion shall be available for
allocation on a proportionate basis to QIBs, including Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received
from them at or above the Offer Price. However, if the aggregate demand from Mutual Funds is less than 5%
of the Net QIB Portion, the balance Equity Shares available for allocation in the Mutual Fund Portion will
be added to the remaining Net QIB Portion for proportionate allocation to all QIBs. Further, not less than
15% of the Net Offer shall be available for allocation to Non-Institutional Bidders and not less than 35% of
the Net Offer shall be available for allocation to Retail Individual Bidders in accordance with the SEBI ICDR
Regulations, subject to valid Bids being received from them at or above the Offer Price. The Equity Shares
available for allocation to Non-Institutional Bidders under the Non-Institutional Portion, shall be subject to
the following: (i) one-third of the portion available to Non-Institutional Bidders shall be reserved for
applicants with an application size of more than ₹0.20 million and up to ₹1.00 million, and (ii) two third of
the portion available to Non-Institutional Bidders shall be reserved for applicants with an application size of
more than ₹1.00 million, provided that the unsubscribed portion in either of the aforementioned sub-
categories may be allocated to applicants in the other sub-category of Non-Institutional Bidders. Subject to
valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price, under-subscription, if any, in the Non-Institutional
Portion or the Retail Portion would be allowed to be met with spill-over from other categories or a
combination of categories at the discretion of our Company in consultation with the BRLMs and the
Designated Stock Exchange, on a proportionate basis. However, under-subscription, if any, in the QIB
Portion will not be allowed to be met with spill-over from other categories or a combination of categories.
For further details, see “Terms of the Offer” on page 707.
(3) In case of joint Bids, the Bid cum Application Form should contain only the name of the first Bidder whose
name should also appear as the first holder of the beneficiary account held in joint names. The signature of
only such first Bidder would be required in the Bid cum Application Form and such first Bidder would be
deemed to have signed on behalf of the joint holders. Our Company reserves the right to reject, in its absolute
discretion, all or any multiple Bids, except as otherwise permitted, in any or all categories.
(4) Full Bid Amount shall be payable by the Anchor Investors at the time of submission of the Anchor Investor
Application Forms provided that any difference between the Anchor Investor Allocation Price and the Anchor
Investor Offer Price shall be payable by the Anchor Investor Pay -In Date as indicated in the CAN. Bidders
will be required to confirm and will be deemed to have represented to our Company, the Selling Shareholders,
the Underwriters, their respective directors, officers, agents, affiliates and representatives that they are
eligible under applicable law, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals to acquire the Equity Shares.
The Bids by FPIs with certain structures as described under the section entitled “Offer Procedure - Bids by
FPIs” on page 726 and having same PAN may be collated and identified as a single Bid in the Bidding
process. The Equity Shares Allocated and Allotted to such successful Bidders (with same PAN) may be
proportionately distributed. Bidders will be required to confirm and will be deemed to have represented to
our Company, the Underwriters, their respective directors, officers, agents, affiliates and representatives that
they are eligible under applicable law, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals to acquire the Equity
Shares.
The Bids by FPIs with certain structures as described under the section titled “Offer Procedure – Bids by FPIs”
on page 726 and having same PAN may be collated and identified as a single Bid in the Bidding process. The
Equity Shares Allocated and Allotted to such successful Bidders (with same PAN) may be proportionately
distributed.
Note: Bidders will be required to confirm and will be deemed to have represented to our Company, the
Underwriters, their respective directors, officers, agents, affiliates and representatives that they are eligible
under applicable law, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals to acquire the Equity Shares.
Subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer Price, undersubscription, if any, in any category except
the QIB Portion, would be met with spill-over from the other categories or a combination of categories at the
718discretion of our Company in consultation with the BRLMs, and the Designated Stock Exchange.
719OFFER PROCEDURE
All Bidders should read the General Information Document for Investing in Public Issues prepared and issued in
accordance with the circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL1/CIR/P/2020/37 dated March 17, 2020, and the UPI
Circulars (the “General Information Document”) which highlights the key rules, processes and procedures
applicable to public issues in general in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, the SCRA, the
SCRR and the SEBI ICDR Regulations which is part of the abridged prospectus accompanying the Bid cum
Application Form. The General Information Document is available on the websites of the Stock Exchanges and
the BRLMs. Please refer to the relevant provisions of the General Information Document which are applicable to
the Offer especially in relation to the process for Bids by UPI Bidders through the UPI Mechanism. The investors
should note that the details and process provided in the General Information Document should be read along with
this section.
Additionally, all Bidders may refer to the General Information Document for information in relation to (i)
category of investors eligible to participate in the Offer, (ii) maximum and minimum Bid size, (iii) price discovery
and allocation, (iv) payment instructions for ASBA Bidders, (v) issuance of Confirmation of Allocation Note and
Allotment in the Offer, (vi)general instructions (limited to instructions for completing the Bid cum Application
Form), (vii) Designated Date, (viii) disposal of applications, (ix) submission of Bid cum Application Form, (x)
other instructions (limited to joint bids in cases of individual, multiple bids and instances when an application
would be rejected on technical grounds), (xi) applicable provisions of Companies Act, 2013 relating to
punishment for fictitious applications, (xii) mode of making refunds, and (xiii) interest in case of delay in Allotment
or refund.
In terms of Regulation 23(5) and Regulation 52 of SEBI ICDR Regulations, the timelines and processes mentioned
in SEBI RTA Master Circular, shall continue to form part of the agreements being signed between the
intermediaries involved in the public issuance process and lead managers shall continue to coordinate with
intermediaries involved in the said process.
Pursuant to circular no. NSDL/CIR/II/28/2023 dated August 8, 2023, issued by NSDL and circular no.
CDSL/OPS/RTA/POLCY/2023/161 dated August 8, 2023, issued by CDSL, our Company may request the
Depositories to suspend/ freeze the ISIN in depository system till listing/ trading effective date. Pursuant to the
aforementioned circulars, our Company may request the Depositories to suspend/ freeze the ISIN in depository
system from or around the date of the Red Herring Prospectus till the listing and commencement of trading of our
Equity Shares. The shareholders who intend to transfer the pre-Offer shares may request our Company and / or
the Registrar for facilitating transfer of shares under suspended/ frozen ISIN by submitting requisite documents
to our Company and/ or the Registrar. Our Company and/ or the Registrar would then send the requisite
documents along with applicable stamp duty and corporate action charges to the respective depository to execute
the transfer of shares under suspended ISIN through corporate action. The transfer request shall be accepted by
the Depositories from our Company till one day prior to Bid/ Offer Opening Date.
Bidders are advised to make their independent investigations and ensure that their Bids are submitted in
accordance with applicable laws and do not exceed the investment limits or maximum number of the Equity Shares
that can be held by them under applicable law or as specified in the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus.
Further, our Company and the Syndicate are not liable for any adverse occurrences consequent to the
implementation of the UPI Mechanism for application in this Offer.
SEBI vide its circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-TPD-1/P/CIR/2024/5 dated May 24, 2024 (“AV Circular”) has
introduced the disclosure of audiovisual presentation of disclosures made in Offer Documents. Pursuant to the
AV Circular, investors are advised not to rely on any other document, content or information provided in respect
to the public issue on the internet/online websites/social media platforms/micro-blogging platforms by
finfluencers. Further, investors are advised to rely only on the information contained in the Offer document and
Price Band Advertisement for making investment decision.
Further, our Company and the BRLMs are not liable for any adverse occurrences consequent to the
implementation of the UPI Mechanism for application in this Offer.
Book Building Procedure
The Offer is being made in terms of Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR through the Book Building Process in accordance
with Regulation 6(1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations wherein not more than 50% of the Net Offer shall be allocated
720on a proportionate basis to QIBs, provided that our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, allocate up to
60% of the QIB Portion to Anchor Investors on a discretionary basis in accordance with the SEBI ICDR
Regulations, of which one-third shall be reserved for domestic Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received
from domestic Mutual Funds at or above the Anchor Investor Allocation Price. In the event of under-subscription,
or non-allotment in the Anchor Investor Portion, the balance Equity Shares shall be added to the Net QIB Portion.
Further, 5% of the Net QIB Portion shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis only to Mutual Funds,
and spill-over from the remainder of the Net QIB Portion shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis
to all QIBs (other than Anchor Investors), including Mutual Funds, subject to valid Bids being received at or
above the Offer Price. Further, subject to availability of Equity Shares in the respective categories, not less than
15% of the Net Offer shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to Non-Institutional Bidders (out
of which (i) one third shall be reserved for Bidders with Bids exceeding ₹0.20 million and up to ₹1.00 million,
and (ii) two-thirds shall be reserved for Bidders with Bids exceeding ₹ 1.00 million provided that the unsubscribed
portion in either of such sub-categories may be allocated to applicants in the other sub-category of Non-
Institutional Bidders), and not less than 35% of the Net Offer shall be available for allocation to Retail Individual
Bidders in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, subject to valid Bids being received at or above the Offer
Price.
Furthermore, up to [●] Equity Shares, aggregating up to ₹ [●] million shall be made available for allocation on a
proportionate basis only to Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion, subject to valid
Bids being received at or above the Offer Price, if any, net of Employee Discount
Our Company in consultation with the BRLMs, may consider undertaking a Pre-IPO Placement (i) through a
further issue of Equity Shares, including by way of private placement, aggregating upto ₹1,800.00 million; or (ii)
through a secondary sale by the Selling Shareholders of [●] Equity Shares; or (iii) a combination thereof, as per
the applicable limits under SEBI ICDR Regulations prior to filing of the Red Herring Prospectus with the ROC.
The Pre-IPO Placement, if undertaken, will be at a price to be decided by our Company in consultation with the
BRLMs. If the Pre-IPO Placement is undertaken, then the amount raised from the Pre-IPO Placement will be
reduced from the Fresh Issue size and/or the Offer for Sale portion, subject to compliance with Rule 19(2)(b) of
the SCRR and under Schedule XVI (1) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Under-subscription, if any, in any category, except in the QIB Portion, would be allowed to be met with spill over
from any other category or combination of categories of Bidders at the discretion of our Company in consultation
with the BRLMs and the Designated Stock Exchange subject to receipt of valid Bids received at or above the
Offer Price. Undersubscription, if any, in the QIB Portion, would not be allowed to be met with spill-over from
any other category or a combination of categories. In the event of under-subscription, subject to receiving
minimum subscription for 90% of the Fresh Issue and compliance with Rule 19(2)(b) of the SCRR, the Allotment
of Equity Shares shall be made towards subscription of the Fresh Issue.
Eligible Employees applying in the Employee Reservation Portion can apply at the Cut-Off Price and the Bid
amount shall be Cap Price net of Employee Discount, multiplied by the number of Equity Shares Bid for by such
Eligible Employee and mentioned in the Bid cum Application Form. The initial Allotment to an Eligible Employee
in the Employee Reservation Portion shall not exceed ₹ 0.20 million (net of Employee Discount) in value. In the
event of under-subscription in the Employee Reservation Portion, the unsubscribed portion will be available for
allocation and Allotment, proportionately to all Eligible Employees who have Bid in excess of ₹0.20 million,
subject to the maximum value of Allotment made to such Eligible Employee not exceeding ₹0.50 million. The
unsubscribed portion, if any, in the Employee Reservation Portion (after allocation of up to ₹0.50 million), shall
be added to the Net Offer.
The Equity Shares, on Allotment, shall be traded only in the dematerialized segment of the Stock Exchanges.
Investors should note that the Equity Shares will be Allotted to all successful Bidders only in dematerialised
form. The Bid cum Application Forms which do not have the details of the Bidders’ depository account,
including the DP ID, Client ID, PAN and UPI ID, for UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism, shall be
treated as incomplete and will be rejected. Bidders will not have the option of being Allotted Equity Shares
in physical form. However, they may get the Equity Shares rematerialized subsequent to Allotment of the
Equity Shares in the Offer, in compliance with applicable laws.
Investors must ensure that their PAN is linked with Aadhaar and are in compliance with CBDT notification dated
February 13, 2020 and press releases dated June 25, 2021, September 17, 2021, March 30, 2022 and March 28,
2023.
721Pursuant to the UPI Circulars, SEBI has set out specific requirements for redressal of investor grievances for
applications that have been made through the UPI Mechanism. The requirements of the UPI Circulars include
appointment of a nodal officer by the SCSB and submission of their details to SEBI, the requirement for SCSBs
to send SMS alerts for the blocking and unblocking of UPI mandates, the requirement for the Registrar to submit
details of cancelled, withdrawn or deleted applications, and the requirement for the bank accounts of unsuccessful
Bidders to be unblocked no later than one day from the date on which the Basis of Allotment is finalised. Failure
to unblock the accounts within the timeline would result in the SCSBs being penalised under the relevant securities
law.
Further, in terms of the UPI Circulars, the payment of processing fees to the SCSBs shall be undertaken pursuant
to an application made by the SCSBs to the BRLMs, and such application shall be made only after (i) unblocking
of application amounts for each application received by the SCSB has been fully completed, and (ii) applicable
compensation relating to investor complaints has been paid by the SCSB.
Additionally, if there is any delay in the redressal of investors’ complaints, the relevant SCSB as well as the
BRLM responsible for post-issue activities will be required to compensate the concerned investor.
All SCSBs offering facility of making application in public issues shall also provide facility to make application
using UPI. The issuers will be required to appoint one of the SCSBs as a sponsor bank to act as conduits between
the Stock Exchanges and NPCI in order to facilitate collection of requests and /or payment instructions of the UPI
Bidders using the UPI.
For further details, refer to the General Information Document available on the websites of the Stock Exchanges
and the BRLMs.
Bid cum Application Form
Copies of the Bid cum Application Form (other than for Anchor Investors) and the abridged prospectus will be
available with the Designated Intermediaries at relevant Bidding Centres and at our Registered Office. An
electronic copy of the ASBA will also be available for download on the websites of NSE (www.nseindia.com)
and BSE (www.bseindia.com) at least one day prior to the Bid/Offer Opening Date.
Copies of the Anchor Investor Application Form will be available with the BRLMs.
All Bidders (other than Anchor Investors) shall mandatorily participate in the Offer only through the ASBA
process. UPI Bidders are mandatorily required to use the UPI Mechanism for submitting their bids to Designated
Intermediaries and are allowed to use ASBA Process by way of ASBA Forms to submit their bids directly to
SCSBs. Anchor Investors are not permitted to participate in the Offer through the ASBA process.
All ASBA Bidders must provide either (i) bank account details and authorisation to block funds in their respective
ASBA Accounts in the relevant space provided in the ASBA Form; or (ii) the UPI ID (in case of UPI Bidders),
as applicable, in the relevant space provided in the ASBA Form and the ASBA Form that does not contain such
details are liable to be rejected. Applications made by the UPI Bidders using third party bank account or using
third party linked bank account UPI ID are liable for rejection.
ASBA Bidders shall ensure that the Bids are made through ASBA Forms bearing the stamp of the Designated
Intermediary, submitted at the relevant Bidding Centres only (except in case of electronic ASBA Forms) and the
ASBA Forms not bearing such specified stamp are liable to be rejected. Since the Offer is made under Phase II of
the UPI Circulars, ASBA Bidders may submit the ASBA Form in the manner as follows: (i) UPI Bidders using
UPI Mechanism, may submit their ASBA Forms, including details of their UPI IDs, with the Syndicate, Sub-
Syndicate members, Registered Brokers, RTAs or CDPs or online using the facility of linked online trading, demat
and bank account (3 in 1 type accounts), provided by certain brokers; (ii) RIBs authorizing an SCSB to block the
Bid Amount in the ASBA Account may submit their ASBA Forms with the SCSBs (physically or online, as
applicable), or online using the facility of linked online trading, demat and bank account (3 in 1 type accounts),
provided by certain brokers and (iii) QIBs and NIBs may submit their ASBA Forms with SCSBs, Syndicate, Sub-
Syndicate member(s), Registered Brokers, RTAs or CDPs. For Anchor Investors, the Anchor Investor Application
Form will be available at the offices of the BRLMs. ASBA Bidders must ensure that the ASBA Account has
sufficient credit balance such that an amount equivalent to the full Bid Amount can be blocked by the SCSB or
the Sponsor Bank, as applicable at the time of submitting the Bid. In order to ensure timely information to Bidders,
722SCSBs are required to send SMS alerts to investors intimating them about Bid Amounts blocked/ unblocked.
The Sponsor Bank shall host a web portal for intermediaries (closed user group) from the date of Bid/Offer
Opening Date till the date of listing of the Equity Shares with details of statistics of mandate blocks/unblocks,
performance of apps and UPI handles, down-time/network latency (if any) across intermediaries and any such
processes having an impact/bearing on the Offer Bidding process.
The prescribed colour of the Bid cum Application Form for the various categories is as follows:
Category Colour of Bid cum Application
Form*
Resident Indians, including resident QIBs, Non-Institutional Bidders, [●]
Retail Individual Bidders and Eligible NRIs applying on a non-
repatriation basis
Non-Residents including FPIs, Eligible NRIs applying on a [●]
repatriation basis, FVCIs and registered bilateral and multilateral
institutions
Anchor Investors [●]
Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion
*Excluding electronic Bid cum Application Forms
Notes:
(1) Electronic Bid cum Application forms and the abridged prospectus will also be available for download
on the website of NSE (www.nseindia.com) and BSE (www.bseindia.com)
(2) Bid cum Application Forms for Anchor Investors shall be available at the offices of the BRLMs
(3) Bid cum Application Forms for Eligible Employees shall be available at the Registered Office and
Corporate Office of the Company.
In case of ASBA Forms, the relevant Designated Intermediaries shall upload the relevant Bid details in the
electronic bidding system of the Stock Exchanges. For UPI Bidders using UPI Mechanism, the Stock Exchanges
shall share the Bid details (including UPI ID) with the Sponsor Bank on a continuous basis to enable the Sponsor
Bank to initiate UPI Mandate Request to RIBs for blocking of funds.
Designated Intermediaries (other than SCSBs) shall submit/ deliver the ASBA Forms (except Bid cum Application
Forms submitted by UPI Bidders Bidding through the UPI Mechanism) to the respective SCSB where the Bidder
has a bank account and shall not submit it to any non-SCSB bank or any Escrow Collection Bank(s). Stock
Exchanges shall validate the electronic bids with the records of the CDP for DP ID/Client ID and PAN, on a real
time basis and bring inconsistencies to the notice of the relevant Designated Intermediaries, for rectification and
re-submission within the time specified by Stock Exchanges. Stock Exchanges shall allow modification of either
DP ID/Client ID or PAN ID, bank code and location code in the Bid details already uploaded.
For ASBA Forms (other than UPI Bidders using UPI Mechanism) Designated Intermediaries (other than SCSBs)
shall submit/ deliver the ASBA Forms to the respective SCSB where the Bidder has an ASBA bank account and
shall not submit it to any non-SCSB bank or any Escrow Collection Bank. Stock Exchanges shall validate the
electronic bids with the records of the CDP for DP ID/Client ID and PAN, on a real time basis and bring
inconsistencies to the notice of the relevant Designated Intermediaries, for rectification and re-submission within
the time specified by Stock Exchanges. Stock Exchanges shall allow modification of either DP ID/Client ID or
PAN ID, bank code and location code in the Bid details already uploaded.
For UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism, the Stock Exchanges shall share the Bid details (including UPI ID)
with the Sponsor Bank(s) on a continuous basis to enable the Sponsor Bank(s) to initiate the UPI Mandate Request
to UPI Bidders for blocking of funds. The Sponsor Bank(s) shall initiate request for blocking of funds through
NPCI to UPI Bidders, who shall accept the UPI Mandate Request for blocking of funds on their respective mobile
applications associated with UPI ID linked bank account. The NPCI shall maintain an audit trail for every bid
entered in the Stock Exchanges bidding platform, and the liability to compensate UPI Bidders (using the UPI
Mechanism) in case of failed transactions shall be with the concerned entity (i.e., the Sponsor Bank(s), NPCI or
the bankers to an issue) at whose end the lifecycle of the transaction has come to a halt. The NPCI shall share the
audit trail of all disputed transactions/ investor complaints to the Sponsor Bank(s) and the Bankers to the Offer.
The BRLMs shall also be required to obtain the audit trail from the Sponsor Bank(s) and the Bankers to the Offer
723for analyzing the same and fixing liability.
Pursuant to NSE circular dated July 22, 2022 with reference no. 23/2022 and BSE circular dated July 22, 2022
with reference no. 20220722-30, has mandated that trading members, Syndicate Members, RTA and Depository
Participants shall submit Syndicate ASBA bids above ₹0.50 million and NII & QIB bids above ₹0.20 million,
through SCSBs only.
For all pending UPI Mandate Requests, the Sponsor Bank shall initiate requests for blocking of funds in the ASBA
Accounts of relevant Bidders with a confirmation cut-off time of 5:00 pm on the Bid/ Offer Closing Date (“Cut-
Off Time”). Accordingly, UPI Bidders Bidding through the UPI Mechanism should accept UPI Mandate Requests
for blocking off funds prior to the Cut-Off Time and all pending UPI Mandate Requests at the Cut-Off Time shall
lapse.
The Sponsor Bank will undertake a reconciliation of Bid responses received from Stock Exchanges and sent to
NPCI and will also ensure that all the responses received from NPCI are sent to the Stock Exchanges platform
with detailed error code and description, if any. Further, the Sponsor Bank will undertake reconciliation of all Bid
requests and responses throughout their lifecycle on daily basis and share reports with the BRLMs in the format
and within the timelines as specified under the UPI Circulars. Sponsor Bank and issuer banks shall download UPI
settlement files and raw data files from the NPCI portal after every settlement cycle and do a three way
reconciliation with UPI switch data, CBS data and UPI raw data. NPCI is to coordinate with issuer banks and
Sponsor Banks on a continuous basis.
The Sponsor Banks shall host a web portal for intermediaries (closed user group) from the date of Bid/Offer
Opening Date till the date of listing of the Equity Shares with details of statistics of mandate blocks/unblocks,
performance of apps and UPI handles, down-time/network latency (if any) across intermediaries and any such
processes having an impact/bearing on the Offer Bidding process.
Electronic registration of bids
a) The Designated Intermediary may register the Bids using the on-line facilities of the Stock Exchanges.
The Designated Intermediaries can also set up facilities for off-line electronic registration of Bids, subject
to the condition that they may subsequently upload the off-line data file into the on-line facilities for
Book Building on a regular basis before the closure of the Offer.
b) On the Bid/Offer Closing Date, the Designated Intermediaries may upload the Bids till such time as may
be permitted by the Stock Exchanges and will be disclosed in the Red Herring Prospectus.
c) Only Bids that are banked and uploaded on the Stock Exchanges Platform are considered for
allocation/Allotment. The Designated Intermediaries shall modify select fields uploaded in the Stock
Exchange Platform during the Bid/Offer Period till 5.00 pm on the Bid/Offer Closing Date after which
the Stock Exchange(s) send the bid information to the Registrar to the Offer for further processing.
The Equity Shares offered in the Offer have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities
Act or any state securities laws in the United States, may not be offered or sold within the United States.
Accordingly, the Equity Shares are being offered and sold only outside the United States in ‘offshore
transactions’ as defined in, and in reliance on Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act and the applicable
laws of the jurisdictions where such offers and sales are made.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered, listed or otherwise qualified in any other
jurisdiction outside India and may not be issued or sold, and Bids may not be made by persons in any such
jurisdiction, except in compliance with the applicable laws of such jurisdiction.
Participation by Promoters and members of our Promoter Group of the Company, the BRLMs and the
Syndicate Member(s) and the persons related to Promoters, Promoter Group, BRLMs and the Syndicate
Members.
The BRLMs and the Syndicate Members shall not be allowed to purchase Equity Shares in this Offer in any
manner, except towards fulfilling their underwriting obligations. However, the respective associates and affiliates
of the BRLMs and the Syndicate Member(s) may Bid for Equity Shares in the Offer, either in the QIB Portion or
in the Non-Institutional Portion as may be applicable to such Bidders, where the allocation is on a proportionate
724basis and such subscription may be on their own account or on behalf of their clients. All categories of investors,
including associates or affiliates of the BRLMs and Syndicate Member(s), shall be treated equally for the purpose
of allocation to be made on a proportionate basis.
Neither (i) the BRLMs or any associates of the BRLMs (except Mutual Funds sponsored by entities which are
associates of the BRLMs or insurance companies promoted by entities which are associate of BRLMs or AIFs
sponsored by the entities which are associate of the BRLMs or FPIs other than individuals, corporate bodies and
family offices which are associate of the BRLMs or pension funds sponsored by entities which are associates of
the BRLMs nor (ii) any “person related to the Promoters/ Promoter Group” shall apply in the Offer under the
Anchor Investor Portion.
For the purposes of this section, a QIB who has any of the following rights shall be deemed to be a “person related
to the Promoters/ Promoter Group”: (a) rights under a shareholders’ agreement or voting agreement entered into
with the Promoters or Promoter Group; (b) veto rights; or (c) right to appoint any nominee director on our Board.
Except for Mutual Funds, AIFs or FPIs other than individuals, corporate bodies and family offices sponsored by
entities which are associates of the BRLMs or insurance companies promoted by entities which are associates of
the BRLMs, no BRLMs or its respective associates can apply in the Offer under the Anchor Investor Portion.
Further, an Anchor Investor shall be deemed to be an associate of the BRLMs, if: (a) either of them controls,
directly or indirectly through its subsidiary or holding company, not less than 15% of the voting rights in the other;
or (b) either of them, directly or indirectly, by itself or in combination with other persons, exercises control over
the other; or (c) there is a common director, excluding a nominee director, amongst the Anchor Investor and the
BRLMs.
Further, except for the sale of Equity Shares by the Selling Shareholders in the Offer, our Promoters and members
of the Promoter Group shall not participate by applying for Equity Shares in the Offer.
Bids by Mutual Funds
With respect to Bids by Mutual Funds, a certified copy of their SEBI registration certificate must be lodged along
with the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company in consultation with the BRLMs reserve the right
to reject any Bid without assigning any reason thereof.
Bids made by asset management companies or custodians of Mutual Funds shall specifically state names of the
concerned schemes for which such Bids are made. In case of a Mutual Fund, a separate Bid can be made in respect
of each scheme of the Mutual Fund registered with SEBI and such Bids in respect of more than one scheme of the
Mutual Fund will not be treated as multiple Bids provided that the Bids clearly indicate the scheme concerned for
which the Bid has been made.
No Mutual Fund scheme shall invest more than 10% of its NAV in equity shares or equity related instruments of
any single company provided that the limit of 10% shall not be applicable for investments in case of index funds
or sector or industry specific schemes. No Mutual Fund under all its schemes should own more than 10% of any
company’s paid-up share capital carrying voting rights.
Bids by Eligible NRIs
Eligible NRIs Bidding on a repatriation basis are advised to use the Bid cum Application Form meant for Non-
Residents ([●] in colour).
Eligible NRIs Bidding on non-repatriation basis are advised to use the Bid cum Application Form for residents
([●] in colour).
Eligible NRIs may obtain copies of Bid cum Application Form from the offices of the Designated Intermediaries.
Only Bids accompanied by payment in Indian Rupees or freely convertible foreign exchange will be considered
for Allotment. Eligible NRI Bidders bidding on a repatriation basis by using the Non-Resident Forms should
authorize their respective SCSB or confirm or accept the UPI Mandate Request (in case of UPI Bidders Bidding
through the UPI Mechanism) to block their Non- Resident External (“NRE”) accounts (including UPI ID, if
activated), or Foreign Currency Non-Resident (“FCNR”) Accounts, and eligible NRI Bidders bidding on a non-
repatriation basis by using Resident Forms should authorize their respective SCSB to block their Non-Resident
725Ordinary (“NRO”) accounts or confirm or accept the UPI Mandate Request (in case of UPI Bidders using the UPI
Mechanism) for the full Bid Amount, at the time of the submission of the Bid cum Application Form. NRIs
applying in the Offer through the UPI Mechanism are advised to enquire with the relevant bank, whether their
account is UPI linked, prior to submitting a Bid cum Application Form. Eligible NRIs Bidding on non-repatriation
basis are advised to use the Bid cum Application Form for residents ([●] in colour). Eligible NRIs Bidding on a
repatriation basis are advised to use the Bid cum Application Form meant for Non-Residents (blue in colour).
Participation by Eligible NRIs in the Offer shall be subject to the FEMA Rules. Only Bids accompanied by
payment in Indian rupees or fully converted foreign exchange will be considered for Allotment. By way of Press
Note 1 (2021 Series) dated March 19, 2021, issued by the DPIIT, it has been clarified that an investment made by
an Indian entity which is owned and controlled by NRIs on a non-repatriation basis, shall not be considered for
calculation of indirect foreign investment. For details of investment by NRIs, please see the section titled
“Restrictions on Foreign Ownership of Indian Securities” on page 743.
Eligible NRIs will be permitted to apply in the Offer through Channel I or Channel II (as specified in the UPI
Circulars). Further, subject to applicable law, Eligible NRIs may use Channel IV (as specified in the UPI
Circulars) to apply in the Offer, provided the UPI facility is enabled for their NRE/NRO accounts.
In accordance with the FEMA Rules, the total holding by any individual NRI, on a repatriation basis, shall not
exceed 5% of the total paid-up equity capital on a fully diluted basis or shall not exceed 5% of the paid-up value
of each series of debentures or preference shares or share warrants issued by an Indian company and the total
holdings of all NRIs and OCIs put together shall not exceed 10% of the total paid-up equity capital on a fully
diluted basis or shall not exceed 10% of the paid-up value of each series of debentures or preference shares or
share warrant. Provided that the aggregate ceiling of 10% may be raised to 24% if a special resolution to that
effect is passed by the general body of the Indian company. The limits of investments by NRIs and OCIs has been
increased from 10% to 12% of the paid-up equity share capital of the Company provided that the shareholding of
each NRI or OCI in the Company shall not exceed 5% of the paid-up equity share capital on a fully dilutes basis
or such other limit as may be stipulated by RBI in each case from time to time by passing a special resolution.
Bids by HUFs
Bids by Hindu Undivided Families or HUFs should be made in the individual name of the Karta. The
Bidder/Applicant should specify that the Bid is being made in the name of the HUF in the Bid cum Application
Form/Application Form as follows: “Name of sole or first Bidder/Applicant: XYZ Hindu Undivided Family
applying through XYZ, where XYZ is the name of the karta”. Bids/Applications by HUFs will be considered at
par with Bids/Applications from individuals.
Bids by FPIs
In terms of the SEBI FPI Regulations, the issue of Equity Shares to a single FPI or an investor group (which
means the same multiple entities having common ownership directly or indirectly of more than 50% or common
control) must be below 10% of our post-Offer Equity Share capital. Further, in terms of the FEMA Non-Debt
Rules, the total holding by each FPI, of an investor group, shall be below 10% of the total paid-up Equity Share
capital of our Company on a fully diluted basis and the aggregate limit for FPI investments shall be the sectoral
caps applicable to our Company, which is 100% of the total paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company on a
fully diluted basis. In case the total holding of an FPI or investor group increases beyond 10% of the total paid-up
Equity Share capital of our Company, on a fully diluted basis, the total investment made by the FPI or investor
group will be re-classified as FDI subject to the conditions as specified by SEBI and the RBI in this regard and
our Company and the investor will be required to comply with applicable reporting requirements. Further, the
total holdings of all FPIs put together, with effect from April 1, 2020, can be up to the sectoral cap applicable to
the sector in which our Company operates (i.e., up to 100%). In terms of the FEMA Non-Debt Rules, for
calculating the aggregate holding of FPIs in a company, holding of all registered FPIs shall be included. Bids by
FPIs which utilise the multi-investment manager structure, submitted with the same PAN but with different
beneficiary account numbers, Client IDs and DP IDs may not be treated as multiple Bids.
In case of Bids made by FPIs, a certified copy of the certificate of registration issued under the SEBI FPI
Regulations is required to be attached to the Bid cum Application Form, failing which our Company reserves the
right to reject any Bid without assigning any reason. FPIs who wish to participate in the offer are advised to use
the Bid cum Application Form for Non-Residents ([●] in colour).
To ensure compliance with the above requirement, SEBI, pursuant to its circular dated July 13, 2018, has directed
726that at the time of finalisation of the Basis of Allotment, the Registrar shall (i) use the PAN issued by the Income
Tax Department of India for checking compliance for a single FPI; and (ii) obtain validation from Depositories
for the FPIs who have invested in the Offer to ensure there is no breach of the investment limit, within the timelines
for Offer procedure, as prescribed by SEBI from time to time.
A FPI may purchase or sell equity shares of an Indian company which is listed or to be listed on a recognized
stock exchange in India, and/ or may purchase or sell securities other than equity instruments. FPIs are permitted
to participate in the Offer subject to compliance with conditions and restrictions which may be specified by the
Government from time to time.
Subject to compliance with all applicable Indian laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals in terms of
Regulation 21 of the SEBI FPI Regulations, an FPI, may offer, subscribe to or otherwise deal in offshore derivative
instruments (as defined under the SEBI FPI Regulations as any instrument, by whatever name called, which is
issued overseas by a FPI against securities held by it in India, as its underlying) directly or indirectly, only in the
event (i) such offshore derivative instruments are issued only by persons registered as Category I FPIs; (ii) such
offshore derivative instruments are issued only to persons eligible for registration as Category I FPIs; (iii) such
offshore derivative instruments are issued after compliance with ‘know your client’ norms; and (iv) such other
conditions as may be specified by SEBI from time to time. In case the total holding of an FPI increases beyond
10% of the total paid-up Equity Share capital, on a fully diluted basis or 10% or more of the paid-up value of any
series of debentures or preference shares or share warrants issued that may be issued by our Company, the total
investment made by the FPI will be re-classified as FDI subject to the conditions as specified by SEBI and the
RBI in this regard and our Company and the investor will be required to comply with applicable reporting
requirements.
An FPI issuing offshore derivative instruments is also required to ensure that any transfer of derivative instrument
is made by, or on behalf of it subject to, inter alia, the following conditions:
a) each offshore derivative instruments are transferred to persons subject to fulfilment of SEBI FPI
Regulations; and
b) prior consent of the FPI is obtained for such transfer, except when the persons to whom the offshore
derivative instruments are to be transferred to are pre-approved by the FPI.
The FPIs who wish to participate in the Offer are advised to use the Bid cum Application Form for non-residents.
Further, Bids received from FPIs bearing the same PAN will be treated as multiple Bids and are liable to be
rejected, except for Bids from FPIs that utilize the multiple investment manager structure in accordance with the
SEBI master circular bearing reference number SEBI/HO/AFD-2/CIR/P/2022/175 dated December 19, 2022 to
facilitate implementation of SEBI (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2019 (such structure “MIM
Structure”) provided such Bids have been made with different beneficiary account numbers, Client IDs and DP
IDs. Accordingly, it should be noted that multiple Bids received from FPIs, who do not utilize the MIM Structure,
and bear the same PAN, are liable to be rejected.
In order to ensure valid Bids, FPIs making multiple Bids using the same PAN, and with different beneficiary
account numbers, Client IDs and DP IDs, are required to provide a confirmation along with each of their Bid cum
Application Forms that the relevant FPIs making multiple Bids utilize the MIM Structure and indicate the names
of their respective investment managers in such confirmation. In the absence of such confirmation from the
relevant FPIs, such multiple Bids will be rejected. Further, in the following cases, the bids by FPIs will not be
considered as multiple Bids involving (i) the MIM Structure and indicating the name of their respective investment
managers in such confirmation; (ii) offshore derivative instruments (“ODI”) which have obtained separate FPI
registration for ODI and proprietary derivative investments; (iii) sub funds or separate class of investors with
segregated portfolio who obtain separate FPI registration; (iv) FPI registrations granted at investment strategy
level/sub fund level where a collective investment scheme or fund has multiple investment strategies/sub-funds
with identifiable differences and managed by a single investment manager; (v) multiple branches in different
jurisdictions of foreign bank registered as FPIs; (vi) Government and Government related investors registered as
Category I FPIs; and (vii) Entities registered as Collective Investment Scheme having multiple share classes.
The Bids belonging to any of the above mentioned seven structures and having same PAN may be collated and
identified as a single Bid in the Bidding process. The Equity Shares allotted in the Bid may be proportionately
distributed to the Applicant FPIs (with same PAN). In order to ensure valid Bids, FPIs making multiple Bids using
the same PAN, and with different beneficiary account numbers, Client IDs and DP IDs, are required to provide a
727confirmation along with each of their Bid cum Application Forms that the relevant FPIs making multiple Bids
utilize any of the above-mentioned structures and indicate the name of their respective investment managers in
such confirmation. In the absence of such confirmation from the relevant FPIs, such multiple Bids shall be
rejected.
Please note that in terms of the General Information Document, the maximum Bid by any Bidder including QIB
Bidder should not exceed the investment limits prescribed for them under applicable laws. Further, MIM Bids by
an FPI Bidder utilising the MIM Structure shall be aggregated for determining the permissible maximum Bid.
Further, please note that as disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus read with the General Information
Document, Bid Cum Application Forms are liable to be rejected in the event that the Bid in the Bid cum
Application Form “exceeds the Offer size and/or investment limit or maximum number of the Equity Shares that
can be held under applicable laws or regulations or maximum amount permissible under applicable laws or
regulations, or under the terms of the Red Herring Prospectus.”
For example, an FPI must ensure that any Bid by a single FPI and/ or an investor group (which means the same
multiple entities having common ownership directly or indirectly of more than 50% or common control)
(collective, the “FPI Group”) shall be below 10% of the total paid-up Equity Share capital of our Company on a
fully diluted basis. Any Bids by FPIs and/ or the FPI Group (including but not limited to (a) FPIs Bidding through
the MIM Structure; or (b) FPIs with separate registrations for offshore derivative instruments and proprietary
derivative instruments) for 10% or more of our total paid-up post Offer Equity Share capital shall be liable to be
rejected.
Bids by SEBI registered VCFs, AIFs and FVCIs
The SEBI AIF Regulations prescribe, amongst others, the investment restrictions on AIFs. Post the repeal of the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Venture Capital Funds) Regulations, 1996, venture capital funds which
have not re-registered as AIFs under the SEBI AIF Regulations shall continue to be regulated by the SEBI VCF
Regulations until the existing fund or scheme managed by the fund is wound up and such fund shall not launch
any new scheme after the notification of the SEBI AIF Regulations. The SEBI FVCI Regulations prescribe the
investment restrictions on FVCIs,
Accordingly, the holding in any company by any individual VCF or FVCI registered with SEBI should not exceed
25% of the corpus of the VCF or FVCI. Further, VCFs or FVCIs can invest only up to 33.33% of the investible
funds in various prescribed instruments, including in public offering.
Category I and Category II AIFs cannot invest more than 25% of the investible funds in one investee company.
However, large value funds for accredited investors of Category I AIFs and Category II AIFs may invest up to
50% of the investible funds in an investee company. A Category III AIF cannot invest more than 10% of the
investible funds in one investee company. However, large value funds for accredited investors of Category III
AIFs may invest up to 20% of the investible funds in an investee company. A VCF registered as a Category I AIF,
as defined in the SEBI AIF Regulations, cannot invest more than one-third of its investible funds by way of
subscription to an initial public offering of a venture capital undertaking whose shares are proposed to be listed.
Additionally, the VCFs which have not re-registered as an AIF under the SEBI AIF Regulations shall continue to
be regulated by the SEBI VCF Regulations until the existing fund or scheme managed by the fund is wound up
and such funds shall not launch any new scheme after the notification of the SEBI AIF Regulations.
All non-resident investors should note that refunds (in case of Anchor Investors), dividends and other
distributions, if any, will be payable in Indian Rupees only and net of bank charges and commission.
Our Company or the BRLMs will not be responsible for loss, if any, incurred by the Bidder on account of
conversion of foreign currency.
Bids by limited liability partnerships
In case of Bids made by limited liability partnerships registered under the Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008,
a certified copy of certificate of registration issued under the Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008, must be
attached to the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company in consultation with the BRLMs reserves
the right to reject any Bid without assigning any reason thereof.
Bids by banking companies
728In case of Bids made by banking companies registered with RBI, certified copies of: (i) the certificate of
registration issued by RBI, and (ii) the approval of such banking company’s investment committee is required to
be attached to the Bid cum Application Form, failing which our Company in consultation with the BRLMs reserve
the right to reject any Bid without assigning any reason thereof, subject to applicable law.
The investment limit for banking companies in non-financial services companies as per the Banking Regulation
Act, 1949, as amended, (the “Banking Regulation Act”), and the Master Directions – Reserve Bank of India
(Financial Services provided by Banks) Directions, 2016, as amended, is 10% of the paid-up share capital of the
investee company, not being its subsidiary engaged in non-financial services, or 10% of the bank’s own paid-up
share capital and reserves, as per the last audited balance sheet or a subsequent balance sheet, whichever is less.
Further, the aggregate investment by a banking company in subsidiaries and other entities engaged in financial
and non-financial services company cannot exceed 20% of the bank’s paid up share capital and reserves. A
banking company would be permitted to invest in excess of 10% but not exceeding 30% of the paid-up share
capital of such investee company if (i) the investee company is engaged in non-financial activities in which
banking companies are permitted to engage under the Banking Regulation Act, or (ii) the additional acquisition
is through restructuring of debt/corporate debt restructuring/strategic debt restructuring, or to protect the bank’s
interest on investment made to a company. The bank is required to submit a time-bound action plan for disposal
of such shares within a specified period to the RBI. A banking company would require a prior approval of the
RBI to make (i) investment in excess of 30% of the paid-up share capital of the investee company, (ii) investment
in a subsidiary and a financial services company that is not a subsidiary (with certain exceptions prescribed), and
(iii) investment in a non-financial services company in excess of 10% of such investee company’s paid-up share
capital as stated in 5(a)(v)(c)(i) of the RBI (Financial Services provided by Banks) Directions, 2016, as amended.
Bids by banking Companies should not exceed the investment limits prescribed for them under the applicable
laws.
Bids by SCSBs
SCSBs participating in the Offer are required to comply with the terms of the SEBI circulars (Nos.
CIR/CFD/DIL/12/2012 and CIR/CFD/DIL/1/2013) dated September 13, 2012 and January 2, 2013. Such SCSBs
are required to ensure that for making applications on their own account using ASBA, they should have a separate
account in their own name with any other SEBI registered SCSBs. Further, such account shall be used solely for
the purpose of making application in public issues and clear demarcated funds should be available in such account
for such applications.
Bids by insurance companies
In case of Bids made by insurance companies registered with the IRDAI, a certified copy of certificate of
registration issued by IRDAI must be attached to the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company in
consultation with the BRLMs reserve the right to reject any Bid without assigning any reason thereof.
The exposure norms for insurers, prescribed under Regulation 9 the Insurance Regulatory and Development
Authority (Investment) Regulations, 2016 (IRDA Investment Regulations), and are based on investments in the
equity shares of a company, the entire group of the investee company and the industry sector in which the investee
company operates. Bidders are advised to refer to the IRDAI Investment Regulations for specific investment limits
applicable to them and shall comply with all applicable regulations, guidelines and circulars issued by IRDAI
from time to time.
The exposure norms for insurers, prescribed under the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India
(Investment) Regulations, 2016, as amended, are broadly set forth below:
• equity shares of a company: the lower of 10%* of the outstanding equity shares (face value) or 10% of the
respective fund in case of life insurer or 10% of investment assets in case of general insurer or reinsurer or health
insurer;
• the entire group of the investee company: not more than 15% of the respective fund in case of a life insurer or
15% of investment assets in case of a general insurer or reinsurer or health insurer or 15% of the investment assets
in all companies belonging to the group, whichever is lower; and
• the industry sector in which the investee company operates: not more than 15% of the fund of a life insurer or a
general insurer or a reinsurer or health insurer or 15% of the investment asset, whichever is lower.
729*The above limit of 10% shall stand substituted as 15% of outstanding equity shares (face value) for insurance
companies with investment assets of ₹ 2,500,000 million or more and 12% of outstanding equity shares (face
value) for insurers with investment assets of ₹0.50 million million or more but less than ₹2,500,000 million.
Insurance companies participating in this Offer shall comply with all applicable regulations, guidelines and
circulars issued by IRDAI, from time to time, including the IRDAI Investment Regulations for specific investment
limits applicable to them
Bids by provident funds/pension funds
In case of Bids made by provident funds/pension funds, subject to applicable laws, with minimum corpus of
₹250.00 million, a certified copy of a certificate from a chartered accountant certifying the corpus of the provident
fund/pension fund must be attached to the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company in consultation
with the BRLMs reserves the right to reject any Bid, without assigning any reason thereof.
Bids under Power of Attorney
In case of Bids made pursuant to a power of attorney or by limited companies, corporate bodies, registered
societies, Eligible FPIs, Mutual Funds, insurance companies, insurance funds set up by the army, navy or air force
of the India, insurance funds set up by the Department of Posts, India or the National Investment Fund and
provident funds with a minimum corpus of ₹ 250.00 million (subject to applicable law) and pension funds with a
minimum corpus of ₹ 250.00 million, a certified copy of the power of attorney or the relevant resolution or
authority, as the case may be, along with a certified copy of the memorandum of association and articles of
association and/or bye laws must be lodged along with the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our Company
in consultation with the BRLMs reserve the right to accept or reject any Bid in whole or in part, in either case,
without assigning any reason thereof.
Our Company in consultation with the BRLMs in their absolute discretion, reserve the right to relax the above
condition of simultaneous lodging of the power of attorney along with the Bid cum Application Form subject to
the terms and conditions that our Company in consultation with the BRLMs may deem fit.
Bids by Systemically Important Non-Banking Financial Companies
In case of Bids made by Systemically Important NBFCs registered with RBI, certified copies of: (i) the certificate
of registration issued by RBI, (ii) certified copy of its last audited financial statements on a standalone basis and
a net worth certificate from its statutory auditors, and (iii) such other approval as may be required by the
Systemically Important NBFCs, are required to be attached to the Bid cum Application Form. Failing this, our
Company in consultation with the BRLMs, reserves the right to reject any Bid without assigning any reason
thereof. Systemically Important NBFCs participating in the Offer shall comply with all applicable regulations,
guidelines and circulars issued by RBI from time to time.
The investment limit for Systemically Important NBFCs shall be as prescribed by RBI from time to time.
Bids by Eligible Employees
The Bid must be for a minimum of [●] Equity Shares and in multiples of [●] Equity Shares thereafter so as to
ensure that the Bid Amount payable by the Eligible Employee does not exceed ₹0.50 million (net of Employee
Discount). The Allotment in the Employee Reservation Portion will be on a proportionate basis. Eligible
Employees under the Employee Reservation Portion may Bid at Cut-off Price provided that the Bid does not
exceed ₹0.50 million (net of Employee Discount).
However, Allotments to Eligible Employees in excess of ₹0.20 million (net of Employee Discount) shall be
considered on a proportionate basis, in the event of undersubscription in the Employee Reservation Portion,
subject to the total Allotment to an Eligible Employee not exceeding ₹0.50 million (net of Employee Discount)
(which will be less Employee Discount). Subsequent undersubscription, if any, in the Employee Reservation
Portion shall be added back to the Net Offer. Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion
may Bid at the Cut-off Price.
Bids under Employee Reservation Portion by Eligible Employees shall be:
730a) Made only in the prescribed Bid cum Application Form or Revision Form (i.e. [●] colour form).
b) The Bidder should be an Eligible Employee as defined. In case of joint bids, the first Bidder shall be an
Eligible Employee.
c) Only Eligible Employees would be eligible to apply in the Offer under the Employee Reservation Portion.
d) Only those Bids, which are received at or above the Offer Price, net of Employee Discount, if any would be
considered for Allotment under this category.
e) Eligible Employees can apply at Cut-off Price.
f) If the aggregate demand in this category is less than or equal to [●] Equity Shares at or above the Offer Price,
full allocation shall be made to the Eligible Employees to the extent of their demand.
g) Eligible Employees bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion can also Bid through the UPI mechanism.
h) Under-subscription, if any, in the Employee Reservation Portion will be added back to the Net Offer.
In case of under-subscription in the Net Offer, spill over to the extent of under-subscription shall be permitted
from the Employee Reservation Portion. If the aggregate demand in this category is greater than [●] Equity Shares
at or above the Offer Price, the allocation shall be made on a proportionate basis.
Please note that any individuals who are directors, employees or promoters of (a) the BRLMs, Registrar to the
Offer, or the Syndicate Members, or of the (b) ‘associate companies’ (as defined in the Companies Act, 2013, as
amended) and ‘group companies’ of such BRLMs, Registrar to the Offer or Syndicate Members are not eligible
to bid in the Employee Reservation Portion.
Bids by Anchor Investors
In accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, in addition to details and conditions mentioned in this section
the key terms for participation by Anchor Investors are provided below:
a) Anchor Investor Application Forms will be made available for the Anchor Investor Portion at the offices
of the BRLMs.
b) The Bid was required to be for a minimum of such number of Equity Shares so that the Bid Amount
exceeds ₹ 100 million. A Bid could not be submitted for over 60% of the QIB Portion. In case of a Mutual
Fund, separate bids by individual schemes of a Mutual Fund were aggregated to determine the minimum
application size of ₹ 100 million.
c) One-third of the Anchor Investor Portion will be reserved for allocation to domestic Mutual Funds.
d) Bidding for Anchor Investors opened one Working Day before the Bid/Offer Opening Date and will
completed on the same day.
e) Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, finalised allocation to the Anchor Investors on a
discretionary basis, provided that the minimum number of Allottees in the Anchor Investor Portion was
not less than:
• maximum of two Anchor Investors, where allocation under the Anchor Investor Portion is up
to ₹ 100.00 million;
• minimum of two and maximum of 15 Anchor Investors, where the allocation under the Anchor
Investor Portion is more than ₹ 100.00 million but up to ₹ 2,500.00 million, subject to a
minimum Allotment of ₹ 50.00 million per Anchor Investor; and
• in case of allocation above ₹ 2,500.00 million under the Anchor Investor Portion, a minimum
of five such investors and a maximum of 15 Anchor Investors for allocation up to ₹ 2,500.00
million and an additional 10 Anchor Investors for every additional ₹ 2,500.00 million, subject
to minimum Allotment of ₹ 50.00 million per Anchor Investor.
731f) Allocation to Anchor Investors will be completed on the Anchor Investor Bidding Date. The number of
Equity Shares allocated to Anchor Investors and the price at which the allocation will be made, is required
to be made available in the public domain by the BRLMs before the Bid/Offer Opening Date, through
intimation to the Stock Exchanges.
g) Anchor Investors cannot withdraw or lower the size of their Bids at any stage after submission of the Bid.
h) If the Offer Price is greater than the Anchor Investor Allocation Price, the additional amount being the
difference between the Offer Price and the Anchor Investor Allocation Price will be payable by the Anchor
Investors on the Anchor Investor Pay-in Date specified in the CAN. If the Offer Price is lower than the
Anchor Investor Allocation Price, Allotment to successful Anchor Investors will be at the higher price, i.e.,
the Anchor Investor Offer Price
i) 50% Equity Shares allotted to Anchor Investors shall be locked–in for a period of 90 days from the date of
Allotment, whereas, the remaining 50% shall be locked-in for a period of 30 days from the date of
Allotment.
j) Neither the BRLMs nor any associate of the BRLMs (except Mutual Funds sponsored by entities which
are associates of the BRLMs or insurance companies promoted by entities which are associate of BRLMs
or AIFs sponsored by the entities which are associate of the BRLMs or FPIs, other than individuals,
corporate bodies and family offices which are associate of the BRLMs or pension funds sponsored by
entities which are associates of the BRLMs nor any “person related to the Promoters or Promoter Group”
could apply in the Offer under the Anchor Investor Portion.
k) Bids made by QIBs under both the Anchor Investor Portion and the QIB Portion were not considered
multiple Bids
l) For more information, see the General Information Document.
In accordance with existing regulations issued by the RBI, OCBs cannot participate in this Offer.
The above information is given for the benefit of the Bidders. Our Company and the BRLMs are not liable
for any amendments or modification or changes in applicable laws or regulations, which may occur after
the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Bidders are advised to make their independent investigations
and ensure that any single Bid from them does not exceed the applicable investment limits or maximum
number of the Equity Shares that can be held by them under applicable law or regulation or as specified
in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus.
Information for Bidders
The relevant Designated Intermediary will enter a maximum of three Bids at different price levels opted in the
Bid cum Application Form and such options are not considered as multiple Bids. It is the Bidder’s responsibility
to obtain the acknowledgment slip from the relevant Designated Intermediary. The registration of the Bid by the
Designated Intermediary does not guarantee that the Equity Shares shall be allocated/Allotted. Such
Acknowledgement Slip will be non-negotiable and by itself will not create any obligation of any kind. When a
Bidder revises his or her Bid, he /she shall surrender the earlier Acknowledgement Slip and may request for a
revised acknowledgment slip from the relevant Designated Intermediary as proof of his or her having revised the
previous Bid. In relation to electronic registration of Bids, the permission given by the Stock Exchanges to use
their network and software of the electronic bidding system should not in any way be deemed or construed to
mean that the compliance with various statutory and other requirements by our Company and/or the BRLMs are
cleared or approved by the Stock Exchanges; nor does it in any manner warrant, certify or endorse the correctness
or completeness of compliance with the statutory and other requirements, nor does it take any responsibility for
the financial or other soundness of our Company, the management or any scheme or project of our Company; nor
does it in any manner warrant, certify or endorse the correctness or completeness of any of the contents of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus or the Red Herring Prospectus; nor does it warrant that the Equity Shares will be
listed or will continue to be listed on the Stock Exchanges.
General Instructions
Please note that QIBs and Non-Institutional Investors are not permitted to withdraw their Bid(s) or lower the size
732of their Bid(s) (in terms of quantity of Equity Shares or the Bid Amount) at any stage. Retail Individual bidders
and Eligible Employees bidding under the Employee Reservation Portion can revise or withdraw their Bid(s) until
the Bid/ Offer Closing Date. Anchor Investors are not allowed to withdraw or lower the size of their Bids after
the Anchor Investor Bidding Date.
Do’s:
1. Investors must ensure that their PAN is linked with Aadhaar and are in compliance with Central Board
of Direct Taxes notification dated February 13, 2020, press release dated June 25, 2021, September 17,
2021 and CBDT circular no.7 of 2022 dated March 30, 2022. Pursuant to the press release dated March
28, 2023, the last date for linking PAN and Aadhaar was extended to December 31, 2024.
2. Check if you are eligible to apply as per the terms of the Red Herring Prospectus and under applicable
law, rules, regulations, guidelines and approvals. All Bidders (other than Anchor Investors) should
submit their Bids through the ASBA process only;
3. Ensure that you have Bid within the Price Band;
4. Read all the instructions carefully and complete the Bid cum Application Form, as the case may be, in
the prescribed form;
5. Ensure that you (other than the Anchor Investors) have mentioned the correct details of ASBA Account
(i.e. bank account number or UPI ID, as applicable) in the Bid cum Application Form if you are not an
UPI Bidder Bidding through the UPI Mechanism in the Bid cum Application Form and if you are an RIB
using the UPI Mechanism ensure that you have mentioned the correct UPI ID (with maximum length of
45 characters including the handle) in the Bid cum Application Form;
6. Ensure that your Bid cum Application Form bearing the stamp of a Designated Intermediary is submitted
to the Designated Intermediary at the Bidding Centre within the prescribed time. UPI Bidders using UPI
Mechanism, may submit their ASBA Forms with Syndicate Member(s), Registered Brokers, RTAs or
CDPs and should ensure that the ASBA Form contains the stamp of such Designated Intermediary;
7. Ensure that you have funds equal to the Bid Amount in the ASBA Account maintained with the SCSB,
before submitting the ASBA Form to any of the Designated Intermediaries. Ensure that you use only
your own bank account linked UPI ID (only for UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism) to make an
application in the Offer;
8. In case of joint Bids, ensure that first Bidder is the ASBA Account holder (or the UPI-linked bank account
holder, as the case may be) and the signature of the first Bidder is included in the Bid cum Application
Form;
9. Ensure that the signature of the first Bidder in case of joint Bids, is included in the Bid cum Application
Forms;
10. Ensure that you request for and receive a stamped acknowledgement counterfoil or acknowledgment
specifying the application number as a proof of having accepted Bid cum Application Form for all your
Bid options from the concerned Designated Intermediary;
11. Ensure that the name(s) given in the Bid cum Application Form is/are exactly the same as the name(s) in
which the beneficiary account is held with the Depository Participant. In case of joint Bids, the Bid cum
Application Form should contain only the name of the first Bidder whose name should also appear as the
first holder of the beneficiary account held in joint names. Ensure that the signature of the First Bidder
is included in the Bid cum Application Forms;
12. Ensure that when applying in the Offer using UPI, the name of your SCSB appears in the list of SCSBs
displayed on the SEBI website which are live on UPI. Further, also ensure that the name of the app and
the UPI handle being used for making the application is also appearing in the link available on
https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&intmId=40 for SCSBs
and https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebiweb/other/OtherAction.do?doRecognisedFpi=yes&intmId=43 for
mobile applications or at such other websites as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time;
73313. UPI Bidders bidding in the Offer to ensure that they shall use only their own ASBA Account or only
their own bank account linked UPI ID which is UPI 2.0 certified by NPCI (only for UPI Bidders using
the UPI Mechanism) to make an application in the Offer and not ASBA Account or bank account linked
UPI ID of any third party;
14. Ensure that you submit the revised Bids to the same Designated Intermediary, through whom the original
Bid was placed and obtain a revised acknowledgment;
15. Retail Individual Bidders not using the UPI Mechanism, should submit their Bid cum Application Form
directly with SCSBs and not with any other Designated Intermediary;
16. Ensure that you have correctly signed the authorisation/undertaking box in the Bid cum Application
Form or have otherwise provided an authorisation to the SCSB or Sponsor Bank, as applicable, via the
electronic mode, for blocking funds in the ASBA Account equivalent to the Bid Amount mentioned in
the Bid cum Application Form, as the case may be, at the time of submission of the Bid. In case of UPI
Bidders submitting their Bids and participating in the Offer through the UPI Mechanism, ensure that you
authorise the UPI Mandate Request raised by the Sponsor Bank for blocking of funds equivalent to Bid
Amount and subsequent debit of funds in case of Allotment;
17. Except for Bids (i) on behalf of the Central or State Governments and the officials appointed by the
courts, who, in terms of the SEBI circular no. MRD/DoP/Cir-20/2008 dated June 30, 2008, may be
exempt from specifying their PAN for transacting in the securities market, (ii) submitted by investors
who are exempt from the requirement of obtaining/specifying their PAN for transacting in the securities
market, and (iii) Bids by persons resident in the state of Sikkim, who, in terms of a SEBI circular dated
July 20, 2006, may be exempted from specifying their PAN for transacting in the securities market, all
Bidders should mention their PAN allotted under the IT Act. The exemption for the Central or the State
Government and officials appointed by the courts and for investors residing in the State of Sikkim is
subject to (a) the Demographic Details received from the respective depositories confirming the
exemption granted to the beneficiary owner by a suitable description in the PAN field and the beneficiary
account remaining in “active status”; and (b) in the case of residents of Sikkim, the address as per the
Demographic Details evidencing the same. All other applications in which PAN is not mentioned will
be rejected;
18. Ensure that the category and the investor status is indicated in the Bid cum Application Form to ensure
proper upload of your Bid in the electronic Bidding system of the Stock Exchanges;
19. Ensure that thumb impressions and signatures other than in the languages specified in the Eighth
Schedule to the Constitution of India are attested by a Magistrate or a Notary Public or a Special
Executive Magistrate under official seal;
20. Ensure that the category and the investor status is indicated in the Bid cum Application Form;
21. Ensure that in case of Bids under power of attorney or by limited companies, corporates, trust, etc.,
relevant documents are submitted;
22. Ensure that Bids submitted by any person resident outside India is in compliance with applicable foreign
and Indian laws;
23. Since the Allotment will be in demat form only, ensure that the Bidder’s depository account is active,
the correct DP ID, Client ID, the PAN, UPI ID, if applicable, are mentioned in their Bid cum Application
Form and that the name of the Bidder, the DP ID, Client ID, the PAN and UPI ID, if applicable, entered
into the online IPO system of the Stock Exchanges by the relevant Designated Intermediary, as
applicable, matches with the name, DP ID, Client ID, PAN and UPI ID, if applicable, available in the
Depository database;
24. UPI Bidders who wish to revise their Bids using the UPI Mechanism, should submit the revised Bid with
the Designated Intermediaries, pursuant to which RIBs should ensure acceptance of the UPI Mandate
Request received from the Sponsor Bank to authorise blocking of funds equivalent to the revised Bid
Amount in the RIB’s ASBA Account;
73425. In case of QIBs and NIBs, ensure that while Bidding through a Designated Intermediary, the ASBA
Form is submitted to a Designated Intermediary in a Bidding Centre and that the SCSB where the ASBA
Account, as specified in the ASBA Form, is maintained has named at least one branch at that location
for the Designated Intermediary to deposit ASBA Forms (a list of such branches is available on the
website of SEBI at http://www.sebi.gov.in);
26. Anchor Investors should submit the Anchor Investor Application Forms to the BRLMs;
27. Ensure that you have accepted the UPI Mandate Request received from the Sponsor Bank by 5:00 p.m.
on the Bid/ Offer Closing Date;
28. FPIs making MIM Bids using the same PAN, and different beneficiary account numbers, Client IDs and
DP IDs, are required to submit a confirmation that their Bids are under the MIM structure and indicate
the name of their investment managers in such confirmation which shall be submitted along with each
of their Bid cum Application Forms. In the absence of such confirmation from the relevant FPIs, such
MIM Bids shall be rejected;
29. RIBs shall ensure that details of the Bid are reviewed and verified by opening the attachment in the UPI
Mandate Request and then proceed to authorize the UPI Mandate Request using his/her UPI PIN. Upon
the authorization of the mandate using his/her UPI PIN, an RIB may be deemed to have verified the
attachment containing the application details of the RIB in the UPI Mandate Request and have agreed to
block the entire Bid Amount and authorized the Sponsor Bank to block the Bid Amount mentioned in
the Bid Cum Application Form;
30. Ensure that while Bidding through a Designated Intermediary, the Bid cum Application Form (other than
for Anchor Investors and UPI Bidders Bidding through the UPI Mechanism) is submitted to a Designated
Intermediary in a Bidding Centre and that the SCSB where the ASBA Account, as specified in the ASBA
Form, is maintained has named at least one branch at that location for the Designated Intermediary to
deposit ASBA Forms (a list of such branches is available on the website of SEBI at www.sebi.gov.in).
31. Ensure sufficient balance in the relevant ASBA account.
32. UPI Bidders bidding using the UPI Mechanism shall ensure that the bank, with which they have their
bank account, where the funds equivalent to the application amount are available for blocking is UPI 2.0
certified by NPCI before submitting the ASBA Form to any of the Designated Intermediaries;
33. Ensure that Bids above ₹ 500,000 submitted by ASBA Bidders are uploaded only by the SCSBs;
The Bid cum Application Form is liable to be rejected if the above instructions, as applicable, are not complied
with.
Application made using incorrect UPI handle or using a bank account of an SCSB or SCSBs which is not
mentioned in the Annexure ‘A’ to the SEBI circular no. SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2019/85 dated July 26, 2019
is liable to be rejected.
Don’ts:
1. Do not Bid for lower than the minimum Bid size;
2. Do not Bid/revise Bid Amount to less than the Floor Price or higher than the Cap Price;
3. Do not Bid for a Bid Amount exceeding ₹ 0.20 million (for Bids by Retail Individual Bidders) and ₹0.50
million for Bids by UPI Bidders and Eligible Employees Bidding in the Employee Reservation Portion;
4. Do not pay the Bid Amount in cheques, demand drafts or by cash, money order, postal order or by stock
invest;
5. Do not send Bid cum Application Forms by post; instead submit the same to the Designated Intermediary
only;
7356. Do not Bid at Cut-off Price (for Bids by QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders);
7. Do not instruct your respective banks to release the funds blocked in the ASBA Account under the ASBA
process;
8. Do not submit the Bid for an amount more than funds available in your ASBA account.
9. Do not submit Bids on plain paper or on incomplete or illegible Bid cum Application Forms or on Bid
cum Application Forms in a colour prescribed for another category of a Bidder;
10. In case of ASBA Bidders, do not submit more than one ASBA Forms per ASBA Account;
11. If you are a RIB and are using UPI mechanism, do not submit more than one ASBA Form for each UPI
ID;
12. Anchor Investors should not Bid through the ASBA process;
13. Do not submit the ASBA Forms to any Designated Intermediary that is not authorised to collect the
relevant ASBA Forms or to our Company;
14. Do not Bid on a Bid cum Application Form that does not have the stamp of the relevant Designated
Intermediary;
15. Do not submit the General Index Register (GIR) number instead of the PAN;
16. Do not submit incorrect details of the DP ID, Client ID, PAN and UPI ID, if applicable, or provide details
for a beneficiary account which is suspended or for which details cannot be verified by the Registrar to
the Offer;
17. Do not submit a Bid in case you are not eligible to acquire Equity Shares under applicable law or your
relevant constitutional documents or otherwise;
18. Do not Bid if you are not competent to contract under the Indian Contract Act, 1872 (other than minors
having valid depository accounts as per Demographic Details provided by the depository);
19. Do not submit a Bid/revise a Bid Amount, with a price less than the Floor Price or higher than the Cap
Price;
20. Do not submit your Bid after 5.00 pm on the Bid/Offer Closing Date;
21. If you are a QIB, do not submit your Bid after 3:00 pm on the QIB Bid/Offer Closing Date (for online
applications) and after 12:00 p.m. on the Bid/ Offer Closing Date (for physical applications);
22. Do not Bid on another ASBA Form or the Anchor Investor Application Form, as the case may be, after
you have submitted a Bid to any of the Designated Intermediaries;
23. Do not Bid for Equity Shares in excess of what is specified for each category;
24. Do not fill up the Bid cum Application Form such that the Equity Shares Bid for, exceeds the Offer size
and/or investment limit or maximum number of the Equity Shares that can be held under applicable laws
or regulations or maximum amount permissible under applicable laws or regulations, or under the terms
of the Red Herring Prospectus;
25. Do not withdraw your Bid or lower the size of your Bid (in terms of quantity of the Equity Shares or the
Bid Amount) at any stage, if you are a QIB or a Non-Institutional Bidder. Retail Individual Bidders can
revise or withdraw their Bids on or before the Bid/Offer Closing Date;
26. Do not submit Bids to a Designated Intermediary at a location other than the Bidding Centres;
73627. If you are an RIB which is submitting the ASBA Form with any of the Designated Intermediaries and
using your UPI ID for the purpose of blocking of funds, do not use any third-party bank account or third
party linked bank account UPI ID;
28. Do not link the UPI ID with a bank account maintained with a bank that is not UPI 2.0 certified by the
NPCI in case of Bids submitted by UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism;
29. Do not submit more than one Bid cum Application Form for each UPI ID in case of UPI Bidders Bidding
through the UPI Mechanism;
30. Do not submit a Bid cum Application Form with a third-party UPI ID or using a third-party bank account
(in case of Bids submitted by UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism);
31. In case of ASBA Bidders (other than 3-in-1 Bids), Syndicate Member(s) shall ensure that they do not
upload any bids above ₹ 0.50 million;
32. UPI Bidders Bidding through the UPI Mechanism using the incorrect UPI handle or using a bank account
of an SCSB or bank which is not mentioned in the list provided on the SEBI website is liable to be
rejected;
33. Do not Bid if you are an OCB; and
34. The Bidder does not have sufficient balance in relevant ASBA account.
The Bid cum Application Form is liable to be rejected if the above instructions, as applicable, are not
complied with.
Grounds for Technical Rejection
In addition to the grounds for rejection of Bids on technical grounds as provided in the GID, Bidders were
requested to note that Bids could be rejected on the following additional technical grounds:
1. Bids submitted without instruction to the SCSBs to block the entire Bid Amount;
2. Bids which do not contain details of the Bid Amount and the bank account details in the ASBA Form;
3. Bids submitted on a plain paper;
4. Bids submitted by UPI Bidders using the UPI Mechanism through an SCSBs and/or using a mobile
application or UPI handle, not listed on the website of SEBI;
5. Bids under the UPI Mechanism submitted by UPI Bidders using third party bank accounts or using a
third party linked bank account UPI ID (subject to availability of information regarding third party
account from Sponsor Bank);
6. ASBA Form submitted to a Designated Intermediary does not bear the stamp of the Designated
Intermediary;
7. Bids submitted without the signature of the first Bidder or sole Bidder;
8. The ASBA Form not being signed by the account holders, if the account holder is different from the
Bidder;
9. ASBA Form by the RIBs by using third party bank accounts or using third party linked bank account
UPI IDs;
10. Bids by persons for whom PAN details have not been verified and whose beneficiary accounts are
“suspended for credit” in terms of SEBI circular CIR/MRD/DP/ 22 /2010 dated July 29, 2010;
11. GIR number furnished instead of PAN;
73712. Bids by RIBs with Bid Amount of a value of more than ₹ 200,000 (net of retail discount);
13. Bids by persons who are not eligible to acquire Equity Shares in terms of all applicable laws, rules,
regulations, guidelines and approvals;
14. Bids accompanied by stock invest, money order, postal order or cash; and
15. Bids uploaded by QIBs after 4.00 pm on the QIB Bid/ Offer Closing Date and by Non-Institutional
Bidders uploaded after 4.00 p.m. on the Bid/ Offer Closing Date, and Bids by RIBs uploaded after 5.00
p.m. on the Bid/ Offer Closing Date, unless extended by the Stock Exchanges.
Further, in case of any pre-Offer or post Offer related issues regarding share certificates/demat credit/refund
orders/unblocking etc., investors shall reach out to the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer. For details
of our Company Secretary and Compliance Officer, please see the section titled “General Information” on page
112.
In case of any delay in unblocking of amounts in the ASBA Accounts (including amounts blocked through the
UPI Mechanism) exceeding two Working Days from the Bid/Offer Closing Date, the Bidder shall be compensated
at a uniform rate of ₹100 per day for the entire duration of delay exceeding two Working Days from the Bid/Offer
Closing Date by the intermediary responsible for causing such delay in unblocking. Further, Investors shall be
entitled to compensation in the manner specified in the March 2021 Circular in case of delays in resolving investor
grievances in relation to blocking/unblocking of funds.
For helpline details of the BRLMs pursuant to the SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2021/2480/1/M dated March 16,
2021, please see the section titled “General Information – Book Running Lead Managers” on page 113.
For details of grounds for technical rejections of a Bid cum Application Form, please see the General Information
Document.
Names of entities responsible for finalising the basis of allotment in a fair and proper manner
The authorised employees of the Designated Stock Exchange, along with the BRLMs and the Registrar, shall
ensure that the Basis of Allotment is finalised in a fair and proper manner in accordance with the procedure
specified in SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Method of allotment as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time
Our Company will not make any allotment in excess of the Equity Shares through the Red Herring Prospectus
and the Prospectus except in case of oversubscription for the purpose of rounding off to make allotment, in
consultation with the Designated Stock Exchange. Further, upon oversubscription, an allotment of not more than
1% per cent of the Offer may be made for the purpose of making allotment in minimum lots.
The allotment of Equity Shares to applicants other than to the Retail Individual Bidders, NIIs and Anchor Investors
shall be on a proportionate basis within the respective investor categories and the number of securities allotted
shall be rounded off to the nearest integer, subject to minimum allotment being equal to the minimum application
size as determined and disclosed.
The allotment of Equity Shares to each Retail Individual Bidders shall not be less than the minimum bid lot,
subject to the availability of shares in Retail Individual Bidders Portion, and the remaining available shares, if
any, shall be allotted on a proportionate basis. Not less than 15% of the Net Offer shall be available for allocation
to Non-Institutional Bidders. The Equity Shares available for allocation to Non-Institutional Bidders under the
Non-Institutional Portion, shall be subject to the following: (i) one-third of the portion available to Non-
Institutional Bidders shall be reserved for applicants with an application size of more than ₹ 0.20 million and up
to ₹ 1.00 million, and (ii) two-third of the portion available to Non-Institutional Bidders shall be reserved for
applicants with an application size of more than ₹ 1.00 million, provided that the unsubscribed portion in either
of the aforementioned sub-categories may be allocated to applicants in the other sub-category of Non-Institutional
Bidders. The allotment to each Non-Institutional Bidder shall not be less than the Minimum NIB Application Size,
subject to the availability of Equity Shares in the Non-Institutional Portion, and the remaining Equity Shares if
any, shall be allocated on a proportionate basis in accordance with the conditions specified in this regard in
738Schedule XIII of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Payment into Escrow Account(s) for Anchor Investors
Our Company, in consultation with the BRLMs, in their absolute discretion, will decide the list of Anchor
Investors to whom the CAN will be sent, pursuant to which the details of the Equity Shares allocated to them in
their respective names will be notified to such Anchor Investors. Anchor Investors are not permitted to Bid in the
Offer through the ASBA process. Instead, Anchor Investors should transfer the Bid Amount (through direct credit,
real time gross settlement (“RTGS”), national automated clearing house (“NACH”) or national electronic fund
transfer (“NEFT”) to the Escrow Account(s). For Anchor Investors, the payment instruments for payment into
the Escrow Account(s) should be drawn in favour of:
(a) In case of resident Anchor Investors: “[●]”
(b) In case of Non-Resident Anchor Investors: “[●]”
Anchor Investors should note that the escrow mechanism is not prescribed by SEBI and has been established as
an arrangement between our Company, and the Syndicate, the Escrow Collection Bank and the Registrar to the
Offer to facilitate collections of Bid amounts from Anchor Investors.
Pre-Offer Advertisement
Subject to Section 30 of the Companies Act, 2013, our Company shall, after filing the Red Herring Prospectus
with the RoC, publish a pre- Offer advertisement, in the form prescribed by the SEBI ICDR Regulations, in: (i)
all editions of [●], an English national daily newspaper; (ii) all editions of [●], a Hindi national daily newspaper;
and (iii) [●] edition of [●], a Marathi newspaper, Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra, where our
Registered Office is located, each with wide circulation.
Our Company shall, in the pre-Offer advertisement state the Bid/Offer Opening Date, the Bid/Offer Closing Date
and the QIB Bid/Offer Closing Date. This advertisement, subject to the provisions of Section 30 of the Companies
Act, 2013, shall be in the format prescribed in Part A of Schedule X of the SEBI ICDR Regulations.
Allotment Advertisement
Our Company, the BRLMs and the Registrar to the Offer shall publish an allotment advertisement before
commencement of trading, disclosing the date of commencement of trading in: (i) all editions of [●], an English
national daily newspaper; (ii) all editions of [●], a Hindi national daily newspaper; and (iii) [●] edition of [●], a
Marathi newspaper, Marathi being the regional language of Maharashtra, where our Registered Office is located,
each with wide circulation.
The above information is given for the benefit of the Bidders/applicants. Our Company, and the members
of the Syndicate are not liable for any amendments or modification or changes in applicable laws or
regulations, which may occur after the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Bidders/applicants are
advised to make their independent investigations and ensure that the number of Equity Shares Bid for do
not exceed the prescribed limits under applicable laws or regulations.
Signing of the Underwriting Agreement and the RoC Filing
a) Our Company and the Underwriters intend to enter into an Underwriting Agreement on or immediately
after the finalisation of the Offer Price but prior to the filing of Prospectus.
b) After signing the Underwriting Agreement, an updated Red Herring Prospectus will be filed with the
RoC in accordance with applicable law, which then would be termed as the ‘Prospectus’. The Prospectus
will contain details of the Offer Price, the Anchor Investor Offer Price, Offer size, and underwriting
arrangements and will be complete in all material respects.
Impersonation
Attention of the applicants is specifically drawn to the provisions of sub-section (1) of Section 38 of the
Companies Act, which is reproduced below:
739“Any person who—
(a) makes or abets making of an application in a fictitious name to a company for acquiring, or subscribing
for, its securities; or
(b) makes or abets making of multiple applications to a company in different names or in different
combinations of his name or surname for acquiring or subscribing for its securities; or
(c) otherwise induces directly or indirectly a company to allot, or register any transfer of, securities to him,
or to any other person in a fictitious name shall be liable for action under Section 447.”
The liability prescribed under Section 447 of the Companies Act, for fraud involving an amount of at least ₹ 1
million or 1% of the turnover of the company, whichever is lower, includes imprisonment for a term which shall
not be less than six months extending up to 10 years and fine of an amount not less than the amount involved in
the fraud, extending up to three times such amount (provided that where the fraud involves public interest, such
term shall not be less than three years.) Further, where the fraud involves an amount less than ₹ 1 million or one
per cent of the turnover of the company, whichever is lower, and does not involve public interest, any person
guilty of such fraud shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to five years or with fine
which may extend to ₹5 million or with both.
Undertakings by our Company
Our Company undertakes the following:
• adequate arrangements shall be made to collect all Bid cum Application Forms submitted by Bidders and
Anchor Investor Application Form from Anchor Investors;
• the complaints received in respect of the Offer shall be attended to by our Company expeditiously and
satisfactorily;
• all steps for completion of the necessary formalities for listing and commencement of trading at all the
Stock Exchanges where the Equity Shares are proposed to be listed shall be taken within three Working
Days of the Bid/Offer Closing Date or such other period as may be prescribed by the SEBI;
• if Allotment is not made within the prescribed time period under applicable law, the entire subscription
amount received will be refunded/unblocked within the time prescribed under applicable law. If there is
delay beyond the prescribed time, our Company shall pay interest prescribed under the Companies Act,
2013, the SEBI ICDR Regulations and applicable law for the delayed period;
• it shall not issue any incentive, whether direct or indirect, in any manner, whether in cash or kind or
services or otherwise to the Bidder for making a Bid in the Offer, and shall not make any payment, direct
or indirect, in the nature of discounts, commission, allowance or otherwise to any person who makes a
Bid in the Offer;
• the funds required for making refunds to unsuccessful Bidders as per the mode(s) disclosed shall be made
available to the Registrar to the Offer by our Company;
• where refunds (to the extent applicable) are made through electronic transfer of funds, a suitable
communication shall be sent to the applicant within the time prescribed under applicable law, giving
details of the bank where refunds shall be credited along with amount and expected date of electronic
credit of refund;
• except for the Pre-IPO Placement, no further offer of the Equity Shares shall be made till the Equity
Shares Issued through the Red Herring Prospectus are listed or until the Bid monies are unblocked in
ASBA Account/refunded on account of non-listing, under-subscription, etc
• Promoter’s contribution, if any, shall be brought in advance before the Bid/ Offer Opening Date and the
balance, if any, shall be brought in on a pro rata basis before calls are made on the Allottees.
740• that if our Company does not proceed with the Offer after the Bid/Offer Closing Date but prior to
Allotment, the reason thereof shall be given as a public notice within two working days of the Bid/Offer
Closing Date. The public notice shall be issued in the same newspapers where the pre-Offer
advertisements were published. The Stock Exchanges on which the Equity Shares are proposed to be
listed shall also be informed promptly; and
• that if our Company in consultation with the BRLMs withdraw the Offer after the Bid/Offer Closing
Date, our Company shall be required to file a fresh draft Offer document with SEBI, in the event our
Company subsequently decides to proceed with the Offer thereafter.
• that except for the allotment of Specified Securities pursuant to the Pre-IPO Placement which our
Company may undertake in consultation with the BRLMs, and, or, allotment of Equity Shares pursuant
to conversion of CCPS no further offer of Equity Shares shall be made until the Equity Shares issued or
offered through the Red Herring Prospectus are listed or until the Bid monies are refunded/unblocked in
the ASBA Accounts on account of non-listing, under-subscription etc; and
Undertakings by the Selling Shareholders
The Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly undertake the following:
• they are legal and beneficial owner of, and has clear and marketable title to, the Equity Shares which are
offered by it pursuant to the Offer for Sale;
• the Offered Shares have been held by it for a period of at least one year prior to the date of filing of this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus with SEBI
• the Equity Shares offered for sale by the Selling Shareholders in the Offer are eligible for being offered
in the Offer for Sale in terms of Regulation 8 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations;
• it shall not offer any incentive, whether direct or indirect, in any manner, whether in cash or kind or
services or otherwise to the Bidder for making a Bid in the Offer, and shall not make any payment, direct
or indirect, in the nature of discounts, commission, allowance or otherwise to any person who makes a
Bid in the Offer;
• the Equity Shares being offered for sale by the Selling Shareholders pursuant to the Offer are free and
clear of any pre-emptive rights, liens, mortgages, charges, pledges or any other encumbrances and shall
be in dematerialized form at the time of transfer;
• it shall deposit its Equity Shares offered for sale in the Offer in an escrow demat in accordance with the
share escrow agreement to be executed between the parties to such share escrow agreement;
• that it shall provide such reasonable assistance to our Company and the BRLMs in redressal of such
investor grievances that pertain to the Equity Shares held by it and being offered pursuant to the Offer;
• it shall provide such reasonable support and cooperation to our Company and the BRLMs in relation to
the Equity Shares offered by it in the Offer for Sale for the completion of the necessary formalities for
listing and commencement of trading at the Stock Exchanges; and
• it shall not have recourse to the proceeds of the Offer until final approval for trading of the Equity Shares
from the Stock Exchanges has been received.
The decisions with respect to the Price Band, the minimum Bid lot, revision of Price Band, Offer Price, will be
taken by our Company in consultation the BRLMs, in accordance with applicable law.
Utilisation of Net Proceeds
the Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly, and together with our Company declares that:
• all monies received out of the Fresh Issue shall be credited/transferred to a separate bank account (for
741the purpose of monitoring by the Monitoring Agency) other than the bank account referred to in sub-
section (3) of Section 40 of the Companies Act, 2013;
• details of all monies utilised out of the Offer shall be from the above-mentioned separate bank account
only and the same shall be disclosed, and continue to be disclosed till the time any part of the Fresh Issue
proceeds remains unutilised, under an appropriate head in the balance sheet of our Company indicating
the purpose for which such monies have been utilised; and
• details of all unutilised monies out of the Fresh Issue, if any shall be disclosed under an appropriate
separate head in the balance sheet indicating the form in which such unutilised monies have been
invested.
742RESTRICTIONS ON FOREIGN OWNERSHIP OF INDIAN SECURITIES
Foreign investment in Indian securities is regulated through the Industrial Policy, 1991 of the Government of India
and FEMA. While the Industrial Policy, 1991 prescribes the limits and the conditions subject to which foreign
investment can be made in different sectors of the Indian economy, FEMA regulates the precise manner in which
such investment may be made. Under the Industrial Policy, unless specifically restricted, foreign investment is
freely permitted in all sectors of the Indian economy up to any extent and without any prior approvals, but the
foreign investor is required to follow certain prescribed procedures for making such investment. The RBI and the
concerned ministries/departments are responsible for granting approval for foreign investment.
The Government has from time to time made policy pronouncements on FDI through press notes and press
releases. The Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade, Ministry of Commerce and Industry
(formerly Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion), Government of India (“DPIIT”) , issued the
Consolidated FDI Policy Circular of 2020 (“FDI Policy”), which, with effect from October 15, 2020, subsumes
and supersedes all press notes, press releases, clarifications, circulars issued by the DPIIT, which were in force as
on October 15, 2020. The FDI Policy will be valid until the DPIIT issues an updated circular. FDI in companies
engaged in generation and distribution of power is permitted up to 100% of the paid-up share capital of such
company under the automatic route, subject to compliance with certain prescribed conditions. For further details,
please see the section titled “Key Regulations and Policies in India” on page 350.
The transfer of shares between an Indian resident and a non-resident does not require the prior approval of the
RBI, provided that (i) the activities of the investee company are under the automatic route under the FDI policy
and transfer does not attract the provisions of the SEBI Takeover Regulations; (ii) the non-resident shareholding
is within the sectoral limits under the FDI policy; and (iii) the pricing is in accordance with the guidelines
prescribed by the SEBI/RBI. For further details of the aggregate limit for investments by NRIs and FPIs in our
Company, please see the section titled “Offer Procedure – Bids by Eligible NRIs” and “Offer Procedure – Bids
by FPIs” on page 725 and 726, respectively.
As per the existing policy of the Government of India, OCBs cannot participate in this Offer. For further details,
please see the section titled “Offer Procedure” on page 720.
Further, in accordance with Press Note No. 3 (2020 Series), dated April 17, 2020 issued by the DPIIT and the
FEMA Rules, any investment, subscription, purchase or sale of equity instruments by entities of a country which
shares land border with India or where the beneficial owner of an investment into India is situated in or is a citizen
of any such country, will require prior approval of the Government of India, as prescribed in the FDI Policy and
the FEMA Non-Debt Rules. Further, in the event of transfer of ownership of any existing or future foreign direct
investment in an entity in India, directly or indirectly, resulting in the beneficial ownership falling within the
aforesaid restriction/ purview, such subsequent change in the beneficial ownership will also require approval of
the Government of India. Each Bidder should seek independent legal advice about its ability to participate in the
Offer. In the event such prior approval of the Government of India is required, and such approval has been
obtained, the Bidder shall intimate our Company and the Registrar in writing about such approval along with a
copy thereof within the Offer Period.
Foreign Exchange Laws
The foreign investment in our Company is governed by inter alia the FEMA, the FEMA Rules, the FDI Policy
issued and amended by way of press notes, and the SEBI FPI Regulations.
In terms of the FEMA Non-debt Instruments Rules, a person resident outside India may make investments into
India, subject to certain terms and conditions, and provided that an entity of a country, which shares land border
with India or the beneficial owner of an investment into India who is situated in or is a citizen of any such country,
shall invest only with government approval.
In terms of the FEMA Non-debt Instruments Rules, for calculating the aggregate holding of FPIs in a company,
holding of all registered FPIs shall be included. The aggregate limit for FPI investments shall be the sectoral cap
applicable to our Company. In accordance with the FEMA Non-debt Instruments Rules, the total holding by any
individual NRI, on a repatriation basis, shall not exceed 5% of the total paid-up equity capital on a fully diluted
basis or shall not exceed five percent of the paid-up value of each series of debentures or preference shares or
share warrants issued by an Indian company and the total holdings of all NRIs and OCIs put together shall not
exceed 10% of the total paid-up equity capital on a fully diluted basis or shall not exceed 10% of the paid-up value
743of each series of debentures or preference shares or share warrant. Provided that the aggregate ceiling of 10% may
be raised to 24% if a special resolution to that effect is passed by the general body of the Indian company.
The Equity Shares offered in the Offer have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities
Act or any state securities laws in the United States, may not be offered or sold within the United States.
Accordingly, the Equity Shares are being offered and sold only outside the United States in ‘offshore
transactions’ as defined in, and in reliance on Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act and the applicable
laws of the jurisdictions where such offers and sales are made.
The Equity Shares have not been and will not be registered, listed or otherwise qualified in any other
jurisdiction outside India and may not be offered or sold, and Bids may not be made by persons in any such
jurisdiction, except in compliance with the applicable laws of such jurisdiction.
The above information is given for the benefit of the Bidders. Our Company, the Selling Shareholders and
the BRLMs are not liable for any amendments or modification or changes in applicable laws or regulations,
which may occur after the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Bidders are advised to make their
independent investigations and ensure that the number of Equity Shares Bid for do not exceed the
applicable limits under laws or regulations.
744SECTION IX: DESCRIPTION OF EQUITY SHARES AND TERMS OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
Pursuant to the Companies Act and the SEBI ICDR Regulations, the Description of Equity Shares and Terms of
the Articles of Association are detailed below. Capitalised terms used in this section have the meaning given to
them in the Articles of Association. Each provision below is numbered as per the corresponding article number
in the Articles of Association and defined terms herein have the meaning given to them in the Articles of
Association.
THE COMPANIES ACT 2013
(COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES)
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION1
OF
RAYS POWER INFRA LIMITED
▪ PRELIMINARY
1. The regulations contained in the Table ‘F’ in Schedule I to the Companies Act, 2013, so far as they are
applicable to a public company limited by shares, shall apply to this Company save in so far as they are
expressly or impliedly excluded by the following Articles. In case of any conflict between the provisions
of these articles and Table ‘F’, the provisions of these articles shall prevail.
2. The regulations for the management of the Company and for the observance by the members thereto
and their representatives, shall, subject to any exercise of the statutory powers of the Company with
reference to the deletion or alteration of or addition to its regulations by resolution as prescribed or
permitted by the Companies Act, 2013, as amended from time to time, be such as are contained in these
Articles.
▪ DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
3. In these Articles, the following words, and expressions, unless repugnant to the subject, shall mean the
following:
(i) “Act” means the Companies Act, 2013 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for
the time being in force and the rules and regulations prescribed thereunder as now enacted or as
amended from time to time and the term shall be deemed to refer to the applicable section thereof
which is relatable to the relevant Article in which the said term appears in these Articles and any
previous company law, so far as may be applicable.
(ii) “Annual General Meeting” means the annual general meeting of the Company convened and
held in accordance with the Act.
(iii) “Articles of Association” or “Articles” mean these articles of association of the Company, as
may be altered from time to time in accordance with the Act.
(iv) “Board” or “Board of Directors” means the collective body of the Directors of the Company
nominated and appointed from time to time in accordance with Law.
(v) “Company” means Rays Power Infra Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of India.
(vi) “Chairman” means the chairman of the Board of Directors.
(vii) “Depository” means a depository, as defined in clause (e) of sub-section (1) of Section 2 of the
Depositories Act, 1996 and a company formed and registered under the Act and which has been
1 This Articles of Association was adopted by the shareholders of the Company vide special resolution dated September 20,
2025
745granted a certificate of registration under sub-section (1A) of Section 12 of the Securities and
Exchange Board of India Act, 1992.
(viii) “Director” shall mean any director of the Company, appointed in accordance with the provisions
of these Articles.
(ix) “Dividend” includes any interim dividend.
(x) “Equity Shares” means the issued, subscribed and fully paid-up equity shares of the Company
having a face value of such amount as prescribed under the memorandum of association of the
Company.
(xi) “Extraordinary General Meeting” means Extraordinary General Meeting of the Members duly
called and constituted and any adjourned holding thereof.
(xii) “General Meeting” means any duly convened meeting of the shareholders of the Company and
any adjournments thereof.
(xiii) “Governmental Authority” means any government or quasi-government authority, ministry,
statutory or regulatory authority, government department, agency, commission, board, tribunal,
judicial authority, quasi-judicial authority, or court or any entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative, financial, supervisory, determinative, disciplinary or
taxation functions of or pertaining to or purporting to have jurisdiction on behalf of or
representing the Government of India, or any other relevant jurisdiction, or any state,
municipality, district or other subdivision or instrumentality thereof, which has authority or
jurisdiction with respect to the business of the Company.
(xiv) “Law” means any applicable national, supranational, foreign, provincial, local or other law,
regulations, including applicable provisions of: (i) constitutions, decrees, treaties, statutes,
enactments, laws (including the common law), codes, notifications, rules, regulations, policies,
guidelines, circulars, directions, directives, ordinances or orders of any Governmental Authority,
statutory authority, court, tribunal having jurisdiction over the relevant party; (ii) Approvals; and
(iii) orders, decisions, injunctions, judgments, awards and decrees of or agreements with any
Governmental Authority, statutory authority, court or tribunal; in each case having jurisdiction
over such Party;
(xv) “Managing Director” means the managing director for the time being of the Company;
(xvi) “Member” means the duly registered holder from time to time, of the shares of the Company
and includes the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association and in case of shares held by a
Depository, the beneficial owners whose names are recorded as such with the Depository;
(xvii) “Memorandum” or “Memorandum of Association” means the memorandum of association of
the Company, as may be altered from time to time;
(xviii) “Office” means the registered office, for the time being, of the Company;
(xix) “Officer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto by the Act;
(xx) “Ordinary Resolution” shall have the meaning assigned thereto by the Act;
(xxi) “Persons” shall include firms and Corporations as well as individuals;
(xxii) “Proxy” includes Attorney duly constituted under a Power of Attorney;
(xxiii) “The Registrar” means the Registrar of Companies;
(xxiv) “Register of Members” means the register of members to be maintained pursuant to the
provisions of the Act and the register of beneficial owners pursuant to Section 11 of the
Depositories Act, 1996, in case of shares held in a Depository;
746(xxv) “SEBI Listing Regulations” shall mean Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing
Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, as amended from time to time.
(xxvi) “Special Resolution” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Act.
4. Except where the context requires otherwise, these Articles will be interpreted as follows:
(a) headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any
provision of these Articles.
(b) where a word or phrase is defined, other parts of speech and grammatical forms and the cognate
variations of that word or phrase shall have corresponding meanings;
(c) words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;
(d) all words (whether gender-specific or gender neutral) shall be deemed to include each of the
masculine, feminine and neuter genders;
(e) the expressions “hereof”, “herein” and similar expressions shall be construed as references to
these Articles as a whole and not limited to the particular Article in which the relevant
expression appears;
(f) the ejusdem generis (of the same kind) rule will not apply to the interpretation of these Articles.
Accordingly, include and including will be read without limitation;
(g) any reference to a person includes any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, company,
trust, association, joint venture, government (or agency or political subdivision thereof) or
other entity of any kind, whether or not having separate legal personality. A reference to any
person in these Articles shall, where the context permits, include such person’s executors,
administrators, heirs, legal representatives and permitted successors and assigns;
(h) a reference to any document (including these Articles) is to that document as amended,
consolidated, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time;
(i) references made to any provision of the Act shall be construed as meaning and including the
references to the rules and regulations made in relation to the same by the Ministry of
Corporate Affairs. The applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 shall cease to have
effect from the date on which the corresponding provisions under the Companies Act, 2013
have been notified.
(j) a reference to a statute or statutory provision includes, to the extent applicable at any relevant
time:
(i) that statute or statutory provision as from time to time consolidated, modified, re-enacted
or replaced by any other statute or statutory provision; and
(ii) any subordinate legislation or regulation made under the relevant statute or statutory
provision;
(k) references to writing include any mode of reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory
form; and
(l) references to Rupees, Re., Rs., INR, ₹ are references to the lawful currency of India.
PUBLIC COMPANY
5. The Company is a public company as defined under Section 2 (71) of the Act, limited by shares.
SHARE CAPITAL
6. AUTHORISED SHARE CAPITAL
7. KINDS OF SHARE CAPITAL
The Company may issue the following kinds of shares in accordance with these Articles, the Act and other
applicable laws:
(a) Equity share capital
(b) Preference share capital.
All Equity Shares shall be of the same class and shall be alike in all respects and the holders thereof shall be
entitled to identical rights and privileges including without limitation to identical rights and privileges with
747respect to dividends, voting rights, and distribution of assets in the event of voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.
8. SHARES AT THE DISPOSAL OF THE DIRECTORS
Subject to the provisions of Section 62 of the Act and these Articles, the shares in the capital of the Company
shall be under the control of the Directors who may issue, allot or otherwise dispose of the same or any of them
to such persons, in such proportion and on such terms and conditions and either at a premium or at par or at a
discount (subject to compliance with section 53 of the Act) and at such time as they may from time to time think
fit, and with the approval of the Company in a General Meeting, if any required under the applicable provisions
of law, to give to any person or persons the option or right to call for any shares either at par or premium during
such time and for such consideration as the Directors deem fit, and may issue, allot or otherwise dispose shares
in the capital of the Company on payment in full or part of any property or assets of any kind whatsoever sold
and transferred or machinery supplied or for any services rendered to the Company in the conduct of its business
and any shares which may so be allotted may be issued as fully paid -up or partly paid-up otherwise than for
cash, and if so issued, shall be deemed to be fully paid up or partly paid up shares, as the case may be. Provided
that option or right to call of shares shall not be given to any person or persons without the approval of the
Company in the General Meeting.
9. ISSUE OF CERTIFICATE
(i) Every person whose name is entered as a Member in the Register of Members shall be entitled to
receive within two months after incorporation, in case of subscribers to the Memorandum or after
allotment or within one month after the application for the registration of transfer or transmission
or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall be provided,-
a) one certificate for all his shares without payment of any charges; or
b) several certificates, each for one or more of his shares, upon payment of twenty rupees for each
certificate after the first.
(ii) Every certificate shall specify the number and distinctive numbers of shares to which it relates and
the amount paid-up thereon and shall be in such form as the Directors may prescribe and approve.
(iii) In respect of any share or shares held jointly by several persons, the company shall not be bound
to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint
holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.
(iv) A certificate, specifying the shares held by any Person shall be prima facie evidence of the title of
the Person to such shares. Where the shares are held in depository form, the record of Depository
shall be the prima facie evidence of the interest of the beneficial owner.
10. ISSUE OF NEW CERTIFICATE IN PLACE OF ONE DEFACED, LOST OR DESTROYED
If any certificate be worn out, defaced, mutilated or torn or if there be no further space on the back
thereof for endorsement of transfer, then upon production and surrender thereof to the Company, a new
certificate may be issued in lieu thereof, and if any certificate is lost or destroyed then upon proof thereof
to the satisfaction of the Company and on execution of such indemnity as the Company deem adequate,
being given, a new certificate in lieu thereof shall be given to the party entitled to such lost or destroyed
certificate. Every certificate under this Article shall be issued upon payment of such fees for each
certificate as may be specified by the Board (which fees shall not exceed the maximum amount
permitted under the applicable law). Provided that no fee shall be charged for issue of new certificates
in replacement of those which are old, defaced or worn out or where there is no further space on the
back thereof for endorsement of transfer.
Provided that notwithstanding what is stated above the Directors shall comply with such rules or
regulation or requirements of any stock exchange including the SEBI Listing Regulations or the rules
made under the Act or rules made under Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 or any other
applicable laws.
748The Provisions of this article shall mutatis mutandis apply to the Debentures of the Company.
11. Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon
any trust, and the Company shall not be bound by, or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when
having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share, or any interest
in any fractional part of a share, or(except only as by these regulations or by law otherwise provided)any
other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered
holder.
(i) If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any
class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, subject to
the provisions of section 48, and whether or not the company is being wound up, be varied with
the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class, or with the
sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that
class.
(ii) To every such separate meeting, the provisions of these regulations relating general meetings shall
mutatis mutandis apply, but so that the necessary quorum shall be at least two persons holding at
least one-third of the issued shares of the class in question.
12. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights
shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed
to be varied by the creation or issue of further share ranking pari passu therewith.
13. Subject to the provisions of section 55, any preference shares may, with the sanction of an ordinary
resolution, be issued on the terms that they are to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the
Company before the issue of the shares may, by special resolution, determine.
14. NEW CAPITAL PART OF THE EXISTING CAPITAL
Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue or by these Articles, any capital raised
by the creation of new shares shall be considered as part of the existing capital, and shall be subject to
the provisions herein contained, with reference to the payment of calls and instalments, forfeiture, lien,
surrender, transfer and transmission, voting and otherwise.
15. ALLOTMENT OTHERWISE THAN IN CASH
The Board of Directors may issue and allot shares of the Company as payment in full or in part, for any
property purchased by the Company or in respect of goods sold or transferred or machinery or
appliances supplied or for services rendered to the Company in the acquisition and/or in the conduct of
its business; and any shares which may be so allotted may be issued as fully paid-up shares and if so
issued shall be deemed as fully paid up shares. However, the aforesaid shall be subject to the approval
of shareholders under the relevant provisions of the Act and Rules.
16. SUB-DIVISION, CONSOLIDATION AND CANCELLATION OF SHARE CAPITAL
Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company in its General Meetings may, by an Ordinary
Resolution, from time to time:
(a) increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amount as it thinks
expedient;
(b) cancel shares which at the date of such General Meeting have not been taken or agreed to be
taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so
cancelled;
(c) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing
shares; provided that any consolidation and division which results in changes in the voting
percentage of Members shall require applicable approvals under the Act;
749(d) sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by
the memorandum, so, however, that in the sub-division the proportion between the amount paid
and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of
the share from which the reduced share is derived; and
(e) convert all or any of its fully paid-up shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into fully paid-
up shares of any denomination.
17. FURTHER ISSUE OF SHARES
(a) Where at any time the Board or the Company, as the case may be, propose to increase the subscribed
capital by the issue of further shares then such shares shall be offered, subject to the provisions of
section 62 of the Act, and the rules made thereunder:
(A)
(i) To the persons who at the date of the offer are holders of the Equity Shares of the Company,
in proportion as nearly as circumstances admit, to the paid-up share capital on those shares by
sending a letter of offer subject to the conditions mentioned in (ii) to (iv) below;
(ii) The offer aforesaid shall be made by notice specifying the number of shares offered and
limiting a time not being less than fifteen days or such lesser number of days as may be
prescribed under applicable Indian law from the date of the offer, within which the offer if not
accepted, shall be deemed to have been declined.
(iii) Provided that the notice shall be dispatched through permitted mode to all the existing
shareholders at least 3 (three) days before the opening of the issue or such other timeline as
may be prescribed under applicable law;
(iv) The offer aforesaid shall be deemed to include a right exercisable by the person concerned
to renounce the shares offered to him or any of them in favour of any other person; and the
notice referred to in sub-clause(ii) shall contain a statement of this right;
(v) after the expiry of the time specified in the notice aforesaid, or on receipt of earlier
intimation from the person to whom such notice is given that he declines to accept the shares
offered, the Board of Directors may dispose of them in such manner which is not dis-
advantageous to the shareholders and the Company; or
(B) to employees under a scheme of employees' stock option, subject to special resolution passed
by Company and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed; or
(C) to any persons, if it is authorised by a special resolution, whether or not those persons include
the persons referred to in clause (A) or clause (B), either for cash or for a consideration other
than cash, if the price of such shares is determined by the valuation report of a registered valuer,
subject to the compliance with the applicable provisions of Chapter III of the Act and any other
conditions as may be prescribed; Provided that in respect of issue of shares as aforesaid,
subsequent to listing of the equity shares of the Company on the Exchange(s) pursuant to the
initial public offering, the price of the shares shall be determined in accordance with applicable
provisions of regulations made by Securities and Exchange Board of India and/or other
applicable laws and the requirement for determination of price through valuation report of a
registered valuer under the Act and the rules made thereunder shall not be applicable.
(b) Nothing in this Article shall apply to the increase of the subscribed capital of the Company caused
by the exercise of an option attached to the debentures issued or loans raised by the Company to
convert such debentures or loans into shares in the company (whether such option is conferred in
these Articles or otherwise).
Provided that the terms of issue of such debentures or loan containing such an option have been
approved before the issue of such debentures or the raising of loan by a special resolution passed
by the Company in General Meeting.
750(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article, where any debentures have been issued, or loan
has been obtained from any Government by a company, and if that Government considers it
necessary in the public interest so to do, it may, by order, direct that such debentures or loans or any
part thereof shall be converted into shares in the Company on such terms and conditions as appear
to the Government to be reasonable in the circumstances of the case even if terms of the issue of
such debentures or the raising of such loans do not include a term for providing for an option for
such conversion:
Provided that where the terms and conditions of such conversion are not acceptable to the
Company, it may, within sixty days from the date of communication of such order, appeal to the
Tribunal which shall after hearing the Company and the Government pass such order as it deems
fit.
(d) In determining the terms and conditions of conversion under Section 62(4), the Government shall
have due regard to the financial position of the Company, the terms of issue of debentures or loans,
as the case may be, the rate of interest payable on such debentures or loans and such other matters
as it may consider necessary.
(e) Where the Government has, by an order made under Section 62(4), directed that any debenture or
loan or any part thereof shall be converted into shares in a company and where no appeal has been
preferred to the Tribunal under Section 62(4) or where such appeal has been dismissed, the
memorandum of such Company shall, where such order has the effect of increasing the authorised
share capital of the Company, stand altered and the authorised share capital of such Company shall
stand increased by an amount equal to the amount of the value of shares which such debentures or
loans or part thereof has been converted into.
(f) A further issue of securities may be made in any manner whatsoever as the Board may determine
including by way of preferential allotment or private placement subject to and in accordance with
Companies Act and rules made thereunder with pricing method prescribed to listed entities under
SEBI (Issue of Capital Disclosures and Requirements) Regulations, 2018 as amended from time to
time, if applicable.
(g) The Company shall have power to issue sweat equity shares to its employees or Directors for cash
or against consideration (other than cash) for providing know-how or making available rights in the
nature of intellectual property rights or value additions by whatever name called, subject to the
provisions of Section 54 of the Act and any other related provisions as may be required for the time
being in force.
18. TERM OF ISSUE OF DEBENTURES:
Subject to the applicable provisions of the Act and other laws, any debentures, debenture-stock or other
Securities may be issued at a discount, premium or otherwise and may be issued on condition that they
shall be convertible into shares of any denomination and with any privileges and conditions as to
redemption, surrender, drawing, allotment of shares, attending (but not voting) at the General Meeting,
appointment of Directors and otherwise debentures with the right to conversion into or allotment of
shares shall be issued only with the consent of the Company in the General Meeting by a Special
Resolution.
19. ALLOTMENT ON APPLICATION TO BE ACCEPTANCE OF SHARES
Any application signed by or on behalf of an applicant for shares in the Company followed by an
allotment of any shares therein, shall be an acceptance of shares within the meaning of these Articles,
and every person who thus or otherwise accepts any shares and whose name is on the Register of
Members, shall, for the purpose of these Articles, be a Member.
20. MONEY DUE ON SHARES TO BE A DEBT TO THE COMPANY
The money (if any) which the Board shall, on the allotment of any shares being made by them, require
or direct to be paid by way of deposit, call or otherwise in respect of any shares allotted by them, shall
immediately on the inscription of the name of allottee in the Register as the name of the holder of such
751shares, become a debt due to and recoverable by the Company from the allottee thereof, and shall be
paid by him accordingly.
21. VARIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS
(a) If at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the
rights attached to the shares of any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of
the shares of that class) may, subject to provisions of the Act and whether or not the Company
is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-
fourth of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at
a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of that class, as prescribed by the Act.
(b) Subject to the provisions of the Act, to every such separate meeting, the provisions of these
Articles relating to General Meeting shall mutatis mutandis apply.
22. PREFERENCE SHARES
(a) Redeemable Preference Shares
The Company, subject to the applicable provisions of the Act and the consent of the Board,
shall have the power to issue on a cumulative or non-cumulative basis, preference shares liable
to be redeemed in any manner permissible under the Act, and the Directors may, subject to the
applicable provisions of the Act, exercise such power in any manner as they deem fit and
provide for redemption of such shares on such terms including the right to redeem at a premium
or otherwise as they deem fit.
(b) Convertible Preference Shares
The Company, subject to the applicable provisions of the Act and the consent of the Board,
shall have power to issue on a cumulative or non-cumulative basis convertible preference
shares liable to be converted in any manner permissible under the Act and the Directors may,
subject to the applicable provisions of the Act, exercise such power as they deem fit and
provide for conversion of such shares into such securities on such terms as they may deem fit.
23. AMALGAMATION
Subject to provisions of these Articles, the Company may amalgamate or cause itself to be amalgamated
with any other person, firm or body corporate subject to the provisions of the Act.
LIEN
24. COMPANY’S LIEN ON SHARES / DEBENTURES
The Company shall have a first and paramount lien:
(a) on every share/ debenture (not being a fully paid share/ debenture) registered in the name of each
member (whether solely or jointly with others) and upon proceeds of sale thereof, for all monies
(whether presently payable or not) called, or payable at a fixed time, in respect of that share/
debenture; and
(b) no equitable interest in any share or debenture shall be created except upon the footing and
condition that this Article will have full effect and such lien shall extend to all dividends and
bonuses from time to time declared in respect of such shares/debentures. Unless otherwise agreed
the registration of a transfer of shares/debentures shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien
if any, on such shares/debentures. The Directors may at any time declare any shares/debentures
wholly or in part to be exempt from the provisions of this clause.
The fully paid-up shares shall be free from all liens and in respect of any partly paid shares/ debentures
of the Company, the lien, if any, shall be restricted to moneys called or payable at a fixed time in respect
of such shares/ debentures.
75225. LIEN TO EXTEND TO DIVIDENDS, ETC.
The Company’s lien, if any, on a share shall extend to all dividends or interest, as the case may be,
payable and bonuses declared from time to time in respect of such shares / debentures.
26. ENFORCING LIEN BY SALE
The Company may sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares on which the Company has
a lien:
Provided that no sale shall be made—
(a) unless a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable; or
(b) until the expiration of fourteen (14) days after a notice in writing stating and demanding
payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable,
has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the share or to the person entitled
thereto by reason of his death or insolvency or otherwise.
No Member shall exercise any voting right in respect of any shares registered in his name on which any
calls or other sums presently payable by him have not been paid, or in regard to which the Company
has exercised any right of lien.
27. VALIDITY OF SALE
To give effect to any such sale, the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the
purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares comprised in any such
transfer. The purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his
title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings with reference to the
sale.
28. VALIDITY OF COMPANY’S RECEIPT
The receipt of the Company for the consideration (if any) given for the share on the sale thereof shall
(if necessary, to execution of an instrument of transfer or a transfer by relevant system, as the case
maybe) constitute a good title to the share and the purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the
share.
29. APPLICATION OF SALE PROCEEDS
The proceeds of any such sale shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part
of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and the residue, if any, shall
(subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid
to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.
30. OUTSIDER’S LIEN NOT TO AFFECT COMPANY’S LIEN
In exercising its lien, the Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the
absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not (except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction
or unless required by law) be bound to recognise any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such
share on the part of any other person, whether a creditor of the registered holder or otherwise. The
Company’s lien shall prevail notwithstanding that it has received notice of any such claim.
31. PROVISIONS AS TO LIEN TO APPLY MUTATIS MUTANDIS TO DEBENTURES, ETC.
The provisions of these Articles relating to lien shall mutatis mutandis apply to any other securities,
including debentures, of the Company.
▪ CALLS ON SHARES
32. BOARD TO HAVE RIGHT TO MAKE CALLS ON SHARES
753The Board may subject to the provisions of the Act and any other applicable law, from time to time,
make such call as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of all moneys unpaid on the shares (whether
on account of the nominal value of the shares or by premium) and not by the conditions of allotment
thereof made payable at fixed times. Provided that no call shall exceed one-fourth of the nominal value
of the share or be payable at less than one month from the date fixed for the payment of the last preceding
call. A call may be revoked or postponed at the discretion of the Board. The power to call on shares
shall not be delegated to any other person except with the approval of the shareholders in a General
Meeting.
33. NOTICE FOR CALL
Each Member shall, subject to receiving at least fourteen (14) days’ notice specifying the time or times
and place of payment, pay to the Company, at the time or times and place so specified, the amount
called on his shares.
The Board may, from time to time, at its discretion, extend the time fixed for the payment of any call in
respect of one or more Members as the Board may deem appropriate in any circumstances.
34. CALL WHEN MADE
The Board of Directors may, when making a call by resolution, determine the date on which such call
shall be deemed to have been made, not being earlier than the date of resolution making such call, and
thereupon the call shall be deemed to have been made on the date so determined and if no such date is
so determined a call shall be deemed to have been made at the date when the resolution authorizing
such call was passed at the meeting of the Board and may be required to be paid in instalments.
35. LIABILITY OF JOINT HOLDERS FOR A CALL
The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.
36. CALLS TO CARRY INTEREST
If a Member fails to pay any call due from him on the day appointed for payment thereof, or any such
extension thereof as aforesaid, he shall be liable to pay interest on the same from the day appointed for
the payment thereof to the time of actual payment at ten per cent per annum or at such lower rate of
interest as shall from time to time be fixed by the Board but nothing in this Article shall render it
obligatory for the Board to demand or recover any interest from any such Member. The Board shall be
at liberty to waive payment of any such interest wholly or in part.
37. DUES DEEMED TO BE CALLS
Any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes payable on allotment or at any fixed date,
whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall, for the purposes of
these Articles, be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which by the terms of issue
such sum becomes payable.
38. EFFECT OF NON-PAYMENT OF SUMS
In case of non-payment of such sum, all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of
interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue
of a call duly made and notified.
39. PAYMENT IN ANTICIPATION OF CALL MAY CARRY INTEREST
The Board:
(a) may, subject to provisions of the Act, if it thinks fit, agree to and receive from any Member
willing to advance the same, all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any shares
held by him; and
754(b) upon all or any of the monies so advanced or so much thereof as from time to time exceeds the
amount of the calls then made upon the shares in respect of which such advance has been made,
may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at
such rate as may be agreed upon between the Board and the Member paying the sum in
advance. Nothing contained in this Article shall confer on the Member (i) any right to
participate in profits or dividends; or (ii) any voting rights in respect of the moneys so paid by
him, until the same would, but for such payment, become presently payable by him. The
Directors may at any times repay the amount so advanced.
40. PROVISIONS AS TO CALLS TO APPLY MUTATIS MUTANDIS TO DEBENTURES, ETC.
The provisions of these Articles relating to calls shall mutatis mutandis apply to any other securities,
including debentures, of the Company.
▪ TRANSFER AND TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
41. ENDORSEMENT OF TRANSFER
The securities or other interest of any Member shall be freely transferable, subject to the provisions of
applicable Law, in respect of any transfer of shares registered in accordance with the provisions of these
Articles, the Board may, at its discretion, direct an endorsement of the transfer and the name of the
transferee and other particulars on the existing share certificate and authorize any Director or Officer of
the Company to authenticate such endorsement on behalf of the Company or direct the issue of a fresh
share certificate, in lieu of and in cancellation of the existing certificate in the name of the transferee.
42. INSTRUMENT OF TRANSFER
(a) The instrument of transfer of any share shall be in writing. The instrument of transfer of any
share in the Company shall be executed by or on behalf of both the transferor and transferee in
accordance with the Act and as per the SEBI Listing Regulations and guidelines and of any
statutory modification thereof for the time being shall be duly complied with in respect of all
transfer of shares and registration thereof.
(b) The Company shall keep a “register of transfers” and therein shall be fairly and distinctly entered
particulars of every transfer or transmission of any shares. The Company shall also use a common
form of transfer.
(c) The Company shall use common form of transfer, as prescribed under the Act, in all cases. In
case of transfer of shares, where the Company has not issued any certificates and where the shares
are held in dematerialized form, the provisions of the Depositories Act, 1996 shall apply.
(d) The Board may decline to recognize any instrument of transfer unless-
(i) the instrument of transfer is in the form prescribed under the Act;
(ii) the instrument of transfer is accompanied by the certificate of shares to which it relates,
and/or such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the
transferor to make the transfer; and
(iii) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares.
(e) No fee shall be charged for registration of transfer, transmission, probate, succession certificate
and letters of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney or similar other
document.
43. EXECUTION OF TRANSFER INSTRUMENT
Every such instrument of transfer shall be executed, both by or on behalf of both the transferor and the
transferee and the transferor shall be deemed to remain holder of the shares until the name of the
transferee is entered in the Register of Members in respect thereof.
44. CLOSING REGISTER OF TRANSFERS AND OF MEMBERS
755Subject to compliance with the Act and other applicable law, the Board shall be empowered, on giving
not less than seven (7) days’ notice or such period as may be prescribed, to close the transfer books,
Register of Members, the register of debenture holders at such time or times, and for such period or
periods, not exceeding thirty (30) days at a time and not exceeding an aggregate forty-five (45) days in
each year as it may seem expedient.
45. DIRECTORS MAY REFUSE TO REGISTER TRANSFER
Subject to the provisions of these Articles, Sections 58 and 59 of the Act, Section 22A of the Securities
Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, and other applicable provisions of the Act or any other law for the
time being in force, the Board may decline or refuse whether in pursuance of any power of the Company
under these Articles or otherwise, by giving reasons, to register or acknowledge any transfer of, or the
transmission by operation of law of the right to, any shares or interest or debentures of of a Member in
the Company, after providing sufficient cause, within a period of thirty days from the date on which the
instrument of transfer, or the intimation of such transmission, as the case may be, was delivered to the
Company. Provided that the registration of transfer of any securities shall not be refused on the ground
of the transferor being alone or jointly with any other person or persons, indebted to the Company on
any account whatsoever except where the Company has a lien on shares.
If the Company without sufficient cause refuses to register the transfer of securities within a period of
thirty days from the date on which the instrument of transfer or the intimation of transmission, as the
case may be, is delivered to the Company, the transferee may, within a period of sixty days of such
refusal or where no intimation has been received from the Company, within ninety days of the delivery
of the instrument of transfer or intimation of transmission, appeal to the Tribunal.
46. TRANSFER OF PARTLY PAID SHARES
Where in the case of partly paid shares, an application for registration is made by the transferor alone,
the transfer shall not be registered, unless the Company gives the notice of the application to the
transferee in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the transferee gives no objection to the
transfer within the time period prescribed under the Act.
47. TITLE TO SHARES OF DECEASED MEMBERS
The executors or administrators or the holders of a succession certificate issued in respect of the shares
of a deceased Member and not being one of several joint holders shall be the only person whom the
Company shall recognize as having any title to the shares registered in the name of such Members and
in case of the death of one or more of the joint holders of any registered share, the survivor or survivors
shall be entitled to the title or interest in such shares but nothing herein contained shall be taken to
release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability on shares held by him jointly with any
other person. Provided nevertheless that in case the Directors, in their absolute discretion think fit, it
shall be lawful for the Directors to dispense with the production of a probate or letters of administration
or a succession certificate or such other legal representation upon such terms (if any) (as to indemnify
or otherwise) as the Directors may consider necessary or desirable.
48. TRANSFERS NOT PERMITTED
No share shall in any circumstances be transferred to any infant, or a person of unsound mind, except
fully paid shares through a legal guardian.
49. TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles, any person becoming entitled to shares in
consequence of the death, lunacy, bankruptcy or insolvency of any Members, or by any lawful means
other than by a transfer in accordance with these Articles, may with the consent of the Board (which it
shall not be under any obligation to give), upon producing such evidence as the Board thinks sufficient,
that he sustains the character in respect of which he proposes to act under this Article, or of his title,
elect to either be registered himself as holder of the shares or elect to have some person nominated by
him and approved by the Board, registered as such holder or to make such transfer of the share as the
756deceased or insolvent member could have made. If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be
registered as holder of the share himself, he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing
signed by him stating that he so elects. Provided, nevertheless, if such person shall elect to have his
nominee registered, he shall testify that election by executing in favour of his nominee an instrument of
transfer in accordance with the provision herein contained and until he does so he shall not be freed
from any liability in respect of the shares. Further, all limitations, restrictions and provisions of these
regulations relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfer of shares shall be applicable
to any such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or insolvency of the Member had not occurred
and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by that Member.
50. RIGHTS ON TRANSMISSION
A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or insolvency of the holder shall, subject
to the Directors’ right to retain such dividends or money, be entitled to the same dividends and other
advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share, except that he
shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to
exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company.
Provided that the Board may at any time give a notice requiring any such person to elect either to be
registered himself or to transfer the share and if the notice is not complied with within ninety (90) days,
the Board may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonus or other moneys payable in respect
of such share, until the requirements of notice have been complied with.
Subject to the provisions of section 58 of the Act, these Articles and other applicable provisions of the
Act or any other law for the time being in force, the Board may (at its own absolute and uncontrolled
discretion) decline or refuse by giving reason whether in pursuance of any power of the Company under
these Articles or otherwise to register the transfer of, or the transmission by operation of law of the right
to, any Securities or interest of a Member in or debentures of the Company.
51. SHARE CERTIFICATES TO BE SURRENDERED
Before the registration of a transfer, the certificate or certificates of the share or shares to be transferred
must be delivered to the Company along with (save as provided in the Act) properly stamped and
executed instrument of transfer.
52. COMPANY NOT LIABLE TO NOTICE OF EQUITABLE RIGHTS
The Company shall incur no liability or responsibility whatever in consequence of its registering or
giving effect to any transfer of shares made or purporting to be made by any apparent legal owner
thereof (as shown or appearing in the Register of Members) to the prejudice of persons having or
claiming any equitable rights, title or interest in the said shares, notwithstanding that the Company may
have had notice of such equitable rights referred thereto in any books of the Company and the Company
shall not be bound by or required to regard or attend to or give effect to any notice which may be given
to it of any equitable rights, title or interest or be under any liability whatsoever for refusing or
neglecting to do so, though it may have been entered or referred to in some book of the Company but
the Company shall nevertheless be at liberty to regard and attend to any such notice and give effect
thereto if the Board shall so think fit.
53. TRANSFER AND TRANSMISSION OF DEBENTURES
The provisions of these Articles, shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to the transfer of or the transmission by
law of any securities including, debentures of the Company.
54. NOMINATION OF SECURITIES
(a) Every holder of Securities of the Company may, at any time, nominate, in the manner
prescribed under the Companies (Share Capital and Debentures) Rules, 2014, a Person as his
nominee in whom the Securities of the Company held by him shall vest in the event of his
death.
757(b) Where the Securities of the Company are held by more than one person jointly, the joint
holders may together nominate, in the prescribed manner, any person to whom all the rights
in the Securities shall vest in the event of death of all the joint holders.
(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force or in any
disposition, whether testamentary or otherwise, in respect of the Securities of the Company,
where a nomination made in the prescribed manner purports to confer on any person the right
to vest the securities of the Company, the nominee shall, on the death of the holder of
securities or, as the case may be, on the death of the joint holders, become entitled to all the
rights in the Securities, of the holder or, as the case may be, of all the joint holders, in relation
to such securities, to the exclusion of all other persons, unless the nomination is varied or
cancelled in the prescribed manner.
(d) Where the nominee is a minor, it shall be lawful for the holder of the securities, making the
nomination to appoint, in the prescribed manner, any person to become entitled to the
securities of the company, in the event of the death of the nominee during his minority.
(e) The transmission of Securities of the Company by the holders of such Securities and transfer
in case of nomination shall be subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the
Companies (Share Capital and Debentures) Rules, 2014.
55. NOMINATION IN CERTAIN OTHER CASES
Subject to the applicable provisions of the Act and these Articles, any person becoming entitled to
Securities in consequence of the death, lunacy, bankruptcy or insolvency of any holder of Securities, or
by any lawful means other than by a transfer in accordance with these Articles, may, with the consent
of the Board (which it shall not be under any obligation to give), upon producing such evidence that he
sustains the character in respect of which he proposes to act under this Article or of such title as the
Board thinks sufficient, either be registered himself as the holder of the Securities or elect to have some
Person nominated by him and approved by the Board registered as such holder; provided nevertheless
that, if such Person shall elect to have his nominee registered, he shall testify the election by executing
in favour of his nominee an instrument of transfer in accordance with the provisions herein contained
and until he does so, he shall not be freed from any liability in respect of the Securities.
▪ FORFEITURE OF SHARES
56. BOARD TO HAVE A RIGHT TO FORFEIT SHARES
If a Member fails to pay any call, or instalment of a call or any money due in respect of any share or
consideration towards shares allotted otherwise than in cash or cash in lieu thereof if approved by the
Board of Directors, on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Board may, at any time thereafter
during such time as any part of the call or instalment or consideration remains unpaid or a judgment or
decree in respect thereof remains unsatisfied in whole or in part, serve a notice on him requiring payment
of so much of the call or instalment or consideration or other money as is unpaid, together with any
interest which may have accrued and all expenses that may have been incurred by the Company by
reason of non-payment.
57. NOTICE FOR FORFEITURE OF SHARES
The notice aforesaid shall:
(a) name a further day (not being earlier than the expiry of fourteen days from the date of services
of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made; and
(b) state that, in the event of non-payment on or before the day so named, the shares in respect of
which the call was made shall be liable to be forfeited.
If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of
which the notice has been given may, at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the
notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect.
75858. RECEIPT OF PART AMOUNT OR GRANT OF INDULGENCE NOT TO AFFECT
FORFEITURE
Neither a judgment nor a decree in favour of the Company for calls or other moneys due in respect of
any shares nor any part payment or satisfaction thereof nor the receipt by the Company of a portion of
any money which shall from time to time be due from any Member in respect of any shares either by
way of principal or interest nor any indulgence granted by the Company in respect of payment of any
such money shall preclude the forfeiture of such shares as herein provided. There shall be no forfeiture
of unclaimed dividends before the claim becomes barred by applicable law.
59. FORFEITED SHARE TO BE THE PROPERTY OF THE COMPANY
Any share forfeited in accordance with these Articles, shall be deemed to be the property of the
Company and may be sold, re-allocated or otherwise disposed of either to the original holder thereof or
to any other person upon such terms and in such manner as the Board thinks fit.
60. ENTRY OF FORFEITURE IN REGISTER OF MEMBERS
When any share shall have been so forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be given to the defaulting
member and any entry of the forfeiture with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the Register of
Members but no forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect or any failure to give such
notice or make such entry as aforesaid.
61. MEMBER TO BE LIABLE EVEN AFTER FORFEITURE
A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares,
but shall, notwithstanding the forfeiture, remain liable to pay, and shall pay, to the Company all monies
which, at the date of forfeiture, were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares.
All such monies payable shall be paid together with interest thereon at such rate as the Board may
determine, from the time of forfeiture until payment or realization. The Board may, if it thinks fit, but
without being under any obligation to do so, enforce the payment of the whole or any portion of the
monies due, without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or waive payment
in whole or in part. The liability of such person shall cease if and when the Company shall have received
payment in full of all such monies in respect of the shares.
62. EFFECT OF FORFEITURE
The forfeiture of a share shall involve extinction at the time of forfeiture, of all interest in and all claims
and demands against the Company, in respect of the share and all other rights incidental to the share,
except only such of those rights as by these Articles expressly saved.
63. CERTIFICATE OF FORFEITURE
A duly verified declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director, the manager or the secretary of
the Company, and that a share in the Company has been duly forfeited on a date stated in the declaration,
shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to
the share.
64. TITLE OF PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE OF FORFEITED SHARES
The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share on any sale, re-allotment or
disposal thereof and may execute a transfer of the share in favour of the person to whom the share is
sold or disposed of. The transferee shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share and the
transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title
to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture,
sale, reallotment or disposal of the share.
65. VALIDITY OF SALES
759Upon any sale after forfeiture or for enforcing a lien in exercise of the powers hereinabove given, the
Board may, if necessary, appoint some person to execute an instrument for transfer of the shares sold
and cause the purchaser’s name to be entered in the Register of Members in respect of the shares sold
and after his name has been entered in the Register of Members in respect of such shares the validity of
the sale shall not be impeached by any person.
66. CANCELLATION OF SHARE CERTIFICATE IN RESPECT OF FORFEITED SHARES
Upon any sale, re-allotment or other disposal under the provisions of the preceding Articles, the
certificate(s), if any, originally issued in respect of the relative shares shall (unless the same shall on
demand by the Company has been previously surrendered to it by the defaulting member) stand
cancelled and become null and void and be of no effect, and the Board shall be entitled to issue a
duplicate certificate(s) in respect of the said shares to the person(s) entitled thereto.
67. BOARD ENTITLED TO CANCEL FORFEITURE
The Board may at any time before any share so forfeited shall have them sold, reallotted or otherwise
disposed of, cancel the forfeiture thereof upon such conditions at it thinks fit.
68. SURRENDER OF SHARE
The Board may, subject to the provisions of the Act, accept a surrender of any share from or by any
Member desirous of surrendering them on such terms as they think fit.
69. SUMS DEEMED TO BE CALLS
The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum
which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the
nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call
duly made and notified.
70. PROVISIONS AS TO FORFEITURE OF SHARES TO APPLY MUTATIS MUTANDIS TO
DEBENTURES, ETC.
The provisions of these Articles relating to forfeiture of shares shall mutatis mutandis apply to any other
securities, including debentures, of the Company.
▪ ALTERATION OF CAPITAL
71. INCREASE IN SHARE CAPITAL
The Company may, from time to time, by Ordinary Resolution increase the share capital by such sum,
to be divided into shares of such amount, as may be specified in the resolution.
72. SHARES MAY BE CONVERTED INTO STOCK
Where shares are converted into stock:
(a) the holders of stock may transfer the same or any part thereof in the same manner as, and subject
to the same Articles under which, the shares from which the stock arose might before the
conversion have been transferred, or as near thereto as circumstances admit:
Provided that the Board may, from time to time, fix the minimum amount of stock transferable,
so, however, that such minimum shall not exceed the nominal amount of the shares from which
the stock arose;
(b) the holders of stock shall, according to the amount of stock held by them, have the same rights,
privileges and advantages as regards dividends, voting at meetings of the Company, and other
matters, as if they held the shares from which the stock arose; but no such privilege or advantage
(except participation in the dividends and profits of the Company and in the assets on winding
760up) shall be conferred by an amount of stock which would not, if existing in shares, have
conferred that privilege or advantage;
(c) such of the Articles of the Company as are applicable to paid-up shares shall apply to stock and
the words “share” and “shareholder”/”Member” shall include “stock” and “stock-holder”
respectively.
73. REDUCTION OF CAPITAL
The Company may, subject to the applicable provisions of the Act and applicable SEBI Regulations, as
amended from time to time, by a Special Resolution as prescribed by the Act, reduce in any manner and
in accordance with the provisions of the Act:
(a) its share capital; and/or
(b) any capital redemption reserve account; and/or
(c) any share premium account
and in particular without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power may be: (i) extinguishing
or reducing the liability on any of its shares in respect of share capital not paid up; (ii) either with or
without extinguishing or reducing liability on any of its shares, (a) cancel paid up share capital which
is lost or is unrepresented by available assets; or (b) pay off any paid up share capital which is in excess
of the wants of the Company; and may, if and so far as is necessary, alter its Memorandum, by reducing
the amount of its share capital and of its shares accordingly.
74. RIGHTS TO ISSUE SHARE WARRANTS
The Company may issue share warrants subject to, and in accordance with provisions of the Act. The
Board may, in its discretion, with respect to any share which is fully paid up on application in writing
signed by the person registered as holder of the share, and authenticated by such evidence (if any) as
the Board may from time to time require as to the identity of the person signing the application, and the
amount of the stamp duty on the warrant and such fee as the Board may from time to time require having
been paid, issue a warrant.
The Board may, from time to time, make rules as to the terms on which it shall think fit, a new share
warrant or coupon may be issued by way of renewal in case of defacement, loss or destruction.
▪ CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS
75. CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS
(a) The Company in General Meeting, may, on recommendation of the Board resolve:
(i) that it is desirable to capitalise any part of the amount for the time being standing
to the credit of the Company’s reserve accounts or securities premium account or
to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution;
and
(ii) that such sum be accordingly set free for distribution in the manner specified in
the sub-clause (b) amongst the Members who would have been entitled thereto if
distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportion.
(b) The sum aforesaid shall not be paid in cash but shall be applied, either in or towards:
(i) paying up any amounts for the time being unpaid on shares held by such Members
respectively;
(ii) paying up in full, unissued share of the Company to be allotted and distributed,
credited as fully paid up, to and amongst such Members in the proportions
aforesaid; or
761(iii) partly in the way specified in sub-clause (i) and partly that specified in sub -clause
(ii).
(iv) A securities premium account and a capital redemption reserve account or any
other permissible reserve account may be applied as permitted under the Act in
the paying up of unissued shares to be issued to Members of the Company as fully
paid bonus shares.
(v) The Board shall give effect to the resolution passed by the Company in pursuance
of these Articles.
76. POWER OF DIRECTORS FOR DECLARATION OF BONUS ISSUE
(a) Whenever such a resolution as aforesaid shall have been passed, the Board shall:
(i) make all appropriations and applications of the undivided profits resolved to be
capitalised thereby, and all allotments and issues of fully paid shares or other
securities, if any; and
(ii) generally do all acts and things required to give effect thereto.
(b) The Board shall have full power:
(i) to make such provisions, by the issue of fractional certificates or by payments in
cash or otherwise as it thinks fit, in the case of shares or debentures becoming
distributable in fractions; and
(ii) to authorize any person to enter, on behalf of all the Members entitled thereto, into
an agreement with the Company providing for the allotment to them respectively,
credited as fully paid up, of any further shares or other securities to which they
may be entitled upon such capitalization or as the case may require, for the
payment by the Company on their behalf, by the application thereto of their
respective proportions of the profits resolved to be capitalized, of the amount or
any parts of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares.
(c) Any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on such Members.
77. BUY BACK OF SHARES
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, but subject to all applicable provisions of the Act
or any other law for the time being in force, the Company may purchase its own shares or other specified
securities.
▪ GENERAL MEETINGS
78. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETINGS
(a) The Company shall in each year hold a General Meeting as its Annual General Meeting in
addition to any other meeting in that year.
(b) An Annual General Meeting of the Company shall be held in accordance with the provisions
of the Act.
79. EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETINGS
All General Meetings other than the Annual General Meeting shall be called “Extraordinary General
Meeting”. Provided that, the Board may, whenever it thinks fit, call an Extraordinary General Meeting.
80. EXTRAORDINARY MEETINGS ON REQUISITION
762The Board shall, on the requisition of Members, convene an Extraordinary General Meeting of the
Company in the circumstances and in the manner provided under the Act.
81. NOTICE FOR GENERAL MEETINGS
All General Meetings shall be convened by giving not less than clear twenty-one (21) days’ notice, in
such manner as is prescribed under the Act, specifying the place, date and hour of the meeting and a
statement of the business proposed to be transacted at such a meeting, in the manner mentioned in the
Act. Notice shall be given to all the Members and to such persons as are under the Act and/or these
Articles entitled to receive such notice from the Company but any accidental omission to give notice to
or non-receipt of the notice by any Member or other person to whom it should be given shall not
invalidate the proceedings of any General Meetings.
The Members may participate in General Meetings through such modes as permitted by applicable laws.
82. SHORTER NOTICE ADMISSIBLE
Upon compliance with the relevant provisions of the Act, an Annual General Meeting or any General
Meeting may be convened by giving a shorter notice than twenty-one (21) days.
83. CIRCULATION OF MEMBERS’ RESOLUTION
The Company shall comply with provisions of Section 111 of the Act, as to giving notice of resolutions
and circulating statements on the requisition of Members.
84. SPECIAL AND ORDINARY BUSINESS
(a) Subject to the provisions of the Act, all business shall be deemed special that is transacted at the
Annual General Meeting with the exception of declaration of any dividend, the consideration of
financial statements and reports of the Directors and auditors, the appointment of Directors in place
of those retiring and the appointment of and fixing of the remuneration of the auditors. In case of
any other meeting, all business shall be deemed to be special.
(b) In case of special business as aforesaid, an explanatory statement as required under the applicable
provisions of the Act shall be annexed to the notice of the meeting.
85. QUORUM FOR GENERAL MEETING
Five (5) Members or such other number of Members as required under the Act or the applicable law for
the time being in force prescribes, personally present shall be quorum for a General Meeting and no
business shall be transacted at any General Meeting unless the requisite quorum is present at the
commencement of the meeting.
86. TIME FOR QUORUM AND ADJOURNMENT
Subject to the provisions of the Act, if within half an hour from the time appointed for a meeting, a
quorum is not present, the meeting, if called upon the requisition of Members, shall be cancelled and in
any other case, it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or
to such other day and at such other time and place as the Directors may determine. If at the adjourned
meeting also a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the
Members present shall be quorum and may transact the business for which the meeting was called.
87. CHAIRMAN OF GENERAL MEETING
The chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors shall preside as chairman at every General Meeting of
the Company.
88. ELECTION OF CHAIRMAN
763Subject to the provisions of the Act, if there is no such chairman or if at any meeting he is not present
within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman,
the Directors present shall elect another Director as chairman and if no Director be present or if all the
Directors decline to take the chair, then the Members present shall choose a Member to be the chairman.
89. ADJOURNMENT OF MEETING
Subject to the provisions of the Act, the chairman of a General Meeting may, with the consent given in
the meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn that meeting
from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting
other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When the
meeting is adjourned for thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as
nearly to the original meeting, as may be possible. Save as aforesaid and as provided in Section 103 of
the Act, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of adjournment of the business to be transacted at
an adjourned meeting.
90. VOTING AT MEETING
At any General Meeting, a demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the
transaction of any business other than that on which a poll has been demanded. The demand for a poll
may be withdrawn at any time by the person or persons who made the demand. Further, no objection
shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the General Meeting or adjourned General
Meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered, and every vote not disallowed at such
meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the
chairperson of the General Meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.
91. DECISION BY POLL
If a poll is duly demanded in accordance with the provisions of the Act, it shall be taken in such manner
as the chairman directs and the results of the poll shall be deemed to be the decision of the meeting on
the resolution in respect of which the poll was demanded.
92. CASTING VOTE OF CHAIRMAN
In case of equal votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the General Meeting
at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded shall be entitled to a second or
casting vote in addition to the vote or votes to which he may be entitled to as a Member.
93. PASSING RESOLUTIONS BY POSTAL BALLOT
(a) Notwithstanding any of the provisions of these Articles, the Company may, and in the case of
resolutions relating to such business as notified under the Act, to be passed by postal ballot,
shall get any resolution passed by means of a postal ballot, instead of transacting the business
in the General Meeting of the Company.
(b) Where the Company decides to pass any resolution by resorting to postal ballot, it shall follow
the procedures as prescribed under the Act.
(c) If a resolution is assented to by the requisite majority of the shareholders by means of postal
ballot, it shall be deemed to have been duly passed at a General Meeting convened in that behalf.
▪ VOTE OF MEMBERS
94. VOTING RIGHTS OF MEMBERS
Subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares:
(a) On a show of hands every Member holding Equity Shares and present in person shall have
one vote.
764(b) On a poll, every Member holding Equity Shares therein shall have voting rights in proportion
to his share in the paid up equity share capital.
(c) A Member may exercise his vote at a meeting by electronic means in accordance with the
Act and shall vote only once.
95. VOTING BY JOINT-HOLDERS
In case of joint holders the vote of first named of such joint holders in the Register of Members who
tender a vote whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted, to the exclusion of the votes of other
joint holders.
96. VOTING BY MEMBER OF UNSOUND MIND
A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having
jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee or other
legal guardian, and any such committee or legal guardian may, on a poll, vote by proxy.
97. NO RIGHT TO VOTE UNLESS CALLS ARE PAID
No Member shall be entitled to vote at any General Meeting unless all calls or other sums presently
payable by him have been paid, or in regard to which the Company has lien and has exercised any right
of lien.
98. PROXY
Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a General Meeting may do so either personally or through
his constituted attorney or through another person as a proxy on his behalf, for that meeting.
99. INSTRUMENT OF PROXY
An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in the form as prescribed under the Act for this purpose. The
instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of appointer or of his attorney duly
authorized in writing or if appointed by a body corporate either under its common seal, if any or under
the hand of its officer or attorney duly authorized in writing by it. Any person whether or not he is a
Member of the Company may be appointed as a proxy.
The instrument appointing a proxy and power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is
signed or a notarized copy of that power or authority must be deposited at the Office of the Company
not less than forty eight (48) hours prior to the time fixed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting
at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote, or, in case of a poll, not less than twenty
four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll, and in default the instrument of
proxy shall not be treated as valid.
100. VALIDITY OF PROXY
A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid, notwithstanding the
previous death or insanity of the principal or the revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which
the proxy was executed, or the transfer of shares in respect of which the proxy is given, provided that
no intimation in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer shall have been received by the
Company at its Office before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the
proxy is used.
101. CORPORATE MEMBERS
Any corporation or body corporate (whether a company or not within the Act) which is a Member of
the Company may, by resolution of its Board of Directors or other governing body, authorize such
person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company and the said person so
authorized shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation or body corporate
765which he represents as that corporation or body corporate could have exercised if it were an individual
Member of the Company (including the right to vote by proxy).
▪ BOARD OF DIRECTORS
102. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Act, the number of Directors of the Company shall not be
less than 3 (three) and not more than 15 (fifteen). However, the Company may at any time appoint more
than 15 (fifteen) directors after passing Special Resolution at a General Meeting. The Company shall
also comply with the provisions of the Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Rules,
2014 and the provisions of the applicable SEBI Listing Regulations. The Board shall have an optimum
combination of executive and Independent Directors with at least 1 (one) woman Director, as may be
prescribed by Law from time to time.
A Director of the Company shall not be bound to hold any Qualification Shares in the Company.
Subject to Sections 149, 152 and 164 of the Act and other provisions of the Act, the Company may
increase or reduce the number of Directors.
The Company may, and subject to the provisions of Section 169 of the Act, remove any Director before
the expiration of his period of office and appoint another qualified Director. The person so appointed
shall hold office during such time as the Director in whose place he is appointed would have held the
same if he had not been removed.
At least one Director shall reside in India for a total period of not less than 182 (one hundred and eighty-
two) days or for such number of days as may be notified by the Government from time to time in each
Financial Year.
103. NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
Until otherwise determined by a General Meeting of the Company and subject to the provisions of
Section 149 of the Act, the number of Directors (including Additional and Alternate Directors) shall
not be less than three and not more than fifteen. Provided that a company may appoint more than fifteen
directors after passing a special resolution.
104. ADDITIONAL DIRECTORS
Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board shall have power at any time, and from time to time, to
appoint a person as an additional director, provided the number of the directors and additional directors
together shall not at any time exceed the maximum strength fixed for the Board by the Articles.
105. ALTERNATE DIRECTORS
(a) The Board may, subject to provisions of the Act, appoint a person, not being a person holding
any alternate directorship for any other director in the Company or holding directorship in the
Company, to act as an alternate director for a director during his absence for a period of not
less than 3 (three) months from India (hereinafter in this Article called the “Original
Director”).
(b) An alternate director shall not hold office for a period longer than that permissible to the
Original Director in whose place he has been appointed and shall vacate the office if and when
the Original Director returns to India. If the term of office of the Original Director is determined
before he returns to India the automatic re-appointment of retiring directors in default of
another appointment shall apply to the Original Director and not to the alternate director.
106. APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTOR TO FILL A CASUAL VACANCY
If the office of any Director appointed by the Company in General Meeting is vacated before his term
of office expires in the normal course, the resulting casual vacancy may, be filled by the Board of
Directors at a meeting of the Board which shall be subsequently approved by members in the immediate
766next general meeting. The director so appointed shall hold office only up to the date which the director
in whose place he is appointed would have held office if it had not been vacated.
107. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS
(a) A Director (other than a Managing Director or whole-time director) may receive a sitting fee
not exceeding such sum as may be prescribed by the Act or the Central Government from
time to time for each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof attended by
him. The remuneration of Directors including Managing Director and/or whole-time director
may be paid in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Act.
(b) The Board of Directors may allow and pay or reimburse any Director such sum as the Board
may consider fair compensation for travelling, and out-of-pocket expenses and if any Director
be called upon to go or reside out of the ordinary place of his residence on the Company’s
business he shall be entitled to be reimbursed any travelling or other expenses incurred in
connection with the business of the Company.
(c) The Managing Directors/ whole-time directors shall be entitled to charge and be paid for all
actual expenses, if any, which they may incur for or in connection with the business of the
Company. They shall be entitled to appoint full time/part time employees in connection with
the management of the affairs of the Company and shall be entitled to be paid by the
Company any remuneration that they may pay to such part time employees.
108. REMUNERATION FOR EXTRA SERVICES
If any Director, being willing, shall be called upon to perform extra services or to make any special
exertions (which expression shall include work done by Director as a Member of any committee formed
by the Directors) in going or residing away from the town in which the Office of the Company may be
situated for any purposes of the Company or in giving any special attention to the business of the
Company or as member of the Board, then subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board may
remunerate the Director so doing either by a fixed sum, or by a percentage of profits or otherwise and
such remuneration, may be either in addition to or in substitution for any other remuneration to which
he may be entitled.
109. NUMBER OF DIRECTORS BELOW MINIMUM
The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board, but if the number is
reduced below three, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the
number of Directors to three or for summoning a General Meeting of the Company, but for no other
purpose.
110. VACATION OF OFFICE OF DIRECTOR
The office of a Director shall be deemed to have been vacated under the circumstances enumerated
under Act.
▪
▪ ROTATION AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTOR
111. ONE-THIRD OF DIRECTORS TO RETIRE EVERY YEAR
At the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held every year, one-third of such of the Directors
as are liable to retire by rotation for time being, or, if their number is not three or a multiple of three
then the number nearest to one third shall retire from office, and they will be eligible for re-election.
112. RETIRING DIRECTORS ELIGIBLE FOR RE-ELECTION
A retiring Director shall be eligible for re-election and the Company, at the Annual General Meeting at
which a Director retires in the manner aforesaid, may fill up the vacated office by electing a person
thereto.
767113. WHICH DIRECTOR TO RETIRE
The Directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest in office since their last
election, but as between persons who became Directors on the same day, those to retire shall (unless
they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lots.
114. POWER TO REMOVE DIRECTOR BY ORDINARY RESOLUTION
Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by an Ordinary Resolution in General Meeting,
remove any Director before the expiration of his period of office after giving him a reasonable
opportunity of being heard and may, by an Ordinary Resolution, appoint another person instead.
Provided that an independent director re-appointed for second term under the provisions of the Act shall
be removed by the company as provided under the Act.
115. DIRECTOR IN COMPANIES PROMOTED BY THE COMPANY
Directors of the Company may be or become a director of any company promoted by the Company or
in which the Company may be interested as vendor, shareholder or otherwise and no such Director shall
be accountable for any benefits received as a director or member of such company subject to compliance
with applicable provisions of the Act.
▪ PROCEEDINGS OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS
116. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD
(a) The Board of Directors shall meet at least once in every three (3) months with a maximum
gap of 120 (one hundred and twenty) days between two (2) meetings of the Board for the
dispatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings and proceedings as it
thinks fit in accordance with the Act, provided that at least four (4) such meetings shall be
held in every year. Place of meetings of the Board shall be at a location determined by the
Board at its previous meeting, or if no such determination is made, then as determined by
the chairman of the Board or as may be mutually agreed between the Directors.
(b) The chairman may, at any time, and the secretary or such other Officer of the Company as
may be authorised in this behalf on the requisition of Director shall at any time summon a
meeting of the Board. Notice of at least 7 (seven) days in writing of every meeting of the
Board shall be given to every Director and every alternate Director at his usual address
whether in India or abroad, provided always that a meeting may be convened by a shorter
notice to transact urgent business subject to such conditions as may be specified in the laws
applicable for the time being in force.
(c) The notice of each meeting of the Board shall include (i) the time for the proposed meeting;
(ii) the venue for the proposed meeting; and (iii) an agenda setting out the business
proposed to be transacted at the meeting.
(d) To the extent permissible by applicable law, the Directors may participate in a meeting of
the Board or any committee thereof, through electronic mode, that is, by way of video
conferencing i.e., audio visual electronic communication facility. The notice of the meeting
must inform the Directors regarding the availability of participation through video
conferencing. Any Director participating in a meeting through the use of video
conferencing shall be counted for the purpose of quorum.
117. QUESTIONS AT BOARD MEETING HOW DECIDED
Questions arising at any time at a meeting of the Board shall be decided by majority of votes and in
case of equality of votes, the Chairman, in his absence the Director presiding shall have a second or
casting vote.
118. QUORUM
768Subject to the provisions of the Act and other applicable law, the quorum for a meeting of the Board
shall be one third of its total strength (any fraction contained in that one-third being rounded off as one)
or two Directors whichever is higher and the participation of the directors by video conferencing or by
other audio-visual means shall also be counted for the purposes of quorum.
At any time the number of interested Directors is equal to or exceeds two-thirds of total strength, the
number of remaining Directors, that is to say the number of Directors who are not interested, present at
the meeting being not less than two, shall be the quorum during such time. The total strength of the
Board shall mean the number of Directors actually holding office as Directors on the date of the
resolution or meeting, that is to say, the total strength of Board after deducting there from the number
of Directors, if any, whose places are vacant at the time. The term ‘interested director’ means any
Director whose presence cannot, by reason of applicable provisions of the Act be counted for the
purpose of forming a quorum at meeting of the Board, at the time of the discussion or vote on the
concerned matter or resolution.
119. ADJOURNED MEETING
Subject to the provisions of the Act, if within half an hour from the time appointed for a meeting of the
Board, a quorum is not present, the meeting, shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at
the same time and place or to such other day and at such other time and place as the Directors may
determine.
120. ELECTION OF CHAIRMAN OF BOARD
(a) The Board may elect a chairman of its meeting and may determine the period for which he is
to hold office.
(b) If no such chairman is elected or at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen
minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting the Directors present may choose one
among themselves to be the chairman of the meeting.
121. POWERS OF DIRECTORS
(a) The Board may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such acts and things as are
not, by the Act or any other applicable law, or by the Memorandum or by the Articles required
to be exercised by the Company in a General Meeting, subject nevertheless to these Articles,
to the provisions of the Act or any other applicable law and to such regulations being not
inconsistent with the aforesaid regulations or provisions, as may be prescribed by the Company
in a General Meeting; but no regulation made by the Company in a General Meeting shall
invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation had not
been made.
(b) All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, hundis, bills of exchange and other negotiable
instruments, and all receipts for monies paid to the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted,
endorsed, or otherwise executed, as the case maybe, by such person and in such manner as the
Board shall from time to time by resolution determine.
122. DELEGATION OF POWERS
(a) The Board may, subject to the provisions of the Act, delegate any of its powers to committees
consisting of such members of its body as it thinks fit.
(b) Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the power so delegated conform to any
regulations that may be imposed on it by the Board.
123. ELECTION OF CHAIRMAN OF COMMITTEE
(a) The Board may designate a person as chairman of a committee or in his absence or where
no such designation is made a committee may elect a chairman of its meeting. If no such
chairman is elected or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes
769after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present may choose one of
their members to be the chairman of the committee meeting.
(b) The quorum of a committee may be fixed by the Board of Directors.
124. QUESTIONS HOW DETERMINED
(a) A committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper.
(b) Questions arising at any meeting of a committee shall be determined by a majority of votes
of the members present as the case may be and in case of equality of vote, the chairman
shall have a second or casting vote, in addition to his vote as a member of the committee.
125. VALIDITY OF ACTS DONE BY BOARD OR A COMMITTEE
All acts done by any meeting of the Board, of a committee thereof, or by any person acting as a Director
shall notwithstanding that it may be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment
of any one or more of such Directors or of any person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them
were disqualified be as valid as if even such Director or such person has been duly appointed and was
qualified to be a Director.
126. RESOLUTION BY CIRCULATION
Save as otherwise expressly provided in the Act, a resolution in writing circulated in draft together with
the necessary papers, if any, to all the Directors or to all the members of the committee then in India,
not being less in number than the quorum fixed of the meeting of the Board or the committee, as the
case may be and to all other Directors or Members at their usual address in India and approved by such
of the Directors as are then in India or by a majority of such of them as are entitled to vote at the
resolution shall be valid and effectual as if it had been a resolution duly passed at a meeting of the Board
or committee duly convened and held.
127. REGISTERS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE COMPANY
(a) The Company shall, in terms of the provisions of Section 88 of the Act, cause to be kept the
following registers in terms of the applicable provisions of the Act
i. A Register of Shareholders indicating separately for each class of Equity Shares and
preference shares held by each Shareholder residing in or outside India;
ii. A register of Debenture holders; and
iii. A register of any other holders of Securities.
(b) The registers mentioned in this Article shall be kept and maintained in the manner prescribed
under the Companies (Management and Administration) Rules, 2014.
128. MAINTENANCE OF FOREIGN REGISTER
The Company may exercise the powers conferred on it by the Act with regard to the keeping of a foreign
register; and the Board may (subject to the provisions of those Sections) make and vary such regulations
as it may think fit respecting the keeping of any register.
129. BORROWING POWERS
(a) Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles, the Board may from time to time at
their discretion raise or borrow or secure the payment of any such sum of money for the
purpose of the Company, in such manner and upon such terms and conditions in all respects
as they think fit, and in particular, by promissory notes or by receiving deposits and
advances with or without security or by the issue of bonds, debentures, perpetual or
otherwise, including debentures convertible into shares of this Company or any other
company or perpetual annuities and to secure any such money so borrowed, raised or
received, mortgage, pledge or charge the whole or any part of the property, assets or revenue
of the Company present or future, including its uncalled capital by special assignment or
otherwise or to transfer or convey the same absolutely or in trust and to give the lenders
770powers of sale and other powers as may be expedient and to purchase, redeem or pay off
any such securities.
(b) To the extent permitted under the applicable law and subject to compliance with the
requirements thereof, the Directors shall be empowered to grant loans to such entities at
such terms as they may deem to be appropriate and the same shall be in the interests of the
Company.
(c) Any bonds, debentures, debenture-stock or other securities may if permissible under
applicable law be issued at a discount, premium or otherwise by the Company and on the
condition that they or any part of them may be convertible into Equity Shares of any
denomination, and with any privileges and conditions as to the redemption, surrender,
allotment of shares, attending (but not voting) in the General Meeting, appointment of
Directors or otherwise. Provided that debentures with rights to allotment of or conversion
into Equity Shares shall not be issued except with, the sanction of the Company in General
Meeting accorded by a Special Resolution.
130. NOMINEE DIRECTORS
(a) Subject to the provisions of the Act, so long as any moneys remain owing by the Company
to financial institutions regulated by the Reserve Bank of India, state financial
corporation or any financial institution owned or controlled by the Central Government
or State Government or any non-banking financial company regulated by the Reserve
Bank of India or any such company from whom the Company has borrowed for the
purpose of carrying on its objects or each of the above has granted any loans / or
subscribes to the debentures of the Company or so long as any of the aforementioned
companies of financial institutions holds or continues to hold debentures /shares in the
Company as a result of private placement or so long as any liability of the Company
arising out of any guarantee furnished on behalf of the Company remains outstanding,
and if the loan or other agreement with such institution/ corporation/ company
(hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) so provides, the Corporation may, in
pursuance of the provisions of any law for the time being in force or of any agreement,
have a right to appoint from time to time any person or persons as a Director or Directors
whole-time or non whole-time (which Director or Director/s is/are hereinafter referred
to as “Nominee Directors/s”) on the Board of the Company and to remove from such
office any person or person so appointed and to appoint any person or persons in his
/their place(s).
(b) The Nominee Director/s appointed under this Article shall be entitled to receive all notices
of and attend all General Meetings, Board meetings and of the meetings of the committee
of which Nominee Director/s is/are member/s as also the minutes of such Meetings. The
Corporation shall also be entitled to receive all such notices and minutes.
(c) The Company may pay the Nominee Director/s sitting fees and expenses to which the other
Directors of the Company are entitled, but if any other fees commission, monies or
remuneration in any form is payable to the Directors of the Company the fees, commission,
monies and remuneration in relation to such Nominee Director/s may accrue to the nominee
appointer and same shall accordingly be paid by the Company directly to the Corporation.
(d) Provided that the sitting fees, in relation to such Nominee Director/s shall also accrue to the
appointer and same shall accordingly be paid by the Company directly to the appointer.
131. MANAGING DIRECTOR(S) AND/OR WHOLE TIME DIRECTORS
(a) The Board may from time to time and with such sanction(s) as may be required by the Act,
appoint one or more of the Directors to the office of the Managing Director and/ or whole time
directors for such term and subject to such remuneration, terms and conditions as they may
think fit.
(b) The Directors may from time to time resolve that there shall be either one or more Managing
Directors and/ or whole-time directors.
771(c) In the event of any vacancy arising in the office of a Managing Director and/or whole time
director, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors subject to the approval of the
Members.
(d) If a Managing Director and/or whole time director ceases to hold office as Director, he shall
ipso facto and immediately cease to be Managing Director/whole time director.
132. POWERS AND DUTIES OF MANAGING DIRECTOR OR WHOLE-TIME DIRECTOR
The Managing Director/whole time director shall, subject to the supervision, control and direction of
the Board and subject to the provisions of the Act, exercise such powers as are exercisable under these
Articles by the Board of Directors, as they may think fit and confer such power for such time and to be
exercised as they may think expedient and they may confer such power either collaterally with or to the
exclusion of any such substitution for all or any of the powers of the Board of Directors in that behalf
and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any such powers. The Managing
Directors/ whole time Directors may exercise all the powers entrusted to them by the Board of Directors
in accordance with the Board’s direction.
133. REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES
The Managing Directors/whole-time Directors shall be entitled to charge and be paid for all actual
expenses, if any, which they may incur for or in connection with the business of the Company. They
shall be entitled to appoint part time employees in connection with the management of the affairs of the
Company and shall be entitled to be paid by the Company any remuneration that they may pay to such
part time employees.
134. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, MANAGER, COMPANY SECRETARY AND CHIEF
FINANCIAL OFFICER
Subject to the provisions of the Act —
(a) A chief executive officer, manager, company secretary and chief financial officer may be
appointed by the Board for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as it
may think fit; and any chief executive officer, manager, company secretary and chief
financial officer so appointed may be removed by means of a resolution of the Board.
(b) A director may be appointed as chief executive officer, manager, company secretary or chief
financial officer. Further, an individual may be appointed or reappointed as the chairperson
of the Company as well as the Managing Director or chief executive officer of the Company
at the same time.
(c) A provision of the Act or the Articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a
Director and chief executive officer, manager, company secretary or chief financial officer
shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as a Director and
as, or in place of, chief executive officer, manager, company secretary or chief financial
officer.
(d) Any vacancy in the office of a chief executive officer, Director, compliance officer or chief
financial officer shall be filled within prescribed time.
▪ DIVIDEND
135. COMPANY IN GENERAL MEETING MAY DECLARE DIVIDENDS
The Company in General Meeting may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount
recommended by the Board.
136. INTERIM DIVIDENDS
Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board may from time to time pay to the members such interim
dividends of such amount on such class of shares and at such times as it may think fit and as appear to
it to be justified by the profits of the Company.
137. RIGHT TO DIVIDEND AND UNPAID OR UNCLAIMED DIVIDEND
772(a) Where capital is paid in advance of calls, such capital, whilst carrying interest, shall not
confer a right to dividend or to participate in the profits.
(b) Where the Company has declared a dividend but which has not been paid or claimed within
30 (thirty) days from the date of declaration, the Company shall transfer the total amount
of dividend which remains unpaid or unclaimed within the said period of 30 (thirty) days,
to a special account to be opened by the Company in that behalf in any scheduled bank to
be called “Unpaid Dividend Account”.
(c) Any money transferred to the Unpaid Dividend Account of the Company which remains
unpaid or unclaimed for a period of 7 (seven) years from the date of such transfer, shall be
transferred by the Company to the fund known as Investor Education and Protection Fund
established under the Act and the Company shall send a statement in the prescribed form
of the details of such transfer to the authority which administers the said fund and that
authority shall issue a receipt to the Company as evidence of such transfer.
(d) No unclaimed or unpaid dividend shall be forfeited by the Board before the claim becomes
barred by law and no unpaid dividend shall bear interest as against the Company.
(e) All other provisions under the Act will be complied with in relation to the unpaid or
unclaimed dividend.
138. DIVISION OF PROFITS
Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends, all dividends
shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares in respect
whereof the dividend is paid, but if and so long as nothing is paid upon any of the shares in the Company,
dividends may be declared and paid according to the amounts of the shares.
139. DIVIDENDS TO BE APPORTIONED
All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid or credited as paid on
the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but if
any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date such share
shall rank for dividend accordingly.
140. TRANSFER TO RESERVE(S)
(a) The Board may, before recommending any dividends, set aside out of the profits of the Company
such sums as it thinks proper as a reserve or reserves which shall at the discretion of the Board, be
applied for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied, including
provision for meeting contingencies or for equalizing dividends and pending such application, may,
at the like discretion either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such
investments (other than shares of the Company) as the Board may, from time to time think fit.
(b) The Board may also carry forward any profits when it may consider necessary not to divide, without
setting them aside as a reserve.
141. DEDUCTION OF ARREARS
Subject to the Act, no Member shall be entitled to receive payment of any interest or dividend in respect
of his share or shares whilst any money may be due or owing from him to the Company in respect of
such share or shares of or otherwise howsoever whether alone or jointly with any other person or persons
and the Board may deduct from any dividend payable to any Members all sums of money, if any,
presently payable by him to the Company on account of the calls or otherwise in relation to the shares
of the Company.
142. RETENTION OF DIVIDENDS
The Board may retain dividends payable upon shares in respect of which any person is, under Articles
129 to 140 hereinbefore contained, entitled to become a Member, until such person shall become a
Member in respect of such shares.
143. RECEIPT OF JOINT HOLDER
773Any one of two or more joint holders of a share may give effective receipt for any dividends, bonuses
or other moneys payable in respect of such shares.
144. DIVIDEND HOW REMITTED
Any dividend, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by electronic
mode or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or,
in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of that one of the joint holders who is first named
on the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the holder or joint holders may in
writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom
it is sent.
145. DIVIDENDS NOT TO BEAR INTEREST
No dividends shall bear interest against the Company.
146. TRANSFER OF SHARES AND DIVIDENDS
Subject to the provisions of the Act, any transfer of shares shall not pass the right to any dividend
declared thereon before the registration of the transfer.
▪ ACCOUNTS
147. WHERE BOOKS OF ACCOUNTS TO BE KEPT
The books of account shall be kept at the Office or at such other place in India as the Directors think fit
in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Act.
The Board shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places
and under what conditions or regulations, the accounts and books of the Company, or any of them, shall
be open to the inspection of members not being Directors.
148. INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS
The books of account and books and papers of the Company, or any of them, shall be open to the
inspection of directors in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Act.
149. INSPECTION BY MEMBERS
No Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or books or documents
of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Board.
▪ WINDING UP
150. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Act–
(a) If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special
Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Act, divide amongst the
members, in specie or kind, the whole or any part of the assets of the Company, whether
they shall consist of property of the same kind or not.
(b) For the purpose aforesaid, the liquidator may set such value as he deems fair upon any
property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried
out as between the Members or different classes of Members.
(c) The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in
trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories if he considers necessary, but
so that no member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities whereon there
is any liability.
(d) Any person who is or has been a Director or manager, whose liability is unlimited under
the Act, shall, in addition to his liability, if any, to contribute as an ordinary member, be
774liable to make a further contribution as if he were at the commencement of winding up, a
member of an unlimited company, in accordance with the provisions of the Act.
151. APPLICATION OF ASSETS
Subject to the provisions of the Act as to preferential payment the assets of the Company shall, on its
winding up, be applied in satisfaction of its liabilities pari passu and, subject to such application shall
be distributed among the Members according to their rights and interests in the Company.
152. CONSTRUCTIVE NOTICE
The Article of Association is a public document and the person performing business or investing in the
company is considered to be fully aware of the rules and regulations of the company.
▪ INDEMNITY
153. DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ RIGHT TO INDEMNITY
Subject to the provisions of the Act, every Director and Officer of the Company shall be indemnified
by the Company against any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or
criminal, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted or in which relief is
granted to him by the court or the tribunal. Provided, however, that such indemnification shall not apply
in respect of any cost or loss or expenses to the extent it is finally judicially determined to have resulted
from the negligence, wilful misconduct or bad faith acts or omissions of such Director or Officer.
154. INSURANCE
The Company may take and maintain any insurance as the Board may think fit on behalf of its present
and/or former directors and key managerial personnel for indemnifying all or any of them against any
liability for any acts in relation to the Company for which they may be liable but have acted honestly
and reasonably.
▪ SECRECY CLAUSE
155. SECRECY
Subject to the Law no Member shall be entitled to inspect the Company’s works without the permission
of the Managing director/Directors or to require discovery of any information respectively and detail of
the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret, history of trade
or secret process which may be related to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the
opinion of the Managing Director/Directors will be inexpedient in the interest of the Members of the
Company to communicate to the public.
▪ INVESTMENT POWER
156. INVESTMENT
The Board may from time to time at its discretion subject to the provisions of the act give any loan to
anybody corporate(s)/ person(s) ; give any guarantee or provide security in connection with a loan to
anybody corporate(s) / persons(s) ; acquire by way of subscription, purchase or otherwise , securities of
anybody corporate from time to time in one or more trenches; and invest surplus moneys of the
Company not immediately required, in immovable properties, shares, stock, bonds, debentures,
obligations, mutual funds or other securities or in current or deposit account/s with Banks and to hold,
sell or otherwise deal with such investments.”
▪ GENERAL POWER
157. Wherever in the Act, it has been provided that the Company shall have any right, privilege or authority
or that the Company could carry out any transaction only if the Company is so authorized by its articles,
then and in that case this Article authorizes and empowers the Company to have such rights, privileges
775or authorities and to carry such transactions as have been permitted by the Act, without there being any
specific Article in that behalf herein provided.
158. At any point of time from the date of adoption of these Articles, if the Articles are or become contrary
to the provisions of the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, the Depositories Act, 1996 and the
rules and regulations made thereunder and the general or special orders, guidelines or circulars made or
issued by the Board thereunder and the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and any subordinate
legislation framed thereunder, which are administered by any appropriate authority, then the provisions
of such applicable law shall prevail over the Articles to such extent and the Company shall discharge
all of its obligations as prescribed under the applicable law, from time to time.
776SECTION X: OTHER INFORMATION
MATERIAL CONTRACTS AND DOCUMENTS FOR INSPECTION
The copies of the following documents and contracts which have been entered or are to be entered into by our
Company (not being contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business carried on by our Company or
contracts entered into more than two years before the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus) which are or may
be deemed material will be attached to the copy of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus which will be filed with the
RoC. Copies of the documents and contracts for inspection referred to hereunder, may be inspected at the
Registered Office between 10 a.m. and 5 p.m. on all Working Days from the date of this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus until the Bid/Offer Closing Date (except for such agreements executed after the Bid/Offer Closing
Date). Copies of the documents for inspection referred to hereunder, will also be available on the website of the
Company from the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus until the Bid/ Offer Closing Date (except for such
agreements executed after the Bid/Offer Closing Date).
Any of the contracts or documents mentioned in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus may be amended or modified
at any time, if so required, in the interest of our Company, or if required by the other parties, without reference to
the Shareholders, subject to compliance with the provisions of the Companies Act and other applicable law.
A. Material Contracts for the Offer
1. Offer Agreement dated September 29, 2025 entered amongst our Company, the Selling Shareholders and
the BRLMs;
2. Registrar Agreement dated September 28, 2025 entered amongst our Company, the Selling Shareholders
and the Registrar to the Offer;
3. Cash Escrow and Sponsor Bank(s) Agreement dated [●] entered amongst our Company, the Selling
Shareholders, the BRLMs, the Syndicate Members, the Bankers to the Offer, and the Registrar to the
Offer;
4. Share Escrow Agreement dated [●] entered amongst the Selling Shareholders, our Company and the
Share Escrow Agent.
5. Syndicate Agreement dated [●] entered amongst our Company, the Selling Shareholders, the BRLMs,
the Syndicate Member(s) and the Registrar to the Offer;
6. Underwriting Agreement dated [●] entered amongst our Company, the Selling Shareholders and the
Underwriters; and
7. Monitoring agency agreement dated [●] entered amongst our Company and the Monitoring Agency.
B. Material Documents
1. Certified copies of the Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association of our Company as
amended from time to time;
2. Certificate of incorporation dated June 13, 2011 issued by Registrar of Companies, Rajasthan;
3. Fresh certificate of incorporation dated August 29, 2023 issued by the RoC, pursuant to conversion into
public limited company;
4. Resolution of the Board of Directors dated September 20, 2025, approving the Offer and other related
matters;
5. Resolution of the Shareholders dated September 20, 2025 relation to this Offer, including approving the
Fresh Issue and other related matters;
6. Resolution of our Board dated September 25, 2025 taking on record the consent and authorisation of the
777Selling Shareholders to participate in the Offer for Sale;
7. Consent letter and authorisation from the Selling Shareholders consenting to participate in the Offer for
Sale;
8. Promoters’ Inter-se Agreement dated September 29, 2025 entered by and amongst Mehta Family Group,
Sharma Family Group and Garudapally Group.
9. Non-Compete Agreement dated September 29, 2025 executed between the our Company and
Garudapally Infrastructures Private Limited, Sanjay Garudapally, Shruthi Gupta Garudapally,
Garudapally Family Trust, Ketan Mehta and Pawan Kumar Sharma.
10. Scheme of amalgamation of Solantra Private Limited, Heliocore Private Limited, Insolexo Private
Limited, RFE Solar Private Limited with our Company, before the National Company Law Tribunal,
Bench, at Mumbai;
11. Valuation report dated March 20, 2021 obtained for Scheme of amalgamation of Solantra Private
Limited, Heliocore Private Limited, Insolexo Private Limited, RFE Solar Private Limited with our
Company;
12. Scheme of merger of Kavit Green Energy Private Limited with our Company, and their respective
shareholders, before the Regional Director, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Western Region, Mumbai;
13. Rays Power Infra Employees Stock Option Scheme – 2020;
14. Resolution dated September 29, 2025 of the audit Committee approving the KPI;
15. Resolution dated September 29, 2025, passed by the Board of Directors of our Company approving the
objects of the Offer;
16. Resolution of the Board dated September 29, 2025 approving this Draft Red Herring Prospectus for filing
with SEBI and Stock Exchanges;
17. Employment Agreement between the Company and Ketan Mehta dated December 23, 2023;
18. Resolution of our Board dated January 23, 2017 appointing Ketan Mehta as the Managing Director;
19. Resolution of our Board dated December 31, 2021 re-appointing Ketan Mehta as the Managing Director;
20. Resolution of our Board dated December 23, 2023 appointing Ketan Mehta as the Chairperson of the
Board;
21. Employment Agreement between the Company and Pawan Kumar Sharma dated December 23, 2023;
22. Resolution of our Board dated January 23, 2017 appointing Pawan Kumar Sharma as the Whole-time
Director;
23. Resolution of our Board dated December 31, 2021 re-appointing Pawan Kumar Sharma as the Whole-
time Director;
24. Employment Agreement between the Company and Sanjay Garudapally dated December 23, 2023;
25. Resolution of our Board dated January 23, 2017 appointing Sanjay Garudapally as the Whole-time
Director;
26. Resolution of our Board dated December 31, 2021 re-appointing Sanjay Garudapally as the Whole-time
Director;
27. Examination report dated September 25, 2025, of our Statutory Auditors on our Restated Consolidated
Financial Information, included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus along with Restated Consolidated
778Financial Information;
28. Copies of the annual reports of the Company for the Fiscals 2024, 2023 and 2022;
29. The statement of special tax benefits dated September 29, 2025, available to the Company, its
Subsidiaries and its Shareholders, issued by our Statutory Auditors;
30. In principle listing approvals dated [●] and [●] issued by BSE and NSE, respectively;
31. Consent of the Directors, the BRLMs, the Syndicate Member(s), the Legal Counsel to the Offer, the
Registrar to the Offer, the Escrow Collection Bank(s), Refund Bank(s), Sponsor Bank(s), Public Offer
Account Bank(s), the Bankers to our Company, the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer, the
Monitoring Agency and the Chief Financial Officer, to act in their respective capacities;
32. Certificate on KPIs issued by an Independent Chartered Accountant namely, MRM & Company,
Chartered Accountants dated September 29, 2025.
33. Consent dated September 27, 2025, from the independent chartered engineer, namely Sher Singh
(registration number: AM129702-6), to include their name in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and as
an “expert” as defined under Section 2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013, to extent and capacity an
independent chartered engineer, in relation to their certificate dated September 27, 2025;
34. Consent dated September 29, 2025, from the independent chartered accountant, namely MRM &
Company, Chartered Accountants, to include their name in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and as an
“expert” as defined under Section 2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013, in respect of the various
certifications issued by them in their capacity as an independent chartered accountant to our Company;
35. Written consent dated September 29, 2025, of our Statutory Auditors namely, G. M. Kapadia & Co.,
Chartered Accountants holding a valid peer review certificate from ICAI to include their name as
“expert” as defined under Section 2(38) of the Companies Act, 2013 to the extent and in their capacity
as our Statutory Auditors and in respect of their examination report dated September 25, 2025, on our
Restated Consolidated Financial Information and on the statement of special tax benefits dated
September 29, 2025, included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus;
36. Consent from S.K. Joshi and Associates, Practising Company Secretaries, to include their name in this
Draft Red Herring Prospectus and as an “expert” as defined under Section 2(38) of the Companies Act,
2013, to the extent that and in their capacity as practising company secretary, in relation to their certificate
dated September 29, 2025;
37. Techno- Economic Viability Study for 1.5 GW Solar Cell Manufacturing Plant in Narmadapuram,
Madhya Pradesh, dated September 2025, issued by TÜV SÜD South Asia Private Limited;
38. Industry report titled “India’s renewable energy market” dated September 2025, prepared and issued by
CRISIL, pursuant to an engagement letter dated July 1, 2025;
39. Written consent from CRISIL dated September 29, 2025, to include contents or any part thereof from
their report titled “India’s renewable energy market” dated September 2025, in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus;
40. Undertaking dated [●], 2025 submitted by the BRLMs to the SEBI in relation to disclosure of the Pre-
IPO Placement by way of public advertisement and the Price Band advertisement;
41. Undertaking dated [●] submitted by the BRLMs to SEBI in relation to the utilization of the proceeds
from the Pre-IPO Placement
42. Tripartite agreement dated May 25, 2017, between our Company, NSDL and the Registrar to the Offer;
43. Tripartite agreement dated August 25, 2023, between our Company, CDSL and the Registrar to the Offer;
44. Due diligence certificate dated September 29, 2025, addressed to the SEBI from the BRLMs; and
77945. SEBI final observation letter bearing reference number [●] dated [●]
Any of the contracts or documents mentioned in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus may be amended or modified
at any time if so required in the interest of our Company or if required by the other parties, without reference to
the shareholders, subject to compliance with the provisions contained in the Companies Act and other relevant
statutes.
780DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules, guidelines /
regulations issued by the Government of India or the guidelines / regulations issued by the Securities and
Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 as
the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is contrary
to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, the Securities
Contracts (Regulations) Rules, 1957, the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or rules made or
guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all statements in this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
SIGNED BY THE DIRECTOR OF OUR COMPANY
________________________________________
Ketan Mehta
Chairperson and Managing Director
Place: Gurugram
Date: 29/09/2025
781DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules, guidelines /
regulations issued by the Government of India or the guidelines / regulations issued by the Securities and
Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 as
the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is contrary
to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, the Securities
Contracts (Regulations) Rules, 1957, the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or rules made or
guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all statements in this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
SIGNED BY THE DIRECTOR OF OUR COMPANY
________________________________________
Pawan Kumar Sharma
Whole-time Director
Place: Jaipur
Date: 29/09/2025
782DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules, guidelines /
regulations issued by the Government of India or the guidelines / regulations issued by the Securities and
Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 as
the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is contrary
to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, the Securities
Contracts (Regulations) Rules, 1957, the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or rules made or
guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all statements in this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
SIGNED BY THE DIRECTOR OF OUR COMPANY
________________________________________
Sanjay Garudapally
Whole-time Director
Place: Hyderabad
Date: 29/09/2025
783DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules, guidelines /
regulations issued by the Government of India or the guidelines / regulations issued by the Securities and
Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 as
the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is contrary
to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, the Securities
Contracts (Regulations) Rules, 1957, the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or rules made or
guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all statements in this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
SIGNED BY THE DIRECTOR OF OUR COMPANY
________________________________________
Rashmi Bafna
Independent Director
Place: Jaipur
Date: 29/09/2025
784DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules, guidelines /
regulations issued by the Government of India or the guidelines / regulations issued by the Securities and
Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 as
the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is contrary
to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, the Securities
Contracts (Regulations) Rules, 1957, the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or rules made or
guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all statements in this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
SIGNED BY THE DIRECTOR OF OUR COMPANY
_______________________________________
Mahendra Kumar Singh
Independent Director
Place: Gurugram
Date: 29/09/2025
785DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules, guidelines /
regulations issued by the Government of India or the guidelines / regulations issued by the Securities and
Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 as
the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is contrary
to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, the Securities
Contracts (Regulations) Rules, 1957, the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or rules made or
guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all statements in this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
SIGNED BY THE DIRECTOR OF OUR COMPANY
________________________________________
Akhilesh Kumar Jain
Independent Director
Place: Jaipur
Date: 29.09.2025
786DECLARATION
I hereby certify and declare that all relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules, guidelines /
regulations issued by the Government of India or the guidelines / regulations issued by the Securities and
Exchange Board of India, established under Section 3 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 as
the case may be, have been complied with and no statement made in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is contrary
to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, the Securities
Contracts (Regulations) Rules, 1957, the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or rules made or
guidelines or regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be. I further certify that all statements in this Draft
Red Herring Prospectus are true and correct.
SIGNED BY THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF OUR COMPANY
_________________________________
Ashish Jain
Chief Financial Officer
Place: Gurugram
Date: 29/09/2025
787DECLARATION
I, Ketan Mehta, in my capacity as a Selling Shareholder, hereby confirm, certify and declare that all statements,
disclosures, and undertakings made or confirmed by me in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus about or specifically
in relation to myself as a Selling Shareholder and portion of the Equity Shares being offered by me in the Offer
for Sale, are true and correct. I assume no responsibility, as a Selling Shareholder, for any other statements,
disclosures or undertakings including, any of the statements, disclosures or undertakings made or confirmed by
or relating to the Company or any other Selling Shareholder or person(s) in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
SIGNED BY PROMOTER SELLING SHAREHOLDER
_____________________________________
Ketan Mehta
Place: Gurugram
Date: 29/09/2025
788DECLARATION
I, Pawan Kumar Sharma, in my capacity as a Selling Shareholder, hereby confirm, certify and declare that all
statements, disclosures, and undertakings made or confirmed by me in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus about
or specifically in relation to myself as a Selling Shareholder and portion of the Equity Shares being offered by me
in the Offer for Sale, are true and correct. I assume no responsibility, as a Selling Shareholder, for any other
statements, disclosures or undertakings including, any of the statements, disclosures or undertakings made or
confirmed by or relating to the Company or any other Selling Shareholder or person(s) in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus.
SIGNED BY PROMOTER SELLING SHAREHOLDER
_____________________________________
Pawan Kumar Sharma
Place: Jaipur
Date: 29/09/2025
789DECLARATION
I, Sanjay Garudapally, in my capacity as a Selling Shareholder, hereby confirm, certify and declare that all
statements, disclosures, and undertakings made or confirmed by me in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus about
or specifically in relation to myself as a Selling Shareholder and portion of the Equity Shares being offered by me
in the Offer for Sale, are true and correct. I assume no responsibility, as a Selling Shareholder, for any other
statements, disclosures or undertakings including, any of the statements, disclosures or undertakings made or
confirmed by or relating to the Company or any other Selling Shareholder or person(s) in this Draft Red Herring
Prospectus.
SIGNED BY PROMOTER SELLING SHAREHOLDER
_____________________________________
Sanjay Garudapally
Place: Hyderabad
Date: 29/09/2025
790DECLARATION
I, Vivek Jain, in my capacity as a Selling Shareholder, hereby confirm, certify and declare that all statements,
disclosures, and undertakings made or confirmed by me in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus about or specifically
in relation to myself as a Selling Shareholder and portion of the Equity Shares being offered by me in the Offer
for Sale, are true and correct. I assume no responsibility, as a Selling Shareholder, for any other statements,
disclosures or undertakings including, any of the statements, disclosures or undertakings made or confirmed by
or relating to the Company or any other Selling Shareholder or person(s) in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.
SIGNED BY SELLING SHAREHOLDER
_____________________________________
Vivek Jain
Place: New Delhi
Date: 29.09.2025
791